Wiremold 2014 1000274892 Catalog

1000344943-Catalog 1000344943-Catalog 1000344943-Catalog B1 unilog cesco-content

2016-07-29

: Pdf 1000274892-Catalog 1000274892-Catalog B2 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 740 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Wiremold®

WIRE & CABLE MANAGEMENT

2014

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AVIP Series Device Plates

p.2

Wiremold® A/V

Quick Selection Guide

p.6

Using The Wiremold Catalog

After Table of Contents

Sustainability

After Table of Contents

New Products

After Table of Contents

Focus Markets

After Table of Contents

Index

p.703

Warranty Information

Inside Back Cover

Trademarks

Inside Back Cover

Quick Selection Guide

p.25

One-Piece Steel Raceway

Systems

500® & 700® Series Raceway

p.26

Two-Piece Steel Small

Single- & Dual-Channel

Raceway Systems

2000® Series Raceway

p.36

2400 Series™ Raceway

p.40

2400D Series™ Raceway

p.46

3000® Series Raceway

p.52

4000 Designer Series

Raceway

DS4000® Raceway

p.58

Two-Piece Steel Large

Multiple-Channel Raceway

Systems

4000® Series Raceway

p.63

4047 Series™ Device Plates

p.69

S4000® Series Stainless

Steel Raceway

p.74

6000® Series Raceway

p.81

STEEL RACEWAY

AUDIO/VIDEO

COMPATIBILITY 1

REFERENCE

COMMUNICATIONS

CONNECTIVITY

Ortronics® Connectivity

p.18

Wiremold® Open System

Connectivity

p.18

Wiremold® CM Series™

Communication Modules

p.19

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NONMETALLIC

RACEWAY

125

Quick Selection Guide

p.168

Small Single- & Dual-

Channel Raceways

AL2000 Series

p.170

AL2400 Series

p.174

AL3300 Series

p.177

ALDS400 Series Raceway

p.181

Large Single- & Dual-

Channel Raceways

ALA3800 Series

p.185

ALA4800 Series

p.189

AL5200 Series

p.193

Quick Selection Guide

p.112

Multiple-Channel Overfloor

Raceway Systems

OFR Series Overfloor

Raceway System

p.113

Steel Pancake Overfloor

Raceway Systems

1500 Series™ Raceway

p.118

2600 Series™ Raceway

p.122

111

OVERFLOOR

RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

p.126

Power-Rated Single- &

Dual-Channel Raceways

Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, PN10

Series Raceway

p.128

400, 800, 2300/2300D

Series™ Raceway

p.133

Large Capacity Multiple-

Channel Raceways

Access® 5000 Series

Raceway

p.142

CableSmart™ 40N2 Series

Raceway

p.148

5400 Series™ Raceway

p.151

5500 Series™ Raceway

p.158

5507 Series™ Faceplates

p.163

167

ALUMINUM

RACEWAY

Multi-Compartment

Surface Metal Raceway

Systems

AnySize™ Series Raceway

p.86

SpecMate™ Type 1 Wireway

& Enclosures – Type 1

Wireway

Type 1 Wireway

p.93

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Why Prewired

p.203

Single Channel,

Single Cover Aluminum

Raceway Systems

AL3000 Series Raceway

p.210

ALA3800 Series Raceway

p.211

Single/Dual Channel,

Single Cover Aluminum

Raceway Systems

AL3300 Series Raceway

p.213

AL4000 Series Raceway

p.215

AL4400 Series Raceway

p.217

AL4750 Series Raceway

p.219

Dual Channel, Dual Cover

Aluminum Raceway

Systems

AL4320 Series Raceway

p.221

AL4520 Series Raceway

p.223

ALA4800 Series Raceway

p.225

ALDS4000 Series

Raceway

p.227

Three Channel,

Dual Cover Aluminum

Raceway Systems

AL7320 Series Raceway

p.229

AL7450 Series Raceway

p.231

Prewired Steel Raceway

Systems

3000® Series, 4000® Series,

DS4000® & 6000®

Series Raceways

p.233

Prewired Nonmetallic

Raceway Systems

5400 Series™, 5500 Series™

& CableSmart™

40N2 Series Raceways

p.235

PREWIRED

RACEWAY

SYSTEMS 199

237

PLUGMOLD®

MULTIOUTLET

SYSTEMS

Plugmold® Steel

Multi-Outlet Systems

2000 Series™

p.240

2400 Series™

p.246

Plugmold® Plus Nonmetallic

Multi-Outlet Systems

NM2000 Series™

p.251

Plugmold® Aluminum

Multi-Outlet Systems

AL2000 Series™

p.256

Plugmold®

Tamper-Resistant

Multi-Outlet Systems

2000TR Series™

p.260

Plugmold®

Tamper-Resistant

GFCI Multi-Outlet Systems

p.263

Plugmold® Tamper-

Resistant USB Charging

Multi-Outlet Systems

p.264

adorne™ Under-Cabinet

Lighting System

p.265

CORD

MANAGEMENT

271

InteGreat™ Under Table

Cable Management

p.273

InteGreat™ Transition

Channel

p.274

InteGreat™ Cable Retractors

p.275

1200/1400/1600 Series

Overfloor Raceways

p.276

UniDuct® Series Raceways

p.278

300 Series™ Duct

p.286

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

287

TABLE BOXES

InteGreat AV Table Box

p.290

InteGreat Cable Retractors

p.291

dequorum™ Recessed

Table Boxes

p.292

dequorum™ Flip-Up

Table Boxes

p.295

TableSource™ Table Boxes

p.297

Desktop Power Center

p.300

Desk Module

p.301

Lab Bench Pedestal

Table Box

p.303

4 Gang Lab Bench

Table Box

p.305

309

WALL/CEILING

BOXES

Evolution™ Series

Wall Boxes

p.311

WallSource™ Multiple

Service Boxes

p.313

Evolution™ Series

Ceiling Boxes

p.316

WAPE Series Wireless

Access Point Ceiling

Enclosures

p.322

WAPENCL Series Wireless

Access Point Ceiling

Enclosures

p.324

NME1250AP Nonmetallic

Wireless Access Point

Enclosure

p.325

WAPBRKT Wireless Access

Point Mounting Bracket For

Overhead Applications

p.326

Recessed Style

Poke-Thru Devices

Evolution™ 6AT Series

p.337

Evolution™ 8AT Series

p.345

331

POKETHRU

DEVICES

327

ZONE CABLING

ENCLOSURES

Zone Cabling Enclosures

CZE Series Zone Cabling

Enclosures

p.328

RFE Series Zone Cabling

Enclosures

p.329

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MODULAR WIRING

SOLUTIONS 529

Walkerflex® Modular

Wiring System

p.530

Work Surface

Modular Power

p.546

Evolution™ Series

Floor Boxes

p.389

Fire Classified Floor Boxes

p.405

Ratchet-Pro™ Series

Floor Boxes

p.423

Modulink™ 880MP Series

Floor Boxes

p.430

Resource RFB® Series

Floor Boxes

p.437

OmniBox™ Series

Floor Boxes

p.463

880 Series™ Floor Boxes

p.476

800 Series™ Floor Boxes

p.480

880W Series™ Floor Boxes

p.482

861 Series™ Floor Boxes

p.490

862 Series™ Floor Boxes

p.493

863 Series™ Floor Boxes

p.496

WMFB Series™ Floor Boxes

p.498

381

FLOOR BOX

SYSTEMS

FloorSource Series™

Raised Floor Boxes

AF Series™ Raised

Floor Boxes

p.501

AC Series™ Raised

Floor Boxes

p.508

CRFB Series™ Raised

Floor Boxes

p.513

FloorSource™ Series

Round Furniture Feed

Floor Boxes

p.518

CCFB Series™ Convention

Center Products

p.519

CCBB Series™ Ballroom

Floor Boxes

p.523

Surface Style

Poke-Thru Devices

RC7 Series™

p.352

RC9 Series™

p.354

RC9AMD Series™

p.356

AMD8 Series™

p.358

AV3 Series™

p.360

RC3 Series™

p.362

RC4 Series™

p.364

Furniture Feed Style

Poke-Thru Devices

4FFATC Series™

p.366

RC7AFFTC Series™

p.368

RC9AFFTC Series™

p.370

RC9AM2TC Series™

p.372

Pedestal Style

Poke-Thru Devices

FIT Series™

p.374

RC91GHBTC

& RC92GHBTC Series™

p.377

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

551

INFLOOR DUCT

SYSTEMS

Walkerduct® Underfloor

Duct Systems

p.557

Walkerduct®

Carpet/Tile Holders

p.569

Walkerduct® Pro Series

Service Fittings

p.572

PSRC9 Series™

Service Fittings

p.580

525 Series™

Service Fittings

p.582

525 & Multiplex™ Series

Activation Accessories

p.585

1200 Series™

Service Fittings

p.587

Multiplex™ Series

Service Fittings

p.588

Source I® Service Fittings

p.590

Flushduct Infloor

Duct Systems

p.594

Walkercell® Cellular

Raceway Systems

p.599

623

POLES AND

COLUMNS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Floorport™ Series

Cover Assemblies

p.609

Trenchduct Feeder Systems

p.612

Wallduct Raceway Systems

p.616

Vista™ Architectural

Columns

p.627

Vista™ CP

Consolidation Point

p.634

Vista™ Point5

Architectural Columns

p.641

VLWAP VISTA™ Wireless

Access Point Enclosure

p.647

Tele-Power® Poles

p.648

Vertical Drop Poles

p.656

Custom Tele-Power® Poles

p.659

663

FIRE STOP

SOLUTIONS

FlameStopper™ Series

Thru-Wall &Thru-Floor

Fittings

p.665

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

TABLE OF CONTENTS

693

TECHNICAL

INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Raceway Cross Sectional

Areas/Wire and Cable

Cross-Sectional Areas

p.694

Raceway Wire and Cable

Dimensions

p.695

Device Box Cubic Inch

Capacities

p.696

Calculating Wire and Cable

Capacities

p.697

Master Format 2004

Design Checklist

p.698

Conductor Derating

(Lighting and Power

Circuits) National Electrical

Code Articles

p.699

Mounting Methods for

Wiremold Raceways

p.700

Electrical Symbols in

Accordance with ANSI

Y32.9 – 1972

p.700

Steel Raceway

Color Specifications

p.702

683

SURGE

PROTECTIVE

DEVICES

Cabinet Surge Solutions

Surge Protected

CabinetMATE® Series

p.685

Rack Mounted Surge

Solutions

Surge Protected Products

p.687

Workstation Surge

Solutions

Surge Protected Plug-In

Outlet Center® Units

p.689

Hard-Wired Surge

Protection

PA/PB™ Series

p.692

667

POWER

DISTRIBUTION

Power Commander®

IQ Series

p.668

Power Commander® Plus

Series

p.671

Power Commander® Series

High Amperage Units

p.674

CabinetMate® Series

p.676

Rack Mounted Power

Solutions

p.677

Workstation Power

Solutions

p.678

Medical Grade/Special Use

Power Solutions

p.682

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

Color Coding:

Color coding has been used throughout the Catalog including

in the Table of Contents and on the outside edge of the pages

of each section to help you quickly access the products or

information you need. A color key to the sections can also be

found on the right side of this page.

Organization:

Sections of this catalog have been reorganized to give you

faster access to key information about our products. System

layouts, wire fill capacity charts and UL Code Reference

information is located on the beginning pages of each

product section.

New Products:

The newest Wiremold product innovations are featured in the

New Products section. You’ll find color photos and information

on where these products are located in the Catalog.

Product Guide Available Online:

The Wiremold Catalog is also available online. With all the

same information as the print version, the online Catalog is

fully searchable and easy to use. You can access the online

catalog at: www.legrand.us/wiremold and then click on the

link for the Online Catalog.

Color Information:

Color swatches (see sample below) for each product line

are shown at the beginning of the product section. Each part

number listing also shows all the available color versions for

that part. Information on how the color values were developed

can be found in the Technical Section.

WELCOME

Product Sections are identified throughout the Catalog

with the following color coding:

CODE REFERENCE

cTUVus Listed:

File 30783215.002 EN60950-1

Code Reference Information:

UL Code Reference information

for each product line is indicated

at the beginning of the product

section (see example on right).

COLOR OPTIONS

500 and 700 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a white finish.

Using the Wiremold Catalog

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

STEEL RACEWAY

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

PREWIRED RACEWAY

PLUGMOLD® SYSTEMS

CORD MANAGEMENT

TABLE BOXES

WALL/CEILING BOXES

ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES

POKETHRU DEVICES

FLOOR BOXES

MODULAR WIRING

INFLOOR DUCTS

POLES AND COLUMNS

FIRE STOP FITTINGS

POWER DISTRIBUTION

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

our commitment to sustainability

BETTER PERFORMANCE, BETTER OPERATIONS, BETTER SOLUTIONS

BETTER PERFORMANCE.

Our sustainability goals reach inside and

outside Legrand. We provide building solutions

to meet many building performance goals

from sustainability and energy efﬁciency to

productivity and occupant well being.

BETTER OPERATIONS.

We focus on operational

excellence because we believe

optimizing the way we manage

energy, water and waste is not only good for the environment,

it’s good for business. As part of the Department of Energy’s

Better Building, Better Plants Challenge (BBBP) Legrand has

reduced its energy intensity by over 30 percent across 14 sites

in the United States in just three years.

At Legrand, our sustainability commitment translates into greater

beneﬁts and tangible value for our customers, business partners,

employees and the broader community.

DESIGNED FOR YOU.

Legrand is committed to

sharing key tools to reduce

energy intensity. Read more

about our journey and download

no-cost tools and resources at

www.legrand.us/sustainability.

SUSTAINABILITY

Flexible Infrastructure –

facilitate moves, adds & changes

Workplace Design –

open ofﬁces promote occupant productivity

Open Floor Designs –

take advantage of daylighting to save energy

Connecting Without Walls –

connections in open space fully optimize

workplace trends

Innovations – New products provide better performance and easier technology upgrades

WOOD USE – Post consumer content means a savings of more than 121 tons of wood.

GREENHOUSE GASES – Eliminated more than 82,000 pounds of greenhouse gases.

WATER – Saved more than 370,000 gallons of wastewater.

SOLID WASTE – 28,878 less pounds of solid waste was generated.*

*Source: Environmental Paper Network Online Paper Calculator. FSC

is not responsible for the savings calculations by using this paper.

The FSC certified papers used to print this catalog are made from 30% post-consumer recycled

paper. Over 286,000 pounds of paper were used to produce this catalog. By substituting recycled

paper for standard paper, the following savings were realized:

These savings would not have been possible without the assistance of:

NewPage Corporation – Manufacturer of Consoweb Gloss and other quality, certified and recycled printing papers.

Quad/Graphics – Printer, reduced environmental impact by using the highest practical renewable content ink.

Lindenmeyr Munroe – A leading paper broker

BETTER SOLUTIONS.

• Ultrasonic probes to detect air

leaks in the compressed air

systems used in manufacturing

at the West Hartford facility have

resulted in annual savings of over

300,000 kwh of electricity.

• Submeters installed throughout

the West Hartford manufacturing

facility to monitor electricity

usage have resulted in annual

savings of more that 116,000

kwh in electricity.

• Paint Line improvements at the

West Hartford facility, have

reduced water usage by over a

million gallons each year.

• Despite a 6% increase in

manufacturing output at the

West Hartford facility in 2013,

electricity usage has dropped by

nearly 3% and trash produced

from manufacturing has been

reduced by over 10%.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NEW PRODUCTS

Wiremold® New Products are

the results of our constant

focus on developing and

improving the best wire and

cable management solutions

available. These products are

designed to provide users and

installers with enhanced ease

of installation and solution

innovations that meet the

constantly changing needs for

easy and dependable access

to power, communication and

A/V services. Saving installation

time while providing more

features, functionality, and

capacity, all with the reliability

and durability you’ve come to

expect from over 100 years of

Wiremold products.

NEW PRODUCTS

Wire & Cable Management

InteGreat™ Meeting Room Solutions

Fire Classiﬁed Floor Boxes

Lab Bench Table Boxes

Evolution™ Series Ceiling Boxes

Evolution™ Series Wall Boxes

InteGreat™ A/V Table Boxes InteGreat™ Cable Retractors

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NEW PRODUCTS

Wire & Cable Management

InteGreat™ Meeting Room Transition Channel (MRTC) is an integral

component in a “last meter” solution for bringing power and technology closer

to the user’s work area.

• Easy to order. Kit consists of aluminum center spine with steel mounting plate,

aluminum side channels, nonmetallic bottom boot and transition covers.

• Adapts to table height. Telescoping design accommodates installations between

26" and 30" in height to fit most standard table configurations.

• Seamless transitions. Boot allows for easy access to floor connections from floor

boxes, poke-thru devices, overfloor raceway or other wiring sources.

• Designed to mate with Wiremold Under Table Cable Management solution.

• Multiple channels. Allows separate channels to feed power, communication or

A/V services to each end of the work surface.

InteGreat™ Meeting Room Solutions

InteGreat™ Under Table Cable Management (UTCM) organizes and retains

cables, while providing easy access for future technology upgrades.

• Easy to order. One part number comes with base, mounting hinge rail and clips,

everything you need to complete your install.

• Easy to install. Adapts to underside of table and requires no special tools.

Simply cut to length to accommodate table length.

• Future flexibility. Tray opens with the push of a clip and organizes cables

with designed-in cable retaining dividers. Future technology upgrades or room

reconfigurations are a snap with minimal disruption.

• Totally Compatible. Can mate to InteGreat Transition Channel or used on its own.

• Field modifiable. Simply cut to length to accommodate table length.

Page 273

Under Table Cable Management (UTCM)

Meeting Room Transition Channel (MRTC)

InteGreat A/V Table Boxes are an elegant solution for extending power,

communication and A/V to the meeting presenter’s point-of use.

• Adjustable recessed device installation depth. Provides adjustability and the

extra depth required to mount devices especially A/V devices, below the table top.

• Convenience Receptacle. Unit comes with two 15A receptacles in the recessed

compartments and one 15A receptacle on the underside of the box to easily power

small devices mounted under the table surface.

• Extra device capacity. Can accept up to five Legrand AVIP device plates, five

Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates or five InteGreat Retractors.

• Multiple Cable Retractor mounting options. Cable Retractors can mounted

directly to A/V Table Box or to the underside of conference tables.

• Multiple cable options. Cable Retractors are available for Cat6, HDMI, VGA and

3/5mm audio cable.

A/V Table Box & Cable Retractors

Page 274

Pages 290

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NEW PRODUCTS

Wire & Cable Management

Evolution™ Series Ceiling Box

Evolution Series Ceiling Boxes are designed to go

above a false or permanent ceiling structure while

maintaining the aesthetics of the room. They provide

both storage capacity and the ability to support a

projector at the same time.

• Variety of Options. Evolution Series Ceiling Boxes are

offered in six different versions from a basic model to the

RackLink™ version; allowing the correct box to be selected

for a given job.

• Removable Shelf. The storage shelf is removable to allow

A/V equipment to be mounted outside the box, facilitating

a quicker, easier installation.

• Built-In Cooling. ECB2S-CR, ECB2SP-CR, ECB2S-RLNK,

and ECB2S-RLNK are equipped with a thermostatically

controlled AC fan to keep the A/V equipment cool while

keeping the environment quiet.

• Multiple Size Service Feeds. Evolution Series Ceiling

Boxes are equipped with multiple knockouts ranging

from 1/2" to 2" trade size openings to accommodate the

maximum amount of feed cables.

• Built-In Projector Mount. The Evolution Series Ceiling

Boxes are offered with a built in projector mount, allowing

the projector to be positioned laterally across the width of

the box with a load capacity of up to 50 lbs.

Page 316

Evolution™ Series Wall Box

Evolution Series Wall Boxes are ideal for any area

where a flat screen display is required, including:

conference rooms, airports, entertainment venues,

college campuses, and hospitals.

• New work or old work applications. Evolution Series

Wall Boxes have been designed to be able to be installed

in both new work and old work installations.

• Removable modules. Removable modules facilitate

quick and easy installations by allowing service feeds

to be connected outside the box.

• Low profile cover. The decorative trim flange and cover

(paintable) are low profile (less than 1/4" from the wall

surface) allowing the monitors to seat closer to wall.

• Multiple options. Evolution Series Wall Boxes are

available in both a 2-gang and a 4-gang version, allowing

for maximum flexibility to fit the capacity needs of the

task at hand.

• UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards.

Page 311

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NEW PRODUCTS

Wire & Cable Management

Fire Classified Floor Boxes

Wiremold® introduces seven recessed and flush

style Fire Classified Floor Boxes that meet or exceed

UL Fire Classification requirements. Available in both

single and multiple-gang versions, in both steel and

nonmetallic fabrications, they preserve the two-hour

fire rating of floors in which they have been installed.

• Maintains fire classification of fire rated floors.

Fire rated floor boxes preserve up to a two-hour fire rating

for floors in which they are installed. Eliminates the need

to install additional fireproofing to underfloor surfaces to

restore the floor’s fire rating.

• Fully adjustable boxes. Each floor box model is

adjustable both before and after the concrete pour.

• Triple service. Accommodates power, communication

and/or A/V devices reducing the need for multiple boxes.

• TopGuard Protection. Integral design components

prevent water, dirt and debris from entering power and

communication compartments.

• Available in one- to four-gang versions in both flush

and recessed models. Dividers can be removed in

several models for greater capacity and to provide multiple

configuration options for multi-service installations.

Page 405

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System provides four-

channels of capacity and access to a wide range of

power, communications, and A/V connectivity options in

the smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA compliant profile

available in overfloor raceway systems.

• Lowest profile overfloor raceway available.

Smaller, narrower, lower raceway profile reduces

potential trip hazards while also being installer friendly

to speed installations.

• Multiple channel base. Four-channel raceway provides

space for multiple combinations of power, communication

and A/V to be provided through a single raceway

installation.

• Multiple options for communication and A/V

connectivity. OFR Series Raceway accepts Wiremold

Open System device plates that provide connectivity to

a wide range of devices from leading communication and

A/V providers.

• Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines. Low profile,

unobtrusive design meets the ADA Accessibility Guidelines

that pertain to ADA Standard 4.5 which addresses changes

in floor and ground surface levels.

• Re-energize abandoned poke-thru holes. Brings a wide

variety of services to the work surface by re-using existing

openings from previous poke-thru installations

OFRPT3 Poke-Thru Transition Fitting

Page 113

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NEW PRODUCTS

Wire & Cable Management

adorne™ Under-Cabinet Lighting System

adorne™ Under-Cabinet Lighting System is a fully

customizable and modular solution for eliminating

kitchen clutter. It is compatible with any kitchen layout,

such as a galley, L-shaped, or U-shaped, as well as with

any home wiring.

The adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System brings an array of

modular components that swap out so easily, you’ll want to

reconfigure whenever the mood strikes. From speakers and

smart phone docks to lighting and outlets, there’s a world

of possibilities to choose from with these high-tech, highly

convenient building blocks.

Visit www.adornemyhome.com to use the Under-Cabinet

System Planning and Configuration Tool

Modular Track – in multiple lengths

Interchangeable Modules

Power Control Boxes

LED Linear Lighting

LED Puck Lighting

Digital Music Kit with

Bluetooth® connectivity

Page 265

Plugmold® Multi-outlet Systems with GFCI Protection, USB Charging

Plugmold® Multi-outlet Systems are now available in

a tamper-resistant version with USB charging. A great

solution for adding the convenience of multiple outlets

and USB charging to work or living spaces without the

work required to install multiple outlets.

The tamper-resistant GFCI version offers full GFCI protection

to multiple outlets without having to install multiple outlets.

• USB charging. 2.4A (Shared between 2 ports) USB type A

receptacle charges faster than other USB receptacles and

is compatible with USB 2.0 and 3.0 type devices.

• Built-in GFCI protection. Provides GFCI protection

for all outlets on the Plugmold strip and all connected

devices. Great for residential kitchens with multiple small

appliances, as well as laboratories.

• Tamper-resistant receptacles. Tamper-Resistant,

patented shutter system prevents improper insertion of

foreign objects. Meets 2011 National Electrical Code®

Tamper-Resistant requirements.

• Multiple colors and finishes. Painted finishes of black,

gray, ivory, and white, as well as anodized aluminum and

stainless steel versions, color options that integrate easily

into any room decor.

Pages 263

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

NEW PRODUCTS

Wire & Cable Management

FloorSource 6FF Floor Boxes

FloorSource™ Series Round Furniture Feed Floor

Box is designed to work in both wood and raised floor

applications.

• Raised & wood floor applications. Designed so that it

can be installed in both raised and wood floors.

• Quicker and easier installation. The 6FF-AFB Furniture

Feed Floor Box fits into a standard 6" [152mm] diameter

hole. The round shape makes install easier and quicker,

increasing productivity and reducing jobsite cost.

• Suitable for use in air handling areas. In accordance

with Sec. 300-22(C) of the National Electrical Code.

• Multiple size knockouts. Available with multiple trade

size knockouts ranging in size from 1/2" to 1 1/2" allowing

for multiple activations and wiring configurations.

• Large capacity side entrance. With 2 in.2 [1290mm2]

there is plenty of capacity for a large bundle of

communication cables or preterminated A/V cables.

Page 518

Lab Bench Table Box

Lab Bench Table Box is designed specifically for the

unique challenges of the lab environment.

• Large Capacity. Lab Bench Table Boxes can be divided

into two gangs that each have the capacity to wire a 15A,

20A, GFCI, or a 30A twist lock receptacle. The LBP2 model

Table Box is currently the only third party listed table box

that can house back-to-back GFCIs.

• Protection against spills. Lab Bench Table Box is the

first lab bench activation to be tested to the proposed

UL111 standard for multi-outlet assemblies. This standard

includes a spill test, which proves there is no risk of shock

or short circuiting due to moisture when combined with

certain Pass and Seymour receptacles.

• Multiple Services. Lab Bench Table Boxes deliver power,

communication or A/V with the use of Wiremold AVIP Series

Device Plates. The removable divider, allows designers the

option to co-locate services in the same outlet box.

• Listed for Work Surfaces. Meets the NRTL listing for

work surfaces as well as UL514A for metallic outlet boxes.

Page 303

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FOCUS MARKETS

Wiremold® offers integrated connectivity and cable management solutions

needed for educational institutions that are taking advantage of new converging

technologies such as distance learning, distributed computing, interactive

teaching tools, wireless mobility and IP telephony. The combination of our

high-performing products, exceptional service and support ensures that your

learning community can take advantage of a customized solution designed to

exactly meet your needs.

EDUCATION SOLUTIONS

bringing technology everywhere you learn

Managing Time & Money

School budgets are tight and any allocated funds for

upgrades must demonstrate a return of investment

higher than most businesses.

PRODUCTS:

DS4000 Series Raceway, 4000 Series Steel Prewired

Raceway, Walkerﬂex Wiring System, Evolution

Series Poke-Thru Devices, Tele-Power Pole Extenders

Staying Connected

Any educational facility requires ample A/V

hook-ups, efﬁcient data connectivity and proper

network infrastructure in order to run smoothly.

PRODUCTS:

Evolution Series Floor Box, Raceways, Table Boxes,

Power Distribution, Evolution Series Wall Box

Making Renovations Easy

Wiremold solutions provide an adaptable and ﬂexible

technical infrastructure integrating electrical

equipment and communications networks just where

you need them.

PRODUCTS:

OFR Series Overﬂoor Raceway,

3000 Series Steel Prewired Raceway

COLLEGE CAMPUS

Dorm Life

Ready Point-of-Use Access – Wiremold table

boxes provide students with access to power,

communications and A/V right at their desk or

study area.

PRODUCTS:

Work Surface Desk Module, Desktop Power Center

Table Box, InteGreat A/V Table Box,

TableSource Table Boxes,

College Classrooms

Wiremold offers a variety of pathways and A/V

connectivity that support the ever-changing

technology needs of today’s classrooms.

• Connecting students without walls

PRODUCTS: OFR Series Overﬂoor Raceway

• Enhanced A/V Performance

PRODUCTS: Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices,

Wall & Ceiling Boxes

• Add or Extend power, communication &

A/V in the classroom

PRODUCTS: Steel or Prewired Raceway

Science Labs

• Conﬁgurable power and data – Wiremold power,

communications and A/V solutions meet the

demands of laboratory activity.

PRODUCTS:

Lab Bench Pedestal Table Box,

Vista Architectural Columns,

• Flexible Infrastructures – Facilitates moves,

adds & changes in labs.

PRODUCTS:

Prewired Aluminum & Stainless Steel Raceways

K-12

Preparing for the next generation

Technology in primary education is rising dramatically

as today’s students are growing up online and

connected. With tight school budgets, all upgrades

must show a signiﬁcant return on investment.

PRODUCTS:

OFR Series Overﬂoor Raceway,

3000 Series Steel Prewired Raceway

Evolution Series Ceiling & Wall Boxes

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FOCUS MARKETS

Wiremold® recognizes that today’s buildings need to be as intelligent and efficient

as the workers who occupy them. Today’s high performing buildings are more

intelligent and connected than ever before. Wiremold’s infrastructure solutions

have been designed to seamlessly and reliably provide the critical connectivity that

both buildings and businesses rely on to operate at peak efficiency.

COMMERCIAL OFFICE SOLUTIONS

intelligent & efﬁcient buildings

Zone Distribution

Zone distribution divides the commercial building

into small zones that support up to 48 ports or 3,600

ft². Moving to a distributed network architecture like

zone networking provides many practical beneﬁts

while signiﬁcantly reducing OPEX and CAPEX costs.

As commercial buildings migrate to access layer

environments, the beneﬁts of centrally located

telecommunications closets are reduced. Employing

a ﬁber to the enclosure design extends the backbone

of the network closer to the user.

PRODUCTS:

Vista CP Consolidation Point Column, Vista Point5

Multi- Service Conference Column, Vista Wireless

Access Point Enclosure, Evolution Series Floor Box

Flexible Infrastructure

Getting your building into shape isn’t just about

increasing performance or managing your energy

better, it includes increasing ﬂexibility too. By

retroﬁtting your building using Wiremold solutions,

you’ll be able to manage moves, adds and changes

easily, all while lowering the cost of ownership. That

means you can adapt your building to keep up with

the times without disrupting your existing structure.

Enabling you to make these changes non-invasively

and less expensively.

• Flexible Pathways

PRODUCTS: DS4000 Series Raceway.

• Streamline Moves, Adds & Changes

PRODUCTS:

Walkerﬂex Modular Wiring System,

FloorSource Raised Floor Boxes,

Evolution Series Floor Boxes

Workstation Performance

Building a better working environment goes

beyond just setting a standard for your network’s

performance. It’s about bringing everything your

network offers to your workstations easily and

efﬁciently. With Legrand’s end to-end solutions,

you’ll always be ready to address tomorrow’s

challenges. This includes increasing bandwidth and

performance requirements, new technologies and

the need to move, add or change your conﬁgurations

quickly and easily

• Zone Distribution-Reduce on-site installation

times and reconﬁguration costs, while maximizing

performance and ﬂexibility with ﬁeld installable or

preterminated solutions.

PRODUCTS: FloorSource Series Raised Floor

Enclosures, Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices

• Modular Connectivity – Select from a complete

range of high-performance workstation jacks,

faceplates, surface mount boxes and furniture

bezels to suit any workstation requirements.

PRODUCTS: Walkerﬂex Modular Wiring System,

FloorSource Raised Floor Boxes.

• Work Surface Modular Power – Provides table

access to power outlets and makes rearranging a

room layout as easy as unplugging, re-positioning

and plugging back together. Ideal for reconﬁguring

meeting space to accommodate presentation,

training and collaboration conﬁgurations.

PRODUCTS: WSMP.

• Under Table Cable Management – Organizes and

retains cables and allows easy access to power,

communications and A/V cables. Ease of installing

and upgrading your meeting rooms enables power

and technology without cables getting in the way.

PRODUCTS: InteGreat Under-Table Cable

Management, Transition Channel, A/V Table Box.

• Consolidation Point – Bring voice, data and

power closer to the workstation while blending

with commercial interiors. For advanced cable

management with security and ﬂexibility.

PRODUCTS: Vista CP, Vista Point5.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FOCUS MARKETS

Take a good, hard look at your meeting rooms. Do you see a flexible, well-organized

spaces that can be easily adapted to a wide range of uses? Or do you see jumbles

of cords and cables running every which way, cluttering the floor and tables? If

chaos is what you see, then it’s time to open your eyes to Wiremold® Meeting Room

Solutions. Our innovative, easy-to-install systems and products are designed to keep

power, communications and A/V cords and cables neatly organized and contained.

MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS

are your meeting rooms meeting expectations?

Nothing detracts from sophisticated, multimedia conferences and presentations like seeing the

unsightly cables and cords these technologies require. That’s why Wiremold has introduced InteGreat™

Series – a series of smart, integrated solutions that keeps wires and cabling for A/V organized and

out of sight while also giving presenters and attendees easy access to the power and data capabilities

they need.

Today’s teaming and collaboration areas are becoming more dynamic. With furniture designed to be

easily moved and rearranged to accommodate a range of conﬁgurations. Regardless of the layout, every

attendee can have easy access to power and data. Which means wire and cable management solutions

must be highly ﬂexible and adaptable – without getting in the way.

The era of the stuffy boardroom is over. Today’s formal meeting spaces need to support a wide range

of productivity enhancing technology – including interactive white boards, multimedia presentations,

smart phones, tablets and more. Providing easy access to A/V and high performance internet as well as

power is essential.

Meeting Rooms

Conference & Boardrooms

Table Boxes Overﬂoor Raceway Under-Table Cable

Management

A/V Flat Screen

Wall Boxes

Ceiling Boxes Table Boxes Floor Boxes Columns

Training & Collaboration Rooms

Ceiling Boxes Modular Power Poke-Thru Devices Table Boxes

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FOCUS MARKETS

HEALTHCARE SOLUTIONS

keeping your infrastructure healthy and strong

Atrium & Admissions – Better ﬁrst impressions

No-hassle patient check-ins, safe, open environments with access to internet and information is quickly

becoming the norm in today’s modern healthcare facilities. Legrand solutions allow you to create open ﬂoor

plans from the atrium to admissions while providing access to power and communications.

• Ready Point of Use Access – Power, communications & A/V at the point-of-use with Legrand work surface solutions.

PRODUCTS: Work Surface Desk Module, Desktop Power Center Table Box, TableSource Series Table Boxes,

InteGreat A/V Table Box, InteGreat Under Table Cable Management

• Open Floor Designs – Aesthetically bring power, communications and A/V wiring to open spaces.

PRODUCTS: Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices, Evolution Series Floor Boxes, Vista Architectural Columns

Nurses Stations – Better support

Nurses are the ﬁrst line of defense. From lighting control systems that help minimize eyestrain to advanced

data communications solutions that provide real-time access to patient information, Legrand has made

supporting these essential caregivers a top priority.

• Connecting without walls – Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices offer twice the capacity of current designs. That means

one device can feed more workstations. Intumescent material maintains the ﬁre rating of a 2-hour classiﬁed ﬂoor –

new construction or retroﬁt – means it provides capacity and meets ﬁre codes.

PRODUCTS: Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices

• High Performance Workstations – In today’s era of electronic health records, easy, efﬁcient ways of keeping a wide

variety of mobile devices connected and charged are essential. Legrand work surface solutions provide easy access to

everything from multiple hospital grade power outlets (PIOCs) to USB ports, ensuring optimal connectivity and charging.

PRODUCTS: Work Surface Solutions, Medical PIOCs, USB Charging solutions

MRI/Operating Room – Better diagnostics

From robotic surgeries to sophisticated diagnostic imaging to outpatient surgical procedures, high-capacity

power systems are essential for every modern healthcare building. And because technologies can change

in a heartbeat, cabling and network systems must adapt easily to rapidly changing environments. All while

maintaining the highest standards for performance and reliability.

• Powerful Pathways – State-of-the-art medical equipment needs to be powered and connected to the hospital’s network.

PRODUCTS: Wallduct, Trenchduct, nonmetallic raceways

Labs – Better discovery

Flexibility and safety are of paramount importance in any lab environment. Legrand solutions allow you to

manage changing needs easily and safely with our power and protection products.

• Conﬁgurable Power and Data – From the TableSource series of worksurface products to hanging and ﬂoor-mounted Vista

multi-service columns, Legrand offers a wide range of integrated power, communications and A/V solutions to meet the

demanding needs of laboratory-speciﬁc activity.

PRODUCTS: TableSource, Lab Bench Pedestal Boxes, Vista columns

• Flexible Infrastructures – Facilitate moves, adds and changes in labs with prewired aluminum and steel raceways. Zone

cabling distribution brings modular ﬂexibility to the point-of-use.

PRODUCTS: Aluminum, Steel, Prewired & Nonmetallic Raceways, Plugmold, Overﬂoor Raceway, Wireway

ﬁr

Today more than ever, a healthcare facility’s infrastructure plays a vital role

in the delivery of better care. That’s why Legrand is as committed as you are

to keeping your infrastructure healthy and strong. We provide an unequalled

depth and breadth of smart, easy-to-install systems and products that maximize

capabilities while realizing energy and operational efficiencies – helping all who

come in contact with it to deliver better care.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold® A/V Quick Selection Guide

AVIP Series Device Plates

AVIP Series Device

Plates – Video 3

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

For years, A/V installation has been an afterthought in the remodeling and

construction of buildings, leaving integrators with the challenge of creating

work-around solutions. Today, through Wiremold® Pathways, we are

changing the way integrators work, by incorporating A/V compatibility into

our broad product line from the start. Wiremold gives you

• Over 100 years of experience in pathway solutions.

• The market leader in cable management.

• The broadest product line in the industry.

• Cross-trade experience assures proper integration of power,

communication, and A/V into our products.

AVIP Series Device

Plates – A/V 5

Table of Contents

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold audio/video interface plates (AVIP) allow for A/V connectivity in all

of Wiremold’s A/V compatible pathways. AVIP Series Device Plates are metal,

screwed-down connectors which ensure a secure connection that will resist

being pulled out or broken while in use.

From data to audio to video, Wiremold AVIP device plates help you stay

connected in your meetings and training rooms, collaboration spaces or work

areas. Wherever your connectivity needs are, we have the device plates and

pathways to get you there.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold AVIP Connectivity

CODE REFERENCE

Please visit the individual

product sections located

throughout this Product Guide

for specific product Code

Reference information.

One USB A Female to

USB A Female Adapter,

single plate. Dimensions:

2.2" x 0.7" x 10" [53.89mm

x 17.78mm x 254mm].

One 9 Pin HD Female

to Female, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x

0.7" [53.89mm x 17.78mm

x 17.78mm].

AVIP Series Device Plates – Computer

One 15 Pin HD Female

to Female, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2” x 0.7” x 0.7”

[53.89mm x 17.78mm x

17.78mm].

One 15 Pin HD Female to Five

BNC on 4" Pigtails, single

plate. Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7"

x 7.25" [53.89mm x 17.78mm

x 184.15mm].

AV1002BK AV4005BK

AV1000BK AV4000BK

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AVIP Connectivity Ordering Information

AV1002BK

AVIP Series Device Plates – Video

One RCA Female to BNC

Female Adapter, single

plate. Dimensions: 2.2”

x 0.7” x 1.3” [53.89mm x

17.78mm x 33.02mm].

One HDMI Female to One

HMDI Female on 10" pigtail,

single plate. Dimensions:

2.2" x 0.7" x 10" [53.89mm x

17.78mm x 254mm].

One BNC Female to Female

Barrel, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x

1.3" [53.89mm x 17.78mm x

33.02mm].

Two BNC Female to Female

Barrels, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x

1.3" [53.89mm x 17.78mm x

33.02mm].

Three BNC Female to BNC

Female Barrels, double

plates. Dimensions: 2.2"

x 1.4" x 1.3" [53.89mm x

35.56mm x 33.02mm].

One Display Port Female to

One Display Port Female

on 10" Pigtail, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x

10" [53.89mm x 17.78mm x

254mm].

One F-Connector Female to

Female Barrel, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x

0.7" [53.89mm x 17.78mm x

17.78mm].

AV2002BK

AV3000BK

AV5000BK

AV5001BK

AV2003BK

AV5002BK

AV5004BK

AV9010BK

Two RCA Female to BNC

Female Adapters, single

plate. Dimensions: 2.2" x

0.7" x 1.3" [53.89mm x

17.78mm x

33.02mm].

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold AVIP Connectivity Ordering Information

AV1002BK

Two RCA Female to

Solder Cups, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x

0.9" [53.89mm x 17.78mm x

33.86mm].

One XLR 3-pin Male to

Solder Cups, double plates.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 1.4" x

1.1" [53.89mm x 35.56mm x

27.94mm].

One 1/4" Stereo Phone

Female to Solder Tabs,

single plate. Dimensions:

2.2" x 0.7" x 1.4" [53.89mm x

17.78mm x 35.56mm].

One 3.5mm Stereo Mini Jack

to Solder Tabs, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x

0.75" [53.89mm x 17.78mm x

19.04mm].

One Mini XLR 3-pin Male to

Solder Cups, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x

0.7" [53.89mm x 17.78mm x

17.78mm].

One 3.5mm Stereo Mini

Jack to Captive Screw Term,

single plate. Dimensions:

2.2" x 0.7" x 1.2" [53.89mm x

35.56mm x 30.48mm].

One XLR Pane Mount Plate

(accepts D-Size Connectors),

double plates. Dimensions:

2.2" x 1.4" [53.89mm x

35.56mm].

AVIP Series Device Plates – Audio

AV6001BK

AV7000BK

AV7004BK

AV7005BK

AV8008BK

One XLR 3-pin Female to

Solder Cups, double plates.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 1.4" x

1.6" [53.89mm x 35.56mm x

40.64mm].

AV8009BK

AV8010BK

AV9016BK

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold AVIP Connectivity Ordering Information

One Keystone Jack Plate,

single plate. Dimensions:

2.2" x 0.7" [53.89mm x

17.78mm].

One Keystone CAT6

Jack Plate, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 1.7" x

1.2" [53.89mm x 17.78mm x

30.48mm].

AVIP Series Device Plates – Data

AVIP Series Device Plates – Accessories

Blank Plate-Single, single

plate. Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7"

[53.89mm x 17.78mm].

Cable Kit, 4 Openings (2

small & 2 large), triple

plates. Dimensions:

2.2" x 2.1" [53.89mm x

53.34mm].

Blank Plate-Double, double

plates. Dimensions: 2.2" x

1.4" [53.89mm x 35.56mm].

Cable Kit, 8 Openings

(4 small & 4 large),

quintuple plates.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 3.5"

[53.89mm x 88.90mm].

One RCA Female to BNC

Female Adapter, one

3.5mm Stereo Mini Jack to

Solder Tabs, single plate.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 0.7" x 1.3"

[53.89mm x 17.78mm x

33.02mm].

One DVI Female to one DVI

Female on 10" [254mm]

pigtail, with 3.5mm Stereo

to Solder Tabs, triple plates.

Dimensions: 2.2" x 2.1" x 10"

[53.89mm x 53.34mm x

254mm].

AVIP Series Device Plates – Audio/Video

AV5005BKAV2004BK

AV9008BK AV9015BK

AV9003BK

AV9004BK

AV9012BK

AV9014BK

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

EFB10-AAP

Device Plate holds 2

Extron® Electronics AAP

devices.

Resource RFB® Series

EFB8S Series EFB-AAP

Device Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP opening.

EFB-MAAP

Device Plate with GFCI or

decorator style opening for

open A/V devices such as

Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

FLOOR BOXES

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind

the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

EFB6S Series EFB-AAP

Device Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP opening.

EFB-MAAP

Device Plate with GFCI or

decorator style opening for

open A/V devices such as

Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

EFB10S Series EFB10-DEC

For use with decorator

style GFCI and A/V

devices.

EFB10-MAAP

Device Plate holds

4 Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP devices.

RFB2 Series RFB2-AAP

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening.

RFB2RT

Device Plate

with bracket that

accepts Ortronics®

Series II Devices.

RFB4 Series

RFB-GFI-SS

Shallow Device

Plate with GFCI

or decorator style

opening for open

A/V devices such as

Extron® Electronics,

Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

WTB-AAP

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening.

RFB2EXT

Device Plate

with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

opening.

RFB2GFI

Device Plate with

GFCI or decorator

style opening for

open A/V devices

such as Extron®

Electronics,

Crestron® and Atinex® Intera.

RFB4-GFI-4DB

Device Plate with

GFCI or decorator

style opening for

open A/V devices such

as Extron® Electronics,

Crestron® and Atinex® Intera.

RFB4-SS-MAAP

Shallow Device Plate

with Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

RFB4-SS-AAP

Shallow Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP

opening.

WTB-MAAP

Device Plate with

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

Evolution™ Series

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

RFB4E Series RFB6EXT

Device Plate

accepts three (3)

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP Devices.

RFB6RT

Device Plate with

adapter to accept

two (2) Ortronics®

Series II Devices.

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

FLOOR BOXES

RFB6, RFB6E Series RFB6EXT

Device Plate

accepts three

(3) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

Devices.

RFB6RT

Device Plate with

adapter to accept

two (2) Ortronics®

Series II Devices.

RFB9 & RFB11 Series RFB119-SGFI

Device Plate with GFCI or

decorator style opening

for open A/V devices such

as Extron® Electronics,

Crestron® and Atinex®

Intera.

RFB119-SXLR

Device Plate with two

(2) openings to accept

microphone devices.

RFB6-AAP

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening.

RFB6GFI

Device Plate with

GFCI or decorator

style opening for

open A/V devices

such as Extron® Electronics,

Crestron® and Atinex® Intera.

RFB6-AAP

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening.

RFB6GFI

Device Plate with

GFCI or decorator

style opening for

open A/V devices

such as Extron®

Electronics, Crestron®

and Atinex® Intera.

RFB119-3GFI

Device Plate with

three (3) GFCI or

decorator style

openings for

open A/V devices

such as Extron®

Electronics, Crestron®

and Atinex® Intera.

RFB119-GFI

Device Plate with GFCI

or decorator style

opening for open A/V

devices such as Extron®

Electronics, Crestron®

and Atinex® Intera.

RFB119-XLR

Device Plate with two

(2) openings to accept

microphone devices.

OmniBox™ Series

Resource RFB® Series

828-MAAP

Device Plate for mounting

Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Devices using

828GFI Covers. For use with

828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

Cover Plates (sold separately).

880W Series™

828-MAAP

Device Plate for mounting

Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Devices using

828GFI Covers. For use with

828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

Cover Plates (sold separately).

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth

behind the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

FloorSource AF Series™

RAISED FLOOR BOXES

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

FloorSource AF Series™

FLOOR BOXES

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth

behind the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

Ratchet-Pro™ Series

881AV3CTCGY

881AV3CTCBK

881AV3CTCAL

881AV3CTCBS

Floor Box Cover Kit with

Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP and

Ortronics® Series II Adapters.

881AMD8CTCGY

881AMD8CTCBK

881AMD8CTCAL

881AMD8CTCBS

Floor Box Cover Kit

with Ortronics® Series II

Adapters.

AF-1, AF-3 SGT-MAAP

Device Plate with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

DGT-MAAP

Device Plate with

Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

opening.

DGT-AAP

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening.

SGT-3S2

Device Plate accepts three

(3) Ortronics® Series II

Devices.

SGB-MAAP

Device Plate with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

DGT-RT

Device Plate includes one

(1) Ortronics® Series II

Adapter.

SGB-3S2

Device Plate accepts

three (3) Ortronics®

Series II Devices.

SGC2-MAAP

Device Plate accepts

two (2) Wiremold AVIP

or Extron® Electronics

MAAP Devices.

SAF SGC2-RT

Device Plate with

Adapter that

accepts one (1)

Ortronics® Series II

Device.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

RAISED FLOOR BOXES

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind

the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

FloorSource AC Series™

C8005P-MAAP-6A

Device Plate with

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

C8005P-AAP-6A

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening.

C8004P-2RT

Device Plate

with Adapters for

two (2) Ortronics®

Series II Devices.

C10105P-AAP-6A

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening.

C8005P-RT

C8005P-2RT

C8005P-3RT

Device Plate with

Adapters for one (1),

two (2), or three (3)

Ortronics® Series II

Devices.

C10105P-MAAP-6A

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

C10105P-3RT

Device Plate with

Adapters for three

(3) Ortronics®

Series II Devices.

CRFB-MAAP-4

Device Plate with

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

CRFB-GFI-1

Device Plate

with standard

GFCI or decorator style

opening for open A/V devices such as

Extron® Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

CRFB-GFI-2

Device Plate with

standard GFCI or

decorator style opening

for open A/V devices such as

Extron® Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

CRFB-GFI-3

Device Plate with

standard GFCI or

decorator style

opening for open A/V devices such as

Extron® Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

CRFB-BEZ-6A-4

Device Plate

with Adapter for

one (1)

Ortronics®

Series II Device.

CRFB-CGFI-4

Device Plate with

standard GFCI

or decorator style

opening for open A/V

devices such as Extron® Electronics,

Crestron® and Atinex® Intera.

FloorSource CFRB Series™

Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Devices

POKETHRU DEVICES

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

6AT Series 6MAAP

Device Plate

accepts six (6)

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP Devices.

6SER

Device Plate

accepts up to

four (4)

Ortronics® Series II modular inserts.

6AAP

Device Plate

accepts two

(2) Extron®

Electronics AAP

Devices.

6MAAP-2A

Device Plate

accepts three (3)

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP Devices and up to two (2) ports

for communication devices.

6DEC

Device Plate

accepts standard

GFCI or decorator

style opening for open A/V devices

such as Extron® Electronics,

Crestron® and Atinex® Intera.

68MAAP

Device Plate

accepts up to

two (2) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Devices.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind

the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Devices

POKETHRU DEVICES

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

8AAP

Device Plate

accepts four (4)

Extron® Electronics

AAP Devices.

68MAAP

Device Plate

accepts up to

two (2) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Devices.

8AT Series 8CREST

Device Plate accepts

Crestron® & Extron®

Electronics double

gang decorator style

devices.

8CREST3G

3 gang device

plate accepts

Crestron®

& Extron®

Electronics triple

gang decorator

style devices.

8MAAP

Device Plate

accepts four

(4) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

Devices.

8DEC

Device Plate with

standard GFCI or

decorator style

opening for open

A/V devices such as Extron®

Electronics, Crestron® and Atinex®

Intera.

8SER

Device Plate

accepts up to

three (3)

Ortronics® Series II

modular inserts.

AV3 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices

AV3ATCGY

AV3ATCBK

AV3ATCAL

AV3ATCAA

AV3ATCBS

AV3ATCAB

AV3ATCVY

Assembled Poke-Thru

Device that includes

bezels to accepts one

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP device or one

Ortronics® Series II

insert.

AV3CTCGY

AV3CTCBK

AV3CTCAL

AV3CTCAA

AV3CTCBS

AV3CTCAB

AV3CTCVY

Assembled Poke-Thru

Device that includes

bezels to accept one

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP device or one

Ortronics® Series II

insert.

AMD8ATCGY

AMD8ATCBK

AMD8ATCAL

AMD8ATCAA

AMD8ATCBS

AMD8ATCAB

AMD8ATCVY

Assembled Poke-Thru

Device that includes

bezels to accept four

(4) Ortronics® Series II

inserts.

AMD8™ Series Poke-Thru Devices

RC9AMDTCGY

RC9AMDTCBK

RC9AMDTCAL

RC9AMDTCBS

RC9AMDTCAB

RC9AMDTCVY

RC9AMDTCAA

Assembled Poke-Thru

Device that includes

bezels to accept two

(2) Ortronics® Series II

inserts.

RC9AMD Series™ Poke-Thru Devices

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind

the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

KA305

Device Plate

with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

Opening.

KA302

Device Plate

holds cables

captive for easy

access when

active jacks are

not needed.

6" [152mm] Field-Wired or Cord-Ended Work Surface

Portals that can accept up to five (5) Wiremold AVIP

or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates.

Field-Wired Field-Wired

WSF6FNK, WSF6FBS,

WSF6FGY, WSF6FBK,

WSF6FBZ,

WSF6SNK, WSF6SBS,

WSF6SGY, WSF6SBK,

WSF6SBZ

Evolution™ Series Work Surface Portals

WSF6 Series Cord-Ended

WS6FNK, WS6FBS,

WS6FGY, WS6FBK,

WS6FBZ,

WS6SNK, WS6SBS,

WS6SGY, WS6SBK,

WS6SBZ

dequorum™ Work Surface Portals

WORK SURFACE SOLUTIONS

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

KA305-AAP

Device Plate

with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics

AAP Opening.

Cord-Ended

WSF8 Series

8" [203mm] Field-Wired or Cord-Ended Work Surface

Portals that can accept up to ten (10) Wiremold AVIP

or Extron® Electronics MAAP device plates.

Field-Wired

WSF8FNK, WSF8FBS,

WSF8FGY, WSF8FBK,

WSF8FBZ,

WSF8SNK, WSF8SBS,

WSF8SGY, WSF8SBK,

WSF8SBZ

Cord-Ended

WS8FNK, WS8FBS,

WS8FGY, WS8FBK,

WS8FBZ,

WS8SNK, WS8SBS,

WS8SGY, WS8SBK,

WS8SBZ

Evolution™ Series Wall Boxes

EFSB2 – 2 Gang Wall Box

EFSB4 – 4 Gang Wall Box

Designed to fit and be concealed behind 42" [1.067m]

or larger flat screen displays. Can be installed in

both new work and old work applications. Has 2 or

4 NEMA size openings for power, communication,

or A/V devices. EFSB 2 box is also equipped with

a storage module that will accept active A/V

equipment up to 6 7/8" x 9 1/8" [175mm x 232mm]

in size. Dimensions include wire and cables.

InteGreat™ A/V Table Boxes

TB672APBK

TB672APAL

Table Box with 12' [3.66m] cord. Unit comes with two

(2) 15A receptacles in the recessed compartments

and one 15A receptacle on the underside of the box.

Hardware bag includes Wiremold® AVIP Series Cable

Kit with eight (8) openings. Can accept up to five

(5) Wiremold AVIP device plates or five (5) Extron®

Electronics MAAP device plates. (Sold separately.)

Available in black (TB672APBK) or aluminum

(TB672APAL) finish.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind the

plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

DSDWNS-BK

DSDWNS-BZ

DSDWNS-DG

DSDWNS-DV

Downward-Facing

Device Plate with

Ortronics® Series II

opening.

DSDWNU-BK

DSDWNU-BZ

DSDWNU-DG

DSDWNU-DV

Downward-Facing

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

DSDWNR-BK

DSDWNR-BZ

DSDWNR-DG

DSDWNR-DV

Downward-Facing

Device Plate with

decorator style

opening for open

A/V devices such as

Extron® Electronics,

Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

DS4000® Series Raceway

STEEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

5507MAAP

5507MAAP-G

5507 Series Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics MAAP

opening.

4000 Series™ Raceway

5507AAP

5507AAP-G

5507 Series Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP

opening.

V4047UX

G4047UX

Bump-Up Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics MAAP

opening.

V4047VX

G4046VX

Bump-Up Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP

opening.

5507R

5507R-G

5507 Series

Device Plate with

decorator style

opening for open A/V

devices such as Extron®

Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

V24DWNU

24DWNU-FW

Downward-Facing

Device Plate

with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

opening.

V24DWNS

24DWNS-FW

Downward-Facing

Device Plate with

Ortronics® Series II

opening.

V3046V

G3046V

Bump-Up Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP

opening.

V3046S

G3046S

Bump-Up Device

Plate with

Ortronics® Series

II opening.

3000 Series™ Raceway

2400 Series™ Raceway

V3046U

G3046U

Bump-Up

Device Plate

with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

opening.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind

the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

STEEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

5507R

5507R-FW

5507R-WH

5507R-BK

5507R-G

5507R-GY

5507 Series Device Plate

with decorator style opening

for open A/V devices such as

Extron® Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

5400 Series™ Raceway

5507MAAP

5507MAAP-FW

5507MAAP-WH

5507MAAP-BK

5507MAAP-G

5507MAAP-GY

5507 Series Device Plate

with Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

5507R

5507R-FW

5507R-WH

5507R-BK

5507R-G

5507R-GY

5507 Series Device Plate

with decorator style opening

for open A/V devices such as

Extron® Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

5500 Series™ Raceway

5507AAP

5507AAP-FW

5507AAP-WH

5507AAP-BK

5507AAP-G

5507AAP-GY

5507 Series Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP

opening.

OFR Series™ Overflow Raceway

OFR47-R

For covering

rectangular

decorator style

devices.

OFR47-V

Accepts two (2)

Extron® Electronics

AAP single

space modules.

OFR47-U

Accepts up to

four (4) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

style plates.

OFR47-U2A

Accepts up to

two (2) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

style plates.

5507AAP

5507AAP-FW

5507AAP-WH

5507AAP-BK

5507AAP-G

5507AAP-GY

5507 Series Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP opening.

5507MAAP

5507MAAP-FW

5507MAAP-WH

5507MAAP-BK

5507MAAP-G

5507MAAP-GY

5507 Series Device

Plate with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

opening.

5507AAP

5507AAP-G

5507 Series Device

Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP

opening.

6000® Series Raceway

V4047UX

G4047UX

Bump-Up Device

Plate with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP

opening.

5507MAAP

5507MAAP-G

5507 Series

Device Plate

with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP opening.

5507R,

5507R-G

5507 Series

Device Plate with

decorator style

opening for open A/V

devices such as Extron®

Electronics, Crestron® and

Atinex® Intera.

V4047VX

G4047VX

Bump-Up

Device Plate

with Extron®

Electronics AAP

opening.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

Vista™ Point5 Architectural Columns

VSCR

Crestron® & Extron®

Electronics Double-

Gang Decorator Style

Device Plate for Small

Vista Columns.

VSEA

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening for

Small Vista Columns.

VSEAP5

Device Plate with

two (2) duplex

receptacles and

Extron® Electronics

AAP openings for

small Point 5 Vista.

VSEMP5

Device Plate with two

(2) duplex receptacles

and Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP openings for

small Point 5 Vista.

VL2A

Device plate for

Wiremold CM Series

Open System for

Ortronics Series II

and TracJack devices

for large Point 5 Vista.

VLCR

Crestron® &

Extron® Electronics

Double-Gang

Decorator Style

Device Plate

for Large Vista

Columns.

VSEM

Device Plate with

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening for

Small Vista Columns.

VLEA

Device Plate

with Extron®

Electronics AAP

opening for Large

Vista Columns.

VLEM

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening

for Large Vista

Columns.

VLEAP5

Device Plate with

two (2) duplex

receptacles and

Extron® Electronics

AAP openings for

large Point 5 Vista.

VLEMP5

Device Plate with

two (2) duplex

receptacles and

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP openings for

large Point 5 Vista.

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind

the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

VSEA

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening for Small

Vista Columns.

Vista™ Architectural Columns

VLEA

Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics

AAP opening for Large

Vista Columns.

VSCR

Crestron® & Extron®

Electronics Double-

Gang Decorator Style

Device Plate for Small

Vista Columns.

VSEM

Device Plate with

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening for

Small Vista Columns.

VLCR

Crestron® & Extron®

Electronics Double-

Gang Decorator Style

Device Plate for

Large Vista Columns.

VLEM

Device Plate with

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening for

Large Vista Columns.

VLRT

Device Plate with

opening for three

(3) Ortronics®

Series II devices

for Large Vista

Columns.

VSRT

Device Plate with

opening for one (1)

Ortronics® Series II

device for Small

Vista Columns.

VERTICAL SOLUTIONS

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

5507MAAP

5507MAAP-FW

5507MAAP-WH

5507MAAP-BK

5507MAAP-G

5507MAAP-GY

5507 Series Device Plate

with Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP opening.

WallSource™ Multiple Service Boxes Raceway

IN WALL SYSTEMS

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

5507AAP

5507AAP-FW

5507AAP-WH

5507AAP-BK

5507AAP-G

5507AAP-GY

5507 Series Device Plate with

Extron® Electronics AAP opening.

5507R

5507R-FW

5507R-WH

5507R-BK

5507R-G

5507R-GY

5507 Series Device Plate

with decorator style opening for

open A/V devices such as Extron®

Electronics, Crestron® and Atinex®

Intera.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

30TP-AAP

Device Plate with GFCI or

decorator style opening

for open A/V devices such

as Extron® Electronics,

Crestron® and Atinex® Intera.

Tele-Power® Poles

30TP-L

Device Plate with Extron®

Electronics AAP opening.

30TP-MAAP

Device Plate with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

[76mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

1-GANG 2-GANG

500-MAAP

525 Series Device

Plate with Wiremold

AVIP or Extron®

Electronics

MAAP opening.

500RT

525 Series Device

Plate with opening for

one (1) Ortronics®

Series II Device.

LTF48-MAAP

Multiplex Series

Device Plate with

Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics

MAAP opening.

Multiplex™ Series Service Fittings

525 Series™ Service Fittings – For use with Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct Systems

INFLOOR SYSTEMS

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Quick Selection Guide

NOTE: Wiremold manufactures many additional pathway solutions. Those represented here have been designed/modified to provide the depth behind

the plate required for most A/V devices. For additional design and installation considerations, please contact the factory.

VERTICAL SOLUTIONS

Product Line Compatible A/V Device Plates

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

CM Series™

Communication

Modules

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

Wiremold® pathways and cable management systems offer a

wide range of options for providing datacom connectivity.

Ortronics® Connectivity

Wiremold® Open System Connectivity

Wiremold® CM Series™ Communication Modules

Table of Contents

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD

TracJack Individual Jack System

• Front-loading, snap-in design supports future moves adds and changes

• Inserts for voice, data, audio, and video

• Available Category 3, 5e, 6, USOC 6-position, and other media

• Flat or angled 45° exit configurations

• Choice of 13 colors and color matched to Wiremold systems

• Universal T568A/B wiring format

Series II Front-Loading, Module System

• Module design features easy snap-in front-loading design

• Linear 110 punch down format for easy termination

• Inserts for voice, data, audio, and video

• Available Category 3, 5e, 6, USOC 6-position, and other media

• Available in flat or angled 45° exit configurations

• Color matched to Wiremold Systems

For detailed product selection refer to the Ortronics Catalog or visit www.ortronics.com.

Wiremold Open System Communications Modules

• Accommodate a wide range of manufacturers’ communications outlets including keystone jacks,

as well as proprietary solutions from Systimax (Avaya) and NORDX

• Modules fit into a wide range of Wiremold Systems

• Pre-punched faceplates accept common communication devices

For more information on integrating connectivity into Wiremold Cable Management Systems, contact the

Wiremold Applications Engineering Team or your local Wiremold Sales Representative.

1. Bring all station cables through the opening in the device mounting bracket.

2. Mount communication devices in unloaded inserts and terminate or attach

cable per manufacturers instructions.

3. Reverse the module and snap into the device bracket. Entire faceplate must

be filled with inserts or blanks.

Typical Mounting Brackets (4050, 5450, 5550, 40N2, 2344SD-2A, 2444D-2A and WSA07A Device Mounting Plates)

Typical Installation for Cable Management Applications

CM-EPLA

Typical

raceway device

bracket holecut

Ortronics® Connectivity

Wiremold® Open Connectivity Solutions

1. Insert CM-EPLA end plate into the bracket opening.

2. Slide end plate to engage hooks into locking slots. (Be sure end plate edge is

seated against edge of trim plate opening.) Two end plates are required as shown.

3. After end plates are in place, install modules by aligning over space between end plates and

pushing inward until snaps engage. 6A configuring options apply to opening.

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD

Accepts keystone jacks with a latching

area of 0.58" x 0.76" [14.7mm x 19.3 mm].

Accepts both M-series jacks and LC

fiber adapters.

Accepts keystone jacks with a latching

area of 0.58" x 0.76" [14.7mm x 19.3 mm].

Accepts both M-series jacks and LC

fiber adapters.

CM Series Communication Modules Ordering Information

Wiremold® CM Series™ Communication Modules provide a variety of unloaded

modules to accept devices from other manufacturers. These open system modules

provide a flexible and aesthetically pleasing way to connect communication cabling

at the point-of-use.

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Communication

Circuit Accessories:

File E145222 Guide DUXR.

Meets Article 800 of NEC.

Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

COLOR OPTIONS

CM Series™ Communication Modules standard color is ivory. For other

colors, add one of the following suffixes: “-WH” for white, “-GY” for

light gray (matches aluminum and nonmetallic products), “-BK” for

black, or “-G” for gray (matches Wiremold gray steel products).

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U1KEYA-WH (White)

CM2-U1KEYA-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U1KEYA-BK (Black)

CM2-U1KEYA-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U1ATT-WH (White)

CM2-U1ATT-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U1ATT-BK (Black)

CM2-U1ATT-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U2KEYA-WH (White)

CM2-U2KEYA-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U2KEYA-BK (Black)

CM2-U2KEYA-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U2ATT-WH (White)

CM2-U2ATT-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U2ATT-BK (Black)

CM2-U2ATT-G (Gray)

2A Single Flushmount Unloaded Keystone Module

2A Single Systimax (Avaya) Unloaded Module2A Dual Flushmount Unloaded Keystone Module

2A Single Systimax (Avaya) Unloaded Module

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

Ordering Information

Accepts 2 ST adapters.

Accepts one SC adapter.

For mounting two AMP Netconnect

SL Series devices.

For mounting two Ortronics®

TracJack devices.

Required to fill unused openings.

Accepts one SVGA connector.

CM Series Communication Modules Ordering Information (continued)

Accepts MDVOFlex jacks and fiber

modules.

Accepts MDVOFlex jacks and fiber

modules.

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U1NOR-WH (White)

CM2-U1NOR-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U1NOR-BK (Black)

CM2-U1NOR-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U2NOR-WH (White)

CM2-U2NOR-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U2NOR-BK (Black)

CM2-U2NOR-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U2ST-WH (White)

CM2-U2ST-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U2ST-BK (Black)

CM2-U2ST-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U2AMP-WH (White)

CM2-U2AMP-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U2AMP-BK (Black)

CM2-U2AMP-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U2SC-WH (White)

CM2-U2SC-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U2SC-BK (Black)

CM2-U2SC-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-BL-WH (White)

CM2-BL-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-BL-BK (Black)

CM2-BL-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U2TJ-WH (White)

CM2-U2TJ-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U2TJ-BK (Black)

CM2-U2TJ-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM2-U2SVGA-WH (White)

CM2-U2SVGA-GY (Light Gray)

CM2-U2SVGA-BK (Black)

CM2-U2SVGA-G (Gray)

2A Dual Unloaded ST Adapter Module

2A Unloaded Duplex SC Adapter Module

2A Unloaded Single AMP Netconnect Module

2A Dual Flushmount Unloaded

Ortronics® TracJack Module

2A Blank Module

2A SVGA Module

2A Single Flushmount NordX/CDT Unloaded Module 2A Dual Flushmount NordX/CDT Unloaded Module

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD

End plates with two outlet ID labels

with clear covers and two matching

screw covers. Required when mounting

modules into 4050, 5450, 5550, and

WSA07-4A device mounting brackets,

and the V2444D-2A and 2344SD-2A

2-gang divided raceway box.

CM Series Communication Modules Specialty Mounting Adapters Ordering Information

Accepts one CM2 Series

communication module or one Pass &

Seymour 2A Activate Series insert.

Accepts two Ortronics® TracJack

Inserts.

Accepts one Ortronics® Series II 1-unit

insert.

For use with multi-channel raceway

device brackets and WallSource

device mounting brackets. Angled exit

provides additional mounting depth

required for audio/visual connections

as well as ensuring the required bend

radius for UTP and fiber optic cabling.

Holds two CM2 Series modules or two

2A inserts. Fits 5507 Series Faceplate

opening.

6A opening. Must be purchased

separately for mounting

communication modules in service

fittings where it is indicated they are

not included.

Accepts six Ortronics® TracJack

inserts.

Accepts three Ortronics® Series II

1-unit inserts.

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

Ordering Information

PART NUMBERS:

CM-EPLA-WH (White)

CM-EPLA-FW (Fog White)

CM-EPLA-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

AB2TJ-WH (White)

AB2TJ-GY (Light Gray)

AB2TJ-BK (Black)

AB2TJ-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

ABS2-WH (White)

ABS2-GY (Light Gray)

ABS2-BK (Black)

ABS2-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM-2AB-WH (White)

CM-2AB-GY (Light Gray)

CM-2AB-BK (Black)

CM-2AB-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM-MAB-GY (Light Gray)

CM-MAB-BK (Black)

CM-MAB-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

MAB3S2-GY (Light Gray)

MAB3S2-BK (Black)

MAB3S2-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

MAB6TJ-GY (Light Gray)

MAB6TJ-BK (Black)

MAB6TJ-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM-ARA-WH (White)

CM-ARA-GY (Light Gray)

CM-ARA-G (Gray)

End Plate

CM2/Activate 2A Mini Mounting Adapter

AB2TJ

Ortronics® TracJack 2A Mini Mounting Adapter

Ortronics® Series II 2A Mini Mounting Adapter

Angled Raceway Adapter

6A Mini Mounting Adapter

Ortronics® TracJack 6A Mounting Adapter

Ortronics Series II 6A Mounting Adapter

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD

For use with multi-channel raceway

device brackets and WallSource

device mounting brackets. Angled exit

provides additional mounting depth

required for A/V connections as well

as ensuring the required bend radius

for UTP and fiber optic cabling. Holds

two Ortronics® Series II modules. Fits

5507 Series Faceplate opening.

For mounting two CM2 Series modules

or Pass & Seymour Activate Series

device modules.

CM Series Communication Modules Specialty Mounting Adapters Ordering Information (continued)

For mounting four CM2 Series

modules or Pass & Seymour Activate

Series device modules.

For mounting six CM2 Series modules

or Pass & Seymour Activate Series

device modules.

For mounting three CM2 Series

modules or Pass & Seymour Activate

Series device modules.

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

Ordering Information

PART NUMBERS:

CM-SAP-WH (White)

CM-SAP-GY (Light Gray)

CM-SAP-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

ARA-S2-WH (White)

ARA-S2-FW (Fog White)

ARA-S2-GY (Light Gray)

ARA-S2-BK (Black)

ARA-S2-G (Gray)

ARA-S2-IV (Ivory)

PART NUMBERS:

CM-SFP-WH (White)

CM-SFP (Ivory)

CM-SFP-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

CM-DAP-WH (White)

CM-DAP (Ivory)

Angled Raceway Adapter

Single-Gang Angled Faceplate

Double-Gang Angled Faceplate

CM-DFP-WH Double-Gang Faceplate

Single-Gang Faceplate

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

DS4000® Designer

Series Raceway 58

STEEL RACEWAY

Wiremold® Steel Surface Raceway Systems are the industry leaders in

quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway solutions for all types

of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold Steel Surface Raceway Systems

have provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for installers,

building owners, and designers.

With the introduction of DS4000® Series Raceway, we’re again pushing the

envelope by expanding the capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface

raceway systems.

500® & 700® Series

Raceway 26

3000® Series

Raceway

One-Piece Steel Raceway Systems

Two-Piece Steel Small Single-

& Dual-Channel Raceway Systems

500® Series

Raceway

700® Series

Raceway

2000® Series

Raceway

2400™ Series

Raceway

2400D Series™

Raceway

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4047 Series™

Device Plates

4000® Series

Raceway

DS4000® Series

Raceway

AnySize™ Series Raceway

4000 Designer Series Raceway

Two-Piece Steel Large

Multiple-Channel Raceway Systems

Multi-Compartment Surface

Metal Raceway Systems

STEEL RACEWAY

Table of Contents

6000® Series

Raceway

S4000® Series

Stainless Steel

Raceway

SpecMate™ Type 1 Wireway

& Enclosures – Type 1 Wireway

Type 1 Wireway

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

500® Series Raceway 700® Series Raceway

Type: One-Piece, Single-Channel Capacity: 0.19 in2 [123mm2]

Colors: Ivory

17/32"

[13.5mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Type: Two-Piece, Single-Channel Capacity: 0.26 in2 [168mm2]

Colors: Ivory, White

21/32"

[16.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 9/32"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Type: Two-Piece, Single-Channel Capacity: 0.80 in2 [516mm2]

Colors: Ivory, Gray

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Type: Two-Piece, Single-Channel Capacity: 1.39in2 [897mm2]

Colors: Ivory, Fog White

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

1/3 2/3

Type: Two-Piece, Dual-Channel

Capacity: 1/3 Comp.: 0.374in2 [241mm2]; 2/3 Comp.: 0.865in2 [558mm2]

Colors: Ivory, Fog White

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 17/32"

[39mm]

Type: Two-Piece, Single-Channel

Capacity: 3.70in2 [2340mm2]

Colors: Ivory, Gray

2 1/8"

[54mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

Type: Three-Piece, Dual-Channel

Capacity: Each Compartment: 5.01in2 [3235mm2]

Colors: Designer Ivory, Designer Gray, Matte Black

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Type: Two-Piece, Single- or Dual-Channel

Capacity: Divided: 3.10in2 [2000mm2], Undivided: 7.20in2 [4645mm2]

Colors: Ivory, Gray, Stainless

4 3/4"

[121mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

Type: Two-Piece, Single- or Dual-Channel

Capacity: Divided: 7.20in2 [4645mm2], Undivided: 16.00in2 [10320mm2]

Colors: Ivory, Gray

2000® Series Raceway 2400™ Series Raceway

2400D Series™ Raceway 3000® Series Raceway

DS4000® Series Raceway 4000® Series Raceway

6000® Series Raceway AnySize™ Series Raceway

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4 11/16" [119mm]

Utility Box

Plugmold

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

One-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic

power or communication/low voltage installations. Provides low profile

appearance that blends with any decor.

V. 5785 Combination Connector

W. V5786 Adjustable Offset

Connector

X. 5724O Single Pole Switch

and Box

Y. 57242 Utility Box

Z. 57243G Duplex Receptacle

and Box

COLOR OPTIONS

500® and 700® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish.

Part Numbers with a “WH” suffix have a white finish. Some Device Boxes used in

safety applications are also available with a red painted finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

System Layout

KEY

A. 2089E Reducing Fitting

B. 504 Mounting Strap

C. 506 Cover Clip

D. 511 Flat Elbow

E. 517 Internal Elbow

F. 518 External Elbow

G. 5703 Supporting Clip

H. 5715 Tee

I. 5719 Corner Box

J. 5734A Utility Box

K. 5738 Fixture Box Solid Base

L. V 5739 Fixture Box Solid Base

M. 5744 Extra Deep Device Box

N. 5747-2 Two-Gang Shallow

Device Box

O. 5748S Shallow Device Box

P. 5748-2 Two-Gang Device Box

Q. 5748-3 Three-Gang Device Box

R. 5752 Alarm Device Box

S. 5753 Extra Deep Alarm

Device Box

T. 5781 Box Connector

U. 5782

1/2" Trade Size

Conduit Connector

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings

requiring screws except V504. With V504,

use #8 panhead screws.

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. 40%

FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 1

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 0

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 2

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 2

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 1

500 Series Wire Fill Capacities For Communications

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 7

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 5

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 3

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

500 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power

V500 One-Piece Raceway

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish. Available

in 10' [3m] lengths, 100' [31m] per carton.

One (1) 5701 Coupling furnished with each

length.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

17/32"

[13.5mm]

Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into

open end of 500 Series Raceway.

502 Bushing

1/2"

[12.7mm]

(One- or Two-Hole) – Converts to one-hole

by breaking off at score. Lanced tab holds

strap in place while fastening to surface.

V504 Mounting Strap

1 13/16"

[46mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

V506 Connection Cover

Covers seam where two lengths of 500

Series Raceway come together.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

V511 Flat Elbow

Right angle turns on the same surface.

[51mm]

Case hard steel replacement blades for 605 Raceway Cutter.

605K Replacement Blades

Single action portable cutter. Fast and

easy square cuts.

605 500 Series Raceway Cutter

Same as V500 Raceway except in 5' [1.5m]

lengths, 50' [15m] per carton. One (1) 5701

Coupling furnished with each 5' [1.5m]

length.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

17/32"

[13.5mm]

V500-5 One-Piece Raceway

Inside right angle turns.

2 3/4"

[70mm]

V517 Internal Elbow

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.

V512 45° Flat Elbow

500 Series Raceway Ordering Information

For 500/700 Series Raceway. Attaches to

step ladder and holds raceway channel

securely for accurate cuts.

5700CG Cutting Guide

For 500/700 Series Raceway. Attaches to

outlet box base and raceway fittings for

perfect alignment of runs of raceway.

5700LL Laser Level

Outside right angle turns.

2 1/2"

[64mm]

V518 Outside Elbow

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Covers seam where two lengths of

700 Series Raceway come together.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

(One- or Two-Hole) Converts to

one-hole by breaking off at score.

Lanced tab holds strap in place while

fastening to surface.

1 13/16"

[46mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish.

Available in 10' [3m] lengths, 100'

[31m] per carton. One (1) 5701

Coupling furnished with each length.

Protects wires from abrasion. Slips

into open end of 700 Series Raceway.

1/2"

[12.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

21/32"

[16.7mm]

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 40% FILL

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 10

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

700 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power700 Series Wire Fill Capacities For Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. 40%

FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 1

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 3

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 3

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 2

Single action portable cutter. Fast and

easy square cuts.

607 700 Series Raceway Cutter

One-Piece Raceway 702 Bushing

Case hard steel replacement blades for 607 Raceway Cutter.

607K Replacement Blades

700 Series Raceways Ordering Information

NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings requiring screws except V704.

With V704, use #8 panhead screws.

PART NUMBERS:

V700 (Ivory)

700WH (White)

Mounting Strap

PART NUMBERS:

V704 (Ivory)

704WH (White)

Connection Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V706 (Ivory)

706WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

Connects branches of 700 Series

Raceway at right angles. When used

with 700 Series Raceway, break out

crescent twistout in cover.

For feeding raceway from

ceiling or floor. Allows for

ample splice room. Base has

1/2" trade size KO.

1 5/16"

[33mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

For installing raceway around offsets,

side bends, twisted turns, and curved

surfaces. Wire fill capacity is the same

as 500 & 700 Series Raceways. Consult

factory for custom lengths. Maximum

painted length 3' [915mm].

18" [457mm]

Overall

Joins and supports lengths of 500 or

700 Series Raceway. One coupling

included with each length of raceway.

[51mm]

Supports lengths of 500 and 700

Series Raceway.

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Provides additional grounding for 500

or 700 Series Raceway or to ground

remotely located devices. Insert clamp

into raceway before installing. Attach

ground wire to screw as required by

National Electrical Code.

[51mm]

Provides grounding means for 1/2"

trade size conduit using lock nut.

[25mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2 1/2"

[64

mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

5711RHA

90° twist with a 90° turn. For double

turn at right angles from one surface

to another. For transitions from a

sidewall to ceiling or edge of door or

window trim. Twistout in cover adapts

for use with 700 Series Raceway.

5709GC Grounding Connector

5709 Ground Clamp

Supporting Clip

5701 Coupling

V5700F Flexible Section

Right angle turns on the same surface.

[51mm]

Flat Elbow

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.

Inside right angle turns.

2 3/4"

[70mm]

Outside right angle turns.

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Outside Elbow

Internal Elbow

45° Flat Elbow

500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information

PART NUMBERS:

V711 (Ivory)

711WH (White)

PART NUMBERS:

V712 (Ivory)

712WH (White)

PART NUMBERS:

V717 (Ivory)

717WH (White)

PART NUMBERS:

V718 (Ivory)

718WH (White)

PART NUMBERS:

V5703 (Ivory)

5703WH (White)

Corner Box

PART NUMBERS:

V5719 (Ivory)

5719WH (White)

Internal Twist Elbows

PART NUMBERS:

5711LHA, 5711RHA (Ivory)

5711LHAWH, 5711RHAWH (White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

V5715 (Ivory)

5715WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

V5784 Elbow Box Connector

2 1/8"

[54mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Connects raceway at right angles to

1/2" trade size conduit or armored

cable connectors. When used with

700 Series Raceway, break out

crescent twistout in cover.

Connects raceway at right angles

to conduit boxes or panel boxes

that have 1/2" trade size conduit

KOs. When used with 700 Series

Raceway, break out crescent

twistout in cover.

1 1/4"

[32mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

V5783 Elbow Box Connector

For hanging either 3/8" [9.5mm] or 1/2"

[12.7mm] fixtures to Wiremold fittings

with 1/2" trade size KOs. Has female

3/8" [9.5mm] pipe thread inside and

male 1/2" [12.7mm] pipe thread outside.

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Male connector for connecting raceway

to conduit boxes or panel boxes that

have KOs for conduit. Can also be used

with conduit type fittings. When used

with 700 Series Raceway, break out

crescent twistout in connector. 5781

has 1/2" trade size conduit opening

and 5781A has 3/4" trade size conduit

opening.

1/2"

[12.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

5780 Special Nipple

Box Connector (Galvanized)

Interior threaded female connector for

connecting raceway to conduit. When

used with 700 Series Raceway, break

out crescent twistout in connector.

5782 has 1/2" trade size conduit

opening and 5782A has 3/4" trade

size conduit opening.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Conduit Connector (Galvanized)

CONNECTION REQUIRED

USE CATALOG NUMBER

FROM TO

500 Series, 700 Series Raceway 1500 Series Raceway 1517B

500 Series Raceway Side of 2000 Series Raceway V2089

500 Series Raceway End of 2000 Series Raceway V2089E

Existing Outlet 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5751

Panel Box 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5786

1/2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5782, V5784

3/4" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5782A

Boxes with 1/2" trade size KOs 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5781, V5785

Boxes with 3/4" trade size KOs 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5781A

3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] Ceiling Boxes 500 or 700 Series Raceway V5737, V5737A, V5739

Single-Gang

Outlet Box

Two-Gang

Surface Box

V5735, V5744-2, V5744S-2,

V5747-2, V5748-2

14/2, 14/3, 12/2, 12/3 Armored Cable 500 or 700 Series Raceway 5790B

1/2" trade size EMT 5700 Series Boxes 5791

500 & 700 Series Raceways Interconnectivity Fittings

Extension for existing flush switch

and receptacle boxes to blank original

outlet. Closed base version available as

a special order.

4 5/8"

[118mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

V5760 Blank Extension Box

500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V5782 (1/2")

5782A (3/4")

PART NUMBERS:

V5781 (1/2")

5781A (3/4")

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information

5791 EMT Connector

5790B Armored Cable Connector (Galvanized)

Connects 14/2, 14/3, 12/2, and 12/3 “MC”

and armored cable to Wiremold fittings.

A short piece of 500 or 700 Series

Raceway (1 5/8" [41mm] min.) must be

used between connector and Wiremold

fittings. Not for use with 1/2” [12.7mm]

flex conduit.

[25mm]

[51mm]

Eliminates need to offset raceway

when connecting to surface type

panel boxes. Adjustment from

surface to center of bushings is

5/8" [15.9mm] minimum to 1 3/8"

[35mm] maximum. When used

as adjustable offset connector,

break out metal between the

two holes. When used with 700 Series Raceway, break out

crescent twistout in cover. 1/2" trade size chase nipple and

locknut furnished.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 3/8"

[61mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

Connects 1/2" trade size EMT to 5700

Series rectangular and round device

boxes (except 5733). Derates the fill

capacity of the EMT.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

V5731 Blank Cover

2 3/8" [61mm] Dia.

1/4"

[6.4mm] Use with 5733 Outlet Box to convert box

into pull or junction box. Has 1/2" trade

size KO in center.

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified

with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale

in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next

page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to

“WHC” to denote the Canadian versions.

4 3/4" sq.

[121mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

3" Dia.

[76mm]

1/2" trade size KO in center. For

use with 5735, 5737, 5737A, 5738,

5738AF, 5739, 5739A or 2135 Device

Boxes. Converts these boxes into

pull or junction boxes or for hanging

lightweight pendant fixtures with 1/2"

trade size pipe stems.

7/16"

[11.1mm]

4 3/16"

[106mm]

For devices with mounting screw

centers of 1 15/32", 1 5/8", 1 11/16",

or 1 27/32" [37mm, 41mm, 44mm, or

46mm]. Will accept any device that

mounts on “G” or “H” type conduit

fittings.

V5733 Outlet Box

Twistouts permit use of three parallel

raceway runs on each side. Base

has 1/2" and 1" concentric trade size

KOs and a 1 13/16" [46mm] x 2 7/8"

[73mm] rectangular KO to mount on

a one-gang in-wall outlet box. Cover

accepts devices with mounting screw

centers of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm or

103mm], and canopy fixtures no larger than 4 5/8" [117mm]

in diameter. With 5736 Blank Cover, this fitting can be used

as junction box, pull box, etc.

V5735 Distribution Box

Connects raceway, without off-

setting, to any surface-mounted

3 1/4" or 4" [83mm or 102mm]

outlet box with 1/2" trade size

conduit KOs. Base has two 1/2"

trade size KOs, one on end and one on bottom. Included

spring steel bushing eliminates need for conduit nipple and

locknut for end connection to box. When used with 700

Series Raceway, break off cover extension.

1 5/16"

[33mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

[76mm]

Combination Connector

500 & 700 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

Blank Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V5736 (Ivory)

5736WH (White)

PART NUMBERS:

V5785 (Ivory)

5785WH (White)

Adjustable Offset Connector

PART NUMBERS:

V5786 (Ivory)

5786WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

[51mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm] 1 3/8"

[35mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

CAT. NO. L W GANGS

V5744,

5744-WH

4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

V5744-2,

5744-2WH

4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

V5744-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard

faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang

standard faceplates.

NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified

with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale

in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next

page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to

“WHC” to denote the Canadian versions.

For deep devices such as

momentary contact, remote control

switches, and hospital signaling

system devices. Base has 1/2"

trade size KOs. Larger gang boxes

available by special order.

Accommodates 15A (NEMA

5-15R) or 20A (NEMA 5-20R)

duplex devices in place of duplex

grounding receptacle included.

Cover has twistouts for 500 and

700 Series Raceway on each end

and sides. Twistouts on ends of box

permit running raceway close to

interior trim. Base has 1/2” trade

size KOs.

For shallow type switches (three-

way, single, and double pole) and

receptacles, including three-wire

locking receptacles and single-

gang combination devices. Base

has 1/2" trade size KO. Position of

twistouts on ends permits running

raceways close to interior trim.

V57243G 15A, 125V Duplex Grounding

Receptacle (NEMA 5-15R) & Box

Extra Deep Switch & Receptacle Box

500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

Open Base Extension Box

[25mm]

Mounts on 3 1/4" or 4" [83mm or

102mm] conduit boxes or other re-

cessed outlets. Cover accepts devices

with mounting screw centers of 2

3/4", 3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm,

or 103mm]. Can be used with 5736

Blank Cover as a pull or junction box.

CAT. NO. DIA. A.

V5737, 5737WH 4 3/4" [121mm]

V5737A, 5737AWH 5 1/2" [140mm]

V5739A 6 3/8" [162mm]

V57240 15A, 125V Single Pole Switch & Box

V57242 Utility Box

[25mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

CAT. NO. DIA. A.

V5738, 5738WH 4 3/4" [121mm]

V5738A, 5738AWH 5 1/2" [140mm]

V5739, 5739WH 6 3/8" [162mm]

Single pole switch included.

Accepts standard single-gang

switches including three-way. Cover

has twistouts for 500 or 700 Series

Raceway on each end and sides.

Twistouts on ends of box permit

running raceway close to interior

trim. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

[51mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Can be used as tee, cross, pull box,

junction box, or blank box. Cover

has 1/2" trade size KO and twistouts

for 500, and 700 Series Raceway on

each end and sides. Twistouts on

ends of box permit running raceway

close to interior trim. Base has 1/2"

trade size KOs.

Used to hang fixtures. Cover accepts

devices with mounting screw centers

of 2 3/4", 3 1/2", and 4 1/16" [70mm,

89mm, and 103mm]. Base has four

holes for fixture studs, four 1/2"

trade size KOs, and raised section for

no-bolt fixture-stud. Use as a junction

or pull box with 5736 Blank Cover.

Solid Base Fixture Box

Cover accepts fan bracket with

mounting centers of 3 3/16"

[81mm]. Base has six mounting

holes and 4 1/2" trade size KOs.

#10 mounting studs provided.

Rated for fans and fixtures up to

50 lbs.

Solid Base Fan Box

PART NUMBERS:

V5738AF (Ivory)

5738AFWH (White)

Switch & Receptacle Box

PART NUMBERS:

V5741 (Ivory)

5741WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

CAT. NO. L W GANGS

V5744S, 5744SWH 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

V5744S-2, 5744S-2WH 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

V5744S-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

Designed especially for use in the

instal la tion of signal system and alarm

wiring. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

Larger gang boxes are available by

special order.

Connects to surface runs of 1/2" trade

size conduit. Cover has 1/2” trade

size KO and two raceway twistouts on

one end and three raceway twistouts

on opposite end, two 1/2" KOs and a

raceway twistout on each side. Base has

two 1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang

boxes are available by special order.

CAT. NO. L W GANGS

V5747,

5747WH

4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

V5747-2,

5747-2WH

4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

V5747-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

For standard shallow switches and

receptacles including single-gang

combination devices. Base has two

1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang boxes

available by special order.

Deep Switch & Receptacle Box

Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box

1 3/4"

[44mm]

CAT. NO. L W GANGS

V5748, 5748WH

4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm]

V5748-2, 5748-2WH

4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]

V5748-3, 5748-3WH

4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]

V5748-4

4 5/8" [117mm] 8 11/32" [212mm]

V5748-5

4 5/8" [117mm] 10 5/32" [258mm]

V5748-6

4 5/8" [117mm] 11 31/32" [304mm]

For deep switches and receptacles. Base

has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Larger gang

boxes available by special order.

Switch & Receptacle Box

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

For extensions from existing flush

switch and receptacle boxes.

Larger gang boxes available by

special order.

CAT. NO. L W GANGS

V5751,

5751WH 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1

V5751-2,

5751-2WH 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2

V5751-3 4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm] 3

For shallow type switch and duplex

receptacles. Base has 1/2" trade

size KOs.

Flush Type Extension Adapter

500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified

with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for sale

in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the next

page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to

“WHC” to denote the Canadian versions.

Combination Switch & Receptacle Box

PART NUMBERS:

V5745 (Ivory)

5745WH (White)

Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box

PART NUMBERS:

V5748S (Ivory)

5748SWH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm] Accepts one CM2 Wiremold Open

System Communications Module

or one Pass & Seymour® Activate

Series Insert. Compatible with

500 and 700 Series Raceway.

Ivory finish.

1 3/8"

[35mm]

4 11/16"

[120mm]

4 11/16"

[120mm]

4 11/16"

[120mm]

4 11/16"

[120mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

For surface mounting of alarm

devices and safety signals designed

to fit into 4" [102mm] square back

boxes. Cover has three raceway

twistouts on each side. Base has

1/2" and 1" concentric and single-

gang box KOs.

For surface mounting of alarm

devices and safety signals designed

to fit into 4" [102mm] square back

boxes. Cover is 2 3/4" [70mm] deep

and has three twistouts for raceways

on each side. Base has 1/2" and 1"

concentric and single-gang box KOs.

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard faceplates.

Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang standard

faceplates.

CM-MMB-571 One Insert Multimedia Box

500 & 700 Series Raceways Device Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

600B Wiremold Bender

Touch-Up Paint Pen

500 & 700 Series Raceways Tools

For making smooth, accurate bends,

saddles and offsets in Wiremold 500

and 700 Series Raceways. Two-piece

handle fits in tool box.

For fishing wires around inside

corners of 500 or 700 Series Raceway.

When conductors are through the run,

detach pulley and snap on appropriate

internal elbow cover.

One 616 Fish Tape Leader included.

For pulling conductors through 500 or

700 Series Raceways. Holes provided

for up to eight conductors.

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz. of paint.

NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground

transportation.

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

Spray Paint

615 Wire Pulley

616 Fish Tape Leader

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

For deep extensions from existing

wall boxes.

Deep Flush Type Extension Adapter

NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground

transportation.

PART NUMBERS:

V5751A (Ivory)

5751AWH (White)

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-S (Ivory)

WHWE-S (White)

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-P (Ivory)

WWE-P (White)

Two-Gang Alarm Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

V5752 (Ivory)

R5752 (Red)

Two-Gang Extra Deep Alarm Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

V5753 (Ivory)

R5753 (Red)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

500 & 700 Series Raceways Installation Details

1. Each length of Wiremold raceway is

furnished with a coupling. Push coupling

out to expose clearance hole (5701).

4. For added support or to secure raceway

prior to installing straps, fasten

coupling to surface through clearance

holes (5701).

5. Slide adjoining section of raceway

onto coupling (5701).

NOTE: If raceway has been field cut,

it must be deburred prior to coupling.

2. Fasten support clips (V5703) to

surface at approximately 32"

[816mm] intervals. See the Technical

Information Section for surface

mounting methods. After support clips

are installed, snap raceway into clips.

Support Clip

Raceway

3. As an alternate method of mounting

(especially if the surface is uneven),

504 or 704 straps can be used. Hold

raceway in position and fasten strap

to surface. Straps should be spaced

no greater than 32" [816mm] O.C.

Strap

Raceway

Strap

6. If ends of adjoining raceways are

not square, use 506 or 706 Cover

Connection to fill gap.

Abutting Raceways

Snap Over Cover

10. Pull wiring in. (Use 502 or 702

Bushing to protect wires from

abrasion.)

12. Install fitting cover(s) over raceway(s)

and fasten to fitting base with screws

provided.

7. Couple raceway to fitting base by

slipping tongue of fitting under

the base of raceway. (Use 502 or

702 Bushing to protect wires from

abrasion.) Do not mount more than one

fitting base at a time. Sequence should

be base, raceway, base, raceway, etc.

Fitting Base

9. Determine desired location

of next fitting. Measure

and cut raceway as shown.

Install fitting base and

raceway as in steps 1

and 2.

Raceway

Length

5/8"

[15.9mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

Distance

Between

Bases

11. Remove proper twistouts in fitting

cover(s) with pliers. Twist

inward as shown.

Fitting Cover

8. Fasten base of fitting to surface using proper

flat head fastener: #8 with V500 and V700

Series. See Technical Information Section for

surface mounting methods.

500® & 700® SERIES RACEWAY

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2000 SERIES® RACEWAY

KEY

A. 500 Series Raceway

B. 518 External Elbow Fitting

C. 2006 Cover Clip

D. 2010A3 Entrance End Fitting

E. 2010A2 Entrance End Fitting

F. 2010B Blank End Fitting

G. 2051H Flush Plate Adapter

H. 2011 90° Flat Elbow Fitting

I. 2015 Tee Fitting

J. 2017TC Internal Corner Coupling

K. 2018C External Elbow Cover

L. 2048 Single-Gang Device Box

M. 2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box

N. 20GB506 Plugmold Strip

O. 2089A Flush Plate Adapter

P. 2089E End-Reducing Connector

Q. 5748 Single-Gang Device Box

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal

for basic power or communication/low voltage installations

COLOR OPTIONS

2000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish.

Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish. Part Numbers without a

prefix or suffix have a protective zinc finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

1 9/32"

[33mm]

2000 SERIES® RACEWAY

2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA.

40% FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 11

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 9

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 3

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 2

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 11

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 11

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 6

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH PLUGMOLD

RECEPTACLE

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 7 5

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7 5

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Power

1 5/16"

[33mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Additional support for conductors.

[51mm]

Connects lengths of 2000B Raceway

Base.

[51mm]

Supports lengths of 2000 Series

Raceway at any point desired. Mounts

to surface with No. 6 flathead screw.

Portable cutter for both 2000 Series

Raceway Base and Cover. Provides

clean and easy square cuts every time.

2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

W30 – Common connection of two,

three or four No. 12 or No. 14 solid

copper conductors.

W30G – Connection of equipment

grounding of 2, 3 or 4 solid conductors

No. 14 or No. 12 AWG. 300V maximum;

20A 105° C maximum.

NOTE: Not for use with aluminum conductors.

Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty

(20) 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

10' [3m] lengths (V2000B-10,

G2000B-10) are also available. Packed

100’ [30.5m] per carton.

PART NUMBERS:

V2000B-5 (Ivory, 5' long)

V2000B-10 (Ivory, 10' long)

G2000B-10 (Gray, 10' long)

Raceway Base

620 2000 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter

1 9/32"

[33mm] .025" [.8mm] steel. Packed twenty

5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. Shipped

without receptacle hole cuts.

PART NUMBERS:

V2000C (Ivory)

G2000C (Gray)

Raceway Cover

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

Packed ten (10) 5' [1.5m] lengths per

carton.

PART NUMBERS:

V2000BC (Ivory)

G2000BC (Gray)

Raceway Base & Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V2003 (Ivory)

2003 (Plated)

Supporting Clip

2001 Coupling (Galvanized)

2000WC Wire Clip (Galvanized)

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 620

Cutter.

620BCK Replacement Blade Kit

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2000 SERIES® RACEWAY

[76mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

Connects 2000 Series Raceway to

1/2" trade size conduit or armored

cable connectors. 1/2" trade size

KOs located on end, sides, and

bottom of fitting. Includes ground

screw. If more capacity is required,

use 2010A3.

2 1/8"

[54mm]

[76mm]

1 29/32"

[47mm]

2 7/64"

[53mm]

1/2" trade size KOs located on end,

sides, and bottom of fitting. 3/4"

KOs on bottom and rear. Includes

ground screw.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Closes off the open end of

2000 Series Raceway.

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

NUMBER

FROM TO

500 Series Raceway Side of 2000 Series Raceway V2089, V2048, V2048-2

500 Series Raceway End of 2000 Series Raceway V2089E, V2048, V2048-2

Existing Outlet 2000 Series Raceway V2051H

1/2" trade size

Conduit or

Armored Cable

2000 Series Raceway V2010A2, V2010A3

2000 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Each Leg

For right angle turns on

same surface. Cover stop

permits neat butting of

2000C Cover. Two couplings

included.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[102mm]

[152mm]

For branching raceway at

right angles. Three couplings

included.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2017TC used as a

corner coupling.

2017TC

2000B

2017TC used as a corner

coupling and a straight-

through fitting.

2017TC

2000B

Can be used as inside corner

coupling or as coupling and

straight thru fitting. Furnished with

one fiber bushing.

2017TC Internal Corner Coupling

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Corner gap filler snapped

into place in 2018C

Covers gap when external corner

is made by notching and bending

2000B Base. Continues raceway

runs around outside corners.

Blank End Fitting

Flat Elbow Fitting

Tee Fitting

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Covers seam where two lengths

of 2000 Series Raceway come

together.

Cover Clip

How 2009 is used.

Connects equipment grounding

conductor. Provides an additional

ground for raceway.

1 13/64"

[30mm]

2009 Ground Clamp

2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V2010B (Ivory)

G2010B (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V2011 (Ivory)

G2011 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V2015 (Ivory)

G2015 (Gray)

External Elbow Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V2018C (Ivory)

G2018C (Gray)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2010A3 (Ivory)

G2010A3 (Gray)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2010A2 (Ivory)

G2010A2 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V2006 (Ivory)

G2006 (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2000 SERIES® RACEWAY

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz. of paint.

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Cover has twistouts for 2000,

500, and 700 Series Raceways.

Base has 1/2" trade size KO and

rectangular KO for extension to

wall box. Base has #10 threaded

hole for ground connection.

Cover has twistouts for 2000,

500, and 700 Series Raceways.

Base has 1/2" trade size KO and

rectangular KO for extension to

wall box. Base has #10 threaded

hole for ground connection.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2051H fastened to

horizontally mounted

wall box.

2051H fastened to

vertically mounted

wall box.

2000 Raceway extended

from wall outlet using 2051H.

Feeds 2000 Series Raceway from an

existing wall outlet. Equipped with 1/2"

trade size threaded stud, toothed lock

washer for grounding, and conduit

bushing.

[152mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm] Connects 2000 Series Raceway

with 500 Series Raceway through

the side of 2000 Series Raceway.

V2089 Side Reducing Connector

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Connects 2000 Series Raceway

with 500 Series Raceway through

the end of 2000 Series Raceway.

V2089E End Reducing Connector

2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

Spray Paint

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-S (Ivory)

GWE-S (Gray)

NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground transportation.

Touch-Up Paint Pen

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-P (Ivory)

GWE-P (Gray)

Single-Gang Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

V2048 (Ivory)

G2048 (Gray)

Two-Gang Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

V2048-2 (Ivory)

G2048-2 (Gray)

Flush Plate Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

V2051H (Ivory)

G2051H (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

2400 Series Raceway System Layout for Power

2407 Series

106 Frame

KEY

A. 500 Series Raceway

B. 1500/2600 Raceway Feed

C. 2400 Series Raceway

D. 2406 Cover Clip

E. 2410C Entrance End Fitting

F. 2411M Flat Elbow Fitting

G. 2415M Tee Fitting

H. 2417M Internal Elbow Fitting

I. 2426 Lamp Holder

J. 2686FO Transition Fitting

K. 4089 Reducing Connector

L. 2448 One-Gang Device Box

M. 2418M External Elbow Fitting

N. 2451H Back Feed Fitting

O. 2448-2 Two-Gang Device Box

P. 2475D Bridge Fitting

Q. 2489 Reducing Adapter

R. 24DWND Downward Duplex Device Bracket

24DWNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket

S. 24S7218GBX99IV 2400 Series Plugmold Strip

U. U4000 Series Raceway

V. 5747 Shallow Switch Box

W. 2400BC 2400 Series Raceway

X. 2411FO Radiused Flat Elbow

Y. 2415H Back Feed Fitting

Z. 2415FO Radiused Tee Fitting

AA. 2417FO Radiused Internal Elbow

BB. 2418FO Radiused External Elbow

CC. 2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

DD. 5744 Extra Deep Device Box

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Single Channel Raceway . Easy-to-install and ideal for

basic power or communication/low voltage installations in

classrooms, hotels, and anywhere a low profile raceway

solution is needed.

2400 Series Raceway System Layout for Communications

2400 Series™ Raceway

Part Numbers with a

“V” prefix have an ivory

finish. Part Numbers with

a “-FW” suffix have a fog

white finish.

COLOR OPTIONS

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

NOTE: Illustrations are for showing product applications only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

WIRE SIZE O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS 40%

THHN/THWN Inches [mm]

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH 2427

RECEPTACLE

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 57 12

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 41 9

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 26 0

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. 40%

FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 19

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 16

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 11

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 5

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 4

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 9

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 20

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 20

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 10

2400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications 2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities For Power

[25mm]

[51mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

1 29/32"

[48mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 29/32"

[48mm]

1 29/32"

[48mm]

.040" [1.0mm] steel, 5' [1.5m] lengths.

Packed twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths per

carton (V2400B, 2400B-FW) or ten 10'

[3m] lengths per carton (V2400B-10,

2400B-10FW).

Raceway Base

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed ten

5' [1.5m] lengths of base and cover

per carton.

Raceway Base & Cover

Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D Series

Raceway Base and Cover. Provides a

clean and easy square cut every time.

624 2400 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for

624 Cutter.

624BCK Replacement Blade Kit

2400 Series Raceways Ordering Information

Additional support for conductors.

(Nonmetallic)

2400WC Wire Clip

Joins lengths of 2400B Base together.

2401 Coupling

[51mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

Connects 2400 Series

Raceway with 1/2" trade

size conduit or armored

cable.

Entrance End Fitting

Covers seams where two lengths of

2400 Series Raceway come together

(nonmetallic).

Cover Clip

Connects equipment grounding conductor

to provide ground to 2400 Series Raceway.

No. 10 ground screw provided.

2409 Ground Clamp

1/2"

[2.7mm]

.040" [1.0mm] steel; packed twenty

5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

Raceway Cover

2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information

PART NUMBERS:

V2400B (Ivory

V2400B-10 (Ivory, 10')

2400B-FW (Fog White)

2400B-10FW (Fog White, 10')

PART NUMBERS:

V2400BC (Ivory)

2400BC-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2400C (Ivory)

2400C-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2410A (Ivory)

2410A-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2406 (Ivory)

2406-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

1 3/4"

[45mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

3 15/16"

[100mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

10"

[254mm]

5 7/8"

[149mm]

[203mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

[102mm]

Feeds 2400 & 2400D Series

Raceway. Has 1/2", 3/4", and 1"

trade size KOs on back and end.

Removable divider and radiused

insert included.

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

7 1/8"

[181mm]

Feeds 2400 Series

Raceway. Has 3/4" and 1"

concentric trade size KOs

located on each side.

90° flat corner elbow

provides 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius control for

fiber optic and UTP/STP

cable installations. Ideal

for lay-in or pull-through

installations. Couplings

included.

Right angle turns on same surface.

For branching raceway at right

angles. Two couplings included.

For branches at right

angles. Provides 2"

[51mm] cable bend

radius control for fiber

optic and UTP/STP cable

installations. Couplings

included.

90° internal corner elbow

provides 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for fiber optic and

UTP/STP cable installations. Two

couplings included.

Inside 90° angle turns.

1 3/16"

[30mm]

Closes off open end of 2400 Series

Raceway.

2 11/16"

[68mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

Feeds 2400 Series Raceway.

Includes 1/2" and 3/4" trade

size KOs on end and bottom.

Additional 1/2" trade size KOs

on each side.

2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2410B (Ivory)

2410B-FW (Fog White)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2410C (Ivory)

2410C-FW (Fog White)

Divided Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2410DFO (Ivory)

2410DFO-FW (Fog White)

Full Capacity Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2410FC (Ivory)

2410FC-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2411FO (Ivory)

2411FO-FW (Fog White)

Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2411M (Ivory)

2411M-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Tee

PART NUMBERS:

V2415FO (Ivory)

2415FO-FW (Fog White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

V2415M (Ivory)

2415M-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2417FO (Ivory)

2417FO-FW (Fog White)

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2417M (Ivory)

2417M-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

[127mm]

[76mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

4 3/4"

[120mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

[127mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

90° external elbow provides

2” [51mm] cable bend radius control

for fiber optic and UTP/STP cable

installations. Two couplings included.

90° external corners.

Medium base lamp holder

660W, 250V. Black general

purpose phenolic.

Labor saving, over-the-raceway

device bracket. Accepts 15A or

20A duplex receptacles or 106

style data frame.

Labor saving, over-the-raceway

device bracket. Accepts 15A

or 20A decorator receptacles,

GFCI receptacle, or 106 style

data frame.

2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

Accepts two Extron®

Electronics MAAP single

space modules.

Accepts one Ortronics® Series

II module.

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard

faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA double-gang

standard faceplates.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”

to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444”.

One-gang device box with extra

depth to allow installation of

cabling that requires greater bend

radius and storage. Cover has one

twistout for 2400 Series Raceway

on each side and one twistout for 500 and 700 Series

Raceway on the top and bottom. Accepts industry standard

faceplates for electrical and communication devices.

4 5/8"

[117mm] 2 7/8"

[73mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

One-gang labor saving, over-the-

raceway device box. Cover has

twistout on each side for 2400

Series Raceway. Accepts industry

standard faceplates for electrical

and communication devices.

Radiused External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2418FO (Ivory)

2418FO-FW (Fog White)

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2418M (Ivory)

2418M-FW (Fog White)

Downward Extron® MAAP Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V24DWNU (Ivory)

24DWNU-FW (Fog White)

Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V24DWNS (Ivory)

24DWNS-FW (Fog White)

Extra Deep Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

V2444 (Ivory)

2444-FW (Fog White)

Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

V2444D (Ivory)

2444D-FW (Fog White)

Lamp Holder

PART NUMBERS:

V2426 (Ivory)

2426-FW (Fog White)

Downward Duplex Device Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

V24DWND (Ivory)

24DWND-FW (Fog White)

Downward Decorator Device Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

V24DWNR (Ivory)

24DWNR-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm] 2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

5 9/16"

[140mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

Two-gang labor saving, over-the-

raceway device box. Cover has

twistout on all four side for 2400

Series Raceway. Accepts industry

standard faceplates for electrical

and communication devices.

Feeds 2400 Series Raceway

from an existing outlet box.

Includes 1/2" trade size male

bushing and lock nut washer for

grounding.

Back Feed Fitting

Allows 2400 Series Raceway

runs to bridge over existing

installations of 2400, 500, and

700 Series Raceways.

[51mm] Connects 2400 Series Raceway

with 500 Series Raceway.

V2489 Side Reducing Connector

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 7/8"

[173mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2100

2400

Connects existing installations

of 2100 Series Raceway to 2400

Series Raceway.

V2489TB Transition Box

2 1/2"

[63mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

Eliminates need to offset

2400 Series Raceway when

connecting with surface

panel boxes. Has 3/4" and 1"

concentric trade size KOs with

1" trade size KO elongated so

adjustment from surface to

center of bushing is 1" [25mm]

minimum to 1 5/8" [41mm]

maximum. Has twistouts

for transition to 1500 and 2600

Series Pancake Raceways.

2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

Extra Deep Device Box

Two-gang device box. Cover has

twistouts on all four sides for

2400 Series Raceway. Base has

knockout to enable extension from

existing single-gang, flush wall box

and 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts

industry standard faceplates for

electrical and communication

devices.

Device Box

One-gang device box. Cover has

twistout for 2400 Series Raceway

on each side and one twistout

for 500 and 700 Series Raceway on the top and bottom. Base

has knockout to enable extension from existing single-gang,

flush wall box and 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts industry

standard faceplates for electrical and communication devices.

Device Box

2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

Two-gang device box with extra

depth to allow installation of

cabling that requires greater bend

radius and storage. Cover has

twistout on all four sides for 2400 Series Raceway. Base

has knockout to enable extension from existing single-gang

flush wall box and 1/2" and 1" concentric trade size KOs.

Accepts industry standard faceplates for electrical and

communication devices.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”

to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444”.

PART NUMBERS:

V2444-2 (Ivory)

2444-2FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2451H (Ivory)

2451H-FW (Fog White)

Bridge Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2475D (Ivory)

2475D-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2444-2LS (Ivory)

2444-2LSFW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2448 (Ivory)

2448-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2448-2 (Ivory)

2448-2FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[51mm]

Connects 4000 Series Raceway

to 2400 Series Raceway.

V4089 Reducing Connector

2 1/16"

[52mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

2 1/16"

[52mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

[152mm]

For installing two network wiring

keystone device modules in 2400

Series Raceway. Does not accept

Quad 106 Frame.

106 Device Bracket & Frame

2 1/16"

[52mm]

[152mm]

For installing two Ortronics®

TracJack device modules in 2400

Series Raceway. Does not accept

Quad 106 Frame.

2 1/16"

[52mm]

[152mm]

For installing three Ortronics®

TracJack device modules in 2400

Series Raceway. Does not accept

Quad 106 Frame.

3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-20R

receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"

[267mm] pigtails and inline

splice connectors. Also available

in fog white (2427GT-FW).

V2427GT 20A Duplex Receptacle

3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-15R

receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"

[267mm] pigtails and inline

splice connectors. Also available

in fog white (2427GA-FW).

V2427GA 15A Duplex Receptacle

3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-20R

orange receptacle. Includes

10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails and

inline splice connectors. Also

available in fog white (IG2427GT-

FW).

IG2427GT 20A Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle

3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-15R orange

receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"

[267mm] pigtails and inline

splice connectors. Also available

in fog white (IG2427GA-FW).

IG2427GA 15A Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz. of paint.

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via ground transportation

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

2400 Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V2407-2CM (Ivory)

2407-2CMFW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2407-2TJ (Ivory)

2407-2TJFW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2407-3TJ (Ivory)

2407-3TJFW (Fog White)

Spray Paint

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-S (Ivory)

DVWE-S (Fog White)

Touch-Up Paint Pen

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-P (Ivory)

DVWE-P (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400D® SERIES RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Dual channel version of 2400 Series Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic

power and communication/low voltage installations in classrooms, hotels, and

anywhere a low profile raceway solution is needed.

COLOR OPTIONS

2400 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog white

finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

2400D Series Raceway System Layout for Power & Data

NOTE: Illustrations are for showing product applications only.

KEY

A. 2400D 2400 Series Divided Raceway

B. 2411DFO Radiused Divided Flat Elbow

C. 2410DFO Divided Entrance End Fitting

D. 2415DFO Radiused Divided Tee

E. 2417DFO Radiused Divided Internal Elbow

F. 2418DFO Divided External Elbow

G. 2444 One-Gang Extra Deep Device Box

H. 2444D One-Gang Device Box

I. 2444D-2A Two-Gang Divided Device Box

J. 24DWND Downward Duplex Device Bracket

24DWNR Downward Decorator Device Bracket

K. 4089 Reducing Connector

L. U4000 Series Raceway

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/

WIRE SIZE

O.D.

APPROX. DIA. 1/3 COMP

40% FILL

2/3 COMP

40% FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG,

Cat 3

0.190 [4.8] 5 12

4-pair, 24 AWG,

Cat 5e

0.210 [5.3] 4 9

4-pair,24 AWG,

Cat 6

0.250 [6.3] 3 7

4-pair, 24 AWG,

Cat 6a*

0.354 [9.0] 1 3

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 1 2

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 2 6

Fiber ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 5 12

Round 4 Strand

Fiber

0.187 [4.8] 5 12

Round 6 Strand

Fiber

0.256 [6.5] 2 6

WIRE SIZE O.D.

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

40%

THHN/THWN Inches [mm] 1/3 COMP 2/3 COMP

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 11 26

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 9 19

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 6 11

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2400D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

1 29/32"

[48mm]

1 29/32"

[48mm]

[25mm]

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Divided into two

compartments (1/3 and 2/3 capacity).

Packed ten 10' [3.0m] lengths per carton.

Divided Raceway Base

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty 5’

[1.5m] lengths per carton.

Raceway Cover

Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D

Series Raceway Base and Cover.

Provides a clean and easy, square cut

every time.

624 2400 Series Raceway Base & Cover Cutter

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 624

Cutter.

624BCK Replacement Blade Kit

2400D Series Raceway Ordering Information

2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information

Additional support for conductors

(nonmetallic).

2400WC Wire Clip

[51mm] Joins lengths of 2400BD

Divided Base.

2401D Divided Coupling

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz. of paint.

NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground

transportation

Spray Paint

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

Touch-Up Paint Pen

PART NUMBERS:

V2400BD (Ivory)

2400BD-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-P (Ivory)

DVWE-P (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2400C (Ivory)

2400C-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-S (Ivory)

DVWE-S (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

3 15/16"

[100mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

1 3/4"

[45mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

7 1/8"

[181mm]

Feeds 2400 & 2400D Series

Raceway. Includes 1/2",

3/4", and 1" trade size

KOs on back and end.

Removable/ adjustable

divider and radiused

insert included

Right angle turns on the

same surface.

90° flat elbow with integral

dividers. Provides 2" [51mm]

full capacity cable bend

radius control for fiber

optic and UTP/STP cable

installations. Ideal for lay-in

or pull-through installations.

Two couplings included.

6 1/2"

[165mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

10"

[254mm]

5 7/8"

[149mm]

[203mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

For branching raceway at

right angles. Provides 2"

[51mm] cable bend radius

control for fiber optic and

UTP/STP cable installations.

Couplings included.

Internal 90° corners.

[102mm]

90° internal corner provides

2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for fiber

optic and UTP/STP cable

installations. Two couplings

included.

[127mm]

90° external elbow provides

2" [51mm] cable bend radius

control for fiber optic and

UTP/STP cable installations.

Two couplings included.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

Covers seam where two lengths

of 2400D Series Raceway come

together (nonmetallic).

Closes off open end of 2400D Series

Raceway.

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm] Feeds 2400D Series

Raceway. Back has two 1/2"

trade size KOs and two

rectangular KOs for

communication cabling.

Additional 1" and 3/4"

concen tric trade size KO on

each side.

2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

V2406 (Ivory)

2406-FW (Fog White)

Divided Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2410BD (Ivory)

2410BD-FW (Fog White)

Divided Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2410D (Ivory)

2410D-FW (Fog White)

Divided Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2410DFO (Ivory)

2410DFO-FW (Fog White)

Divided Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2411D (Ivory)

2411D-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Divided External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2418DFO (Ivory)

2418DFO-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Divided Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2417DFO (Ivory)

2417DFO-FW (Fog White)

Divided Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2417D (Ivory)

2417D-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Divided Tee

PART NUMBERS:

V2415DFO (Ivory)

2415DFO-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Divided Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V2411DFO (Ivory)

2411DFO-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

4 3/4"

[120mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 3/4"

[120mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 5/8"

[118mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

4 5/8"

[118mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”

to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444” or

“C2444-FW”.

Labor saving, over-the-

raceway device bracket.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles or 106 style data

frame.

Downward Duplex Device Bracket

Labor saving, over-the-

raceway device bracket.

Accepts 15A or 20A decorator

receptacles, GFCI receptacle,

or 106 style data frame.

Accepts two Extron®

Electronics MAAP single space

modules.

Accepts one Ortronics® Series

II module.

Divided, two-gang, labor saving

over-the-raceway device box.

Allows both power and low

voltage at a single point-of-use.

Accepts 5507 Series Faceplates,

Ortronics® TracJack & Series II

Modules (requires S2-EPL

Plate), Pass & Seymour® Activate Series Inserts

(requires CM-EPLA Plate), and Wiremold Open System

Communication Modules (requires CM-EPLA Plate).

Labor saving, over-the-raceway

device box. Divided, two-gang

box allows both power and low

voltage at a single point-of-use.

For use with commercially

available faceplates.

For use with 2444D-2N. Allows

both power and low voltage at

a single point-of-use. Accepts

5507 Series Faceplates,

Ortronics® TracJack & Series

II Modules (requires S2-EPL

Plate), Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series Inserts (requires

CM-EPLA Plate), and Wiremold

Open System Communication

Modules (requires CM-EPLA

Plate).

One-gang labor saving, over-

the-raceway box. Cover has

two twistouts for 2400 Series

Raceway. Accepts industry

standard faceplates for electrical

and communication devices

Device Box

2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V24DWND (Ivory)

24DWND-FW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

V2444D (Ivory)

2444D-FW (Fog White)

Divided Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

V2444D-2A (Ivory)

2444D-2AFW (Fog White)

Divided Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

V2444D-2N (Ivory)

2444D-2NFW (Fog White)

Device Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

V2450 (Ivory)

2450-FW (Fog White)

Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V24DWNS (Ivory)

24DWNS-FW (Fog White)

Downward Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V24DWNU (Ivory)

24DWNU-FW (Fog White)

Downward Decorator Device Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

V24DWNR (Ivory)

24DWNR-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

Covers Activate modular furniture

adapter and other modular

furniture adapters. Not for use

with decorator (rectangular) style

devices.

Covers unused compartments in

the device bracket.

Covers duplex style devices

including 106 Frame.

Covers rectangular decorator style

devices.

Covers standard toggle switches.

Covers single receptacles 1.59"

[40.4mm] diameter.

5 9/16"

[140mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 7/8"

[74mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[51mm] Connects 4000 Series Raceway to

2400D Series Raceway.

V4089 Reducing Connector

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz. of paint.

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via ground

transportation

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

2400D Series Raceway Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information

Allows 2400D Series Raceway

runs to bridge over existing

installations of 2400, 2400D, 500,

and 700 Series Raceways.

Bridge Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2475D (Ivory)

2475D-FW (Fog White)

Modular Furniture Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

5507AD (Ivory)

5507AD-FW (Fog White)

Blank Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507B (Ivory)

5507B-FW (Fog White)

Duplex Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507D (Ivory)

5507D-FW (Fog White)

Single Receptacle Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507T1 (Ivory)

5507T1-FW (Fog White)

Switch Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507SW (Ivory)

5507SW-FW (Fog White)

Rectangular Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507R (Ivory)

5507R-FW (Fog White)

Touch-Up Paint Pen

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-P (Ivory)

DVWE-P (Fog White)

Spray Paint

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-S (Ivory)

DVWE-S (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

PART NUMBERS:

5507MAAP (Ivory)

5507MAAP-FW (Fog White)

5507MAAP-WH (White)

5507MAAP-G (Gray),

5507MAAP-BK (Black)

Covers single receptacles 1.41"

[35.8mm] diameter.

Accepts one or two keystone device

modules. Has one keystone opening

and a KO for the other.

Accepts one or two keystone device

modules, recessed to provide a flush

installation. Has one keystone opening

and a KO for the other.

Accepts four Ortronics® TracJack

Devices.

Accepts six Ortronics® TracJack

Devices.

5507MAAP Extron® MAAP Faceplate

Metal faceplate for use with four

Extron® Electronics MAAP single

space modules.

Mounts Pass & Seymour® Activate

and Wiremold Open System

communication modules into

5507 opening. Includes two outlet

identification labels with clear covers

and two matching screw covers.

Mounts Ortronics® Series II modules

into 5507 opening. Includes two

outlet identification labels with clear

covers and two matching screw

covers.

5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

Single Receptacle Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507T2 (Ivory)

5507T2-FW (Fog White)

Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507RJ (Ivory)

5507RJ-FW (Fog White)

Flush Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507FRJ (Ivory)

5507FRJ-FW (Fog White)

Ortronics® Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507-4TJ (Ivory)

5507-4TJFW (Fog White)

PART NUMBERS:

5507-6TJ (Ivory)

5507-6TJFW (Fog White)

End Plates

PART NUMBERS:

CM-EPLA (Ivory)

CM-EPLA-FW (Fog White)

End Plates

PART NUMBERS:

S2-EPL (Ivory)

S2-EPL-FW (Fog White)

Extron® AAP Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507AAP (Ivory)

5507AAP-FW (Fog White)

5507AAP-WH (White)

5507AAP-G (Gray)

5507AAP-BK (Black)

Metal faceplate for use with two

Extron® Electronics AAP single space

modules.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

3000® SERIES RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Single-Channel Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic

power or communication/low voltage installations. Well-

suited for labs, hospitals, or anywhere that requires the

capacity of a medium size raceway.

COLOR OPTIONS

3000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

KEY

A. 3010B Blank End Fitting

B. 3011E 90° Flat Elbow

C. 3015E Tee Fitting

D. 3017TCE Internal Corner

Coupling

E. 3018AE External Corner

Coupling

F. 3027AE Single Receptacle

Cover

G. 3033JE Single Receptacle

Cover

H. 3036HE Blank Cover

I. 3043GE Duplex Grounding

Receptacle & Cover

J. 3044-2 Extra Deep Switch &

Receptacle Box

K. 3046KD Circuit Breaker

Housing

L. 3082 Conduit Connector

M. 4074A Take Off Connector –

4000 to 3000 Series Raceway

N. 4000 Series Raceway

O. CONDUIT 1/2" [12.7mm]

Flexible Metal Conduit

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

System Layout

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY

1 15/32"

[37mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

3000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. 40%

FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 52

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 42

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 30

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 15

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 11

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 25

Fiber ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 53

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 53

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 28

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D.

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH DUPLEX

RECT. DEVICES

1.59in.2 [1025mm2]

WITH SURGE/

GFCI DEVICES

2.30in.2 [1485mm2]

LARGE SINGLE

RECEPTACLES

3.00in.2 [1935mm2]Inches [mm}

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 152 70 40 28

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 111 51 29 21

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 70 32 18 13

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 40 18 10 7

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 29 13 7 5

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI

TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

3000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

.040" [1.0mm] steel, Packed in

ten 10' [3m] lengths, 100' [31m]

per carton. Base sections have

predrilled 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

entrance KOs and 9/32" [7.1mm]

diameter mounting screw KOs on

approx. 9 3/8" [238mm] centers.

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed in

twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths, 100' [31m]

per carton.

For mounting devices 12" [305mm]

on center using 3027AE, 3033JE,

3036HE, 3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R,

and 3051LE Series Device Plates.

For mounting devices 24" [610mm]

on center using 3027AE, 3033JE,

3036HE, 3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R,

and 3051LE Series Device Plates.

Portable cutter for 3000 Series

Raceway Base. Provides clean and

easy square cuts.

630B Raceway Base Cutter

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for

630B Cutter.

630BDK Replacement Blade Kit

3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

V3000B (Ivory)

G3000B (Gray)

Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V3000CE (Ivory)

G3000CE (Gray)

7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V3000C075 (Ivory)

G3000C075 (Gray)

19.5" [495mm] Precut Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V3000C195 (Ivory)

G3000C195 (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY

[25mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for

630C Cutter.

630CDK Replacement Blade Kit

Holds conductors in place.

G3000WC Wire Clip (Galvanized)

Joins lengths of 3000 Series Raceway.

G3001 Coupling (Galvanized)

[152mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm] 2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

[51mm]

[25mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm] 1 1/16"

[27mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Joins lengths of 3000 Series Raceway

in installations where added rigidity

is required, such as when raceway is

suspended overhead.

G3001A Rigid Inside Coupling (Galvanized)

Connects 3000 Series

Raceway to 1/2" trade

size conduit and armored

cable connectors. 1/2"

trade size KOs on end and

each side of fitting. Can

be connected to conduit

boxes by using 1/2"

chase nipple.

Supports lengths of 3000 Series

Raceway at any point along length.

Mounts with #8 flat head fasteners.

Includes set screw for locking to

raceway.

Covers seam where two pieces of

3000 Series Raceway Cover come

together.

3 9/32"

[83mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

Mounts standard after-market devices

into 3000 Series Raceway. Accepts

single-gang devices with 3.281"

[95mm] mounting centers. Use with

commercially available flush plates

(not included).

G3007C Device Bracket

4 1/8"

[105mm]

5 5/16"

[135mm]

G3008C C-Hanger can

be mounted back-to-

back for double run of

3000 Series Raceway.

G3008C

3000 Series

Raceway

Suspends 3000 Series Raceway from

structural ceilings. Designed for

use with 3/8" [9.5mm] threaded rod.

Hangers should be installed no more

than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.

G3008C C-Hanger

Closes off open end of

3000 Series Raceway. Has

concentric 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size KOs.

Connects 3000 Series

Raceway to rigid or flexible

conduit. Concentric 1/2",

3/4" and 1" trade size KOs

on end and each side.

Portable cutter for 3000 Series

Raceway Cover. Provides clean and

easy square cuts.

630C Raceway Cover Cutter

3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

Supporting Clip

PART NUMBERS:

V3003 (Ivory)

G3003 (Gray)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

V3006E (Ivory)

G3006E (Gray)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V3010AE (Ivory)

G3010AE (Gray)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V3010B (Ivory)

G3010B (Gray)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V3010C (Ivory)

G3010C (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

6" [152mm]

Each Leg

4" [102mm]

Each Leg

[203mm]

10 1/4"

[260mm]

[203mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

Right angle turns on the same

surface.

Connects 3000 Series Raceway

from flushed-in wall box.

For branching raceway at right

angles. Three couplings included.

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY

2 3/4"

[70mm]

G3017TCE

G3017TCE used

as a straight-

through fitting.

For surfaces at right angles, or

for use as a straight-through

fitting. Solid leg of base has

concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade

size KOs.

#6 AWG #8 AWG #10 AWG #12 AWG #14 AWG

THHN, THWN 13 18 24 55 75

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz. of paint.

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via ground

transportation

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

Flat Elbow Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V3011E (Ivory)

G3011E (Gray)

Wall Box Connector

PART NUMBERS:

V3014C (Ivory)

G3014C (Gray)

Tee Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V3015E (Ivory)

G3015E (Gray)

Internal Corner Coupling

PART NUMBERS:

V3017TCE (Ivory)

G3017TCE (Gray)

Spray Paint

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-S (Ivory)

GWE-S (Gray)

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1.58"

[40mm]

Dia.

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking single

receptacles with face diameters of

1.56" -1.57" (approxi mately [40mm]) into 3000 Series

Raceway. G3007C Device Bracket included.

Single Receptacle Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V3033JE (Ivory)

G3033JE (Gray)

4 1/2"

[114mm]

Use as a blank cover or tap off KO

in center of plate for 1/2" trade size

conduit. G3007C Device Bracket

included.

Blank Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V3036HE (Ivory)

G3036HE (Gray)

6 3/8" [162mm] Sq.

1 7/8"

[47mm] Used as a tee, cross, junction box, or

for branch circuit extensions in 3000

Series Raceway. Cover has raceway

twistouts on all sides. Base has five

1/2” trade size KOs and four fixture mounting holes.

Utility Box

PART NUMBERS:

V3028 (Ivory)

G3028 (Gray)

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1.41"

[36mm]

Dia.

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking single

receptacles with face diameters

of 1.38"-1.40" [35mm-36mm] into 3000 Series Race way.

G3007C Device Bracket included.

Single Receptacle Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V3027AE (Ivory)

G3027AE (Gray)

[102mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Use with G3017TCE to offset around columns

etc. (minimum 4" [102mm] offset).

Right angle turns around external

corners.

External Corner Coupling

PART NUMBERS:

V3018AE (Ivory)

G3018AE (Gray)

Touch-Up Paint Pen

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-P (Ivory)

GWE-P (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY

5 3/8"

[137mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Installs commercially available 15A

and 20A duplex receptacles or 106

style data frame into 3000 Series

Raceway.

Duplex Receptacle Cover

For feeding out of the bottom of

raceway. Has concentric 1/2" and

3/4" trade size KOs and twistout for

communication cables. Grommet

furnished for telephone KO.

Tap-Off Fitting

[152mm] 1 15/16"

[49mm]

Two-pole circuit

breaker being mounted

on base of G3046KD.

Single-pole circuit

breaker being mounted

on base of G3046KD.

For use with the following

breakers rated 50A maximum.

General Electric: THQC, THHQC

Westinghouse: Quicklag C, QCH.

Cover used as is with single-pole breaker.

KO is removed for two-pole. For two-

pole circuit breakers where the toggle is

center located, web is snipped or cut out.

Circuit Breaker Housing

7 3/8"

[188mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

Mounts Square D™ Quik-Gard QOB bolt-

on circuit breakers into 3000 Series

Raceway. Rated up to 50A maximum

capacity. Includes Square D QON3B

Compact Base for single- to three-pole

circuit breakers. For GFI breakers, use

Square D QOB-GFI Series.

Circuit Breaker Housing

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

Accepts shallow-type 30A and

50A devices and flush plates. Also

Fustat devices SRU, SSU, SRW, SOU

and SOW, or equivalent. Deeper

devices can be accommodated with

a combination of G3051LE and any of the V5700 Series single-

gang, open base boxes. G3007C Device Bracket included.

4 1/2"

[115mm]

2 7/8"

[67mm]

[51mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 3/4"

[121mm]

Installs commercially available single-

pole, two-pole, three-way or four-way

switches into 3000 Series Raceway.

G3007C Device Bracket included.

Switch Cover

Installs commercially available 15A

and 20A duplex receptacles or 106

style data frame into 3000 Series

Raceway. G3007C Device Bracket

included.

Duplex Receptacle Cover

Installs commercially available

15A-125V (NEMA-15R) grounding

receptacles into 3000 Series Raceway.

Grounding receptacle included.

Duplex Grounding Receptacle Cover

Two-gang. For standard 30A, 50A, and

60A receptacles. Four sides of cover

have one set of combination twistouts

for 3000 Series Raceway. Hole cut in

cover: 3 3/4" x 2 7/8" [95mm x 73mm].

Base has five 1/2" trade size KOs.

Extra Deep Switch & Receptacle Box

3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V3040CE (Ivory), G3040CE (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3043BE (Ivory), G3043BE (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3043GE (Ivory), G3043GE (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3044-2 (Ivory), G3044-2 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3046BE (Ivory), G3046BE (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3046H-2 (Ivory), G3046H-2 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3046KD (Ivory), G3046KD (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3046KTSQ (Ivory), G3046KTSQ (Gray)

7 3/8"

[187mm] 1 13/16"

46mm]

#6 AWG #8 AWG #10 AWG #12 AWG #14 AWG

THHN, THWN 6 8 10 18 26

Mounts Square D Type QOU one-,

two- or three-pole breakers, rated up

to 50A maximum capacity, into 3000

Series Raceway.

Wire capacity of 3000 Series Raceway with

G3046KD, KTSQO, QOU circuit breaker housings.

Circuit Breaker Housing

PART NUMBERS:

V3046QOU (Ivory), G3046QOU (Gray)

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

Installs commercially available 15A

and 20A rectangular receptacles

into 3000 Series Raceway. G3007C

Device Bracket included.

Rectangular Decorator Receptacle Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V3048R (Ivory), G3048R (Gray)

Extension Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V3051LE (Ivory), G3051LE (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

7 15/16"

[185mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

Device plate for use with

four Extron® Electronics

MAAP single space

modules.

Bump-Up Extron® MAAP Plate

2 11/16"

[68mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

7 15/16"

[185mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

7 15/16"

[185mm]

2 13/16"

[72mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

Device plate for use with

two Extron® Electronics

AAP single space modules.

Bump-Up Extron® AAP Plate

Device plate for use with

three Ortronics® Series

II modules. 6 TracJacks,

or Wiremold CM Series

inserts.

Bump-Up Ortronics® Series II Plate

Connects end of 3000 Series Raceway

to 1 1/2" trade size conduit or

armored cable.

G3082 Conduit Connector

3000 SERIES® RACEWAY

Specification grade rated 20A 125V

NEMA 5-20R receptacle with color

matched nylon faceplate. Receptacle

has nylon face and thermoplastic

base. One-piece brass triple-wipe

line contacts and double-wipe ground

contacts. Locked in wrap-around

steel yoke. Break off tab for two

circuit wiring. 2.7" W x 4.5" H [69mm

x 114mm]. Verified under Fed. Spec.

#WC596F.

DRP20A-V

Colormatch Ivory Duplex Receptacle & Plate

Specification grade rated 20A 125V

NEMA 5-20R receptacle. Receptacle

has nylon face and thermoplastic

base. One-piece brass triple-wipe

line contacts and double-wipe ground

contacts. Locked in wrap-around

steel yoke. Break off tab for two

circuit wiring. 2.7" W x 4.5" H [69mm

x 114mm]. Verified under Fed. Spec.

#WC596F.

Colormatch Gray or Ivory Receptacle

3000 Series Raceway Installation Details

1. Determine the method of feeding

raceway using an entrance end

fitting or through 1/2" or 3/4"

trade size KO in raceway

base (shown). Conduit

Connector

3000 Series Raceway Base

2. To mount 3000 Base on surface:

Remove mounting screw KOs

(approx. 9 3/8" [238mm] O.C.

along base) as required.

Mount base with No. 8

flathead fasteners.

Mounting Screw KOs

Feed KOs

9 3/8" [238mm] Approx.

3000 Series

Raceway Base

3. For coupling lengths of 3000B,

insert either the G3001 or G3001A

(shown) into one base section

centered on joint. Slide other length

of base onto coupling. Tighten

locking screws.

Base Sections

3001A

4. To install devices: Install device

bracket in 3000 Base. Wire device

and assemble on bracket. Install

cover over 3000 Base and device

(if device has plaster ears,

break off before mounting

on device bracket).

3000 Base

Device

Bracket

Break Off

Device Cover

5. Cut sections of 3000 Cover to

fit between device plates. Snap

cover sections in place along

entire run as shown.

Snap Cover

Onto Base

Engage One Side

Of Cover On Base

3000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

DR20A-V (Ivory), DR20A-G (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3046U (Ivory)

G3046U (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3046V (Ivory)

G3046V (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V3046S (Ivory)

G3046S (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Dual-channel raceway with increased capacity due to its unique

profile, integral divider and downward facing activations. Ideal

for any application that requires a high capacity metal raceway.

KEY

A. DS4010A Entrance End Fitting

B. DS4010B Blank End Fitting

C. DS4011 90° Flat Elbow Fitting

D. DS4015 Divided Tee Fitting

E. DS4017 Internal Elbow Fitting

F. DS4018 External Elbow Fitting

G. DS4047C Single-Channel

NEMA Device Plate

H. DS4047D Single-Channel

Duplex Device Plate

I. DS4047MAB Single-Channel

MAB Device Plate

J. DS4047R Single-Channel

Decorator Device Plate

K. DS4075 Small Obstacle

Transition Fitting

L. DS4075A Offset Fitting

M. DSDWND Downward Duplex

Device Plate

DSDWNR Downward

Decorator Device Plate

System Layout

DS4000® Raceway Part Numbers with a “DV” suffix have a fog white finish. Part

Numbers with a “DG” suffix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “BK” suffix have

an black finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

DLB

CJH

Obstacle Avoidance Fitting

bypasses existing conduits

and small raceways mounted

on supporting wall.

Adjust-to-Fit™ Couplings

Allow up to 4" [102mm] of

lateral adjustment of Raceway

Base to minimize cutting.

2 1/4"

[57mm]

> 4" [102mm]

Bend Radius

Universal Downward Facing Device

Bracket accommodates industry

standard power and data devices

while allowing the industry’s largest

termination radius.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D.

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% PER COMPARTMENT

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH DUPLEX

RECT. DEVICES

1.59in.2 [1025mm2]

WITH SURGE/

GFCI DEVICES

2.30in.2 [1485mm2]

WITH LARGE SINGLE

RECEPTACLES

3.00in.2 [1935mm2]

40% FILL

WITH DOWNWARD

ACTIVATION/CROSSOVERInches [mm}

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 206 141 111 83 46

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 150 103 81 60 33

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 95 64 51 38 21

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 54 37 29 22 12

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 39 27 21 15 8

DS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

DS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.

40% FILL EACH

COMPARTMENT

40% FILL

WITH DOWNWARD

ACTIVATION/

CROSSOVERInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 70 28

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 57 23

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 40 16

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 20 8

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 15 6

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 35 14

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 72 29

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 73 29

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 38 15

NOTE : For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented [6a] cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda

No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

DS4000 Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities

WIRE SIZE/THHN

O.D. APPROX. DIA. DS4010A* DS4011 DS4015 DS4017** DS4018** DS4075 DS4075A**

Inches [mm] 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%

THHN 14 0.111 [2.8] 125 187 171 256 62 93 160 238 142 213 106 160 142 213

12 0.130 [3.3] 91 137 125 187 45 68 116 175 104 156 78 116 104 156

10 0.164 [4.2] 57 86 78 118 28 43 73 110 65 98 49 73 65 98

8 0.216 [5.5] 33 50 45 68 16 25 42 63 38 57 28 42 38 57

6 0.254 [6.5] 24 36 33 49 12 18 31 46 27 41 20 31 27 41

UTP 4-pair, 24 AWG 0.150 [4.8] 68 103 94 140 49 74 87 131 78 117 58 87 78 117

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 43 64 58 87 31 46 55 82 49 73 36 55 49 73

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 35 52 48 72 25 38 45 67 40 60 30 45 40 60

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 25 37 34 51 18 27 32 47 28 42 21 32 28 42

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 12 18 17 25 9 13 16 24 14 21 10 16 14 21

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 12 18 16 24 9 13 15 23 14 20 10 15 14 20

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 21 32 29 43 15 23 27 41 24 36 18 27 24 36

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 44 65 59 89 31 47 56 83 50 74 37 56 50 74

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 44 66 60 90 32 48 56 85 50 75 38 56 50 75

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 24 35 32 48 17 26 30 45 27 40 20 30 27 40

* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and fitting can obtain maximum raceway fill

from utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.

** Calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be removed in order to obtain full raceway capacity if radius control is

not required.

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) 40%

FILLInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 31

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 23

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 14

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 8

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 6

NOTE: Prewired downward facing covers are

punched in line for a sleek flush look.

Power conductors are provided in the

lower channel. Additional wires can be

added and should not exceed totals above.

Communications are to be installed in the

top channel refer to standard cable fill

chart for capacities.

Prewired DS4000 Raceway Cover Wire

Fill Capacities with Downward Facing

Power & Communication Devices

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

DS4010A-DV (Fog White)

DS4010A-DG (Gray)

DS4010A-BK (Black)

Covers seam where two sections

of DS4000C come together.

Half Seam Clip/Blank Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

DS4006B-DV (Fog White)

DS4006B-DG (Gray)

DS4006B-BK (Black)

Seam Clip

PART NUMBERS:

DS4006-DV (Fog White)

DS4006-DG (Gray)

DS4006-BK (Black)

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[152mm]

1 1/16"

[27mm]

[25mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

[76mm]

5 5/8"

[143mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.

Each base section has mounting

holes, two 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter,

located every 4" [102mm] and

pass through KOs located every

8" [203mm] along the entire

length. Packed four 10' [3.05m] sections of base per carton.

Two DS4001 Couplings included with each 10' section.

DS4000B Raceway Base

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.

Packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton. Four 5' [1.5m] cover

sections required for each 10'

[3.05m] section of base.

Holds conductors in place.

DS4000WC Wire Clip

Joins lengths of DS4000B together.

Sold in pairs.

DS4001 Adjust-to-Fit™ Coupling

Covers seams where two sections

of DS4000C Cover come together.

Can also be used as a blank

faceplate.

Full-capacity end fitting. Includes

four 3/4" and 1 1/4" concentric

trade size KOs and four 2 1/8"

large capacity KOs.

Closes off open end of DS4000B

Raceway Base Has two 3/4" and 1"

trade size KOs.

10"

[254mm]

Extra long coupling allows

attachment to a wall box or to back

feed DS4000 Series Raceway from

1" or 1 1/4" trade size conduit.

DS4014A Backfeed Coupling

Divided Tee

PART NUMBERS:

DS4015-DV (Fog White)

DS4015-DG (Gray)

DS4015-BK (Black)

8 1/2"

[216mm] 8 15/16"

[227mm]

For new lay-in or pull-through

installations. Two pair of DS4001

Couplings included. Two pair of

DS4001 Couplings included.

DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

DS4000C-DV (Fog White)

DS4000C-DG (Gray)

DS4000C-BK (Black)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

DS4010B-DV (Fog White)

DS4010B-DG (Gray)

DS4010B-BK (Black)

[178mm]

[178mm] 90° flat corner for new lay-in or

pull-through installations. One pair

of DS4001 Couplings included.

Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

DS4011-DV (Fog White)

DS4011-DG (Gray)

DS4011-BK (Black)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Downward Decorator Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

DSDWNR-DV (Fog White)

DSDWNR-DG (Gray)

DSDWNR-BK (Black)

5 3/4"

[146mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

90° Full capacity divided internal

elbow that provides a 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for fiber optic/

UTP/STP installations. One pair of

DS4001 Couplings included.

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

Installs 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles or 106 style data

frames into DS4000 Series

Raceway.

[152mm]

Single-Channel Decorator Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

DS4047R-DV (Fog White)

DS4047R-DG (Gray)

DS4047R-BK (Black)

[152mm]

Installs 15A or 20A decorator style

receptacles, GFCI and surge

devices into DS4000 Series

Raceway.

Single-Channel MAB Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

DS4047MAB-DV (Fog White)

DS4047MAB-DG (Gray)

DS4047MAB-BK (Black)

[152mm] Installs communication devices into

DS4000 Series Raceway. Includes

CM-MAB Adapter for Wiremold Open System connectivity

modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts. Also

includes MAB2S2 Adapter for Ortronics® Series II inserts

and MAB6TJ Adapter for Ortronics® TracJack connectors.

[152mm]

Installs 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles or 106 style data frames

into DS4000 Series Raceway in a

downward facing, protected position.

Pass & Seymour® 20A duplex

receptacle with 6” [152mm] lead wires

pre-installed on a bracket into DS4000

Series Raceway in a downward facing,

protected position.

Installs 15A and 20A decorator style

recep tacles, GFCI and Surge devices

into DS4000 Series Raceway in a

downward facing, protected position.

DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

DS4017-DV (Fog White)

DS4017-DG (Gray)

DS4017-BK (Black)

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

90° full capacity divided external

elbow provides a 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for fiber optic/UTP/

STP installations. One pair of

DS4001 Couplings included.

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

DS4018-DV (Fog White)

DS4018-DG (Gray)

DS4018-BK (Black)

[152mm]

For Turnlok® and most straight blade

devices up to 50 Amps. Use with

commercially available flush plates.

Single-Channel NEMA Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

DS4047C-DV (Fog White)

DS4047C-DG (Gray)

DS4047C-BK (Black)

[152mm]

Pass & Seymour® 20A duplex

receptacle with 6" [152mm] lead

wires pre-installed on a bracket

into DS4000 Series Raceway.

Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate with

One Duplex Installed

PART NUMBERS:

DS4047DQ-DV (Fog White)

DS4047DQ-DG (Gray)

DS4047DQ-BK (Black)

Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

DS4047-DV (Fog White)

DS4047-DG (Gray)

DS4047-BK (Black)

Downward Duplex Device Plate with

One Duplex installed

PART NUMBERS:

DSDWNDQ-DV (Fog White)

DSDWNDQ-DG (Gray)

DSDWNDQ-BK (Black)

Downward Duplex Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

DSDWND-DV (Fog White)

DSDWND-DG (Gray)

DSDWND-BK (Black)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

Accepts two Extron® Electronics

MAAP single space modules.

11 1/2"

[292mm] Mounts DS4000 Series Raceway

around wall offsets and columns

with maximum offset depth of 9"

[229mm]. Minimum Offset: 3"

[76mm]. Maximum Offset: 9 3/4"

[235mm].

Kit includes 25 screws and special bit to secure covers for

fittings and raceway to DS4000B Raceway Base.

DSTRK Tamper-Resistant Kit

Portable cutter provides clean

square cuts for DS4000C

Raceway Cover.

640DS DS4000 Series Raceway Cutter

Case hard steel replacement blades and die set for 640DS

Cutter.

640DSBDK Replacement Blade Kit

Easy removal of installed DS4000

Series raceway and fittings’ covers

without scratching or damaging

their finish.

650RT Fitting Cover Removal Tool

Adapter to 4000 Series Raceway

PART NUMBERS:

DS4089-DV (Fog White)

DS4089-DG (Gray)

DS4089-BK (Black)

5 3/4"

[146mm] In-line transition from DS4000

Series Raceway to 4000 Series

Raceway.

13 7/8"

[352mm]

Provides shielding when using

downward-facing activations.

Includes enclosures for power or

data crossover.

DSDWNX Crossover Kit

Passes DS4000 Series Raceway

over previously installed conduit or

raceways as large as 2400 Series

Raceway. Also creates transition to

500, 700 or 2400D Series Raceway

from DS4000 Series Raceway.

Accepts one Ortronics® Series II

module, 2 TracJacks or 1 CM

Series insert.

Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate

DS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz. of paint.

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via ground

transportation.

Spray Paint

PART NUMBERS:

DVWE-S (Ivory)

DGWE-S (Gray)

BKWE-S (Black)

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

Touch-Up Paint Pen

PART NUMBERS:

DVWE-P (Ivory)

BKWE-P (Black)

Downward Ortronics® Series II Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

DSDWNS-DV (Fog White)

DSDWNS-DG (Gray)

DSDWNS-BK (Black)

Small Obstacle/Transition Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

DS4075-DV (Fog White)

DS4075-DG (Gray)

DS4075-BK (Black)

Downward Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

DSDWNU-DV (Fog White)

DSDWNU-DG (Gray)

DSDWNU-BK (Black)

Offset Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

DS4075A-DV (Fog White)

DS4075A-DG (Gray)

DS4075A-BK (Black)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Single- and Dual-Channel, Steel Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for

basic power or communication/low voltage installations.

KEY

A. 4010B Blank End Fitting

B. 4010DFO Entrance End Fitting

C. 4011 Flat Elbow

D. 4015D Divided Tee

E. 4017 Internal Elbow

F. 4017FO Radiused Full

Capacity Internal Elbow

G. 4018 External Elbow

H. 4018FO Radiused Full

Capacity External Elbow

I. 4047BX Duplex Receptacle

Device Plate

J. 4047JX Single Receptacle &

Device Plate

K. 4047RF Rectangular

Receptacles and Modular

Furniture Device Plate

L. 4047RH Device Plate for

Rectangular Receptacle and

Mousehole

M. 4050 Device Mounting Plate

with 5507 Series Faceplates

N. 4075DA Bridge Fitting

O. 500 Series Raceway

P. 5507D Duplex Faceplate

Q. 5785 Combination Connector

R. 5507RJ Device Plate with two

RJ ports

System Layout

COLOR OPTIONS

4000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. DIVIDED

40% FILL

UNDIVIDED

40% FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 49 101

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 40 83

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 28 58

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 14 29

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 10 21

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 24 50

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 50 103

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 51 104

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 27 55

4000 Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities When using 4000 Radius Inserts

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D.

4011 FLAT ELBOW

40% FILL

4017 & 4018 ELBOWS

40% FILL

4015D & 4015 TEE FITTING

40% FILL

Inches [mm]

4011DRI

DIV.

4011/15RI

UNDIV.

4017/18RI

DIV.

4017/18RI

UNDIV.

4015DRI

DIV.

4011/15RI

UNDIV.

POWER

WIRING

THHN/THWN

2 0.384 [9.8] 11 21 6 11 6 16

4 0.324 [8.2] 15 30 8 15 9 23

6 0.254 [6.5] 24 48 13 25 14 37

8 0.216 [5.5] 34 67 18 35 20 51

10 0.164 [4.2] 68 136 36 71 40 104

12 0.130 [3.3] 107 214 56 112 63 163

14 0.111 [2.8] 145 288 75 151 85 220

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

Cat. 3 UTP 0.190 [4.8] 44 88 23 46 26 67

Cat 5e UTP 0.210 [5.3] 36 72 19 38 21 55

Cat 6 UTP 0.250 [6.3] 23 47 12 24 13 36

Cat 6a UTP 0.354 [9.0] 16 31 9 15 10 24

25-pair 0.410 [10.4] 9 19 5 10 6 14

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 22 44 22 23 13 33

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 132 263 69 137 78 201

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 44 88 23 46 26 67

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 36 72 19 38 21 55

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D.

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH DUPLEX

RECT. DEVICES

1.59in.2 [1025mm2]

WITH SURGE/

GFCI DEVICES

2.30in.2 [1485mm2]

LARGE SINGLE

RECEPTACLES

3.00in.2 [1935mm2]Inches [mm}

Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 296 127 165 78 107 49 49 20

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 216 93 120 57 78 36 36 15

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 136 58 76 36 49 22 22 9

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 78 33 43 20 28 13 13 5

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 56 24 31 15 20 9 9 3

4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 34 15 000000

3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 29 12 000000

2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 24 10 000000

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

.054" [13.7mm] galvanized steel.

Packed five 10' [3m] lengths per

carton. Base has two 9/32" [7.1mm]

diameter KOs every 18" [457mm]

throughout length. No KOs 1 1/4"

[32mm] from each end.

Raceway Base

1 17/32"

[39mm]

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.

Painted on one side only to provide

compartment identification. Packed

ten 5' [1.5m] lengths (50' [15.2m]) per

carton.

NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel

S4000 Series Raceway.

G4000D Divider

Portable cutter for 4000 Series

Raceway Base. Provides clean and

square end cuts.

NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel

S4000 Series Raceway.

640B Base Cutter

Case hard steel replacement blade and die set for

640B Cutter

640BDK Replacement Blade Kit

Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000

Series Raceway Cover. Provides clean

and square end cuts.

NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel

S4000 Series Raceway.

640C Cover Cutter

Case hard steel replacement blade and die set for

640C Cutter.

640CDK Replacement Blade Kit

[25mm]

Holds conductors in place.

G4000WC Wire Clip (Galvanized)

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Joins lengths of 4000B Raceway

Base. Sold in pairs.

4001A Coupling (Galvanized)

4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

PART NUMBERS:

V4000B-10 (Ivory)

G4000B-10 (Gray)

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.

Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton. 4000C Cover is also

compatible with 6000B, 6000

Series Raceway Base.

Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V4000C (Ivory)

G4000C (Gray)

Mounts devices spaced 12"

[305mm] on center using 4047

Series device plates.

7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V4000C075 (Ivory)

G4000C075 (Gray)

Mounts devices spaced 18"

[457mm] on center using 4047

Series device plates.

13.5" [343 mm] Precut Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V4000C135 (Ivory)

G4000C135 (Gray)

Mounts devices spaced 24"

[610mm] on center using 4047

Series device plates.

19.5" [495 mm] Precut Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V4000C195 (Ivory)

G4000C195 (Gray)

Mounts devices spaced 36"

[915mm] on center using 4047

Series device plates.

31.5" [800 mm] Precut Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V4000C315 (Ivory)

G4000C315 (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Full capacity entrance end fitting.

Has concentric 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4"

trade size KOs on end and bottom

for feeding 4000 Series Raceway.

Includes removable divider and

1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius control insert for UTP/STP and

fiber optic cable installations.

Entrance End Fitting

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

12"

[305mm]

Direct feeding. Feeding from

wall box.

Direct feeding

with divider.

10"

[254mm]

12"

[305mm]

10"

[254mm]

12"

[305mm]

Right angle turns on the same

surface.

Flat Elbow

Full capacity 90° flat corner

used in divided or undivided

applications. 2" [51mm] bend

radius control for UTP, STP

and fiber optic installations.

Ideal for new installations when the cable is lay-in or

pull-through.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

Assembled as an

internal elbow.

Assembled as an

external elbow.

Internal or external 45° turns in

a run of 4000 Series Raceway.

Can also be assembled as an

inverted 45° elbow.

Internal or External 45° Elbow

Base has two concentric 1", 3/4", and 1/2" trade size KOs,

two concentric 1 1/4", and 1" KOs (undivided only), and two

rectangular 2 9/16" x 1 11/16" KOs.

Wall Box Connector

For branching raceway at right angles.

Use with undivided raceway only. Join

to raceway run with two pair of 4001A

Couplings (not included).

Tee

For branching raceway at right angles.

Use with divided raceway only. Join

to raceway run with two pair of 4001A

Couplings (not included).

Divided Tee

[25mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Required for holding G4000D

Divider in place. Use one every 2

1/2' [.762m].

4001DA Divider Clip (Galvanized)

Covers seams where two sections

of 4000 Series Raceway covers

come together.

Seam Clip

Closes off open end of 4000 Series

Raceway. Has two 1/2” trade size

KOs to facilitate end feeding.

Blank End Fitting

4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V4006 (Ivory)

G4006 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4010B (Ivory)

G4010B (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4010DFO (Ivory)

G4010DFO (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4011 (Ivory)

G4011 (Gray)

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

V4011FO (Ivory)

G4011FO (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4012TX (Ivory)

G4012TX (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4014A (Ivory)

G4014A (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4015 (Ivory)

G4015 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4015D (Ivory)

G4015D (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Full capacity, divided internal

elbow. Provides 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius control for UTP, STP

and fiber optic installations. Ideal

for new installations whether the

cable is lay-in or pull-through.

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

2 3/4"

[70mm] 1 1/2"

[38mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

Makes an internal corner while

continuing original run in a

straight line. May be used with

or without divider. Fiber bushing

included.

G4017TCA Internal Corner Coupling (Plated)

4 1/8"

[105mm]

4 11/16"

[119mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Two required for

use with 4015.

90° external corners.

External Elbow

Full capacity 90° external corner.

Used in both divided and undivided

applications. Provides 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius control for UTP,

STP and fiber optic installations.

Ideal for new installations whether

the cable is lay-in or pull-through.

Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

Radiused insert for 4011 Flat

Elbow and for 4015 Undivided Tee.

Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for UTP, STP and

fiber optic cable installations. Ideal

for new and retrofit applications

whether the cable installation is

lay-in or pull-through.

4011/15RI Radiused Corner Insert

12 3/4"

[324mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

12 3/4"

[324mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

4 21/32"

[118mm]

4000 Base

4017N

Full capacity, undivided tee

fitting. Provides 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius control

for UTP, STP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for new

installations whether the cable

is lay-in or pull-through.

Full capacity, divided tee fitting.

Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for UTP, STP and

fiber optic installations. Ideal for

new installations whether the

cable is lay-in or pull-through.

Radiused Full Capacity Divided Tee

90° internal corners. Fiber

bushing included.

Internal Elbow

Internal Full Capacity Elbow

Connects a vertical run of 4000

Series Raceway with a horizontal

overhead run with its cover

facing up.

Inverted Internal Elbow

4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

Radiused Full Capacity Tee

PART NUMBERS:

V4015FO (Ivory)

G4015FO (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4015DFO (Ivory)

G4015DFO (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4017 (Ivory)

G4017 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4017FO (Ivory)

G4017FO (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4017N (Ivory)

G4017N (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4018 (Ivory)

G4018 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4018FO (Ivory)

G4018FO (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

8 1/8"

[206mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

9 1/2"

[242mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

7/32"

[5.6mm] 1 1/2"

[38mm]

5 5/32"

[131mm]

[127mm]

[76mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2

communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series

II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ

Faceplates.

Radiused insert for 4017 Internal

Elbow and 4018 External Elbow in

divided or undivided applications.

Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for UTP, STP and

fiber optic cable installations. Ideal

for new and retrofit applications

whether the cable installation is

lay-in or pull-through.

4017/18RI

Radiused Insert for Internal/External Elbow

Bend radius control insert for

4011 Divided Flat Elbow. Provides

2" [51mm] cable bend radius

control for UTP, STP and fiber

optic cable installations. Ideal for new or retrofit applications

where cable installation is lay-in or pull-through.

4011DRI Radiused Insert for Divided Flat Elbow

Radiused insert for 4015D Divided

Tee. Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius control for UTP/STP or fiber

optic installations. Ideal for new

and retrofit applications whether

the cable installation is lay-in or

pull-through.

4015DRI Radiused Insert for Divided Tee

Allows 4000 Series Raceway

to cross over existing

installations of 4000 Series

Raceway.

Bridge Fitting

90° tee connection at any

point along a run of 4000

Series Raceway.

Take-Off Connector (4000 to 3000 Series Raceway)

Connects 4000 Series

Raceway to surface type

panel boxes. Maintains

maximum wire capacity

of 4000 Series Raceway.

Separate C-shaped flange

fits around raceway to hide

irregularities made during

cutting into box.

Panel Connector

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[51mm]

Reduces 4000 Series

Raceway to either 2400 or

2400BD Series Raceway.

V4089 Reducing Connector

4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

8 1/8"

[206mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

Allows 4000 Series Raceway

to cross over existing

installations of 2400, 700, or

500 Series Raceway

Bridge Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V4075DA (Ivory)

G4075DA (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4074DA (Ivory)

G4074DA (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4086A (Ivory)

G4086A (Gray)

4 11/16"

[116mm] 6"

[152mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] High impact plastic mounting

bracket and trim plate. Overlaps

raceway cover for a seamless

transition with cover fittings.

Accepts 5507 Faceplates, as

well as, Wiremold Open System

communication modules,

Ortronics® TracJack and Series

II inserts, and Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts.

For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™

Faceplates.

Device Mounting Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

V4050 (Ivory)

G4050 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4075D (Ivory)

G4075D (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each

side of plate.

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 17/32"

[115mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz. of paint.

NOTE: Can only be shipped via ground

transportation.

Spray Paint

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz. of paint.

4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information

Four concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade

size KOs.

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style frames.

Two-Gang Cover Two Duplex Receptacles

PART NUMBERS:

V4047BB (Ivory)

G4047BB (Gray)

4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-S (Ivory)

GWE-S (Gray)

Tap-Off Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V4046H-2 (Ivory)

G4046H-2 (Gray)

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Accepts straight blade and locking

single receptacles with face

diameters of 1.38" to 1.39" [35mm

to 36mm].

Two-Gang Cover Single Round Opening

PART NUMBERS:

V4047AX (Ivory)

G4047AX (Gray)

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style frames

when used for communications

outlets.

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle

PART NUMBERS:

V4047BX (Ivory)

G4047BX (Gray)

Touch-Up Paint Pen

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-P (Ivory)

GWE-P (Gray)

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles. Includes combination

twistout that can accept either

one Modular Furniture adapter,

106 style frame, or two Keystone

RJ45s.

Two-Gang Cover Duplex & Modular Furniture

PART NUMBERS:

V4047BF (Ivory)

G4047BF (Gray)

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] Accepts15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style frames.

Includes Mini adapter that will

accept Activate Series inserts

and Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

Two-Gang Cover & Pass & Seymour®

Activate 2A Mini Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

V4047BM (Ivory)

G4047BM (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Accepts commercially available

flush plates (not included).

Accepts straight blade and

single locking receptacles with

face diameters of 1.56" - 1.58"

[39mm - 40mm].

Two-Gang Cover Single Round Opening

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] Accepts rectangular GFCI,

Surge and Decorator Style

devices. Does not accept 5507

Series Faceplates.

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles. Includes

combination twistout that can

accept either one Modular

Furniture adapter, 106 style

frame, or two Keystone RJ45s.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style

frames. Includes Mini adapter

that will accept Activate

Series inserts and Wiremold

Open System communication

modules.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style

frames. Includes Mini adapter

that will accept one Ortronics®

Series II insert.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style

frames. Includes Mini adapter

that will accept two Ortronics®

TracJack inserts.

Two-Gang Cover & Pass & Seymour®

Activate 2A Mini Adapter

Two-Gang Cover & Ortronics® Trac Jack

Mini Adapter

Two-Gang Cover Duplex & Modular Furniture

PART NUMBERS:

V4047BF (Ivory)

G4047BF (Gray)

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] Accepts commercially available

flush plates (not included).

One-Gang Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V4047C-1 (Ivory)

G4047C-1 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4047BM (Ivory)

G4047BM (Gray)

Two-Gang Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V4047C-2 (Ivory)

G4047C-2 (Gray)

Two-Gang Cover & Ortronics® Series II

Mini Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

V4047BS (Ivory)

G4047BS (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4047JX (Ivory)

G4047JX (Gray)

Two-Gang Cover with

One Rectangular Opening

PART NUMBERS:

V4047RX (Ivory)

G4047RX (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4047BT (Ivory)

G4047BT (Gray)

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] Accepts rectangular GFCI, Surge

and Decorator Style devices,

modular furniture adapters and

RJ45s. Does not accept 5507

Series Faceplates.

Two-Gang Cover Rectangular Opening

& Modular Furniture

PART NUMBERS:

V4047RF (Ivory)

G4047RF (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each

side of plate.

Includes one Pass & Seymour®

Duplex Receptacle with 12” wire

leads installed on bracket.

Includes one Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacle with 12”

wire leads installed on bracket.

Has combination twistout that

can accept either one Modular

Furniture adapter or two

Keystone RJ45s.

Includes one Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacle with

12" wire leads installed on

bracket. Includes Mini adapter

that accepts Pass & Seymour®

Activate inserts and Wiremold

Open System communication

modules.

Includes one Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacle with 12"

wire leads installed on bracket.

Includes Mini adapter that will

accept one Ortronics® Series II

insert.

Includes one Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacle with 12”

wire leads installed on bracket.

Includes Mini adapter that

accepts two Ortronics® TracJack

inserts.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style

frames.

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex

Receptacle Installed

PART NUMBERS:

V4047WX (Ivory)

G4047WX (Gray)

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle

Installed & One Modular Furniture Opening

PART NUMBERS:

V4047WF (Ivory)

G4047WF (Gray)

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle

Installed & Activate Mini Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

V4047WM (Ivory)

G4047WM (Gray)

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle

Installed & Series II Mini Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

V4047WS (Ivory)

G4047WS (Gray)

Two-Gang Cover One Duplex Receptacle

Installed & TracJack Mini Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

V4047WT (Ivory)

G4047WT (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover Four Duplex Openings

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2BBB (Ivory)

G4047-2BBB (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Includes two Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacles with

12” wire leads installed on

bracket. Includes Mini adapter

that accepts one Ortronics® Series II insert.

Includes two Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacles with

12" wire leads installed on

bracket. Includes Mini adapter

that accepts Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts & Wiremold

Open System communication modules.

Includes two Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacles with

12” wire leads installed on

bracket. Two combination twistouts accept either modular

furniture adapters or Keystone RJ45s.

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style frame.

Includes combination twistouts

for either modular furniture

adapter or two keystone RJ45s.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style

frame. Includes Mini adapter

that accepts Pass & Seymour®

Activate inserts, or Wiremold

Open System communication

modules.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style

frame. Includes Mini adapter

that accepts one Ortronics®

Series II insert.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style

frame. Includes Mini adapter

that accepts two Ortronics®

TracJack inserts.

Accepts 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles and 106 style

frames.

Accepts rectangular, GFCI,

Surge, and decorator style

devices. Does not accept 5507

Series Faceplates.

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of overlap on each

side of plate.

4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &

Two Modular Furniture Openings

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2BBFF (Ivory)

G4047-2BBFF (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex Openings

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2BBXX (Ivory)

G4047-2BBXX (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex & Two

Mini Adapters

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2BBMM (Ivory)

G4047-2BBMM (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover with Two Rectangular Openings

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2RRXX (Ivory)

G4047-2RRXX (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &

Two Series II Mini Adapters

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2BBSS (Ivory)

G4047-2BBSS (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex &

Two Modular Furniture Openings

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2WWFF (Ivory)

G4047-2WWFF (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover Two Duplex &

Two TracJack Mini Adapters

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2BBTT (Ivory)

G4047-2BBTT (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover with Two Activate

Mini Adapters

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2WWMM (Ivory)

G4047-2WWMM (Gray)

Four-Gang Cover with Two Series II

Mini Adapters

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2WWSS (Ivory)

G4047-2WWSS (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

7 5/16"

[185mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

7 5/16"

[185mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian

Safety Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these

products, change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color

prefix to “CG” to denote the Canadian versions.

NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm]

of overlap on each side of plate.

Accepts four Extron® Electronics

MAAP single space modules.

Bump-Up Device Plate

Accepts two Extron® Electronics

AAP single space modules.

Bump-Up Extron® AAP Device Plate

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

NUMBER

FROM TO

4000 Series Raceway DS4000 Series Raceway DS4089

4000 Series Raceway 3000 (Tee Connection) G4074A

4000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) 4015/4015FO

4000 Series Raceway

w/Divider

4000 w/Divider

(Tee Connection)

4015D

4000 Series Raceway 500 Series Raceway V5785

6000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) 6074A

1/2" or 3/4" trade size

Conduit or Armored Cable

Cover of 4000 Series

Raceway

4064H-2

1/2" trade size Conduit or

Armored Cable

End of 4000 Series

Raceway

4010B

3/4", 1", or 1 1/4" trade size

Conduit or Armored Cable

Back, Side or End of

4000 Series Raceway

4010DFO

1" or 1 1/4" trade size

Conduit or Armored Cable

Back or End of

4000 Series Raceway

4010DFC

1/2", 3/4", 1", or 1 1/4"

trade size Conduit or

Armored Cable

Back of 4000 Series

Raceway

4014A

Flush Mounted

Wall Box

Back of 4000 Series

Raceway

4014A

4000 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

2. Choose a Plate Configuration:

1. For “X”, Choose one of the following options:

4. Finished Part Number:

Ivory & UL Listed

Ivory & cULus Listed (Canada only)

Gray & UL Listed

Gray & cULus Listed (Canada only)

For “Y”, Choose any combination of configurations from the options listed below:

Two-Gang Plate:

4047

XYY

Four-Gang Plate:

4047-2

XYYYY

123 4

1.41" [35.8mm] Diameter,

Single Round Receptacle

Duplex Receptacle Opening

Combination Modular Furniture &

2 Keystone Twist Out

Mouse Hole Twist Out & Grommet

Ortronics TracJack 2A Mini Adapter

Opening with Adapter

Blank

1.59" [40mm] Diameter,

Single Round Receptacle

Pass & Seymour Activate 2A Mini

Adapter Opening with Adapter

Rectangular Receptacle

Ortronics® Series II 2A Mini Adapter

Opening with Adapter

P&S Light Almond 20 Amp Receptacle

pre-pigtailed with 12" wire leads

installed on Bracket

3 Keystone Twist Out

4047 4047-2

NOTE: JJ combination not available.

For additional colors or configurations, call 1-800-621-0049, option 2.

4047 Conﬁgurable Cover Plates Number Logic

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

Includes two Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacles with

12" wire leads installed on

bracket. Includes Mini adapter

that accepts two Ortronics®

TracJack inserts.

Four-Gang Cover with Two TracJack

Mini Adapters

Includes two Pass & Seymour®

20A Duplex Receptacles with 12"

wire leads installed on bracket.

Four-Gang Cover with Two Duplex

Receptacles Installed

4047 Series Faceplates Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2WWTT (Ivory)

G4047-2WWTT (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4047UX (Ivory)

G4047UX (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4047VX (Ivory)

G4047VX (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V4047-2WWXX (Ivory)

G4047-2WWXX (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Easy-to-install and ideal for specialized power or

communication/low voltage installations.

KEY

A. G4017TC Internal Corner Coupling (Plated)

B. S4007C-1R Single Device Fitting

C. S4007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate with

Wallplates

D. S4010B2 Blank End Fitting

E. S4010D Entrance End Fitting

F. S4011 Flat Elbow Fitting

G. S4015D Divided Tee Fitting

H. S4017 Internal Elbow Fitting

I. S4018 External Elbow Fitting

J. S4048B Duplex Receptacle Device Plate

K. S4048J Single Twistlock Receptacle Cover

L. S4048RF Rectangular Receptacles & AMP

Flexmode or ACO

M. V4050 Device Mounting Plate (Inserts

included)

System Layout

COLOR OPTIONS

S4000® Series Raceway Part Numbers are available with a

brushed stainless steel finish unless otherwise indicated in the

part number description.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. DIVIDED

40% FILL

UNDIVIDED

40% FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 49 101

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 40 83

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 28 58

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 14 29

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 10 21

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 24 50

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 50 103

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 51 104

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 27 55

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D.

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH DUPLEX

RECT. DEVICES

1.59in.2 [1025mm2]

WITH SURGE/

GFCI DEVICES

2.30in.2 [1485mm2]

LARGE SINGLE

RECEPTACLES

3.00in.2 [1935mm2]Inches [mm}

Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 296 127 165 78 107 49 49 20

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 216 93 120 57 78 36 36 15

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 136 58 76 36 49 22 22 9

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 78 33 43 20 28 13 13 5

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 56 24 31 15 20 9 9 3

4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 34 15 000000

3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 29 12 000000

2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 24 10 000000

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY

S4000B Raceway Base

.050" [1.3mm] stainless steel.

Base has two 9/32" [7.1mm]

diameter KOs 1 1/4" [32mm]

from each end and every 18"

[457mm] on center throughout.

S4000B is available in 10'

[3m] lengths. Also available

in lengths precut to customer

specifications.

S4000C-5 Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

S4000C-5 is available in 5' [1.5m]

lengths, packed ten 5' [1.5m]

lengths per carton. Also available

in lengths precut to customer

specifications. Max. 5' [1.5m)

length.

S4000C075 7.5" [191mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

Snap-on cover for mounting

4 1/2" [114mm] device plates on

12" [305mm] centers.

S4000C090 9" [229mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

Snap-on cover for mounting

9" [229mm] device plates on

18" [457mm] centers.

S4000C135 13.5" [343mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

Snap-on cover for mounting

4 1/2" [114mm] device plates on

18" [457mm] centers.

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY

S4000C150 15" [381mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

Snap-on cover for mounting

9" [229mm] device plates on

24" [610mm] centers.

S4000C195 19.5" [495mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

Snap-on cover for mounting

4 1/2" [114mm] device plates on 24"

[610mm] centers.

S4000C270 27" [686mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

Snap-on cover for mounting

9" [229mm] device plates on

36" [915mm] centers.

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 17/32"

[39mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[25mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

S4000C315 31.5" [800mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

Snap-on cover for mounting 4 1/2"

[114mm] device plates on 36"

[915mm] centers.

S4000C390 39" [990mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-

on cover for mounting 9" [229mm]

device plates on 48” [1220mm]

centers.

S4000C435 43.5" [1105mm] Precut Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel.

Snap-on cover for mounting 4 1/2"

[114mm] device plates on

48" [1220mm] centers.

G4000D Divider

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed

ten 5’ [1.5m] lengths (50' [15.20m])

per carton. Painted buff on one side

to provide compartment identification.

4001DA Divider Clips (not included) are

required to hold divider in place.

4001DA Divider Clip (Galvanized)

Required for holding G4000D

Divider in place. Use one every

2 1/2' [.762m].

S6008A C-Hanger

Suspends S4000, 4000 or 6000

Series Raceway from a structural

ceiling. Designed for use with 3/8"

[9.5mm] rod. Hangers should be

installed no more than 5' [1.5m]

apart along raceway run. Can

be bolted back-to-back for dual

runs of 3000, 4000 or 6000 Series

Raceway.

S4010B0 Blank End Fitting

Closes off open end of S4000

Base. Use when no end feeding is

required. Includes two No. 10-32

ground terminals.

S4010B1 Blank End Fitting

Closes off open end of S4000 Base.

Use when one end feed is required

in an undivided installation.

Includes one 1/2" - 3/4" trade

size KO and two No. 10-32 ground

terminals.

S4010B2 Blank End Fitting

Closes off open end of S4000 Base.

Use when end feeds are required

for an installation. Includes two

1/2" - 3/4" trade size KOs and two

No. 10-32 ground terminals.

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

14"

[356mm]

Direct feeding. Feeding from

wall box.

Direct feeding

with divider.

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

S4010D Entrance End Fitting

Has concentric 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size KOs on end, sides,

and bottom for feeding S4000

Series Raceway. Use punch kit

to increase KO size up to

1 1/4". Removable divider and

two No. 10-32 ground terminals

included.

S4011 Flat Elbow

Right angle turns on the same

surface. No couplings required.

S4014A Wall Box Connector

S4015 Tee

Divides S4000 Series Raceway

at right angles. Only for use

with undivided raceway. Use

two pair of G4001 Couplings

to attach to raceway (not

included).

S4015D Divided Tee

Divides S4000 Series Raceway

at right angles. Only for use

with divided raceway. Use

two pair of G4001 Couplings

to attach to raceway (not

included).

S4017 Internal Elbow

90° internal corners. No

couplings required.

7 7/8"

[200mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

5 5/8"

[143mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 9/16"

[39mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

G4017TCA Internal Corner Coupling

Creates internal corner while

continuing original run in

a straight line. Galvanized

finish. Use with or without

divider. Fiber bushing

included. 4010B Blank

End Fitting required for

installation (not included).

S4018 External Elbow

90° external corners.

Connect to raceway with

G4001 Couplings (not

included).

S6008A C-Hanger (Galvanized)

Suspends S4000, 4000 or

6000 Series Raceway from a

structural ceiling. Designed

for use with 3/8" [9.5mm]

rod. Hangers should be

installed no more than 5'

[1.5m] apart along raceway

run. Can be bolted back-to-

back for dual runs of 3000,

4000 or 6000 Series Raceway.

S4007C-1 One-Gang Device Plate

For horizontal mounting of

standard single-gang devices.

Accepts industry standard

single-gang faceplates for

electrical and communication

devices.

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

Base has two concentric 3/4",

and 1/2" trade size KOs, two

concentric 1 1/4" and 1" trade

size KOs (undivided only), and

two rectangular 2 9/16" x 1

11/16" [65mm x 43mm] KOs.

Includes cover and two No.

10-32 ground terminals.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY

[76mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

[25mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 25/32"

[45mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 9/16"

[39mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[229mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1.4"

[36mm]

Dia.

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

S4007C-1R Single Device Plate

For horizontal mounting

of surge suppression

receptacles in S4000 Divided

or Undivided Raceway. Also

accepts most manufacturers’

GFCI, large twistlock, and

rectangular faced single-gang

wiring devices and two-port

ACO. Use with commercially

available flush plate (not

furnished).

S4007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate

For horizontal mounting of

two devices. Accepts industry

standard double-gang

faceplates for electrical and

communication devices.

S4046DRJ Combination Device Cover

For installation of one duplex

receptacle and two RJ11/45

type modular connectors.

Complete with necessary

bridges.

S4046RRJ Combination Device Cover

For installation of one

rectangular style device and

two RJ11/45 type modular

connectors. Complete with

necessary bridges.

S4046B-2 Double Duplex Device Cover

For installation of two duplex

style receptacles. Complete

with necessary bridges.

S4046DRJ-2 Double In-Line Device Cover

For installation of two

duplex style receptacles and

four RJ11/45 type modular

connectors. Complete with

necessary bridges.

S4046ARJ Combination Device Cover

For installation of straight blade

and single locking receptacles

and two RJ11/45 type modular

connectors. Complete with

necessary bridges.

1.6"

[41mm]

Dia.

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

S4046JRJ Combination Device Cover

For installation of one twistlock

receptacle and two RJ11/45

type telephone connectors.

Complete with necessary

bridges.

S4048B Duplex Receptacle Device Cover

For installation of one duplex

receptacle cover. Complete with

necessary bridges.

S4048J TwistLock Receptacle Device Cover

For installation of one twistlock

receptacle.

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 1/2"

[115mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

7/32"

[5.6mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

5 5/32"

[131mm]

S4048R Rectangular Receptacle Device Cover

For installation of one

rectangular receptacle.

Complete with necessary

bridges.

For installing a duplex style

device and one modular

furniture adapter for

communications.

S4048BF Duplex Receptacle Cover with Modular

Furniture Opening

S4086A Panel Connector

To connect S4000 Series

Raceway with surface type panel

boxes.

Accommodates

maximum

wire capacity of S4000 Series

Raceway. Separate C-shaped

flange fits around raceway,

covering any irregularities from

cutting into box. Cut 4 3/4" x

1 3/4" [121mm x 44mm] hole in

panel box.

For installing a rectangular style

device and a modular furniture

adapter for communications.

S4048RF Rectangular Receptacle Cover with

Modular Furniture Opening

S4000 Series Raceway Made-to-Order Stainless Steel Device Plates

To keep pace with changing power and communication technology, Wiremold offers a variety of openings available on a made-to-order basis.

Choose from the assortment of openings shown below to design your own device plates. Consult the factory if a special opening is desired.

To make ordering easier, a catalog number suffix has been included beside the description. Please send a sketch with your order

indicating the letter of the desired opening.

Cat. No.

Suffix Description of Device Opening

D Standard Duplex Receptacle

R Decorator Style Duplex Receptacle

RJ Two RJ11/45 Modular Connectors

A Single Receptacle

(1.4" [35.6mm] Dia.)

J Single Receptacle

(1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.)

K One 1/2-3/4" [12.7-19.1mm] KO

with 1/2" [12.7mm] I.D. Grommet

M One IBM style connector

MFB One Modular Furniture Adapter

2A One 2A Mini Adapter

NOTE: Necessary device brackets are supplied with all device plates.

Qty.

____ S4048 _____

Qty.

____ S4046 ____ _____

4 1/2" [115mm] Device PlatesExample: S4046RRJ

R RJ

1 2

1 2 1 2

3 4

9" [229mm] Device Plates

Qty.

____ S4048 ____ _____

1 2

Qty.

____ S4046 _____ _____ ____ ____

1 2

S4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

S4000® SERIES RACEWAY

S4000 Series Raceway Installation Details

For divided installations, place

divider into the strut on the

4001DA and snap into raceway.

Clips must be used every 30"

[762mm].

S4000B Sections

Divider Clips

Determine method of feeding

raceway: S4014A for back feed,

S4010D, S4010BO, S4010B1 or

S4010B2 for end feed.

S4010B

S4000 Base

1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible

Metal Conduit

To mount S4000B Base to surface,

remove mounting screw KOs (approx.

18" [457mm] centers along base) as

required. Mount base with No. 8 flat

head fasteners.

1 3/4" [44mm]

18"

[457mm]

Approx.

Cut S4000C Cover to fit

between device plates. Snap

in place as shown. Continue

along entire run.

Snap Cover

Onto Base

Engage One Leg

of Cover on Base

To install device covers,

snap device straps into

base as shown. Wire

device and assemble to

straps. Snap device plate

over base and device. Bottom

Inserts First

Device

Mounting Straps S4046B

To join lengths of S4000B, insert the

pair of 4001A Couplings into one side

of each base. Slide bases together

and tighten locking screws.

S4000B Sections

4001A Couplings

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

6000 Series Raceway is ideal for all applications requiring

high cable capacity.

KEY

A. 4050 Device Mounting Plate

Inserts included

B. 5507D Duplex Receptacle Faceplate

C. 5507SW Switch Faceplate

D. 6007C-1 Single-Gang Device Plate

E. 6007C-2 Two-Gang Device Plate

F. 6010B Blank End Fitting

G. 6011TX Combination Flat Elbow

H. 6014A Connector Fitting

I. 6017TX Combination Internal External

Elbow

J. 6017TX Inverted to External Elbow

K. 6046KD Circuit Breaker Housing

System Layout

COLOR OPTIONS

6000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have an gray finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

3 9/16"

[90mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

Raceway Cover

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.

Packed four 5' [1.5m] lengths per

carton. 4000 Series Raceway Cover

is also compatible with 6000 Series

Raceway Base.

.054" [1.4mm] galvanized steel.

Base has two 9/32" dia. trade size

KOs, 1 1/4" [32mm] from each end

and on centers of approximately 18"

[457mm] throughout. Packed 20'

[6.1m] per carton. 6000B-10 packed

two 10' [3m] lengths.

G6000DA Raceway Divider

.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. One

side painted buff primer to provide

identification of compartments. Packed

four 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

660B Raceway Base Cutter

Portable cutter for 6000 Series Raceway

Base. Provides clean and easy square

cuts.

6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. DIVIDED

40% FILL

UNDIVIDED

40% FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 101 225

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 83 184

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 58 130

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 29 65

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 21 48

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 50 111

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 103 230

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 104 233

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 55 124

6000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

6000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D.

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH DUPLEX

RECT. DEVICES

1.59in.2 [1025mm2]

WITH SURGE/

GFCI DEVICES

2.30in.2 [1485mm2]

LARGE SINGLE

RECEPTACLES

3.00in.2 [1935mm2]Inches [mm}

Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 659 296 528 231 470 202 412 173

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 481 216 395 168 342 147 300 126

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 303 136 243 106 216 92 189 79

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 174 78 140 61 124 53 109 45

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 126 56 101 44 89 38 78 33

4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 77 34 000000

3 AWG 0.352 [8.9] 65 29 000000

2 AWG 0.384 [9.8] 55 24 000000

1 AWG 0.446 [11.3] 40 18 000000

1/0 AWG 0.496 [12.3] 34 15 000000

2/0 AWG 0.532 (13.5) 28 12 000000

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda

No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

V6000B-10 (Ivory), G6000B-10 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V6000C (Ivory), G6000C (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

660BDK Replacement Blade Kit

Replacement blades and die set for 660B Cutter.

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

640C Raceway Cover Cutter

Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000

Series Raceway Cover. Provides

clean and easy square cuts.

640CDK Replacement Blade Kit

Replacement blades and die set for 640C Cutter.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

G6000WC Wire Clip (Galvanized)

For holding conductors in place.

For undivided raceways only.

2 1/2"

[64mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

6001A Coupling (Galvanized)

For joining lengths of 6000B.

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

2 3/8"

[60mm]

[76mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

G6001DA Divider Clip

Use for holding G6000DA Divider

in place to divide raceway into

1/3, 1/2, or 2/3 compartments.

NOTE: 6000 Series Raceway divided into

1/3 compartments will not accept

devices.

[76mm]

G6001TX Converter Coupling

Use this coupling to convert

G6011TX or G6017TX into a tee or

cross. For tee, one required; for

cross, two required.

Single-Gang Device Plate

For vertical mounting of single-

gang devices. Use with industry

standard faceplates for electrical and

communication devices. Can also be

used with 4000B Base.

For installation of two-gang devices

or two vertically mounted single-

gang devices on undivided raceway.

Use with industry standard double-

gang faceplates for electrical and

communication devices. Can also be

used with 4000B Base.

G6008A C-Hanger (Galvanized)

For suspending 6000 or 4000 Series

Raceway from structural ceiling.

Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm]

rod. Hangers should be installed

no more than 5' [1.5m] apart along

raceway run. Can be bolted back-to-

back for dual runs of 4000, 6000 or

3008C or for combined runs with 3000

Series Raceway.

Blank End Fitting

For closing open end of 6000

Series Raceway.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V6007C-1 (Ivory)

G6007C-1 (Gray)

Two-Gang Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V6007C-2 (Ivory)

G6007C-2 (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V6010B (Ivory)

G6010B (Gray)

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[25mm]

Connection Cover

Use where two sections

of 4000C or 6000C Cover,

not squarely cut, come

together.

PART NUMBERS:

V6006 (Ivory)

G6006 (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

2 1/2"

[64mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

2 3/8"

[60mm]

4 9/16"

[116mm]

7 5/16"

[185mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

MANUFACTURER SERIES

General Electric THQC, THHQC

Westinghouse Quicklag, C, QCH

Internal or External Elbow

For making internal or external

45° turns in a run of 6000 Series

Raceway. Can also be assembled

as an inverted 45° elbow.

Connector Fitting

Has 1 1/4", 1 1/2" and 2" trade size

KOs in back and on each side.

For use as internal or external

elbow, straight-through fitting, tee,

or cross (one G6001TX required for

tee or straight through fitting; two

for cross; not included).

Combination Internal/External Elbow

Circuit Breaker Housing

KOs in cover can be removed for

installation of three single-pole

breakers. For use with the following

breakers rated 100A maximum.

Accepts two Extron® Electronics AAP

single space modules.

NOTE: When ordering to use with 6000 Series Raceway in Canada specify

CV6050 (ivory) or CG6050 (gray) as the grounding bracket provided

is larger than the one provided when using with 4000 Series

Raceway. CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

CM2 communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series

II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ

Faceplates.

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V6012TX (Ivory)

G6012TX (Gray)

Bump-Up Extron® AAP Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V4047VX (Ivory)

G4047VX (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V6014A (Ivory)

G6014A (Gray)

Used for touching up large areas.

Contains 12 oz.of paint.

NOTE:

Can only be shipped via ground

transportation.

Spray Paint

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-S (Ivory)

GWE-S (Gray)

Used for touching up small areas.

Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

Touch-Up Paint Pen

PART NUMBERS:

IWE-P (Ivory)

GWE-P (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V6017TX (Ivory)

G6017TX (Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

V6046KD (Ivory)

G6046KD (Gray)

7 5/16"

[185mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

Accepts four Extron® Electronics

MAAP single space modules.

Bump-Up Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

V4047UX (Ivory)

G4047UX (Gray)

Combination Flat Elbow

For use as a flat elbow. Can also be

used as a tee or cross (one G6001TX

required for tee; two for cross; not

included).

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Shown 6011TX with

6001TX to make tee.

PART NUMBERS:

V6011TX (Ivory)

G6011TX (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

6000 Series Raceway Installation Details

5. To install G6007C-1 or

G6007C-2 Device

Plates: Snap into base

and tighten clamps as

shown. Wire device and

assemble to bracket. Install flush plate (not furnished).

6086 6086 C-Flange

6000 Base

1. Determine method of

feeding raceway: 6014A for

backfeed, 6086 (shown) for

panel feed.

2. To mount 6000 Base to

surface: Remove mounting

screw KOs (approx. 18"

[457mm] O.C. along base) as

required. Mount base with

No. 8 flathead fasteners.

Mounting Screw KO

3 9/16"

[40mm]

18" [457mm]

Approx.

3. To join lengths of 6000B,

insert the pair of 6001A

Couplings into one side

of each base. Slide bases

together and tighten locking

screws.

6000B Sections

6001A Couplings

G6000DA

G6001DA

4. For divided installations:

Install G6001DA Divider Clips

at 30" [762mm] intervals. Snap

G6000DA Divider into place.

Clamp G6007C-1

Engage One

Leg of Cover

on Base

Snap Cover

onto Base

6. Cut 6000C Cover to fit between

device brackets. Snap in place as

shown. Continue along entire run.

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

NUMBER

FROM TO

6000 Series Raceway 4000 (Tee Connection) G6074A

6000 Series Raceway 6000 (Tee Connection) G6074

1/2", 3/4", 1" or 1 1/4" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable Cover of 6000 G4046H-2

1 1/4", 1 1/2", or 2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable Back and/or Side of 6000 G6014A

6000 Series Interconnectivity Fittings

6000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

3 9/16"

[90mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

G6074

6000 Base

Take-Off Connector (6000-6000)

For 90° tee connection at any

point along a run of 6000 Series

Raceway.

PART NUMBERS:

V6074 (Ivory)

G6074 (Gray)

3 9/16"

[90mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

9 1/2"

[241mm]

For 90° tee connection at any

point along a run of 6000 Series

Raceway.

Take-Off Connector (6000-4000)

PART NUMBERS:

V6074A (Ivory)

G6074A (Gray)

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Panel Connector Fitting

For connecting 6000 Series

Raceway with surface type

panel boxes. Accommodates

maximum wire capacity of 6000

system. Separate C-flange fits

around raceway, covering any

irregularities made when

cutting into box. Cut 4 3/4" x

3 9/16" [121mm x 90mm] hole

in panel box.

PART NUMBERS:

V6086 (Ivory)

G6086 (Gray)

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

High impact plastic mounting bracket

and trim plate. Trim plate overlaps

raceway cover providing a seamless

transition between cover fittings.

Utilizes 5507 Faceplates, as

well as Wiremold Open System

communication modules, Ortronics® TracJack and Series II

inserts, and Pass & Seymour® Activate Series inserts. For

faceplate options, see 5507 Series Faceplates.

Device Mounting Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

V4050 (Ivory)

G4050 (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

AnySize™ Raceway is the ideal solution for applications

that require a specific size raceway. Available in a variety of

compartment sizes and finishes.

Where special lengths are required, provide a detailed bill of material, indicating the

various quantities, lengths and type of covers. Raceway must have a width greater than its

depth.

AnySize Base

EXAMPLE 1: N1 834 212 3 2 WI

This is a 8 3/4" [222mm] wide by 2

1/2" [63mm] deep raceway, with three

compartments and two covers, painted

“Weathered Iron.”

EXAMPLE 2: N1 612 300 2 2 IV

This is a 6 1/2" [165mm] wide by 3" [76mm]

deep raceway, with two compartments and

two covers, painted ivory.

COVER

NE1C = Standard Cover

NE1CW = Cover for use when wire clips are used. Wire clips are spaced 30" [762mm] on center only.

NE1CT* = Tamper-Resistant Cover

NE1CTW* = Tamper-Resistant Cover for use when wire clips are used.

Wire clips are spaced 30" [76mm] on center only.

*Supplied with one tamper-resistant bracket.

WIDTH

2 1/2" [63mm] = 212

2 5/8" [66mm] = 258

2 3/4" [69mm] = 234

2 7/8" [73mm] = 278

3" [76mm] = 300

10" [254mm] = 999

MATERIAL

1 Painted Steel

2 Unpainted

Satin Coat

3 Unpainted

Galv. (G90)

4 Stainless Steel

5 Anodized Alum

6 Painted Alum

Color Code**

BK Gloss Black (RAL 9005)

WH White (RAL 9003)

GY Gray (Wiremold Gray)

IV Ivory (Wiremold Ivory)

WI Weathered Iron

WB Weathered Bronze

CC Custom Color

(Provide paint chip

or number)

DEPTH

1" [25mm] = 100

1 1/8" [29mm] = 118

1 1/4" [32mm] = 114

1 3/8" [35mm] = 138

1 1/2" [38mm] = 112

5" [127mm] = 500

# of

Compartments

MAX 4

# of Covers

MAX

** All colors are gloss finish

unless otherwise specified.

AnySize Series Raceway Base Speciﬁer

COLOR OPTIONS

AnySize Raceway and components are available in a wide

range of sizes, colors and options.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

[51mm]

Wire Fill Calculation: “Depth” and “Width” refer to the measurements

of the compartment with the cover on and are measured from the

outside of the material. All measurements are in inches. Due to

loading issues, use maximum wire fill of 4" [102mm] deep raceway

for all raceways greater than 4" [102mm] deep.

1. Determine usable area of compartment.

Usable area in square inches with no devices =

[Width x (Depth -0.2)] - 0.6

Usable area in square inches with standard 15A/20A devices =

[Width x (Depth -0.7)] - 0.3

2. Determine wire fill for compartment.

Multiply the compartment area (from Step 1) by the number of

wires per square inch, from the chart above Wire Fill = Area (sq.

in.) x No. Wires per sq. in. (Chart above)

3. Reduce fill by 20% if 2" [51mm] radiused fittings are not being

used. Wire Fill for standard fittings = .8 x wire fill from Step 2

4. Calculate fill for multi-compartment tees.

a) Standard Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / 2

Standard Full Capacity Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or

3) x 0.75

b) Radiused 2" Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / (No. of

compartments) Radiused 2" Full Capacity Tee Wire Fill = 1.5 x

(Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / (No. of compartments)

Sample Wire Fill Calculation: Determine the number of Cat. 6

cables that will fit in a 2" [51mm] deep by 2.75" [70mm] wide

compartment for 40% fill. Fittings in the system have a 2" [51mm]

radius.

1 Useful area = 2.75 x (2.0 - 0.2) -0.6 = 4.35 in2

2 Wire Fill = 4.35 in2 x 8.15 cables / in2 (from chart) = 35 Cat.

6 cables

All Wiremold electrical products, unless specifically noted, are

listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform to U.S.

Federal Specification W-C-582. They comply with the National

Electrical Code. Products designed primarily for use in telephone

or communications wiring and tools normally do not require UL

or cUL Listing. Most products are cUL Listed in compliance with

the Canadian Electrical Code. All products must be installed in

a manner consistent with applicable electrical codes. Wiremold

Surface Raceway is UL and cUL Listed by Underwriters

Laboratories Inc. (File #E4376 [Raceway] & #E41751 [Fittings]). This

product is in compliance with the National Electrical Code and the

Canadian Electrical Code.

WIRE SIZE O.D.

40% FILLTHHN/THWN Inches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 41.24

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 30.08

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 18.96

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 10.93

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 7.89

AnySize Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA.

40% FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 14.11

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 11.55

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 8.15

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 4.06

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 3.03

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 6.98

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 14.38

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 14.57

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 7.77

AnySize Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

NE1000TB Tamper-Resistant Retaining Bracket

For retaining cover in enhanced tamper-

resistant systems. Order additional brackets

if field cutting cover for enhanced tamper-

resistant system.

NE1000WC Wire Clip

For holding conductors in place.

NE1000GC Ground Clamp

For connection of equipment grounding

conductor to provide additional ground

to raceway.

NE1001 Coupling

For joining lengths of AnySize Raceway.

(Unpainted galvanized steel).

NOTE: Values are per square inch of inside area. See

above to determine useful area of compartment.

Capacity range is calculated at 20% to 40% of

raceway area as stated in a proposed revision

to the Commercial Building Standard for

Telecommunications Pathways & Spaces, TIA/

EIA-569.

AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Has concentric conduit trade size KOs on

sides, end and bottom for feeding raceway.

Useful where large conduits feed the

raceway. Size of knockouts to be specified

by end user.

Radiused Large Capacity Entrance End Fitting

NE1008A C-Hanger

For supporting raceway from structural

ceiling. Designed for use with 3/8"

[9.5mm] threaded rod. Hangers should

be installed no more than 5' [1.5m] apart

along raceway run.

NE1008AW Wall Bracket Hanger

For supporting raceway from structural

wall. Use hardware capable of supporting

loaded raceway. Hangers should be

installed no more than 5' [1.5m] apart

along raceway run.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number indicates it is for use in an enhanced

tamper-resistant system.

Blank End Fitting

For closing open end of AnySize Base.

NE1010BK has knockouts available for

connection to adjacent wiring systems. Size

and quantity of knockouts to be specified

by end user.

Entrance End Fitting

Has concentric conduit trade size KOs

on sides, ends and bottom for feeding

raceway. Size of knockouts to be specified

by end user.

Flat Elbow

For right angle turns on the same surface.

Used in divided and undivided applications

to provide a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for new lay-in or pull-through installations.

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

Same as NE1011FO but outside corner is

curved to a 2" [51mm] radius.

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

Wall Box Connector

Base is provided with ground terminal for

10-32 screw and user specified conduit

knockouts and/or wall box rectangular

knockouts (2 9/16” x 1 11/16” [65mm x

43mm]).

Provides a 2” [51mm] cable bend radius for

new lay-in or pull-through installations.

Dual cover version not available. Single

cover can be used in all applications.

Capacity is reduced in multi-compartment

applications.

Radiused Full Capacity Tee

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1011RFO

NE1011RFOT (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1011

NE1011T (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1014

NE1014T (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1015FO

NE1015FOT (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1010B (Blank end fitting)

NE1010BK (Includes knockout for adjacent systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1010DFO

NE1010DFOT (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1010D

NE1010DT (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1010FO

NE1010FOT (For tamper-resistant systems)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Tee

For branches at right angles. Dual cover

version not available. Single cover can

be used in all applications. Capacity

is reduced in multi-compartment

applications.

Provides a 2” [51mm] cable bend

radius new lay-in or pull-through

installations. Deeper fitting

provides 50% more fill than the standard tee fitting. Useful

for multi-compartment installations. Supplied with special

couplings. Dual cover version not available. Single cover can

be used in all applications.

Radiused Large Capacity Tee

Provides a 2” [51mm] cable bend

radius for new lay-in or pull-through

installations.

Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow

Large Capacity Tee

For branches at right angles.

Deeper fitting provides 50% more

fill than the standard tee fitting.

Useful for multi-compartment installations. Supplied with

special couplings. Dual cover version not available. Single

cover can be used in all applications.

Internal Elbow

For 90° internal corners.

Compact Internal Elbow

For 90° internal corners. Compact size

is useful when going around columns.

NOTE:“T” at the end of part number indicates

it is for use in an enhanced tamper-resistant

system.

A full capacity 90° external elbow

to provide a 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius for new lay-in or pull-through

installations. Supplied with special

couplings.

Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

External Elbow

For 90° external corners.

Variable length from 6" to 60" [152mm to 1.5m] long. Specify

cutout type and location. Eliminates frequent seams when

devices are located close together along the raceway.

Supplied with appropriate brackets.

Device Cover

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1015

NE1015T (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1015LFO

NE1015LFOT (For tamper-resistant

systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1015L

NE1015LT (For tamper-resistant

systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1017FO

NE1017FOT (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1017

NE1017T (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1017P

NE1017PT (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1047

NE1047WC (Wire cover)

NE1017T

NE1017WCT (Wire cover for

tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1018

NE1018T (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1018FO

NE1018FOT (For tamper-resistant systems)

Deep Device Plate

Used to minimize or eliminate fill

reduction at activations. Mounts on

top of raceway and helps maintain

recommended bend radii at

activation. Specify depth required

between 5/8" [15.9mm] and 3"

[76mm]. Supplied with appropriate

brackets.

PART NUMBERS:

NE1407

NE1407T (For tamper-resistant systems)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4 11/16"

[116mm]

[152mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change

the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote

the Canadian versions.

NE1046AP Tamper–Resistant Access Plate

Required on an entrance point to allow

cover removal on tamper-resistant

systems. One plate is required on

every run between opposing walls.

Provides 1/4" [6.4mm] overlap flange

for improved aesthetics at cover edge.

Supplied with appropriate brackets.

NE1046APN Tamper–Resistant Access Plate

Required on an entrance point to allow

cover removal on tamper-resistant

systems. One plate is required on

every run between opposing walls.

NE1046APN does not have a flange to

overlap adjacent covers. Use for access

at end of run.

Device Mounting Bracket

High impact plastic mounting bracket

and trim plate which overlap raceway

cover providing a seamless transition

between cover fittings. For use with:

5507 Series™ Faceplates, Ortronics®

TracJack and Series II modules,

Pass & Seymour® Activate Series

inserts, and Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4" [121mm] wide

raceway.

Three Compartment

Plate Shown.

Two Compartment Plate Shown.

NE1086A Panel Connector

To connect AnySize Raceway

with surface type panel boxes.

Accommodates maximum wire

capacity of AnySize system used.

Separate C-shaped flange fits around

raceway, covering any irregularities

made when cutting into box.

NE610 Tamper-Resistant Notch Tool

Required to create tamper-resistant

notches in raceway covers that are

field cut during installation.

NE610C Raceway Cover Cutter

Portable Cutter for AnySize Raceway

Covers for clean and easy square

cuts every time.

Allows high density activations. Provides 1/4" [6.4mm]

overlap flange for improved aesthetics at cover edge.

Supplied with appropriate brackets.

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4" [121mm] wide raceway.

12" [305mm] Device Plate

Provides 1/4” [6mm] overlap flange

for improved aesthetics at cover edge.

Supplied with appropriate brackets.

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4” [121mm] wide

raceway.

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

AnySize Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

V4050 (Ivory)

G4050 (Gray)

6' [152mm] Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

NE1046

NE1046T (For tamper-resistant systems)

PART NUMBERS:

NE1046-2

NE1046T-2T (For tamper-

resistant systems)

Custom Tap-Off Fitting

Provided with user-specified trade

size KOs. Supplied with appropriate

brackets.

PART NUMBERS:

NE1406H

NE1406HT (For tamper-resistant systems)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

The following represent various cutouts available for AnySize Raceway.

The corresponding letter designations used to create the device plate part number are also shown.

To specify type of device plate, and cutout locations:

1) Specify device plate type above.

2) Add the suffix(es) (in parentheses above) that corresponds to the cutout type

required, beginning from the top compartment. For 12" [305mm] device plates,

indicate if the second column of cutouts is the same as the first. If it is not, please

send sketch. For NE1047 Covers sketch to indicate quantity and spacing of devices.

For other special cutouts, contact factory.

Device Plate Design and Part Numbers

Standard Duplex

(D) Decorator Duplex

(R) 1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.

Single (J) 4007C-1 Cutout *

(C1)

2 RJ11/45

(RJ)

4007C-1R Cutout *

(CIR)

Accommodates:

Wiremold Open System

communications, Ortronics

TracJack & Series II (LV2)

1.4" [35.5mm] Dia.

Single (A)

Accommodates:

Wiremold Open System

communications, Ortronics

TracJack & Series II (LV6)

Accommodates:

Wiremold Open System

communications (MFB)

AMP Flex/single

ACO (F) 1/2" – 3/4"

[12.7mm – 19.1mm]

KO & Grommet (K)

Sample Plate: NE1046DJLV2

Sample Part Number:

NE1046 D J LV2 ______ N/A

1 2 3 4

Prefix

2nd. col.

(yes/no or N/A)

* These openings also require the use of commercially available faceplates.

AnySize Series Raceway Device Plate Configurator

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

See the typical basic system (illustrated below) for installation details.

In general, the following procedure for installing AnySize Raceway is recommended.

1. Starting at feed connection,

install base sections over

entire run. Butt ends of

sections and install couplings

as shown below. Cut base

sections to length as required

for connection of bases

of fittings. Determine the

method of feeding raceway:

raceway base or wall box

connector for back feed, end blanks (shown), entrance

end fittings, or panel connector for end feed.

End Blank

Conduit

Base

3. Install wiring in base and wire

devices. To couple lengths of base

or fittings, butt the adjacent base

sections together and insert one

coupling centered over the splice.

Tighten the set screws. Repeat the

process on the other side of the

base.

2. To mount base to surface:

Remove mounting knockouts as

required. Mount base with No. 8

flathead fasteners.

Depth

24" [610mm]

(approx.)

4. Assemble devices and

device covers in base.

To install device plates,

snap device straps in

base as shown. Wire

device and assemble

to straps. Snap device

plate over base and

device. For deep device

plates or offset

device plates fasten to raceway

base by screwing into device

brackets in raceway base. Device Mounting Straps

Bottom

Inserts

First

5. Cut cover sections to length as

necessary and snap onto base.

It is recommended that covers

overlap base joint. Use pre-cut

cover, or cut cover to fit between

device plates. Snap in place as

shown. Continue along entire run.

Snap Cover onto Base

Engage One Leg of

Cover on Base

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

AnySize Raceway Installation Details

A. Complete instructions 1 to 3.

B. Add covers progressively from

access point to other end, utilizing

instructions 4 and 5 as needed. See

Illustrations below.

C. Repeat (ii) and (iii) as required.

D. Any cut covers will require

replacement of the tamper-resistant

notch using NE610 tool.

E. Tighten all screws securely.

NE1407 Deep Device

Plate Installation

(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)

AnySize Raceway – Typical Tamper-Resistant Installation

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

Wiremold® SpecMate™ Type 1 Wireway and Enclosures are available in a broad

range of enclosure and trough sizes to accommodate specific wire fill and bend

radii requirements.

COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed Wireway, Auxiliary Gutters &

Associated Fittings:

File E137690 Guide ZDYX.

Meets Article 376 of NEC.

CSA File: 59760.

Meets Section 12-2200 of CEC.

SpecMate™ Wireway is available with a gray baked enamel finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

KEY

A. C14R25 Reducer

B. C14E 90º Flat Elbow

C. C14X Cross

D. C14EVI 90º Inside Elbow

E. C14E45VO 45º Outside Elbow

F. C14E45VI 45º Inside Elbow

G. C14T Tee

H. C14H Hanger

I. C14BH Bracket Hanger

J. C14EB End Blank

K. SPMJP-8-8-6 Hinged Cover

Junction Box

L. SPMJ-8-8-6 Screw Cover

Junction Box

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway System Layout

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Wireway Capacity

The following charts show the wireway size and number of conductors allowed.

To apply these numbers correctly to your application, observe the rules outlined below, which are taken from the applicable Electrical

Code or UL/CSA standard.

National Electrical Code (NEC):

Article 376-22 of the NEC (2002) states that “The sum of cross-sectional areas of all contained conductors at any cross section of the

wireway shall not exceed 20 percent of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway”.

Further to this “The derating factors in 310.15(B)(2)(a) shall be applied only when the number of current carrying conductors, including

neutral conductors classified as current-carrying under the provisions of 310.15(B)(4), exceeds 30.”

Where the conductors enter the wireway through the bottom or the sides, the maximum conductor size is limited due to the need to

control the bend radius of the conductor. Please see Article 376 of the NEC (2002) for more details.

Canadian Electrical Code (CEC):

The rules in CEC 12-2104 regarding conductors in wireways are as follows:

(1) Conductors used in wireways shall be the insulated types indicated in Table 19 (CEC) as being suitable for use in raceways.

(2) Except as permitted in Subrule (4) wireways shall contain not more than 200 conductors and the aggregate cross-sectional area of

the conductors and their insulation shall not exceed 20% of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway.

(3) No conductor larger than 500 kcmil (MCM) copper of 750 kcmil (MCM) aluminum shall be installed in any wireway.

(4) Wireways containing only signal and control conductors may contain any number of conductors but the aggregate cross-sectional

area of the conductors and their insulation shall not exceed 40% of the interior cross-sectional area of the wireway.

(5) The cross-sectional area for conductors in Subrules (2) and (4) shall be determined in accordance with Rule 12-1014(4).

NOTE: See Section 12-2100 of the CEC for more details if required. For divided wireway (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C1800D). Consult

factory to order unequal compartments.

SpecMate Wireway Wire Fill Capacities for Power & Communications

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

Technical Data

SpecMate Wireway Wire Fill Capacities for Power & Communications

Wire Fill Calculation:

1. Determine useable area

of compartment. Useable

area in square inches =

[Width x Depth].

2. Determine wire fill for

compartment. Multiply the

compartment area (from

Step 1) by the number of

wires per square inch, from

the chart above. Wire Fill

= Area (sq. in.) x No. Wires

per sq. in. (Chart above).

3. Calculate fill for multi-

compartment tees or

crosses. Wire Fill = (Wire

Fill from Step 2) / No. of

compartments.)

Sample Wire Fill Calculation:

Determine the number

of 12 gauge wires that

will fit in a 4" [102mm]

deep by 4" [102mm] wide

compartment.

1) Useful area =

4" x 4"=16 in2

2) Wire Fill = 16" x 17.11"

wires/in2 (from chart) =

273 #12 THHN wires

CABLE/WIRE TYPE CATEGORY/WIRE SIZE

O.D 20% FILL 40% FILL

Inches [mm] (per sq. inch of area) (per sq. inch of area)

POWER WIRING

(THHN/THWN)

6 AWG 0.257 [6.5] 3.35 -

6 AWG 0.218 [5.5] 5.36 -

6 AWG 0.153 [3.9] 10.88 -

6 AWG 0.122 [3.1] 17.11 -

6 AWG 0.105 [2.7] 23.09 -

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat. 5 UTP 0.220 [5.6] 5.26 10.52

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat. 3 UTP 0.190 [4.8] 7.05 14.11

TELEPHONE 2-pair, 24 AWG 0.140 [3.5] 12.99 25.98

3-pair, 24 AWG 0.150 [3.8] 11.32 22.64

4-pair, 24 AWG 0.190 [4.8] 7.05 14.1

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.3] 1.51 3.03

COAXIAL CABLES RG58/U 0.195 [4.7] 6.70 13.39

RG59/U 0.242 [6.1] 4.35 8.70

RG62/U 0.242 [6.1] 4.35 8.70

RG6/U 0.270 [6.8] 3.49 6.99

TWINAXIAL 100 Ohm 0.330 [8.4] 2.34 4.68

SHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

TYPE 1 0.390 [9.6] 1.67 3.35

TYPE 2 0.465 [11.8] 1.18 2.36

TYPE 3 0.275 [6.9] 4.24 8.48

FIBER OPTIC Two Strand [Duplex]

Multimode 62.5/125m

0.190 [4.8] 7.05 14.11

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

* Dimensions of RHH and RHW without outer covering are the same as THW No. 18 through No. 10, solid, as well as No. 8 and larger, stranded.

** Dimensions of THW in sizes No. 14 through No. 8. No. 6 THW and larger are the same dimensions as TW.

† No. 14 through No. 2.

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

Technical Data

CONDUCTOR SIZE

RFH-2, RH, RHH, RHW*, SF-2*

TF, TH, THW, TW**

TFN, THHN, T90, THWN

XHHW, ZW†

AWG-MCM [mm2] sq. inch [mm2] sq. inch [mm2] sq. inch [mm2] sq. inch [mm2]

18 [0.8] .0167 [11] .0088 [6] .0062 [4] – –

16 [1.3] .0196 [13] .0109 [7] .0079 [5] – –

14 [2.1] .0230 [15] .0135 [9] .0087 [6] – –

14 [2.1] .0327* – – – – – – –

14 [2.1] – – .0206†[13] – – .0131 [8]

12 [3.3] .0278 [18] .0172 [11] .0117 [8] – –

12 [3.3] .0384* – – – – – – –

12 [3.3] – – .0252†[16] – – .0167 [11]

10 [5.3] .0460 [30] .0222 [14] .0184 [12] – –

10 [5.3] – – .0311 [20] – – .0216 [14]

8 [8.4] .0845 [55] .0471 [30] .0373 [24] – –

8 [8.4] – – .0598†[39] – – .0456 [29]

6 [13.3] .1238 [80] .0819 [53] .0519 [33] .0625 [40]

4 [21.2] .1605 [104] .1087 [70] .0845 [55] .0845 [55]

3 [26.7] .1817 [117] .1263 [81] .0995 [64] .0995 [64]

2 [33.6] .2067 [133] .1473 [95] .1182 [76] .1182 [76]

1 [42.4] .2715 [175] .2027 [131] .1590 [103] .1590 [103]

1/0 [53.5] .3107 [200] .2367 [153] .1893 [122] .1893 [122]

2/0 [67.4] .3578 [231] .2781 [179] .2265 [146] .2265 [146]

3/0 [85.1] .4151 [268] .3288 [212] .2715 [175] .2715 [175]

4/0 [107.2] .4840 [312] .3904 [252] .3278 [211] .3278 [211]

250 [127.0] .5917 [382] .4877 [315] .4026 [260] .4026 [260]

300 [152.0] .6837 [441] .5581 [360] .4669 [301] .4669 [301]

350 [177.0] .7620 [492] .6291 [406] .5307 [342] .5307 [342]

400 [203.0] .8365 [540] .6969 [450] .5931 [383] .5931 [383]

500 [253.0] .9834 [634] .8316 [537] .7163 [462] .7163 [462]

600 [304.0] 1.1940 [770] 1.0261 [662] .8791 [567] .9043 [583]

700 [355.0] 1.3355 [862] 1.1575 [747] 1.0011 [646] 1.0297 [664]

750 [380.0] 1.4082 [909] 1.2252 [790] 1.0623 [685] 1.0936 [706]

800 [405.0] 1.4784 [954] 1.2908 [833] 1.1234 [725] 1.1499 [742]

900 [456.0] 1.6173 [1043] 1.4208 [917] 1.2449 [803] 1.2668 [817]

1000 [507.0] 1.7530 [1131] 1.5482 [999] 1.3623 [879] 1.3893 [896]

1250 [633.0] 2.2062 [1423] 1.9532 [1260] – – 1.7671 [1140]

1500 [760.0] 2.5475 [1644] 2.2751 [1468] – – 2.0612 [1330]

1750 [887.0] 2.8832 [1860] 2.5930 [1673] – – 2.3779 [1534]

2000 [1013.0] 3.2079 [2070] 2.9013 [1872] – – 2.6590 [1715]

Area of Conductor (Sq. In.)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

CONDUCTOR SIZE

2.5" x 2.5" [64mm x 64mm]

(1.25 sq. inch [808mm2 ])

4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

(3.20 sq. inch [2068mm2])

6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

(7.20 sq. inch [4652mm2])

8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

(12.80 sq. inch [8271mm2])

AWG-MCM [mm2]ABCDABCDABCDABCD

18 [0.8] 74 142 201 – 191 363 516 – 431 818 1161 – 766 1454 2064 –

16 [1.3] 63 114 158 – 163 293 405 – 367 660 911 – 653 1174 1620 –

14 [2.1] 54 92 143 – 139 237 367 – 313 533 827 – 556 948 1471 –

14 [2.1] 38 – – – 97 – – – 220 – – – 391 – –

14 [2.1] – 60 – 95 – 155 – 244 – 349 – 549 – 621 – 977

12 [3.3] 44 72 106 – 115 186 273 – 258 418 615 – 460 744 1094 –

12 [3.3] 32 – – – 83 – – – 187 – – – 333 – – –

12 [3.3] – 49 – 74 – 126 – 191 – 285 – 431 – 507 – 766

10 [5.3] 27 56 67 – 69 144 173 – 156 324 391 – 278 576 695 –

10 [5.3] – 40 – 57 – 102 – 148 – 231 – 333 – 411 – 592

8 [8.4] 14 26 33 – 37 67 85 – 85 152 193 – 151 271 343 –

8 [8.4] – 20 – 27 – 53 – 70 – 120 – 157 – 214 – 280

6 [13.3] 10 15 24 20 25 39 61 51 58 87 138 115 103 156 246 204

4 [21.2] 7 11 14 14 19 29 37 37 44 66 85 85 79 117 151 151

3 [26.7] 6 9 12 12 17 25 32 32 39 57 72 72 70 101 128 128

2 [33.6] 6 8 10 10 15 21 27 27 34 48 60 60 61 86 108 108

1 [42.4] 4 6 7 7 11 15 20 20 26 35 45 45 47 63 80 80

1/0 [53.5] 4 5 6 6 10 13 16 16 23 30 38 38 41 54 67 67

2/0 [67.4] 3 45581114142025313135465656

3/0 [85.1] 3 3447911111721262630384747

4/0 [107.2] 2 33368991418212126323939

250 [127.0] 2 23356771214171721263131

300 [152.0] 1 22245661012151518222727

350 [177.0] 1 1224566911131316202424

400 [203.0] 1 1223455810121215182121

500 [253.0] 1 11133447 8 101013151717

600 [304.0] 1 1112333678710121414

700 [355.0] – 111223356769111212

750 [380.0] – 111223255669101211

800 [405.0] – –1122224566891111

900 [456.0] – –1–12224555791010

1000 [507.0] – –––122244557899

1250 [633.0] – –––11–133–456–7

1500 [760.0] – –––11–123–355–6

1750 [887.0] – –––11–122–344–5

2000 [1013.0] – ––––1–122–234–4

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

Technical Data (continued)

SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart

SpecMate Wireway size and maximum number of conductors allowed. (Areas shown are 20% of the wireway’s full

interior cross sectional area.) This data is valid where conductors enter the wireway only at the end of the run; when

this is not the case, use the “Conductor Size Based on Bending Space” chart.

NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area of Conductor Chart found earlier in this section.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

CONDUCTOR SIZE

12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

(28.80 sq. inch [18609mm2])

10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

(8.00 sq. inch [5169mm2])

AWG-MCM [mm2]ABCDABCD

18 [0.8] 1724 3272 4645 – 479 909 1290 –

16 [1.3] 1469 2642 3645 – 408 773 1012 –

14 [2.1] 1252 2133 3310 – 347 592 919 –

14 [2.1] 880 – – – 244 – – –

14 [2.1] – 1398 – 2198 – 388 – 610

12 [3.3] 1035 1674 2461 – 287 465 683 –

12 [3.3] 750 – – – 208 – – –

12 [3.3] – 1142 – 1724 – 317 – 479

10 [5.3] 626 1297 1565 – 173 360 434 –

10 [5.3] – 926 – 1333 – 257 – 370

8 [8.4] 340 611 772 – 94 169 214 –

8 [8.4] – 481 – 631 – 133 – 175

6 [13.3] 232 351 554 460 64 97 154 128

4 [21.2] 179 264 340 340 49 73 94 94

3 [26.7] 158 228 289 289 44 63 80 80

2 [33.6] 139 195 243 243 38 54 67 67

1 [42.4] 106 142 181 181 29 39 50 50

1/0 [53.5] 92 121 152 152 25 33 42 42

2/0 [67.4] 80 103 127 127 22 28 35 35

3/0 [85.1] 69 87 106 106 19 24 29 29

4/0 [107.2] 59 73 87 87 16 20 24 24

250 [127.0] 48 59 71 71 13 16 19 19

300 [152.0] 42 51 61 61 11 14 17 17

350 [177.0] 37 45 54 54 10 12 15 15

400 [203.0] 34 41 48 48 9 11 13 13

500 [253.0] 29 34 40 40 8 9 11 11

600 [304.0] 24 28 32 31 6798

700 [355.0] 21 24 28 27 5677

750 [380.0] 20 23 27 26 5677

800 [405.0] 19 22 25 25 5676

900 [456.0] 17 20 23 22 4566

1000 [507.0] 16 18 21 20 4555

1250 [633.0] 13 14 – 16 34–4

1500 [760.0] 11 12 – 13 33–3

1750 [887.0] 9 11 – 12 23–3

2000 [1013.0] 8 9 – 10 22–3

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

Technical Data (continued)

SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart (continued)

NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area

of Conductor Chart found earlier in this section.

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway offers custom and

configurable options to meet wide range of

installation requirements.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

SMALLER INSIDE

DIMENSION OF WIREWAY

MAXIMUM

CONDUCTOR SIZE

In. [mm2] AWG-MCM [mm2]

1 1/4 [32] 6 AWG [13]

2 [51] 3 AWG [27]

2 1/2 [64] 2 AWG [34]

3 [75] 1 AWG [42]

3 1/2 [89] 2/0 AWG [67]

4 [102] 4/0 AWG [107]

4 1/2 [114] 250 MCM [127]

5 [127] 350 MCM [177]

6 [152] 500 MCM [253]

8 [203] 900 MCM [456]

10 [254] 1250 MCM [633]

12 [305] 2000 MCM [1013]

Wireway size and maximum number of conductors allowed. (Areas shown are 20% of the wireway’s full interior cross

sectional area.) This data is valid where conductors enter the wireway only at the end of the run; when this is not the

case, use the “Conductor Size Based on Bending Space” chart.

NOTE: Letters “A,” “B,” “C”, and “D” refer to conductor insulation types specified in the Area of Conductor

Chart found earlier in this section.

NOTE: The above chart limits the maximum

conductor size when conductors are entering

through the side.

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway is also available in a

wide range of color and finish options. Consult

the factory for more information.

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

Technical Data (continued)

SpecMate Wireway Capacity Chart (continued)

CONDUCTOR SIZE

12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

(14.4 sq. inch [9305mm2

])

18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

(21.6 sq. inch [13957mm2])

24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

(28.8 sq. inch [18609mm2])

AWG-MCM [mm2]A B C D ABC D AB C D

18 [0.8]

862 1636 2322 – 1293 2454 3483 – 1724 3272 4645 –

16 [1.3]

734 1321 1822 – 1102 1981 2734 – 1469 2642 3645 –

14 [2.1]

626 1066 1655 – 939 1600 2482 – 1252 2133 3310 –

14 [2.1]

440 – –

–

660 – – – 880 – – –

14 [2.1]

– 699 – 1099 – 1048 – 1648 – 1398 – 2198

12 [3.3]

517 837 1230 – 776 1255 1846 – 1035 1674 2461 –

12 [3.3]

375 – – – 562 – – – 750 – – –

12 [3.3]

– 571 – 862 – 857 – 1293 – 1142 – 1724

10 [5.3]

313 648 782 – 469 972 1173 – 626 1297 1565 –

10 [5.3]

– 463 – 666 – 694 – 1000 – 926 – 1330

8 [8.4]

170 305 386 – 255 458 579 – 340 611 772 –

8 [8.4]

– 240 – 315 – 361 – 473 – 481 – 631

6 [13.3]

116 175 277 230 174 263 416 345 232 351 554 460

4 [21.2]

89 132 170 170 134 198 255 255 179 264 340 340

3 [26.7]

79 114 144 144 118 171 217 217 158 228 289 289

2 [33.6]

69 97 121 121 104 146 182 182 139 195 243 243

1 [42.4]

53 71 90 90 79 106 135 135 106 142 181 181

1/0 [53.5]

46 60 76 76 69 91 114 114 92 121 152 152

2/0 [67.4]

40 51 63 63 60 77 95 95 80 103 127 127

3/0 [85.1]

34 43 53 53 52 65 79 79 69 87 106 106

4/0 [107.2]

29 36 43 43 44 55 65 65 59 73 87 87

250 [127.0]

24 29 35 35 36 44 53 53 48 59 71 71

300 [152.0]

21 25 30 30 31 38 46 46 42 51 61 61

350 [177.0]

18 22 27 27 28 34 40 40 37 45 54 54

400 [203.0]

17 20 24 24 25 30 36 36 34 41 48 48

500 [253.0]

14 17 20 20 21 25 30 30 29 34 40 40

600 [304.0]

12 14 16 15 18 21 24 23 24 28 32 31

700 [355.0]

10 12 14 13 16 18 21 20 21 24 28 27

750 [380.0]

10 11 13 13 15 17 20 19 20 23 27 26

800 [405.0]

9111212141619 18192225 25

900 [456.0]

8101111131517 17172023 22

1000 [507.0]

8 9 10 10 12 13 15 15 16 18 21 20

1250 [633.0]

6 7 – 8 9 11 – 12 13 14 – 16

1500 [760.0]

56 –689– 101112– 13

1750 [887.0]

45 –678– 9 911– 12

2000 [1013.0]

44 –567– 8 89– 10

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

Technical Data (continued)

SpecMate Wireway Dimension Reference Chart

SIZE: 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 4 x 4 6 x 6 8 x 8 12 x 12

DIMENSION: Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm]

A x B 2 1/2 x 2 1/2 [64 x 64] 4 x 4 [102 x 102] 6 x 6 [152 x 152] 8 x 8 [203 x 203] 12 x 12 [305 x 305]

C2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51]

D1 2 7/16 [62] 3 15/16 [100] 5 15/16 [150] 7 15/16 [201] 11 15/16 [303]

D2 2 7/16 [62] 3 15/16 [100] 5 15/16 [150] 7 15/16 [201] 11 15/16 [303]

E 4 5/8 [118] 6 1/8 [156] 8 1/8 [206] 10 1/8 [257] 14 1/8 [359]

F 4 5/8 [118] 6 1/8 [156] 8 1/8 [206] 10 1/8 [257] 14 1/8 [359]

H1 3 1/16 [78] 3 3/4 [95] 4 9/16 [116] 5 3/8 [137] 7 [178]

H2 3 1/16 [78] 3 3/4 [95] 4 9/16 [116] 5 3/8 [137] 7 [178]

J 2 1/2 [64] 2 7/8 [73] 3 5/16 [84] 3 11/16 [94] 4 1/2 [114]

K 3 5/16 [84] 4 1/16 [103] 5 1/16 [128] 6 1/16 [154] 8 1/16 [205]

L 3 1/4 [83] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [153] 8 [204]

M 3 1/8 [79] 4 5/8 [118] 6 5/8 [168] 8 5/8 [219] 12 5/8 [321]

N 7 [177] 10 [254] 14 [356] 18 [457] 26 [660]

P 2 5/16 [59] 3 13/16 [97] 5 3/4 [146] 7 3/4 [197] 11 3/4 [298]

R 1 5/8 [41] 3 1/2 [89] 4 1/2 [114] 6 5/8 [168] 10 5/8 [270]

S 3 5/16 [84] 4 1/16 [103] 5 1/16 [129] 6 1/16 [154] 8 1/16 [205]

T 4 1/8 [105] 5 5/8 [143] 7 5/8 [194] 9 5/8 [245] 13 5/8 [346]

U 3 1/8 [79] 4 5/8 [118] 6 5/8 [168] 8 5/8 [219] 12 5/8 [321]

V 8 1/2 [216] 10 [254] 12 [305] 14 [356] 18 [457]

W 1 5/8 [41] 3 1/2 [89] 4 1/2 [114] 6 1/2 [165] 9 1/2 [241]

SIZE: 10 x 4 12 x 6 18 x 6 24 x 6

DIMENSION: Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Inches [mm]

A x B 10 x 4 [254 x 102] 12 x 6 [305 x 152] 18 x 6 [457 x 152] 24 x 6 [610 x 152]

C2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51] 2 [51]

D1 9 15/16 [252] 11 15/16 [303] 17 15/16 [455] 23 15/16 [608]

D2 3 15/16 [100] 5 15/16 [150] 5 15/16 [150] 5 15/16 [150]

E 12 1/8 [308] 14 1/8 [359] 20 1/8 [511] 26 1/8 [664]

F 6 1/8 [156] 8 1/8 [206] 8 1/8 [206] 8 1/8 [206]

H1 6 3/16 [157] 7 [178] 9 1/2 [241] 12 [305]

H2 3 3/4 [95] 4 9/16 [116] 4 9/16 [116] 4 9/16 [116]

J 4 3/32 [104] 4 1/2 [114] 5 3/4 [146] 7 [178]

K 7 1/16 [179] 8 1/16 [205] 11 1/16 [281] 14 1/16 [357]

L 7 [178] 8 [204] 11 [280] 14 [356]

M 10 5/8 [270] 12 5/8 [321] N/A N/A N/A N/A

N 16 [406] 20 [506] N/A N/A N/A N/A

P 9 3/4 [248] 11 3/4 [298] 17 3/4 [451] 23 3/4 [603]

R 3 1/2 [89] 4 1/2 [114] 4 1/2 [114] 4 1/2 [114]

S 7 1/16 [179] 8 1/16 [205] 11 1/16 [281] 14 1/16 [357]

T 11 5/8 [295] 13 5/8 [346] 19 5/8 [498] 25 5/8 [651]

U 10 5/8 [270] 12 5/8 [321] 18 5/8 [473] 24 5/8 [626]

V 16 [406] 18 [457] 24 [610] 30 [762]

W 3 1/2 [89] 4 1/2 [114] 4 1/2 [114] 4 1/2 [114]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

100

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

For divided wireway (two equal compartments), add suffix “-D”, i.e.: C1250-D. Wireway

can also be provided with divider(s) in specified locations. Consult factory to order.

Steel finished in ANSI61 gray powder coat paint.

One coupling required with each length of duct.

1/2" [12.7mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] concentric trade size KOs 24" [610mm] on centers.

UL Listed and CSA Certified for support on 5' [1.5m] centers. (2 1/2", 4", and 6" [64mm,

102mm, 152mm] square profiles also UL Listed on 10' [3m] centers). Special sizes,

lengths, and colors available.

C1402

(shown)

C14E

(Shown)

One coupling required with each fitting.

C14E45

(Shown)

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information

SpecMate Wireway Type 1

STANDARD SIZES GAUGE 10' LENGTH

[3m]

5' LENGTH

[1.5m]

2' LENGTH

[.61m]

1' LENGTH

[.30m]

Inches [mm]

2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64 x 64] 16 C1250 C1255 C1252 C1251

4" x 4" [102 x 102] 16 C1400 C1405 C1402 C1401

6" x 6" [152 x 152] 16 C1600 C1605 C1602 C1601

8" x 8" [203 x 203] 16 C1800 C1805 C1802 C1801

12" x 12" [305 x 305] 16 C11200 C11205 C11202 C11201

10" x 4" [254 x 102] 16 C110-40 C110-45 C110-42 C110-41

12" x 6" [305 x 152] 16 C112-60 C112-65 C112-62 C112-61

18" x 6" [457 x 152] 14 – C118-65 C118-62 C118-61

24" x 6" [610 x 152] 12 – C124-65 C124-62 C124-61

Ordering Data

90° Flat Elbow 45° Flat Elbow

C125E 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14E 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16E 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18E 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112E 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4E 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6E 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6E 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6E 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

C125E45 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14E45 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16E45 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18E45 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112E45 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4E45 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6E45 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6E45 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6E45 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

One coupling required with each fitting.

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

101

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

C14EVI

(Shown)

C14EVO

(Shown)

NOTE: Refer to “Dimension Reference Chart” shown previously in this section. For divided fittings (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C14ED).

Consult factory to order unequal compartments.

C14E45VI

(Shown)

C14E45VO

(Shown)

90° Vertical Inside Elbow

90° Vertical Outside Elbow

45° Vertical Inside Elbow

45° Vertical Outside Elbow

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

C125EVI 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14EVI 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16EVI 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18EVI 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112EVI 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4EVI 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6EVI 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6EVI 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6EVI 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

One coupling required with each fitting.

C125E45VI 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14E45VI 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16E45VI 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18E45VI 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112E45VI 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4E45VI 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6E45VI 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6E45VI 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6E45VI 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

One coupling required with each fitting.

C125EVO 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14EVO 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16EVO 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18EVO 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112EVO 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4EVO 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6EVO 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6EVO 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6EVO 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

One coupling required with each fitting.

C125E45VO 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14E45VO 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16E45VO 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18E45VO 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112E45VO 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4E45VO 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6E45VO 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6E45VO 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6E45VO 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

One coupling required with each fitting.

C14EB

(Shown)

C14C

(Shown)

End Blank Coupling

C125EB 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14EB 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16EB 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18EB 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112EB 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4EB 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6EB 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6EB 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6EB 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

C125C 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14C 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16C 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18C 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112C 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4C 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6C 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6C 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6C 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

102

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

C14T

(Shown)

C112BH

(Shown)

Tee Trapeze Hanger

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Two coupling required with each Tee.

C125T 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14T 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16T 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18T 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112T 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4T 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6T 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6T 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6T 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

NOTE: Hanger recommended for use with

wireways more than 12 inches [305mm] wide.

Also available for smaller wireways.

C125TH 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14TH 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16TH 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18TH 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112TH 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4TH 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6TH 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6TH 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6TH 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

Bracket Hanger

C14X

(Shown)

[51mm]

Cross

Two coupling required with each Cross.

C125X 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14X 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16X 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18X 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112X 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4X 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6X 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6X 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6X 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

NOTE: Gusset appears only on hangers for 12"

[305mm] wide or larger wireway.

C125BH 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14BH 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16BH 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18BH 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112BH 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4BH 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6BH 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6BH 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6BH 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

A2"

[51mm]

[102mm]

C14R25

(Shown)

C14F

(Shown)

Reducer Panel Flange

C125F 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14F 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16F 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18F 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112F 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4F 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6F 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6F 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6F 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

C14R25 4" x 4" –2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [102mm x 102mm – 64mm x 64mm]

C16R4 6" x 6" – 4" x 4" [152mm x 152mm – 102mm x 102mm]

C18R6 8" x 8" – 6" x 6" [203mm x 203mm – 152mm x 152mm]

C112R8 12" x 12" – 8" x 8" [305mm x 305mm – 203mm x 203mm]

C112-6R6 12" x 6" – 6" x 6" [305mm x 152mm – 152mm x 152mm]

C118-6R12-6 18" x 6" – 12" x 6" [457mm x 152mm – 305mm x 152mm]

C124-6R18-6 24" x 6" – 18" x 6" [610mm x 152mm – 457mm x 152mm]

C118-6EB 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6EB 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

One coupling required with each fitting.

C112TH

(Shown)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

103

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Typical Installation: The wireway should be installed as a complete system incorporating all fittings necessary to provide for directional

changes. All connections should be fastened securely with the fasteners provided by the manufacturer in order to ensure compliance with

UL and CSA bonding requirements. Conductors of appropriate types as outlined by the applicable Electrical Code may be used in wireway

following installation. Specific installation instructions are given below.

Installation:

For C-Hangers and Trapeze hangers, threaded rod should be cut to the appropriate length, and fastened to a structural member. The

hanger should then be bolted to the threaded rod through the holes provided, level and in line with the other hangers. Wall mounted

hangers should be fastened to structural members in the wall in a manner ensuring sufficient support strength. Once the wireway is in

place, it must be fastened to the hanger by any structurally sound method. Most installations use 1/4" [6.4mm] nuts and bolts fastened

through holes drilled in the wireway base. No sharp edges should be allowed in the wireway as a result of fastening. Fastening hardware

for hangers is not provided. UL Listed wireway with square cross sections of 2.5", 4", and 6" [64mm, 102mm, and 152mm] may be

supported on maximum spans of 10' [3m]. All other wireway shall be supported on spans of 5' [1.5m] or less.

C-Hanger: For widths

up to 12" [305mm].*

Trapeze Hanger: For

any size of wireway.*

Wall Bracket: For installations

along walls. For any size of

wireway.

Couplings are provided with necessary

hardware. Slide the coupling into the end

of the wireway and tighten the fasteners

with a wrench, ensuring they are secure.

Slide the end of the next length of wireway

over the other half of the coupling

and attach the fasteners. Repeat until

complete. Couplings are best located

at one-quarter of the distance between

supports (hangers).

Three styles of hangers may be

purchased with wireway.

Hanging Method

Installation of Couplings:

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Installation Details

End Blanks provided with necessary

hardware. Slide the end blank into the end of

the wireway and tighten the fasteners with a

wrench, ensuring they are secure.

Installation of End Blanks

C110-4H

(Shown)

C14FB-10

(Shown)

10'

Changer Barrier – Field Installed

C125H 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" [64mm x 64mm]

C14H 4" x 4" [102mm x 102mm]

C16H 6" x 6" [152mm x 152mm]

C18H 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

C112H 12" x 12" [305mm x 305mm]

C110-4H 10" x 4" [254mm x 102mm]

C112-6H 12" x 6" [305mm x 152mm]

C118-6T 18" x 6" [457mm x 152mm]

C124-6T 24" x 6" [610mm x 152mm]

C125FB 2 1/2" x 120" [64mm x 3m]

C14FB 4" x 120" [102mm x 3m]

C16FB 6" x 120" [152mm x 3m]

C18FB 8" x 120" [203mm x 3m]

C112FB 12" x 120" [305mm x 3m]

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

NOTE: Refer to “Dimension Reference Chart” shown previously in this section. For divided fittings (two equal compartments), add suffix “D” (i.e. C14ED).

Consult factory to order unequal compartments.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

104

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

1. Locate the Pole Adapter on the wireway.

Drill holes in the appropriate locations to

match the holes in the Pole Adapter. Cut

and grommet hole to match pole adapter

entrance feed.

2. Bolt the Pole Adapter to the underside

of the wireway. No sharp edges should

remain in the wireway. (Bolts not

furnished.)

3. Insert the Wiremold NP600 Series Tele-

Power Pole into the underside of the

Pole Adapter. Tighten the two set screws

(furnished) onto the pole.

Installation of Tele-Power Pole Adapter:

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Installation Details (continued)

“Type 1 Enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the

enclosed equipment and wiring.” – NEMA Standard / No. 250-1991

Standard Knockout Configuration

The knockout configuration shown below is referred to for each standard catalog number.

The following chart indicates the standard knockout pattern that can be accommodated according to the dimension

specified when custom sizes are ordered.

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Enclosures Technical Data

Length of Side (L) Standard KO Configuration

4" [102mm] to less than 6" [152mm] B–C

6" [152mm] to less than 8" [203mm] B–C–D

8" [203mm] to less than 10" [254mm] F–G–H–I

10" [254mm] to less than 15" [381mm] C–D–E–F–G

15" [381mm] to less than 18" [457mm] B–C–D–E–F–G–H

18" [457mm] and up A–B–C–D–E–F–G–H–I

Standard Knockout Configuration for Custom Sizes

Metric Conversion

In. [mm]

4 [102]

6 [152]

8 [203]

10 [254]

12 [305]

15 [381]

18 [457]

20 [508]

24 [610]

30 [762]

36 [914]

48 [1220]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

105

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Hinged cover junction boxes for surface mounting. Formed steel hinges, friction catch and a

padlock hasp provide easy opening and secure closing.

Internal mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground screw provided.

Standard boxes are provided with concentric knockouts. Custom configurations and boxes without

knockouts are available on request. ANSI / ASA 61 gray finish inside and out.

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information

Hinged Cover Junction Box with Padlock Hasp

CATALOG NUMBER

BOX DIMENSIONS KNOCKOUT CONFIGURATION* INTERNAL

CU. IN.

(APPROX.)

STANDARD

HINGE TYPE

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH

FACE HEIGHT FACE WIDTHIn. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm]

SPMJL-12-12-6 12 [305] 12 [305] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 828 Formed

SPMJL-18-12-6 18 [457] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1247 Formed

SPMJL-18-18-6 18 [457] 18 [459] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1877 Formed

SPMJL-24-12-6 24 [610] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1666 Butt

SPMJL-24-18-6 24 [610] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2507 Butt

SPMJL-24-24-6 24 [610] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3349 Butt

SPMJL-20-20-10 20 [508] 20 [508] 10 [254] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3901 Butt

SPMJL-30-30-10 30 [762] 30 [762] 10 [254] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 8814 Butt

SPMJL-36-24-10 36 [914] 24 [610] 10 [254] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 8458 Continuous

Hinged Cover Junction Box with Padlock Hasp - Painted Steel

NOTE: Add "C" prefix to denote Canadian version -- Agency approved for sale in Canada.

*See standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

106

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Hinged cover junction boxes for surface mounting. Formed steel hinges, friction catch and a

“D” ring style handle provide easy opening and secure closing. Internal mounting holes and

a ground terminal with ground screw provided. Standard boxes are provided with concentric

knockouts. Custom configurations and boxes without knockouts are available on request.

ANSI/ASA 61 gray finish inside and out.

Hinged Cover Junction Box with Pull Ring

CATALOG NUMBER

BOX DIMENSIONS KNOCKOUT CONFIGURATION* INTERNAL

CU. IN.

(APPROX.)

STANDARD

HINGE TYPE

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH

FACE HEIGHT FACE WIDTHIn. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm]

SPMJP-6-4-4 6 [152] 4 [102] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C 88 Formed

SPMJP-6-6-4 6 [152] 6 [152] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C-D 134 Formed

SPMJP-8-6-4 8 [203] 6 [152] 4 [102] F-G-H-I B-C-D 179 Formed

SPMJP-8-8-4 8 [203] 8 [203] 4 [102] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 240 Formed

SPMJP-10-10-4 10 [254] 10 [254] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 378 Formed

SPMJP-12-12-4 12 [305] 12 [305] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 546 Formed

SPMJP-18-12-4 18 [457] 12 [305] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 823 Formed

SPMJP-8-6-6 8 [203] 6 [152] 6 [152] F-G-H-I B-C-D 272 Formed

SPMJP-8-8-6 8 [203] 8 [203] 6 [152] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 364 Formed

SPMJP-10-10-6 10 [254] 10 [254] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 573 Formed

SPMJP-12-12-6 12 [305] 12 [305] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 828 Formed

SPMJP-18-12-6 18 [457] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1247 Formed

SPMJP-18-18-6 18 [457] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1877 Formed

SPMJP-24-18-6 24 [610] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2507 Butt

SPMJP-24-24-6 24 [610] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3349 Butt

SPMJP-30-24-6 30 [762] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 4190 Butt

SPMJP-18-12-8 18 [457] 12 [305] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1672 Formed

SPMJP-18-18-8 18 [457] 18 [457] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2516 Formed

SPMJP-24-18-8 24 [610] 18 [457] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3361 Butt

SPMJP-30-24-8 30 [762] 24 [610] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 5617 Butt

SPMJP-36-24-8 36 [914] 24 [610] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 6745 Continuous

SPMJP-36-24-12 36 [914] 24 [610] 12 [305] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 10171 Continuous

Hinged Cover Junction Box with Pull Ring – Painted Steel

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

107

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Screw-on cover wiring troughs are used as junction boxes or pull boxes for

surface mounting. Internal mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground

screw provided. Custom configurations of troughs up to 120" [3m] in length are

available with or without knockouts. ANSI/ASA 61 gray finish inside and out.

Clusters of 1/2" [12.7mm] – 3/4" [19.1mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] – 1" [25mm] trade size knockouts are

spaced on 9" [229mm] centers along the trough. Other knockout sizes and spacings are available on

request.

W1 5/8"

[41mm]

[229mm]

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Wiring Troughs

CATALOG NUMBER

BOX DIMENSIONS INTERNAL

CU. IN.

(APPROX.)

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH

In. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm]

SPMJW-12-4-4 12 [305] 4 [102] 4 [102] 178

SPMJW-24-4-4 24 [610] 4 [102] 4 [102] 358

SPMJW-36-4-4 36 [914] 4 [102] 4 [102] 539

SPMJW-48-4-4 48 [1220] 4 [102] 4 [102] 719

SPMJW-60-4-4 60 [1525] 4 [102] 4 [102] 899

SPMJW-72-4-4 72 [1830] 4 [102] 4 [102] 1079

SPMJW-12-6-6 12 [305] 6 [152] 6 [152] 410

SPMJW-24-6-6 24 [610] 6 [152] 6 [152] 824

SPMJW-36-6-6 36 [914] 6 [152] 6 [152] 1238

SPMJW-48-6-6 48 [1220] 6 [152] 6 [152] 1652

SPMJW-60-6-6 60 [1525] 6 [152] 6 [152] 2067

SPMJW-72-6-6 72 [1830] 6 [152] 6 [152] 2481

SPMJW-18-8-8 12 [305] 8 [203] 8 [203] 736

SPMJW-24-8-8 24 [610] 8 [203] 8 [203] 1481

SPMJW-36-8-8 36 [914] 8 [203] 8 [203] 2225

SPMJW-48-8-8 48 [1220] 8 [203] 8 [203] 2969

SPMJW-60-8-8 60 [1525] 8 [203] 8 [203] 3713

SPMJW-72-8-8 72 [1830] 8 [203] 8 [203] 4457

Wiring Troughs - Painted Steel

NOTE: Add "C" prefix to denote Canadian version -- Agency approved for sale in Canada.

*See standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

108

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Screw-on cover junction boxes for surface or flush mounting. Internal

mounting holes and a ground terminal with ground screw provided. Standard

boxes are provided with concentric knockouts. Custom configurations and

boxes without knockouts are available on request. ANSI / ASA 61 Gray finish

inside and out.

Surface Mount

Flush Mount

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

SpecMate Type 1 Wireway Ordering Information (continued)

Surface Mount & Flush Mount Screw Cover Junction Boxes

CATALOG NUMBER

BOX DIMENSIONS

KNOCKOUT CONFIGURATION INTERNAL

CU. IN.

(APPROX.)

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH

In. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm] HEIGHT FACE WIDTH

SPMJ-6-4-4 6 [152] 4 [102] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C- 88

SPMJ-6-6-4 6 [152] 6 [152] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C-D 134

SPMJ-8-6-4 8 [203] 6 [152] 4 [102] F-G-H-I B-C-D 179

SPMJ-8-8-4 8 [203] 8 [203] 4 [102] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 240

SPMJ-10-10-4 10 [254] 10 [254] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 378

SPMJ-12-12-4 12 [305] 12 [305] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 546

SPMJ-18-12-4 18 [457] 12 [305] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 823

SPMJ-18-18-4 18 [457] 18 [457] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1250

SPMJ-8-6-6 8 [203] 6 [152] 6 [152] F-G-H-I B-C-D 272

SPMJ-8-8-6 8 [203] 8 [203] 6 [152] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 364

SPMJ-10-10-6 10 [254] 10 [254] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 573

SPMJ-12-12-6 12 [305] 12 [305] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 828

SPMJ-18-12-6 18 [457] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1247

SPMJ-18-18-6 18 [457] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1877

SPMJ-24-18-6 24 [610] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2507

SPMJ-24-24-6 24 [610] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3349

SPMJ-30-24-6 30 [762] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 4190

SPMJ-18-12-8 18 [457] 12 [305] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1672

SPMJ-18-18-8 18 [457] 18 [457] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2516

SPMJ-24-18-8 24 [610] 18 [457] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3361

SPMJ-30-24-8 30 [762] 24 [610] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 5617

SPMJ-36-24-8 36 [914] 24 [610] 8 [203] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 6745

SPMJ-36-24-12 36 [914] 24 [610] 12 [305] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 10171

Screw Cover Junction Boxes – Surface Mount – Painted Steel

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

109

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

CATALOG

NUMBER

BOX DIMENSIONS

KNOCKOUT CONFIGURATION* INTERNAL

CU. IN.

(APPROX.)

COVER DIMENSION

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT WIDTH

In. [mm] In. [mm] In. [mm] FACE HEIGHT FACE WIDTH In. [mm] In. [mm]

SPMJF-6-6-4 6 [152] 6 [152] 4 [102] B-C-D B-C-D 134 7.5 [191] 7.5 [191]

SPMJF-8-6-4 8 [203] 6 [152] 4 [102] F-G-H-I B-C-D 179 9.5 [242] 7.5 [191]

SPMJF-8-8-4 8 [203] 8 [203] 4 [102] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 240 9.5 [242] 9.5 [242]

SPMJF-10-10-4 10 [254] 10 [254] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 378 11.5 [292] 11.5 [292]

SPMJF-12-12-4 12 [305] 12 [305] 4 [102] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 546 13.5 [343] 13.5 [343]

SPMJF-18-12-4 18 [457] 12 [305] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 823 19.5 [534] 13.5 [343]

SPMJF-18-18-4 18 [457] 18 [457] 4 [102] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1250 19.5 [534] 19.5 [534]

SPMJF-8-6-6 8 [203] 6 [152] 6 [152] F-G-H-I B-C-D 272 9.5 [242] 7.5 [191]

SPMJF-8-8-6 8 [203] 8 [203] 6 [152] F-G-H-I F-G-H-I 364 9.5 [242] 9.5 [242]

SPMJF-10-10-6 10 [254] 10 [254] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 573 11.5 [292] 11.5 [252]

SPMJF-12-12-6 12 [305] 12 [305] 6 [152] C-D-E-F-G C-D-E-F-G 828 13.5 [343] 13.5 [343]

SPMJF-18-12-6 18 [457] 12 [305] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I C-D-E-F-G 1247 19.5 [534] 13.5 [343]

SPMJF-18-18-6 18 [457] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 1877 19.5 [534] 19.5 [534]

SPMJF-24-18-6 24 [610] 18 [457] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 2507 25.5 [649] 19.5 [534]

SPMJF-24-24-6 24 [610] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 3349 25.5 [649] 25.5 [648]

SPMJF-30-24-6 30 [762] 24 [610] 6 [152] A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I A-B-C-D-E-F-G-H-I 4190 31.5 [775] 25.5 [648]

SPECMATE™ WIREWAY & ENCLOSURES

Screw Cover Junction Boxes - Flush Mount - Painted Steel

NOTE: Add “C” prefix to denote Canadian version — Agency approved for sale in Canada.

*See standard knockout configuration diagram shown previously in this section.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

110

STEEL RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

OFR Series

Overﬂoor

Raceway 113

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Wiremold® Overfloor Raceway Systems provide unique solutions to solve

specific installation issues when access to floors and ceilings is not an option

for installers, building owners, and designers.

Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems

Steel Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems

122

2600 Series™

Raceway

118

1500 Series™

Raceway

113

OFR Series

Overfloor Raceway

System

Table of Contents

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

111

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway Device Boxes Transition Fittings

6 7/8"

[175mm] 1/2"

[12.7mm]

Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems

OFRB-8 & OFRC-8 OFR48-4 OFR89-DS4000

11/32"

[8.8mm]

1 9/16"

39mm]

23/32"

[18.3mm]

2 7/32"

[56.6mm]

1500 Series™ Raceway

Two-Piece Steel Single-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems

2600 Series™ Raceway

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

112

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway

System is cETLus Listed.

Wiremold® OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System provides four-channels

of capacity and access to a wide range of data and A/V connectivity

options in the smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA compliant profile

available in over floor raceway systems.

COLOR OPTIONS

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System is available with a

black powder coat finish that is also paintable.

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System Layout

KEY

A. OFRBC-8 Overfloor Raceway Base & Cover

B. OFR11 90° Flat Elbow

C. OFR48-2 Two-Gang Device Box

D. OFR48-4 Four-Gang Device Box

E. OFR89-2400 Series Raceway Transition Fitting

F. OFR89-4000 Series Raceway Transition Fitting

G. 2400D Series Divided Raceway

H. 4000 Series Raceway

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

113

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

OFRB-8 Overfloor Raceway Base

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

NOTE: Not recommended for use in high

traffic areas.

Base: 0.080” [2.0mm] aluminum.

Divided into four channels.

Packed four (4) 8’ [2.4m] lengths

per carton.

[152mm] 7/16"

[11.1mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm] 1/2"

[12.7mm]

NOTE: Not recommended for use in high

traffic areas.

Cover: 0.040” [1.0mm] steel.

Durable black powder coat

finish. Packed four (4) 8’ [2.4m]

lengths of cover per carton.

OFR Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D.

WIRE

CROSS-SECTIONAL

AREA

# OF WIRES PER

OUTER CHANNEL

(40% FILL)

# OF WIRES PER

OUTER CHANNEL

w/OFR1 (40% FILL)

# OF WIRES PER

OUTER CHANNEL

w/OFR9 (40% FILL)

# OF WIRES PER

INNER CHANNEL

(40% FILL)Inches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 0.010 18 13 10 19

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 0.013 13 10 7 14

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0.021 8 3 2 9

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 0.037 4 4 3 5

OFR Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D.

APPROX. DIA.

WIRE

CROSS-

SECTIONAL

AREA

# OF WIRES

PER OUTER

CHANNEL

(40% FILL)

# OF WIRES

PER OUTER

CHANNEL

with OFR1

(40% FILL)

# OF WIRES

PER OUTER

CHANNEL

with OFR9

(40% FILL)

# OF WIRES

PER INNER

CHANNEL

(40% FILL)Inches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

0.028

0.035

0.049

0.098

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 0.057 3 2 1 3

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

0.025

0.027

0.051

OFRC-8 Overfloor Raceway Cover

NOTE: Not recommended for use in high

traffic areas.

Cover: 0.040" [1.0mm]

steel. Base: 0.080" [2.0mm]

aluminum. Durable black

powder coat finish. Divided into

four channels. Packed one (1) 8'

[2.4m] length of base and cover

per carton.

OFR6 Overfloor Raceway Seam Clip

Covers seam where two sections

of OFR Series Overfloor Raceway

cover come together.

6 7/8"

[175mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

OFRBC-8 Overfloor Raceway Base & Cover

7 5/32"

[182mm]

19/32"

[15.1mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

114

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

1 13/32"

[36mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[178mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

13"

[330mm]

[102mm]

2 9/16"

[65mm]

7 3/16"

[183mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

Divided two-gang device box.

Allows multiple services (power,

data, A/V) at a single point-of-

use. Side facing device mounting

provides low profile, with space

for large cable bend radius.

Accepts OFR Series device plates.

Removable divider can be aligned

with any of the raceway channels.

For holding conductors in place.

Packed twelve (12) per pack.

OFRWC Overfloor Raceway Wire Clips

Divided four-gang device box.

Allows multiple services (power,

data, A/V) at a single point-of-

use. Side facing device mounting

provides low profile, with space

for large cable bend radius.

Accepts OFR Series device

plates. Removable divider can be

aligned with any of the raceway

channels.

[178mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

18"

[457mm]

Allows access to power and

data on both sides of OFR48-4

4-Gang Device Box.

12 1/2"

[318mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

OFR48-4 Overfloor Raceway 4-Gang Box

OFR48-4GX OFR Crossover Kit

OFR48-2 Overfloor Raceway 2-Gang Box

For connecting vertical runs of

2400 & 2400D Series Raceway

with OFR Series Raceway.

Includes removable divider than

can be positioned to feed any

raceway channel.

OFR89-2400 OFR 2400 Raceway Transition

OFR10IW OFR In-Wall Entrance End Fitting

Feeds OFR Series

Overfloor Raceway

from behind wall.

Configurable to provide

one or two channels

of power. Has 1/2"

trade size KO for single

channel and 3/4" trade

KO for two channel.

OFR10A Overfloor Raceway Entrance End Fitting

Feeds OFR Series Raceway,

Has two (2) concentric 1/2” and

1 1/4” trade size KOs on end.

Includes removable divider that

can be positioned to feed any

raceway channel. Can be used

to feed raceway from wall or

into furniture.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

9 15/32"

[241mm]

3 15/32"

[88mm]

7 23/32"

[196mm]

5/32"

[4mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

5 7/16"

[138mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

2 9/16"

[65mm]

7 3/16"

[183mm]

3 15/16"

[100mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

1/4"

[6.4mm]

7 9/16"

[192mm]

For connecting OFR Series

Raceway to Vista Point5

Architectural Columns.

OFR89-VIS Overfloor Vista Point5 Transition

For connecting vertical runs of

DS4000 Series Raceway with

OFR Series Raceway. Includes

removable divider than can be

positioned to feed any raceway

channel

OFR89-DS4000 OFR DS4000 Raceway Transition

4 7/8"

[124mm]

2 9/16"

[65mm]

7 3/16"

[183mm]

3 15/16"

[100mm]

For connecting vertical runs

of 4000 Series Raceway with

OFR Series Raceway. Includes

removable divider than can be

positioned to feed any raceway

channel.

OFR89-4000 OFR 4000 Raceway Transition

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

115

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm] Connects equipment grounding

conductor to provide ground to

OFR Series Raceway. No. 10

ground screw provided.

OFR9 OFR Grounding Clip

Joins lengths of OFRB-8 OFR

Series Raceway Base together.

Sold in pairs.

OFR1 OFR Coupling

8 1/16"

[205mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

8 11/16"

[221mm]

8 11/16"

[221mm]

8 1/16"

[205mm]

For making right angle turns on

the same surface.

OFR11 OFR Flat Elbow

9 3/16"

[233mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

1/4"

[6.4mm]

7 9/16"

[192mm]

For connecting OFR Series

Raceway to Vista Architectural

Columns.

OFR89-VFL Overfloor Large Vista Transition

11 3/8"

[289mm]

[25mm]

9 27/32"

[250mm]

11 1/8"

[283mm] 9 23/32"

[247mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

9/16"

[14.3mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

12 3/16"

[310mm]

7 1/16"

[179mm]

12 15/16"

[329mm]

12 3/16"

[310mm]

7 1/16"

[179mm]

9 7/16"

[240mm]

For making diagonal 45° turns

on the same surface.

OFR12 OFR 45° Flat Elbow

For branching OFR Series

Raceway at right angles.

Remove twistout on cover to

make a cross.

OFR15 OFR Tee/Cross

For bringing power, A/V, and

data through abandoned

Poke-Thru openings to open

spaces. Will replace any

3" poke-thru.

OFRPT3 OFR 3 Inch Poke-Thru Transition

For bringing power, A/V, and

data through abandoned

Poke-Thru openings to open

spaces. Will replace any 4"

poke-thru.

OFRPT4 OFR 4 Inch Poke-Thru Transition

Allows cords and cables to make a

smooth concealed transition to the

underside of the table when used

with the InteGreat™ Transition

Channel (MRTC).

OFR48-2MRTC OFR Transition Box

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

116

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

OFR47-U OFR Extron® MAAP-2A Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up

to four (4) Extron® Electronics

MAAP style plates in OFR48-2 and

OFR48-4 Device Boxes.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

For covering unused

compartments in OFR48-2 and

OFR48-4 Device Boxes.

OFR47-B OFR Duplex Device Plate

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

For covering duplex style

devices in OFR48-2 and

OFR48-4 Device Boxes. Accepts

106 Frame.

OFR47-D OFR Duplex Device Plate

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

Device plate that will accept up to

four (4) ports of communications

devices. Includes adapters for

Ortronics® TracJack, Series II,

Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts

and Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

OFR47-2A OFR Communications Device Plate

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm] Device plate that will accept two

(2) Extron® Electronics AAP single

space modules.

OFR47-V OFR Extron® AAP Device Plate

For covering rectangular

decorator style devices in

OFR48-2 and OFR48-4 Device

Boxes.

OFR47-R OFR Decorator Device Plate

5 1/2"

[140mm]

[51mm]

Combination device plate that

will accept up to two (2) Extron®

Electronics MAAP style plates

and up to two (2) ports of

communications devices. Includes

adapters for Ortronics® TracJack,

Series II, Pass & Seymour® Activate

inserts and Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

OFR47-U2A

OFR Extron® MAAP-2A Combo Device Plate

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

117

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

DBE

1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Wiremold® 1500 Series™ Steel Pancake Raceway provides permanent

protection for overfloor cabling in high traffic areas.

KEY

A. V1517B Adapter Fitting

B. 1528 Utility Box

C. 1585 Combination Connector

D. 1546A Single Receptacle Box

E. 1546B Duplex Receptacle Box

F. 1511 90° Flat Elbow

G. 1517 Internal Elbow

H. 1518 External Elbow

I. 2642D Junction Box

J. 2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

K. 2600 Series Pancake Overfloor

Steel Raceway

L. 2400 Series Raceway

M. V500 500/700 Series Raceway

N. 1500 Raceway Base & Cover

O. 1/2" Conduit or Armored Cable

COLOR OPTIONS

1500 Series™ Raceway components are available in

galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated in the part

number description.

1500 Series Raceway System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

118

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

3/8"

[9.5mm]

.040” [1.0mm] galvanized steel.

Packed ten 10’ [3m] lengths per

carton. Base has 9/32” [7.1mm]

diameter mounting holes on

centers of approximately 8”

[203mm].

11/32"

[8.8mm]

1 9/16"

39mm]

8 1/4"

209mm]

1500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. Approx. dia.) NO. OF CONDUCTORS

40% FILLInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 9

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 6

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4

1500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. dia.)

40% FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable

diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

1500-10 Raceway Base & Cover

Protects wires from abrasion.

Slips into open end of 1500

Series Raceway where it enters

a fitting.

1502 Fiber Bushing

For holding conductors in place.

Not UL Listed.

1500WC Wire Clip

For removing cover of 1500

and 2600 Series Overfloor

Raceways.

656 Cover Removal Tool

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Ea. Leg

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2 15/16"

[75mm] 2 11/16"

[68mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

For external 90° corners.

1518 External Elbow

To feed to or from 500 or

700 Series Raceway on wall

to 1500 Series Raceway on

floor. Ivory finish.

V1517B Adapter Fitting

For internal 90° corners.

1517 Internal Elbow

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 5/8"

[6.7mm]

Ea. Leg

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Ea. Leg

For right angle turns on the

same surface.

1511 90° Flat Elbow

Two-hole strap. Use to fasten

1500 Series Raceway to

surfaces at any point desired.

1504 Strap

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

119

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

[102mm]

Dia.

23/32"

[18.3mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

1.405"

[36mm]

Dia.

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 21/32"

[42mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

27/32"

[21.4mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

May be used as a cross, tee or

elbow. Cover has 1/2" trade

size KO. Base has 1/2" and

3/4" concentric trade size KOs

to enable connection to floor

outlet boxes or underfloor duct

systems (use Chase nipple – not

included). Two 1500WC Wire

Clips included.

1542D Junction Box

Cover has twistouts for 1500 and

2600 Series Raceway on all four

sides. Base has 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size concentric KOs. Two

1500WC Wire Clips included.

Gray finish.

1543GL Grounding Duplex Receptacle 15A-125V

NEMA 5-15R & Cover

Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm]

rubber stem. Designed to accept

modular connecting blocks

within the fitting. Nonmetallic

cover has 1500 and 2600 Series

Raceway twistouts on both ends

and both sides. Two 1500WC

Wire Clips included. Not UL

Listed. Gray finish.

1546T Telephone Outlet Box

For connecting 1/2"

trade size conduit or

armored cable to 1500

Series Raceway.

1585 Combination Connector

3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 21/32"

[42mm] 5/8"

[15.9mm]

Base and cover each

have 1/2" trade size KO.

May be used as a cross,

tee, straight through

or to terminate run.

Two 1500WC Wire Clips

included.

1528 Utility Box

Will accommodate commercially

available straight blade and

locking single receptacles with

face diameters of 1.38-1.40"

[35-36mm]. Base has 1/2" and

3/4" trade size concentric KOs.

Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and

2600 Series Raceway twistouts

on all four sides. Two 1500WC

Wire Clips included. Gray finish.

1546A Single Receptacle Box

NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray

textured finish.

Will accommodate commercially

available 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles. Base has 1/2" and

3/4" concentric trade size KOs.

Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and

2600 Series Raceway twistouts

on all four sides. Two 1500WC

Wire Clips included. Side wiring

recommended. Gray finish.

1546B Duplex Receptacle Box

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”

prefix to part number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546A”.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

120

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

1500 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

500 & 700 Series Raceways Installation Details

2600 or 1500 Base

1. Determine method of feeding raceway

with 1517B, 1585 (shown), 2186 or

through a junction box or receptacle

box (i.e., 1542, 1546B).

2. Determine length of raceway base

to first fitting location. Cut base to

desired length.

4. Slip fitting tongue over raceway

base and fasten fitting base to

surface. Repeat steps 2-4 until

fitting and raceway bases are

installed along entire run.

5. Lay conductors in raceway base

using 1500WC or 2600WC Wire

Clips to hold conductors in place.

Wire and install devices along run.

3. Mount raceway base to surface using

No. 8 flathead fasteners through all

mounting holes provided.

6. Cut lengths of cover to fit between

fittings. (Cover must be shorter than

mating base: 3/8" [9.5mm] shorter

for 1500, 9/16" [14.3mm] shorter for

2600.) Snap covers onto base, latching

one side under the base bead and

striking cover with a rubber mallet.

7. When raceway bases are butted,

cover must be installed so that it

overlaps joint.

8. Remove proper twistouts in fitting

cover making sure that mounting

holes line up with fitting base.

Install cover with screws furnished.

2602 or 1502 Bushing

Wire clip

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

121

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

2600 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference, Color Options, System Layout,

Wire Fill Capacity Charts, Ordering Information, Installation Details and

Interconnectivity Options.

KEY

A. 2642D Junction Box

B. 1543GL Grounding Duplex Receptacle & Cover

C. 1546A Single Receptacle Box

D. 2611 90° Flat Elbow

E. 2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

F. 2400 Wiremold 2400 Series Raceway

G. 1500 Wiremold 1500 Series Raceway

H. V1517B Adapter Fitting

I. 2600 Wiremold 2600 Series Overfloor Steel Raceway

J. 500 Wiremold 200, 500 or 700 Series Raceway

K. Conduit 1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible Conduit

L. Conduit 1/2" or 3/4" Conduit to Underfloor Duct System

COLOR OPTIONS

2600 Series™ Raceway components are available in galvanized

steel unless otherwise indicated in the part number

description.

2600 Series Raceway System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

122

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

Cover: .050" galvanized steel.

Base: .040" [1.0mm] galvanized

steel. Packed five 10' [3m]

lengths per carton. Base

has 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter

mounting holes on centers of

approximately 8" [203mm].

23/32"

[18.3mm] 2 7/32"

[56.6mm]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable

diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2600 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. dia.)

40% FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

2600 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. Approx. dia.) NO. OF CONDUCTORS

40% FILLInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 29

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 21

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 13

For holding conductors in place.

2600WC Wire Clip

For removing cover of 1500 and

2600 Series Overfloor Raceways.

656 Cover Removal Tool

2600-10 Raceway Base & Cover

NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray

textured finish.

3 5/8"

[92mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Eliminates offsetting 2400 Series

Raceway in connecting with

surface panel boxes. Has 3/4"

and 1" concentric trade size KOs

with 1" trade size KO elongated

so adjustment from surface to

center of bushing is 1" [25mm]

to 1 5/8" [41mm] maximum. Has

twistouts for transition to 1500

and 2600 Series Raceway.

2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

[102mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

2602 Fiber Bushing

Protects wires from abrasion.

Slips into open end of 2600

Series Raceway where it enters

a fitting.

For right angle turns on the

same surface.

2611 90° Flat Elbow

[25mm]

[127mm] Dia.

NOTE: Box covers are manufactured

of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray

textured finish.

May be used with 1500 and/

or 2600 Series Raceway as a

cross, tee, or elbow. Cover has

1/2" trade size KO. Base has

1/2" and 3/4" concentric KO

to enable connection to floor,

outlet boxes or under floor duct

systems (use Chase nipple – not

included). Two 2600WC Wire

Clips included.

2642D Junction Box

8 1/4"

209mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

123

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

2600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

Ordering Information

Will accommodate commercially

available 15A or 20A duplex

receptacles. Base has 1/2" and

3/4" concentric trade size KOs.

Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and

2600 Series Raceway twistouts

on all four sides. Two 1500WC

Wire Clips included. Side wiring

recommended. Gray finish.

CONNECTION REQUIRED

USE CATALOG NUMBER

FROM TO

2600 Series Raceway 1500 Series Raceway 2642D, 1543GL, 1546A,

1546B, 1546T

2600 Series Raceway 2400 Series Raceway 2686FO

1/2" trade size Conduit or

Armored Cable

End of 1500 Series Raceway 1585

1/2" trade size Conduit or

Armored Cable

Bottom of 1500 Series

Raceway

1528

1/2" or 3/4" trade size

Conduit or Armored Cable

Bottom of 1500 or 2600

Series Raceway

2642D

1/2" or 3/4" trade size

Conduit or Armored Cable

Bottom of 1500 Series

Raceway

1542D

2600 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

1 5/16"

[33mm]

1.405"

[36mm]

Dia.

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

Will accommodate commercially

available straight blade and

locking single receptacles with

face diameters of 1.38-1.40"

[35-36mm]. Base has 1/2" and

3/4" trade size concentric KOs.

Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and

2600 Series Raceway twistouts

on all four sides. Two 1500WC

Wire Clips included. Gray finish.

1546A Single Receptacle Box

Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm]

rubber stem. Designed to accept

modular connecting blocks

within the fitting. Nonmetallic

cover has 1500 and 2600 Series

Raceway twistouts on both ends

and both sides. Two 1500WC

Wire Clips included. Not UL

Listed. Gray finish.

1546T Telephone Outlet Box

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

Cover has twistouts for 1500 and

2600 Series Raceway on all four

sides. Base has 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size concentric KOs. Two

1500WC Wire Clips included.

Gray finish.

1543GL Grounding Duplex Receptacle 15A-125V

NEMA 5-15R & Cover

NOTE: Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C”

prefix to part number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546A”.

1546B Duplex Receptacle Box

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

124

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

125

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

CableSmart™ 40N2

Series Raceway

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

Wiremold® Nonmetallic Raceway is the industry leaders in quality, ease of

installation, and for providing pathway solutions for all types of installations.

For over 50 years, Wiremold Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems have

provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for installers,

building owners, and designers.

Eclipse™ Series

Raceway 128

Large Capacity Multiple-Channel Raceways

142

Access® 5000

Series Raceway

158

5500 Series™

Raceway

148

CableSmart™ 40N2

Series Raceway

163

5507 Series™

Faceplates

151

5400 Series™

Raceway

Power-Rated Single-

and Dual-Channel Raceways

128

Eclipse™ PN03,

PN05, PN10

Series Raceway

133

400, 800,

2300/2300D

Series™ Raceway

148

Note: Uniduct is now in the Cord Management Section

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

126

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

Eclipse™ Series Raceway*

Power-Rated Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles

PN05L08 Raceway

7/8"

[22.2mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

400BAC Raceway

Capacity: 0.130 in.2 [83.9mm2]

800BAC Raceway

Capacity: 0.272 in.2 [175mm2]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

Eclipse PN05*

Capacity: 0.538 in.2 [347mm2]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

Eclipse PN10*

Capacity: 0.99 in.2 [638.7mm2]

1 11/16"

[43mm]

13/16"

[20.6mm]

Eclipse PN03*

Capacity: 0.285 in.2 [184mm2]

13/16"

[20.6mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

* UL Listed for up to 600V.

400 Series™ Raceway* 800 Series™ Raceway*

2300BAC Raceway

Capacity: 0.852 in.2 [550mm2]

2300BACD Raceway

Capacity: 0.426 in.2 [275mm2]

Each Compartment

2300 Series™ Raceway* 2300D Series™ Raceway*

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

127

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5400 Series™ Raceway

1 3/4"

[44mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

5400TB Raceway

Capacity: Each Compartment:

3.72 in.2 [2400mm2]

Access® 5000 Series Raceway

High Capacity Multiple Channel Raceway Profiles

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

1 3/4"

[44mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

[25mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

5000B Raceway Base

Capacity: Compartment A: 1.39 in.2 [849mm2]

Compartment B: 1.94 in.2 [1250mm2]

5500 Series™ Raceway

5500BD3 Raceway

Capacity: Each Compartment:

2.64 in.2 [67mm2]

CableSmart® 40N2 Series Raceway

[51mm]

[102mm]

40N2B08 Raceway Base

Capacity: Each Compartment:

3.22 in.2 [2080mm2]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

128

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

ECLIPSE™ SERIES RACEWAYS

Single Channel

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability requirements of

UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

One-piece, latching, single-channel raceway available in three profiles.

Easy-to-install and ideal for demanding communication designs.

Accommodates communication or power wiring.

COLOR OPTIONS

Eclipse™ Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix

have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a

fog white finish. Part Numbers with a “-V” suffix have an ivory

finish. Eclipse Series Raceways are paintable using latex paint.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

Eclipse Series PN03, PN05, PN10 Raceways System Layout KEY

A. PN03L08, PN03L10, PN05L08, PN05L10,

PN10L08, PN10L10 Latching Raceway

B. PN03F06, PN05F06, PN10F06 Cover Clip

C. PN03F11, PN05F11, PN10F11

90° Flat Elbow Fitting

D. PN03F15, PN05F15, PN10F15 Tee Fitting

E. PN03F17, PN05F17, PN10F17

Internal Elbow Fitting

F. PN03F18, PN05F18, PN10F18

External Elbow Fitting

G. PN03F19, PN05F19, PN10F19

Bend Radius External Elbow Fitting

H. PN03F20, PN05F20, PN10F20

Blank End Fitting

I. PN10F21 Entrance End Fitting

J. PN05F86, PN10F86 Drop Ceiling Connector

K. PN153R Reducer Adapter

L. PSB1 One-Gang Device Box

M. PSB2 Two-Gang Device Box

N. PSB3 Three-Gang Device Box

O. PBB2S2, PBB4TJ, PDB1CM, PDB1S2,

PDB2CM, PDB2S2, PDB4TJ

Communication Box

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

129

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

ECLIPSE™ SERIES RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

Latching Raceway

PART NUMBERS:

PN03L08FW (Fog White)

PN03L08V (Ivory)

PN03L08WH (White)

PN03L10FW (Fog White)

PN03L10V (White)

PN03L10WH (Ivory)

PN05L08FW (Fog White)

PN05L08V (Ivory)

PN05L08WH (White)

PN05L10FW (Fog White)

PN05L10V (Ivory)

PN05L10WH (White)

PN10L08FW (Fog White)

PN10L08V (Ivory)

PN10L08WH (White)

PN10L10FW (Fog White)

PN10L10V (Ivory)

PN10L10WH (White)

One-piece latching raceway with

co-extruded hinge and adhesive

backing. Available in 8' [2.44m] and

10' [3.0m] lengths.

CAT. NO. A B

PN03L08FW, V, WH 1/2" [12.7mm] 13/16" [20.6mm]

PN03L10FW, V, WH 1/2" [12.7mm] 13/16" [20.6mm]

PN05L08FW, V, WH 5/8" [15.9mm] 1 1/8" [29mm]

PN05L10FW, V, WH 5/8" [15.9mm] 1 1/8" [29mm]

PN10L08FW, V, WH 13/16" [20.6mm] 1 11/16" [43mm]

PN10L10FW, V, WH 13/16" [20.6mm] 1 11/16" [43mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. 40% FILL

Inches [mm] PN03 PN05 PN10

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3 5 13

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 2 5 11

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 1 3 8

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 (9.0) 0 1 4

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 (10.4) 0 1 3

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1 3 6

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3 6 14

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 3 6 14

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 1 3 7

Eclipse Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

Inches [mm] PN03 PN05 PN10

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 8 16 15

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7 14 20

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0 0 19

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

Eclipse Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

For covering joint where two pieces of

Eclipse PN03, PN05, or PN10 Series

Raceway Cover come together.

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

PN03F06FW (Fog White)

PN03F06V (Ivory)

PN03F06WH (White)

PN05F06FW (Fog White)

PN05F06V (White)

PN05F06WH (Ivory)

PN10F06FW (Fog White)

PN10F06V (Ivory)

PN10F06WH (White)

CAT. NO. A

PN03F06FW, V, WH 2 11/16" [68mm]

PN05F06FW, V, WH 2 15/16" [75mm]

PN10F06FW, V, WH 3 11/16" [94mm]

[12.7mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

130

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

PN03F15FW (Fog White)

PN03F15WH (White)

PN03F15V (Ivory)

PN05F15FW (Fog White)

PN05F15WH (White)

PN05F15V (Ivory)

PN10F15FW (Fog White)

PN10F15WH (White)

PN10F15V (Ivory)

For branches of raceway running at

right angles. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

PN03F18FW (Fog White)

PN03F18WH (White)

PN03F18V (Ivory)

PN05F18FW (Fog White)

PN05F18WH (White)

PN05F18V (Ivory)

PN10F18FW (Fog White)

PN10F18WH (White)

PN10F18V (Ivory)

For right angle turns around external

corners.

1 5/8"

[41mm]

Each Leg

Reducer Adapter Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

PN153RFW (Fog White)

PN153RWH (White),

PN153RV (Ivory)

11/16"

[17.5mm

For adapting PN03 or PN05 Series

Raceway to a PN10 Series Raceway

trunking through the PN10F15 Tee

Fitting.

CAT. NO. A B

PN03F15FW, WH, V

2 11/16" [68mm] 4 5/16" [110mm]

PN05F15FW, WH, V 2 1

5/16" [75mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]

PN10F15FW, WH, V 3

11/16" [94mm] 5 5/16" [135mm]

Radiused Extruded Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

PN03F19FW (Fog White)

PN03F19WH (White)

PN03F19V (Ivory)

PN05F19FW (Fog White)

PN05F19WH (White)

PN05F19V (Ivory)

PN10F19FW (Fog White)

PN10F19WH (White)

PN10F19V (Ivory)

For right angle turns around external

corners. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

Each

Leg

CAT. NO. A B

PN03F19FW, WH, V

15/16" [23.8mm] 3 1/8" [79mm]

PN05F19FW, WH, V 1 3

/16" [30mm] 3 1/8" [79mm]

PN10F19FW, WH, V 1

3/16" [30mm] 3 3/8" [116mm]

ECLIPSE™ SERIES RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

PART NUMBERS:

PN03F20FW (Fog White)

PN03F20WH (White)

PN03F20V (Ivory)

PN05F20FW (Fog White)

PN05F20WH (White)

PN05F20V (Ivory)

PN10F20FW (Fog White)

PN10F20WH (White)

PN10F20V (Ivory)

Blank End Fitting

11/16"

[17.5mm

For closing open end of Eclipse PN03,

PN05, or PN10 series Raceway.

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

PN03F17FW (Fog White)

PN03F17WH (White)

PN03F17V (Ivory)

PN05F17FW (Fog White)

PN05F17WH (White)

PN05F17V (Ivory)

PN10F17FW (Fog White)

PN10F17WH (White)

PN10F17V (Ivory)

2 1/8"

[54mm]

Each Leg

For right angle turns around internal

corners. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

PN03F11FW (Fog White)

PN03F11V (Ivory)

PN03F11WH (White)

PN05F11FW (Fog White)

PN05F11V (Ivory)

PN05F11WH (White)

PN10F11FW (Fog White)

PN10F11V (Ivory)

PN10F11WH (White)

CAT. NO. A

PN03F11FW, V, WH 2 11/16" [68mm]

PN05F11FW, V, WH 2 15/16" [75mm]

PN10F11FW, V, WH 3 11/16" [94mm]

For right angle turns on the same

surface. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

131

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

ECLIPSE™ SERIES RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

One-Gang Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

PSB1FW (Fog White)

PSB1WH (White)

PSB1V (Ivory)

Accepts all standard single-gang

NEMA faceplates and keystone

jacks. Twistouts on all four sides

for PN03, PN05, and PN10 Series

Raceways. Designed for use with

Ortronics® WiJack™ Wireless

Access Point.

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

CAT. NO. A B

PN05F86FW, WH, V

1 5/16" [33mm] 4 3/8" [111mm]

PN10F86FW, WH, V 2 1

/2" [64mm] 4 3/8" [111mm]

For dropping cables from ceiling

into the raceway. Has 1/2" and 3/4"

concentric trade size KOs.Includes

PN153R Reducer Adapter

for use with PN03 Series Raceway.

Drop Ceiling Connector

PART NUMBERS:

PN05F86FW (Fog White)

PN05F86WH (White)

PN05F86V (Ivory)

PN10F86FW (Fog White)

PN10F86WH (White),

PN10F86V (Ivory)

For feeding raceway with 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size conduit or armored cable.

Has 1/2 and 3/4" concentric trade

size KOs. Includes PN153R Reducer

Adapter for use with PN03 and PN05

Series Raceway.

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

PN10F21FW (Fog White)

PN10F21WH (White),

PN10F21V (Ivory)

3 7/8"

[98mm]

7/8"

[22mm]

Surface mount box for use with

Eclipse Raceway or standalone

application. Accepts one front-

loaded downward facing

Ortronics® Series II insert.

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

Series II Data Box

PART NUMBERS:

PDB1S2FW (Fog White)

PDB1S2WH (White)

PDB1S2V (Ivory)

Accepts all standard three-gang

NEMA faceplates and keystone

jacks. Twistouts on all four sides

for PN03, PN05, and PN10 Series

Raceways. Has 1/2" and 3/4"

concentric trade size KOs.

Designed for use with Ortronics®

WiJack™ Wireless Access Point.

[178mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Three-Gang Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

PSB3FW (Fog White)

PSB3WH (White),

PSB3V (Ivory)

Accepts all standard two-gang

NEMA faceplates and keystone

jacks. Twistouts on all four sides

for PN03, PN05, and PN10 Series

Raceways. Has 1/2" and 3/4"

concentric trade size KOs, as well

as rectangular KO for wall box

mounting. Designed for use with

Ortronics® WiJack™ Wireless

Access Point.

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Two-Gang Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

PSB2FW (Fog White)

PSB2WH (White),

PSB2V (Ivory)

Surface mount box for use with

Eclipse Raceway or standalone

application. Has one 1/2" trade

size KO. Accepts one front-loaded

downward facing Pass &

Seymour® Activate or Wiremold®

Open System communication

module.

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

Surface mount box for use with

Eclipse Raceway or standalone

application. Has two 1/2" trade

size KOs. Accepts two front-loaded

downward facing Ortronics® Series

II inserts.

[127mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

CM Data Box

PART NUMBERS:

PDB1CMFW (Fog White)

PDB1CMWH (White)

PDB1CMV (Ivory)

Series II Data Box

PART NUMBERS:

PDB2S2FW (Fog White)

PDB2S2WH (White)

PDB2S2V (Ivory)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

132

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Surface mount box for use with

Eclipse Raceway or standalone

application. Accepts two front-

loaded outward facing Ortronics®

Series II inserts.

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

ECLIPSE™ SERIES RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

Surface mount box for use with

Eclipse Raceway or standalone

application. Has two 1/2" trade

size KOs. Accepts four front-

loaded downward facing

Ortronics® TracJack inserts.

[127mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

TracJack Data Box

PART NUMBERS:

PDB4TJFW (Fog White)

PDB4TJWH (White)

PDB4TJV (Ivory)

Bezel Box

PART NUMBERS:

PBB2S2FW (Fog White)

PBB2S2WH (White)

PBB2S2V (Ivory)

Surface mount box for use with

Eclipse Raceway or standalone

application. Accepts four front-

loaded outward facing Ortronics®

TracJack inserts.

[76mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

Bezel Box

PART NUMBERS:

PBB4TJFW (Fog White)

PBB4TJWH (White)

PBB4TJV (Ivory)

Surface mount box for use with

Eclipse Raceway or standalone

application. Has two 1/2" trade

size KOs. Accepts two front-loaded

downward-facing Pass &

Seymour® Activate or Wiremold®

Open System communication

modules.

[127mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

Surface mount box for use with

Eclipse Raceway or standalone

application. Has one 1/2" trade

size KO. Accepts two front-loaded

downward facing Ortronics®

TracJack inserts.

2 7/8"

[73mm]

3 11/16"

[94mm]

1 7/16"

[36mm]

TracJack Data Box

PART NUMBERS:

PDB2TJFW (Fog White)

PDB2TJWH (White)

PDB2TJV (Ivory)

CM Data Box

PART NUMBERS:

PDB2CMFW (Fog White)

PDB2CMWH (White)

PDB2CMV (Ivory)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

133

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Two-Piece, Single- and Dual-Channel, Low Proﬁle

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability

requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings:

File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Two-piece, single- and dual-channel, low profile raceway. Easy-to-

install and ideal for power or communication installations.

COLOR OPTIONS

400, 800, 2300 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix

have a white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix have an ivory finish.

400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways are paintable using latex paint.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for

more information.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series Raceways System Layout

CAF

KEY

A. 406, 806, 2306 Cover Clip

B. 411, 811, 2311, 2311DFO Flat Elbow Fitting

C. 810A2, 2310A, 2310DFO Entrance End Fitting

D. 415, 815, 2315 Tee

E. 417, 817, 2317, 2317DFO Internal Elbow

F. 418, 818, 2318, 2318DFO External Elbow

G. 2337A, 2338A Round Device Boxes

H. 2344, 2347, 2348 Sure-Snap Device Boxes

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

134

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

Low-profile, two-piece raceway

with durable, textured PVC ivory

or white finishes. Available in

5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 100'

[30.5m] per carton. Supplied with

wide adhesive tape along its entire

length.

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use

with small nonmetallic raceways.

For covering joint where two

pieces of 400BAC Series Raceway

Cover come together.

400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.)

40% FILL Inches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 0

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter

per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. NO. OF

CONDUCTORSInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 5

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 3

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 0

7/8"

[22.2mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

For holding conductors in place.

1/2"

[12.7mm]

13/16"

[20.6mm]

For closing open end of 400BAC

Series Raceway.

13/16"

[20.6mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

For right angle turns on same

surface.

2 1/16"

[52mm] Ea.

Leg

1 3/8"

[35mm]

Ea. Leg

PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter

400WC Wire Clip

For branching of raceway running

at right angles.

3 3/16"

[81mm]

[51mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Ea. Leg

For right angle turns around

internal corners.

Raceway Base and Cover

PART NUMBERS:

400BAC (Ivory)

400BAC-WH (White)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

410B (Ivory)

410B-WH (White)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

406 (Ivory),

406-WH (White)

Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

411 (Ivory)

411-WH (White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

415 (Ivory)

415-WH (White)

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

417 (Ivory)

417-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

135

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Raceway Base & Cover

PART NUMBERS:

800BAC (Ivory)

800BAC-WH (White)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

806 (Ivory)

806-WH (White)

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Ea. Leg For right angle turns around

external corners.

NOTE: Device Boxes for 400 Series Raceway can be found on pages located

at the end of this product section.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Ordering Information (continued)

For connecting 400 or 800 Series

Raceway with 1/2" trade size

conduit or armored cable. 1/2"

trade size KO on end and bottom.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Low-profile, two-piece raceway

with durable, textured PVC ivory

or white finishes. Available in

5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 100'

[3.05m] per carton. Supplied with

wide adhesive tape along its entire

length.

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use

with small nonmetallic raceways.

For holding conductors in place.

For covering joint where two

pieces of 800BAC Series Raceway

Cover come together.

For connecting 400 or 800 Series

Raceway with 1/2" trade size

conduit or armored cable. 1/2"

trade size KO on end and bottom.

For closing open end of

800BAC Series Raceway.

7/16"

[11.1mm] 1 5/16"

[33mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[25mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

[25mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable

diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.)

40% FILL Inches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. NO. OF

CONDUCTORSInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 6

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 5

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 4

PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter

800WC Wire Clip

NOTE: Device Boxes for 800 Series Raceway can be found on pages located

at the end of this product section.

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

418 (Ivory),

418-WH (White)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

810A2 (Ivory)

810A2-WH (White)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

810A2 (Ivory)

810A2-WH (White)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

810B (Ivory),

810B-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

136

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

2 1/2"

[64mm]

(Each leg)

4 1/8"

[105mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[51mm]

Ea. Leg

[51mm]

Ea. Leg

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[51mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for 800 Series Raceway can be found on pages located

at the end of this product section.

For right angle turns on same

surface.

For branching of raceway

running at right angles.

For right angle turns around

internal corners.

For right angle turns around

external corners.

For transitioning from 800 Series

Raceway to 400 Series Raceway.

2300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical

Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet –

max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/

EIA 568-B.2.

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.)

40% FILL Inches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 5

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

2300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D.

NO. OF CONDUCTORSInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 15

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 12

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 12

2300D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) 40% FILL

(Ea. Comp.) Inches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 2

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

2300D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

(Each Compartment)Inches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 12

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 8

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 5

Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

811 (Ivory)

811-WH (White)

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

818 (Ivory)

818-WH (White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

815 (Ivory)

815-WH (White)

Reducing Connector

PART NUMBERS:

889A (Ivory)

889A-WH (White)

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

817 (Ivory)

817-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

137

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Low-profile, two-piece raceway

with durable, textured PVC ivory

or white finishes. Available in

5' [1.52m] lengths. Packed 50'

[15.2m] per carton. Supplied

with wide adhesive tape along its

entire length.

2300/2300D Series Raceway Ordering Information

2 1/4"

[57mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm]

[25mm]

[51mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 3/16"

[106mm]

Ea. Leg

[25mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

27/32"

[21mm]

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

Low-profile, two-piece raceway

with durable, textured PVC ivory

or white finishes. Available in

5' [1.52m] lengths. Supplied with

wide adhesive tape along its

entire length.

PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use

with small nonmetallic raceways.

[152mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

2 1/2" [64mm]

Ea. Leg

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Ea. Leg

[76mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for 2300 and 2300D Series Raceway can be found on

the next page of this product section.

2300WC Wire Clip

For holding conductors in place.

For covering joint where two

pieces of 2300BAC and 2300BACD

Series Raceway Cover come

together.

For connecting 2300 Series

Raceway with 1/2", 3/4", or 1"

trade size conduit or armored

cable. 1/2" and 3/4" trade size KO

on end, 1/2", 3/4", and 1" trade

size KOs on bottom.

For closing open end of

2300BAC and 2300BACD

Series Raceways.

For right angle turns on same

surface.

For branching of raceway

running at right angles.

For right angle turns around

internal corners.

For right angle turns around

external corners.

For transitioning from 2300 Series

Raceway to 800 Series Raceway.

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

2310B (Ivory)

2310B-WH (White)

Raceway Base and Cover

PART NUMBERS:

2300BAC (Ivory)

2300BAC-WH (White)

Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2311 (Ivory)

2311-WH (White)

Divided Raceway Base and Cover

PART NUMBERS:

2300BACD (Ivory)

2300BACD-WH (White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

2315 (Ivory),

2315-WH (White)

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2317 (Ivory),

2317-WH (White)

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2318 (Ivory),

2318-WH (White)

Reducing Connector

PART NUMBERS:

2389 (Ivory)

2389-WH (White)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

2306 (Ivory),

2306-WH (White)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

2310A (Ivory)

2310A-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

138

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

[76mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

•

6.5"

[165mm]

4.0"

[102mm]

2.2"

[56mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

Ea. Leg

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

Ea. Leg

[127mm]

For transitioning from 2300 Series

Raceway to 400 Series Raceway.

Divided fitting to feed 2300 and

2300 Divided Series Raceway.

Includes 1/2", 3/4", and 1" trade

size KOs on back and top.

A 90° flat corner with integral

dividers provide 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for UTP and fiber optic

installations.

A 90° internal corner with integral

dividers provide 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for UTP and fiber optic

installations.

A 90° external corner with integral

dividers provide 2" [51mm] cable

bend radius for UTP and fiber optic

installations.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

3 1/4

[83mm]

400/800/2300/2300D Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information

4 1/2"

[114mm]

Dia.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Dia.

[25mm] L

2 3/4"

[70mm]

CAT. NO. L W GANG

2344

2344-WH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4” [121mm]

3" [76mm]

3” [76mm]

2344-2

2344-2-WH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4” [121mm]

4 7/8" [124mm]

4 7/8” [124mm]

Use with any nonmetallic round device

box to convert into a junction box.

For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire

alarms and other security devices with

3 1/2" [89mm] or 4 1/16" [103mm]

mounting centers. 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter with open base. Not for use

with fans.

2344 one-gang, 2344-2 two-gang.

Two-gang base has rectangular KO to

enable extension from existing single-

gang flush wallbox and 1/2" and 1"

trade size concentric KOs. Accepts

industry standard faceplates for

switch and communication devices.

Reducing Connector

PART NUMBERS:

2389A (Ivory)

2389A-WH (White)

Radiused Divided Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2317DFO (Ivory)

2317DFO-WH (White)

Radiused Divided External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2318DFO (Ivory)

2318DFO-WH (White)

Radiused Divided Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

2310DFO (Ivory)

2310DFO-WH (White)

Radiused Divided Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2311DFO (Ivory)

2311DFO-WH (White)

Blank Cover

PART NUMBERS:

2336 (Ivory)

2336-WH (White) 5 1/2"

[140mm]

Dia.

1" [25mm]

For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire

alarms and other security devices with

3 1/2" [89mm] or 4 1/16" [103mm]

mounting centers. Has 1/2" trade size

KO. Not for use with fans.

Fixture Box

PART NUMBERS:

2338A (Ivory)

2338A-WH (White)

Round Box Extension

PART NUMBERS:

2337A (Ivory)

2337A-WH (White)

Extra Deep Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

2344 (Ivory), 2344-WH (White)

2344-2 (Ivory), 2344-2-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

139

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

2347 (Ivory)

2347-WH (White)

2347-2 (Ivory)

2347-2-WH (White)

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

400/800/2300/2300D Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information (continued)

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[25mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2

communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series

II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ

Faceplates.

2348 one-gang, 2348-2 two-gang,

2348-3 three-gang. For deeper

switches and devices. 2348 Base has

rectangular KO. 2348-2 and 2348-3

Bases have rectangular KO to enable

extension from existing flush wall

box and 1/2" and 1" concentric KOs.

Accepts industry standard faceplates

for switch and communication devices.

CAT. NO. L W GANG

2348

2348-WH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4” [121mm]

3" [76mm]

3” [76mm]

2348-2

2348-2-WH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4” [121mm]

4 7/8" [124mm]

4 7/8” [124mm]

2348-3

2348-3-WH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4” [121mm]

7" [178mm]

7” [178mm]

For shallow switches and

receptacles. Base has rectangular

KO.

For deeper switches and devices,

and has magnetic backing. Base

has rectangular KO.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

For use with 2300D Series Divided

Raceway. For mounting standard

switches, receptacles, and industry

standard faceplates for

communication devices.

For use with 2300D Series Divided

Raceway when additional depth is

required. For mounting standard

switches, receptacles and industry

standard faceplates for

communication devices.

Divided two-gang box for use with

2300D Series Divided Raceway.

Provides the ability to have both

power and low voltage at a single

point of use. Utilizes 5507 Series™

faceplates, as well as Wiremold

Open System communication

modules, Ortronics® TracJack,

Series II, and Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts. For

faceplate options, see 5507

Series™ Faceplates.

1 3/8"

[35mm]

2347 one-gang, 2347-2 two-gang. For

standard switches and devices. 2347

Base has rectangular KO. 2347-2

Base has rectangular KO to enable

extension from existing flush wall

box and 1/2" and 1" concentric KOs.

Accepts industry standard faceplates

for switch and communication devices.

CAT. NO. L W GANG

2347

2347-WH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4” [121mm]

3" [76mm]

3” [76mm]

2347-2

2347-2-WH

4 3/4" [121mm]

4 3/4” [121mm]

4 7/8 [124mm]

Shallow Device Box/Extension Box

PART NUMBERS:

2348S/51 (Ivory)

2348S/51-WH (White)

Magnetic Deep Device Box (with Grommet)

PART NUMBERS:

2348AMP (Ivory)

2348AMP-WH (White)

Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

2348D (Ivory)

2348D-WH (White)

Extra Deep Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

2344D (Ivory),

2344D-WH (White)

Two-Gang Deep Divided Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

2344SD-2A (Ivory)

2344SD-2A-WH (White)

Deep Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

2348 (Ivory)

2348-WH (White)

2348-2 (Ivory)

2348-2-WH (White)

2348-3 (Ivory)

2348-3-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

140

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

Accepts one CM2 size

Wiremold Open System

communication module or

Pass & Seymour® Activate

Series insert. Compatible

with Wiremold 400 and 800

Series Raceways.

Fiber storage loop. Accepts

three CM2 size Wiremold

Open System communication

modules or Pass &

Seymour® Activate Series

inserts. Compatible with

Wiremold 400, 800, and 2300

Series Raceways.

Fiber storage loop. Accepts

two CM2 size Wiremold

Open System communication

modules or Pass &

Seymour® Activate Series

inserts. Compatible with

Wiremold 400, 800, and 2300

Series Raceways.

5 3/16"

[132mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

NUMBER

FROM TO

800 Series Raceway 400 Series Raceway 889A

2300 Series Raceway 400 Series Raceway 2389A

2300 Series Raceway 800 Series Raceway 2389

Existing Outlet 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 2348S/51

1/2" Trade Size Conduit 400, 800 Series Raceways 810A2

1/2" or 3/4" Trade Size Conduit 2300 Series Raceway 2310A

3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] Ceiling Boxes 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 2337A

400/800/2300 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

400/800/2300 Series Raceway Device Box Ordering Information

One Insert Multimedia Box

PART NUMBERS:

CM-MMB-231 (Ivory)

CM-MMB-231-WH (White)

Three Insert Multimedia Box

PART NUMBERS:

CM-MMB-233 (Ivory)

CM-MMB-233-WH (White)

Two Insert Multimedia Box

PART NUMBERS:

CM-MMB-232 (Ivory)

CM-MMB-232-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

141

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Raceway

Cover

1/2" & 3/4"

trade size KOs

Fitting

Cover Use Washer for

1/2" trade size KO

Bottom Side Only

Conduit

Attachment

Tap Fitting

Base

Raceway Base

1. Bring in and

connect feed

wires using

approved

connection

method.

Assemble

raceway cover

to butt against

the fitting base. Snap fitting cover onto base.

Install Base:

400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC

The adhesive on the 400BAC, 800BAC,

2300BAC and 2300BACD is intended to be

used as an installation aid for positioning the

product. Applications with power wire, screw fasteners

must be used in addition to the adhesive. Applications

with communication cable only, screw fasteners are

recommended in addition to the adhesive.

For low-voltage applications – 400BAC can be mounted

with adhesive only (screw fasteners may be required

depending on the cable quantity and size); 800BAC and

2300BAC require screw fasteners at 18" [457mm] intervals

in addition to the adhesive.

Peel release paper from adhesive strip and mount

immediately to surface. Adhesive-backed raceway should

be mounted to a clean, dry, grease-free, smooth surface.

Apply pressure along entire raceway base to insure proper

adhesion.

2. To install runs of raceway cover:

Measure distance from

fitting to fitting. Cut

required length of cover.

When two raceway sections

butt together, cover sections

should span base joints for maximum rigidity. When two

raceway cover sections butt together, use cover clip as

shown (406/806/2306).

3. Notching for Tee:

A. Make two cuts on side of base to be notched. Notch to

equal width of base. Break clean with pliers.

B. Butt 400BAC Raceway Base to base of 415 Tee. Screw

tee fitting base to wall. Cut 400BAC Raceway Cover 3/8"

[95mm] shorter than base. Snap on 415 Tee.

4. Notching for External Elbow:

A. Cut side of base to be

notched.

B. Break clean with pliers.

Raceway Cover

Cover

Clip

Base

3/8"

[9.5mm]

415 Tee Cover

A. (800) 1 3/8" [35mm]

(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

815 Tee

2315 Tee

418/818/2318

External Elbow Cover

(400) 7/8" [22.2mm]

(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]

(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

5. Notching for Flat Elbow:

A. Cut side of base to be notched. Notch to equal width of

base. Break clean with pliers.

B. Butt 400BAC

Raceway

Base to base

of 411 Flat

Elbow. Screw

flat elbow

base to wall.

Cut 400BAC

Raceway

Cover 3/8" [9.5mm] shorter than base. Snap on 411 Flat

Elbow Cover.

811/2311

Flat Elbow

Cover

A. (800) 1 1/16" [27mm]

(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

411

90º Flat

Elbow Cover

B. 3/4" [19.1mm]

Base

6. Notching for Internal Elbow:

A. Cut side of base to be notched.

B. Break clean with pliers.

817/2317 Internal Elbow Cover

Butt or

Notch

(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]

(2300) 1 3/8" [35mm]

417 Internal Elbow Cover

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Butt or Notch

[25mm]

400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways Installation Details

7. All Sure-Snap® device

boxes are packaged

unassembled for easy

installation. During

shipment the base and

cover pieces may snap

together. To unsnap the cover from

base, place the blade of a screwdriver into the locking tab

(Figure 1). Push downward and gently pry the cover from

the base. Repeat at each corner if necessary.

8. Mount the cover to the base by

aligning key on the inside of the cover

with one of the grooves on the base.

Assemble with four screws. (Tap

screws to seat.)

9. Pull wiring through the center

knockout and attach the base

directly to in-ceiling box.

2338A Round

Device Box

2337A Round

Device Box

Figure 1

Sure-Snap Device Boxes

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

Installation Details

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

142

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

ACCESS® 5000 RACEWAY

Baseboard Molding

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Attractive baseboard molding that organizes and conceals electrical

wiring and communications cabling.

Access® 5000 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “WH” suffix are available with

a white PVC finish. Part Numbers with a “BK” suffix are available with a black PVC

finish. Part Numbers with a “GY” suffix are available with a gray PVC finish. Part

Numbers with a “W” suffix are available in a real maple veneer finish. Part Numbers

with a “OA” suffix are available with a real oak veneer finish.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

Access 5000 Series Raceway System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY

A. 5007C-1A Device Bracket

B. 5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT

Deep Device Bracket

C. 5010A Entrance End Feed

D. 5010L Left End Cap

E. 5010R Right End Cap

F. 5017B Internal Base Elbow

G. 5017C Internal Cover Elbow

H. 5018B External Base Elbow

I. 5018C External Cover Elbow

J. CM2, Series II, TracJack

Communication Devices

K. Back Feed Position

F, G

H, I

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

143

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

5000CWH (White PVC)

5000CBK (Black PVC),

5000CGY (Gray PVC)

5000CW (Maple Veneer)

5000COA (Oak Veneer)

ACCESS® 5000 RACEWAY

Ordering Information

[127mm]

7/8"

[22mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

4 9/16"

[116mm]

5 13/32"

[137mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

23/32"

[18.3mm]

4 19/32"

[117mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Overall Assembled Depth is

1 15/16" [49mm].

3 9/16"

[90mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

15/16"

[24mm]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter

per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

Access 5000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) TOP

COMP.

40% FILL

BOTTOM

COMP.

40% FILL

Inches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 13 9

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

Access 5000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities

for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. NO. OF CONDUCTORS

TOP COMPARTMENTInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 24

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 20

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 12

5000B Raceway Base

5000B Base has an integral divider

forming two channels for power and

low-voltage separation. Base supplied

in 8' [2.44m] lengths, packed 80'

[24.4m] per carton. (Base is not visible

in a typical finished installation.)

Covers supplied in 8' [2.44m] lengths.

Trim covers supplied in 8' [2.44m]

lengths.

5001 Base Coupling

Use for aligning base sections.

For covering joint where two

pieces of Access 5000 Series

Raceway Cover come together.

5006A Internal Wire Guard

Use inside the base. Protects

inside wires and cables from gap

behind butted cover sections.

Installed when the 5006 Cover

Clips are not used.

Used to connect Access 5000

to 1/2" or 3/4" trade size

conduit. Has one 1/2" or 3/4"

concentric KO for both

channels in end only.

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

5006WH (White PVC)

5006BK (Black PVC)

5006GY (Gray PVC)

Quarter-Round Trim

PART NUMBERS:

5000TWH (White PVC)

5000TBK (Black PVC),

5000TGY (Gray PVC)

5000TW (Maple Veneer)

5000TOA (Oak Veneer)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5010AWH (White PVC)

5010ABK (Black PVC)

5010AGY (Gray PVC)

5 29/32"

[150mm]

5/16"

[7.9mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

For closing right end of Access

5000 Series Raceway Base.

Right End Cap

PART NUMBERS:

5010RWH (White PVC)

5010RBK (Black PVC)

5010RGY (Gray PVC)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

144

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Internal Elbow Cover

PART NUMBERS:

5017CWH (White PVC)

5017CBK (Black PVC)

5017CGY (Gray PVC)

External Cover Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5018CWH (White PVC)

5018CBK (Black PVC)

5018CGY (Gray PVC)

ACCESS® 5000 RACEWAY

Ordering Information

1 5/16"

[33mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

2 21/32"

[67mm]

5 5/16"

[135mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[25mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm] 5/16"

[7.9mm]

5 29/32"

[150mm]

9/16"

[14.3mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

11/16"

[17.5mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

4 3/16"

[106mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

For closing left end of Access 5000

Series Raceway Base.

5017B Internal Elbow Base

For mounting base at 90° internal

corners.

For mounting cover and trim cover

at 90° internal corners.

5017WG Internal Elbow Wire Guard

Protects wiring at mitered internal

cover; snaps into 5017B Base Elbow.

Not needed when 5017C Internal

Cover Elbow is used.

5018B External Base Elbow

For mounting base at 90° external

corners.

For mounting cover and trim

cover at 90° external corners.

5018WG External Elbow Wire Guard

Installs at a mitered external elbow

joint behind the covers to protect

sharp objects from being inserted.

Not needed when the external cover

elbow is used.

External device cover; for

mounting one standard

device and up to two

communication connections.

For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™ Faceplates. (For power side only.)

For mounting deeper devices such

as TVSS receptacles, GFCI devices,

and Pass & Seymour® Activate

inserts. Accepts 5507 Series™

Faceplates, 2A size Activate

inserts, and Open System

communication modules.

Bezels included.

For faceplate options, see

5507 Series™ Faceplates.

Left End Cap

PART NUMBERS:

5010LWH (White PVC)

5010LBK (Black PVC)

5010LGY (Gray PVC)

Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

5007C-1AWH (White PVC)

5007C-1ABK (Black PVC)

5007C-1AGY (Gray PVC)

Deep Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

5007C-2ABWH (White PVC)

5007C-2ABBK (Black PVC)

5007C-2ABGY (Gray PVC)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

145

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Low-Voltage Blank Plate

PART NUMBERS:

5005WH (White PVC)

5005BK (Black PVC)

5005GY (Gray PVC)

Wire Clip

PART NUMBERS:

2700WC (For Small Bundles)

2800WC (For Bigger Bundles)

2900WC (For Larger Bundles in

Top Section Only)

ACCESS® 5000 RACEWAY

Ordering Information

For mounting deeper devices such

as TVSS receptacles, GFCI devices,

and Pass & Seymour® Activate

inserts. Accepts 5507 Series™

Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack,

and Series II Inserts. Bezels

included.

For use as a blank; has KO

to accept an “F” type coax

connector. Snaps into low-

voltage slots on device

plates. For use with

5007C-1AXX only.

15/16"

[23.8mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

3 11/16"

[94mm] 2"

[51mm]

5007C Electrical Device Bracket

For mounting standard devices.

Snaps into top section of base

wherever an outlet is needed.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

4 7/32"

[107mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

21/32"

[16.7mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Blanks entire low-voltage recess

in device plate. For use with

5007C-1AXX only.

Wire Clip

Holds and secures wiring and cabling

inside raceway. Mounts with adhesive

backing. 2700WC is used for small

bundles. 2800WC is used for bigger

bundles. 2900WC is used for larger

bundles in the top section only.

WIDTH

CAT. NO. Inches mm

2700WC 3/4" 19.1

2800WC 1" 25

2900WC 1 1/2" 38

Deep Device Plate

PART NUMBERS:

5007C-2RTWH (White PVC)

5007C-2RTBK (Black PVC)

5007C-2RTGY (Gray PVC)

Blank/Coax Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

5004WH (White PVC)

5004BK (Black PVC)

5004GY (Gray PVC)

5004W (Maple Veneer)

5004OA (Oak Veneer)

For faceplate options, see 5507 Series™ Faceplates.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

146

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:

Corners must be 90° to ensure

proper installation. The 5017B

Internal Base Elbow is

installed as shown, using

a spacing shim to allow

for the finished floor. The

5000B Base butts up to

the 5017B Base Elbow at

shoulder before mounting.

The 5000T Trim Cover is

installed first, then the 5000C

Cover is snapped in place aligning

both with the 5017B Base Elbow. The

5017C Internal Elbow Cover Trim is snapped in place, overlapping

the 5000T Trim Cover pieces. The 5017C Internal Elbow Cover is

then snapped onto the 5017B Base Elbow, overlapping the 5000C

Cover pieces. The locking tab on the 5017C Cover Elbow will snap

into slots in the back of the 5017B Base Elbow.

Internal Cover

Elbow 5017C*

Snap-on

Cover

Locking

Tab

Internal Elbow

Cover 5017C*

Spacing

Shim

Cover

5000C

Base

5000B

Trim Cover

5000T*

Fitting

Shoulder Internal Elbow

Base 5017B

Trim Cover

5000T

1. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:

Corners must be 90 degrees to

ensure proper installation. The

5018B External Base Elbow

and 5018C External Cover

Elbow are installed as

shown. Butt the 5000B

Base against the 5018B

Fitting Shoulder before

mounting. The 5000T Trim

Cover is installed first, then

the 5000C is snapped in place,

aligning both with the 5018B fitting shoulder. The 5018C External

Cover Elbow is installed by engaging the right-hand side of the

cover with the 5018B Base and sliding until the left side top and

bottom snap in. The 5018C External Cover Elbow is then snapped

in place overlapping the 5000T Trim Covers and interlocking

under the 5018C External Cover.

Trim Cover

5018C*

Fitting

Shoulder

Snap-on

Cover

External Elbow

Base 5018B

External Cover

Elbow 5018C*

Cover

5000C

Base

5000B

Mounting

Grooves

Trim

Cover

5000T*

Access 5000 Series Raceways Installation Details

2. For Mitered Corners:

The 5018WG External

Elbow Wire Guard is

installed as shown

inside the 5018B

External Base Elbow

when the covers are

mitered instead of

using the 5018C

External Cover Elbow.

It is recommended

that the covers be mitered

first and fitted before cutting to proper length to minimize waste.

For ease of installation, the covers should be installed starting at

the mitered corners. As with the corner fittings, install the 5000T

Trim Cover first, then snap the 5000C Covers in place.

Base 5000B

External

Base Elbow

5018B

Mitered Trim

Cover 5000T

Snap-on

Cover

Mitered Cover

5000C

External Elbow Wire Guard

5018WG (Slide Wire Guard into

Cover/Base Assembly)

Mitered

Cover 5000C

3. This illustration shows

an example of a back

feed using a nonmetallic

sheathed cable. Punch

or drill up to 3/4" trade

size hole in the top

compartment for feeding

power or communication

wiring. Make sure to allow

space between the bottom

of the 5000B Base if on a

subfloor to allow for the

finished floor or carpeting.

5000B Base

Strain Relief

Fitting

(Strip Sheathed Cable

Back to Connector)

Spaced for

Carpeting

NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers (5000T), cover

(5000C) should be mitered.

4. The 5006 Cover Clip is

installed between two

covers to hide an uneven

joint. Snap one cover onto

the Base, slide the 5006

Cover Clip over the end

of the other cover, butt

up against the installed

cover and snap into place.

The 5006A Internal Wire Guard is

used behind the covers as shown where

two pieces of cover butt together instead

of using the 5006 Cover Clip. This option is primarily used when a

wood veneer finish is used and the look of an exposed cover clip is

not wanted.

A 5010L or 5010R Left or Right End Cap is installed as shown at

the end of a base run before mounting. The 5000T Trim Cover and

the 5000C Cover are installed by partially snapping them in place

onto the 5000B Base, installing the 5000T first, and sliding them

to the end of the end caps. The rest of the cover is then snapped

progressively onto the base.

An optional 5001 Base Coupling can be installed as shown to assist

alignment when butting two 5000B Bases together.

Slide Cover

into End

Cap

Left

End Cap

5010L

Base

5000B

Base Coupling

5001

Internal Wire

Guard 5006A

Cover Clip

5006

Cover

5000C

Cover

5000C

ACCESS® 5000 RACEWAY

Installation Details

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

147

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

ACCESS® 5000 RACEWAY

Installation Details

Access 5000 Series Raceways Installation Details (continued)

6. For Mitered

Corners:

The 5017WG

Internal Elbow Wire

Guard is snapped

into the 5017B Base

Elbow when the

covers are mitered

instead of using the

5017C Cover Elbow.

It is recommended that the covers be mitered and fitted first

before cutting to proper length to minimize waste. For ease of

installation the covers should be installed starting at the mitered

corners. As with the corner fittings, install the 5000T Trim

Covers first and then snap the 5000C Covers in place.

NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers (5000T),

cover (5000C) should be mitered and assembled as shown.

The illustration

shows a typical

installation of a

duplex outlet in the

top compartment

and a telephone

and coax

connection in the

lower compartment.

To install an outlet in the top

compartment, a 5007C Device Bracket

must be installed. The raceway will

accommodate a device up to 1 1/16" [27mm] in depth. A 5507R

Rectangular Faceplate can be used instead of the 5507D Faceplate to

accommodate decorative type devices.

The 2900WC, 2800WC, and 2700WC Wire Clips are used to hold wires

and cables within the raceway. Remove the adhesive and mount to the

5000B Base. Suggested spacing between wire clips is 48" [14.6m].

The 5000C Cover is to butt up against the tabs on the 5007C Device

Brackets as shown.

The 5007C-1A Device Plate accommodates up to two RJ11 or RJ45

voice or data connectors in the lower compartment. The 5004 Blank/

Coax Adapter is used as a blank when only one opening is needed

or to adapt an “F” type coax connector. This is done by knocking out

the center of the adapter which accepts the “F” connector. The wires

are then connected to the 5007C-1A assembly. If no low-voltage

connections are needed, the 5005 Blank Plate is used to cover the

openings. The 5007C-1A assembly is then mounted to the 5000B

Base.

Fitting

Shoulder

Internal Elbow

Base 5017B

Mitered Trim

Cover 5000T

Snap-on

Mitered

Cover

Snap-on Internal

Wire Guard

5017WG

Mitered

Cover

5000C

Base

5000B

Mitered Trim

Cover 5000T

Trim Cover 5000T

Baseboard Cover 5000C

Duplex

Faceplate

5507D

Telephone/Data

Connections

Blank

Plate

5005

Coax

Adapter

5004

Device Plate

5007C-1A

Baseboard Base

5000B

2900WC

2800WC

Wire Clips

8. The 5007C Device Bracket is installed

as shown. Insert the bracket in the

top compartment, place the blade

of a screwdriver on the left bottom

tab of the bracket and strike with a

hammer. Repeat on the right side.

5007C Device Brackets are mounted

anywhere a device is needed, in upper

compartment only.

9. The 5007C-1A Device Plate assembles by engaging the hooks

on back side of device plate to the bottom lip on the 5000B

Base and rotating toward wall. Secure to base using 5507D

or 5507R Faceplate. This illustration shows the procedure for

installing the 5000T Trim Cover. For deep devices such as GFCI

and surge receptacles, or the use of Wiremold Open System

communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate Series

inserts, the 5007C-2A should be used. For Ortronics® Series II or

Ortronics® TracJack inserts, the 5507C-2R7 should be used.

10. Use 5007C-2AB/5007C-

2RT for deep devices

such as Ground Fault

Circuit Interrupters,

Surge Protection Outlets

and/or communication

devices, and may be

utilized in the Wiremold

Access 5000 Raceway

System using this

5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT

Deep Device Plate.

Twist off the two spacers attached to the 5007C Device Bracket.

Snap the 5007C Device Bracket into the base channel provided.

Assemble the device to the device bracket, utilizing the spacers.

Assemble the deep device plate to the raceway base. Engage the

hooks, located next to the double window opening, to the lower

(large) lip of the raceway base. Rotate the device plate toward the

wall snapping it into place. Assemble the desired 5507 Faceplate

with Wiremold Open System communication modules, Ortronics®

TracJack and Series II inserts, or Pass & Seymour® Activate

Series inserts.

11. The 5010A Entrance End Feed

provides an end feed to Access

5000 Raceway with 1/2" or 3/4"

trade size conduit. Install with

side walls of the fitting base

and raceway base aligned.

Access 5000 Raceway

installed at baseboard

level should be spaced a

minimum of 1/8" [3.2mm]

above the floor level.

This will facilitate the

assembly/disassembly of

the end fitting cover.

Trim Cover,

Rotate into

Position

Device

Plate

Device Plate –

Hook to Lip

of Base

Base 5000B Device Bracket

5007C

Raceway

Base

Raceway Cover

Entrance End

Feed (Cover)

5010A

Entrance End

Feed (Base)

5010A

5007C-1A

5507D

5507R

5000T

5007C

5000C

Spacer

5007C-2AB

5507R

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

148

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

CABLESMART® 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY

Two-Piece, Dual-Channel, Large

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Two-piece, dual-channel, large raceway. Lightweight and easy-to-install.

Ideal for both power and communication installations.

Cablesmart® 40N2 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” suffix are available in an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “WH” suffix have a white finish. 40N2 Series Raceway

is paintable using latex paint or stain.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

CableSmart 40N2 Series Raceway System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY

A. 40N2B08 Raceway Base

B. 40N2C08 Raceway Cover

C. 40N2F05 Base Clip

D. 40N2F06 Cover Clip

E. 40N2F11 Bend Radius Flat Elbow

F. 40N2F15 Bend Radius Tee

G. 40N2F17 Bend Radius Internal Elbow

H. 40N2F19 Bend Radius External Elbow

I. 40N2F20 Blank End Fitting

J. 40N2F21 Divided Entrance End Fitting

K. 40N2F31 Twin Cover Device Bracket

L. 40N2F74 Divided Transition Fitting

M. PSB1 One-Gang Device Box

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

149

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Wire Clip

PART NUMBERS:

40N2FWC (Ivory)

40N2FWCWH (White)

Full Width Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

40N2C08V (Ivory)

40N2C08WH (White)

CABLESMART® 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

[51mm]

[102mm]

[2.45m]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

[2.45m]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

Section A

3.22 in.2

[2080mm2]

Section B

1.71 in.2

[1100mm2]

Section C

3.22 in.2

[2080mm2]

Section D

1.71 in.2

[1100mm2]

4.0"

[102mm]

2.0"

[51mm]

40N2 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* 40% fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on TIA/EIA 569-A.

** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter

per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) SECTION C

40% FILL

SECTION D

40% FILL

Inches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a**

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 22 11

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

103

40N2 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. Approx. Dia.)

NUMBER OF

COMPARTMENTS MAX NUMBER OF

CONDUCTORS

BOTH COMPARTMENTSInches [ ] COMP. A COMP. B

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 20 20 28

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 18 18 36

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 17 17 24

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 5 15 20

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 5 5 10

Two equal compartments. Use

with 40N2 Cover only. Available in

8' [2.4m] lengths with pre-punched

mounting holes, packed 48'

[14.6m] per carton.

Covers seams between sections of

40N2B08 Raceway Base.

Use with 40N2B08 Base. Available

in 8' [2.4m] lengths, packed 48'

[14.6m] per carton.

Used to retain cables in raceway

during installation.

Covers seams between sections of

40N2C08 Raceway Cover.

Two-Compartment Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

40N2B08V (Ivory)

40N2B08WH (White)

Base Clip

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F05V (Ivory)

40N2F05WH (White)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F06V (Ivory)

40N2F06WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

150

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F11V (Ivory)

40N2F11WH (White)

Used for power or

communica tions devices in a

single compartment. Accepts

5507 Series™ Faceplates.

For use with Ortronics® TracJack Individual Jack System,

Ortronics® Series II Front-Loading, Module System

Wiremold Open System Communication Modules.

CABLESMART® 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

6 5/8"

[168mm]

(Each leg) A 90° flat corner with

integral dividers to provide

2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in

or pull-through installations.

12 15/16"

[329mm]

8 9/16"

[217mm]

4 1/2" [114mm]

(Each leg)

2 11/16"

[68mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

(Each leg)

[152mm]

7 5/16"

[186mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

2 15/16"

[74mm]

6 1/8"

[156mm]

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

NUMBERFROM TO

1/2" or 3/4" trade size Conduit 40N2 Series

Raceway

40N2F20

3/4", 1", 1 1/4" & 1 1/2" trade

size conduit or armored cable

40N2 Series

Raceway

40N2F21

40N2 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10

Series Raceways

40N2F74

Cablesmart 40N2 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

For branches at right angles.

A full capacity tee fitting that

provides separation of

services and 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for UTP

and fiber optic installations.

A 90° internal corner with

integral dividers to provide

2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in

or pull-through installations.

A 90° external corner with

integral dividers to provide

2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in

or pull-through installations.

11/16"

[17.5mm]

Closes off raceway end runs. Can

be used to feed raceway using 1/2"

or 3/4" trade size conduit. Holes

for conduit must be drilled. Use a

step drill or other means.

FiberReady divided fitting to

feed 40N2 Series Raceway.

Includes 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", and

1 1/2" trade size KOs on

back and top.

40N2F55 High Capacity Device Box

Required for mounting power

or datacom devices into a

divided raceway application.

One used per device location.

Makes transition from 40N2

Series Raceway to PN03,

PN05, and PN10 Series

Raceways.

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F20V (Ivory)

40N2F20WH (White)

Divided Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F21V (Ivory)

40N2F21WH (White)

Radiused Full Capacity Tee

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F15V (Ivory)

40N2F15WH (White)

Twin Cover Device Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F31V (Ivory)

40N2F31WH (White)

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour® inserts. S2-EPL End

Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II inserts. To

mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F17V (Ivory)

40N2F17WH (White)

Divided Transition Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F74V (Ivory)

40N2F74WH (White)

Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

40N2F19V (Ivory)

40N2F19WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

151

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Large Capacity, Multiple Channel

CODE REFERENCE

Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and

easy-to-cut. Ideal for power or communication installations that

require multiple services.

5400 Series Raceway System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY

A. 5400C Raceway Cover

B. 5400TWC Twin Cover Wire Clip

C. 5400TB Two Compartment Base

D . 5400TC Twin Snap Cover

E. 5406A Cover Clip

F. 5406T Twin Cover Seam Clip

G. 5410 Entrance End Fitting

H. 5410DFO Entrance End Feed

I. 5411FO Flat Elbow

J. 5415 Tee

K. 5417FO Radiused Internal Elbow

L. 5418 Standard External Elbow

M. 5418FO Radiused External Elbow

N. 5450 In-Line Device Bracket

O. 5450A3 Multiple Device Bracket

P. 5450T Twin Snap Device Bracket

Q. 5474 Transition Fitting

R. Communication Device

5400 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part

Numbers without a suffix are only available in an ivory finish. 5400 Series Raceway is

paintable using latex paint or stain.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

152

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Twin Snap Cover Wire Clip

PART NUMBERS:

5400TWC (Ivory)

5400TWC-WH (White)

5 1/4"

[133mm]

3.72 sq. in.

[2400mm2]

3.72 sq. in.

[2400mm2]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Total Raceway Capacity:

7.44 sq. in. [4800mm2]

1 11/16"

[43mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

[127mm]

2 9/16"

[116mm]

Each

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[25mm]

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Ordering Information

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and maximum

permissible heat rise.

Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter

per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

5400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) SECTION

EACH COMPARTMENT

40% FILL*

Inches [ ]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 26

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

5400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. Approx. Dia.)

NUMBER OF

CONDUCTORS

EACH COMPARTMENTInches [ ]

POWER

WIRING

WITHOUT

DEVICES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 19

POWER

WIRING

WITH

DEVICES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 19

* Total raceway capacity not to exceed capacity specified in Compartment.

Two equal compartments – Base

accepts single or Twin Snap Cover.

5400 Series raceway is available in

8' [2.4m] lengths with pre-punched

mounting holes, packed 48'

[14.6m] per carton.

Use with 5400 Series Raceway.

Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths,

packed 48' [14.6m] per carton.

Use with 5400 Series Raceway in

Twin Snap applications. Order

cover for each compartment.

Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths.

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[51mm]

Retains wires in raceway.

5 3/32"

[129mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

For covering joint where two

pieces of 5400C Raceway Cover

come together.

For covering joint where two

pieces of 5400TC Cover come

together.

Twin Snap Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

5400TC (Ivory)

5400TC-WH (White)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

5406A (Ivory)

5406A-WH (White)

Twin Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

5406T (Ivory)

5406T-WH (White)

Two-Compartment Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

5400TB (Ivory)

5400TB-WH (White)

Full-Width Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

5400C (Ivory)

5400C-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

153

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

1 3/4"

[44mm]

7/8"

[22mm]

1 25/32"

[45mm]

5 15/32"

[139mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

7 1/8"

[181mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

7 3/16"

[183mm]

7 25/32"

[198mm]

(Each leg)

4 27/32"

[123mm]

6 9/16"

[167mm]

14 1/4"

[362mm]

9 7/8"

[251mm]

9 1/8"

[232mm]

13"

[330mm]

[102mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

(Each leg)

5 9/32"

[134mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

(Each leg)

10"

[254mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

10"

[254mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Ordering Information

For covering joint where two

pieces of 5400TB Base come

together. One clip per package.

For transitioning from MXN2A08

Corner Drop to a horizontal run of

5400TB Series Raceway to the left.

For transitioning from MXN2A08

Corner Drop to a horizontal run of

5400TB Series Raceway to the

right.

For closing open end of 5400

Series Raceway. Has four 1/2"

trade size KOs for end feed.

FiberReady divided fitting to feed

5400 Series Raceway. Includes 1",

1 1/4", 1 1/2", and 2" trade size

KOs on back and top.

For right angle turns on the same

surface. Integral dividers provide

2" [51mm] cable bend radius for

UTP and fiber optic installations.

Ideal for lay-in or pull-through

installations.

For branching raceway at right

angles.

A full capacity tee fitting for

branching raceway at right angles.

Provides separation of services

and 2" [51mm] cable bend radius

for UTP and fiber optic

installations.

For right angle turns around

internal corners. Integral dividers

provide 2" [51mm] cable bend

radius for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in or

pull-through installations.

For right angle turns around

external corners.

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5411FO (Ivory)

5411FO-WH (White)

Base Seam Clip

PART NUMBERS:

5406TB (Ivory)

5406TB-WH (White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

5415 (Ivory)

5415-WH (White)

Transition Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5408L (Ivory)

5408L-WH (White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

5415FO (Ivory)

5415FO-WH (White)

Transition Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5408R (Ivory)

5408R-WH (White)

Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5417FO (Ivory)

5417FO-WH (White)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5410 (Ivory)

5410-WH (White)

Radiused Divided Entrance End Cap

PART NUMBERS:

5410DFO (Ivory)

5410DFO-WH (White)

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5418 (Ivory)

5418-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

154

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5 5/32"

[131mm]

[152mm]

7/16"

[11.1mm]

[102mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

(Each leg)

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Ordering Information

For right angle turns around

external corners. Integral

dividers provide 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for UTP

and fiber optic installations.

Use the 5418FO for a

alternative to 5418.

For mounting power and

communication devices

in-line with 5400 Series

Raceway. Utilizes 5507

Series™ Faceplates, as well

as Wiremold Open System

communication modules,

Ortronics® TracJack and

Series II inserts, and Pass &

Seymour® Activate Series

inserts. For faceplate

options, see 5507 Series™

Faceplates.

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using

Ortronics® Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ

or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

7 19/32"

[193mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

7 5/16"

[185mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II

inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ

Faceplates.

For power or communication

devices in a single

compartment. For use with

5507 Series™ Faceplates,

Ortronics® TracJack &

Series II Modules, Pass &

Seymour® Activate Series

Inserts, and Wiremold Open

System Communication

Modules.

For mounting up to three

power or communication

devices at one location inline

and offset from 5400 Series

Raceway. For use with 5507

Series™ Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack & Series II

Modules, Pass & Seymour® Activate Series Inserts, and

Wiremold Open System Communication Modules.

Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5418FO (Ivory)

5418FO-WH (White)

Three Device Mounting Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

5450A3 (Ivory)

5450A3-WH (White)

Device Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

5450 (Ivory)

5450-WH (White)

Twin Snap Device Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

5450T (Ivory)

5450T-WH (White)

Transition Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5474 (Ivory),

5474-WH (White)

7 9/16"

[192mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

Used to mount Ortronics®

Wi-Jack™ Wireless Access

Points to 5400 Series

Raceway.

Makes transition from 5400

Series Raceway to the

400/800/2300, or PN03,

PN05, and PN10 Series

Latching Raceways.

5450-ORAP Wireless Bracket

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

155

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

MXN2F21 (Ivory)

MXN2F21-WH (White)

Corner Drop Raceway Base and Cover

PART NUMBERS:

MXN2A08 (Ivory)

MXN2A08-WH (White)

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per

addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

MXN Series RACEWAY Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) SECTION

EACH COMPARTMENT

40% FILL*

Inches [ ]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 9

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

MXN Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. Approx. Dia.) NO. OF CONDUCTORS

EACH COMPARTMENTInches [ ]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 50

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 34

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 60

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 21

6 1/8"

[156mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

[51mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

Used as a vertical corner feed drop

to horizontal runs of 5400 Series

Raceway. Two compartments.

Packaged with base and cover.

MXN2A08 available in 8' [2.44m]

lengths. Use 5408L or 5408R to

transition to 5400 Series Raceway.

For feeding corner drop raceway

from large conduits. Has

concentric 3/4", 1", and 1 1/2"

trade size KOs.

Retains wires in MXN2A08 Corner

Drop Raceway.

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Ordering Information

Wire Clip

PART NUMBERS:

MXN2FWC (Ivory)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

156

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Installation Details

1. Mount raceway base to wall by

using appropriate screws. Use

two screws every 18" [457mm]

using the ribs on the outermost

compartments of the raceway as

guides.

2. Place the 5400TWC Wire Clips

in base as shown to contain the

wires in place while installing.

3. Slide the 5406A and 5406T Seam

Covers on the uninstalled section

of raceway cover as shown; snap

cover to the base overlapping

the seam cover over the

installed section. 5406TB

Base Seam Clip used for

base seams.

5400TWC

5406A

5400C

5406TB

5406T

5400TC

5450T

7. End cap may be used as a blank

to cap off the raceway at the

end-of-run, or to feed wires

from a 1/2" trade size pipe;

punch out the proper KO. Mount

endcap to raceway base

using appropriate screws.

NOTE: The 5400TB Base can

be rotated 90° to allow

feed from back instead

of side.

8. Feeding raceway from conduit.

1. Line up base of the fitting with

the raceway base using the

tongues as guides.

2. Fasten the base of the fitting

to the wall using screws.

3. Remove the proper KO.

4. Attach conduit using proper

fitting.

5. Feed the necessary cables.

6. Slide the dividers (two provided)

into the mounting guides if

needed.

7. Snap the raceway cover on

the base.

8. Snap fitting cover onto the

base using guiding keyslots

in base.

5410

9. Mount flat elbow as shown; assemble

raceway covers first, then elbow cover.

5411FO

Access 5400 Series Raceways Installation Details

6. Snap 5450T Bracket to raceway

base, engage sidewall first then

divider side. Install Wiremold

Open System communication

modules, Ortronics® TracJack

or Series II inserts, or Pass

& Seymour® Activate Series

inserts, or 5507 Faceplates.

Snap raceway cover to base

and finish with 5450T Trim

Plate (engaging raceway

sidewall first then

divider side).

4. Sequence for installing devices:

1. Snap bracket in raceway base.

2. Fasten devices to bracket.

Communication devices snap

onto bracket.

3. Snap raceway covers to

base, butting against

bracket.

4. Assemble trim ring.

5. Insert CM-EPLA or

S2-EPL, if required.

6. Install Wiremold

Open System communication modules,

Ortronics® TracJack or Series II inserts, or Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts required.

7. Or install 5507 Faceplates, if required.

5. Install bracket to raceway base first,

mount to the wall with screws,

and mount device. After

installing raceway cover,

snap box cover to bracket

and assemble faceplates.

Install Wiremold Open

System Communication

Modules, Ortronics® TracJack

or Series II inserts, or Pass &

Seymour® Activate Series Inserts, or 5507 Faceplates. Use

5407A3 with 5400TB to install three devices at one location.

5450A3

5450

NOTE: Use blank plates to cover

any unused slots in bracket.

18"

[457mm]

5400TB

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

157

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Installation Details

5400 Series Raceways Installation Details

5474

10. Punch out appropriate hole in

the tee fitting base and snap to

raceway base; screw down to

wall. Assemble raceway covers

to base and then snap tee cover,

overlapping raceway covers.

5417FO

5418 or 5418FO

11. Install one corner base first,

then measure to other corner

(measure from edges of fittings).

Mount raceway base and

cover; assemble fitting

cover last.

12. Punch out appropriate hole in fitting base and snap to the

raceway base; screw down to the wall. Remove proper twistout

from the insert by first scoring with a knife. Slide the insert onto

fitting cover. Assemble raceway covers to base and then snap

fitting cover, overlapping raceway covers.

5415

CONNECTION REQUIRED

USE CATALOG NUMBERFROM TO

5400 Series Raceway 400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways 5474

5400 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceways 5474

5400 Series Raceway MXN2A08 5408L/5408R

1/2" Trade size Conduit or Armored Cable Side of 5400 Series Raceway 5410 or 5410DFO

3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade size Conduit or Armored Cable Back or Side of 5400TB 5410DFO

5400 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

158

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Large Capacity, Multiple Channel

CODE REFERENCE

Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and easy to cut.

Ideal for power or communication installations where flexibility for future

moves and changes is important.

5500 Series Raceway System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY

A. 5510 End Cap/Entrance End Fitting

B. 5510D Entrance End Fitting

C. 5506 Cover Clip

D. 5550 In-Line Device Bracket

E. 5518 External Elbow

F. 5514A Back Connector Feed

G. 5517FO Radiused Full Capacity

Internal Elbow

H. 5515 Tee Fitting/Take-Off Connector

I. 5550A4 Multiple Device Bracket

J. 5574 or 5574A Inline Transition Fitting

K. 5500WCA Wire Clip

L. 5511FO Radiused Full Capacity

Flat Elbow

M. 5518FO Radiused Full Capacity

External Elbow

N. Communication Devices

5500 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part

Numbers without a suffix are only available in an ivory finish. 5500 Series Raceway is

paintable using latex paint.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

159

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Divided Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

5500BD3 (Ivory)

5500BD3-WH (White)

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Ordering Information

5500 Series Raceway Ordering Information

8.14 Sq. In.

[5252mm2]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2.64

Sq. In.

[1703mm2]

5.29 Sq. In.

[3413mm2]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

B C

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2.64

Sq. In.

[1703mm2]

2.64

Sq. In.

[1703mm2]

2.64

Sq. In.

[1703mm2]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

B B B

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 11/16"

[43mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

[51mm]

6 1/16"

[154mm]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and maximum

permissible heat rise.

** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter

per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

5500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) SECTION 40% FILL*

Inches [ ] ABC

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a**

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[8.9]

[10.4]

114

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9]

18 35

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

117

118

5500 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

O.D. Approx. Dia.) NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

Inches [ ] COMP A COMP B COMP C

POWER

WIRING

WITHOUT

DEVICES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 64 41 50

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 60 25 44

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 90 46 70

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 65 18 40

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 45 15 34

POWER

WIRING WITH

DEVICES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 64 35 50

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 60 25 44

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 90 16 70

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 65 8 36

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 45 5 25

Three equal compartments –

use for separate services in one

raceway. Breakaway dividers

enable compartment

configurations. Available in 8'

[2.4m] lengths. Packed 48' [14.6m]

per carton.

Use with 5500BD3. Available in 8'

[2.4m] lengths. Packed 48' [14.6m]

per carton.

Retains wires in raceway.

Wire Clip

PART NUMBERS:

5500WCA (Ivory)

Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

5500C (Ivory)

5500C-WH (White)

6 1/2"

[165mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

For covering seam where two

pieces of 5500C Cover come

together.

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

5506 (Ivory)

5506-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

160

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Ordering Information

1 3/4"

[44mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

5 13/16"

[148mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

Each Leg

8 9/16"

[217mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

[203mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

9 1/8"

[232mm]

8 3/16"

[208mm]

[102mm]

Each Leg

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

6 7/8"

[175mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

Each Leg

6 7/8"

[175mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

Each Leg

6 7/8"

[175mm]

[102mm]

2 3/8"

[60mm]

[229mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

For covering seam where two

pieces of 5500BD3 Base come

together.

For closing open end of 5500BD3

Raceway. Three 1/2" trade size

KOs for end feed.

For feeding raceway from larger

conduits. Has concentric 3/4", 1",

1 1/2", and 2" trade size KOs on

end and back. Two removable

dividers are included.

90° flat corner with integral

dividers that provides a 2"

[51mm] cable bend radius

for UTP and fiber optic

installations. Ideal for lay-in

or pull-through installations.

Use when a is needed. Has three

rectangular KOs for use with

existing wall box and three 1/2",

3/4", and 1" trade size KOs.

For branching raceway at right

angles.

90° internal corner with integral

dividers that provides a 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for UTP and

fiber optic installations. Ideal for

lay-in or pull-through installations.

For right angle turns around

external corners.

90° external corner with integral

dividers that provide a 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius for UTP and

fiber optic installations. Use

the 5518FO for a alternative to

the 5518.

Makes transition from 5500 Series

Raceway to the 400, 800, 2300,

PN03, PN05 and PN10 Latching

Series Raceways.

Bend Radius Full Capacity Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5517FO (Ivory)

5517FO-WH (White)

Base Seam Clip

PART NUMBERS:

5506B (Ivory)

5506B-WH (White)

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5518 (Ivory)

5518-WH (White)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5510 (Ivory)

5510-WH (White)

Bend Radius Full Capacity External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5518FO (Ivory)

5518FO-WH (White)

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5510D (Ivory)

5510D-WH (White)

Transition Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5574 (Ivory)

5574-WH (White)

Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

5511 (Ivory)

5511-WH (White)

Backfeed Connector

PART NUMBERS:

5514A (Ivory)

5514A-WH (White)

Tee/Take-Off Connector

PART NUMBERS:

5515 (Ivory)

5515-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

161

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Angled Raceway Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

CM-ARA-V (Ivory)

CM-ARA-WH (White)

CM-ARA-FW (Fog White)

CM-ARA-BK (Black)

CM-ARA-G (Gray)

CM-ARA-GY (Light Gray)

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Ordering Information

6 9/16"

[167mm]

9 1/8"

[231mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II

inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ

Faceplates.

9 5/8"

[244mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

7 5/16"

[186mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

6 5/8"

[168mm]

[127mm]

2 7/8" x 1 3/4"

[73mm x 44mm]

cutout

[152mm] 7/16"

[11.1mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold

communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.

S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II

inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or

5507-6TJ Faceplates.

For mounting up to three power

and communication devices

with the 5500 Series Raceway.

Utilizes 5507 Series™ Faceplates,

Wiremold Open System

communication modules,

Ortronics® TracJack and Series II

inserts, and Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts. For

faceplate options, see 5507

Series™ Faceplates.

For mounting up to four power and

communication devices at one

location. Utilizes 5507 Series™

Faceplates, Wiremold Open

System communication modules,

Ortronics® TracJack and Series II

inserts, and Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series inserts. For

faceplate options, see 5507

Series™ Faceplates.

Makes transition from 5500 Series

Raceway to 5400 Series Raceway.

[51mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

Provides angled exit in multi-channel

raceway systems. Snaps into standard

4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and WallSource Device

Brackets. Angled exit provides additional mounting depth

required for A/V connections as well as ensuring the

required bend radius for UTP and fiber optic cabling.

Holds two Ortronics® Series II modules. Fits 5507 Series

Faceplate opening.

Provides angled exit in multi-channel

raceway systems. Snaps into standard

4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and

WallSource Device Brackets. No CM-EPLA End Plates

required. Accepts two CM2 Series Wiremold Open System

communication modules or Pass & Seymour® Activate

Series inserts.

CONNECTION REQUIRED USE CATALOG

NUMBERFROM TO

5500BD3 Series Raceway 400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC 5574

5500BD3 Series Raceway PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway 5574

5500BD3 Series Raceway 5400TB Series Raceway 5574A

Existing Outlet 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5514A

1/2", 3/4", & 1" Trade Size Conduit or Armored Cable Back of 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5514A or 5510D

1/2" Trade Size Conduit or Armored Cable Side of 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5510 or 5510D

3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade Size Conduit or Armored Cable Back or Side of 5500BD3 Series Raceway 5510D

5500 Series Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings

Transition Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

5574A (Ivory)

5574A-WH (White)

Device Inline Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

5550 (Ivory)

5550-WH (White)

Offset Mounting Device Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

5550A4 (Ivory)

5550A4-WH (White)

Angled Raceway Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

ARA-S2-V (Ivory)

ARA-S2-WH (White)

ARA-S2-FW (Fog White)

ARA-S2-BK (Black)

ARA-S2-G (Gray)

ARA-S2-GY (Light Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

162

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

4. Sequence for installing devices:

1. Snap bracket in raceway base.

2. Fasten devices to bracket.

Communication devices snap

onto bracket (see Communication

Connectivity Section).

3. Snap raceway covers to base,

butting against bracket.

4. Assemble trim ring.

5. Insert CM-EPLA or S2-EPL,

if required.

6. Install Wiremold Open System

communication modules, Ortronics

TracJack or Series II

inserts, or Pass & Seymour

Activate Series inserts required.

7. Or install 5507 faceplates, if required.

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Installation Details

Integral dividers of the 5500BD3 may

be removed by tearing off at the score

mark. Mount raceway base to wall by

using appropriate screws. Use two

screws every 18" [457mm], using the

ribs on the outermost compartments of

the raceway as guides.

2. Place the 5500WCA Wire Clips in base

as shown to contain the wires in place

while installing.

3. Slide the 5506 Cover Clip on the

uninstalled section of raceway cover as

shown; snap cover to the base overlapping

the seam cover over the installed section.

5500C

5500BD3

5500WCA

5506

5550

Note: Use blank plates to cover

any unused slots in bracket.

5500 Series Raceway Installation Details

5550A4

Install bracket to raceway base first,

mount to the wall with screws,

and mount device. After installing

raceway cover, snap box cover

to bracket and

assemble

device plate.

6. End cap may be used as a blank

to cap off the raceway at the end-

of-run, or to feed wires from a

1/2" trade size pipe (punch out

the proper KO). Mount endcap to

raceway base using appropriate

screws. Slide raceway cover

under the upper lip of the end

cap as shown, before snapping

to base.

5510

Screw

Locations

5510D

10. Punch out appropriate hole in the

tee fitting base, and snap to raceway

base; screw down to wall. Assemble

raceway covers to base and then

snap to tee cover overlapping

raceway covers.

5511FO

5515

12. Punch out appropriate hole in fitting base

and snap to the raceway base; screw down

to the wall. Remove proper twistout from

the insert by first scoring with a knife and

then twisting. Slide the insert onto fitting

cover. Assemble raceway covers to base

and then snap fitting cover, overlapping

raceway covers.

5574

5518 or

5518FO

5517FO

5514A

7. Feed raceway from larger conduit.

1. Line up base of the fitting with

the raceway base using the tongues

as guides.

2. Fasten the base of the fitting to

the wall using screws.

3. Remove the proper KO.

4. Attach conduit using proper fitting.

5. Feed the necessary cables.

6. Slide the dividers (two provided)

into the mounting guides if needed.

7. Snap the raceway cover on the base.

8. Snap fitting cover onto the base

using guiding keyslots in base.

8. Mount flat elbow as shown; assemble

raceway covers first, then elbow cover.

9. Use this fitting to back

feed from existing wall

box, or to feed from 1/2",

3/4" and 1" trade size

conduit: score KO with

knife, then punch out.

11. Install one corner base first, then

measure to other corner (measure

from edges of fittings). Mount

raceway base, and cover;

assemble fitting

cover last.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

163

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Duplex Receptacle Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507D (Ivory)

5507D-WH (White)

5507D-G (Gray)

5507D-GY (Light Gray)

5507D-BK (Black)

5507D-FW (Fog White)

5507 SERIES™ FACEPLATES

Ordering Information

CODE REFERENCE

Listed Raceway:

File E90378 Guide RJTX.

Complies with flammability requirements of UL-5A.

Fittings: File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.

UL Listed for up to 600V.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

5507 Series™ Faceplates accept a wide assortment of power, A/V

and datacom devices from leading manufacturers. Faceplates can

be used in nonmetallic device brackets for 2300BACD, 400BAC, 5000,

5400TB, 5500BD3, 40N2 Series Raceways, 4050 Device Bracket for Steel

Raceways, and WallSource™ Boxes.

NOTE: All 5507 Series™ Faceplates have a standard measurement of

4 1/4" x 1 7/8" [108mm x 34mm].

COLOR OPTIONS

5507 Series™ faceplate Part Numbers without a suffix are available in an

ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part

Numbers with a “-G” suffix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “-BK”

suffix have a black finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog

white finish. Part numbers with a “-GY” suffix have a light gray finish.

For mounting Activate and other

modular furniture bezels and other

modular furniture adapters. Not

for use with rectangular (decorator)

style devices.

5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information

For covering unused compartments in

the device bracket. 

For covering duplex style devices.

Accepts 106 Frame.

For mounting one or two keystone

device modules, recessed to provide

a flush installation. Has one opening

and one KO.

Modular Furniture Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

5507AD (Ivory)

5507AD-WH (White)

5507AD-GY (Gray)

5507AD-FW (Fog White)

Blank Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507B (Ivory)

5507B-WH (White)

5507B-G (Gray)

5507B-GY (Light Gray)

5507B-FW (Fog White)

Flush Dual RJ Connector Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507FRJ (Ivory)

5507FRJ-WH (White)

5507FRJ-G (Gray)

5507FRJ-GY (Light Gray)

5507FRJ-BK (Black)

5507FRJ-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

164

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

Rectangular Receptacle Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507R (Ivory)

5507R-WH (White)

5507R-G (Gray)

5507R-FW (Fog White)

Extron® AAP Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507AAP (Ivory)

5507AAP-WH (White)

5507AAP-G (Gray)

5507AAP-GY (Light Gray)

5507AAP-BK (Black)

5507AAP-FW (Fog White)

For covering rectangular decorator

style devices.

For mounting one or two keystone

device modules. Has one opening and

one KO.

5507 SERIES™ FACEPLATES

Ordering Information

For mounting commercial device

plates. Installs between the device

bracket and a device.

Accepts four AVIP and Extron®

Electronics MAAP single space

modules.

For covering standard toggle switches.

For covering single receptacles 1.59"

[40mm] diameter.

For covering single receptacles 1.41"

[36mm] diameter.

For mounting Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Accepts four TracJack

devices.

For mounting Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Accepts six TracJack devices.

Accepts two Extron® Electronics AAP

single space modules.

Ortronics® Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507-4TJ (Ivory)

5507-4TJ-WH (White)

5507-4TJ-G (Gray)

5507-4TJ-FW (Fog White)

Rectangular Spacer

PART NUMBERS:

5507S (Ivory)

5507S-WH (White)

5507S-G (Gray)

5507S-GY (Light Gray)

5507S-BK (Black)

5507S-FW (Fog White)

Ortronics® Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507-6TJ (Ivory)

5507-6TJ-WH (White)

5507-6TJ-G (Gray)

5507-6TJ-FW (Fog White)

Switch Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507SW (Ivory)

5507SW-WH (White)

5507SW-G (Gray)

5507SW-FW (Fog White)

Single Receptacle Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507T1 (Ivory)

5507T1-WH (White)

5507T1-G (Gray)

5507T1-FW (Fog White)

Single Receptacle Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507T2 (Ivory)

5507T2-WH (White)

5507T2-G (Gray)

5507T2-FW (Fog White)

Dual RJ11/RJ45 Connector Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507RJ (Ivory)

5507RJ-WH (White)

5507RJ-G (Gray)

5507RJ-GY (Light Gray)

5507RJ-FW (Fog White)

Extron® MAAP Faceplate

PART NUMBERS:

5507MAAP (Ivory)

5507MAAP-WH (White)

5507MAAP-G (Gray)

5507MAAP-GY (Light Gray)

5507MAAP-BK (Black),

5507MAAP-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

165

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

For mounting Ortronics® Series II

modules into 5507 opening. Includes

two outlet identification labels with

clear covers and two matching screw

covers.

5507 SERIES™ FACEPLATES

Ordering Information

For mounting Pass & Seymour®

Activate and Wiremold Open System

communication modules into 5507

openings. Includes two outlet

identification labels with clear covers

and two matching screw covers.

Angled Raceway Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

CM-ARA-V (Ivory),

CM-ARA-WH (White)

CM-ARA-FW (Fog White)

CM-ARA-BK (Black)

CM-ARA-G (Gray)

CM-ARA-GY (Light Gray)

[51mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

Provides angled exit in multi-channel

raceway systems. Snaps into standard

4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and

WallSource Device Brackets. Angled

exit provides additional mounting

depth required for A/V connections

as well as ensuring the required

bend radius for UTP and fiber optic

cabling. Holds two Ortronics® Series

II modules. Fits 5507 Series Faceplate

opening.

Provides angled exit in multi-channel

raceway systems. Snaps into standard

4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and

WallSource Device Brackets. No

CM-EPLA End Plates required.

Accepts two CM2 Series Wiremold

Open System communication modules

or Pass & Seymour® Activate Series

inserts.

Angled Raceway Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

ARA-S2-V (Ivory)

ARA-S2-WH (White)

ARA-S2-FW (Fog White)

ARA-S2-BK (Black)

ARA-S2-G (Gray)

ARA-S2-GY (Light Gray)

End Plate

PART NUMBERS:

CM-EPLA (Ivory)

CM-EPLA-WH (White)

CM-EPLAG (Gray)

CM-EPLA-FW (Fog White)

End Plate

PART NUMBERS:

S2-EPL (Ivory)

S2-EPL-WH (White)

S2-EPLG (Gray)

S2-EPL-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

166

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

167

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Wiremold® Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems are the industry leaders in quality, ease of installation, and for

providing pathway solutions for all types of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold Surface Raceway Systems have

provided the highest quality, most dependable solutions for installers, building owners, and designers.

With the introduction of ALDS4000 Series Raceway System, we’re again pushing the envelope and expanding the

capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface raceway systems.

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Table of Contents

ALDS4000 Series

Raceway 181

Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways

ALDS400 Series Raceway

Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways

AL2000 Series

170

181

ALA3800 Series

185

ALA4800 Series

189

AL5200 Series

193

AL2400 Series

174

AL3300 Series

177

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

168

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

Two-Piece Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles

Two-Piece Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles

AL2000 Series™ Raceway

ALA3800 Series™ Raceway

AL3300 Series™ Raceway

AL2400 Series™ Raceway

AL2000B & AL2000C

1 1/8"

[29mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

CAPACITY: 1.1 in.2 [710mm2]AL2400B & AL2400C CAPACITY: 1.7 in.2 [1097mm2]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

[51mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Capacity with Offset Divider –

1.35 sq. in. [871mm2]

Capacity with 1/2 Divider –

2.2 sq. in. [1419mm2]

Capacity Undivided –

4.4 sq. in. [2839mm2]

2.20 in2

[1419mm2]

AL3300 w/Offset Divider

1.35 in2

[871mm2]

2.20 in2

[1419mm2]

2.20 in2

[1419mm2]

AL3300 w/Half Divider

AL3300 with Offset Divider

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 7/16"

[36.5mm]

AL3300B & AL3300C CAPACITY: 4.40 in.2 [2389mm2]

ALA3800B & ALA3800C

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[76mm]

CAPACITY: 5.96 in.2 [3842mm2]

ALA4800 Series™ Raceway

ALA4800B & ALA4800C CAPACITY:

Each Compartment

5.93 in.2 [3826mm2]

[152mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

Capacity as Shown –

3.90 sq. in./4.5 sq. in.

[2526mm2/2903mm2]

Capacity Three Compartments –

2.85 sq. in./2.40 sq. in./2.85 sq. in.

[1839mm2/1548mm2/1839mm2]

Capacity Undivided –

8.5 sq. in. [5484mm2]

NOTE: See the AL5200

Series Raceway

section for additional

raceway compartment

configurations.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

169

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL5200 Series™ Raceway

AL5200B & AL5200C CAPACITY:

Each Compartment: 8.5 in.2 [5484mm2]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

[51mm]

[127mm]

Large Dual-Channel Raceway Profile

ALDS4000® Series Raceway

ALDS4000B & ALDS4000C

5 3/4"

[146mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

CAPACITY:

Each Compartment: 4.85 in2 (3192 mm2)

Two-Piece Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Profiles (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

170

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in

commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL2000

™

SERIES RACEWAY

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY

A. Supply conductors may be fed

through AL2010A Feed End Fitting.

This system is designed with

capacity for additional feed or

circuitry conductors.

B. Attach base section to mounting

surface with AL2003 Spring

Mounting Clips, or by drilling 9/32"

[7.1mm] holes in the base and use

#8 flathead screws.

C. Connect circuit wires with

connectors.

D. Additional multiple outlet sections

or AL2000 Raceway sections may

be attached at ends with AL2001

Coupling.

E. Close ends with blank end fitting

(AL2010B), or with feed end fittings

(AL2010A).

F. Snap in cover section.

G. In-line receptacle AL2043.

AL2000 Series Raceway System Layout

COLOR OPTIONS

AL2000 Series™ Raceway is available with a

satin anodized finish.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

171

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL2000 Series Raceway Wire

Fill Capacities for Communications

O.D. (Approx Dia.)

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]

40%

FILL

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 2

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 1

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 17

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 3

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 2

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 2

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]

nominal thickness. Packed (12)

5’ [1.5m] lengths (AL2000B-5) or

six 10’ [3m] lengths (AL2000B10)

per carton.

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]

nominal thickness. Packed (12)

5’ [1.5m] lengths per carton.

AL2000C-5 Raceway Cover

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm] W30 – For common connection of

two, three, or four No. 12 or No.14

solid copper conductors. Packed

24 pieces per carton (16 W30 and

8 W30G). W30G – For connection of

equipment grounding of 2, 3, or 4

solid conductors No. 14 or No. 12

AWG. 300V maximum; 20A 105° C

maximum.

Joins lengths of AL2000B Base.

Supports lengths of AL2000

Raceway at any point desired.

Mount to surface with No. 8

flathead screw.

Covers seam where lengths of

cover or base come together.

Holds conductors in place in

raceway base.

W30/W30G Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

AL2000WC Wire Retainer (Plastic)

AL2001 Coupling (Galvanized Steel)

AL2003 Mounting Clip (Spring Steel)

AL2006 Cover Clip (Spring Steel)

NOTE:

Not for use with

aluminum conductors.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

AL2000

™

SERIES RACEWAY

1 7/16"

[37mm]

[25mm]

AL2000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm]

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH PLUGMOLD

RECEPTACLES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 51 8

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 38 6

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 24 3

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 12

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 8

O.D.

AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

AL2000B-5 (5' Length)

AL2000B10 (10' Length)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

172

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Connects of equipment grounding

conductor to provide an additional

ground to raceway.

Designed for use in hanging

fixtures. Cover takes any device

with mounting screw centers

of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" and 4 1/16"

[70mm, 89mm, 103mm]. Base has

concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

KOs.

Single-pole 120V switch. Two

couplings furnished.

Two 15A, 120V U-ground factory

wired receptacles. Two couplings

furnished.

Two 15A, 120V factory wired,

isolated ground, orange

receptacles. Two couplings

furnished.

End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm] hub

adapter.

Closes off end of raceway.

Right angle turn on same surface.

Two AL2001 Couplings included.

Branch connection of two runs of

AL2000 Series Raceway. Three

AL2001 Couplings included

AL2009 Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)

AL2038 Round Fixture Box (Solid Base)

AL2040A In-Line Single Pole Switch

AL2043 In-Line Receptacle

AL2043IG In-Line Isolated Ground Receptacle

AL2010A Feed Fitting

AL2010B Blank End Fitting

AL2011 Flat Elbow

AL2015 Tee

AL2000

™

SERIES RACEWAY

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

1 1/6"

[27mm]

1 1/16"

[27mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

[76mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

[102mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

Makes 90° internal corners. Two

AL2001 Couplings included

AL2017 Internal Elbow

[76mm]

Makes 90° external corners. Two

AL2001 Couplings included

AL2018 External Elbow

1 7/8"

[48mm]

[76mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[152mm]

AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

173

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

For larger receptacles and deep

devices such as those of signal

and alarm systems. Base has

open back plate for mounting to

existing wall box and solid back

plate insert with 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size KOs to close opening.

Accepts industry standard

faceplates for communication

devices.

Designed for standard shallow

switches and receptacles.

Base has open back plate for

mounting to existing wall box

and solid back plate insert with

1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to

close opening.

Deep Device Box

Shallow Switch & Receptacle Box

CAT NO. L W D GANG

AL2044

4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] 1

AL2044-2

4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 2 1/2" [64mm] 2

CAT NO. L W D GANG

AL2047

4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 1

AL2047-2

4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 2

AL2000

™

SERIES RACEWAY

Used to feed raceway from

existing wall outlet box.

AL2051H Box Adapter

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

174

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in

commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL2400

™

SERIES RACEWAY

AL2400 Series Raceway Wire

Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]

40%

FILL

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 23

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 19

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 13

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 6

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 5

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 11

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 24

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 24

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 13

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

COLOR OPTIONS

AL2400 Series™ Raceway is available with a

satin anodized finish.

AL2400 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm]

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH PLUGMOLD

RECEPTACLES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 78 16

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 58 12

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 37 8

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 18 4

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 13 3

O.D.

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

175

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]

nominal thickness. Packed (12) 5’

[1.5m] lengths (AL2400B-5) or six

10’ [3m] lengths (AL2400B10) per

carton.

Closes off open end of raceway.

End fitting with plastic 1/2" trade

size KO.

Right angle turn on same

surface. Two AL2401 Couplings

included.

Branch connection of two runs

of AL2400 Series Raceway.

Three AL2401 Couplings

included.

Cross connection of two runs of

AL2400 Series Raceway. Four

AL2401 Couplings included.

Makes 90° internal corners. Two

AL2401 Couplings included.

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm]

nominal thickness. Packed (12) 5’

[1.5m] lengths per carton.

Holds conductors in place in

raceway base.

Joins lengths of AL2400B Base.

Covers seam where lengths of

cover or base come together.

Connects of equipment grounding

conductor to provide an additional

ground to raceway.

AL2410B Blank End Fitting

AL2410B2 Feed Fitting

AL2411 Flat Elbow

AL2415 Tee

AL2416 Cross Fitting

AL2417 Internal Elbow

AL2400C Raceway Cover

AL2400WC Wire Retainer (Plastic)

AL2401 Coupling (Galvanized Steel)

AL2406 Cover Clip (Spring Steel)

AL2409 Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)

AL2400 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

[51mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[25mm]

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[51mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[51mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[102mm]

[51mm]

[152mm]

[102mm]

[51mm]

[152mm] 6"

[152mm]

[51mm]

[102mm]

AL2000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

AL2400B-5 (5' Length)

AL2400B-10 (10' Length)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

176

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Makes 90° external corners. Two

AL2401 Couplings included.

For in-line mounting of

commercially available duplex

receptacle.

AL2418 External Elbow

AL2446P-D Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate

AL2400

™

SERIES RACEWAY

[76mm]

[127mm]

[152mm]

Feeds raceway from existing wall

outlet box.

AL2451H Box Adapter

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

AL2400 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

177

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in

commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL3300

™

SERIES RACEWAY

AL3300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CAPACITY OF CROSS SECTIONAL AREA

WITH DUPLEX DEVICE WITHOUT DEVICE

O.D.

WITH OFFSET

DIVIDER

WITHOUT

DIVIDER

WITH HALF

DIVIDER

WITH OFFSET

DIVIDER

WITHOUT

DIVIDER

WITH HALF

DIVIDER

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm]

1.35 in

[871mm

]

4.40 in

[2839mm

]

2.20 in

[1419mm

]

1.35 in

[871mm

]

4.40 in

[2839mm

]

2.20 in

[1419mm

]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 59 136 39 59 193 96

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 40 93 27 40 132 66

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 25 58 17 25 83 41

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 14 33 9 14 48 24

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 10 24 7 10 34 17

COLOR OPTIONS

AL3300 Series™ Raceway is available with a

satin anodized finish.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

178

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL3300

™

SERIES RACEWAY

AL3300 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

O.D. WITHOUT DIVIDER WITH OFFSET DIVIDER WITH HALF DIVIDER

(Approx. Dia.) 1.35in

[871mm

] 4.40 in

[2839mm

] 2.20 in

[1419mm

]

CABLE TYPE CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 20% FILL 40% FILL 20% FILL 40% FILL 20% FILL 40% FILL

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 30 61 9 19 15 30

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 25 50 7 15 12 35

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 17 35 5 10 8 17

4-pair, 24, AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 8 17 2 5 4 8

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 6 13 2 4 3 6

COAXIAL RG6/U 20 Gage 0.270 [6.9] 15 30 4 9 7 15

FIBER 2 Stranded ZipCord 0.118 x

0.236

[3 x 6] 31 63 9 19 15 31

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 32 64 9 19 16 32

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 17 34 5 10 8 17

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

6063-T5 extruded aluminum,

satin anodized finish. Nominal

wall thickness .060" [1.5mm].

Packed four 10’ [3m] lengths

per carton.

Holds wires and cables in

raceway base. Use with

undivided raceway, snaps into

grooves in base.

Set screw coupling used for

attaching in-line raceway

sections.

Required for holding AL3300D5

Divider in place. Use one every

30" [762mm].

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to raceway.

6063-T5 extruded aluminum,

satin anodized finish. Nominal

wall thickness .060" [1.5mm].

Packed eight 5’ [1.5m] lengths

per carton.

Divider is 0.040" [1.0mm]

galvanized steel. Packed eight

5’ [1.5m] lengths per carton.

AL3301D Divider Clip sold

separately.

AL3300B10 Raceway Base AL3300WC Wire Clip (Spring Steel)

AL3301 Base Coupling (Galvanized Steel)

AL3301D Divider Clip (Galvanized Steel)

AL3309 Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)

AL3300C5 Raceway Cover

AL3300D5 Divider

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

Section A-A Section B-B Section C-C

Device Plate

Optional

Divider

2 3/4"

[70mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[76mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer

AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information

NOTE: Offset plates cannot

abut. Short section of

cover must be used

between offset plates.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

179

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL3300

™

SERIES RACEWAY

Closes off open end of AL3300

Series Raceway.

End feeds raceway with 1/2"

or 3/4" trade size conduit or

armored cable.

Right angle turns on same

surface. Two AL3301Couplings

included.

90° tee connection of two runs

of AL3300 Series Raceway.

Three AL3301Couplings

included.

90° cross-through connection

of two runs of raceway. Four

AL3301Couplings included.

For making 90° internal

corners. Two AL3301 Couplings

included.

For making external corners.

Two AL3301 Couplings

included.

Mounts standard duplex

devices to cover. Can also be

used with 106 communication

frames.

Installs duplex devices in

divided aluminum raceway.

6" [152mm] offset divider

included. Can also be used with

106 communication frames.

Provided with offset divider.

Installs straight blade and

locking single receptacles with

face diameters of 1.38"-1.39"

[35mm-36mm].

Installs rectangular devices

including surge receptacles,

GFCI, and other rectangular

faced single-gang wiring

devices. Can also be used with

106 communication frames.

AL3310B Blank End Fitting

AL3310B1 End Fitting

AL3311 90° Flat Elbow

AL3315 Tee

AL3316 Cross Fitting

AL3317 Internal Elbow

AL3318 External Elbow

AL3346D Duplex Receptacle Cover

AL3346DO Offset Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate

(For Divided Raceway)

AL3346E Single Receptacle Cover Plate

(1.40" diameter)

AL3346G Rectangular Device Cover Plate

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

[152mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

[229mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

[152mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

[229mm] 9"

[229mm]

[152mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

[76mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

180

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL3300

™

SERIES RACEWAY

Installs communication

connectivity devices. Includes

cover and low profile adapter

cover (6A opening).

Installs communication

connectivity devices utilizing

the industry standard single-

gang faceplates. Hole cut is

2" x 2 7/8" [51mm x 73mm].

Faceplates must be ordered

separately.

Installs a single 2A size

communication connectivity

device (2A opening). Includes

cover and 2A mini adapter.

Accepts only Ortronics®

datacom inserts. Supplied with

both adapters to accommodate

two TracJack™ devices or one

Series II device.

For exiting of communication

cable. Grommet furnished.

Accepts only Ortronics®

datacom inserts, three Series

II devices. Low profile adapter

included.

Installs rectangular devices

including surge receptacles,

GFCI and other rectangular

faced single-gang wiring

devices in divided aluminum

raceway. 6" [152mm] offset

divider included. Can also be

used with 106 communication

frames. Provided with

offset divider.

AL3356-ACTLPB Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

AL3356R Cover Plate (with 2" x 2 7/8"

[51mm x 73mm] Hole cut)

AL33562A* 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

AL3356ABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate

AL3356Z Grommeted Cover Plate

AL3356-LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

AL3346GO Offset GFCI Receptacle Cover Plate

(For Divided Raceway)

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[152mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for

information on CM2 Series modules.

AL3300 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

181

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

HJKL

ADF

Dual-channel raceway. Provides 1/3 more capacity in sleek, innovative design.

Meets or exceeds industry standards. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

ALDS4000

SERIES RACEWAY

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY

A. ALDS4011 Flat Elbow

B. ALDS4010A Entrance End Fitting

C. ALDS4047E 1.41 Dia. Device Plate

D. ALDS4047-2A Mini adapter Device Plate

E. ALDS4047F 1.59 Dia. Device Plate

F. ALDS4018 External Elbow

G. ALDS4017 Internal Elbow

H. ALDS4047D Duplex Device Plate

I. ALDS4047MAB MAB Device Plate

J. ALDS4047R Decorator Device Plate

K. ALDS4015 Tee

L. ALDS4047C One-Gang Device Plate

M. ALDS4010B Blank End Fitting

ALDS4000 Raceway System Layout

COLOR OPTIONS

ALDS4000® Series Raceway is available

with a satin anodized finish.

NOTE: Downward activations only available prewired.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

182

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

O.D. (Approx. Dia.) ALDS4011 ALDS4015 ALDS4017 ALDS4018

WIRE SIZE/THWN

40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%

Inches (mm)

THHN 14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 122 182 49 73 75 112 133 199

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 89 133 35 53 54 82 97 145

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 56 84 22 34 34 51 61 92

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 32 48 13 19 20 30 35 53

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 23 35 9 14 14 21 25 38

UTP 4-pair, 24 AWG 0.150 [4.8] 67 100 27 40 41 61 73 109

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 42 62 17 25 25 38 45 68

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 34 51 14 20 21 31 37 56

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 24 36 10 14 15 22 26 39

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 13 20 6 8 8 12 15 22

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 12 17 6 7 7 11 13 19

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 21 31 8 12 13 19 22 34

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 42 64 17 25 26 39 46 69

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 43 64 17 26 26 40 47 70

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 23 34 9 14 14 21 25 38

NOTE: 40% and 60% Wire fill capacities are calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be removed

if not required to obtain full raceway capacity.

* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and fitting can obtain

maximum raceway fill from utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.

ALDS4000

SERIES RACEWAY

O.D. (Approx Dia.) 40% FILL

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm] 1/2 COMPARTMENT

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 68

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 56

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 40

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 22

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 19

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 34

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 70

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 71

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 38

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per

addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm]

NO. OF

CONDUCTORS

40%

W/DUPLEX

RECT. DEVICES

W/SURGE

GFCI DEVICES

LARGE SINGLE

RECEPTACLE

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 200 134 105 76

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 146 98 77 56

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 92 62 48 35

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 53 36 28 20

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 38 26 20 158

O.D.

ALDS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

ALDS4000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

ALDS4000 Designer Series Raceway Fittings Wire Fill Capacities

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

183

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

ALDS4000

SERIES RACEWAY

.060" [1.52mm] satin anodized

finish. Packed four 10’ [3.05m]

lengths per carton.

Closes off open end of

ALDS4000B Base.

Flat corner for new lay-in or pull-

through applications. Includes

one pair of DS4001 Couplings.

Extra long coupling allows

attachment to wall box or back

fed to 1" or 1 1/4" trade size

conduit.

Divided Tee fitting. For new lay-

in or pull-through installations.

Includes two pairs of DS4001

Couplings.

Internal corner for new lay-in

or pull-through installations.

Includes one pair of DS4001

Couplings.

External corner for new lay-in

or pull-through installations.

Includes one pair of DS4001

Couplings.

.060 [1.52mm] satin anodized finish.

Packed eight 5’ [1.5m] lengths per

carton. Two covers per base.

Holds conductors in place.

Joins lengths of ALDS4000B

together. Sold in pairs.

Covers seam where two sections of

ALDS4000C come together.

Full capacity End Fitting. Has two

1/2" & 3/4" concentric trade size

KOs.

ALDS4000B Raceway Base ALDS4010B Blank End Fitting

ALDS4011 Flat Elbow

DS4014A Backfeed Coupling

ALDS4015 Divided Tee

ALDS4017 Internal Elbow

ALDS4018 External Elbow

ALDS4000C Raceway Cover

DS4000WC Wire Clip

DS4001 Adjust-to-Fit™ Coupling

ALDS4006 Seam Clip

5 1/2"

[140mm]

2 1/16"

[52mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[152mm]

ALDS4010A Entrance End Fitting

[25mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm] 8 1/4"

[210mm]

10"

[254mm]

10 3/4"

[273mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

[152mm] 6"

[152mm]

ALDS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

184

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

ALDS4000

SERIES RACEWAY

Use with commercially-available

single-gang flush plate.

For 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles, or 106 style data

frames.

For straight blade and locking

receptacles.

For straight blade and locking

receptacles.

ALDS4047C Single-Channel One-Gang Device Plate

ALDS4047D Single-Channel Duplex Device Plate

ALDS4047E

Single-Channel 1.41" Diameter Device Plate

ALDS4047F

Single-Channel 1.59" Diameter Device Plate

[152mm]

For 15A and 20A decorator

receptacles.

ALDS4047R Single-Channel Decorator Device Plate

[152mm]

2A opening. Includes adapters

for Ortronics TracJack, Series

II, Wiremold CM2 Series inserts,

Pass & Seymour Activate and

other manufacturers.

ALDS4047-2A*

Single-Channel 2A Mini Adapter Device Plate

[152mm]

For installing Wiremold CM2

Series inserts and Activate

connectivity inserts. Provides

flush installation. Includes 6A

CM-MAB adapter and Ortronics®

MAB3S2 and MAB6TJ adapters.

ALDS4047MAB* Single-Channel MAB Device Plate

[152mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.

ALDS4000 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

185

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial

offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

ALA3800 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

COLOR OPTIONS

AL3800 Series™ Raceway is available with a

satin anodized finish.

AL3800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities

for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]

40%

FILL

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 86

4 -pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 70

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 50

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 25

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 24

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 43

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 88

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 89

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 47

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

O.D. (Approx Dia.)

AL3800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm]

40%

FILL

POWER WIRING

WITHOUT

DEVICES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 214

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 156

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 98

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 56

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 41

POWER WIRING

WITH DEVICES

2.04 Sq. In.

[51.82mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 159

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 116

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 73

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 42

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 30

O.D.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

186

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

ALA3800 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

Satin Anodized finish. Nominal

wall thickness of .078" [1.99mm].

Packed four 10’ [3m] lengths per

carton.

Satin Anodized finish. Nominal

wall thickness of .078" [1.99mm].

Packed eight 5’ [1.50m] lengths

per carton. ALAC-5 is compatible

with ALA3800 and ALA4800 Series

Raceways.

Covers seam where lengths of

raceway come together.

For making a 90° flat turn in a

raceway run. Includes two ALA01

Couplings.

For branch connections of two

runs of ALA3800 Series Raceway.

Includes three ALA01 Couplings.

For making a 90° internal turn

in a raceway run. Includes two

ALA01 Couplings.

For connecting a vertical run of

ALA3800 Series Raceway with

a horizontal run with its cover

facing up. Includes two ALA01

Couplings.

For making a 90° external turn

in a raceway run. Includes two

ALA01 Couplings.

Holds conductors in place in long

raceway runs. Snaps into grooves

on base.

Joins lengths of inline

ALA3800B-10 Raceway Base

together.

Closes off open end of raceway.

For feeding raceway, has

concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade

size knockouts.

ALA3800B-10 Single Compartment Raceway Base

ALAC-5 Raceway Cover

ALA3806 Cover Clip

ALA3811 Flat Elbow

ALA3815 Tee

ALA3817 Internal Elbow

ALA3817N Inverted Internal Elbow

ALA3818 External Elbow

ALAWC Wire Clip

ALA01 Couplings

ALA3810B Blank End Fitting

ALA3810B1 Entrance End Fitting

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[76mm]

[25mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

[102mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[152mm]

[152mm] 6"

[152mm]

[152mm] 6"

[152mm]

ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

187

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

ALA3800 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

Mounts standard duplex device

to the cover.

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking

single receptacle with face

diameters of 1.38"-1.39"

[36mm-37mm].

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking

single receptacle with face

diameters of 1.56"-1.58"

[38mm-39mm].

Mounts commercially available

GFCI or surge suppression

receptacles.

Mounts commercially available

straight blade or locking

single receptacles with face

diameters of 2.13" [52mm].

ALA-DR Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate

Accepts three (3) Wiremold

CM2 Series communication

connectivity inserts. Provides

a flush installation. Includes

cover and 6A mini adapter,

(6A-opening).

ALA-MAB* 6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

ALA-E Single Receptacle Cover Plate

(1.40" [35.40mm])

ALA-F Single Receptacle Cover Plate

(1.59" [38.90mm])

ALA-G GFCI/Surge/Decorator Cover Plate

ALA-J Single Receptacle Cover Plate

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Mounts toggle switch in line.

ALA-N Toggle Switch Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Accepts three (3) Wiremold

CM2 Series communication

connectivity inserts. Includes

cover and low profile adapter,

(6A-opening).

ALA-LPB* Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Accepts three Ortronics® Series

II datacom inserts. Low profile

adapter included.

ALA-LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Accepts six Ortronics®

TracJack or three Series II

datacom inserts. Both adapters

included.

ALA-MABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

188

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

ALA3800 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.

Installs communication connectivity

devices utilizing industry standard

single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is

1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].

Faceplates must be ordered

separately.

ALA-SG Cover Plate with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16" Opening

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Accepts one (1) Wiremold CM2

Series communication connectivity

device. Includes cover and 2A mini

adapter, (2A-opening).

ALA-2A* 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Facilitates the exit of communication

cabling. Grommet included.

ALA-Z 3/4" [19.1mm] Grommet/Mouse Hole Device

Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

ALA3800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

189

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Dual-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial

offices, laboratories, and health care facilities. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

COLOR OPTIONS

ALA4800 Series™ Raceway is available with

a satin anodized finish.

AL4800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities

for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]

40%

FILL

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 86

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 70

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 50

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 25

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 24

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 43

FIBER

(Each

Compartment)

ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 88

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 89

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 47

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

ALA4800 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

ALA4800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm]

40%

FILL

POWER WIRING

WITHOUT DEVICES

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 214

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 156

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 98

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 56

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 41

POWER WIRING

WITH DEVICES

(2.04 Sq. In.

[51.82mm])

(Each

Compartment)

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 159

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 116

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 73

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 42

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 30

O.D. (Approx Dia.) O.D.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

190

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

ALA4800 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

6063-T5 extruded aluminum,

satin anodized finish, .078"

[1.98mm] wall thickness. Base

has integral divider for separation

of service. Packed 40' [12m] per

carton.

For covering ends of raceway.

For feeding raceway, has two

concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade

size KOs.

Makes 90° flat turn in a raceway

run. Includes four ALA01

Couplings.

For branch connections of two

runs of ALA4800 Series Raceway.

Includes six ALA01 Couplings.

To make an internal turn in a

raceway run. Includes four ALA01

Couplings.

For butting two raceway sections

to form an internal 90° turn in a

raceway run.

6063-T5 extruded aluminum,

satin anodized finish, .078"

[1.98mm] wall thickness. Two

covers per base. Allows only one

compartment to be accessed

at a time. Packed 40' [12m] per

carton. ALAC-5 is compatible with

ALA4800 Series and ALA3800

Series Raceways.

For holding conductors in place

in long raceway runs. Snaps into

grooves in base.

Joins lengths of inline

ALA4800B-10 Raceway Base

together. Two required per

section of base.

Stainless steel clip to cover

joint where lengths of cover or

base come together.

For connection of equipment

grounding conductor to provide

additional ground to raceway.

ALA4800B-10 Dual Compartment Raceway Base ALA4810B Blank End Fitting

ALA4810B2 Entrance End Fitting

ALA4811 Flat Elbow

ALA4815 Tee

ALA4817 Internal Elbow

ALA17A Internal Corner Coupling

ALAC-5 Raceway Cover

ALAWC Wire Clip

ALA01 Couplings

ALA4806 Cover Clip

ALA09 Grounding Adapter

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[152mm]

[76mm]

[25mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

[102mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

#10 Ground Stud

with Cup Washer

2 3/16"

[56mm]

[152mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

[152mm]

[229mm] 9"

[229mm]

[229mm] 9"

[229mm]

[152mm]

[102mm]

[51mm]

NOTE: These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

191

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

ALA4800 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

[152mm]

For making a 90° external turn in a

raceway run. Includes four ALA01

Couplings.

For connecting a vertical run of

ALA4800 Series Raceway with a

horizontal run with its cover facing

up. Includes four ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4818 External Elbow

ALA4817N Inverted Internal Elbow

[152mm]

For two Ortronics® TracJack or

one Series II datacom insert. Both

adapters included.

ALA-ABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

To cover a 12" [305mm] section of

raceway.

ALA-BL Blank Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Mounts standard duplex device to

the cover.

ALA-DR Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking single

receptacle with face diameters of

1.56"-1.58" [38mm-39mm].

ALA-F Single Receptacle Cover Plate

(1.59" [38.90mm])

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking single

receptacle with face diameters of

1.38"-1.39" [36mm-37mm].

ALA-E Single Receptacle Cover Plate

(1.40" [35.40mm])

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Mounts commercially available GFCI

or surge suppression receptacles.

ALA-G GFCI/Surge/Decorator Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Mounts commercially available

straight blade or locking single

receptacles with face diameters of

2.13" [52mm].

ALA-J Single Receptacle Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Mounts toggle switch in line.

ALA-N Toggle Switch Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

*Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.

ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

192

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

ALA4800 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2

Series communication connectivity

inserts. Includes cover and low profile

adapter, (6A-opening).

ALA-LPB* Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Accepts three Ortronics® datacom

inserts for three Series II devices.

Low profile adapter included.

ALA-LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2

Series communication connectivity

inserts. Provides a flush installation.

Includes cover and 6A mini adapter,

(6A-opening).

ALA-MAB* 6A Mini adapter Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Accepts six Ortronics® TracJack or

three Series II datacom inserts. Both

adapters included.

ALA-MABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Installs communication connectivity

devices utilizing industry standard

single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is

1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].

Faceplates must be ordered

separately.

ALA-SG Cover Plate with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16" Opening

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series

communication connectivity devices.

Includes cover and 2A mini adapter,

(2A-opening).

ALA-2A* 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

Facilitates the exit of communication

cabling. Grommet included.

ALA-Z 3/4" [19.1mm] Grommet/Mouse Hole Device

Cover Plate

[76mm]

12"

[305mm]

A radiused insert for the ALA3811 and

ALA4811 flat elbow to provide a bend

radius of 2" [51mm] for Fiber Optic/

Category 5e installations. The insert is

ideal for new and retrofit applications

whether the cable installation is lay-in

or pull-through.

ALA11RI Radiused Insert

A radiused insert for ALA3817, ALA4817,

ALA3817N, ALA4817N, ALA3818, and

ALA4818 fittings to provide a bend

radius of 2" [51mm] for Fiber Optic/

Category 5e installations. The insert is

ideal for new and retrofit applications

whether the cable installation is lay-in

or pull-through.

ALA17/18RI Radiused Insert

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

*Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.

ALA4800 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

193

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

Two-piece raceway. Field-installed divider provides for numerous raceway channel

configurations. Satin anodized finish complements decor in commercial offices,

laboratories, and health care facilities.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJPR.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Raceway & Fittings:

Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Multioutlet Assemblies:

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

COLOR OPTIONS

AL5200 Series™ Raceway is available

with a satin anodized finish.

AL5200 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

KEY

A. Provide electrical feed

through 1/2" or 3/4"

[12.7mm or 19.1mm] KOs

in AL5210B2 End Cap.

B. Attach base section to

mounting surface by drilling

9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the

base, and using #8 flathead

screws.

C. Secure conductors in place

with AL5200WC Wire Clip.

D. Join additional raceway

sections with two AL5201

Couplings.

E. Close ends with AL5210B2

Blank End Fittings.

F. Snap cover into base to

complete installation.

AL5200 Raceway System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

Snap-in Divider

(Optional)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

194

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL5200 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

AL5200 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS 40% FILL

WITHOUT DEVICES

Inches [mm]

2.40in.

[1550mm

]

2.85in

1840[mm

]

3.50 in.

[2260mm

]

3.90 in.

[2520mm

]

4.50 in.

[2900mm

]

4.80 in.

[3100mm

]

5.50 in.

[3550mm

]

8.50 in.

[5480mm

]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 98 117 144 160 185 197 226 350

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 72 85 105 117 135 144 165 255

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 45 54 66 73 85 90 104 161

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 26 31 38 42 49 52 60 92

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 18 22 27 30 35 37 43 67

WITH DUPLEX RECTANGULAR DEVICES

1.59IN.

1025MM



WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN Inches [mm]

2.85in

1840[mm

]

3.50 in.

[2260mm

]

3.90 in.

[2520mm

]

4.50 in.

[2900mm

]

4.80 in.

[3100mm

]

5.50 in.

[3550mm

]

8.50 in.

[5480mm

]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 54 78 95 120 132 161 284

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 39 57 69 87 96 117 207

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 24 36 43 55 60 74 130

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 14 20 25 31 35 42 75

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 10 15 18 22 25 30 54

AL5200 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

40% FILL CAPACITY CROSS SECTIONAL AREA

CABLE/WIRE SIZE Inches [mm]

2.40in.

[1550mm

]

2.85in

1840[mm

]

3.50 in.

[2260mm

]

3.90 in.

[2520mm

]

4.50 in.

[2900mm

]

4.80 in.

[3100mm

]

5.50 in.

[3550mm

]

8.50 in.

[5480mm

]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 33 40 49 55 63 67 77 119

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 27 32 40 45 51 55 63 98

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 19 23 28 31 36 39 44 69

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 9 11 14 15 18 19 22 34

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 7 8 10 11 13 14 16 25

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 16 19 24 27 31 33 38 59

FIBER ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 34 41 50 56 64 69 79 122

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 34 41 51 56 65 69 80 123

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 18 22 27 30 34 37 42 66

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

O.D

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

195

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL5200 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .080" [2.03mm]

wall thickness. Base has four ribs

for snap-in divider. AL5200B-5 is

packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and

AL5200B-10 is packed four 10'

[3m] lengths per carton.

6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin

anodized finish, .075" [1.9mm]

wall thickness. AL5200C-5 is

packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and

AL5200C-10 is packed four 10'

[3m] lengths per carton.

Extruded .050" [1.8mm] thick

aluminum. AL5200D-5 is packed

eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and

AL5200D-10 is packed four 10'

[3m] lengths per carton.

Covers seam where lengths of cover

or base come together.

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to provide an additional

ground to raceway.

Closes off open ends of raceway.

AL5206 Cover Clip (Spring Steel)

AL5209 Grounding Adapter

AL5210B Blank End Fitting

[127mm]

[51mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Raceway may be configured in single or multiple channels

in several versatile ways to accommodate power or

communications wiring.

5.50 in.2

[3550mm2]

2.85 in.2

[1840mm2]

1 5/8"

[42mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

3.90 in.2

[2520mm2]

4.50 in.2

[2900mm2]

[51mm]

[127mm]

8.5 in.2

[5840mm2]

NOTE: Cross-sectional

area of each

compartment

indicated.

3.50 in.2

[2260mm2]

4.80 in.2

[3100mm2]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

2.85 in.2

[1840mm2]

2.85 in.2

[1840mm2]

2.40 in.2

[1550mm2]

1 1/2"

[38mm] For holding conductors in place

in long raceway runs. Snaps into

grooves in raceway. AL5200WC

Full, AL5200WC2 3/4, and

AL5200WC3 1/2.

Set screw couplings. Use two for

attaching in-line raceway sections.

AL5201 Coupling

1 9/16"

[40mm] 3"

[76mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

#10 Ground

Stud with

Cup Washer

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 9/16"

[49mm]

[127mm]

AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information

Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

AL5200B-5 (5' Length)

AL5200B-10 (10' Length)

Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

AL5200C-5 (5' Length)

AL5200C-10 (10' Length)

Divider

PART NUMBERS:

AL5200D-5 (5' Length)

AL5200D-10 (10' Length)

Wire Clip

PART NUMBERS:

AL5200WC (Full)

AL5200D-10 (3/4)

AL5200WC3 (1/2)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

196

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL5200 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

With single or multiple concentric

1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs for

conduit connections. (AL5210B1

and AL5210B3, not shown,have

one and three double KOs

respectively.)

Makes a 90° flat turn in a raceway

run. Includes two pairs of AL5201

Couplings.

Connects two raceway sections

to form an internal 90° turn in a

raceway run.

Connects a vertical run of

AL5200 Series Raceway with a

horizontal overhead run with its

cover facing up.

Makes a 90° external turn in a

raceway run. Includes two pair

of AL5201 Couplings.

Covers a 12" [305mm] section of

raceway.

Mounts standard duplex devices

to cover.

Installs I5A and 2OA duplex

receptacles or duplex style

communication devices.

Feeds raceway from a wall-

mounted outlet box. Rectangular

hole cut or concentric 1/2" and

3/4" trade size KOs. Couplings

included.

Branch connection of two runs of

AL5200 Series Raceway. Includes

three pairs of AL5201 Couplings.

Cross through connection in a

raceway run. Includes four pairs of

AL5201 Couplings.

AL5210B1, AL5210B2, AL5210B3

Entrance End Fitting

AL5211 Flat Elbow

AL5217A Internal Corner Coupling

AL5217N Inverted Internal Elbow

AL5218 External Elbow

AL5246-B Blank Cover

AL5246-D Duplex Receptacle Cover Plate

AL5246-DD Double Duplex Cover Plate

AL5214 Wall Box Connector

AL5215 Tee

AL5216 Cross Fitting

1 9/16"

[49mm]

[127mm]

10"

[254mm]

10"

[254mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 3/8"

[86mm]

[229mm]

10"

[254mm]

[51mm]

15"

[381mm]

[229mm]

[51mm]

Makes 90° internal corner in a

raceway run. Includes two pairs of

AL5201 Couplings.

AL5217 Internal Elbow

[178mm]

[127mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm] 4 13/16"

[122mm]

[76mm]

[127mm]

[203mm]

[152mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

197

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL5200 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

Installs commercially available

straight blade and locking

single receptacles with face

diameters of 1.56"-1.58"

[39.2mm-39.3mm].

Mounts commercially available

GFCI or surge suppression

receptacles.

Accepts three (3) Wiremold

CM2 Series communication

connectivity devices. Includes

cover and low profile adapter

(6A-opening).

For installation requiring a 15A

or 20A duplex receptacle and

accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2

Series communication connectivity

devices. Cover includes 6A mini

adapter (6A-opening).

For installation requiring a GFCI or

surge suppression receptacle and

accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2

Series communication connectivity

devices. Cover includes 6A mini

adapter (6A-opening).

Duplex receptacle cover accepts

one (1) Wiremold CM2 Series and

2A mini adapter (2A opening).

Grommeted cable access at duplex

receptacle location (2A opening).

Accepts only Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Supplied with both

adapters to accommodate two

TracJack devices or one Series II

device.

Accepts three (3) Wiremold

CM2 Series communication

connectivity devices. Includes

cover and two low profile

adapters (6A-openings).

Installs communication

connectivity devices. Includes

cover and 6A mini adapter

(6A-opening).

AL5246-F Single Receptacle Device Cover Plate

AL5246-G GFCI Device Cover Plate

AL5256-ACTLPB* Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-DACT*

Duplex & 6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-GACT* GFCI & 6A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-D2A*

Duplex Receptacle & 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-DZ

Duplex Receptacle & Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate

AL5256-ABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate

AL5256-ACT2LP*

Device Cover Plate with Two Low Profile Adapters

AL5256-ACTMAB

Device Cover Plate with 6A Mini Adapter

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for information on CM2 Series modules.

AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

198

WIREMOLD

ALUMINUM RACEWAY

AL5200 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

Accepts only Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Supplied with both

adapters to accommodate two

TracJack devices or one Series II

device.

GFCI sized hole cut accepts one (1)

Wiremold CM2 Series and 2A mini

adapter (2A opening).

Grommeted cable opening at GFCI

receptacle location.

Accepts only Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Supplied with both

adapters to accommodate two

TracJack devices or one Series II

device.

Accepts Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Supplied with both

adapters to accommodate six

TracJack devices or three Series II

devices.

Accepts Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Accepts three Series

II devices. Low profile adapter

included.

Accepts Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Accepts six Series II

devices. Two low profile adapters

included.

Accepts one (1) Wiremold

CM2 Series 2A communication

connectivity device. Includes cover

and 2A mini adapter (2A opening).

Facilitates exit of voice or data

communication cabling. Grommet

furnished.

Used to allow device offsets and

to extend over ribs in the raceway

base. Snap fits into base.

Accepts Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Supplied with both

adapters to accommodate six

TracJack devices or three Series II

devices.

Accepts Ortronics® datacom

inserts. Supplied with both

adapters to accommodate six

TracJack devices or three Series

II devices.

AL5256-DABRT Duplex & Ortronics® Cover Plate

AL5256-G2A* GFCI & 2A Mini Adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-GZ GFCI & Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate

AL5256-GABRT GFCI & Ortronics® Cover Plate

AL5256-GMABRT GFCI & Ortronics® Cover Plate

AL5256-LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-2LPB3S2

Ortronics® Low Profile Adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-2A* 2A Mini adapter Cover Plate

AL5256-Z Mouse Hole Device Cover Plate

AL5260 Offset Divider

AL5256-MABRT Ortronics® Cover Plate

AL5256-DMABRT Duplex & Ortronics® Cover Plate

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

12"

[305mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm] Dia.

9 9/16"

[243mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for

information on CM2 Series modules.

AL5200 Series Raceway Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

199

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

When time is an issue, Wiremold® Prewired Raceway gives you the option of

letting our experts do the work for you. Wiring is labeled, wrapped and ready for

termination at the job site. All you need to do is mount the raceway on the wall

and connect the feed wires. Use our new Prewired Connectors, and you’ll get off

the job even faster. Save installation time, labor and money with raceway that’s

ready for work before it even gets on the job.

ALA4800 Series

Raceway 225

ALDS4000 Series

Raceway 227 233

Prewired Steel

Raceways

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

200

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Dual Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum

Raceway Systems

Why Prewired?

203

Single Channel, Single Cover Aluminum

Raceway Systems

Single/Dual Channel, Single Cover Aluminum

Raceway Systems

210

AL3000 Series

Raceway

211

ALA3800 Series

Raceway

213

AL3300 Series

Raceway

AL4750 Series

Raceway

215

AL4000 Series

Raceway

217

219

AL4400 Series

Raceway

221

AL4320 Series

Raceway

ALDS4000 Series

Raceway

223

AL4520 Series

Raceway

225

ALA4800 Series

Raceway

227

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Table of Contents

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

201

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Three Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum

Raceway Systems

Prewired Steel Raceway Systems

Prewired Nonmetallic Raceway Systems

235

5400 Series™,

5500 Series™

& CableSmart™

40N2 Series Raceways

229

AL7320 Series

Raceway

231

AL7450 Series

Raceway

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Table of Contents

3000® Series,

4000® Series,

DS4000® & 6000®

Series Raceways

233

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

202

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

At Wiremold®, our goal for Prewired Raceway is to enhance

the value to the end user and installer by providing

value-added services to their projects, i.e. specific wiring

configurations, labeling and special services.

Wiremold® has been setting the standard in the engineering

and manufacturing of Prewired Raceway solutions over

the last 20 years. Wiremold has the knowledgeable sales,

project management and engineering resources to provide

you with assistance in:

• Defining bills of material and project quotes.

• Interpreting project specifications, electrical drawings

and elevation plans to produce detailed submittal and

installation drawings.

• Coordinating production, packaging and shipping

schedules to meet your job site requirements.

As a leader in the electrical industry Wiremold continues to

look for new and innovative ways to simplify the installation

of our Prewired Raceway systems. Over the last 5 years

Wiremold has:

• Redesigned our submittal and installation documentation

to more clearly depict design intent and ease installation.

• Introduced Wiremold “Prewired Connectors”. The

only UL and cUL listed modular connector for Prewired

Raceway systems available on the market. “Prewired

Connectors” have been shown to decrease installation

time and eliminate miswiring in the field that can lead to

costly callbacks.

• Introduced UL and cUL listed Commercial Outlet Centers

(Cord-Ended) that are optimal for mounting to semi-

permanent structures such as shelving and rack displays

found in many Lab applications.

When deadlines are looming and skilled labor is in short

supply Wiremold has the expertise and quality solutions to

help you complete your project on time. Wiremold Prewired

Raceway solutions will:

• Save up to 67% of the installation time needed for field

install of component raceway parts.

• Provide maximum flexibility for adding or relocating

power and communication requirements during

renovations or equipment changes.

• Provide you with an established project team who has the

knowledge and experience from successfully completing

work on thousands of projects for the educational,

pharmaceutical, hospital, retail and military markets.

Detailed Submittal

The detailed submittal shows exactly how each raceway run will be built (lengths, number and type of receptacles,

wiring schematics, circuiting information, etc.). The contractor and/or distributor must review and correct any

information not clearly indicated on the drawings or specs, approve and return before production can be scheduled.

Submittal Free

The Prewired Express Building Plan Checklist is filled out by the contractor or distributor and sent along with plans,

casework, and specs. No submittal is required and the project is scheduled for production upon receipt of all

information.

Ordering Process for Prewired Applications

Prewired Raceway gets

installers off the job in 1/3

less time than conventional

raceway installations.

Wiremold Prewired Raceway

is available in a wide range

of capacity and configuration

options.

PHASE 1 PHASE 2 PHASE 3

• Place contractor

order with

authorized Prewired

Distributor.

• All bid and order

documents to

Wiremold Project

Services.

• Wiremold

Project Manager

assigned and PO

acknowledged.

• Documents

reviewed for

completeness.

Within 24 Hours Within 2 Weeks

Purchase Order Project Launch

• Includes Material

Product Sheets,

material list,

Engineered

raceway details,

product placement

drawings and

release forms.

Submittals

Within 2-4 Weeks

• Return approved

submittal package

with required

revisions and

requested on

site date.

• Drawings revised.

Approval & Release

• Material

packaged &

marked per

area, and

shipped with

“as built”

drawings and

documents.

Shipment

Commercial Outlet Centers

(Cord-Ended) that are

optimal for mounting to

semi-permanent structures

such as shelving and rack

displays found in many Lab

applications.

Prewired Connectors provide

contractors with peace-

of-mind. Connectors are

factory wired and tested so

errors, backtracking and

troubleshooting are virtually

eliminated.

• Electrical Plans

• Data Plans

• Legends &

Schedules

• Specifications

• Take-Off

Completed

• Quote Delivered

Within 48 Hours*

Documents to Rep Quote

* Based on

Complexity

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

203

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

5-15R

5-20R

5-30R

L5-15R

L5-20R

L5-30R

6-15R

6-20R

6-30R

L6-15R

L6-20R

L6-30R

Supports following NEMA NEMA configurations:

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Prewired Connectors

Introducing Faster, More Reliable Connections for

Prewired Raceway Systems

New Wiremold Prewired Connectors offer the fastest, most reliable

connectivity solution available for prewired raceway system installations.

Independent testing has shown that when using new Prewired Connectors

in prewired raceway installations, installers can get off the job up

to eighteen times faster than when using conventional installation

methods… while virtually eliminating any callbacks for wiring errors.

Prewired Connectors provide fast and

reliable connectivity and are available

in 3-, 6- and 8-wire configurations.

Prewired Connector Applications:

Current Rating: 30A maximum

Voltage Rating: 250V maximum

Wire Gauge: 10AWG maximum

Wire Type: Stranded Copper

Specification Guidelines:

• Maximum of one (1) device per foot of raceway.

• Harnesses from multiple feeds may not cross in duct

when feeding from different directions.

• Maximum base segment length of ten (10) feet.

• No downstream protection on GFCI or Surge devices.

3-Wire 6-Wire 8-Wire

The Process

1. Raceway is wired and assembled per customer

specifications.

2 Finished raceway is quality tested to insure

performance and accuracy of wiring

3. Raceway is labelled and packed per job and job

site requirements.

4. Detailed project drawings are included with

every project.

5. Raceway is shipped to arrive at job site per

production schedule and project specifications.

For the Contractor:

Getting a complete

package of detailed

drawings helps my

guys know where

every carton and piece

of raceway go.

For the Lab:

Cord-ended Prewired

gives me the flexibility

I need to reconfigure

my lab.

For the Contractor:

Prewired Connectors

increase my productivity.

Installs are ultra fast and

there are no miswiring or

troubleshooting issues.

Prewired Testimonials

NOTE: Consult factory for other configurations.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

204

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Aluminum

Isoduct® Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems are manufactured to specific job

lengths, completely assembled and shipped to the jobsite ready to install.

COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Surface Metal Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems are available with an

anodized aluminum finish.

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Features

FEATURES STANDARD OPTIONS

Communication Devices Ortronics & Activate Connectivity

System Devices

Other manufacturers

Electrical Devices Pass & Seymour Other manufacturers

Cover Length 12" [305mm], 18" [457mm]

24” [610mm] or 36” [914mm]

Custom – consult factory

Body Length Longest = 10' [3.05m], shortest = 1' [305mm]

Installation Surface mounted Flush mounted (recessed)

Finish Architectural Class II Clear Anodized Custom colors available, consult factory*

Fittings Mitered Butt joints or custom

Wire Type THHN Stranded Options per specification

Wiring Splices Insulation displacement connectors Continuous wiring or twist-on wire connector

Grounding Conductors Wire gauge per National Electrical Oversized and/or separate grounding wires

Code (NEC) and shared grounding wires

Device Identification Gray self-adhesive polyester label

with black letters

Engraved covers, self-adhesive engraved

nameplate, engraved nameplate

Neutrals Shared neutral Oversized and/or separate neutral wires

Pigtails 12" [305mm] feeds and receptacle leads Per specification

Conduit Feeds Raceway drilled at job site with hole saw Entrance end cap

Device Mounting Mounted to cover with 2 counter-sunk

#6-32 screws

Device mounting brackets

Record Drawings 3 sets and 2 copies of marked-up blueprints Per job requirements

Submittal Services Detailed Submittal Express Submittal or Submittal Free

* Paint chip required for custom colors.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

205

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

1 3/4"

[44mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

[152mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

1 25/32"

[45mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[76mm]

Single Channel – Single Cover Raceway Profiles

Capacity: 1.1 in2 [710mm2]

Cover Options: AL3000C

Capacity: 6.10 in2 [3963mm2]

Cover Options: ALA-C

AL3000 Series Raceway ALA3800 Series Raceway

NOTE: These profiles are available as either a single channel raceway or as a divided dual channel raceway.

Single/Dual Channel – Single Cover Raceway Systems

1 7/8"

[36mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Barrier

Available with Barrier removed.

Capacity:

1/2 Divided: 2.20 in2 [1419mm2]

Offset Divided: 1.35 in2 [871mm2]

Undivided: 4.40 in2 [2389mm2]

Cover Options: AL3300C

AL3300 Series Raceway

Capacity:

Divided: 3.10 in2 [2000mm2]

Undivided: 7.20 in2

[4645mm2]

Cover Options: AL4000C

AL4000 Series Raceway

2 1/4"

[57mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Barrier

Available with Barrier removed.

3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Capacity:

Per Compartment:

4.72 in2 [3045mm2]

Cover Options: AL4000C

AL4400 Series Raceway

Capacity:

Small: 2.22 in2 [1536mm2]

Large: 3.75 in2 [2950mm2]

Cover Options: AL4750C

AL4750 Series Raceway

Dual Channel – Dual Cover Raceway Systems

Capacity:

Per Compartment:

4.45 in2 [2970mm2]

Cover Options: AL3000C

AL4320 Series Raceway

Capacity:

Per Compartment:

5.90 in2 [3818mm2]

Cover Options: AL3000C

AL4520 Series Raceway

Capacity:

Per Compartment:

5.93 in2 [3026mm2]

Cover Options: ALA-C

ALA4800 Series Raceway

Capacity:

Per Compartment:

4.85 in2 [3129mm2]

Cover

Options: ALDS4000C

ALDS4000 Series Raceway

Available with Barrier removed.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

206

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

Capacity:

Per Compartment:

4.31 in2 [2797mm2]

Cover Options:

AL3000C, AL4000C

AL7320 Series Raceway

Capacity:

Single: 5.02 in2

[3239mm2]

Dual: 4.72 in2

[3045mm2]

Cover Options:

AL3000C, AL4000C

AL7450 Series Raceway

Three Channel – Dual Cover Raceway Systems

1 3/4"

[44mm]

7 3/8"

[187mm]

Barrier

Available with Barrier removed.

7 3/8"

[187mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

Barrier

Available with Barrier removed.

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

** Each compartment.

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Data/Communications

AL3000 AL4000 AL4320** AL7320 ALDS4000

O.D. No Barrier Single

CABLE/WIRE TYPE Inches [mm] 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40%

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 53 48 53 81 43 68

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 43 39 43 66 35 56

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 6 0.250 [6.4] 31 28 31 47 25 40

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 15 14 15 23 12 20

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.360 [9.1] 15 13 15 23 12 19

COAXIAL RG6/U

0.270 [6.9] 26 24 26 40 21 34

FIBER OPTIC ZipCord

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 54 48 54 83 44 70

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.7] 55 49 55 84 44 71

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 29 26 29 45 24 38

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Data/Communications (continued)

AL4400 AL4520** ALA4750 ALA3800 ALA4800** AL7450

O.D Top Bottom

CABLE/WIRE TYPE Inches [mm] 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40%

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 66 84 69 86 86 71 66

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 55 69 57 70 70 58 55

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 6 0.250 [6.4] 38 48 40 50 50 41 38

4-pair, 24 AWG Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 19 24 20 25 25 20 19

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.360 [9.1] 19 23 19 24 24 20 19

COAXIAL RG6/U

0.270 [6.9] 33 41 34 43 43 35 33

FIBER OPTIC Zi

pCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 68 85 70 88 88 72 68

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.7] 69 87 71 89 89 73 69

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 37 46 38 47 47 39 37

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

207

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Power (40% fill factor)

THHN/THWN

STRANDED

AL7320

AL3000 AL4000* AL4320* Single Dual* ALDS4000*

POWER WIRING

WITHOUT DEVICES

6 AWG 30 27 30 31 56 –

8 AWG 41 37 42 42 78 53

10 AWG 72 64 73 74 135 92

12 AWG 114 102 115 117 214 146

14 AWG 156 140 158 161 294 200

POWER WIRING

WITH GFCI

DEVICES

(2.04 SQ.IN.)

6 AWG 14 10 14 14 40 –

8 AWG 19 15 19 20 55 27

10 AWG 33 25 34 35 96 47

12 AWG 53 41 54 56 153 75

14 AWG 72 56 74 77 210 102

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacities for Power (40% fill factor) (continued)

THHN/THWN

STRANDED

AL7450

ALA3800* AL4400* AL4520* AL4750* Single Dual* ALA4800

POWER WIRING

WITHOUT DEVICES

8 AWG 41 50 54 35 53 49 41

10 AWG 56 87 110 61 108 101 56

12 AWG 98 139 172 97 170 159 98

14 AWG 156 190 232 133 229 215 156

POWER WIRING

WITH GFCI

DEVICES

(2.04 SQ.IN.)

8 AWG 30 28 32 13 31 27 30

10 AWG 42 49 65 22 64 57 42

12 AWG 73 77 102 35 100 89 73

14 AWG 116 106 137 49 135 121 116

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

208

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

5-30R

5-50R

6-30R

6-50R

7-30R

7-50R

10-30R

10-50R

1.3"

[33mm]

2.62"

[64mm]

2.13" [52mm]

5-15R

5-20R

6-15R

6-20R

L5-15R

L6-15R

L7-15R

NOTE: Custom openings are also available –

consult factory for more information.

30A and 50A Straight Blade

Rectangular Openings Decorator Style, Rectangular GFCIs,

and Rectangular Surge Protection

Receptacles

Duplex

Single-Gang Switch

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Device Opening

Opening Device Compatibility Raceway Profile Compatibility

1.40"

[35.6mm]

5-15R

5-20R

6-15R

6-20R

10-20R

14-20R

Single Receptacle 15A and 20A Straight Blade and Locking

15-20R

18-20R

L5-15R

L6-15R

L7-15R

1.59"

[40mm]

Single Receptacle NEMA Locking Devices.

Accommodates all NEMA

Locking Devices except

L5-15R, L6-15R and L7-15R.

* Raceway profile will accommodate opening

and device when undivided.

Single Receptacle

Additional 4 & 5 wire straight blade

device may be compatible.

Consult factory.

AL3000

AL3300

ALA3800

AL4000

AL4400

AL4750

AL4320

AL4520

ALA4800

ALDS4000

AL7320

AL7450

AL3000

AL3300*

ALA3800

AL4000

AL4400

AL4750*

AL4320

AL4520

ALA4800

ALDS4000

AL7320

AL7450

* Raceway profile requires installation of an

adapter box to accommodate device.

** Raceway profile requires removal of

barrier and installation of an adapter box to

accommodate device.

AL3000*

AL3300**

ALA3800

AL4000*

AL4400*

AL4750**

AL4320*

AL4520*

ALA4800

ALDS4000*

AL7320*

AL7450*

* Raceway profile will accommodate opening

and device when undivided.

AL3000

AL3300

ALA3800

AL4000

AL4400

AL4750*

AL4320

AL4520

ALA4800

ALDS4000

AL7320

AL7450

AL3000

AL3300

ALA3800

AL4000

AL4400

AL4750

AL4320

AL4520

ALA4800

ALDS4000

AL7320

AL7450

AL3000

AL3300

ALA3800

AL4000

AL4400

AL4750

AL4320

AL4520

ALA4800

ALDS4000

AL7320

AL7450

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

209

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Duplex for Data Accommodates Standard

Duplex 106 Style

Frames.

1.3"

[33mm]

2.62"

[64mm]

Rectangular Openings Accommodates Standard

Decorator Style Frames.

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Quick Selection Guide

1/4" [6.4mm] Inner Diameter

1/2" [12.7mm] Inner Diameter

3/4" [19.1mm] Inner Diameter

Standard

1" [25mm] Inner Diameter

1.98"

[50mm]

1.18"

[30mm]

3 3/8"

[86mm]

1 13/16"

[46mm]

CM-2AB – Accepts

One Series II Module

ABS2 – Accepts Two

TracJack Modules

LPB – Accepts 3 Pass & Seymour Activate Inserts

LPB3S2 – Accepts 3 Ortronics Series II Inserts

AB2TJ – Accepts One

Activate 2A Module

MAB6TJMAB3S2MAB

NOTE: Custom openings are also

available – consult factory

for more information.

NOTE: Only available in 3800,

4800, ALDS4000 and

DS4000 series.

AB Adapter Openings Accommodates 2A size Activate and Ortronics® Bezels.

Low or High Profile Adapter

Openings

Modular Adapter Opening

Accommodates Activate and Ortronics® Low Profile Adapters.

Low Profile Adapter (LPB)

Grommet Openings

Accommodates MAB Activate and Ortronics® Adapters.

Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Data/Communications Opening

Wallplate Openings Accommodates a wide

range of standard size

commercially available

wall plates.

6-32

Tapped Hole

1.75"

[44mm]

2.75"

[70mm]

Opening Device Compatibility Opening Device Compatibility

Opening Device Compatibility

Accommodates

commercially available

Grommets

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

210

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL3000 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

90°

5 5/8""

[143mm]

5 5/8""

[143mm]

[152mm]

5 5/8"

[143mm]

5 5/8"

[143mm]

[152mm]

AL3000 Series Raceway is a single-channel, single-cover raceway that is a cost

effective, highly aesthetic solution to provide access to communication cabling

or electrical wiring systems. The raceway is designed to meet most installation

requirements for UTP, fiber optic and electrical wiring.

2 5/8"

[67mm]

1 25/32"

[45mm]

4 19/32 sq. in.

[289 sq. cm]

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thic ess: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL3010B Blank End Cap AL3011 90° Flat ElbowAL3017 Internal Elbow with

Coupling

AL3010B1 Entrance End Cap AL3012B 45° External Elbow

with Coupling

AL3001 Slide Coupling AL3015 Flat Tee AL3012A 45° Internal Elbow

with Coupling

For 3/4" [19.1mm]

conduit connector

AL3018 External Elbow with

Coupling

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

211

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

ALA3800 Series Aluminum Raceway System meets the demands of commercial

spaces, directing power or communications services where required. The low-

profile surface mounted raceway is easy to install and because of its two-piece

design, wiring is always accessible.

2 1/4"

[57mm]

[76mm]

CAPACITY:

5.96 i n.2 [3842mm2] Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

ALAWC Wire Clip

ALA01 Slide Coupling

Connects adjoining sections of ALA3800

Series Raceway base.

ALA09 Grounding Adapter

Connects equipment grounding conductor

to ALA3800 Series Raceway.

ALA17A Internal Corner Coupling

Forms an internal 90° turn in a run of

ALA3800 Series Raceway.

ALA3806 Cover Clip

2 1/4"

[57mm]

ALA3810B Entrance End Cap

Closes off open ends of ALA3800 Series

Raceway

Holds conductors in place in long runs

of ALA3800 Series Raceway. Snaps into

grooves on base.

Covers seams where sections of ALAC-5

Cover come together.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

212

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

Makes 90° turns in runs of ALA3800

Series Raceway. Includes two (2)

ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3811 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

[152mm]

[152mm] Makes branch connections of two

runs of ALA3800 Series Raceway.

Includes three (3) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3815 Flat Tee with Coupling

[152mm]

[152mm] Makes 90° internal turns in runs of

ALA3800 Series Raceway. Includes

two (2) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3817 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

[152mm]

Connects vertical runs with

horizontal runs of ALA3800 Series

Raceway with its cover facing up.

Includes two ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3817N Inverted Internal Elbow

[152mm] Makes 90° external turns in runs of

ALA3800 Series Raceway. Includes

two (2) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA3818 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Installs in ALA3811 Flat Elbow. For

new and retrofit applications whether

the cable installation is lay-in or pull-

through.

ALA11R1 2" [51mm] Bend Radius Control Insert

for Flat Elbow

Inserts into ALA3817, ALA3817N,

and ALA3818 fittings. For new and

retrofit applications whether the cable

installation is lay-in or pull-through.

ALA17/18R1 2" [51mm] Bend Radius Control Insert

for Internal and External Elbows

For feeding raceway, has concentric

1/2" and 3/4" knockouts.

ALA3810B1 Entrance End Cap

2 1/4"

[57mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

213

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL3300 Series Raceway’s low profile, divided aluminum raceway meets the

demands of today's laboratories, healthcare facilities and upscale office

locations, providing a compact and effective method of consolidating power and

communication cabling.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 7/8"

[36mm]

AL3301 Coupling

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[76mm]

Set screw coupling used for

attaching in-line raceway sections.

AL3300WC Wire Clip

AL3301D Divider Clip

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[76mm]

Required for holding AL3300D5

divider in place. Use one every 30"

[76.2m].

AL3309 Ground Clamp

2 3/4"

[70mm]

AL3310B Blank End

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

For closing open end of AL3300

Series Raceway.

AL3310B1 End

For end feeding raceway with 1/2"

[12.7mm] or 3/4" [19.1mm] trade

size conduit or armored cable.

For holding wires and cables in

raceway base. Use with undivided

raceway, snap into grooves of base.

For connection of equipment

grounding conductor to provide

additional ground to raceway.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

214

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL3311 90° Flat Elbow

For right angle turns on same

surface. Two (2) couplings

included.

[152mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

AL3315 Tee

For 90° tee connection of two runs

of AL3300 Series Raceway. Three

(3) couplings included.

[229mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

[152mm]

AL3316 Cross

For 90° cross-through connection

of two runs of raceway. Couplings

included.

[76mm]

[229mm]

AL3317 Internal Elbow

For making 90° internal corners.

Couplings included.

[152mm]

AL3318 External Elbow

For making external corners.

Couplings included.

4 7/8"

[124mm]

[76mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

215

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4000 SERIES

™

RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4000 Series Raceway is a two-channel, single-cover,

highly aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide

access to communication cabling and electrical wiring

systems.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

3.61 sq. in

[2330mm2]

3.61 sq. in

[2330mm2]

AL4010B Blank End Cap

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Closes off open end of raceway.

AL4010B2

Entrance End Cap with two 1 1/16" Provisions

1 3/4"

[44mm] End Cap with two connections for

3/4" conduit.

AL4001 Slide Coupling

Connects adjoining sections of

AL4000 Series Raceway base.

Includes two (2) couplings

AL4011 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

7 3/4"

[197mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm] Makes 90° turns in runs of

AL4000 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4001 Couplings.

AL4012A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

[152mm]

[152mm] Makes 45° internal turns in

runs of AL4000 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4001 Couplings.

AL4012B

45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

[152mm]

[152mm] Makes 45° external turns in

runs of AL4000 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4001 Couplings.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

216

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4000 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4015 Flat Tee with Coupling

Makes branch connections of two

runs of AL4000 Series Raceway.

Includes three (3) sets of two (2)

AL4001 Couplings.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

AL4017 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° internal turns in runs of

AL4000 Series Raceway. Includes

two (2) sets of two (2) AL4001

Couplings.

[152mm]

AL4018 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° external turns in

runs of AL4000 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4001 Couplings.

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

217

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4400 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4400 Series Raceway is a two-channel, single-cover, cost

effective solution for providing access to communication

cabling and electrical wiring systems.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL4410B Blank End Cap AL4411 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

2 1/4"

[57mm]

AL4410B2

Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions

2 1/4"

[57mm]

End Cap with two

connections for 3/4" conduit.

AL4401 Slide Coupling

Connects adjoining sections

of AL4400 Series Raceway

base. Includes two (2)

couplings.

90°

7 3/4"

[197mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

AL4012A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° internal turns

in runs of AL4400 Series

Raceway. Includes two (2) sets

of two (2) AL4401 Couplings.

135°

[152mm]

4.75 in.2

[3061mm2]

4.75 in.2

[3061mm2]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Closes off open end of

raceway.

Makes 90° turns in runs of

AL4400 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two

(2) AL4401 Couplings.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

218

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4400 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4412B 45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° external turns

in runs of AL4400 Series

Raceway. Includes two

(2) sets of two (2) AL4401

Couplings.

AL4415 Flat Tee with Coupling

Makes branch

connections of two runs of

AL4400 Series Raceway.

Includes three (3) sets of

two (2) AL4401 Couplings.

7 3/4"

[197mm] 7 3/4"

[197mm]

AL4417 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° internal turns in

runs of AL4400 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4401 Couplings.

[152mm]

90°

AL4418 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° external turns in

runs of AL4400 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4401 Couplings.

[152mm]

135°

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

219

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4750 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4750 Series Raceway is a cost effective, highly aesthetic

two-channel, single cover raceway solution to provide access

for communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL4710B Blank End Cap

Closes off open end of raceway.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

AL4710B2 Entrance End Cap

End Cap with two connections

for 1/2" conduit.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

AL4701 Slide Coupling

Connects adjoining sections of

AL4750 Series Raceway base.

Includes two (2) Couplings.

AL4711 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° turns in runs of

AL4750 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two

(2) AL4701 Couplings.

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

90°

AL4712A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° internal turns

in runs of AL4750 Series

Raceway. Includes two

(2) sets of two (2) AL4701

Couplings.

135°

[152mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

[51mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

15.36 sq. cm

2.22 sq. in. 24.5 sq. cm

3.75 sq. in.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

220

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4750 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4712B 45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° external turns

in runs of AL4750 Series

Raceway. Includes two

(2) sets of two (2) AL4701

Couplings.

AL4715 Flat Tee with Coupling

Makes branch connections

of two runs of AL4750 Series

Raceway. Includes three

(3) sets of two (2) AL4701

Couplings.

AL4717 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° internal turns in

runs of AL4750 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4701 Couplings.

AL4718 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° external turns in

runs of AL4750 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4701 Couplings.

[152mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

221

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4320 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4320 Series Raceway is a two-channel, dual-cover, highly

aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide access to

communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

3.99 in.2

[2579mm2]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

3.99 in.2

[2579mm2]

AL4310B Blank End Cap

Closes off open end of AL4320

Series Raceway.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

AL4310B2

Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions

End Cap with two connections

for 3/4" conduit.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

AL4301 Slide Coupling

Connects adjoining sections of

AL4320 Series Raceway base.

Includes two (2) couplings.

AL4311 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° turns in runs of

AL4320 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two

(2) AL4301 Couplings.

90°

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

AL4312A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° internal turns

in runs of AL4320 Series

Raceway. Includes two

(2) sets of two (2) AL4301

Couplings.

135°

[152mm] 6"

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

222

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4320 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4312B 45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° external turns in

runs of AL4320 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4301 Couplings.

AL4315 Flat Tee with Coupling

Makes branch connections

of two runs of AL4320 Series

Raceway. Includes three (3) sets

of two (2) AL4301 Couplings.

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

AL4317 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° internal turns in

runs of AL4320 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4301 Couplings.

[152mm]

90°

[152mm]

AL4318 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° external turns in

runs of AL4320 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4301 Couplings.

[152mm]

135°

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

223

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4520 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL4520 Series Raceway is a two-channel, dual-cover, highly

aesthetic, raceway solution designed to provide access to

communication cabling and electrical wiring systems.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL4510B Blank End Cap AL4511 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

AL4501 Slide Coupling

Makes 90° turns in runs of

AL4520 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two

(2) AL4501 Couplings.

Connects adjoining sections of

AL4320 Series Raceway base.

Includes two (2) couplings

5 1/4"

[135mm]

2 1/4"

[58mm]

5.25 in.2

[3888mm2]

5.25 in.2

[3888mm2]

2 1/4"

[58mm]

AL4510B2

Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions

End Cap with two connections

for 3/4" conduit.

2 1/4"

[58mm]

AL4512A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° internal turns

in runs of AL4520 Series

Raceway. Includes two

(2) sets of two (2) AL4501

Couplings

135°

[152mm]

Closes off open end of AL4520

Series Raceway.

90°

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

224

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL4512B

45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° external turns

in runs of AL4520 Series

Raceway. Includes two

(2) sets of two (2) AL4501

Couplings.

AL4515 Flat Tee with Coupling

Makes branch connections

of two runs of AL4520 Series

Raceway. Includes three

(3) sets of two (2) AL4501

Couplings.

8 1/4"

[211mm]

8 1/4"

[211mm]

AL4517 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° internal turns in

runs of AL4520 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4501 Couplings.

[152mm]

AL4518 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° external turns in

runs of AL4520 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

AL4501 Couplings.

[152mm]

AL4520 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

Why Wiremold…

It took planning and coordination to fit out new lab

space with flexible power and data for the University

Health Network in Toronto. What's more, everyone

was under a tight timetable. That's why the team

specified Wiremold Prewired Aluminum Raceway.

Prewired raceway is manufactured to exact job

specifications with all circuits and devices exactly

as shown on the drawings. Numerous projects have

shown that prewired raceway installs significantly

faster and saves cost.

[152mm]

135°

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

225

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

ALA4800 Series Aluminum Raceway’s two-channel,

dual-cover aluminum raceway meets the demands of

laboratories, healthcare facilities and upscale office

locations by providing an effective method of consolidating

power and communications cabling.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

ALA01 Slide Coupling

ALA09 Grounding Adapter

ALA4806 Cover Clip

ALA4810B Blank End Cap

Connects adjoining sections of

ALA4800 Series Raceway base.

Includes two (2) couplings.

Connects to equipment

grounding conductor.

Covers seam where two

sections of ALAC-5 Cover come

together.

Closes off open end of ALA4800

Series Raceway.

6.04in2

[3895mm2]

6.04in2

[3895mm2]

[152mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

ALAWC Wire Clip

Holds conductors in place

along raceway. Snaps into

grooves on base.

2 1/4"

[57mm]

ALA17A Internal Corner Coupling

Makes internal 90° turn in a

raceway run.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

226

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

ALA4810B2 Entrance End Cap

For feeding raceway. Has

two concentric 1/2" and 3/4"

knockouts.

2 1/4"

[57mm]

ALA4811 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° turns in runs of

ALA4800 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

ALA01 Couplings.

[229mm]

ALA4812A

45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° internal turns in

runs of ALA4800 Series

Raceway. Includes two (2) sets

of two (2) ALA01 Couplings.

[152mm]

135°

ALA4812B

45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° external turns

in runs of ALA4800 Series

Raceway. Includes two (2) sets

of two (2) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4815 Flat Tee with Coupling

Makes branch connections of

two runs of ALA4800 Series

Raceway. Includes three

(3) sets of two (2) ALA01

Couplings.

[229mm]

ALA4817 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° internal turns in runs

of ALA4800 Series Raceway.

Includes two (2) sets of two (2)

ALA01 Couplings.

[152mm]

ALA4817N

Inverted Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

For connecting a vertical run of

ALA4800 Series Raceway with a

horizontal run of ALA4800 Series

Raceway with its cover facing up.

Includes four (4) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4818 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° external turns in runs

of ALA4800 Series Raceway.

Includes four (4) ALA01 Couplings.

ALA11R 12" [51mm] Bend Radius Control Insert

for Flat Elbow

Installs in ALA3811 Flat Elbow.

For new and retrofit applications

whether the cable installation is

lay-in or pull-through.

ALA17/18R 12" [51mm] Bend Radius Control

Insert for Internal & External Elbows

Inserts into ALA3817, ALA3817N,

and ALA3818 fittings. For new and

retrofit applications whether the

cable installation is lay-in or pull-

through.

[152mm]

135°

[152mm]

90°

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

227

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

ALDS4000 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

ALDS4000 Series Raceway offers a variety of innovative features and

fittings that save installation time, cost less to specify, and provide

1/3 more wiring capacity than conventional box-style raceway

profiles.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

DS4000WC Wire Clip ALDS4010A Entrance End Fitting

ALDS4010B Blank End Fitting

ALDS4011 Flat Elbow

DS4001 Adjust-to-fit™ Coupling

ALDS4006 Seam Clip

For holding conductors in place. Full-capacity end fitting.

Includes two 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size KOs.

For closing open end of

ALDS4000B Raceway Base.

90° flat corner for new lay-in or

pull-through installations.

For joining lengths of ALDS4000B

together. Sold in pairs.

For covering seams where two

sections of ALDS4000C come

together.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4.85"

[3129mm2]

4.85"

[3129mm2]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

[152mm]

[25mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm] 8 1/4"

[210mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

228

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

ALDS4000 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

DS4014A Backfeed Fitting

Extra long coupling allows

attachment to wall box or

back fed 1" or 1 1/4" trade size

conduit.

10"

[254mm]

ALDS4015 Divided Tee Fitting

For new lay-in or pull-through

installations.

10 3/4"

[273mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

ALDS4018 90° External Elbow

External corner for new lay-in or

pull-through installations.

[152mm]

ALDS4017 90° Internal Elbow

Internal corner for new lay-in or

pull-through installations.

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

229

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL7320 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL7320 Series Raceway’s three-channel, dual-cover

profile is a cost-effective, highly aesthetic solution to

provide access to your communication cabling and

electrical wiring systems.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL7301 Slide Coupling

AL7312A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with CouplingAL7310B Blank End Cap

AL7310B3

Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions

45° internal turns in runs

of AL7320 Series Raceway.

Includes six (6) AL7301

Couplings.

Closes off open end of

AL7320 Series Raceway.

End Cap with three

connections for 3/4"

conduit.

7 3/8"

[187mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

3.67 in.2

[2370mm2]

3.61 in.2

[2330mm2]

3.99 in.2

[2579mm2]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

AL7311 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 90° turns in runs of

AL7320 Series Raceway.

Includes six (6) AL7301

Couplings.

10 3/8"

[266mm]

10 3/8"

[266mm]

[152mm]

Connects adjoining

sections of AL7320 Series

Raceway base. Includes

three (3) couplings.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

230

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL7320 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL7312B

45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

AL7315 Flat Tee with Coupling

AL7317 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

AL7318 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° external turns

in runs of AL7320 Series

Raceway. Includes six (6)

AL7301 Couplings.

Makes branch connections

of two runs of AL7320 Series

Raceway. Includes nine (9)

AL7301 Couplings.

Makes 90° internal turns

in runs of AL7320 Series

Raceway. Includes six (6)

AL7301 Couplings.

Makes 90° external turns

in runs of AL7320 Series

Raceway. Includes six (6)

AL7301 Couplings.

[152mm]

10 3/8"

[266mm]

10 3/8"

[266mm]

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

231

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL7450 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL7450 Series Raceway’s three-channel, dual-cover

profile is a cost-effective, highly aesthetic solution

for providing access to communication cabling and

electrical wiring systems.

Material: 6063 T6 Aluminum Alloy

Wall Thickness: 0.078" [1.99mm]

Anodized Finish Thickness: 0.004" [0.004mm]

AL7401 Slide Coupling

AL7410B Blank End Cap

AL7411 90° Flat Mitered Elbow with Coupling

AL7412A 45° Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

AL7410B3

Entrance End Cap with Two 1 1/16" Provisions

Connects adjoining sections of

AL7450 Series Raceway base.

Includes three (3) couplings.

Closes off open end of AL7450

Series Raceway.

Makes 90° turns in runs of

AL7450 Series Raceway.

Includes six (6) AL7401

Couplings.

Makes 45° internal turns

in runs of AL7450 Series

Raceway. Includes six (6)

AL7401 Couplings.

End Cap with three

connections for 3/4" conduit.

7 3/8"

[187mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

5.25 in2

[3388m2]

4.83 in2

[3114m2]

4.75 in2

[3061m2]

10 3/8"

[263.5mm]

10 3/8"

[263.5mm]

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

232

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

AL7450 SERIES RACEWAY

Ordering Information

AL7412B

45° External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

AL7415 Flat Tee with Coupling

AL7417 Internal Mitered Elbow with Coupling

AL7418 External Mitered Elbow with Coupling

Makes 45° external turns

in runs of AL7450 Series

Raceway. Includes six (6)

AL7401 Couplings.

Makes branch connections

of two runs of AL7450 Series

Raceway. Includes nine (9)

AL7401 Couplings.

Makes 90° internal turns

in runs of AL7450 Series

Raceway. Includes six (6)

AL7401 Couplings.

Makes 90° external turns

in runs of AL7450 Series

Raceway. Includes six (6)

AL7401 Couplings.

[152mm]

10 3/8"

[263.5mm]

10 3/8"

[263.5mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

233

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Steel

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Surface Metal Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Steel Prewired Raceway Systems offer the lowest installed cost for

communications cabling or electrical wiring. Raceways come completely

assembled and ready to install, significantly reducing on-site labor costs.

COLOR OPTIONS

Steel Prewired Raceways are available with an ivory ScuffCoat™ finish or a gray enamel finish.

DS4000® Series Raceway available in Designer Ivory, Designer Gray, Designer Black, and Designer Bronze.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

• Prewired raceway offers the lowest

installed cost. Manufactured to specified

job site lengths, electrically prewired and

assembled – ready to install. Reduces

on-site installation time and costs. For

lowest installed cost, specify factory

mounted and labeled communication

connectivity devices.

• Accommodates high-density

communication cabling for networks and

phone systems. Features communication

connectivity devices. Raceway is

compatible with other manufacturers’

activation devices. Blank openings also

available.

• Accommodates most electrical wiring

devices or communication faceplates

including single outlets, duplex outlets,

NEMA-locking outlets, GFCI outlets, and

surge protected outlets. (Refer to the

raceway device compatibility chart in the

3000, 4000, and 4000 Designer Series

Raceway sections of this catalog.)

Broad range of standard fittings available

Accommodates every possible site

situation, from internal and external

elbows to flat tees. All fittings are

made from galvanized steel to ensure

continuity.

• Removable cover. Provides maximum

flexibility for adding or relocating

circuits, data openings or electrical

devices.

• Ivory ScuffCoat™ finish and gray baked

enamel finish. Assures durability. Can be

overpainted to complement decor.

• Communication and electrical device

identification with self-adhesive

polyester or self-adhesive phenolic

labels are available as options. No

guesswork or time-consuming tracing

of circuits. Speeds circuit additions and

renovations.

• Jobs can be packaged by room, area,

floor or building, and shipped per your

job site requirements.

• Datacom Connectivity Options. Accepts

industry standard and proprietary devices

from a wide range of manufacturers to

provide a seamless and aesthetically

pleasing interface for voice, data, audio,

and video applications at the point of use.

• UL Listed commercial outlet centers.

File E317375 Multioutlet assemblies

rated to 20A maximum can be provided

with listed cord and plug assemblies.

These assemblies are optimal for

mounting to semi-permanent structures

such as shelving and rack displays found

in many lab applications.

Steel Prewired Raceway Features and Benefits

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

234

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

STEEL PREWIRED RACEWAY

Ordering Information

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 17/32"

[31mm]

Steel Prewired Raceway Profiles

3.51 sq. in.

[89.15mm2]

3000 Series Raceway

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Divided:

3.7 sq. in. [93.98mm2]

Undivided:

7.5 sq. in. [190.5mm2]

4000 Series Raceway

2 1/8"

[54mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm] Each Compartment –

5.01 in.2 [3235mm2]

DS4000® Series Raceway

3 9/16"

[90mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Divided:

7.20 in.2 [4645mm2]

Undivided:

16.00 in.2 [10320mm2]

6000® Series Raceway

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

235

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Surface Metal Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway Systems offer the lowest installed cost for

communications cabling or electrical wiring. Raceways come completely

assembled and ready to install, significantly reducing on-site labor costs.

• Prewired raceway offers the lowest

installed cost. Manufactured to specified

job site lengths, electrically prewired and

assembled – ready to install. Reduces

on-site installation time and costs. For

lowest installed cost, specify factory

mounted and labeled communication

connectivity devices.

• Accommodates high-density

communication cabling for networks and

phone systems. Features communication

connectivity devices. Raceway is

compatible with other manufacturers’

activation devices. Blank openings also

available.

• Accommodates most electrical wiring

devices or communication faceplates

including single outlets, duplex outlets,

NEMA-locking outlets, GFCI outlets, and

surge protected outlets. (Refer to the

raceway device compatibility chart in the

5400 and 5500 Series Raceway sections

of this catalog.)

• Broad range of standard fittings

available. Accommodates every possible

site situation, from internal and external

elbows to flat tees. All fittings are

made from galvanized steel to ensure

continuity.

• Removable cover. Provides maximum

flexibility for adding or relocating

circuits, data openings or electrical

devices.

• Communication and electrical device

identification with self-adhesive

polyester or self-adhesive phenolic

labels are available as options. No

guesswork or time-consuming tracing

of circuits. Speeds circuit additions and

renovations.

• Jobs can be packaged by room, area,

floor or building, and shipped per your

job site requirements.

• Datacom Connectivity Options. Accepts

industry standard and proprietary devices

from a wide range of manufacturers to

provide a seamless and aesthetically

pleasing interface for voice, data, audio,

and video applications at the point of use.

COLOR OPTIONS

Nonmetallic Prewired Raceways are available with

an ivory finish.

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Nonmetallic

Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway Features and Benefits

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

236

WIREMOLD

PREWIRED RACEWAY

Each Compartment:

3.22 in.2 [2080mm2]

Each Compartment:

3.72 sq. in. [2400mm2]

Full:

7.31 sq. in. [4716mm2]

Each

Compartment:

2.64 sq. in.

[1703mm2]

CableSmart 40N2 Series Raceway

5400 Series Raceway

5500 Series Raceway

[51mm]

[102mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

5 1/4"

[133mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

6 11/16"

[170mm]

Nonmetallic Prewired Raceway Profiles

NONMETALLIC PREWIRED RACEWAY

Ordering Information

Consult your local Wiremold representative for price, quotation and

delivery information.

237

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

SYSTEMS

Wiremold® Plugmold® Multi-outlet Systems are an excellent choice

for applications where space is minimal but multiple outlets for

power are required.

adorne

™

Under-Cabinet

Lighting System

265

Tamper-Resistant

Plugmold®

260

238

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

Plugmold® Steel Multi-outlet Systems

Plugmold® Plus Nonmetallic Multi-outlet Systems

Plugmold® Aluminum Multi-outlet Systems

Plugmold® Tamper-Resistant Multi-outlet Systems

Plugmold® Tamper-Resistant GFCI

Multi-outlet Systems

2000 Series™

NM2000 Series™

AL2000 Series™

2000TR Series™

2400 Series™

240

251

256

260

263

246

PLUGMOLD

SYSTEMS

Table of Contents

Plugmold® Tamper-Resistant USB Charging

Multi-outlet System

264

adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System

265

239

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

Plugmold Multi-outlet Systems and Raceways

SERIES MATERIAL AMPERAGE

PROFILE DIMENSIONS RECEPTACLE

TYPEInches [mm]

2000 Steel 15 Amp 3/4" x 1 9/32" [19.1mm x 33mm] Simplex

2000TR Steel 15 Amp 3/4" x 1 9/32" [19.1mm x 33mm] Simplex

V2400 Steel 20 Amp 7/8" x 1 29/32" [22.2mm x 48mm] Simplex

24R Steel 15 Amp 7/8" x 1 29/32" [22.2mm x 48mm] TR Duplex

24S Steel 20 Amp 7/8" x 1 29/32" [22.2mm x 48mm] Duplex

NM2000 Nonmetallic 15 Amp 1" x 1 3/4" [25mm x 44mm] Duplex

AL2000 Aluminum 15 Amp 1 1/8" x 1 7/16" [29mm x 37mm] Simplex

AL2000TR Aluminum 15 Amp 1 1/8" x 1 7/16" [29mm x 37mm] Simplex

NOTE: All systems can be custom configured to suit specific job requirements.

PLUGMOLD

SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

Plugmold® 2400, 24S, 24R™ Series

1 29/32"

[48mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

CAPACITY: 1.39 in.2 [897mm2]

Plugmold® Multi-outlet Systems – Steel Profiles

Plugmold® 2000 Series™

1 9/32"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

CAPACITY: 0.80 in.2 [516mm2]

Plugmold® Plus NM2000 Series™

Plugmold® Multi-outlet Systems – Nonmetallic Profiles

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[25mm]

CAPACITY: 0.114 in.2 [735mm2]

Plugmold® AL2000 Series™

Plugmold®Multi-outlet Systems – Aluminum Profiles

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

CAPACITY: 1.10 in.2 [710mm2]

240

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

2000 SERIES

™

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Multi-outlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover& Plugmold Series

with Snapicoil Harness:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.

Plugmold Wired Sections:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.

COLOR OPTIONS

Plugmold® 2000 Series™ Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish. Part

Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish. Part Numbers with a “S” prefix have a

stainless finish. Part Numbers with a “WH” prefix have a white finish. Part Numbers

with a “BK” prefix have a black finish. Part Numbers without a prefix have a galvanized

steel finish unless otherwise specified.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY

A. V2010B Blank End Fitting

B. V2051H Flush Plate Adapter

C. V2006 Cover Clip

D. 2017TC Internal Corner Coupling

E. V2015 Tee Fitting

F. V2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box

G. V2018C Extern Elbow Cover

H. V2048 Single-Gang Device Box

I. V2011 90° Flat Elbow

J. V20GB506 Plugmold Strip

K. V2089 Side-Reducing Fitting

L. V5748 Single-Gang Device Box

M. V500 500 Series Raceway

N. V2010A2 Entrance End Fitting

O. V2010A3 Entrance End Fitting

P. V518 External Elbow

Q. V2089E End-Reducing Connector

Plugmold 2000 Series System Layout

Two-piece, low profile multiple outlet raceway. Low profile requires

minimal space.

241

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

2000 SERIES

™

Plugmold 2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

O.D. WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH PLUGMOLD

RECEPTACLESInches [mm]

12 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 7 5

14 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 7 5

Plugmold 2000 Series Product Configuration Matrix

CAT. NO FINISH

LENGTH WIRING

CONFIG.

OUTLETS (15A 125V NEMA 5-15R)

CENTER DISTANCE OUTLET

Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY.

20GB206 S 2 [610mm] GB 6 [152mm] 4 Single

20GB306 V, G, BK, WH, S 3 [915mm] GB 6 [152mm] 6 Single

20IG306 V, G 3 [915mm] IG 6 [152mm] 6 Single

20GB506 V, G, BK, WH, S 5 [1.5m] GB 6 [152mm] 10 Single

20GB512 V, G, BK, WH, S 5 [1.5m] GB 12 [305mm] 5 Single

20GBA512 V, G 5 [1.5m] GBA 12 [305mm] 5 Single

20IG512 V, G 5 [1.5m] IG 12 [305mm] 5 Single

20GB606 V, G, BK, WH, S 6 [1.8m] GB 6 [152mm] 12 Single

20GB609 V, G 6 [1.8m] GB 9 [229mm] 8 Single

20GB612 V, G, BK, WH, S 6 [1.8m] GB 12 [305mm] 6 Single

20GB618 V, G 6 [1.8m] GB 18 [457mm] 4 Single

20GBA609 V, G 6 [1.8m] GBA 9 [229mm] 8 Single

20GBA612 V, G 6 [1.8m] GBA 12 [305mm] 6 Single

20GBA618 V, G 6 [1.8m] GBA 18 [457mm] 4 Single

20IG606 V, G 6 [1.8m] IG 6 [152mm] 12 Single

NOTE: Ivory, gray, white, and black Plugmold Series in GB and GBA wiring have matching color receptacles.

Stainless steel Plugmold Series has black receptacles and Plugmold Series with IG wiring has orange receptacles.

Plugmold 2000 Series 48' and 50' [14.6m & 15.2m] Lengths – Ivory, Gray Finish

CAT. NO

LENGTH WIRING

CONFIG.

OUTLETS 15A 125V

NEMA 5-15R)

CENTER DISTANCE

2000B AND 2000C

HOLE CUT COVER

LENGTH

Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY. QTY. Feet [mm]

20GB12 48 [14.6] GB 12 [305] 48 Single 8 6 [1.830]

20GB18 48 [14.6] GB 18 [457] 32 Single 8 6 [1.830]

20GB30 50 [15.2] GB 30 [760] 20 Single 10 5 [1.525]

20GBA12 48 [14.6] GBA 12 [305] 48 Single 8 6 [1.830]

V20GB306

V20GB612

V20GB12

NOTE:

Snapicoil Reels on custom order. Snapicoil

Harness is available on reels if lengths

greater than 50' are needed, or if multiple

lengths are required for production-type

jobs. The maximum length per reel is 240’

for Snapicoil Harness with outlets 12" and

18" on centers; 500' with outlets 30" on

center. Packaging includes the necessary

number of lengths of base, holecut cover,

wire clips, and couplings for complete

installation. Price and delivery information

should be obtained prior to specifying or

ordering. To specify or order, add R to the

Snapicoil Harness number. Ex: V20GB12R.

Other outlet spacings available on custom

order.

Receptacles are made from high impact

thermoplastic. Plugmold 2000 Series is

supplied with two (2) 2010B Blank End

Fittings and (1) 2001 Base Coupling.

GB SERIES:

3-wire #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1

neutral, and 1 ground), 1-circuit;

has insulated grounding conductor.

GBA SERIES:

4-wire #12 THHN solid (2 hot, 1

neutral, and 1 ground), 2-circuits;

outlets wired alternately; has

insulated grounding conductor.

IG SERIES:

3-wire #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1

neutral, and 1 ground), 1 circuit;

has insulated-isolated grounding

conductor, orange receptacle.

GB SERIES:

3-wire #12 THHN solid (1

hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),

1-circuit; has insulated

grounding conductor.

GBA SERIES:

4-wire #12 THHN solid (2

hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),

2-circuits; outlets wired

alternately; has insulated

grounding conductor.

WITH SNAPICOIL HARNESS

Plugmold 2000 Series Wiring Configuration

242

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

2000 SERIES

™

620BCK Replacement Blade Kit

Replacement blades and die set for 620 Cutter.

620 Raceway Base and Cover Cutter

Portable cutter for both 2000

Base and Cover.

2000WC Wire Clip (Plated)

Use when conductors bypass

receptacles. Not UL Listed.

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2001 Coupling (Galvanized Steel)

Joins lengths of 2000 Series

Raceway Base.

[51mm]

W30/W30G Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

1 5/16"

[33mm] W30 – For common connection of two,

three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid

copper conductors.

W30G – For connection of equipment

grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors

No. 14 or No. 12 AWG. 300V maximum;

20A 105° C maximum.

NOTE: Not for use with

aluminum

conductors.

Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information

Base and Cover

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

2000B Base: .040" [1.0mm] steel; 2000C Cover: .025" [.6mm]

steel. Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of each per carton.

PART NUMBERS:

V2000BC (Ivory)

WH2000BC (White)

G2000BC (Gray)

BK2000BC (Black)

S2000BC (Stainless Steel)

Raceway Base

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton.

1 9/32"

[33mm]

PART NUMBERS:

V2000B-5 (Ivory)

WH2000B-5 (White),

G2000B-5 (Gray)

BK2000B-5 (Black)

S2000B-5 (Stainless Steel)

Raceway Base

1 9/32"

[33mm]

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed ten 10' [3.05m] lengths

per carton.

PART NUMBERS:

V2000B-10 (Ivory)

WH2000B-10 (White)

G2000B-10 (Gray)

BK2000B-10 (Black)

S2000B-10 (Stainless Steel)

Raceway Base

1 9/32"

[33mm]

.025" [.6mm] steel. Packed twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths per

carton. Has no receptacle hole cuts.

PART NUMBERS:

V2000C (Ivory)

WH2000C (White)

G2000C (Gray)

BK2000C (Black)

S2000C (Stainless Steel)

2006 Cover Clip

Covers seam where lengths of

cover or base meet.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

PART NUMBERS:

V2006 (Ivory)

WH2006 (White)

G2006 (Gray)

BK2006 (Black)

S2006 (Stainless Steel)

[51mm]

2003 Supporting Clip

Temporary support, while

positioning lengths of raceway

base. Use with 2000 Series

Raceway.

1. 2003 mounted on surface with No. 6

flathead screw.

2. Plugmold 2000 or 2100 snaps into

2003 Supporting Clip.

PART NUMBERS:

V2003 (Ivory)

2003 (Plated Finish)

243

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

2009 Ground Clamp (Galvanzied)

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to provide an

additional ground to raceway.

1 13/64"

[30mm]

How 2009 is used.

2010A2 Entrance End Fitting

Connects 2000 Series Raceway

with 1/2" trade size conduit

and armored cable connectors.

1/2" trade size KOs on end,

each side and bottom. Includes

ground screw.

[76mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

2017TC Internal Corner Coupling

Furnished with one fiber

bushing.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1. 2017TC used as a

corner coupling.

2017TC

2000B

2. 2017TC used

as a corner

coupling and

a straight-

through fitting.

2017TC

2000B

PLUGMOLD

2000 SERIES

™

Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

Entrance End Fitting

Offers larger capacity than

V2010A2. 1/2" trade size KOs

on end, each side and bottom.

3/4" trade size KOs on bottom

and rear. Includes ground

screw.

2 1/8"

[54mm]

[76mm]

2 11/16"

[67mm]

2 7/64"

[53mm]

PART NUMBERS:

V2010A3 (Ivory)

WH2010A3 (White)

G2010A3 (Gray)

BK2010A3 (Black)

External Elbow Cover

Continues raceway runs

around outside corner. Fills

the gap when external corner

is made by notching and

bending the 2000 Base.

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Corner Gap

Filler snapped

into place in

2018C.

PART NUMBERS:

V2018C (Ivory)

WH2018C (White)

G2018C (Gray)

BK2018C (Black)

S2018C (Stainless Steel)

Single-Gang Device Box

Cover has twistouts for 2000, 500 and 700 Series Raceways.

Base has 1/2" trade size KO and rectangular KO for

extension to wall box. Base has No. 10 threaded hole for

ground connection.

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

4 5/8"

[118mm]

PART NUMBERS:

V2048 (Ivory)

WH2048 (White)

G2048 (Gray)

BK2048 (Black)

S2048 (Stainless Steel)

Blank End

Closes off open end of 2000

Series Raceway.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

PART NUMBERS:

V2010B (Ivory)

WH22010B (White)

G2010B (Gray)

BK2010B (Black)

S2010B (Stainless Steel)

90° Flat Elbow

Right angle turns on same surface. Cover stop permits neat

butting of 2000C Cover. Two couplings furnished.

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Each Leg

PART NUMBERS:

V2011 (Ivory)

WH2011 (White)

G2011 (Gray)

BK2011 (Black)

S2011 (Stainless Steel)

Tee

Branches raceway at right

angles. Couplings furnished.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[102mm]

[152mm]

PART NUMBERS:

V2015 (Ivory)

WH2015 (White)

G2015 (Gray)

BK2015 (Black)

244

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

Feeds 2000 Series Plugmold from an existing wall outlet.

Equipped with 1/2" [12.7mm] threaded stud, toothed lock

washer for grounding, threaded hole for and conduit

bushing.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

V2089E End Reducing Connector

Connects 2000 Series

Plugmold with 500 Series

Raceway through the end of

2000 Series Plugmold.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

Plugmold 2000

extended from wall

outlet using 2051H.

2051H fastened to

horizontally mounted

wall box.

2051H fastened to

vertically mounted

wall box.

V2089 Side Reducing Connector

Connects 2000 Series

Plugmold with 500 Series

Raceway through the side of

2000 Series Plugmold.

[152mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

PLUGMOLD 2000

SERIES

™

2000 Series Interconnectivity Fittings

CONNECTION REQUIRED

USE CATALOG NUMBERFROM TO

500 Series Raceway Side of Plugmold 2000 Series V2089, V2048, V2048-2

500 Series Raceway End of Plugmold 2000 Series V2089E, V2048, V2048-2

Existing Outlet Plugmold 2000 Series V2051H

1/2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable End of Plugmold 2000 Series V2010A2, V2010A3

Plugmold 2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

Two-Gang Device Box

Cover has twistouts for 2000, 500 and 700 Series Raceways.

Base has 1/2" trade size KO and rectangular KO for

extension to wall box. Base has No.10 threaded hole for

ground connection.

4 3/4"

[121mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

PART NUMBERS:

V2048-2 (Ivory)

WH2048-2 (White)

G2048-2 (Gray)

BK2048-2 (Black)

S2048-2 (Stainless Steel)

Flush Plate Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

V2051H (Ivory)

WH2051H (White)

G2051H (Gray)

BK2051H (Black)

S2051H (Stainless Steel)

Plug-in Plugmold

Available in 3' [915mm]

with six single receptacles

and two (2) mounting clips.

PART NUMBER:

PIP36BK (Black)

245

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

2000 SERIES

™

1. Determine the method of feeding and bring feed

conductors into base section.

2. Install 2000B Base on surface, starting with feed section.

Mount base section with No. 8 flathead screws, through

mounting screw knockouts and piercings, or mount with

2003 Support Clips. Random piercing and knockout pattern

does not start and end at same point on bases of Plugmold.

Attaching Lock Nut

Lock nut run onto

Connector as spacer.

CAUTION: Be sure

lock nut and feed

do not fall behind

receptacle.

V2010A2 Entrance

End Fitting (typical)

end feeding from

conduit or armored

cable.

Back feeding from

wall box.

V2051H

Flush

Plate

Adapter

V500

2089E

End feeding

from 500 Series

Raceway.

V2089

for

V500

Side-feeding from

500 Series Raceway.

Mounting

Screw KO

2000B Base

[51mm]

[203mm]

Approx.

Mounting

Screw

Piercing

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Feed KO

3. Connect feed to prewired cover section. Use approved

connection method for ground conductor. Use only

W30G (green) wire connectors on equipment grounding

conductors, not W30.

W30 and W30G CONNECTORS

W30 – Common connection of 2, 3 or 4 solid conductors

No.14 or No.12 AWG.

W30G – For connection of equipment grounding of 2, 3, or 4

solid conductors No.14 or No.12 AWG.

Rating – 300 volts maximum, 20 AMP. 105° C maximum.

Note: W30 Connector has a white finish, W30G Connector has a

green finish.

A. Strip wire ends to width of

product (1/2" [12.7mm]).

B. Insert wire ends the

full stripped distance.

4. Engage lower bead of cover in base. Starting at one end, snap

in top bead. Be careful not to pinch wires.

To snap cover in, work from one

end to the other, striking sharply

with heel of hand.

Plugmold Multi-outlet Systems Installation Details

4. Lay out Snapicoil Harness along entire run of base so that

receptacles are not located over feed or in corners. Connect

harness to feed. Use approved connection method for ground

conductor.

6. Engage lower bead of cover

in base and starting at

one end, snap in top bead.

be careful not to pinch

wires. Continue snapping

receptacles into covers,

and covers into base along

entire run.

1. Determine method of feeding. Bring feed

conductors into base.

A. Stub-in feed at beginning of run,

half the distance or less from first

receptacle. Cut off base so 1/2"

[12.7mm] entrance KO aligns with

feed (also provides for cover to

overlap base joint). Save base section

cut-off for opposite end of run.

B. Remove appropriate entrance KO and

install 1/2" [12.7mm] connector as

shown.

Feed Stubbed In

CAUTION: Be sure lock

nut and feed do not fall

behind receptacle.

3. Snap in 2001 Coupling

where base sections abut.

Base Joint No. 8

Flathead

Screw

5. Starting at feed, snap

receptacles completely into

first cover section.

2000B Base

Snap in

Upper Bead

of Cover

Lower Bead

Engaged

W30 Connector on

Black Hot Wire

W30 Connector on

White Neutral Wire

W30G Connector on

Green Ground Wire

2. Install 2000B Raceway Base on surface, starting with feed

section. Mount entire run with No. 8 flat head screws,

through mounting screw knockouts and piercings. Cut base

to length at corners and end of run. Random piercing and

knockout pattern does not start and end at same point on

bases of Plugmold.

Mounting

Screw KO

[51mm]

8" [203mm]

approx.

Mounting Screw

Piercing 2000B Base

1/2" [12.7mm]

Feed KO

Snapicoil Harness Installation Details

2001 Coupling

246

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

2400 SERIES

™

KEY

A. V2410A Entrance End Fitting

B. V2448-2 Two-Gang Device Box

C. V2417 Internal Elbow

D. V2418 External Elbow

E. V2448 Single-Gang Device Box

F. 24S7218GBX99IV Plugmold

Multi-outlet System

G. V2489 Side Reducing Connector

H. V2410B Blank End Fitting

I. 500 500 Series Raceway

J. V5747 Single-Gang Device Box

K. V2411 Flat Elbow

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Base and Blank Cover:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Multi-outlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base and Blank Cover and Plugmold

Series with Snapicoil Harness:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.

Plugmold Wired Sections:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.

Two-piece, single channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or

communication installations

Plugmold® 2400 Series™ Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an ivory finish. Part

Numbers without a prefix have a galvanized steel finish unless otherwise specified.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

COLOR OPTIONS

Plugmold 2400 Series System Layout

247

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

2400 SERIES

™

Plugmold 2400 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

O.D. WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH PLUGMOLD

RECEPTACLESInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 57 12

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 41 9

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 26 0

Plugmold 2400 Series Product Configuration Matrix

CAT NO. LENGTH WIRING

CONFIG.

OUTLETS 20A 125V NEMA 520R

CENTER

DIS

TANCE OUTLET

QTY.Feet [mm] Inches [mm]

V24GB306 3 [915mm] GB 6 [152] 6 Single

V24GB506 5 [1.5m] GB 6 [152] 10 Single

V24GB512 5 [1.5m] GB 12 [305] 5 Single

V24GBA512 5 [1.5m] GBA 12 [305] 5 Single

V24GB606 6 [1.8m] GB 6 [152] 12 Single

V24GB612 6 [1.8m] GB 12 [305] 6 Single

V24GB618 6 [1.8m] GB 18 [457] 4 Single

V24GBA612 6 [1.8m] GBA 12 [305] 5 Single

V24GBA618 6 [1.8m] GBA 18 [457] 4 Single

24S3612GBX99IV 3 [915mm] GB 12 [305] 3 Duplex

24S3612GBA99IV 3 [915mm] GBA 12 [305] 3 Duplex

24S6012GBX99IV 5 [1.5m] GB 12 [305] 5 Duplex

24S6012IGX99IV 5 [1.5m] IG 12 [305] 5 Duplex

24S6012GBA99IV 5 [1.5m] GBA 12 [305] 5 Duplex

24S7212GBX99IV 6 [1.8m] GB 12 [305] 6 Duplex

24S7224GBA99IV 6 [1.8m] GBA 24 [608] 3 Duplex

24S7218GBX99IV 6 [1.8m] GB 18 [457] 4 Duplex

24S7224GBX99IV 6 [1.8m] GB 24 [608] 3 Duplex

24S7218IGX99IV 6 [1.8m] IG 18 [457] 4 Duplex

24S7212IGX99IV 6 [1.8m] IG 12 [305] 6 Duplex

24S7224IGX99IV 6 [1.8m] IG 24 [608] 3 Duplex

24S7212GBA99IV 6 [1.8m] GBA 12 [305] 6 Duplex

24S7218GBA99IV 6 [1.8m] GBA 18 [457] 4 Duplex

NOTE: One Coupling and two End Clips included.

Wiring Configuration

GB SERIES:

3 wire, #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral and 1

ground) 1 circuit; has grounding conductor.

GBA SERIES:

4-wire, #12 THHN solid (2 hot, 1 neutral, and 1

ground) 2 circuits; outlets wired alternately; has

grounding conductor.

Cross Section

Cover

Receptacle

Base

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 29/32"

[48mm]

V24GB506

248

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

V2406 Cover Clip

2409 Ground Clamp

V2410A Entrance End Fitting

V2410B Blank End Fitting

V2410C Entrance End Fitting

V2400C Raceway Cover

PM48T Multiple Outlet Strip (Diamond Plate Finish)

2400WC Wire Clip

V2400B Raceway Base

Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of

each per carton.

Covers seam where lengths

of cover or base meet. Use

with Plugmold® 2400 Series.

(Nonmetallic.)

No. 10 ground screw provided.

Use with Plugmold® 2400

Series.

Connects Plugmold® 2400

Series with 1/2" trade size

conduit and armored cable.

Closes off open end of

Plugmold® 2400 Series.

Has 1/2" and 3/4" trade size

KOs on end and bottom.

Additional 1/2" trade size KO

on sides.

.040" [1.0mm] steel 5' [1.5m]

lengths. Packed (20) 5' [1.5m]

lengths per carton. V2400C Cover

has no receptacle hole cuts.

Diamond plate finish base

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Cover

.040" [1.0mm] steel. 48" [1.2m]

length. Provides five duplex 15A

receptacles. Packed three per

carton. PM48T Merchandiser available – 10 cartons of

PM48T packed in a merchandising display.Order as PM48

Holds conductors in place in

raceway.

.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty

5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

7/8"

[22.2mm]

1 29/32"

[48mm]

1 29/32"

[48mm]

1 29/32"

[48mm]

[25mm]

2401 Coupling

Joins lengths of raceway. Use with

Plugmold® 2400 Series.

2" [51mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

[51mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 3/16"

[46mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

2 11/16"

[68mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

PLUGMOLD

2400 SERIES

™

Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information

Base and Cover

PART NUMBERS:

V2400B Base (.040" [1.0mm] steel)

V2400C Cover (.025" [.6mm] steel)

249

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

V2411M Flat Elbow

Right angle turns on the same

surface.

3 15/16" [100mm]

Each Leg

1 29/32" [49mm]

V2417M Internal Elbow

Makes internal 90° corners.

All steel construction.

1 3/4"

[45mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

V2418M External Elbow

Covers outside corners.

(Nonmetallic Cover.)

[76mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

V2451H Back Feed Fitting

Feeds Plugmold 2400 Series

Raceway from an existing

outlet box. Equipped with 1/2"

trade size male bushing and

locknut washer for grounding.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

624BCK Replacement Blade Kit

Replacement blades and die set for 624 Cutter.

V2489 Side Reducing Connector

Connects Plugmold 2400

Series with 500 Series

Raceway.

Extra Deep Device Boxes

Base has rectangular

knockout to enable extension

from existing single-gang

flush wall box and 1/2" and 1"

concentric KOs. V2444 Cover

has two twistouts for 500 and

700 Series Raceway, and

two twistouts for 2400 Series Raceway. V2444-2 Cover has

four 2400 Series Raceway Series twistouts.

CAT NO. L W D GANG

V2444 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 2 3/4" [44mm] 1

V2444-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 2 3/4" [44mm] 2

Base has 1/2" trade size

KO and rectangular KO for

extension to wall box. Has

#10 threaded hole for ground

connection. V2448 Cover

has two twistouts for 500

and 700 Series Raceway, and two twistouts for 2400 Series

Raceway. V2448-2 Cover has four 2400 Series Raceway

twistouts.

Device Boxes

CAT NO. L W D GANG

V2448 4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm] 1 3/4" [44mm] 1

V2448-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm] 1 3/4" [44mm] 2

624 2400 and 2400D

Raceway Base and Cover Cutter

Portable cutter for 2400B and

2400BD Series Raceway.

V2427GA Duplex Receptacle

3-wire, 15A, 125V, NEMA

5-15R. Provided with 10 1/2"

[267mm] pigtails and inline

splice connectors. Ivory

receptacle with ivory trim

plate.

PLUGMOLD

2400 SERIES

™

Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information (continued)

250

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

V2427GT Duplex Receptacle

3-wire, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R.

Provided with 10 1/2" [267mm]

pigtails and inline splice

connectors. Ivory receptacle

with ivory trim plate.

2686FO Transition Feed Fitting

Eliminates offsetting V2400

in connecting with surface

panel boxes. Has 3/4" and 1"

concentric trade size KOs with

1" trade size KO elongated so

adjustment from surface to

center of bushing is 1" [25mm]

minimum to 1 5/8" [41mm]

maximum. Has twistouts for

transition to Pancake 1500 and

2600 Series Raceway.

2 1/2"

[63mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm]

IG2427GA Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle

3-wire, 15A, 125V NEMA 5-15R.

Provided with 10 1/2" [267mm]

pigtails and inline splice

connectors. Orange receptacle

with ivory trim plate.

IG2427GT Isolated Ground Duplex Receptacle

3-wire, 20A, 125V NEMA 5-20R.

Provided with 10 1/2" [267mm]

pigtails and inline splice

connectors. Orange receptacle

with ivory trim plate.

V2426 Lamp Holder

Medium base lamp holder

660W, 250V. Black, general

purpose phenolic.

[127mm]

1 29/32"

[49mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

PLUGMOLD

2400 SERIES

™

Plugmold 2400 Series Ordering Information (continued)

251

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

NM2000 SERIES

™

Two-piece, single channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or

communication installations. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Multi-outlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base and Blank Cover and Plugmold

Series with Snapicoil Harness:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.

Plugmold Wired Sections:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Meets Section 12-3032 of CEC.

A,K

NM2010A Plugmold

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

Plugmold NM2000 Series System Layout

Plugmold® Plus NM2000 Series™ Part Numbers without a

prefix have an ivory finish unless otherwise specified.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

KEY

A. NM2010A Entrance End Fitting

B. NM2010B Blank End Fitting

C. NM2051H Horizontal Wall Box

Adapter

D. NM2006 Cover Clip

E. NM2017 Internal Elbow

F. NM2015 Tee Fitting

G. NM2048-2 Two-Gang Device Box

H. NM2018 External Elbow

I. NM2048 Single-Gang Device Box

J. NM2011 Flat Elbow

K. NM2010A Entrance End Fitting

L. NM2051V Vertical Wall Box

Adapter Plugmold Plus

Multi-outlet System

Plugmold

252

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

Plugmold NM2000 Multi-outlet Strips

CAT NO. WIRING

CONFIG

Duplex Outlets

(15A 120V NEMA 5-15R)

LENGTH CENTER DISTANCE

Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY.

NM20GB412 GB 12 [305] 4

NM20GBA412 4 [1220] GBA 12 [305] 4

NM20IG412 IG 12 [305] 4

NM20GB512 GB 12 [305] 5

NM20GB515 GB 15 [381] 4

NM20GB530 5 [1525] GB 30 [762] 2

NM20GBA512 GBA 12 [305] 5

NM20IG512 IG 12 [305] 5

NM20GB609 GB 9 [229] 8

NM20GB612 GB 12 [305] 6

NM20GB618 GB 18 [457] 4

NM20GBA609 6 [1830] GBA 9 [229] 8

NM20GBA612 GBA 12 [305] 6

NM20IG612 IG 12 [305] 6

Plugmold NM2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia. 40%

FILLIn [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 16

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 [5.3] 13

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.3] 9

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 [9.0] 4

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 3

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 7

Fiber ZipCord 0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6] 16

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 [4.8] 16

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 [6.5] 8

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

Plugmold NM2400 Multi-outlet Strips

CAT NO.

LENGTH WIRING

CONFIG

DUPLEX OUTLETS

(20A 120V NEMA 5-20R)

CENTER DISTANCE

Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY.

NM24GB412 GB 12 [305] 4

NM24GBA412 4 [1220] GBA 12 [305] 4

NM24GB512 GB 12 [305] 5

NM24GB530 5 [1525] GB 30 [762] 2

NM24GBA512 GBA 12 [305] 5

NM24GB612 GB 12 [305] 6

NM24GB618 6 [1830] GB 18 [457] 4

NM24GBA612 GBA 12 [305] 6

NOTE: Fed. Spec. duplex receptacles are made from high impact nylon and colored

to match the raceway

Plugmold NM2000 Series Wire

Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

NUMBER OF

CONDUCTORSInches [mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 45

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 31

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 15

Plugmold NM2000 with Snapicoil Harness

CAT NO.

LENGTH WIRING

CONFIG

DUPLEX OUTLETS

(15A 120V NEMA 5-15R) NM2000B & NM2000C

CENTER DISTANCE LENGTH

Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY. QTY. Feet [m]

NM20GB12 48 [14.6] GB 12 [305] 48 8 6 [1.830]

NM20GBA12 48 [14.6] GBA 12 [305] 48 8 6 [1.830]

PLUGMOLD

NM2000 SERIES

™

O.D.

GB SERIES:

3-wire #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),

1-circuit; has insulated grounding conductor.

GBA SERIES:

4-wire #12 THHN solid (2 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),

2-circuits; outlets wired alternately; has insulated

grounding conductor.

IG SERIES:

3-wire #12 THHN solid (1 hot, 1 neutral, and 1 ground),

1 circuit; has insulated-isolated grounding conductor,

orange receptacle.

REELS: Reels available as follows:

• Lengths greater than 50' [15.2m]

• Multiple lengths

• For outlet spacing of 12" and 18" [305mm and 457mm],

the maximum length is 240' [73m] per reel.

• For outlet spacing of 30" [762mm], the

maximum length is 500' [152m] per reel.

Packaging includes the necessary lengths of NM2000B

Base, NM2000C Hole Cut Cover, NM2000WC Wire Clips,

and 2001 Couplings for complete installation. Price and

delivery information should be obtained prior to specifying

or ordering. To specify or order, add R to the Snapicoil

Harness number. Ex: NM20GB12. Other outlet spacings

available on custom order, contact your field sales

representative or Specialized Products at 1-800-621-0049.

Plugmold NM2000 Wiring Configuration

253

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

NM2000 SERIES

™

Ordering Information

NM2000BC Base and Cover

NM2000B and NM2000C packed

ten 5' [1.5m] lengths of each per

carton.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[25mm]

NM2000B Raceway Base

Single channel plastic base,

ivory finish. Packed ten 8' [2.4m]

lengths per carton.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

NM2000C Raceway Cover

Tapered snap-on cover.

Textured ivory finish. Packed

ten 8' [2.4m] lengths per carton.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

W30 – For common connection

of two, three, or four No. 12 or

No.14 solid copper conductors.

W30G – For connection of

equipment grounding of 2, 3, or

4 solid conductors No. 14 or No.

12 AWG. 300V maximum; 20A

105° C maximum.

1 5/16"

[33mm]

NOTE: Not for use with

aluminum conductors.

NM2000WC Wire Clip

Holds wire or cable in place or

for use when conductors bypass

receptacles.

NM2003 Supporting Clip

Supports lengths of raceway

at any point desired. Mount

to surface with No. 8 flathead

screw.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[51mm]

NM2006 Cover Clip

Covers seam where lengths of

cover or base meet.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

NM2010A Entrance End Fitting

1 9/16"

[40mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

3 13/16"

[97mm]

3 3/8"

[86mm]

To end feed raceway

or Plugmold strip. Has

1/2" trade size KO on

end and bottom.

NM2010B Blank End Fitting

Closes off open end of NM2000

Series Raceway.

1 15/16"

[49mm]

1 1/16"

[27mm]

NM2011 Flat Elbow

Right angle turns on same

surface.

2 11/16"

[68mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

Plugmold NM2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

254

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

Replacement Receptacles

PART NUMBERS:

NM2027-15 (15 Amp)

NM2027-20 (20 Amp)

PLUGMOLD

NM2000 SERIES

™

NM2015 Tee

Branches NM2000 Series

Raceway at right angles.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

1 5/16"

[33mm]

3 11/16"

[94mm] 1"

[25mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

NM2017 Internal Elbow

Right angle turns at

inside corners.

[51mm] 2"

[51mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

NM2018 External Elbow

Used for making

90° turns at outside

corners.

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[25mm]

Extra Deep Device Boxes

Mounts power/communications

devices when additional depth

is required. Has combination

twistouts for 2700, 2800, 2900,

and NM2000 Series Raceways.

CAT NO. L W D GANG

NM2044

4 3/4" [121mm] 3" [76mm] 2 3/4" [70mm] 1

NM2044-2

4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm] 2 3/4" [70mm] 2

Sure-Snap® Deep Device Box

Cover snaps onto base – no

screws required. Cover

has twistouts on all sides.

Rectangular KO in base for

extension to wall box.

CAT NO. L W D GANG

NM2048

4 3/4" [121mm] 3" [76mm] 1 3/4" [44mm] 1

NM2048-2

4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm] 1 3/4" [44mm] 2

NM2051H Horizontal Wall Box Adapter

Feeds NM2000 Series Raceway

from an existing wall outlet

for horizontal applications.

Provides complete access to

wall box for connections.

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

NM2051V Vertical Wall Box Adapter

Feeds NM2000 Series Raceway

from an existing wall outlet for

vertical applications. Provides

complete access to wall box for

connections.

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

15 and 20A replacement

devices. 6" [152mm] wire

leads each side.

3 3/16"

[81mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

[102mm]

Plugmold NM2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

255

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

NM2000 SERIES

™

Installation Details

1. Lay out raceway path. Determine feed method and

location from figures A, B, and C below.

2. Measure and cut raceway base and cover. See common

fitting dimensions below.

Fig. A

Fig. B Fig. C

3. Install raceway and fitting bases using No.8 flathead

screws.

4. Wiring Method – Refer to Instructions A through E

according to your application

A FIELD WIRED RACEWAY

A1 Install wire in raceway A2 Snap on raceway and install

wire clips fitting covers.

as needed.

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1 5/8" [41mm] from

Edge of Wall

1" [25mm] from

Edge of Wall

1 1/16"

[27mm]

B WIRED COVER SECTIONS

B1 Connect receptacle B2 Snap cover/harness

harness to feed point, assembly onto base and

using approved methods. snap on fitting covers.

Plugmold NM2000 Series Installation Details

NM2010B

Blank End Fitting

NM2010A

Entrance

End Fitting

NM2051H

(Shown)

Wall Box

Adapter

NM2011

Flat Elbow

NM2017

Internal

Elbow

NM2018

External

Elbow

NM2048

Device Box

NM2015

Tee Fitting

NM2006

Cover Clip

Plugmold NM2000/NM2400 Series Installation Details

C SNAPICOIL HARNESS

C1 Lay out Snapicoil C2 Snap receptacles C3 Snap wired

Harness so that into NM2000 cover section

receptacles are not Cover. onto base.

located over feed

point or at corners.

Connect harness

to feed point.

256

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

KEY

A Supply conductors may be fed from 1/2"

[12.7mm] KO in base, or through AL2010A

Feed Fitting. This system is designed with

capacity for additional feed or circuitry

conductors.

B Attach base section to mounting surface

with AL2003 Spring Mounting Clips or by

drilling 9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the base

and using #8 flathead screws.

C Connect circuit wires with connectors.

D Additional multiple outlet sections or

AL2000 Raceway sections may be attached

at ends with AL2001 Coupling.

E Close ends with blank end fitting

(AL2010B), or with feed fittings (AL2010A).

F Snap in cover section.

PLUGMOLD

AL2000 SERIES

™

Low profile multiple outlet system with an aesthetic finish. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Multi-outlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover:

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Plugmold Strips:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

IMPORTANT:

All mounting methods

must result in a flush

interior surface. Special

outlet assemblies

manufactured to

specifications. Consult

factory.

NOTE: Illustration is for showing

product applications only.

NOTE:

To remove cover, insert

screwdriver into groove,

push down and twist.

Plugmold AL2000 Series System Layout

Plugmold® AL2000 Series™ Part Numbers without a prefix have

an satin anodized finish unless otherwise specified.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

257

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

AL2000 SERIES

™

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

Inches [mm]

WITHOUT

DEVICES

WITH PLUGMOLD

RECEPTACLE

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 51 8

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 38 6

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] 24 3

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] 12

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] 8

Plugmold AL2000 Series Multi-outlet Strips

Length WIRING

CONFIG.

SINGLE OUTLETS

(15A 120V NEMA 5-15R)

CENTER DISTANCE

CAT. NO.* Feet [mm] Inches [mm] QTY.

AL20GB306 3 [915] GB 6 [152] 6

AL20IG306 IG 6 [152] 6

AL20GB506 GB 6 [152] 10

AL20GB512 5 [1525] GB 12 [305] 5

AL20IG506 IG 6 [457] 10

AL20GB606 GB 6 [152] 12

AL20GB612 GB 12 [305] 6

AL20GB618 GB 18 [457] 4

AL20GBA606 6 [1830] GBA 6 [152] 12

AL20GBA612 GBA 12 [305] 6

AL20GBA618 GBA 18 [457] 4

AL20IG606 IG 6 [152] 12

* AL2000 Series Plugmold has gray outlets. Each AL2000 Plugmold strip is supplied

with two AL2010B Blank End Fittings and one AL2001 Coupling.

Center

Distance

Length

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

Cover

Base

GB SERIES:

3-wire #12 THHN solid, 1-circuit; has insulated

grounding conductor. Gray receptacles.

GBA SERIES:

4-wire #12 THHN solid, 2-circuit; outlets wired

alternately; has insulated grounding conductor.

Gray receptacles.

IG SERIES:

3-wire #12 THHN solid, 1 circuit; has insulated-isolated

grounding conductor. Orange receptacles.

AL20GB306

AL20GB612

AL20GB618

Plugmold AL2000 Series Wiring Conﬁguration

O.D.

Plugmold AL2000 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power

258

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

AL2000 SERIES

™

6063-T5 extruded aluminum,

satin anodized finish, .060"

[1.5mm] nominal thickness.

Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths

(AL2000B-5) or six 10' [3m]

lengths (AL2000B-10) per

carton.

1 7/16"

[37mm]

AL2000C-5 Raceway Cover

6063-T5 extruded aluminum,

satin anodized finish, .060"

[1.5mm] nominal thickness.

Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths

per carton.

1 7/16"

[37mm]

AL2000 Base and Cover shown

assembled. Cross sectional area 1in.2

[1037mm2].

1 1/8"

[29mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

Pressure-Type Wire Connectors

W30 – For common connection

of two, three, or four No. 12 or

No.14 solid copper conductors.

W30G – For connection of

equipment grounding of 2, 3, or

4 solid conductors No. 14 or No.

12 AWG. 300V maximum; 20A

105° C maximum.

1 5/16"

[33mm]

NOTE: Not for use with

aluminum conductors.

AL2000WC Wire Retainer (Nonmetallic)

Holds conductors in place in

raceway base.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

AL2001 Slide Coupling

Connects adjoining sections of

AL2000 Series Raceway base.

AL2003 Mounting Clip (Spring Steel)

Supports lengths of AL2000

Series Raceway at any point

desired. Mount to surface with

No. 8 flathead screw.

1 7/16"

[37mm]

AL2006 Cover Clip (Spring Steel)

Covers seam where lengths of

cover or base come together.

[25mm]

AL2009 Ground Clamp (Galvanized Steel)

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to provide additional

ground to raceway.

Ground Stud

1 1/2"

[38mm]

AL2010A Feed Fitting

End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm]

hub adapter.

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[25mm]

AL2010B Blank End Fitting

Closes off end of AL2000 Series

Raceway.

[25mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

AL2011 Flat Elbow

Right angle turn on same

surface. Comes with two

couplings.

[76mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

Plugmold AL2000 Series Ordering Information

Raceway Base

PART NUMBERS:

AL2000B-5 (5' Length)

AL2000B-10 (10' Length)

259

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

AL2000 SERIES

™

AL2015 Tee

Branch connection of two runs

of AL2000 Series Raceway.

Comes with three couplings.

[102mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 9/16"

[40mm]

AL2017 Internal Elbow

Makes 90° internal corners.

Two couplings furnished.

[76mm]

AL2018 External Elbow

Makes 90° external corners.

Two couplings furnished.

1 7/8"

[48mm]

[76mm]

AL2038 Round Fixture Box (Solid Base)

Designed for use in hanging

fixtures. Cover takes any device

with mounting screw centers

of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" and 4 1/16"

[70mm, 89mm and 103mm].

Base has concentric 1/2" and

3/4" trade size KOs. Not rated

for fan use.

4 13/16"

[122mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

AL2040A In-Line Single Pole Switch

Single pole 120V Black switch.

Two couplings furnished.

[152mm]

AL2043 In-Line Receptacle

Two 15A, 120V U-ground factory

wired receptacles.

Two couplings furnished.

[152mm]

AL2043IG In-Line Isolated Ground Receptacle

Two 15A, 120V factory wired

isolated ground orange

receptacles. Two couplings

furnished.

[152mm]

AL2051H Box Adapter

Used to feed raceway from

existing wall outlet box. Accepts

up to 5/8" trade size conduit.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

Deep Device Box

For larger receptacles and deep

devices such as those of signal

and alarm systems. Base has

open back plate for mounting to

existing wall box and solid back

plate insert with 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size KOs to close opening.

Not for use on AL2400 Series

Raceway.

CAT NO. L W D GANG

AL2044

4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 2 1/4" [57mm] 1

AL2044-2

4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 2 1/2" [64mm] 2

Shallow Switch Receptacle Boxes

Designed for standard shallow

switches and receptacles.

Base has open back plate for

mounting to existing wall box

and solid back plate insert with

1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to

close opening. Not for use on

AL2400 Series Raceway.

CAT NO. L W D GANG

AL2047

4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 1

AL2047-2

4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm] 1 3/8" [35mm] 2

Plugmold AL2000 Series Ordering Information (continued)

260

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

2000 Series Plugmold is available in an Ivory, Gray, Black, or White baked enamel finish

or in durable stainless steel or satin anodized aluminum unless otherwise specified in

the part number description.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more information.

V20GB306TR

PLUGMOLD

2000TR SERIES

™

Plugmold® 2000TR Series™ Tamper-Resistant Multi-outlet Systems meet

the 2008 NEC requirement 406.11 for Tamper Resistant receptacles in

dwelling units.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Multi-outlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Plugmold Strips:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Available in 3' [914mm] and 5' [1.5m] lengths with 6"

[152mm] receptacle spacing. 15A tamper-resistant

receptacles. 3-wire, #12 THHN (1 hot, 1 neutral, and

insulated ground conductor). .040" [1.0mm] steel housing.

Packed 2 per carton. Each unit supplied with one (1)

Coupling and two (2) Blank End Fittings.

1 9/32"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Plugmold 2000TR Series

Cross Section

Steel Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information

COLOR OPTIONS

Tamper-Resistant Plugmold

PART NUMBERS:

V20GB306TR

V20GB506TR (Ivory)

WH20GB306TR

WH20GB506TR (White)

G20GB306TR

G20GB506TR (Gray)

BK20GB306TR

BK20GB506TR (Black)

S20GB306TR

S20GB506TR

S20GB606TR (Stainless Steel)

261

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

2000TR SERIES

™

2001 Coupling

Joins lengths of Plugmold 2000TR

Series together.

[51mm]

2009 Ground Clamp

Connects equipment grounding

conductor to Plugmold 2000TR

Series.

1 13/64"

[30mm]

How 2009 is used.

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2010B (Ivory)

WH2010B (White)

G2010B (Gray)

BK2010B (Black)

S2010B (Stainless Steel)

Closes off open end of sections of

Plugmold 2000TR Series.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

V2051H Back Feed Fitting

Feeds Plugmold 2000TR Series

from an existing outlet box.

Equipped with 1/2" trade size male

bushing and lock nut washer for

grounding.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2010A2 (Ivory)

WH2010A2 (White)

G2010A2 (Gray)

BK2010A2 (Black)

S2010A2 (Stainless Steel)

Connects Plugmold 2000TR Series

with 1/2" trade size conduit and

armored cable connectors. 1/2"

trade size KOs on end, each side

and bottom. Includes ground

screw.

[76mm]

1 9/32"

[33mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

Steel Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information (continued)

One-gang device box. Cover has one twistout for 2000 Series

Plugmold on two sides and one twistout for 500® and 700®

Series Raceway on the top and bottom. Base includes

knockout to enable extension from existing single-gang

flush wall box and 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts industry

standard faceplates for electrical and communication

devices.

4 5/8"

[117mm] 2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

Entrance End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

V2040B (Ivory)

WH2040B (White)

G2040B (Gray)

BK2040B (Black)

S2040B (Stainless Steel)

262

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

Tamper-Resistant Plugmold

PART NUMBERS:

AL20GB306TR (3' [914mm] Length)

AL0GB506TR (5' [1.5m] Length)

Aluminum Plugmold 2000TR Series Ordering Information

PLUGMOLD

2000TR SERIES

™

Available in 3' [914mm] and 5' [1.5m] lengths with 6"

[152mm] receptacle spacing. 15A tamper-resistant

receptacles. 3-wire, #12 THHN (1 hot, 1 neutral, and

insulated ground conductor). .060" [1.5mm] 6063-T5

extruded aluminum housing with satin anodized finish.

Packed 2 per carton. Each unit supplied with one (1)

Coupling and two (2) Blank End Fittings.

1 7/16"

[37mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

Cover

Base

AL20GB306TR

AL2001 Coupling

Connects adjoining sections of

AL2000 Series Raceway base.

AL2009 Ground Clamp

(Galvanized Steel) Connects

equipment grounding conductor

to provide additional ground to

raceway.

Ground

Stud

1 1/2"

[38mm]

AL2010A Feed Fitting

End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm]

hub adapter.

1 3/8"

[35mm]

[25mm]

AL2010B Blank End Fitting

Closes off open end of sections

of AL2000 Series Raceway.

[25mm]

1 3/8"

[35mm]

AL2047 Shallow Switch and Receptacle Box

Designed for standard shallow

switches and receptacles.

Base has open back plate for

mounting to existing wall box

and solid back plate insert with

1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs to

close opening. Not for use with

AL2400 Series Raceway.

3 1/16"

[78mm]

4 5/8""

[117mm]

1 3/8""

[35mm]

AL2051H Box Adapter

Used to feed raceway from

existing wall outlet box. Accepts

up to 5/8" trade size conduit.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

263

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

MULTIOUTLET GFCI PROTECTION

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Multi-outlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Plugmold Strips:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Wiremold® Plugmold® Multi-outlet Systems are now available in a tamper-

resistant GFCI version that is a great solution for adding GFCI protection

to multiple outlets without having to install multiple outlets. The tamper-

resistant feature also provides safety for multi-user facilities, residential

living spaces and kitchens. Designed to mount on wall surfaces, the low

profile, aesthetically-pleasing design is available in 3', 5' and 6' [915mm,

1.52m and1.8m] lengths in a variety of colors and finishes.

Plugmold Multi-outlet GFCIs are available in a Black, Gray, Ivory

or White painted finish or in stainless steel or anodized aluminum

unless otherwise specified in the part number description

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for

more information.

Available Options

PART NUMBERS LENGTH FINISH

AL20GB306TRGFI 36" [914mm] Anodized Aluminum

AL20GB506TRGFI 60" [1.5m] Anodized Aluminum

BK20GB306TRGFI 36" [914mm] Painted Black

BK20GB506TRGFI 60" [1.5m] Painted Black

BK20GB606TRGFI 72" [1.8m] Painted Black

G20GB306TRGFI 36" [914mm] Painted Gray

G20GB506TRGFI 60" [1.5m] Painted Gray

G20GB606TRGFI 72" [1.8m] Painted Gray

S20GB306TRGFI 36" [914mm] Stainless Steel

S20GB506TRUGFI 60" [1.5m] Stainless Steel

S20GB606TRUGFI 72" [1.8m] Stainless Steel

V20GB306TRGFI 36" [914mm] Painted Ivory

V20GB506TRGFI 60" [1.5m] Painted Ivory

V20GB606TRGFI 72" [1.8m] Painted Ivory

WH20GB306TRGFI 36" [914mm] Painted White

WH20GB506TRGFI 60" [1.5m] Painted White

WH20GB606TRGFI 72" [1.8m] Painted White

NOTE: For available custom options, consult factory.

COLOR OPTIONS

264

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

PLUGMOLD

MULTIOUTLET USB CHARGING SYSTEM

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Base & Blank Cover:

File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Multi-outlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Base & Blank Cover

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Plugmold Strips:

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Wiremold® Plugmold® Multi-outlet Systems are now available in a tamper-

resistant version with USB charging that is a great solution for adding the

convenience of multiple outlets and USB charging to work or living spaces

without the work required to install multiple outlets. The tamper-resistant

feature provides safety for multi-user facilities, residential living spaces

and kitchens. Designed to mount on wall surfaces, the low profile design is

aesthetically pleasing and is available in 3', 5' and 6' lengths in a variety of

colors and finishes.

Available Options

PART NUMBERS LENGTH FINISH

AL20GB306TRUSB 36" [914mm] Anodized Aluminum

AL20GB506TRUSB 60" [1.5m] Anodized Aluminum

BK20GB306TRUSB 36" [914mm] Painted Black

BK20GB506TRUSB 60" [1.5m] Painted Black

BK20GB606TRUSB 72" [1.8m] Painted Black

G20GB306TRUSB 36" [914mm] Painted Gray

G20GB506TRUSB 60" [1.5m] Painted Gray

G20GB606TRUSB 72" [1.8m] Painted Gray

S20GB306TRUSB 36" [914mm] Stainless Steel

S20GB506TRUSB 60" [1.5m] Stainless Steel

S20GB606TRUSB 72" [1.8m] Stainless Steel

V20GB306TRUSB 36" [914mm] Painted Ivory

V20GB506TRUSB 60" [1.5m] Painted Ivory

V20GB606TRUSB 72" [1.8m] Painted Ivory

WH20GB306TRUSB 36" [914mm] Painted White

WH20GB506TRUSB 60" [1.5m] Painted White

WH20GB606TRUSB 72" [1.8m] Painted White

NOTE: For available custom options, consult factory.

Plugmold Multi-outlet GFCIs are available in a Black, Gray, Ivory

or White painted finish or in stainless steel or anodized aluminum

unless otherwise specified in the part number description

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for

more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

265

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

ADORNE

™

UNDERCABINET LIGHTING SYSTEM

The adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is a fully customizable and modular

solution for eliminating kitchen clutter. It is compatible with any kitchen layout,

such as a galley, L-shaped, or U-shaped, as well as with any home wiring.

Visit www.adornemyhome.com to use the Under-Cabinet System Planning and

Configuration Tool.

How to Specify the System

1. Planning Your System Layout

• First, determine where you want to install the

system. Then measure your cabinets to determine

the length of Modular Track required:

• Measure each cabinet length at back of cabinet.

• For installations with a corner, allow 3" on each

side for Corner Connector.

• When totaling up the length of required Modular

Track, be sure to include the length of the desired

Control Box or Direct Wire Connector. For a 1-gang

box, allow 5". For a 2-gang box, allow 5.25". For

Direct Wire Connector, allow 6". For more detail on

Control Box options, see page 58.

• If your selection of Modular Tracks does not match

the exact length of your cabinets, you can use a

Modular Track Extender to complete the track. This

piece can be cut down to 6". Standard 12", 18", and

27" Modular Tracks cannot be shortened.

12” Modular Track

18” Modular Track

18” Modular Track Extender

Modular Track Corner Connector

27” Modular Track

CODE REFERENCE

adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is

cETLus Listed

ETL Listed System:

100477147

266

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

ADORNE

™

UNDERCABINET LIGHTING SYSTEM

How to Specify the System

Sample Installation: Length of cabinets is greater than

combined length of standard Modular Tracks

• One 2-Gang Control Box is placed

at one end of system for hardwired

power connection and lighting control

• Total length of cabinets can be exactly

matched with combination of standard

Modular Tracks

• As needed, Control Boxes can be placed

anywhere in system

Sample Installation: Length of cabinets is equal to combined

length of standard Modular Tracks

2G 18 18 12

12 27

56”

33”

Sample Installation: Direct wire with system controls in a

remote location

2. Selecting the Control Box and Power Options

Next, select the type of lighting and power connection

you’d like to include. For a simple install, the Plug-

In Control Box provides the easiest solution. For a

hardwired installation, there are three options to

choose from which enable expanded lighting control

options such as dimming:

• Control Box with Paddle Dimmer

• Control Box with Paddle Dimmer and GFCI protection

• Direct Wire Connector

For hardwired installations, there must be three

separate circuits from the electrical panel:

• Receptacle Circuit: 20 Amps; GFCI-protected;

266Use #12 wire

• Lighting Circuit: 15 Amps; Use #12 or #15 wire

• Accessory Circuit: 15 Amps; Use #12 or #14 wire

1-Gang Control Box

with Paddle Dimmer

2-Gang Control Box

with Paddle Dimmer

and 15A GFCI

Plug-In

Control Box

Direct Wire Connector

Hardwired Control Boxes

1. Planning Your System Layout (continued)

NOTE: Compatible with all adorne 2-module devices. The CFL/LED

Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453LM2) is recommended for use with the

adorne system.

• 1-Gang Control Boxes are placed at

both ends of the system for hardwired

power connection and lighting control

• Modular Track Extender is custom-cut

to match exact length of cabinets

27 18 EX

EX 18

(cut to 6.75”)

(cut to 9.75”)

60”

36”

• Direct Wire Connector is placed at

one end of system for hardwired

power connection

• Light control located in nearby wallbox

• GFCI circuit breaker located in

electrical panel

27 27

DWC27

57”

36”

267

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

ADORNE

™

UNDERCABINET LIGHTING SYSTEM

How to Specify the System

3. Selecting the LED Lights

The adorne Under-Cabinet Lighting System is only

compatible with adorne LED lights. These are available in

Puck and Linear versions. Recommended placement for

lights is every 18” along Modular Track.

You can select any combination of Puck and Linear lights

to complete your system. In addition, if you are mounting

a light under the cabinet and wish to move it further

to the front of the counter, you can use the LED Light

Extender. This enables you to increase the length of any

light from the Modular Track from a standard 11” to up

to 22”. This is especially useful in corner installations.

4. Choosing Accessories to Complete the System

The final step is to select the accessories to perfectly

complement your system. adorne offers a range

of options, including USB charging ports, mobile

and tablet cradles, and a Digital Music Kit. Each of

these accessories provides flexibility in that it can be

added or removed at any time – simply swap it with

an existing outlet or blank module to increase your

system capabilities. For more detail on accessories,

see page 60.

LED Puck Light

LED Linear Light

Light Extender

Name Compliance Specifications Part Number

12" Modular Track Includes one Outlet Module and one Blank Module.

Can support up to two LED lights.

Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A

pass-through.

Module openings are 6” on-center.

APMT12TM2

18" Modular Track Includes one Outlet Module and one Blank Module.

Can support up to two LED lights.

Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A

pass-through.

Module openings are 9” on-center.

APMT18TM4

27" Modular Track Includes two Outlet Modules and one Blank Module.

Can support up to three LED lights.

Provides 120V power via 15A outlet modules and 20A

pass-through.

Module openings are 9” on-center.

APMT27TM2

18" Modular Track Extender Enables a perfect fit for any kitchen. Simply cut to length

(minimum of 6”) and attach to end of Modular Track.

Does not include any module openings.

APME18TM2

Modular Track Corner Connector Use with installations that include a right-angle corner

to connect two Modular Tracks.

Allow 3” on each side for installations with Corner

Connectors.

APCCTM4

Modular Tracks

The adorne system is a flexible and modular solution

designed to eliminate kitchen clutter. Fully customizable,

you can select from several types of modules and modify

your system in minutes. Simply pop out an existing

module and replace it with a new module at any time.

The Modular Tracks listed below simply plug together

to create a full system custom-designed for any kitchen.

They form the base of the system, housing all of the wiring

that connects the modules.

Each system must include a Control Box or Direct Wire

Connector that is hardwired to existing wiring or plugged

into an outlet on the backsplash.

Visit www.adornemyhome.com for more information.

268

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

Name Compliance Specifications Part Number

Control Box

with Paddle Dimmer

450W Connects to existing in-wall wiring. Fits onto end of Modular Track, adding 5"

onto system length.

Includes adorne 450W CFL/LED Paddle Dimmer ( ADPD453LM2).

GFCI protection must be provided at the electrical panel

APCB1TM4

Control Box with

Paddle Dimmer

and 15A GFCI

450W

15A

Connects to existing in-wall wiring. Fits onto end of Modular Track, adding

5.25" onto system length.

Includes adorne 450W CFL/LED Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453LM2) and 15A

Tamper-Resistant GFCI Outlet (AGFTR153M4).

APCB2TM2

Plug-In Control Box Snaps into any module opening on the track and plugs into an existing outlet

to provide system power. Cord length of 11" can easily be shortened to match

the distance from outlet to Modular Track.

APCB3TM4

Direct Wire

Connector

Enables direct wire feed of power from in-wall wiring, eliminating need for a

Control Box. Connector is 6" in length.

APDWCTM1

Short Modular Track Designed for use with shorter cabinet sections to extend the under-cabinet

system throughout your kitchen.

APST9TM1

Control Boxes

Every Under-Cabinet Lighting System must include one of the below Control Boxes or

Direct Wire Connector. These boxes connect to existing in-wall wiring or plug into an

outlet on the backsplash to provide system power.

Control Boxes include system end caps, ensuring a clean finish on the left and right

edges of the installed system.

ADORNE

™

UNDERCABINET LIGHTING SYSTEM

269

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

ADORNE

™

UNDERCABINET LIGHTING SYSTEM

Name Compliance Specifications Part Number

LED Puck Light • 8W

• 240 lumens

• correlated color temperature: 3000 kelvin color rendering index: 95

ALPKLEDTM4

LED Linear Light • 8W

• 280 lumens

• correlated color temperature: 3000 kelvin color rendering index: 95

ALLNLEDTM4

Light Extender Enables adorne LED lights to be mounted up to 22” from backsplash

by extending cord length beyond default 11”. Ideal for corner cabinet

installations.

ALEXTLEDTM4

Lighting

adorne Puck and Linear LED Lights are designed for use with the adorne system only.

They can be paired with the adorne CFL/LED Paddle Dimmer (ADPD453L) to enable

dimming.

Lights easily plug into a connection port on any system module. Optimal positioning is

one light for every 18” of Modular Track. Lights can be added or removed as needed.

The adorne system is optimized to provide a premium under-cabinet lighting solution

by utilizing the latest innovations in lighting research and LED technologies.

System specifications:

• OSRAM OSLON® Color Champ LED

• Nominal 3000K Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)

warm light output

• Color Rendering Index (CRI) of 95

• Excellent range of color differentiation and rendering

of the important red color (think red meat and

apples) and skin tones

• A bright lumen light output (Puck = 240 lumens/

Linear = 280 lumens) provides optimized lighting for

the under-cabinet environment

• Efficient driver design integrated in each fixture

results in:

- Reliable and smooth dimming

- Rated for 40,000 hours of high performance

• LED quality control uses a “fine bin system” based

on a three-step MacAdams ellipse to ensure color

consistency

NOTE: adorne individual LEDs are specifically selected to ensure fixture output

CCT uniformity within a range of less than 100. This tight manufacturing

assurance process ensures that variations inherent in the LED chip

manufacturing process do not compromise reliable light quality.

.425

.415

.405

.395

.385

.375

ANSI Chromaticy

Color Bin for 3000K

Legrand adorne LED

Fixture Chromaticy Color

Bin for 3000K

.41 .415 .42 .425 .43 .435 .44 .445 .45 .455 .46

270

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

PLUGMOLD SYSTEMS

Compliance Specifications Part Number

15A Outlet Module 15A, 120V

Provides two power outlets by snapping into any module opening.

Tamper-resistant outlet is designed with a patented shutter system.

Included with 12", 18", and 27" Modular Tracks.

APTR15TM4

USB Outlet Module 2.1A, 5V Provides two USB charging ports for devices such as mobile phones and

tablets by snapping into any module opening.

Charging cable not included.

APUSB2TM4

Mobile Phone Cradle Attaches anywhere along track to hold a mobile phone. Perfect for use

with USB Outlet Module while charging devices.

AAPCTM4

Tablet Cradle Attaches anywhere along track to hold a tablet. Perfect for use with USB

Outlet Module while charging devices.

AATCTM4

Modules and Accessories

adorne system modules are designed to fit in any module opening, and can be easily

added or removed by using the included module tool. Simply fit the tool into either end

of the module and pop it out of the track.

Cradles do not occupy a module opening. Instead, they save space by resting on the

back edge of the track.

Digital Music Kit

The Digital Music Kit adds high performance sound to your adorne Under-Cabinet

Lighting System. It includes two speakers and a detachable dock for smart phones

or MP3 players. Simply fit the main speaker into one module opening and then place

the second speaker in any other module location. Speakers can be easily removed

and relocated at any time by simply pushing on the sides of the modules and popping

them out of the track.

The system features BLUETOOTH® wireless technology to enable streaming of music

from your devices. It also includes a 3.5mm cable to manually connect devices.

ADORNE

™

UNDERCABINET LIGHTING SYSTEM

Name Compliance Specifications Part Number

Digital Music Kit 2" (50mm) full range drivers

Digital signal processing for full, rich sound

BLUETOOTH wireless technology is A2DP compatible

Includes USB charging capability

AUDMTM1

NOTE: Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such

marks (licensee name) is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

CORD MANAGEMENT

Wiremold® provides unique solutions to organize and secure cords and

cables, but allowing for easy access for future changes and upgrades.

Cord Management solutions are an economical option for situations where

a UL Listed Raceway is not required.

Table of Contents

InteGreat™ Under

Table Cable

Management 273

1200/1400/1600 Series™ Raceways

276

InteGreat™ Under Table Cable Management

273

InteGreat™ Cable Retractors

275

InteGreat™ Transition Channel

274

UniDuct® Series Raceways

278

300 Series™ Duct

286

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

271

CORD MANAGEMENT

WIREMOLD

CORD MANAGEMENT

Quick Selection Guide

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

14/32"

[11.4mm]

[76mm]

26/32"

[20.1mm]

20/32"

[16.5mm]

30/32"

[23.4mm]

1 1/32"

[26mm]

3 11/32"

[85mm]

1200 Series™ Raceway

One-Piece Nonmetallic Single-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems

1400 Series™ Raceway

1600 Series™ Raceway

Uniduct® Raceway

Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceway Profiles

Uniduct 2700 Raceway

2700 Series

Capacity: 0.163 in.2 [105mm2]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

2800 Series

Capacity: 0.337 in.2 [217mm2]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

[25mm]

2900 Series

Capacity: 0.869 in.2 [530mm2]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

300 Series™ Duct

Hide Cord Raceway Profiles

12/32"

[8.9mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

300 Duct

Capacity: .900 in.2 [581mm2]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

272

CORD MANAGEMENT

INTEGREAT™ UNDER TABLE CABLE MANAGEMENT

Ordering Information

UTCM5 Under Table Cable Management Kit

Consists of a 5' [1.524mm]

length of divided base,

5' [1.524mm] length of

mounting hinge rail and

four (4) latching clips.

Black, nonmetallic

construction. Base width

without Rail & Clips: 5"

[127mm]. Base width with

Rail & Clips: 6 13/16"

[173mm].

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

273

CORD MANAGEMENT

WIREMOLD

KIT CONTENTS:

Base Hinge Rail Latching Clips

CODE REFERENCE

InteGreat™ UTCM is not UL

listed because it is designed to

protect and organize cords and

cables that are not required to

be enclosed by the National

Electric Code.

InteGreat™ Under Table Cable Management provides clean cord management for

power, communication and A/V cables on the horizontal underside of the table.

The simple hinge mechanism allows for easy access for future technology

upgrades. InteGreat Under Table Cable Management mates with the InteGreat

Transition Channel for a true cable management solution.

InteGreat™ Cable Management Ordering Information

6 13/16

[173mm] 1 1/16

[27mm]

INTEGREAT™ TRANSITION CHANNEL

Ordering Information

InteGreat Transition Channel continues the cord

management and protection from the underside of the

table to the floor, where cables can gain access to the

building infrastructure. The Transition Channel fits

directly into InteGreat Under Table Cable Management

on the underside of the table and mates with Wiremold®

Poke-Thru Devices or OFR Series Overfloor Raceway

for a smooth transition to the building infrastructure.

InteGreat Transition Channel provides a protected pathway for

cables to the building infrastructure. It is designed to work with

Wiremold® Poke-Thru Devices and OFR Series Raceway.

Allows cords and cables to make

a smooth concealed transition to

the underside of the table when

used with the InteGreat™ Transition

Channel (MRTC).

OFR48-2MRTC OFR Transition Box

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

274

CORD MANAGEMENT

Center Spine with

Mounting Plate

Side Channel

Bottom Boot

Transition Cover

26" – 30"

[660mm – 762mm]

[178mm]

6.8"

[172mm]

4.7"

[119mm]

MRTC Transition Channel Kit

Consists of aluminum center

spine with steel mounting

plate and four (4)screws,

black aluminum side

channels, black nonmetallic

bottom boot and two (2)

black nonmetallic transition

covers.

InteGreat™ Transition Channel Ordering Information

CODE REFERENCE

InteGreat™ Transition Channel

is not UL listed because it is

designed to protect and organize

cords and cables that are not

required to be enclosed by the

National Electric Code.

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

INTEGREAT™ CABLE RETRACTORS

Ordering Information

InteGreat Cable Retractors attach easily to InteGreat A/V

Table Boxes, or can be mounted directly to the underside

of conference room tables. InteGreat Cable Retractors

have 5' [1.52m] of retractable cable that allows users to

have easy access to A/V and communication services. With

a simple pull, the cable locks into place or retracts back

into the table box, keeping the conference room table neat

and organized.

InteGreat Cable Retractors protect cables while keeping them

neat and organized.

Mounts directly to the InteGreat Series A/V Table Box or to the underside of the

conference room table using the TBCRHMK. Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of HDMI with

Ethernet cable that extends out 5' [1.52m] from the retractor. Retractor has a

female input from building infrastructure, and a male connector on the output side.

Input side has mounting tab that allows installer to cable tie HDMI to the retractor

to minimize chances of a loose connection.

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

10"

[254mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

InteGreat™ Cable Retractors Ordering Information

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

TBCRCAT6 Cable Retractor with Category 6A Cable

Mounts directly to the

InteGreat Series A/V Table

Box or to the underside of the

conference room table using

the TBCRHMK. Loaded with

12' [3.66m] of Cat6A cable that

extends out 5' [1.52m]

from the retractor.

Retractor has a female

input from building

infrastructure, and a male

connector on the output side.

TBCRVGA Cable Retractor with VGA VESA Cable

TBCRHDMI Cable Retractor with HDMI w/Ethernet Cable

TBCR3.5MM

Cable Retractor with 3.5mm Audio Cable

10 5/16"

[262mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

Allows retractor to mount

horizontally under a

conference room table,

so cable can be accessed

through a table grommet.

Multiple retractors can

be mounted to each other

by attaching the TBCRHMK

Mounting Brackets to each other.

TBCRHMK

Cable Retractor Horizontal Mounting Bracket

Cable Retractor with 3.5mm

audio cable. Mounts directly to

the InteGreat Series A/V Table

Box or to the underside of the

conference room table using

the TBCRHMK. Loaded with

12' [3.66m] of audio

cable that extends out

5' [1.52m] from the

retractor. Retractor has

a female input from building

infrastructure, and a male

connector on the output side.

Mounts directly to the InteGreat

Series A/V Table Box or to the

underside of the conference

room table using the TBCRHMK.

Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of VESA

Style VGA cable that extends

out 5' [1.52m] from the

retractor. Retractor has

a female input from

building infrastructure,

and a male connector on

the output side.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

275

CORD MANAGEMENT

WIREMOLD

CODE REFERENCE

InteGreat™ Cable Retractors are

not UL listed because they are

designed to protect and organize

cords and cables that are not

required to be enclosed by the

National Electric Code.

1200/1400/1600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAYS

CODE REFERENCE

1200, 1400, and 1600 Series

Raceway are not UL listed because

they are designed to protect and

organize cords and cables that are

not required to be enclosed by the

National Electric Code.

Wiremold® 1200/1400/1600 Series Overfloor Raceway Systems

provide permanent or temporary protection for overfloor cabling

in high traffic areas.

COLOR OPTIONS

1200/1400/1600 Series Raceways are available in gray, black,

beige, brown and high visibility yellow.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

1200 Series — Channel Capacity Up to 5/16" [7.9mm] Cable Diameter

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

14/32"

[11.4mm]

CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH

BE1200-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]

BE1200-5R Beige 5' [1.5m]

BE1200-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]

BE1200-50 Beige 50' [15.2m]

BK1200-5 Black 5' [1.5m]

BK1200-10 Black 10' [3.0m]

BK1200-50 Black 50' [15.2m]

BR1200-5R Brown 5' [1.5m]

BR1200-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]

BR1200-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]

BR1200-50 Brown 50' [15.2m]

GR1200-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]

GR1200-5R Gray 5' [1.5m]

GR1200-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]

GR1200-50 Gray 50' [15.2m]

YL1200-50 High Visibility Yellow 50' [15.2m]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

276

CORD MANAGEMENT

[76mm]

26/32"

[20.1mm]

20/32"

[16.5mm]

30/32"

[23.4mm]

1 1/32"

[26mm]

3 11/32"

[85mm]

DST2 DOUBLESIDED TAPE

For long term installation.

2" wide x 17 yds.

1200/1400/1600 SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

1400 Series — Channel Capacity Up To 1/2" [12.7mm] Cable Diameter

CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH

BE1400-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]

BE1400-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]

BE1400-50 Beige 50' [15.2m]

BK1400-5 Black 5' [1.5m]

BK1400-10 Black 10' [3.0m]

BK1400-50 Black 50' [15.2m]

BR1400-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]

BR1400-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]

BR1400-50 Brown 50' [15.2m]

GR1400-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]

GR1400-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]

GR1400-50 Gray 50' [15.2m]

YL1400-50 High Visibility Yellow 50' [15.2m]

1600 Series — Channel Capacity Up To 3/4" [19.1mm] Cable Diameter

CATALOG NUMBER COLOR LENGTH

BE1600-5 Beige 5' [1.5m]

BE1600-10 Beige 10' [3.0m]

BE1600-25 Beige 25' [7.6m]

BK1600-5 Black 5' [1.5m]

BK1600-10 Black 10' [3.0m]

BK1600-25 Black 25' [7.6m]

BR1600-5 Brown 5' [1.5m]

BR1600-10 Brown 10' [3.0m]

BR1600-25 Brown 25' [7.6m]

GR1600-5 Gray 5' [1.5m]

GR1600-10 Gray 10' [3.0m]

GR1600-25 Gray 25' [7.6m]

YL1600-25 High Visibility Yellow 25' [7.6m]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

277

CORD MANAGEMENT

WIREMOLD

UNIDUCT® SERIES RACEWAYS

Single-Channel

CODE REFERENCE

Uniduct Series Raceway is not UL listed

because it is designed to protect and

organize cords and cables that are not

required to be enclosed by the National

Electric Code.

One-piece, latching single-channel raceway available in three profiles.

Easy-to-install and ideal for basic communication installations.

COLOR OPTIONS

Uniduct® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix

have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog

white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix have an ivory finish.

Uniduct Raceway can also be painted using latex paint.

Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for

showing product

applications only.

KEY

A. 2706, 2806, 2906 Cover Clip

B. 2710B, 2810B, 2910B Blank End Fitting

C. 2711, 2811, 2911 Flat Elbow

D. 2715, 2815, 2915 Tee Fitting

E. 2717, 2817, 2917 Internal Elbow

F. 2718, 2818, 2918 External Elbow

G. 2786, 2886, 2986 Drop Ceiling Connector

H. CM2, Series II, TracJack

Communication Devices

I. CM-MMB-293 Multimedia Box

J. NM2048 Device Box

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

278

CORD MANAGEMENT

Co-extruded design, smooth plastic 2700L8 finish with

adhesive backing. Available in [1.8m] length, packed 120'

[36.6m] per carton. 2700L8 available in 8' [2.44m] length,

packed 160' [48.8m] per carton.

Covers seam where two pieces of

2700 Series Raceway Cover come

together.

Uniduct® 2700 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities

for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) 40%

FILLInches [mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 1

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/8"

[9.5mm]

[25mm]

For branching of raceway running

at right angles.

11/16"

[17.5mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

UNIDUCT® 2700 SERIES RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

[25mm]

Closes off open end of 2700 Series

Raceway.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Each Leg Makes right angle turns in 2700

Series Raceway on same surface.

Conceals cables dropped from

ceiling into the 2700 Series

Raceway.

1 7/16"

[37mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on

pages located at the end of this product section.

Makes right angle turns around

internal corners.

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Each Leg

Makes right angle turns around

external corners.

[25mm]

Each Leg

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use

with small nonmetallic raceways.

PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter

One-Piece Latching Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

2700 (Ivory)

2700-WH (White)

2700L8 (Ivory)

2700L8-WH (White)

2700-FW (Fog White)

2700L8-FW (Fog White)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

2706 (Ivory)

2706-WH (White)

2706-FW (Fog White)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

2710B (Ivory)

2710B-WH (White)

2710B-FW (Fog White)

One-Piece Latching Raceway Cover

PART NUMBERS:

2711 (Ivory)

2711-WH (White)

2711-FW (Fog White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

2715 (Ivory)

2715-WH (White)

2715-FW (Fog White)

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2717 (Ivory)

2717-WH (White)

2717-FW (Fog White)

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2718 (Ivory)

2718-WH (White)

2718-FW (Fog White)

Drop Ceiling Connector

PART NUMBERS:

2786 (Ivory)

2786-WH (White)

2786-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

279

CORD MANAGEMENT

WIREMOLD

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

2806 (Ivory)

2806-WH (White)

2806-FW (Fog White)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

2810B (Ivory)

2810B-WH (White)

2810B-FW (Fog White)

UNIDUCT® 2800 SERIES RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

[25mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Co-extruded design, smooth ivory plastic finish with

adhesive backing. 2800 available in 6' [1.8m] lengths, packed

120' [36.6m] per carton. 2800L8 available in 8' [2.44m]

length, packed 160' [48.8m] per carton.

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use

with small nonmetallic raceways.

Covers seam where two pieces of

2800 Series Raceway Cover

come together.

1 3/8"

[35mm]

Closes off end of 2800 Series

Raceway.

[51mm]

Each leg Makes right angle turns in 2800

Series Raceway on same surface.

[76mm]

(Each leg)

2 1/4"

[57mm]

Makes right angle turns in 2800

Series Raceway on same surface.

Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] bend

radius when installing UTP and

fiber optic cable.

Uniduct® 2800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities

for Communications

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

Makes right angle turns around

internal corners of 2800 Series

Raceway. Maintains 1 1/4"

[32mm] bend radius when

installing UTP and fiber

optic cable.

7/8"

[22.2mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

For branching of 2800 Series

Raceway running at right angles.

[127mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

For branching of 2800 Series

Raceway running at right angles.

Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] cable

bend radius when installing UTP

and fiber optic cable.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Each leg

For right angle turns around

internal corners.

NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on

pages located at the end of this product section.

PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) 40%

FILLInches [ ]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[9.0]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 2

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2811 (Ivory)

2811-WH (White)

2811-FW (Fog White)

One-Piece Latching Raceway

PART NUMBERS:

2800 (Ivory), 2800-WH (White)

2800L8 (Ivory), 2800L8-WH (White)

2800-FW (Fog White)

2800L8-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2811FO (Ivory)

2811FO-WH (White)

2811FO-FW (Fog White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

2815 (Ivory)

2815-WH (White)

2815-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Tee

PART NUMBERS:

2815FO (Ivory)

2815FO-WH (White)

2815FO-FW (Fog White)

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2817 (Ivory)

2817-WH (White)

2817-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2817FO (Ivory)

2817FO-WH (White)

2817FO-FW (Fog White)

2 1/2"

[64mm]

3 1/4" [83mm]

(Each leg)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

280

CORD MANAGEMENT

Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2911 (Ivory)

2911-WH (White)

2911-FW (Fog White)

Blank End Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

2910B (Ivory)

2910B-WH (White)

2910B-FW (Fog White)

Cover Clip

PART NUMBERS:

2906 (Ivory)

2906-WH (White)

2906-FW (Fog White)

NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on

pages located at the end of this product section.

UNIDUCT® 2800 & 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

1 1/8"

[29mm]

Each Leg

Makes right angle turns around

external corners.

Makes right angle turns around

external corners of 2800 Series

Raceway. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]

cable bend radius when installing

UTP and fiber optic cable.

[76mm]

(Each leg)

3 3/4"

[95mm]

Conceals dropped cables from

ceiling into 2800 Series Raceway.

1 9/16"

[40mm]

2 3/8"

[60mm]

For transitioning from 2800 Series

Raceway to 2700 Series Raceway.

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[51mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

Each Leg

For closing open end of 2900

Series Raceway.

For right angle turns on same

surface.

Co-extruded design, smooth plastic finish with adhesive

backing. Available in 6' [1.8m] length, packed 120' [36.6m]

per carton. 2900L8 available in 8' [2.44m] length, packed

160' [48.8m] per carton.

For covering joint where two

pieces of 2900 Series Raceway

Cover come together.

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use

with small nonmetallic raceways.

Uniduct® 2900 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacities

for Communications

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed

cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

Uniduct® 2900 Series Raceway Ordering Information

PVC-1 PVC Raceway Cutter

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. Approx. Dia.) 40%

FILLInches [ ]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

25-pair, 24 AWG

0.190

0.210

0.250

0.354

0.410

[4.8]

[5.3]

[6.3]

[8.9]

[10.4]

COAXIAL RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 6

FIBER ZipCord

Round 4 Strand Fiber

Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236

0.187

0.256

[3 x 6]

[4.8]

[6.5]

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2818 (Ivory)

2818-WH (White)

2818-FW (Fog White)

Drop Ceiling Connector

PART NUMBERS:

2886 (Ivory)

2886-WH (White)

2886-FW (Fog White)

Radiused External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2818FO (Ivory)

2818FO-WH (White)

2818FO-FW (Fog White)

Reducing Connector (2800 – 2700)

PART NUMBERS:

2889 (Ivory)

2889-WH (White)

2889-FW (Fog White)

One-Piece Latching Raceway

PART NUMBERS:

2900 (Ivory)

2900-WH (White)

2900L8 (Ivory)

2900L8-WH (White)

2900-FW (Fog White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

281

CORD MANAGEMENT

WIREMOLD

Radiused Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2917FO (Ivory)

2917FO-WH (White)

2917FO-FW (Fog White)

Internal Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2917 (Ivory)

2917-WH (White)

2917-FW (Fog White)

3 1/2"

[89mm] (Each

leg)

2 3/4"

[70mm] 2 1/4"

[57mm]

UNIDUCT® 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

Ordering Information

For right angle turns on same

surface. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius when installing UTP

and fiber optic cable.

[76mm]

(Each Leg)

3 3/4"

[95mm]

[51mm]

2 7/8"

[73mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[102mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

Each Leg

2 1/2"

[64mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

(Each leg)

1 7/8"

[48mm]

Each Leg

15/16"

[24mm]

15/16"

[24mm]

For right angle turns around

external corners. Maintains

1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius

when installing UTP and fiber

optic cable.

For dropping cables from ceiling

into the raceway.

For transitioning from 2900 Series

Raceway to 2800 Series Raceway.

For transitioning from 2900 Series

Raceway to 2700 Series Raceway.

For branching of 2900 Series

Raceway running at right angles.

For branching of raceway running

at right angles. Maintains

1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius

when installing UTP and fiber

optic cable.

For right angle turns around

internal corners.

For right angle turns around

internal corners. Maintains

1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius

when installing UTP and fiber

optic cable.

For right angle turns around

external corners.

Radiused Flat Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2911FO (Ivory)

2911FO-WH (White)

2911FO-FW (Fog White)

External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2918 (Ivory)

2918-WH (White)

2918-FW (Fog White)

Tee

PART NUMBERS:

2915 (Ivory)

2915-WH (White)

2915-FW (Fog White)

Radiused External Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

2918FO (Ivory)

2918FO-WH (White)

2918FO-FW (Fog White)

Radiused Tee

PART NUMBERS:

2915FO (Ivory)

2915FO-WH (White)

2915FO-FW (Fog White)

Drop Ceiling Connector

PART NUMBERS:

2986 (Ivory)

2986-WH (White)

2986-FW (Fog White)

Reducing Connector

PART NUMBERS:

2989 (Ivory)

2989-WH (White)

2989-FW (Fog White)

Reducing Connector

PART NUMBERS:

2989A (Ivory)

2989A-WH (White)

2989A-FW (Fog White)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

282

CORD MANAGEMENT

Deep Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

NM2048 (Ivory)

NM2048-WH (White)

NM2048-FW (Fog White)

Extra Deep Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

NM2044 (Ivory)

NM2044-WH (White)

NM2044-FW (Fog White)

CONNECTION REQUIRED

USE CATALOG NUMBER

FROM TO

Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway 2889

Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway 2989A

Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2989

Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2786

Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway 2886

Drop Ceiling Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway 2986

NM2000 Uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series Raceway NM2044, NM2044-2, NM2048, NM2048-2

Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Interconnectivity Fittings

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

[76mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

[76mm]

UNIDUCT® SERIES RACEWAY

Device Box Ordering Information

4 7/8"

[124mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

For mounting multiple voice data

devices. Has combination twistouts

for Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900,

and NM2000 Series Raceways.

Accepts industry standard NEMA

faceplates.

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Accepts one 2A size Wiremold

Open System Communication

Module or Pass & Seymour®

Activate Series Insert. Compatible with Uniduct 2700 and

2800 Series Raceways.

5 3/16"

[132mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Fiber storage loop. Accepts two

2A size Wiremold® Open System

Communication Modules

or Pass & Seymour® Activate Series Inserts. Compatible

with Uniduct 2700, 2800, and 2900 Series Raceways.

For mounting voice/data devices

when additional depth is required.

Has combination twistouts for

Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 and

NM2000 Series Raceways.

Accepts industry standard NEMA

faceplates.

For mounting multiple voice/data

devices when additional depth

is required. Has combination

twistouts for Uniduct 2700,

2800, 2900 and NM2000 Series

Raceways. Accepts industry

standard NEMA faceplates.

For mounting deep voice/data

devices. Has combination twistouts

for Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900,and

NM2000 Series Raceways.

Accepts industry standard NEMA

faceplates.

5 3/16"

[132mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Fiber storage loop. Accepts

three 2A size Wiremold® Open

System Communication Modules

or Pass & Seymour® Activate Series Inserts. Compatible

with Uniduct 2700, 2800, and 2900 Series Raceways.

Two-Gang Extra Deep Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

NM2044-2 (Ivory)

NM2044-2WH (White)

NM2044-2FW (Fog White)

Two-Gang Deep Device Box

PART NUMBERS:

NM2048-2 (Ivory)

NM2048-2WH (White)

NM2048-2FW (Fog White)

One Insert Multimedia Box

PART NUMBERS:

CM-MMB-291 (Ivory)

CM-MMB-291-WH (White)

Two Insert Multimedia Box

PART NUMBERS:

CM-MMB-292 (Ivory)

CM-MMB-292-WH (White)

Three Insert Multimedia Box

PART NUMBERS:

CM-MMB-293 (Ivory)

CM-MMB-293-WH (White)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

283

CORD MANAGEMENT

WIREMOLD

1. Cover Clip: 2706/2806/2906

To join two pieces of Uniduct Raceway

in line. Install the Uniduct Raceway

butted as shown. Snap the cover clip

(2706/2806/2906) onto the Uniduct

Raceway, leaving no gap.

2. Blank End Fitting: 2710B/2810B/2910B

To cover the open end of Uniduct

Raceway. Snap the blank end fitting

(2710B/2810B/2910B) onto the open

end of 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series

Uniduct Raceway.

4. Bend Radius 90° Flat Elbow:

2811FO/2911FO

To make right angle turn on same

surface and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius. Mount the fitting base

to the wall by using screws or the

adhesive strip supplied. Butt the

Uniduct Raceway as shown and snap

the fitting cover over the base after

the cabling has been completed.

5. Tee: 2715/2815/2915

For branching at right angles.

Install the Uniduct Raceway butted

as shown. Snap tee (2715/2815/2915)

onto the Uniduct Raceway, leaving

no gap.

6. Bend Radius Tee: 2815FO/2915FO

To branch at right angles and

maintain a 1 1/4" [32mm] bend

radius. Mount the fitting base to the

wall by using screws or the adhesive

strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct

Raceway as shown and snap the

fitting cover over the base after the

cabling has been completed.

3. 90° Flat Elbow: 2711/2811/2911

To make right angle turn on same

surface. Install the Uniduct Raceway

butted as shown. Snap 90° flat elbow

(2711/2811/2911) onto the Uniduct

Raceway, leaving no gap.

7. Internal Elbow: 2717/2817/2917

To go around internal corner. Install

Uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series

Raceway butted as shown. Snap

internal elbow (2717/2817/2917) onto

the Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.

8. Bend Radius Internal Elbow:

2817FO/2917FO

To make internal corner connection

and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend

radius. Mount the fitting base to the

wall by using screws or the adhesive

strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct

Raceway as shown and snap the

fitting cover over the base after the

cabling has been completed.

9. External Elbow: 2718/2818/2918

To go around external corner. Install

Uniduct 2700, 2800, or 2900 Series

Raceway butted as shown. Snap

external elbow (2718/2818/2918)

onto the Uniduct Raceway, leaving

no gap.

10. Bend Radius External Elbow:

2818FO/2918FO

To make external corner connection

and maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend

radius. Mount the fitting base to the

wall by using screws or the adhesive

strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct

Raceway as shown and snap the

fitting cover over the base after the

cabling has been completed.

10. Drop Ceiling Connector:

2786/2886/2986

For bringing cables from ceiling to

raceway. Cut a hole in the ceiling tile

right next to metal grid. Drop the

cables from the ceiling into the Uniduct

Raceway. Push the drop ceiling

connector (2786/2886/2986) through

the hole so that the notch in the large

end of the connector butts with the

metal grid. Snap the drop ceiling

connector onto the Uniduct Raceway.

2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Installation Details

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

Installation Details

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

284

CORD MANAGEMENT

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

Installation Details

NM2048 Cover

Faceplate

NM2048 Base

2700, 2800, 2900

Uniduct Raceway

2700

2800

2900

Base Front View

Cover Side View

1. Remove proper tongue on the

device box (NM2048) base.

2. Notch proper knockout in cover

using knife. Use pliers to remove

knockout inward for cleaner edge.

(Trimming may be necessary.)

4. Mount raceway to box.

Install cables. 5. Snap device box cover onto base.

3 . Fasten device box base to wall

using screws (not provided).

2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Device Box Installation Details

6. Mount device and faceplate.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

285

CORD MANAGEMENT

WIREMOLD

300 Duct

300 Series Faceplates Ordering Information

317 Internal Elbow

For right angle turns around

internal corners.

1/2"

[12.7mm]

12/32"

[8.9mm]

[25mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

300 SERIES™ DUCT

CODE REFERENCE

300 Series Duct is not UL listed because it

is designed to protect and organize cords

and cables that are not required to be

enclosed by the National Electric Code.

300 Series™ Duct conceals electrical cords and low voltage wiring. With a

full complement of fittings and adhesive backing, 300 Series Duct is easy-

to-install and paintable so that it blends with any decor.

300 Series™ Duct is available in an ivory finish and is

paintable using latex paint.

COLOR OPTIONS

One-piece latching duct. 5' [1.5m]

strip extruded from rigid natural

PVC. Adhesive back. Smooth

texture ivory.

306 Coupling

For joining strips of 300 Series

duct.

311 Flat Elbow

For right angle turns on the same

surface.

318 External Elbow

For right angle turns around

external corners.

PVC-1 Raceway Cutter

Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use

with small nonmetallic raceways.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

286

CORD MANAGEMENT

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

287

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

TABLE BOXES

Wiremold® Table boxes bring technology closer to the user’s work area.

The routing of power, communication and A/V connections is virtually

transparent and increasingly more accessible. Solutions offer flexibility in

meeting connectivity configurations and décor needs.

InteGreat A/V

Table Box 290

TableSource™

Table Boxes 297

Table of Contents

InteGreat AV Table Box

290

InteGreat Cable Retractors

291

Lab Bench

Pedestal

Table Box 303

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

288

TABLE BOXES

MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS

Table of Contents

WIREMOLD

Desktop Power Center

Lab Bench Pedestal Table Box

303

4 Gang Lab Bench Table Box

305

300

Desk Module

301

TableSource™ Table Boxes

297

dequorum™ Recessed Table Boxes

dequorum™ Flip-Up Table Boxes

295

292

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

289

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

MEETING ROOM SOLUTIONS

Quick Selection Guide

Table Boxes

Table Box Model Svc. Location

@ Table Cord

Length Field Wired

Whip length Cover Color/

Material Electrical

Outlets Communication

Openings AV

Openings

InteGreat

A/V Table Box

Recessed 12' 6' Black,

Aluminum

Three 15A

receptacles,

two inside table

box, and one

underneath

Up to 5 available

using InteGreat Cable

Retractors

or Wiremold

AVIP plates

Up to five (5)

Wiremold AVIP

device plates or

five (5) Extron®

Electronics MAAP

device plates

InteGreat

Cable

Retractors

Underneath or

with InteGreat

A/V Table Box

5' N/A Black N/A N/A N/A

deQuorum

Recessed

Table Boxes

Recessed 12' 6' Gray, Black (2) 20A

Duplexes

Gasketed

Adapters for

Ortronics®

Series II, TracJack

or Wiremold Open

System

Cable Cord Keeper

or Wiremold AVIP

Plates or Extron®

Electronics

MAAP modules –

(6) single or

(3) double

deQuorum

Flip-Up

Table Boxes

Above 6' 6' Black,

Stainless

(1) 15A or

20A Duplex

Adapters for

Ortronics®

Series II or TracJack

and Wiremold Open

System

N/A

TableSource

Table Boxes

Above 6' N/A Clear Anodized

Aluminum

Black, White

and Ivory

(1) 15A

Duplex

2 Openings with

Adapters for

Ortronics®

Series II, TracJack

or Wiremold Open

System

N/A

Lab Bench

Pedestal

Table Box

Above N/A N/A Clear Anodized

Aluminum

Black, White

and Ivory

One or two

15A, 20A

simplex or

duplex,

GFCI or 30A

twist lock

receptacles

1-4 Openings

with Adapters for

Ortronics®

Series II, TracJack

or Wiremold Open

System

Up to five (5)

Wiremold AVIP

device plates or

five (5) Extron®

Electronics MAAP

device plates

4 Gang

Lab Bench

Table Box

Above N/A N/A Clear Anodized

Aluminum

Fits (1-4)

15A Duplexes

or Decorator

Style Outlets

See product

pages for

device plate

selection

See product

pages for

device plate

selection

Desktop

Power

Center

Above 6' N/A Black with

Magnesium

Side Panels

(

3) 15A Outlets

with (2) USB

Charging

Outlets or

(4) 15A Outlets

N/A N/A

Desk

Module

Flush 12' N/A Brushed Silver

with Black

Cover

(1) 15A

Duplex

RJ45

(Retractor

available)

USB Charging

(USB Retractor

available)

Extron® Electronics MAAP modules are sold separately.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

290

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

Table Box with 12' [3.66m] cord.

Unit comes with two (2) 15A

receptacles in the recessed

compartments and one 15A

receptacle on the underside of

the box. Hardware bag includes

Wiremold® AVIP Series Cable

Kit with eight (8) openings. Can

accept up to five (5) Wiremold AVIP

device plates or five (5) Extron®

Electronics MAAP device plates.

(Sold separately.)

A/V Table Box

PART NUMBERS:

TB672APBK (Black)

TB672APAL (Aluminum)

InteGreat A/V Table Box Ordering Information

InteGreat A/V Table Boxes

accept Wiremold AVIP Series

and Extron® Electronics MAAP

Device Plates.

A Wiremold® AVIP Series Cable

Kit is supplied with every

InteGreat A/V Table Box.

[178mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

[152mm]

5 9/16"

[141mm]

Convenience receptacle on the

underside of the box is ideal for

powering small devices under

the table.

InteGreat A/V table boxes are an elegant solution for extending power,

communication and A/V to the meeting presenter’s point-of use. InteGreat A/V

table boxes provide the depth to mount devices, especially A/V devices, below

the table top. It has attractive finishes that can match any room décor. Combine

it with other InteGreat products, such as InteGreat Retractors, InteGreat Under

Table Cable Management and InteGreat Transition Channel for a comprehensive

solution to managing and delivering power, communication and A/V connectivity

for conference rooms.

INTEGREAT™ A/V TABLE BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cETLus Listed Furniture

Power Distribution Unit:

Listed to US & Canadian

Safety Standards

InteGreat AV Table Box Part Number Configurator

NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product

configurations and also to request custom configurations from factory.

Color:

BK = Black

AL = Aluminum

Compartments:

2 = 2 Compartments

Compartment 1

A = A/V

P = Power

Size:

67 = 6" x 7" Flange

InteGreat Series:

TB = Table Box

TB 67 2 A P B F

Compartment 2

P = Power

Cord Type:

= 12' Cord

F = Field Wired

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

291

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

INTEGREAT™ CABLE RETRACTORS

InteGreat Cable Retractors attach easily to InteGreat A/V

Table Boxes, or can be mounted directly to the underside

of conference room tables. InteGreat Cable Retractors have

5' [1.52m] of retractable cable that allows users to have

easy access to A/V and communication services. With a

simple pull, the cable locks into place or retracts back into

the table box, keeping the conference room table neat and

organized.

InteGreat Cable Retractors protect cables while keeping them

neat and organized.

Mounts directly to the InteGreat Series A/V Table Box or to the underside of the

conference room table using the TBCRHMK. Loaded with 12' [3.66m] of HDMI with

Ethernet cable that extends out 5' [1.52m] from the retractor. Retractor has a

female input from building infrastructure, and a male connector on the output side.

Input side has mounting tab that allows installer to cable tie HDMI to the retractor

to minimize chances of a loose connection.

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

10"

[254mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

InteGreat™ Cable Retractor Ordering Information

8 1/4"

[210mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

TBCRCAT6 Cable Retractor with Category 6A Cable

Mounts directly to the

InteGreat Series A/V Table Box

or to the underside of the

conference room table using

the TBCRHMK. Loaded with

12' [3.66m] of Cat6A cable that

extends out 5' [1.52m]

from the retractor.

Retractor has a female

input from building infra-

structure, and a male

connector on the output side.

TBCRVGA Cable Retractor with VGA VESA Cable

Mounts directly to the

InteGreat Series A/V Table Box

or to the underside of the

conference room table using

the TBCRHMK. Loaded with

12' [3.66m] of VGA VESA

cable that extends out

5' [1.52m] from the

retractor. Retractor

has a female input from

building infrastructure, and

a male connector on the

output side.

TBCRHDMI High Speed HDMI with Ethernet Cable

TBCR3.5MM

Cable Retractor with 3.5mm Audio Cable

10 5/16"

[262mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

Allows retractor to mount

horizontally under a

conference room table,

so cable can be accessed

through a table grommet.

Multiple retractors can

be mounted to each other

by attaching the TBCRHMK

Mounting Brackets to each other.

TBCRHMK

Cable Retractor Horizontal Mounting Bracket

Cable Retractor with 3.5mm

audio cable. Mounts directly

to the InteGreat Series A/V

Table Box or to the underside

of the conference room table

using the TBCRHMK. Loaded

with 12' [3.66m] of audio

cable that extends out

5' [1.52m] from the

retractor. Retractor has

a female input from building

infrastructure, and a male

connector on the output side.

CODE REFERENCE

InteGreat™ Cable Retractors are

not UL listed because they are

designed to protect and organize

cords and cables that are not

required to be enclosed by the

National Electric Code.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

292

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

For information regarding communication inserts, go to:

www.legrand.us/wiremold

Cover Color:

Black = 0

Gray = 5

deQuorum Series:

KC = Cord Ended

KF = Field Installed

Cover Style:

Flush = 1

Contoured = 4

Top Style:

Recessed = 2

Blank = 8

Communication:

Ortronics = RT

Wiremold = CM Open System

5 7/8"

[149mm]

8 7/16"

[214mm]

Decorative Recess for

Table Laminate Insert

5 7/8"

[149mm]

8 7/16"

[214mm]

Decorative Recess for

Table Laminate Insert

Flush Covers - Available finishes: Black or Gray.

Shown with flange.

Contoured Covers - Available finishes: Black or Gray.

Shown with flange.

5 7/8"

[149mm]

8 7/16"

[214mm]

Blank Top

5 7/8"

[149mm]

8 7/16"

[214mm]

Blank Top

deQuorum™ Recessed Table Boxes provide flexibility in décor,

communication and A/V connectivity options, and installation to

meet specific functional and aesthetic needs.

deQUORUM™ RECESSED TABLE BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Relocatable Power Tap:

File E66421 Guide XBYS

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assembly:

File E15191 Guide PVGT

Listed to US and Canadian Safety

Standards

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

COLOR OPTIONS

deQuorum Table Box Covers are available in

Black or Gray

deQuorum Recessed Table Box Part Number Configurator

deQuorum Recessed Table Box Cover Options

NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations from

the factory. Consult the factory for more information.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

293

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

deQUORUM™ RECESSED TABLE BOXES

Ordering Information

deQuorum Recessed Table Box – In-Stock Configuration Ordering Information

3 3/8"

[86mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm] 5 1/8"

[130mm]

Cord-Ended Unit

3 3/8"

[86mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm] 5 1/8"

[130mm]

Field-Wired Unit

Cord-ended with black, flush cover with decorative recess.

Unit comes with two 20A gasketed prewired receptacles

with a 12' [3.65m] 14/3 SJT black cord. Includes adapter for

Wiremold CM Series Open System communications outlets.

Communication modules sold separately.

KC10CM2

Field-wired with black, flush cover. Unit comes with two

20A gasketed prewired receptacles with a 3/8" [9.5mm]

diameter 6' [1.83m] flexible whip. Includes adapter for

Wiremold CM Series Open System communications outlets.

Communication modules sold separately.

KF10CM8

Cord-ended with black, flush cover. Unit comes with two

20A gasketed prewired receptacles with a 12' [3.65m] 14/3

SJT black cord. Includes adapter for Ortronics® Series II and

TracJack inserts. Communication modules sold separately.

KC10RT8

Field-wired with gray, flush cover with decorative recess.

Unit comes with two 20A gasketed prewired receptacles

with a 3/8" [9.5mm] diameter 6' [1.83m] flexible whip.

Includes adapter for Ortronics® Series II and TracJack

inserts. Communication modules sold separately.

KF15RT2

Cord-ended with gray, flush cover. Unit comes with two 20A

gasketed prewired receptacles with a 12' [3.65m] 14/3 SJT

black cord. Includes adapter for Ortronics® Series II and

TracJack inserts. Communication modules sold separately.

KC15RT8

Above unit shown with KA700, 20A Gasketed

Receptacle Plate and KA305, Wiremold AVIP

Adapter Plate installed.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

294

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

deQUORUM™ RECESSED TABLE BOXES

Ordering Information

4 3/4"

[120mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

4 3/4"

[120mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

deQuorum Recessed Table Box – Communication Plate Ordering Information

4 3/4"

[120mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

4 3/4"

[120mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

KA102RT

Replacement Ortronics Communications Plate

Installed adapters will

accommodate either Ortronics®

Series II front-loading module

system or the TracJack individual

jack system. Includes black plate

and three (3) Series II and three (3)

TracJack adapters.

4 3/4"

[120mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

KA104CM Replacement Wiremold Open System

Communications Plate

Installed adapters accept

Wiremold CM Series modules to

accommodate a wide range of

communications outlets. Includes

black plate and three (3) Wiremold

Open System CM2 adapters.

KA700 Replacement 20A Gasketed Receptacle Plate

Plate has factory-installed

receptacles ready to connect

with installed unit. Can be used

for field-installed or cord-ended

units.

KA302 Cable Cord keeper Plate

Holds cables captive for easy

access. Pull the cable out for

use. Keeper bars provide seven

adjustable openings for cables

ranging from .150" to .350"

[3.8mm to 8.9mm] in diameter.

4 3/4"

[120mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

4 3/4"

[120mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

KA305 Wiremold AVIP Adapter Plate

Accepts six (6) single size

Wiremold AVIP plates or Extron®

Electronics MAAP or three (3)

double size MAAP modules, or any

combination. Includes necessary

hardware.

KA305-AAP Extron® AAP Adapter Plate

Accepts three (3) AAP plates.

Includes necessary hardware.

KA301 Single-Gang Opening Plate

Use this plate to install any

communication and/or multimedia

connectivity that requires a single-

gang wallplate. Includes necessary

mounting hardware.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

295

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

deQuorum™ Flip-Up Table Boxes provide flexibility in décor, communication

connectivity options, and installation to meet specific functional and aesthetic

needs.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Relocatable Power Tap:

File E66421 Guide XBYS

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assembly:

File E15191 Guide PVGT

Listed to US and Canadian Safety

Standards

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

deQUORUM™ FLIPUP TABLE BOXES

deQuorum Flip-Up Table Box Part Number Configurator

NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations

from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

deQuorum Flip-Up Table Box Covers are available in the

following finishes: Black and Stainless.

deQuorum Series:

DQF = deQuorum

Flip-Up

Wiring Option:

P = Cord Ended

F = Field Wired

Unit Color:

BK = Black

ST = Stainless

Receptacle Amperage:

15 = 15A

20 = 20A

Second Gang:

Communications = 2A

Only One Gang = Blank

D Q F

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

296

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

Dual Flip-Up Unit

PART NUMBERS:

DQFP20ST-2A (20 Amp)

DQFP15ST-2A (15 Amp)

Dual Flip-Up Unit

PART NUMBERS:

DQFP20BK-2A (20 Amp)

DQFP15BK-2A (15 Amp)

Single Flip-Up Unit

PART NUMBERS:

DQFP20ST (20 Amp)

DQFP15ST (15 Amp)

Single Flip-Up Unit

PART NUMBERS:

DQFP20BK (20 Amp)

DQFP15BK (15 Amp)

4 3/4"

[120mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm] 4 3/4"

[120mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

4 3/4"

[120mm]

4 7/8"

[124mm]

Black cover. DQFP20BK includes

one 20A black gasketed duplex

receptacle. DQFP15BK includes

one 15A black gasketed duplex

receptacle. Both units come with

a 6' [1.83m] cord.

4 3/4"

[120mm] 4 7/8"

[124mm]

Stainless finish cover. DQFP20ST

includes one 20A black gasketed

duplex receptacle. DQFP15ST

includes one 15A gasketed duplex

receptacle. Both units come with

a 6' [1.83m] cord.

Stainless finish cover.

DFQFP20ST-2A includes one

20A black gasketed duplex

receptacle. Second opening

will accept adapter for one

(1) Wiremold CM Series

Open System 2A module,

one (1) Ortronics Series II or

one (1) TracJack adapter to

accommodate a wide range of

communication outlets. Adapters

are included in hardware bag.

DQFP15ST-2A includes one

15A black gasketed duplex

receptacle. Both units come with

a 12' [3.66m] cord.

Black cover. DQFP20BK-2A

includes one 20A black gasketed

duplex receptacle. Second

opening will accept adapter for

one (1) Wiremold CM Series

Open System 2A module, one

(1) Ortronics Series II or one (1)

TracJack adapter to accommodate

a wide range of communication

outlets. Adapters are included

in hardware bag. DQFP15BK-2A

includes one 15A black gasketed

duplex receptacle. Both units

come with a 12' [3.66m] cord.

deQuorum™ Flip-Up Table Box Ordering Information

deQUORUM™ FLIPUP TABLE BOXES

Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

297

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

CATALOG

NUMBER FINISH

UNIT LENGTH 15A

DUPLEX

CORD LENGTH COMM.

OPENINGSInches [mm] Feet [mm]

TSAM1F0AL1U Clear

Anodized

13" [330.2mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 0

TSAM1F1AL1U Clear

Anodized

15 1/2" [393.7mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 1

TSAM1F2AL1U Clear

Anodized

18 3/32" [461.2mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 2

TABLESOURCE™ TABLE BOXES

TableSource™ Table Boxes provide flexibility in décor, datacom

connectivity options, and installation to meet specific functional and

aesthetic needs.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Relocatable Power Tap:

File E66421 Guide XBYS

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assembly:

File E15191 Guide PVGT

Listed to US and Canadian Safety

Standards

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

TableSource Activations in this chart

are packaged with a mounting clip that

attaches to the work surface and a

hardware bag of adapters that allows

the communication openings to accept

either Ortronics Series II, TracJack or

Wiremold Open System.

TableSource Activations in this chart

are packaged with a mounting clip that

attaches to the work surface and a

hardware bag of adapters that allows

the communication openings to accept

either Ortronics Series II, TracJack or

Wiremold Open System.

2 3/8"

[60.33mm]

Accommodates

Surface Thicknesses

from 0.7" to 1.9"

[18mm to 48mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

TableSource Table Box Covers

are available in a clear anodized finish.

TableSource Table Box Ordering Information

CATALOG

NUMBER FINISH

UNIT LENGTH 15A

DUPLEX

CORD LENGTH COMM.

OPENINGSInches [mm] Feet [mm]

TSAX1F0AL1U Clear

Anodized

13" [330.2mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 0

TSAX1F1AL1U Clear

Anodized

15 1/2" [393.7mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 1

TSAX1F2AL1U Clear

Anodized

18 5/32" [461.2mm] 1 12' [3.7m] 2

2 3/8"

[60.33mm]

[50.8mm]

15 1/2"

[393.7mm]

2 3/8"

[60.33mm]

[50.8mm]

15 1/2"

[393.7mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

298

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

TABLESOURCE™ TABLE BOXES

Ordering Information

IMPORTANT

Use this chart to configure

your own custom TableSource

activation. Many of the

configurations are standard

offerings, and can be quoted and

delivered to you quickly with the

help of our Wiremold Customs

group. Just call in with your

TableSource part number, and they

will be able to supply you with a

quote, technical specifications and

a CAD Drawing. 1. Select face for

mounting device.

Input letter.

7. Choose number of

USB modules. Input

a number followed

by "U"

#U = Number of USB

Modules

2. Do you want optional

mounting bracket

for backsplash

application?

3. Number of

duplexes

(from 1-4).

Input number.

5. Choose

number of

communication

adapters (from

1-4). Input

number. 6. Choose color of

activation and

devices. Input

two-letter color

code.

A Face

B Face

Mounting

Clip

Backsplash

Bracket

Length Code

Feet [metric] Letter

2 [0.6m] B

3 [0.9m] C

4 [1.2m] D

5 [1.5m] E

6 [1.8m] F

7 [2.1m] G

8 [2.4m] H

9 [2.7m] I

10 [3.0m] J

11 [3.4m] K

12 [3.7m] L

NOTE: Cord color is

black.

Product

Group

1U, 2U, etc.

Color of Product

WH- Painted White with

black devices

BK- Painted Black with

Black devices

IV- Painted Ivory with

black devices

AL- Anodized Aluminum

with gray devices

Face

Unit

A,B

Mounting

Bracket

M, X

No. of

Duplexes

1-4

Power

Cord

Length

No. of

Comm.

Adapters

1-4

Design a Cord-Ended TableSource Solution Sample Part: TSAM2H1IV2U

4. Choose a length and

input the corresponding

letter for that length.

Data Cables egress out the back

(the side opposite the devices)

TableSource Work Surface Activations Configurator

NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also

to request custom configurations from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.

NOTE: Wiremold Open System, Ortronics Series II and TracJack modules

provided with all assemblies.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

299

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

IMPORTANT

Use this chart to configure

your own custom TableSource

activation. Many of the

configurations are standard

offerings, and can be quoted

and delivered to you quickly

with the help of our Wiremold

Customs group. Just call in

with your TableSource part

number, and they will be able

to supply you with a quote,

technical specifications and a

CAD Drawing.

Design a Hard-Wired TableSource Solution Sample Part: TSAP2Z1BK2UG

Data Cables egress out

the back (the side opposite

the devices)

TABLESOURCE™ TABLE BOXES

Ordering Information

TableSource Work Surface Activations Configurator

NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also

to request custom configurations from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.

NOTE: Wiremold Open System, Ortronics Series II and TracJack modules

provided with all assemblies.

1. Select face for

mounting device.

Input letter.

7. Choose number of

USB modules. Input

a number followed

by "U"

#U = Number of USB

Modules

3. Number of

duplexes

(from 1-4).

Input

number.

5. Choose

number of

communication

adapters (from

1-4). Input

number.

6. Choose color of

activation and

devices. Input

two-letter

color code.

A Face

B Face

1U, 2U, etc.

Number of USB

Module #

followed

by "U"

Color of Product

WH- Painted White with

black devices

BK- Painted Black with

Black devices

IV-

Painted Ivory with

black devices

AL- Anodized Aluminum

with gray devices

Face

Unit

A, B

Mounting

Syle

T, P

No. of

Duplexes

1-4

Whip

Exit

Y, Z

No. of

Comm.

Adapters

1-4

4. Choose face for 6'

[1.8m], three-wire

whip to exit.

2. Mounting styles

T  MOUNTING EARS

P – MOUNTING STUD

A Face B Face

Y STYLE

Z STYLE

Product

Group

8. Choose if

Deadfront GFCI

Protection is

needed. If not,

leave blank.

G = Dead Front

GFCI Module

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

300

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

WSC320-S Table Box

Has three (3) surge-protected 15Amp power outlets, two

USB charging outlets and a 6' [1.83m] cord. Units come with

accessories for mounting into round cutouts in desk or edge

mounting on desks or other work surfaces.

NOTE: USB circuit is designed to the USB 2.0 standard and can provide

2.1 amps shared accross the two USB ports.

DESKTOP POWER CENTER TABLE BOXES

Desktop Power Center Table Boxes bring surge-protected power and USB

charging outlets up to the work surface by utilizing existing cord drop openings in

office desks and table tops or by mounting onto the edge of a desk or table top.

CODE REFERENCE

cETLus Listed

Furniture Power Distribution Unit:

Listed to US and Canadian Safety

Standards

COLOR OPTIONS

Desktop Power Center Table Box is available in black with

magnesium side panels.

Desktop Power Center Table Box Ordering Information

Mounting Options:

Installs through an existing cord drop opening.

Back View

6 11/16"

[170mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

[52mm]

Front View

Installs on the edge of a work surface.

Front View Back View

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

301

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

DESK MODULE

CODE REFERENCE

cETLus Listed :

Furniture Power Distribution Unit

Listed to US and Canadian Safety

Standards

Wiremold® Desk Module upgrades workstations to well connected spaces

so users can focus on the business at hand.

COLOR OPTIONS

Desk Modules are available in a black finish

with silver trim elements

Desk Module Ordering Information

WSDM210BK Desk Module

Desk module, black/silver,

with two (2) 15A outlets and

12' cord.

WSDM211BK Desk Module

Desk module, black/silver,

with two (2) 15A outlets, one

UB charging outlet and 12'

cord.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

302

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

Desk Module Ordering Information

DESK MODULE

Ordering Information

WSDM210BKR Desk Module

Desk module, black/silver,

with two (2) 15A outlets

and 12' cord. Includes

RJ45 retractor cassette.

WSDM211BKR Desk Module

Desk module, black/silver,

with two (2) 15A outlets,

one USB charging outlet

and 12' cord. Includes RJ45

retractor cassette.

WSDMDC RJ45 Retractor Cassette WSDMUC USB Retractor Cassette

Retractor with Category

6 cable extending to 4.4'

[1.35m]

Retractor with USB

charging cable extending

to 4.4' [1.35m]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

303

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

LAB BENCH PEDESTAL TABLE BOX

The new Wiremold® Lab Bench Pedestal Table Boxes provide increased capacity

and access to multiple services in a variety of configurations to meet the demanding

needs of laboratory activity. These field-wired units can be added to existing benches

or designed into new lab construction. UL has evaluated these boxes for use on

laboratory bench work surfaces. Pass & Seymour® receptacles were installed in the

box and subjected to spill testing outlined in UL 111. The test results showed that

there was no risk of fire or electrical shock as a result of the spill.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961, Guide QCIT

Meets Article 314.27(C) of NEC

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assembly:

File E15191, Guide PVGT

Meets Article 380 of NEC

Meets Article 12-3032 of CEC

Evaluated for use on Laboratory

Bench work surfaces

LBP2 Lab Bench Pedestal

COLOR OPTIONS

Lab Bench Work Surface Portal Covers are available with a

clear anodized aluminum finish.

Lab Bench Table Boxes are available in a clear anodized

aluminum finish.

Lab Bench Pedestal Table Boxes Ordering Information

Aluminum housing and side plates,

with a steel base and divider,

measures 4" x 5" x 5 5/8" [102mm

x 127mm x 143mm]. Base is

configurable to have a combination

of two (2) 3/4" knockouts or two (2)

3/4" EMT stubs. Accommodates a

variety of power outlets (duplex,

decorator, GFCI and up to 30A twist

lock). Use Wiremold AVIP to provide

communications and A/V. Receptacles and wall plates are

sold separately. See chart on next page for list of Pass &

Seymour® receptacles that were evaluated by UL for use

with the box on laboratory bench work

One gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing

assembly. Assembly includes junction

box and 3/4" trade size fitting to attach

to 3/4" trade size conduit for power

connections. See chart on next page for

list of Pass & Seymour® receptacles that

were evaluated by UL for use with the box

on laboratory bench work surfaces.

LBPBHA Bottom Housing Unit

LBP-MAAP Lab Bench MAAP Plate

Plate is finished black to match

Wiremold AVIP devices. Used to provide

communication and A/V services.

LBP-AAP Lab Bench AAP Plate

Plate is finished black to match Extron®

Electronics AAP devices.

LBP2-114BASE Lab Bench Base Plate with

1 1/4" Conduit Stub

Base has attached 1 1/4" conduit to pull

pre-terminated communication cables.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

304

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

LAB BENCH PEDESTAL TABLE BOX

Ordering Information

UL Approved Compatible Pass & Seymour® Devices

GFCI DEVICES

Straight Blade GFCI –

1595, 2095, 1595DSWR, 1595R, 1595S, 2095DSWR, 2095S, 2095TRWR

Tamper Resistant GFCI –

1595NTLTR,1595TR, 1595TRS, 1595TRWR, 1595NTLTR, 2095TR, 2095TRS

Plugtail GFCI PT –

1595, PT1595NTLTR, PT1595TR, PT2095, PT2095NTLTR, PT2095TR

Hospital Grade GFCI –

1595HG, 1595HGNTLTR, 1595HGTR, 2095HG, 2095HGNTLTR, 2095HGTR

Plugtail Hospital Grade GFCI –

PT1595HG, PT1595HGNTLTR, PT1595HGTR, PT2095HG, PT2095HGNTLTR, PT2095HGTR

Deadfront GFCI –

2085

HOSPITAL GRADE DEVICES

Hospital Grade GFCI –

1595HG, 1595HGNTLTR, 1595HGTR, 2095HG, 2095HGNTLTR, 2095HGTR

PlugTail Hospital Grade GFCI –

PT1595HG, PT1595HGNTLTR, PT1595HGTR, PT2095HG, PT2095HGNTLTR, PT2095HGTR

Plugtail Hospital Grade –

PT8200, PT8200IL, PT8300, P8300IL, PTTR62H, PTTR63H, TRIG26262HG, TRIG26362HG, TRIG8200, TRIG8300

Isolated Ground –

IG26262HG, IG26362HG, IG8200, IG8300, IG8310, IG8800, PS8200H, PS8200HS, TR26262HG, TR62H

15A Hospital Grade –

8200, 8201, 26222HG, 26262HG, 8200H, 8200IL, 8300IL, PS8300H, PS8300HS, TR26362HG, TR63H

20A Hospital Grade –

8300, 8301, 8800, 8801, 26322HG, 26362HG

STRAIGHT BLADE DEVICES

Tamper Resistant –

TR15, TR20, TR26261, TR26262, TR26361, TR26362, TR5251, TR5262, TR5351, TR5362, TR62, TR63, WR20TR, PS5262

15A Devices –

5251, 5261, P5262, 5290, 5651, 5662, 5671, 6207, 26252, 26652, 26661, 5262A, 5662A, 4862A, PS5362

20A Devices –

P5351, 5361, 5362, 5850, 5851, 5862, 5871,5890, 6307, 26352, 26852, 26861, 5362A

15A Weather & Corrosion Resistant –

CR15, CR6207, CRB5262, CRB5262S, WR5262, WR5662

10A Weather & Corrosion Resistant –

CR20, CR6307, CRB5362, CRB5362S, WR20TR, WR5362, WR5862

TR USB –

TM8-USB

ISOLATED GROUND DEVICES

Hospital Grade IG –

IG26262HG, IG26362HG, IG8200, IG8300, IG8301, IG8800, TRIG26262HG, TRIG26362HG, TRIG8200, TRIG8300, IGL2120R, IGL2130R

Locking IG –

IG4700, IG4710, IGL520R, IGL530R, IGL620R, IGL630R, IGL1420R, IGL1430R, IGL1520R, IGL1530R

15A Isolated Ground –

TRIG26262, TRIG5262, IG26262, IG5261, IG5262, IG5662

20A Isolated Ground –

TRIG26362, TRIG5362, IG26362, IG5361, IG5362, IG5862

PLUGTAIL™ RECEPTACLES

PlugTail GFCI –

PT1595, PT1595NTLTR, PT1595TR, PT2095, PT2095NTLTR, PT2095TR

PlugTail Hospital Grade –

PT1595HG, PT1595HGNTLTR, PT1595HGTR, PT2095HG, PT2095HGNTLTR, PT2095HGTR, PTTR2095HGTR, PTTR8200, PTTR8300

PlugTail Hospital Grade GFCI –

PT8200, PT8200IL, PT8300, PT8300IL, PTTR62H, PTTR63H

PlugTail TR Grade –

PTTR5262, PTTR5262SC, PTTR5362, PTTR5362SC, PTTR62, PTTR63

PlugTail 15A & 20A –

PT5262A, PT5362A

LOCKING RECEPTACLES

Turnlok IG –

IG4700, IG4710, IGL520R, IGL530R, IGL620R, IGL630R, IGL1420R, IGL1430R, IGL1520R, IGL1530R, IGL2120R, IGL2130R

20A Turnlok –

7310, 7410, CRL520R, L1020R, L1420R, L1530R, L1820R, L2120R, L520R, L620R, L630R

30A Turnlok –

3330, 3430, 3330G, CRL530R, L1030R, L1130R, L1430R, L1530R, L1830R, L2130R, L530R

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

305

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

4 GANG LAB BENCH TABLE BOXES

4 Gang Lab Bench Table Boxes provide access to multiple services in a variety of

configurations to meet the demanding needs of laboratory activity. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Outlet Box:

File E2961 Guide QCIT

Listed to US and Canadian

Safety Standards

AL241S-HB 4 Gang Lab Bench Table Box

9 1/4"

[235mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

Aluminum housing and base 9 1/4" x 4 1/2" x 2 1/2" [235mm

x 114mm x 64mm] are provided with four (4) 1" trade size

knockouts in base for hardwiring unit and two dividers which

allow units to be divided on either the "X" or "Y" axis/plane.

Accommodates a variety of power (NEMA or decorator), and

supports Ortronics® and Wiremold Open Systems connectivity.

Portals are field configurable by ordering the corresponding

faceplates.

COLOR OPTIONS

Lab Bench Table Box covers are available with a clear anodized

aluminum finish.

4 Gang Lab Bench Table Box Ordering Information

AL241S-HB exploded view

showing dividers

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

306

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

4 GANG LAB BENCH TABLE BOXES

Ordering Information

Faceplates for 4 Gang Lab Bench Table Box Ordering Information

PART NUMBER LEFT OPENING RIGHT OPENING

AL241FPB-B Blank Blank

AL241FPD-D Duplex Duplex

AL241FPDEC-DEC Decorator Decorator

AL241FPDEC-B Decorator Blank

AL241FP6A-D Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System Communication 6A

Module. Adapters included.

Duplex

AL241FPD-6A Duplex Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System Communication t6A

Module. Adapters included.

AL241FP6A-6A Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System Communication 6A

Module. Adapters included.

Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System Communication 6A

Module. Adapters included.

AL241FPB-6A Blank Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System Communication

6AModule. Adapters included.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

307

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

Faceplates for 4 Gang Lab Bench Table Box Ordering Information (continued)

4 GANG LAB BENCH TABLE BOXES

Ordering Information

PART NUMBER LEFT OPENING RIGHT OPENING

AL241FP6A-B Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System Communication 6A

Module. Adapters included.

Blank

AL241FPB-D Blank Duplex

AL241FPD-B Duplex Blank

AL241FP6A-DEC Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System Communication 6A

Module. Adapters included.

Decorator

AL241FPDEC-6A Decorator Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System Communication t6A

Module. Adapters included.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

308

TABLE BOXES

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

309

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

Wiremold® Wall and ceiling boxes provide unique solutions to solve specific

installation issues or provide special capabilities for installers, building owners,

and designers.

WallSource™ Multiple

Service Boxes 313

Evolution™ Series

Wall Boxes 311

Evolution™ Series

Ceiling Boxes 316

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

310

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

Table of Contents

NME1250AP Nonmetallic Wireless

Access Point Enclosure

325

WAPBRKT Wireless Access Point

Mounting Bracket For Overhead Applications

326

Evolution™ Series Wall Boxes

311

Evolution™ Series Ceiling Boxes

316

WallSource™ Multiple Service Boxes

313

WAPE Series Wireless Access Point

Ceiling Enclosures

322

WAPENCL Series Wireless Access Point

Ceiling Enclosures

324

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

311

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

Evolution™ Series Wall Boxes are the latest advancement in the most innovative line

of pathways in the industry. These wall boxes are designed for new work and old

work applications while offering a sleek, clean look that architects will love and the

functionality engineers and contractors require. Offered in a 2-gang version with a

storage module for active A/V equipment and a 4-gang version when more power,

communications, and A/V capacities are required, Evolution Series Wall Boxes are ideal

for areas with large or small capacity needs or where a flat screen is required, such as

conference rooms, airports, entertainment venues, college campuses, and hospitals.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT

Evolution Series EFSB2 Wall Box Ordering Information

EFSB2 2-Gang Wall Box EFSB4 4-Gang Wall Box

Designed to fit and be

concealed behind 42"

[1.067m] or larger flat

screen displays. Can

be installed in both

new work and old work

applications. Has 2

NEMA size openings for

power, communication,

or A/V devices. Box is

also equipped with a

storage module that

will accept active A/V

equipment up to 6 7/8" x

9 1/8" [175mm x 232mm]

(dimensions include wire

and cables) in size.

EVOLUTION

™

SERIES WALL BOXES

Designed to fit and be

concealed behind 42"

[1.067m] or larger flat

screen displays. Can

be installed in both

new work and old work

applications. Has 4

NEMA size openings for

power, communication,

or A/V devices.

11 5/8"

[296mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

13"

[330mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

11 1/4"

[287mm]

10 7/8"

[275mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

13"

[330mm]

3 7/8"

[92mm]

11 1/4"

[287mm]

Evolution Series Wall Box Model Selection Guide

EVOLUTION

WALL BOX

MODEL

INSTALL TYPE

BOX

CAPACITY

DEPTH

BEHIND

PLATES

REMOVABLE

MODULES

DEVICE

PLATE SIZE

COVER

COLORS

COMPARTMENT

VOLUMES

KO SIZE

RANGE

Trade Size TUNNELS

New

Work

Old

Work

EFSB2 Yes Yes 2-Gangs 3-5/8" (92mm) Yes Use Standard Size

Device Plates:

Single-Gang

(2 3/4" x 4 1/2")

[70mm x 114mm]

White 43 cu. in. (705ml) 3/4" to 2" Yes

EFSB4 Yes Yes 4-Gangs 3-5/8" (92mm) Yes White 43 cu. in. (705ml) 3/4" to 2" Yes

NOTE: Trim flange and decorative cover are paintable.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

312

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

EFSC Replacement Trim Flange & Cover Assembly

Evolution Series Wall Box Replacement Parts & Accessories Ordering Information

EVOLUTION

™

SERIES WALL BOXES

Replacement trim flange and decorative

cover assembly for the EFSB2 and

EFSB4 wall boxes. Trim flange and

cover are finished in a decorative white

color, with a paintable surface to match

any room decor.

EFS-DM Replacement Device Module

Comes complete with module base,

2" trade size knockout plate, 3/4" and

3/4" / 1-1/4" concentric knockout plate,

and a removable divider. Finished in a

decorative white color.

EFS-SM Replacement Storage Module

Used to store active A/V equipment.

Comes complete with tie-down

locations to secure devices in place.

Decorative white finish. Includes one (1)

storage module.

EFS-DB Replacement 2-Gang Device Bracket

Each location is sized to accept NEMA

standard devices. Device bracket will fit

both the EFSB2 and EFSB4 wall boxes.

Includes one (1) bracket.

EFS-TUN Replacement Tunnel

Allows cables to be wrapped around

from one module to another without

having to run another dedicated line.

Tunnels fits EFSB2 and EFSB4 wall

boxes. Includes two (2) tunnel pieces.

EFS-DIV Replacement Divider

Provides separation of services.

Includes one (1) divider.

EFS-MB Replacement Mounting Bracket

Allows wall box to be secured to

wall in both new work and old work

applications. Includes 2 brackets.

EFB-B Blank Device Plate

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x

4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-AAP Device Plate

Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP

devices. Device plate dimensions:

2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-MAAP Device Plate

Holds four (4) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron Electronics MAAP Devices.

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4

1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-MOS Device Plate

European device plate accepts up

to [45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device.

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x

4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB810-3/4-1 1/4 Knockout Plate

Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4"

concentric trade size knockout.

EFB810-2 Knockout Plate

Has one 2" trade size knockout.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

313

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

1. 2.

A four-gang WallSource Box (WSA42-4) installed during

construction can easily accommodates the wire and cabling

required to feed a divided surface raceway system.

WALLSOURCE

™

SERVICE BOXES

Wiremold® WallSource™ Multiple Service Boxes are six-gang boxes that can

accommodate multiple services including power and communications eliminating

multiple drops and uneven wall faceplates.

CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed Wireway, Auxiliary Gutters &

Associated Fittings:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

Meets Article 314 of NEC.

Wallsource Multiple Service Boxes and components are available in

ivory, black, gray, light gray or white as indicated in the part number

descriptions.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

WSA42-4 Box Installation Shown

WallSource Box Installation Details

Installing WSA00-4 on WSA42-4

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

314

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

ORDERING DATA

CAT. NO. L W D Gang Trade Size KOs

WSA42-4 9 3/16"

[233mm]

[127mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 1/2", 3/4",

1", 1 1/2"

Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring

PART NUMBERS:

WSC07-6AWH (White)

WSC07-6ABK (Black)

WSC07-6AG (Gray)

WSC07-6AGY (Gray)

WALLSOURCE

™

SERVICE BOXES

WSB42-2

WallSource Box, Divider & Mounting Bracket

Slide-in dividers separate

the box for power and

communication services.

Adjustable mounting brackets

offer flexibility to flush mount

box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1/4"

[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and

32mm] wall thicknesses.

ORDERING DATA

CAT. NO. L W D Gang Trade Size KOs

WSB42-2 4 3/4"

[121mm]

[127mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

2 1/2", 3/4", 1"

ORDERING DATA

CAT. NO. L W Gang

WSA07-4A 11 1/4" [286mm] 7" [177mm] 4

Self-leveling bracket

accommodates a wide variety of

electrical and communications

devices. The trim ring hides the

holecut to give the box a finished

look. For use with: 5507 Series

Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack &

Series II Modules, Pass & Seymour

Activate Series Inserts and

Wiremold Open System

Communication Modules.

WSA42-4

Wallsource Box, Divider & Mounting Brackets

Slide-in dividers separate

the box for power and

communication services.

Adjustable mounting brackets

offer flexibility to flush mount

box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1 1/4"

[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and

32mm] wall thicknesses.

ORDERING DATA

CAT. NO. L W Gang

WSC07-6A 15 13/16" [402mm] 7" [177mm] 6

Self-leveling bracket

accommodates a wide variety of

electrical and communications

devices. The trim ring hides the

holecut to give the box a finished

look. For use with: 5507 Series

Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack &

Series II Modules, Pass & Seymour

Activate Series Inserts and

Wiremold Open System

Communication Modules.

WallSource Service Boxes Ordering Information

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards

for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” suffix to part

number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “WSB42-2C”.

Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring

PART NUMBERS:

WSA07-4AWH (White)

WSA07-4ABK (Black)

WSA07-4AG (Gray)

WSA07-4AGY (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

315

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

ORDERING DATA

CAT. NO. L W D Gang Trade Size KOs

WSA42-6 13 3/4"

[350mm]

[127mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

6 1/2", 3/4",

1", 1 1/2"

Self-leveling bracket

accommodates a wide variety of

electrical and communications

devices. The trim ring hides the

holecut to give the box a finished

look. For use with: 5507 Series

Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack &

Series II Modules, Pass & Seymour

Activate Series Inserts and

Wiremold Open System

Communication Modules.

2.5/8"

[67mm]

[25mm]

FSS-18 Fiber Storage Loop

S2-EPL End Plates

Use this loop to store 18" [457mm]

of cable with a controlled 1"

[25mm] bend radius.

Includes two outlet identification

labels with clear covers and two

matching screw covers. Required

for mounting Ortronics® Series II

modules into the WSX07-X Series

device brackets.

CM-EPLA End Plates

Includes two outlet identification

labels with clear covers and two

matching screw covers. Required

for mounting Pass & Seymour

Activate™ and Wiremold Open

System communication modules

into the WSX07-X Series device

brackets.

11 1/4"

[286mm]

[177mm]

WSC42-6

Wallsource Box, Divider & Mounting Brackets

WSA86 Backfeed Kit

Slide-in dividers separate

the box for power and

communication services.

Adjustable mounting brackets

offer flexibility to flush mount

box in 1/2", 5/8", 1", and 1 1/4"

[12.7mm, 15.9mm, 25mm, and

32mm] wall thicknesses.

For backfeeding 4000, 6000,

5400, 5500 and ALA4800 Series

Raceways. Use included templates

to easily cut entrances into

raceway. Use the dividers for

UL Listed separation. Use the

backfeed plate with 4000 and 6000

Series Raceway to completely

cover wall hole cut. Includes ivory

and gray pieces.

WALLSOURCE

™

SERVICE BOXES

WallSource Service Boxes Ordering Information

ORDERING DATA

CAT. NO. L W GANG

WSB07-2A 6 13/16" [173mm] 7" [177mm] 2

Self-leveling bracket accommo-

dates a wide variety of electrical

and communications devices. This

bracket accommodates a standard

single- and dual-gang faceplate.

The trim ring hides the holecut to

give the box a finished look.

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards

for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” suffix to part

number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “WSB42-2C”.

Device Mounting Bracket & Trim Ring

PART NUMBERS:

WSB07-2AWH (White)

WBC07-2ABK (Black)

WBC07-2AG (Gray)

WBC07-2AGY (Gray)

Open Architecture Device Mounting Bracket

& Trim Ring

PART NUMBERS:

WSA00-4 (Ivory)

WSA00-4WH (White)

WSA00-4BK (Black)

WSA00-4GY (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

316

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

EVOLUTION

™

SERIES CEILING BOXES

Evolution™ Series products just keep on growing. The Evolution Series Ceiling

Box is the newest member of the most innovative family of product on the market.

These boxes are designed to go above a false or permanent ceiling structure while

maintaining the aesthetics of the room. They provide both storage capacity and

the ability to support a projector at the same time. Evolution Series Ceiling Boxes

are offered in six different versions from a base model to the high end RackLink™

version where the product can monitor and connect with building automation

systems. Evolution Series Ceiling boxes are perfect for conference rooms,

educational classrooms, training facilities, airports, or anywhere a projector and/

or A/V equipment is required.

CODE REFERENCE

cETLus Listed

Information Technology Equipment:

Meets Article 300.22(c) of the NEC

EVOLUTION

CEILING BOX

MODEL

INSTALL TYPE

SHELF

CAPACITY RECEPTACLES

REMOVABLE

SHELVES PROJECTOR MOUNT

COVER

COLORS

KO SIZE

RANGE

Trade Size

False

Ceiling

Hard

Ceiling

BOX SIZE 23 3/4" x 23 3/4" x 6 3/4" [603mm x 603mm x 171mm]

ECB2S Yes Yes 2RU 6 Yes No White 1/2" to 2"

ECB2SP Yes Yes 2RU 7 Yes Yes, Up to 50 Lbs. White 1/2" to 2"

ECB2S-CR Yes Yes 2RU 4 Controlled, 2 Uncontrolled Yes No White 1/2" to 2"

ECB2SP-CR Yes Yes 2RU 4 Controlled, 3 Uncontrolled Yes Yes, Up to 50 Lbs. White 1/2" to 2"

ECB2S-RLNK Yes Yes 2RU 4 Controlled, 2 Uncontrolled Yes No White 1/2" to 2"

ECB2SP-RLNK Yes Yes 2RU 4 Controlled, 3 Uncontrolled Yes Yes, Up to 50 Lbs. White 1/2" to 2"

NOTE: Trim flange and decorative cover are paintable.

Evolution Series Ceiling Box Model Selection Guide

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

317

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

EVOLUTION

™

SERIES CEILING BOXES

Ordering Information

Fully finished enclosure

designed to manage and store

A/V equipment in an air handling

plenum space above a false

ceiling. Box comes equipped

with:

• four (4) mounting tabs for

securing the box via braided

cable (not included)

• four (4) 3/8" knockout locations for threaded rod supports

• six (6) 20A receptacles, evenly spaced and rotated for

large plugs (i.e. wall warts)

• one (1) easy to remove and reposition shelf

• one (1) easy to remove door that utilizes the ceiling tile

or drywall for better aesthetics

• knockouts ranging from 1/2" to 2" trade size

• two (2) single-gang locations for additional receptacles,

communication or A/V devices

• one (1) cover tether cord

Evolution Series Ceiling Box Ordering Information

ECB2S Evolution Series Ceiling Box

Fully finished enclosure designed

to manage and store A/V

equipment in an air handling

plenum space above a false

ceiling. ECB2SP has a built in

projector mount that utilizes a

1 1/2" standard NPS fitting and

is rated to support a load up to

50 lbs. The projector mount can

move laterally and be positioned

anywhere along the track. Box

comes equipped with:

• one (1) movable projector mount

• four (4) mounting tabs for securing the box via braided

cable (not included)

• four (4) 3/8" knockout locations for threaded rod supports

• seven (7) 20A receptacles, evenly spaced and rotated for

large plugs (i.e. wall warts) (one receptacle located on

exterior of box to supply power to the projector)

• one (1) easy to remove and reposition shelf

• one (1) easy to remove door that utilizes the ceiling tile

or drywall ceiling materials for better aesthetics

• knockouts ranging from 1/2" to 2" trade size

• two (2) single-gang locations for additional receptacles,

communication or A/V devices

• one (1) cover tether cord

ECB2SP Evolution Series Ceiling Box

Fully finished enclosure designed

to manage and store A/V

equipment in an air handling

plenum space above a false

ceiling. ECB2S-CR is equipped

with dry contact controlled

receptacles that can be switched

off when not in use and has a built

in fan to keep the temperature of

the equipment cool. The Box

comes equipped with:

• four (4) mounting tabs for securing the box via braided

cable (not included)

• four (4) 3/8" knockout locations for threaded rod supports

• four (4) dry contact controlled 20A receptacles, evenly

spaced and rotated for large plugs (i.e. wall warts)

• two (2) uncontrolled 20A receptacles

• one (1) 120mm x 120mm, 120VAC, 49 CFM/28 dBA AC fan

• one (1) easy to remove and reposition shelf

• one (1) easy to remove door that utilizes the ceiling tile for

better aesthetics

• knockouts ranging from 1/2" to 2" trade size

• two (2) single-gang locations for additional receptacles,

communication or A/V devices

• one (1) cover tether cord

ECB2S-CR Evolution Series Ceiling Box

Fully finished enclosure

designed to manage and store

A/V equipment in an air handling

plenum space above a false

ceiling. ECB2SP-CR is equipped

with dry contact controlled

receptacles that can be switched

off when not in use and has

a built in fan to keep the

temperature of the equipment cool. The ECB2SP-CR has a

built in projector mount that utilizes a 1 1/2" standard NPS

fitting and is rated to support a load up to 50 lbs. The

projector mount can move laterally and be positioned

anywhere along the track. Box comes equipped with:

• one (1) projector mount that is movable and can support

up to a 50lb load

• four (4) mounting tabs for securing the box via braided

cable (not included)

• four (4) 3/8" knockout locations for threaded rod supports

• four (4) 20A dry contact controlled receptacles, evenly

spaced and rotated for large plugs (i.e. wall warts)

• two (2) 20A uncontrolled receptacles, evenly spaced and

rotated for wall warts

• one (1) 120mm x 120mm, 120VAC, 49 CFM/28 dBA AC fan

• one (1) 20A external receptacle for the projector

• one (1) easy to remove and reposition shelf

• one (1) easy to remove door that utilizes the ceiling tile

for better aesthetics

• knockouts ranging from 1/2" to 2" trade size

• two (2) single-gang locations for additional receptacles,

communication or A/V devices

• one (1) cover tether cord

ECB2SP-CR Evolution Series Ceiling Box

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

318

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

Fully finished enclosure designed

to manage and store A/V

equipment in an air handling

plenum space above a false or

hard ceiling. These boxes are

also equipped with the RackLink

system, by Middle Atlantic

Products. Box comes

equipped with:

• four (4) mounting tabs for securing the box via braided

cable (not included)

• four (4) 3/8" knockout locations for threaded rod supports

• one (1) RackLink controlled power module that allows for

the ceiling box and all of the A/V contents to be monitored

and controlled locally or from a remote location

• four (4) 20A controlled receptacles evenly spaced and

rotated for large plugs (i.e. wall warts)

• two (2) 20A uncontrolled receptacles evenly spaced and

rotated for large plugs (i.e. wall warts)

• one (1) 120mm x 120mm, 120VAC, 49 CFM/28 dBA AC fan

• one (1) easy to remove, pivotable and repositionable shelf

• one (1) easy to remove door that utilizes the ceiling tile for

better aesthetics

• knockouts ranging from 1/2" to 2" trade size

• two (2) single-gang locations for additional receptacles,

communication or A/V devices

• one (1) cover tether cord

Fully finished enclosure designed

to manage and store A/V

equipment in an air handling

plenum space above a false or

hard ceiling. These boxes are

also equipped with the RackLink

system, by Middle Atlantic

Products. The ECB2SP-RLNK has

a built in projector mount that

utilizes a 1 1/2" standard NPS

fitting and is rated to support a

load up to 50 lbs. The projector

mount can move laterally and be

positioned anywhere along the

track. The Box comes equipped

with:

• one (1) projector mount

• four (4) mounting tabs for securing the box via braided

cable (not included)

• four (4) 3/8" knockout locations for threaded rod supports

• one (1) RackLink controlled power module that allows the

ceiling box and all of the A/V contents to be monitored and

controlled from a remote location

• four (4) 20A controlled receptacles evenly spaced and

rotated for large plugs (i.e. wall warts)

• two (2) 20A uncontrolled receptacles evenly spaced and

rotated for large plugs (i.e. wall warts)

• one (1) 20A external receptacle for the projector

• one (1) 120mm x 120mm, 120VAC, 49 CFM/28 dBA AC fan

• one (1) easy to remove, pivot and reposition shelf

• one (1) easy to remove door that utilizes the ceiling tile for

better aesthetics

• knockouts ranging from 1/2" to 2" trade size

• two (2) single gang locations for additional receptacles,

communication or A/V devices

• one (1) cover tether cord

Evolution Series Ceiling Box Ordering Information (continued)

ECB2S-RLNK Evolution Series Ceiling Box ECB2SP-RLNK Evolution Series Ceiling Box

EVOLUTION

™

SERIES CEILING BOXES

Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

319

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

Designed to provide a solid secure

panel to protect the audio/video

equipment loaded within the

enclosure. Panel is designed to

work with the ECB2S, ECB2S-CR,

and ECB2S-RLNK boxes and is

powder coated white to match

the enclosure. The panels are

field paintable to match the room

decor. Includes a lock and key.

EVOLUTION

™

SERIES CEILING BOXES

Ordering Information

Evolution Series Ceiling Box Parts & Accessories Ordering Information

ECB-SD Solid Panel ECB-SHELF Additional Shelving

Designed to provide a solid

secure panel to protect the audio/

video equipment loaded within

the enclosure. Panel is designed

to work with the ECB2SP,

ECB2SP-CR, and ECB2SP-RLNK

boxes and is powder coated

white to match the enclosure.

The panels are field paintable to

match the room decor. Includes

a lock and key.

ECB-SPD Solid Panel

Designed to provide extra air flow

into and out of the box allowing

the audio/video equipment to

remain as cool as possible.

Panel is designed to work with

the ECB2S, ECB2S-CR, and

ECB2S-RLNK boxes and is

powder coated white to match

the enclosure. The panels are

field paintable to match the room

decor. Includes a lock and key.

ECB-PD Perforated Panel

Designed to provide extra air flow

into and out of the box allowing

the audio/video equipment to

remain cool. Panel is designed

to work with the ECB2SP,

ECB2SP-CR, and ECB2SP-RLNK

boxes and is powder coated

white to match the enclosure.

The panels are field paintable to

match the room decor. Includes

a lock and key.

ECB-PPD Perforated Panel

When more capacity is

required an additional shelf

can be purchased. The shelf

is made of steel and has a

unique pattern that has been

specifically designed to accept

most audio/video devices.

The shelf is powder coated

white and equipped with quick

release tabs which allow the

shelf to pivot both forward and

backward, and be easily and

quickly installed or removed.

ECB-FAN Additional AC Fan

120mm x 120mm 120 VAC,

49 CFM/28 dBA fan for use

when additional air flow is

required. Includes fan guard.

ECB-FC Replacement Fan Cord

Replacement fan cord,

designed to fit into ECB-FAN.

ECB-EMB External Mounting Brackets

Steel mounts designed to be

attached to the outside of the

ceiling box and support the box

with threaded 3/8" [9.5mm]

diameter threaded rod. Two (2)

brackets included.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

320

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

EVOLUTION

™

SERIES CEILING BOXES

Ordering Information

Evolution Series Ceiling Box Parts & Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

Steel Brackets for securing a

1RU device. Includes 2 brackets.

ECB-1RUMB Rack Mount Brackets

Steel Brackets for securing a

1RU or 2RU device. Includes

2 brackets.

ECB-2RUMB Rack Mount Brackets

Standard quarter turn lock and

key set, allows a standard ceiling

enclosure to be retrofitted from

the quarter turn latch to a locking

option. Works with the ECB2S,

ECB2SP, ECB2S-CR, ECB2SP-CR,

ECB2S-RLNK and ECB2SP-RLNK

enclosures.

ECB-CLK Lock & Key Set

Replacement or additional keys

for the lock sets. All keys are the

same for all boxes.

ECB-KEY Replacement Keys

Holds four (4) Wiremold AVIP device

plates or Extron® Electronics MAAP

devices. Device plate dimensions:

2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-MAAP Device Plate

Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics

AAP devices. Device plate dimensions:

2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-AAP Device Plate

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x

4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-B Blank Device Plate

European device plate accepts up

to [45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device.

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x

4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-MOS Device Plate

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

321

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

EVOLUTION

™

SERIES CEILING BOXES

Ordering Information

Evolution Series Ceiling Box Parts & Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

Used to support Evolution Series

Ceiling box to building structure.

ECB-CBKIT Cable Kits

Interchangeable plate with a 3/4"

& 1 1/4" concentric trade size

knockouts.

ECB-KO Knockout Plate

Cleans up projector installation

leaving a more aesthetic finished look.

ECB-PTP Projector Trim Plate

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

322

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

WAPE SERIES WIRELESS ACCESS POINT CEILING ENCLOSURES

Wiremold® WAPE Series Ceiling Enclosures provide a secure enclosure to house

a wide selection of wireless access points. These ceiling enclosures are plenum

rated by UL and may be used in environmental air spaces.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Communication

Circuit Accessories:

File E145222 Guide DUXR

Meets Article 800 of NEC.

Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

WAPE5-BLKIT

WAPE10-BLKIT

10 1/8"

[257mm]

Securing Tab

6 7/8"

[174mm]

COVER

WAPE10-1200KIT

8 1/2"

[216mm]

3/4 x 3 3/4"

[19mm x 95mmm]

10 1/2"

[267mm]

Adjustable

1" – 3"

[25mm – 76mm]

5 5/8"

[143mm]

Slot

2" x 1"

[51mm x 25mm]

7 1/2"

[190mm]

COVER

WAPE5-1200KIT

WAPE Series Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures Ordering Information

5" ( WAPE5-BLKIT) or 10" (WAPE10-

BLKIT) deep enclosure for 2' x 2' drop

ceiling tile with blank mounting cover,

12"W x 14"L [305mm x 356mm].

5" (WAPE5-1200KIT) or 10" (WAPE10-

1200KIT) deep enclosure for 2'x 2'

drop ceiling tile with faceplate for

mounting CISCO Aironet 1200, 12"W x

14"L [305mm x 356mm].

Wireless Access Point Enclosure

PART NUMBERS:

WAPE5-BLKIT (5" Deep Enclosure)

WAPE10-BLKIT (10" Deep Enclosure)

Wireless Access Point Enclosure

PART NUMBERS:

WAPE5-1200KIT (5" Deep Enclosure)

WAPE10-1200KIT (10" Deep Enclosure)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

323

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

Wireless Access Point Enclosure

PART NUMBERS:

WAPE5-1232KIT (5" Deep Enclosure)

WAPE10-1232KIT (10" Deep Enclosure)

WAPE SERIES WIRELESS ACCESS POINT CEILING ENCLOSURES

Ordering Information

WAPE5-1250KITD

WAPE Series Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures Ordering Information (continued)

5" deep enclosure for 2'x 2' drop

ceiling tile with faceplate for

mounting Cisco® Aironet 1250 and

3500 Series using dipole antennas

(WAPE5-1250KITD) or remote

antennas (WAPE5-1250KITR),

13"W x 14"L [330mm x 356mm].

WAPE10-1232KIT

WAPE5-1232KIT

WAPE10-UNIKIT

WAPE5-UNIKIT

14" Diameter

[355mm]

6 1/2" Deep

[165mm]

5" (WAPE5-1232KIT) or 10" (WAPE10-

1232KIT) deep enclosure for 2'x 2'

drop ceiling tile with faceplate for

mounting CISCO® Aironet 1232,

12"W x 14"L [305mm x 356mm].

5" (WAPE5-UNIKIT) or 10" (WAPE10-

UNIKIT) deep enclosure for 2'x 2' drop

ceiling tile with universal faceplate,

12"W x 14"L [305mm x 356mm].

WAPE10-DOME

Wireless Access Point Enclosure – with Dome Cover

3" deep enclosure for 2'x 2' drop

ceiling tile. 14" diameter by 6 1/2"

deep transmission dome.

10 3/8"

[263mm]

Between

Securing Tabs

6 3/4"

[171mm]

5 5/8"

[143mm]

Securing

Tab

Adjustable

1" – 3"

[25mm – 76mm]

COVER

Adjustable

1" – 3"

[25mm – 76mm]

Antenna Opening

3/4" x 3 3/4"

[19mm x 95mm]

7 1/2"

[190mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

Securing

Tab

Wireless Access Point Enclosure

PART NUMBERS:

WAPE5-1250KITD (Dipole Antennas)

WAPE5-1250KITR (Remote Antennas)

Wireless Access Point Enclosure

PART NUMBERS:

WAPE5-UNIKIT (5" Deep Enclosure)

WAPE5-1250KITR (10" Deep Enclosure)

WAPE10-1242KIT

WAPE5-1242KIT

5" (WAPE5-1242KIT) or 10" (WAPE10-

1242KIT) deep enclosure for 2'x 2'

drop ceiling tile with faceplate for

mounting CISCO® Aironet 1242,

12"W x 14"L [305mm x 356mm].

Adjustable

1" – 3"

[25mm – 76mm]

7 1/2"

[190mm]

5 3/8"

[136mm]

10 3/4"

[273mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

COVER

Wireless Access Point Enclosure

PART NUMBERS:

WAPE5-1242KIT (5" Deep Enclosure)

WAPE10-1242KIT (10" Deep Enclosure)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

324

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

WAPENCL SERIES WIRELESS ACCESS POINT CEILING ENCLOSURES

Wiremold® WAPENCL Series Ceiling Enclosures provide a secure enclosure to

house a wide selection of wireless access points including the Cisco® Aironet 1250

and 3500 Series. These ceiling enclosures are plenum rated by UL and may be

used in environmental air spaces.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Communication Circuit

Accessories:

File E145222 Guide DUXR

Meets Article 800 of NEC.

Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

WAPENCL Series Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures Ordering Information

WAPENCL Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosure for Drop Ceilings

Provides a permanent and secure location for mounting wireless access points

into a grid ceiling system.

NOTE: Internal dimensions shown.

11 7/8"

[302mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 7/8"

[99mm]

13 3/8"

[340mm]

12"

[305mm]

Front Exterior Dimensions

13 1/2"

[343mm]

[102mm]

12 1/8"

[308mm]

25 1/4"

[641mm]

Side Exterior Dimensions

4 1/2"

[114mm]

23 29/32"

[760mm]

23 29/32"

[760mm]

23 29/32"

[760mm]

22 1/2"

[572mm]

Side Exterior Dimensions WAPENCL’s innovative

device mounting system is

designed to securely retain

most wireless devices.

WAPENCL-24-24-4 Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosure for Drop Ceilings

Provides a permanent and secure location for mounting wireless access points

into a grid ceiling system.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

325

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

NME1250AP WALLMOUNTED NONMETALLIC

WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ENCLOSURE

Nonmetallic Wireless Access

Point Mounting Enclosure

(NME1250AP), loaded with

a wireless access point, for

vertical applications.

7 6/16"

[192mm]

13 3/4"

[349mm]

5 1/8"

[131mm]

Inside:

4 5/8"

[117mm]

10 7/16"

[265mm]

15 3/4"

[400mm]

Wiremold® NME1250AP Wireless Access Point Enclosure conceals wireless

access points in a durable thermoplastic listed enclosure. CODE REFERENCE

cETLus Listed Communication Circuit

Accessories:

Meets Article 800 of NEC.

Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

NME1250AP Nonmetallic Wireless Access Point Mounting Enclosure Ordering Information

NME1250AP Nonmetallic Wireless Access Point Mounting Enclosure

Wall-mounted access point enclosure constructed of durable thermoplastic.

Supports a wide variety of access point configurations for most leading

manufacturers of access point products including the Cisco® Aironet 1250 and

3500 Series.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

326

WIREMOLD

WALL/CEILING BOXES

Provides secure support for

mounting wireless access

points in overhead applications.

WAPBRKT WIRELESS ACCESS POINT

MOUNTING BRACKET FOR OVERHEAD APPLICATIONS

Wiremold® WAPBRKT Wireless Access Point Mounting Bracket

provides a secure support for mounting wireless access points

in overhead applications.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Communication Circuit

Accessories:

File E145222 Guide DUXR

Meets Article 800 of NEC.

Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

WAPBRKET Overhead Wireless Access Point Mounting Bracket Ordering Information

WAPBRKT

Overhead System Wireless Access Point Bracket

The WAPBRKT is designed to work with most tray

and basket overhead systems.

11 3/16"

[284mm]

12 3/4"

[324mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES

Wiremold® Zone Cabling Enclosures provide a range of alternatives to meet

a variety of wireless connectivity strategies.

CZE Series Zone

Cabling Enclosures

328

Zone Cabling Enclosures

328

CZE Series Zone

Cabling Enclosures

329

RFE Series Zone

Cabling Enclosures

Table of Contents

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

327

WIREMOLD

ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES

CZE SERIES ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES

Wiremold® CZE Series Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosures create an intermediate or

remote consolidation point that may be tested and secured prior to adding drops

for voice and data outlets.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Communication Circuit

Accessories:

File E145222 Guide DUXR

Meets Article 800 of NEC.

Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

CZE Series Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosures Ordering Information

CZE-242412A Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosure

for Active Equipment

12" deep telecommunications

enclosure for 2' x 2' drop

ceiling tile. One removable

7 RMU bracket for 19" patch

panels and equipment.

Includes junction box and fan.

21 1/2"

[546mm]

21 1/2"

[546mm]

12"

[305mm]

21 1/2"

[546mm]

21 1/2"

[546mm]

12"

[305mm]

21 1/2"

[546mm]

21 1/2"

[546mm]

12"

[305mm]

CZE-242412WB Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosure

with Wiring Blocks

12" deep termination block

enclosure for 2' x 2' drop

ceiling tile. One removable

mounting plate for two 300

pair 1100 style termination

blocks (without legs).

CZE-242412PP Ceiling Zone Cabling Enclosure for

Mounting Patch Panels

12' deep patch panel

enclosure for 2' x 2' drop

ceiling tile. One bracket for

19" patch panels. Bracket

supports 5 RMU.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

328

WIREMOLD

ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Communication

Circuit Accessories:

File E145222 Guide DUXR

Meets Article 800 of NEC.

Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

RFE SERIES ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES

Wiremold® RFE Series Raised Floor Zone Cabling Enclosures create an

intermediate or remote consolidation point that may be tested and secured prior

to adding drops for voice and data outlets.

RFE Series Raised Floor Zone Cabling Enclosures Ordering Information

RFE-25256 Raised Floor Enclosure for

Zone Cabling

Enclosure for 6" deep

floor. Two pairs of

pivoting mounting

rails for 19" patch

panels. Rails support

2 RMU each.

RFE-242412 Raised Floor Enclosure for

Zone Cabling

Enclosure for 14"

deep floor. A single

mounting rail for 19"

patch panels. Rail

supports 11 RMU.

21"

[533mm]

21"

[533mm]

[152mm]

RFE-25257RB Raised Floor Enclosure for

Zone Cabling

Enclosure for 8" deep

floor. Two pairs of

pivoting mounting

rails for 19" patch

panels. Rails support

4 RMU each.

21"

[533mm]

21"

[533mm]

[178mm]

21"

[533mm] 21"

[533mm]

12"

[305mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

329

WIREMOLD

ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

330

WIREMOLD

ZONE CABLING ENCLOSURES

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

331

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

POKETHRU DEVICES

Evolution Series™

Poke-Thru Devices

337

With the introduction of our new Evolution™ Series of Poke-Thru Devices,

Wiremold® is again pushing the envelope by expanding the capacity,

capabilities, and aesthetics of Infloor power and communication delivery

systems for open spaces.

Wiremold® Poke-Thru Devices are TopGuard

protected to meet and exceed the UL scrub

water exclusion requirement.

AV3 Series™

Poke-Thru Devices

360

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

332

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Recessed Style Poke-Thru Devices

POKETHRU DEVICES

Table of Contents

Evolution™ 6AT

Series

337

352

RC7 Series™

358

AMD8 Series™

356

RC9AMD

Series™

364

RC4 Series™

Evolution™ 8AT

Series

345

354

RC9 Series™

360

AV3 Series™

Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices

362

RC3 Series™

4FFATC

Series™

370

RC9AFFTC

Series™

368

RC7AFFTC

Series™

Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru

Devices

372

RC9AM2TC

Series™

374

FIT Series™

377

RC91GHBTC &

RC92GHBTC

Series™

Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices

366

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

333

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

POKETHRU DEVICES

Quick Selection Guide

Recessed Poke-Thru Devices

6" & 8" DIAMETER HOLE

POKE-THRU SERIES EVOLUTION

™

6ATC SERIES EVOLUTION

™

6AT SERIES EVOLUTION

™

6ATCFF SERIES EVOLUTION

™

8AT SERIES

HOLE SIZE – COVER FLOORS Minimum: 6" [152mm]

Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]

Minimum: 6" [152mm]

Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]

Minimum: 6" [152mm]

Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]

Minimum: 8" [203mm]

Maximum: 8 1/8" [206mm]

HOLE SIZE –

BARE CONCRETE

TERRAZZO FLOORS

Minimum: 6 1/16" [154mm]

Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]

Minimum: 6 1/16" [154mm]

Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]

Minimum: 6 1/16" [154mm]

Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]

Minimum: 8 1/16" [205mm]

Maximum: 8 1/8" [206mm]

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™

CAPACITY

2 1/2 Gangs

3 Duplex Receptacles or

12 Communication Ports or

10 Wiremold AVIP or Extron

MAAP or 2 AAP Plates or any

combination of the above

2 1/2 Gangs

3 Duplex Receptacles or

12 Communication Ports or

10 Wiremold AVIP or Extron

MAAP or 2 AAP Plates or any

combination of the above

N/A 4 Gangs

5 Duplex Receptacles or

22 Communication Ports or

16 Wiremold AVIP or Extron

MAAP or 4 AAP Plates or any

combination of the above

MAXIMUM COPPER

CROSS SECTION*

OUTER CHANNELS

.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm

] .0154 sq. in. [9.9mm

] Data Channel .0187 in

[12.1mm

]

Power: 0.0815 [52.6mm

]

.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm

]

CENTER

CHANNEL(S)

.0387 sq. in. [24.97mm

] .0387 sq. in. [24.97mm

] .0686 in

[44.3mm

] .0775 sq. in. [16.60mm

]

POWER

OUTER CHANNELS

Three (3) #12 AWG Three (3) #12 AWG Fifteen (15) #12 AWG Three (3) #12 AWG

CENTER

CHANNEL(S)

Seven (7) #12 AWG Seven (7) #12 AWG N/A Fifteen (15) #12 AWG

COMMUNICATIONS

OUTER CHANNELS

Four (4) Cat 6A Four (4) Cat 6A Five (5) Cat 6A Four (4) Cat 6A

CENTER

CHANNEL(S)

Twelve (12) Cat 6A Twelve (12) Cat 6A Twenty-One (21) Cat 6A Twenty-Four (24) Cat 6A

CONDUIT FEEDS

3/4" Conduit for Outer

Channel, Maximum

1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel

or 2" Conduit which takes up the

Center Channel and one Outer

Channel

3/4" Conduit for Outer

Channel, Maximum

1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel

or 2" Conduit which takes up the

Center Channel and one Outer

Channel

3/4" Conduit for Outer

Channel, Maximum

1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel

or 2" Conduit which takes up the

Center Channel and one Outer

Channel

3/4" Conduit for Outer

Channel, Maximum

1 1/4" Conduit for Center Channel

or 2" Conduit which takes up the

Center Channel and one Outer

Channel

COVER SIZE

7 1/4” [184mm] 7 1/4” [184mm] 7 3/4” [197mm] 9 1/4” [235mm]

COVER COLORS

Black, Gray, Nickel,

Bronze, Brass

Black, Gray, Nickel,

Bronze, Brass

Black, Gray, Nickel,

Bronze, Brass

Black, Gray, Nickel,

Bronze, Brass

APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR

COVERINGS

Carpet, Tile,

Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood

Carpet, Tile,

Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood

Carpet, Tile,

Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood

Carpet, Tile,

Concrete/Terrazzo & Wood

FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS Minimum: 0" [0mm]

Maximum: 1 1/4" [32mm]

Minimum: 0" [0mm]

Maximum: 1 1/4" [32mm

Minimum: 0" [0mm]

Maximum: 1 1/4" [32mm]

Minimum: 0" [0mm]

Maximum: 1 1/4" [32mm]

NOTE: For modular prewired Walkerflex® versions, see the Walkerflex® product section.

* The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of copper to maintain fire

classification and are for each individual power and communication compartments. Do not

add values together for any one compartment.

NOTE: Pre-Pour Sleeves for 6" (6PPS) and 8" (8PPS) Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices

speed installation and insure accurate location of devices.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

334

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

POKETHRU DEVICES

Quick Selection Guide

Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices

3" DIAMETER HOLE

POKE-THRU SERIES RC7 SERIES RC9 SERIES RC9AMD SERIES

HOLE SIZE Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

Minimum: 3" [76mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™

CAPACITY

2 Gangs

(1) 20A Duplex Receptacle,

(2) Ports of Communication

Devices

2 Gangs

(1) 15A Quad Receptacle,

(2) Openings for Communication

Pass-Through

1 Gang

(4) Ports of

Communication Devices

MAXIMUM

COPPER FILL

POWER* (3) #12 AWG

.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]

(3) #12 AWG

.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]

N/A

COMMUNICATIONS* (1) Cat 6/Channel

.004 sq. in. [2.58 sq. mm]

(1) Cat 6/Channel

.004 sq. in. [2.58 sq. mm]

(4) Cat 6/Channel

.01600 sq. in. [10.324 sq. mm]

FEED

CHANNELS

POWER 3/4" Trade Size 3/4" Trade Size N/A

COMMUNICATIONS 1/2" Trade Size/Channel

(2) Channels per unit

1/2" Trade Size/Channel

(2) Channels per unit

2" Trade Size

COVER SIZE

7” [178mm] 7” [178mm] 7” [178mm]

COVER COLORS

Black, Brass,

Aluminum, Gray

Black, Brass,

Aluminum, Gray

Black, Brass,

Aluminum, Gray

APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR

COVERINGS

Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood

FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

RC7 Series

RC9AMD Series

AV3 Series

4" DIAMETER HOLE

POKE-THRU SERIES

AV3 SERIES AMD8 SERIES RC4 SERIES RC3 SERIES

HOLE SIZE Minimum: 4" [102mm]

Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]

Minimum: 4 [102mm]

Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]

Minimum:4" [102mm]

Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]

Minimum:4" [102mm]

Maximum:4 1/8" [105mm]

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™

CAPACITY

2 Gangs (1) 20A Duplex

Receptacle, (3) Single Width

Wiremold AVIP or Extron

MAAP Devices or

(4) Ports of Communications

1 Gang All Communications

(8) Ports for

Communication Devices

2 Gangs (2) 20A Duplex

Receptacles

(4) Ports for

Communication Devices

2 Gangs (1) Duplex Receptacle

(4) Ports for

Communication Devices

MAXIMUM

COPPER FILL

POWER* (3) #12 AWG

.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]

N/A (6) #12 AWG

.03072 sq. in. [19.82 sq. mm]

(3) #12 AWG

.01536 sq. in. [9.91 sq. mm]

COMMUNICATIONS* (4) Cat 6

.01938 sq. in. [12.503 sq. mm]

(8) Cat 6

.03474 sq. in. [22.412 sq. mm]

(4) Cat 6/Channel

.016 sq. in. [10.3 sq. mm]

(4) Cat 6/Channel

.016 sq. in. [10.3 sq. mm]

FEED

CHANNELS

POWER 3/4" Trade Size 3/4" Trade Size 3/4" Trade Size 3/4" Trade Size

COMMUNICATIONS 1 1/4" Trade Size/Channel 1 1/4" Trade Size/Channel 3/4" Trade Size (Equivalent)

Oval Shaped Opening

3/4" Trade Size (Equivalent)

Oval Shaped Opening

COVER SIZE

8 1/4" [210mm] 7 1/2" [191mm] 8 1/4" [210mm] 7 1/2" [191mm]

COVER COLORS

Black, Brass,

Aluminum, Gray

Black, Brass,

Aluminum, Gray

Black, Brass,

Aluminum, Gray

Black, Brass,

Aluminum, Gray

APPROVED CONCRETE FLOOR COVERINGS

Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood Carpet, Tile & Wood

FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

* The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of copper to maintain fire classification and are for each individual power and

communication compartments. Do not add values together for any one compartment.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

335

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

POKETHRU DEVICES

Quick Selection Guide

3" DIAMETER HOLE

POKE-THRU SERIES RC7AFFTC SERIES RC7AM2TC SERIES RC9FFTC SERIES RC9AM2TC SERIES

HOLE SIZE Minimum: 3 1/16” [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8” [79mm]

Minimum: 3” [76mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8” [79mm]

Minimum: 3” [76mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8” [79mm]

Minimum: 3” [76mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8” [79mm]

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours 1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™TopGuard™

CAPACITY

2 Gangs

Two (2) 1/2” & one (1) 3/4”

Trade Size Screw Plug Openings

1 Gang Two (2) 1/2” &

one (1) 3/4” Trade Size

Screw Plug Openings

2 Gangs Hexagonal Service

Head with one (1) 3/4” Trade

Size Conduit & five (5)

Communication Openings

1 Gang One (1) 1 1/4”/2"

Concentric Screw Plug

MAXIMUM

COPPER FILL

POWER* (10) #12 AWG

.05214 sq. in. [33.64mm

]

(20) #12 AWG

.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm

]

(3) #12 AWG

.05726 sq. in. [36.94mm

]

(20) #12 AWG

.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm

]

COMMUNICATIONS* (7) Cat 6/Channel

.05000 sq. in. [32.26mm

]

(7) Cat 6/Channel

.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm

]

(15) Cat 6/Channel

.06425 sq. in. [41.45mm

]

(32) Cat 6/Channel

.09216 sq. in. [59.46mm

]

COVER SIZE

7” [178mm] 7” [178mm] 7” [178mm] 7” [178mm]

COVER COLORS

Black, Brass, Aluminum,

Gray

Black, Brass, Aluminum,

Gray

Black, Brass, Aluminum,

Gray

Black, Brass, Aluminum,

Gray

COVER CONSTRUCTION Die-Cast Die-Cast Die-Cast Die-Cast

CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER One (1) 3/4” & two (2) 1/2”

Trade Size Conduit

One (1) 2”

Trade Size Conduit

One (1) 3/4” & one 1 1/4”

Trade Size Conduit

One (1) 2”

Trade Size Conduit

FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices

RC9FF Series RC9AM2 Series RC7AFF Series

4FFATC Series

4" DIAMETER HOLE

POKE-THRU SERIES

4FFATC SERIES

HOLE SIZE Minimum: 4" [76mm]

Maximum: 4 1/8" [78mm]

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2- & 2-Hours

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

TopGuard™

CAPACITY

2 Gangs

One (1) 3/4" & one (1) 1 1/4" Trade Size

Screw Plug Openings

MAXIMUM

COPPER FILL

POWER* (16) #12 AWG or (10) #10 AWG

.08192 sq. in. [52.851mm

]

COMMUNICATIONS* (18) Cat 6/Channel

.072 sq. in. [46.45mm

]

COVER SIZE

7 1/2" [191mm]

COVER COLORS

Black, Brass, Aluminum, Gray

COVER CONSTRUCTION Die-Cast

CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER One (1) 3/4" & one (1) 1 1/4"

Trade Size Conduit

FLOOR COVERING THICKNESS

Minimum: 1/8" [3.2mm]

Maximum: 3/4" [19.1mm]

* The above maximum copper fill values are the maximum amount of

copper to maintain fire classification and are for each individual power

and communication compartments. Do not add values together for any

one compartment.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

336

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

2" DIAMETER HOLE

POKE-THRU SERIES

FIT SERIES FIT SERIES

HOLE SIZE

Minimum: 2 1/32" [52mm]

Maximum: 2 1/8" [54mm]

Minimum: 2 1/32" [52mm]

Maximum: 2 1/8" [54mm]

CAPACITY

Single Width

200-H/BTC Service Head

Double Width

241-H/BTC Service Head

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2-, 2-, 3-& 4-hrs 1-, 1 1/2-, 2-, 3-& 4-hrs

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

TopGuard™TopGuard™

MAXIMUM

COPPER FILL

POWER*

(3) #12 AWG

.01536 sq. in. [9.91 mm2]

(7) #12 AWG

.03584 sq. in. [23.12 mm2]

COMMUNICATIONS*

(6) Cat 6/Channel

.05020 sq. in. [32.39 mm2]

(6) Cat 6A/Channel

.05020 sq. in. [32.39 mm2]

FLANGE/COVER DIAMETER

4 5/8" x 4" x 2 5/8"

[118mm x 102mm x 69mm]

4 5/8" x 9 1/4" x 2 5/8"

[118mm x 235mm x 69mm]

CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER

One 1"

Trade Size Conduit

One 1"

Trade Size Conduit

SERVICE HEAD CONSTRUCTION

Aluminum Aluminum

COVER COLORS

Brushed Aluminum Brushed Aluminum

Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices

POKETHRU DEVICES

Quick Selection Guide

FIT Series

RC92GHBTC Series

3" DIAMETER HOLE

POKE-THRU SERIES

RC91GHBTC SERIES RC92GHBTC SERIES

HOLE SIZE

Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

CAPACITY

Single Width

Service Head

Double Width

Service Head

UL FIRE CLASSIFICATION

1-, 1 1/2-, 2-hrs 1-, 1 1/2-, 2-hrs

UL SCRUBWATER PROTECTION

TopGuard™TopGuard™

MAXIMUM

COPPER FILL

POWER*

(3) #12 AWG

.01536 sq. in. [9.91 mm2]

(10) #12 AWG

.05120 sq. in. [33.03 mm2]

COMMUNICATIONS*

(15) Cat 6/Channel

.05020 sq. in. [23.39 mm2]

(31) Cat 6A/Channel

.05020 sq. in. [23.39 mm2]

FLANGE/COVER DIAMETER

4 5/8" x 4" x 2 5/8"

[118mm x 102mm x 69mm]

4 5/8" x 9 1/4" x 2 5/8"

[118mm x 235mm x 69mm]

CONDUIT/STEM DIAMETER

One (1) 1/2" & one (1) 1 1/4"

Trade Size Conduit

One (1) 1/2" & one (1) 1 1/4"

Trade Size Conduit

SERVICE HEAD CONSTRUCTION

Aluminum Aluminum

COVER COLORS

Brushed Aluminum Brushed Aluminum

NOTE: For modular prewired Walkerflex® versions, see the Walkerflex® product section.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

337

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices feature

loads of capacity and a flush to the floor

surface cover and flange configuration.

Cover Assemblies for

the 6AT Series Poke-

Thru Devices are

available in a variety of

service configurations

for installation in carpet

or tile floors.

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes

& Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314

of NEC.

Evolution™ 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices allow all power and

communication devices to be recessed 3 1/4” below floor level, and

provide 2 1/2-gang capacity for power, communication, or A/V devices.

COLOR OPTIONS

Evolution 6AT Series parts are available in the following

powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray,

“NK” nickel, “BS” brass, and “BZ” bronze.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 6" [152mm]

Maximum: 6 1/8" [156mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

338

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

NOTE: UL Fire

Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles

can be wired as

a standard or

isolated ground

device.

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles

can be wired as

a standard or

isolated ground

device.

NOTE: Includes one (1)

6TS Tile Shim.

NOTE: UL Fire

Classified for up

to 2 hour rated

floors.

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Includes one (1)

6TS Tile Shim.

NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and

on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom

Feed Plates sections found later in this document.

* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the

20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are

run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.

** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate

floors. For use in 6" [152mm]

diameter cored hole. Devices are

recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below floor

surface. Die-cast aluminum cover

available in finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• Two (2) proprietary 20AMP Duplex

Receptacles installed

For Center Compartment:

• One (1) 6ACT8A Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6TRAC Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6SER Mounting Plate

For Bottom Feed Compartment:

• One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank Housing*

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through

Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4"

Conduit Housing Assembly**

For tile, wood and laminate floors.

For use in 6" [152mm] diameter

cored hole. Devices are recessed

3 1/4" [83mm] below floor surface.

Die-cast aluminum cover available

in finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• Two (2) proprietary 20AMP Duplex

Receptacles installed

For Center Compartment:

• One (1) 6ACT8A Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6TRAC Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6SER Mounting Plate

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank

Housing*

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through

Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4” Conduit

Housing Assembly**

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate

floors. For use in 6" [152mm]

diameter cored hole. Devices are

recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below

floor surface. Die-cast aluminum

cover available in finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided.

For Center Compartment:

• No Device Plates are provided.

For Bottom Feed Compartment:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4”

Conduit Housing Assembly**

For tile, wood or laminate floors.

For use in 6" [152mm] diameter

cored hole. Devices are recessed

3 1/4" [83mm] below floor surface.

Die-cast aluminum cover available

in finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided.

For Center Compartment:

• No Device Plates are provided.

For Bottom Feed Compartment:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4”

Conduit Housing Assembly**

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Recessed Assembly with Surface Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

6ATCGY (Painted Gray)

6ATCBK (Painted Black)

6ATCNK (Nickel)

6ATCBS (Brass)

6ATCBZ (Bronze)

Recessed Assembly With Flush Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

6ATGY (Gray)

6ATBK (Black)

6ATNK (Nickel)

6ATBS (Brass)

6ATBZ (Bronze)

Recessed Prewired Assembly with Flush Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

6ATPGY (Gray)

6ATPBK (Black)

6ATPNK (Nickel)

6ATPBS (Brass)

6ATPBZ (Bronze)

Recessed Prewired Assembly with

Surface Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

6ATCPGY (Gray)

6ATCPBK (Black)

6ATCPNK (Nickel)

6ATCPBS (Brass)

6ATCPBZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

339

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

PART NUMBERS:

6ATCPAVGY (Gray)

6ATCPAVBK (Black)

6ATCPAVNK (Nickel)

6ATCPAVBS (Brass)

6ATCPAVBZ (Bronze)

Recessed Prewired Audio/ Video Assembly with

Surface Style Cover

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire

Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles

can be wired as

a standard or

isolated ground

device.

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles

can be wired as

a standard or

isolated ground

device.

NOTE: Includes one (1)

6TS Tile Shim.

NOTE: UL Fire

Classified for up

to 2 hour rated

floors.

NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and on

the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom Feed

Plates sections found later in this document.

** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate

floors. For use in 6" [152mm] diameter

cored hole. Devices are recessed

3 1/4" [83mm] below floor surface.

Die-cast aluminum cover available

in finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• One (1) Proprietary 20AMP Duplex Power

Receptacle installed

• One (1) 682A Device Plate

• One (1) 68MAAP Device Plate

For Center Device Compartment:

• One (1) 6DEC Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6AAP Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6MAAP Device Plate

For Bottom Feed Compartment:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang Pass-Through

Housing Assembly

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through

Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4” Conduit

Housing Assembly**

For tile, wood and laminate floors. For

use in 6" [152mm] diameter cored hole.

Devices are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm]

below floor surface. Die-cast aluminum

cover available in finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• One (1) Proprietary 20AMP Duplex Power

Receptacle installed

• One (1) 682A Device Plate

• One (1) 68MAAP Device Plate

For Center Device Compartment:

• One (1) 6DEC Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6AAP Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6MAAP Device Plate

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4” Conduit

Housing Assembly**

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate

floors. For use in 6" [152mm] diameter

cored hole. Devices are recessed

3 1/4" [83mm] below floor surface.

Die-cast aluminum cover available in

finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided.

For Center Compartment:

• No Device Plates are provided.

For Bottom Feed Compartment:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 15FFHA 1 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4"

Conduit Housing Assembly**

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

Includes 6" core hole poke-thru

stem assembly with a disposable

plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"

[83mm] below floor surface. No

cover assembly is included. No

device plates are included. For use

with the following cover assemblies

(purchased separately): 6CTC, 6CT,

and 6CFFTC Series.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided.

For Center Compartment:

• No Device Plates are provided.

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang Pass- Through

Housing Assembly

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through

Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4" Conduit

Housing Assembly**

6STC Recessed Assembly with Disposable Plate

Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)

PART NUMBERS:

6ATCGY (Gray)

6ATCBK (Black)

6ATCNK (Nickel)

6ATCBS (Brass)

6ATCBZ (Bronze)

Recessed Furniture Feed Assembly with

Surface Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

6ATPAVGY (Gray)

6ATPAVBK (Black)

6ATPAVNK (Nickel)

6ATPAVBS (Brass)

6ATPAVBZ (Bronze)

Recessed Prewired Audio/Video Assembly with

Flush Style Cover

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

340

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Flush Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

6CTGY* (Gray)

6CTBK* (Black)

6CTNK* (Nickel)

6CTBS* (Brass)

6CTBZ* (Bronze)

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

6CTCGY* (Gray)

6CTCBK* (Black)

6CTCNK* (NIckel)

6CTCBS* (Brass)

6CTCBZ* (Bronze)

Die-cast aluminum cover assembly.

Cover assembly is available in

finishes shown. 6CTC Series cover

assemblies designed for use with

6STC, 6STCP, and 6STCPAV Poke-

Thru Stem Assemblies.

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

Evolution 6AT Series Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

16 3/4"

[425 mm] 16 3/4"

[425 mm]

* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the

20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are

run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.

** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.

6STCPAV Recessed Prewired Audio/Video

Assembly with Disposable Plate

6STCP Recessed Prewired Assembly with

Disposable Plate

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles can be

wired as a standard

or isolated ground

device.

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles can be

wired as a standard

or isolated ground

device.

6PPS 6” Pre-Pour Poke-Thru Sleeve

Nonmetallic sleeve attaches to

structural decking and maintains 6"-6

1/8" diameter cast in core hole. Unit

includes three (3) attachment legs,

two (2) end caps and three (3) thumb

screws.

7 1/4"

[184mm] 7 1/4"

[184mm]

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly. Cover assembly is

available in finishes shown. 6CT

Series cover assemblies designed

for use with 6STC, 6STCP and

6STCPAV Poke-Thru Stem

Assemblies. Includes one (1) 6TS

Tile Shim.

* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant

cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single

tamper-resistant screw.

Includes 6" diameter poke-thru

stem assembly with a disposable

plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"

[83mm] below floor surface. No cover

assembly is included. For use with the

following cover assemblies (purchased

separately): 6CTC and 6CT Series.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• One (1) Proprietary 20AMP Duplex Power

Receptacle installed

• One (1) 682A Device Plate

• One (1) 68MAAP Device Plate

For Center Compartment:

• One (1) 6DEC Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6AAP Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6MAAP Device Plate

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through

Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4" Conduit

Housing Assembly**

Includes 6" diameter poke-thru

stem assembly with a disposable

plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"

[83mm] below floor surface. No

cover assembly is included. For use

with the following cover assemblies

(purchased separately): 6CTC and

6CT Series.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• Two (2) Proprietary 20AMP Duplex Power

Receptacles installed

For Center Compartment:

• One (1) 6ACT8A Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6TRAC Mounting Plate

• One (1) 6SER Mounting Plate

For Bottom Feed Compartment:

• One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank Housing*

• One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through

Housing Assembly

•

One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4" Conduit

Housing Assembly**

Evolution 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)

Complete abandonment plug

assembly for 6" opening. Assembly

includes intumescent fire stop

material to maintain a 2 hour fire

rating of the floor

ABPLUG6 Abandonment Plug Assembly

NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and

on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom

Feed Plates sections found later in this document.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

341

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

Device plate will accept two (2)

standard [45mm x 45mm] or one (1)

standard [45mm x 90mm] Mosaic style

device(s). Devices supplied by others.

6MOS Mosaic Device Plate6AAP Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to

two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP

style plates. For use in the center

compartment only. Devices supplied

by others.

6ACT8A Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to eight

(8) ports of communication devices.

For use in the center compartment

only. Devices supplied by others.

6B Device Plate

Device plate used to blank off center

compartment, when no devices are

used.

6DEC Device Plate

Device plate that will accept Decorator

style devices such as 20A receptacles,

GFCIs, 106 adapters or A/V devices.

For use in the center compartment

only. Devices supplied by others.

6DP Device Plate

Device plate that will accept standard

20A duplex receptacle or duplex

Turnlok receptacle. For use in the

center compartment only. Devices

supplied by others.

6MOSBS Mosaic British Standard Device Plate

Device plate will accept two (2) Mosaic

British standard devices [45mm x

45mm]. Devices supplied by others.

6S1 Device Plate

Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].

For 6" poke-thru units only.

6S2 Device Plate

Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].

For 6" poke-thru units only.

6SER Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to

four (4) Ortronics® Series II dual

modular inserts. For use in the center

compartment only. Devices supplied

by others.

Evolution 6AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

6TS Tile Shim

Used for floor coverings greater than

5/16" [7.9mm]. The 6TS will allow the

top surface of the cover to be flush

with the finished floor. Includes: two

(2) 1/8" [3.2mm] thick shims and two

(2) 1/16" [1.6mm] thick shims. Up to

a total of 3/8" [9.5mm] of adjustment.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

Surface style, die-cast aluminum cover assembly, with

one (1) 3/4" trade size screw plug opening, and one (1)

concentric 2"-1 1/4" trade size screw plug opening. Cover

assembly available in finishes shown. 6CFFTC Series Cover

Assemblies designed for use with 6STC Poke-Thru Stem

Assembly. Includes one (1) 3/4" and one (1) 2" trade size

conduit fittings and one (1) divider to separate services.

Evolution 6AT Series Cover Assemblies Ordering Information (continued)

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

6CFFTCGY (Gray)

6CFFTCBK (Black)

6CFFTCNK (Nickel)

6CFFTCBS (Brass)

6CFFTCBZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

342

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

6AT Side Mount

Device Plates

Mounting Locations

Device Plates in this

section can be installed

in the shaded locations

indicated in this

illustration.

Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex

power receptacles with mounting

plates. Designed to fit in either of the

two side compartments in both the

6ATC and the 8ATC Series Poke-Thru

Devices. Receptacle can be wired as a

standard or isolated ground device.

68REC 20AMP Duplex Receptacles

68B Device Plate

Blank plate. Used to blank off either

of the side compartments when no

devices or cabling are to be used.

68MAAP Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to

two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP device plates.

For use in either of the two side

compartments only. Not for use in the

center compartment. Extron® Devices

supplied by others.

68REC-25 20AMP Duplex Receptacles

Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex power

receptacles with mounting plates and

25’ leads. Designed to fit in either of the

two side compartments in both the 6ATC

and the 8ATC Series Poke-Thru Devices.

Receptacle can be wired as a standard

or isolated ground device.

Device plate that will accept up to two

(2) ports of communication devices.

For use in either of the two side

compartments only. Not for use in the

center compart ment. Communication

devices supplied by others.

682A Device Plate

682A-PT Device Plate

Device plate that allows for

communica tion cabling to pass

through. Includes one (1) rectangular

adapter ring.

Evolution 6AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

6AT Center Mount

Device Plate

Mounting Location

Device Plates on this

page can be installed

in the shaded location

indicated in this

illustration.

6MAAP Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to

six (6) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP style plates. For

use in the center compartment only.

Devices supplied by others.

6MAAP2A Device Plate

Combination device plate that will

accept up to three (3) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics MAAP

style plates, and up to two (2) ports

of communication devices. For use

in the center compartment only.

Devices supplied by others.

6TRAC Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to eight

(8) Ortronics® TracJack devices. For

use in the center compartment only.

Devices supplied by others.

Evolution 6AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

343

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

6AT Bottom Feed Side

Mount Device Plate

Mounting Locations

Device Plates in this section

can be installed in the

shaded locations indicated

in this illustration.

5PTHA Bottom Housing Assembly

Half-gang pass through housing

assembly. Designed to allow pass

through of communication cables when

no conduit is required. For use on side

compartments only.

5BLH Bottom Housing Assembly

Half-gang blank housing assembly.

Designed to blank off compartment when

no devices are used. Includes tunnel for

6AT and 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices.

For use on side compartments only.

152CHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One and a half-gang 2" trade size conduit

housing assembly. Recommended for

use with furniture feed devices (6ATCFF).

Covers the center compartment and one of

the side compartments.

575CHA Bottom Housing Assembly

Half-gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing

assembly. Includes junction box attached to

3/4" trade size conduit for electrical power

connections. For use on side compartments

only.

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

175CHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 3/4” trade size conduit housing

assembly. Includes junction box attached

to 3/4” trade size conduit for electrical

power connections.

NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,

1BHA (sold separately) is required.

175CHA-LJB Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 3/4” trade size conduit housing

assembly. Junction box not included.

NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,

1BHA (sold separately) is required.

1125CHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 1 1/4” conduit housing

assembly.

NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed unit,

1BHA (sold separately) is required.

1PTHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang pass through housing

assembly. Designed to allow pass

through of communication cables

when no conduit is required.

NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed

unit, 1BHA (sold separately) is required.

1BLH Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang blank housing assembly.

Designed to blank off compartment

when no devices are used.

NOTE: When using on a 6ATCFF Furniture Feed

unit, 1BHA (sold separately) is required.

15FFHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One and a half-gang pass through

conduit housing assembly. Used for

furniture feed applications on the

center compartment only. Only for use

with 6AT Series units.

Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

344

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

FLOOR TYPE HOLE SIZE (Min.) HOLE SIZE (Max.)

Covered Floors (Carpet,

Tile or Wood)

6" [152mm] 6 1/8" [156mm]

Bare Concrete or Terrazzo 6 1/16" [154mm] 6 1/8" [156mm]

6AT Hole Sizes

6ATCFF Copper Cross-Section –

Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Devices

NOTE: When using conductor sizes other than listed above, the aggregate cross-sectional area of the copper conductors

shall not exceed the cross-sectional areas listed.

SIZE SOLID

#24 0.00032 sq. in. [0.20645mm2]

#22 0.00050 sq. in. [0.32258mm2]

#14 0.00323 sq. in. [2.08386mm2]

#12 0.00512 sq. in. [3.30321mm2]

#10 0.00815 sq. in. [5.25805mm2]

#8 0.01296 sq. in. [8.36127mm2]

Copper Cross Sectional Area of

Commonly Used Conductors

6AT Copper Cross-Section

OUTER CHANNELS CENTER CHANNEL

Max Copper X Section 0.0154 sq. in.

[9.9mm2]

0.0387 sq. in.

[24.97mm2]

Max # Conductors (3) 12 AWG

or (4) Cat 6A

(12) 14 AWG

or (12) Cat 6A

POWER

CHANNEL

DATA CHANNEL

CENTER

DATA CHANNEL

OUTSIDE

Max Copper

X Section

.0815 sq. in.

[52.6mm2]

0.0686 sq. in.

[44.3mm2]

0.0187

[12.1mm2]

Max #

Conductors

(10) 10 AWG (22) Cat 6a (5) Cat. 6a

EVOLUTION™ 6AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

6AT Bottom Feed

Center Mount Device

Plate Location

All Bottom Housing

Assemblies on this page can

be installed in the shaded

locations indicated in this

illustration.

1BHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang bottom housing assembly.

Designed to accept 175CHA, 175CHA-

LJB, 1125CHA, 1PTHA, and 1BLH

plates.

NOTE: Use above values for solid or stranded conductors.

CAUTION: Receptacle supplied with this Poke-Thru is not suitable for direct field wiring. Contact manu facturer for

replacement. Field modifications will void UL Listing and Classification. Replacement receptacle is limited to

this manufacturers’ Catalog No 68REC.

Evolution 6AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

345

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

EVOLUTION™ 8AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet

Boxes and Fittings Classified for Fire

Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314

of NEC.

Evolution™ 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices allow all power and

communication devices to be recessed below floor level, and provide

4-gang capacity for power, communication, and A/V devices.

COLOR OPTIONS

Evolution 8AT Series parts are available in the following

powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray, “NK”

nickel, “BS” brass, and “BZ” bronze.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

Evolution Series 8CTC Cover Assembly Lids

open a full 180° to reduce the risk of damage

when plugging in devices.

Cover Assemblies for the 8AT

Series Poke-Thru Devices are

available in a variety of finishes

and service configurations for

carpet or tile floor installations.

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 8" [203mm]

Maximum: 8 1/8" [206mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

346

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Recessed Prewired Assembly with

Surface Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

8ATCPGY (Gray)

8ATCPBK (Black)

8ATCPNK (Nickel)

8ATCPBS (Brass)

8ATCPBZ (Bronze)

EVOLUTION™ 8AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles

can be wired as

a standard or

isolated ground

device.

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

16 3/4"

[425 mm]

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles can be

wired as a standard

or isolated ground

device.

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate

floors. For use in 8" [203mm]

diameter cored hole. Devices are

recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below floor

surface. Die-cast aluminum cover

available in finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• Two (2) proprietary 20AMP Duplex

Receptacles installed

For Center Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank Housing*

• Three (3) 1PTHA 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4"

Conduit Housing Assembly**

• One (1) 8DIV 8" Divider

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate

floors. For use in 8" [203mm]

diameter cored hole. Devices are

recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below

floor surface. Die-cast aluminum

cover assembly available in

finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• Two (2) proprietary 20 Amp Duplex

Receptacles installed

For Center Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank

Housing*

• Three (3) 1PTHA 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4"

Conduit Housing Assembly**

• One (1) 8DIV 8" Divider

• One (1) 8TS Tile Shim

NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and

on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom

Feed Plates sections found later in this document.

* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the

20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are

run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.

** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate

floors. For use in 8" [203mm]

diameter cored hole. Devices are

recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below

floor surface. Die-cast aluminum

cover assembly available in

finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Center Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• Three (3) 1PTHA 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4"

Conduit Housing Assembly**

• One (1) 8DIV 8" Divider

For carpet, tile, wood and laminate

floors. For use in 8" [203mm]

diameter cored hole. Devices are

recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below

floor surface. Die-cast aluminum

cover assembly available in

finishes shown.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Center Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly*

• Three (3) 1PTHA 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4"

Conduit Housing Assembly**

• One (1) 8DIV 8" Divider

• One (1) 8TS Tile Shim

Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Recessed Assembly with Surface Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

8ATCGY (Gray)

8ATCBK (Black)

8ATCNK (Nickel)

8ATCBS (Brass)

8ATCBZ (Bronze)

Recessed Prewired Assembly with Flush Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

8ATPGY (Gray)

8ATPBK (Black)

8ATPNK (Nickel)

8ATPBS (Brass)

8ATPBZ (Bronze)

Recessed Assembly with Flush Style Cover

PART NUMBERS:

8ATGY (Gray)

8ATBK (Black)

8ATNK (Nickel)

8ATBS (Brass)

8ATBZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

347

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

NOTE: For more information on Device Plates and Bottom Feed Plates and

on the additional options available, see the Device Plates and Bottom

Feed Plates sections found later in this document.

* Tunneling extends from the 5BLH to 575CHA so that power cables from the

20A duplex receptacle mounted on the left side of the poke-thru device are

run into the junction box attached to the 575CHA.

** Also includes junction box attached to the 3/4" conduit.

Includes 8" diameter poke-thru

stem assembly with a disposable

plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"

[83mm] below floor surface. No

cover assembly is included. For use

with the following cover assemblies

(purchased separately): 8CTC and

8CT Series.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Center Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• Three (3) 1PTHA 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4" Conduit

Housing Assembly**

• One (1) 8DIV 8" Divider

8STC Recessed Assembly with Disposable Plate 8STCP Recessed Prewired Assembly with

Disposable Plate

16 3/4"

[425 mm] 16 3/4"

[425 mm]

EVOLUTION™ 8AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICE

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles

can be wired as

a standard or

isolated ground

device.

NOTE: UL Fire Classified

for up to 2 hour

rated floors.

8PPS 8" Pre-Pour Poke-Thru Sleeve

Nonmetallic sleeve attaches to

structural decking and plywood

decking designs while maintaining

a 8"-8 1/8" diameter cast in hole.

Unit includes three (3) attach ment

legs, two (2) end caps and three (3)

thumb screws.

Includes 8" diameter poke-thru

stem assembly with a disposable

plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"

[83mm] below floor surface. No

cover assembly is included. For use

with the following cover assemblies

(purchased separately): 8CTC and

8CT Series.

INCLUDED

For Side Compartments:

• Two (2) proprietary 20 Amp Duplex

Receptacles installed

• No Device Plates are provided

For Center Compartments:

• No Device Plates are provided

For Bottom Feed Compartments:

• One (1) 5BLH - 1/2-Gang Blank

Housing*

• Three (3) 1PTHA - 1-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly

• One (1) 575CHA - 1/2-gang 3/4" Conduit

Housing Assembly**

• One (1) 8DIV 8" Divider

Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information (continued)

ABPLUG8 Abandonment Plug

Complete abandonment plug

assembly for 8" diameter hole.

Assembly comes complete with

intumescent material to maintain a

2-hour fire classification of the floor.

NOTE: Pre-Pour Sleeves for 6" (6PPS) and 8" (8PPS) Evolution Series Poke-

Thru Devices speed installation and insure accurate location of devices.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

348

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant

cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single

tamper-resistant screw.

9 1/4"

[235mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Die-cast aluminum cover assembly. Cover assembly is

available in finishes shown. 8CTC Series Cover Assemblies

designed for use with 8STC and 8STCP Poke-Thru Stem

Assemblies.

Die-cast aluminum cover assembly. Cover assembly is

available in finishes shown. 8CTC Series Cover Assemblies

designed for use with 8STC and 8STCP Poke-Thru Stem

Assemblies. Includes one (1) 8TS Tile Shim.

8TS Tile Shim

Used for floor coverings greater than

5/16" [7.9mm]. The 8TS will allow the

top surface of the cover to be flush

with the finished floor. Includes: two

(2) 1/8" [3.2mm] thick shims and two

(2) 1/16" [1.6mm] thick shims. Up to

a total of 3/8" [9.5mm] of adjustment.

Evolution 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

EVOLUTION™ 8AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

8B Device Plate

Single-gang device plate used to blank

off any one (1) of the three (3) gangs

in the center compartment, when no

devices are used.

8DP Device Plate

Single-gang device plate that accepts

standard 20A duplex receptacle or

duplex Turnlok receptacle. Fits in any

one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the

center compartment. Devices supplied

by others.

8DEC Device Plate

Single-gang device plate that will accept

Decorator style devices such as 20A

receptacles, GGCIs, 106 adapters or A/V

devices. Fits in any one (1) of the three

(3) gangs in the center compartment.

Devices supplied by others.

Evolution 8AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

8ACT6A Device Plate

Single-gang device plate that will accept

up to six (6) ports of communication

devices. Fits in any one (1) of the three

(3) gangs in the center compartment.

Devices supplied by others.

8MOS Mosaic Device Plate

Device plate accepts three (3) standard

Mosaic devices [45mm x 22.5mm].

Devices supplied by others.

8CREST Crestron Double Gang Plate

Device plate accepts Crestron double-

gang decorator style devices.

8S1 Device Plate

Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm]. For

8" poke-thru units only.

8S2 Device Plate

Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm]. For

8" poke-thru units only.

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

8CTCBK* (Black)

8CTCGY* (Gray)

8CTCNK* (NIckel)

8CTCBS* (Brass)

8CTCBZ* (Bronze)

Flush Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

8CTBK* (Black)

8CTGY* (Gray)

8CTNK* (NIckel)

8CTBS* (Brass)

8CTBZ* (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

349

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Evolution 8AT Series Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

8TRAC Device Plate

Single-gang device plate that will

accept up to six (6) Ortronics® TracJack

devices. Fits in any one (1) of the three

(3) gangs in the center compartment.

Devices supplied by others.

8SER Device Plate

Single-gang device plate that will

accept up to three (3) Ortronics® Series

II dual modular inserts. Fits in any one

(1) of the three (3) gangs in the center

compartment. Devices supplied by

others.

8MAAP Device Plate

Single-gang device plate that

will accept up to four (4) Extron®

Electronics MAAP style plates. Fits

in any one (1) of the three (3) gangs

in the center compartment. Devices

supplied by others.

8AAP Device Plate

Two-gang device plate that will

accept up to four (4) Extron®

Electronics AAP style plates. 8AAP

takes up 2 of the 3 gangs in the

center compartment. Devices

supplied by others.

8AT Center Mount Device

Plate Mounting Locations

Device Plates on this page can

be installed in the shaded

location indicated in this

illustration.

8CREST3G Device Plate

Three-gang device plate that

will accept Crestron® or Extron®

Electronics triple-gang decorator

style devices. Takes up all 3 gangs

in the center compartment. Devices

supplied by others.

68REC 20AMP Duplex Receptacles

Two proprietary 20AMP duplex power

receptacles with mounting plates.

Designed to fit in either of the two side

compartments in both the 6ATC and

the 8ATC Series Poke-Thru Devices.

Receptacle can be wired as a standard

or isolated ground device.

68B Device Plate

Blank plate. Used to blank off either

of the side compartments when no

devices or cabling are to be used.

68MAAP Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to

two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP device plates.

For use in either of the two side

compartments only. Not for use in

the center compartment. Extron

Devices supplied by others.

68REC-25 20AMP Duplex Receptacles

Two (2) proprietary 20AMP duplex

power receptacles with mounting

plates and 25' leads. Designed to fit in

either of the two side compartments

in both the 6ATC and the 8ATC Series

Poke-Thru Devices. Receptacle can

be wired as a standard or isolated

ground device.

Evolution 8AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

EVOLUTION™ 8AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

350

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

8AT Bottom Feed Side

Mount Device Plate

Mounting Locations

Device Plates in this section

can be installed in the shaded

locations indicated in this

illustration.

8AT Side Mount

Device Plates

Mounting Locations

Device Plates in this section

can be installed in the

shaded locations indicated

in this illustration.

682A Device Plate

Device plate that will accept up to two

(2) ports of communication devices.

For use in either of the two side

compartments only. Not for use in the

center compartment. Communication

devices supplied by others.

682A-PT Device Plate

Device plate that allows for

communication cabling to pass

through. Includes one (1) rectangular

adapter ring.

5PTHA Bottom Housing Assembly

Half-gang pass through housing

assembly. Designed to allow pass

through of communication cables when

no conduit is required. For use on side

compartments only.

5BLH Bottom Housing Assembly

Half-gang blank housing assembly.

Designed to blank off compartment

when no cable pass through is required.

For use on side compartments only.

Includes tunnels for 6" 152mm] and 8"

[203mm] Poke-Thru devices.

575CHA Bottom Housing Assembly

Half-gang 3/4" trade size conduit

housing assembly. Includes junction box

attached to 3/4" trade size conduit for

electrical power connections. For use on

side compartments only.

Evolution 8AT Series Bottom Feed Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

Evolution 8AT Series Side Mount Device Plates Ordering Information (coninued)

EVOLUTION™ 8AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

351

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

8AT Bottom Feed Center Mount

Device Plate Locations

All Bottom Housing Assemblies

on this page can be installed in

the shaded locations indicated

in this illustration.

175CHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 3/4" trade size conduit

housing assembly. Includes junction box

attached to 3/4" trade size conduit for

electrical power connec tions. For use on

any one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the

center compartment.

1BLH Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang blank housing assembly.

Designed to blank off compartment

when no cable pass through is required.

For use on any one (1) of the three (3)

gangs in the center compartment.

1125CHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 1 1/4" trade size conduit

housing assembly. For use on any one

(1) of the three (3) gangs in the center

compartment.

22CHA Bottom Housing Assembly

Two-gang 2" trade size conduit housing

assembly. Used on 8AT Series devices.

Covers two (2) of the three (3) gangs in

the center compartment. Only for use

with 8AT Series units.

175CHA-LJB Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang 3/4" trade size conduit housing

assembly. Junction box not included.

1PTHA Bottom Housing Assembly

One-gang pass through housing

assembly. Designed to allow pass

through of communication cables when

no conduit is required. For use on any

one (1) of the three (3) gangs in the

center.

8DIV 8" [203mm] Divider

Divider allows for separation of services

when required.

FLOOR TYPE HOLE SIZE (MIN.) HOLE SIZE (MAX.)

Covered Floors

(Carpet, Tile or Wood)

8" [203mm] 8 1/8" [206mm]

Bare Concrete or Terrazzo 8 1/16" [205mm] 8 1/8" [266mm]

8AT Hole Sizes8AT Copper Cross-Section

OUTER CHANNELS CENTER CHANNEL

Max Copper X-Section 0.0154 sq. in. [9.9mm2] 0.0775 sq. in. [16.60mm2]

Max # Conductors (3) 12 AWG or (4) Cat 6A (24) 14 AWG or (24) Cat 6A

NOTE: When using conductor sizes other than listed above, the aggregate

cross-sectional area of the copper conductors shall not exceed

the cross-sectional areas listed.

SIZE SOLID

#24 0.00032 sq. in. [0.20645mm2]

#22 0.00050 sq. in. [0.32258mm2]

#14 0.00323 sq. in. [2.08386mm2]

#12 0.00512 sq. in. [3.30321mm2]

#10 0.00815 sq. in. [5.25805mm2]

#8 0.01296 sq. in. [8.36127mm2]

Copper Cross Sectional Area of

Commonly Used Conductors

NOTE: Use above values for solid or stranded conductors.

CAUTION: Receptacle supplied with this Poke-Thru is not suitable for

direct field wiring. Contact manu facturer for replacement. Field

modifications will void UL Listing and Classification. Replacement

receptacle is limited to this manufacturers’ Catalog No 68REC.

Evolution 8AT Series Bottom Feed Center Mount Device Plates Ordering Information

EVOLUTION™ 8AT SERIES POKETHRU DEVICES

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

352

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC7 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC7 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20A

duplex power device and up to two (2) ports of communication.

COLOR OPTIONS

RC7 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,

brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, brass-colored

finish “AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

RC7 Series Poke-Thru Device.

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

353

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

RC7APTCGY (Gray)

RC9APTCBK (Black)

Prewired 20A duplex receptacle

can be wired as standard duplex

or isolated ground. Aluminum and

brass flanges shipped with black

slide cover. Includes Wiremold

Open System unloaded inserts.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

NOTE: RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm] diameter

hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor

covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

Prewired 20A duplex receptacle

can be wired as standard duplex or

isolated ground. Aluminum and

brass flanges shipped with black

slide cover. Includes Wiremold

Open System unloaded inserts.

NOTE: Includes two Cat 6 TechChoice discrete keystone connectors, two

Ortronics TracJack adapters, and two Wiremold Open System

adapters.

Slide Holder Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC7SHTCGY (Gray)

RC7SHTCBK (Black)

RC7SHTCAA (Aluminum)

RC7SHTCBS (Brass)

RC7 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

NOTE: RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3

1/16" [78mm] diameter hole. Not designed

to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor

covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

16 1/2"

[419mm]

RC7STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

Used with RC7CTC Series Covers to

complete installation.

[178mm]

[127mm]

[178mm]

3 3/16"

[97mm]

[178mm]

16 1/2"

[419mm]

[127mm]

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.

Assembled with scrub water

gasket. For use on tile or carpet

floors.

RC37REC, RC37REC-25 Replacement Receptacle

Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle can be wired

as standard duplex or isolated ground. Available

only in black. See installation instructions with

replacement receptacle for complete installation

details. The RC37REC-25 is available with 25

foot leads and can be wired as standard duplex

or isolated ground.

ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly for

abandoning an open 3" [76mm]

diameter hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop material to

maintain the fire-classification of

the floor, inte gral retainer ring to

prevent the unit from pulling up

through the floor, and a black die-

cast aluminum cover.

COM75 Communication Adapter

For two 3/4" trade size conduit

connections (COM75). No additional

capacity with COM75.

NOTE: To abandon the RC7 Series Poke-Thru Device, the internal gasket,

duplex receptacle, and communication modules must not be removed

in order to maintain UL Classification. Also the stem must remain in

the hole.

RC7 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC7ATCAA (All Aluminum)

RC7ATCAB (All Brass)

RC7ATCGY (Gray)

RC7ATCBK (Black)

RC7ATCAL (Aluminum)

RC7ATCBS (Brass)

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC7CTCAA (All Aluminum)

RC7CTCAB (All Brass)

RC7CTCGY (Gray)

RC7CTCBK (Black)

RC7CTCAL (Aluminum)

RC7CTCBS (Brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

354

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC9 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide a 15 Amp quad

power device and two (2) openings for communication pass-through.

RC9 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,

brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, brass-colored finish

“AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

RC9 Series Poke-Thru Device

(RC9A15TCAL) installed in a tile floor.

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

355

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

RC9APTC (Gray)

RC9APTCBK (Black)

Nonmetallic Slide Holder Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC9SHTCGY (Gray)

RC9SHTCBK (Black)

RC9SHTCBS (Brass)

RC9SHTCAA (Aluminum)

16 1/2"

[419mm]

[178mm]

Prewired 15A quad receptacle can

be wired as standard quad

receptacle or isolated ground.

Unit also includes two openings for

pass-through capability for one

4-pair Category 5e or Category 6

cable per opening.

RC9 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

[178mm]

16 1/2"

[419mm]

[152mm]

RC9STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

Includes prewired 15A quad

receptacle. Use with RC9C Series

Covers to complete installation.

Aluminum and brass flanges shipped with black cover.

Cover assembly also includes two openings for pass-

through capability for one 4-pair Category 5e or Category 6

cable per opening.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

[127mm]

[178mm]

3 3/16"

[97mm]

[127mm]

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

NOTE: To abandon the RC9 Series Poke-Thru Device, the internal gasket

and quad receptacle must not be removed in order to maintain UL

Classification. Also, the stem must remain in the hole.

RC9REC, RC9REC-25 Replacement Receptacle

Prewired 15A quad receptacle can be wired

as standard receptacle or isolated ground.

Available only in black. See installation

instructions with replacement receptacle for

complete installation details. Receptacle also

available with 25' leads (RC9REC-25).

ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly for

abandoning an open 3" [76mm]

diameter hole. Assembly

includes intumescent fire-

stop material to maintain the

fire-classification of the floor,

integral retainer ring to prevent

the unit from pulling up through

the floor, and a black die-cast

aluminum cover.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

NOTE: RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm] diameter

hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor

covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC9CTCAA (All Aluminum)

RC9CTCGY (Gray)

RC9CTCAB (All Brass)

RC9CTCBK (Black)

RC9CTCAL (Aluminum)

RC9CTCBS (Brass)

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC9A15TCAA (All Aluminum)

RC9A15TCAB (All Brass)

RC9A15TCGY (Gray)

RC9A15TCBK (Black)

RC9A15TCAL (Aluminum)

RC9A15TCBS (Brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

356

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9AMD Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,

brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, brass-colored finish

“AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

RC9AMD Series Poke-Thru Device

(RC9AMDTCAL) installed in a

carpeted floor.

RC9AMD SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC9AMD Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide up to four

(4) ports of communication.

COLOR OPTIONS

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 3" [76mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

357

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

RC9APTC (Gray)

RC9APTCBK (Black)

All communication device accepts

up to four UTP connectors. Unit

includes two (2) Ortronics TracJack

adapters, two (2) Ortronics Series

II adapters, and two (2) Wiremold

Open System inserts. Modular

jacks sold separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

NOTE: RC9 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3" [76mm] diameter hole.

Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering

thickness 1/8" minimum.

[127mm]

10"

[254mm]

[152mm]

2" Trade

Size Conduit

Stem

RC9AMD SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

RC9AM2STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

Use with RC9CMD Series Covers

to complete installation.

Includes two (2) Ortronics TracJack adapters, two (2)

Ortronics Series II adapters, and two (2) Wiremold Open

System adapters. Modular jacks sold separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly for

abandoning an open 3" [76mm]

diameter hole. Assembly

includes intumescent fire-

stop material to maintain the

fire-classification of the floor,

integral retainer ring to prevent

the unit from pulling up through

the floor, and a black die-cast

aluminum cover.

[178mm] 5"

[127mm]

[178mm]

3 3/16"

[97mm]

10"

[254mm]

[178mm]

2" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

RC9AMD Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC9CMDTCAA (All Aluminum)

RC9CMDTCAB (All Brass)

RC9CMDTCGY (Gray)

RC9CMDTCBK (Black)

RC9CMDTCAL (Aluminum)

RC9CMDTCBS (Brass)

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC9AMDTCAA (All Aluminum)

RC9AMDTCAB (All Brass)

RC9AMDTCGY (Gray)

RC9AMDTCBK (Black)

RC9AMDTCAL (Aluminum)

RC9AMDTCBS (Brass)

Nonmetallic Slide Holder Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC9SHMDTCGY (Gray)

RC9SHMDTCBK (Black)

RC9SHMDTCAL (Aluminum)

RC9SHMDTCBS (Finish)

NOTE: To abandon the RC9 Series Poke-

Thru Device, the internal gasket

and quad receptacle must not be

removed in order to maintain UL

Classification. Also, the stem must

remain in the hole.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

358

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Device installed

in a carpeted floor.

AMD8 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

AMD8 Series™ All Communication Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices

provide up to eight (8) ports of communication.

AMD8 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,

brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, brass-colored finish

“AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 4" [102mm]

Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

359

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

AMD8APTCGY (Gray)

AMD8APTCBK (Black)

Slide Holder

PART NUMBERS:

AMD8SHTCGY (Gray)

AMD8SHTCBK (Black)

AMD8SHTCAL (Aluminum)

AMD8SHTCBS (Brass)

7 1/2"

[191mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

AMD8 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

NOTE: AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.

Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering

thickness 1/8" minimum.

AMD8STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

Use with AMD8C Series Covers to

complete installation.

Includes adapters to accept eight (8) Ortronics TracJack

modular jacks, four (4) Ortronics Series II modular jacks,

or Wiremold Open System adapters. Modular jacks sold

separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

All communication device accepts

up to eight UTP, fiber optic, audio,

or video connectors. Includes

adapters to accept eight (8)

Ortronics TracJack modular jacks,

four (4) Ortronics Series II modular

jacks, or Wiremold Open System

adapters. Modular jacks sold

separately.

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly

for abandoning an open

4" [102mm] diameter

hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop

material to maintain the

fire classification of the

floor, integral retainer

ring to prevent the unit

from pulling up through

the floor, and a black

die-cast aluminum cover.

7 1/2"

[191mm]

9 7/16"

[240mm]

[178mm]

3/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1 1/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

[127mm]

9 3/4"

[248mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

3/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1 1/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

AMD8 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Finish Flange & Slide Holder

PART NUMBERS:

AMD8CTCAA (All Aluminum)

AMD8CTCAB (All Brass)

AMD8CTCGY (Gray),

AMD8CTCBK (Black)

AMD8CTCAL (Aluminum)

AMD8CTCBS (Brass)

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

AMD8ATCAA (All Aluminum)

AMD8ATCAB (All Brass)

AMD8ATCGY (Gray)

AMD8ATCBK (Black)

AMD8ATCAL (Aluminum)

AMD8ATCBS (Brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

360

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

AV3 Series Poke-Thru Device installed

in a carpeted floor.

AV3 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes

& Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of

NEC.

AV3 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20 Amp

duplex power device and accepts up to three (3) Extron® Electronics

MAAP Series device plates.

AV3 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,

brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, brass-colored finish

“AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 4" [102mm]

Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

361

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

AV3APTCGY (Gray)

AV3APTCBK (Black)

Complete plug assembly

for abandoning an open

4" [102mm] diameter

hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop

material to maintain the

fire classification of the

floor, integral retainer

ring to prevent the unit from pulling up through the floor,

and a black die-cast aluminum cover.

7 1/2"

[191mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

16 5/8"

[422mm]

[178mm]

3/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1 1/4"

Trade Size

Conduit Stem

AV3 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

NOTE: AV3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.

Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering

thickness 1/8" minimum.

AV3STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

Use with AV3CTC Series

Covers to complete

installation.

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

RC37REC, RC37REC-25 Replacement Receptacles

Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle

can be wired as standard duplex

or isolated ground. Available

only in black. See installation

instructions with replacement

receptacle for complete installation

details. The RC37REC-25 is

available with 25 foot

[7.62m]

leads

and can be wired as standard

duplex or isolated ground.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly

AV3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Slide Holder

PART NUMBERS:

AV3SHTCGY (Gray)

AV3SHTCBK (Black)

AV3SHTCAL (Aluminum)

AV3SHTCBS (Brass)

8 1/4"

[210mm]

Finish Flange & Slide Holder

PART NUMBERS:

AV3CTCAA (All Aluminum)

AV3CTCAB (All Brass)

AV3CTCGY (Gray)

AV3CTCBK (Black)

AV3CTCAL (Aluminum)

AV3CTCBS (Brass)

Incudes one prewired 20A duplex

receptacle which can be wired as

a standard receptacle or isolated

ground. Includes one adapter to

accept Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP mini

architectural adapter plates,

Wiremold Open System adapters,

and Ortronics TracJack and Series

II mounting adapters. Modular

Jacks sold separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

A/V device incudes one prewired

20A duplex receptacle which can

be wired as a standard receptacle

or isolated ground. Includes one

adapter to accept Wiremold AVIP

or Extron® Electronics MAAP mini

architectural adapter plates,

Wiremold Open System adapters,

and Ortronics TracJack and Series

II mounting adapters. Modular

Jacks sold separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

NOTE: AV3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.

Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering

thickness 1/8" minimum.

17"

[432mm]

8 1/4"

[210mm]

3/4" Trade

Size Conduit

Stem

1 1/4"

Trade Size

Conduit

Stem

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

AV3ATCAA (All Aluminum)

AV3ATCAB (All Brass)

AV3ATCGY (Gray)

AV3ATCBK (Black)

AV3ATCAL (Aluminum)

AV3ATCBS (Brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

362

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC3 Series Poke-Thru Device installed in

a carpeted floor.

RC3 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC3 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1) 20 Amp

power device and four (4) ports of communication.

RC3 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,

brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, a brass-colored finish

“AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 4" [102mm]

Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]

NOTE: To abandon the RC3 Series Poke-Thru Device, the duplex receptacle

must be left installed in the unit in order to maintain scrub water

compliance. Also the stem must remain in the hole.

16 11/16"

[424mm]

RC3STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

Use with RC3C Series Covers to

complete installation.

RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

RC3APTCBK (Black)

RC3APTCGY (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

363

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

COM75 Communication Adapter

Finish Flange & Slide Holder

PART NUMBERS:

RC3CTCAA (All Aluminum)

RC3CTCAB (All Brass)

RC3CTCGY (Gray)

RC3CTCBK (Black)

RC3CTCAL ( Aluminum)

RC3CTCBS (Brass)

Finish flange and slide holder.

Prewired 20A duplex receptacle

can be wired as standard duplex or

isolated ground. Includes Wiremold

Open System unloaded adapters

to accept four (4) discrete

keystone connectors from most

manufacturers. Unit also includes

two (2) Ortronics TracJack adapters

and two (2) Ortronics Series II

adapters. Modular Jacks sold

separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

Assembled unit. Prewired 20A

duplex receptacle can be wired as

standard duplex or isolated ground.

Includes Wiremold Open System

unloaded adapters to accept four (4)

discrete keystone connectors from

most manufacturers. Unit also

includes two (2) Ortronics TracJack

adapters and two (2) Ortronics

Series II adapters. Modular Jacks

sold separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

NOTE: RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter

hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering

thickness 1/8" minimum.

7 1/2"

[191mm]

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

[127mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

16"

[406mm]

3/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

RC3 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

RC37REC, RC37REC-25 Replacement Receptacles

Prewired snap-in 20A receptacle

can be wired as standard duplex or

isolated ground. Available only in

black. See installation instructions with

replacement receptacle for complete

installation details. The RC37REC-25

is available with 25 foot

[7.62m]

leads

and can be wired as standard duplex or

isolated ground.

NOTE: RC3 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.

Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering

thickness 1/8" minimum.

NOTE: The 20A duplex receptacle supplied with the new scrub water version

RC3 Poke-Thru Device is proprietary and can only be replaced with the

RC37REC.

For two 3/4" trade size conduit

connections. No additional capacity

with COM75.

7 1/2"

[191mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly

for abandoning an open

4" [102mm] diameter

hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop

material to maintain the

fire classification of the

floor, integral retainer ring to prevent the unit from pulling

up through the floor, and a black die-cast aluminum cover.

Slide Holder

PART NUMBERS:

RC3SHTCGY (Gray)

RC3SHTCBK (Black)

RC3SHTCBS (Brass)

RC3SHTCAA (Aluminum)

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC3ATCAA (All Aluminum)

RC3ATCAB (All Brass)

RC3ATCGY (Gray)

RC3ATCBK (Black)

RC3ATCAL (Aluminum)

RC3ATCBS (Brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

364

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC4 Series Poke-Thru Device

(RC4CTCBS).

RC4 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC4 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices provide two (2) 20 Amp

duplex power devices and four (4) ports of communication.

RC4 Series parts are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,

brushed aluminum “AL”, brass “BS”, brass-colored finish

“AB” and an aluminum-colored finish “AA”.

COLOR OPTIONS

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 4" [102mm]

Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]

RC4STC Insert Assembly with Disposable Plate

Comes complete with four prewired

20A receptacles. Use RC4STC with

RC4C Series Covers.

NOTE: If wiring for Isolated Ground, attach

orange IG label (supplied).

[152mm]

16 3/8"

[416mm]

RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Nonmetallic slide holder assembly.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

6 1/4"

[159mm]

Slide Holder

PART NUMBERS:

RC4SHTCGY (Gray)

RC4SHTCBK (Black)

RC4SHTCBS (Brass)

RC4SHTCAL (Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

365

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Complete plug assembly

for abandoning an open

4" [102mm] diameter

hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop

material to maintain the fire

classification of the floor,

integral retainer ring to prevent the unit from pulling up

through the floor, and a black die-cast aluminum cover.

NOTE: To abandon the RC4 Series Poke-Thru Device, the internal gasket,

duplex receptacle, and communication modules must not be removed

in order to maintain UL Classification. Also the stem must remain in

the core-drilled hole.

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

RC4APTCGY (Gray)

RC4APTCBK (Black)

RC4APTCBS (Brass)

RC4 SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

Used to upgrade existing installations

of RC4 Poke-Thru Devices on

carpet floors to meet scrub water

requirements. Includes two 20A duplex

receptacles that can be wired as a

standard duplex or isolated ground. Also includes scrub

water finish flange and slide holder assembly. See

installation instructions with retrofit kit for complete

installation details.

NOTE: Existing installations of RC4 Poke-Thru Devices are not required to be

upgraded to meet carpet scrub water requirements, if manufactured

prior to June 2003.

NOTE: RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.

Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering

thickness 1/8" minimum.

Includes Wiremold Open System

unloaded adapters to accept four

discrete keystone connectors from

most manufacturers. Unit also

includes Ortronics TracJack

Mounting adapters and Ortronics

Series II Communication Housing.

Modular jacks sold separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

8 1/4"

[210mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

COM75 Communication Adapter

Provides two 3/4" trade size threaded

openings to accommodate conduit

connections.

8 1/4"

[210mm]

RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

RC4REC2, RC4REC2-25 Replacement Receptacles

Two prewired 20A duplex receptacles can

be wired as standard duplex or isolated

ground. Available only in black. See

installation instructions with replacement

receptacle for complete installation details.

RC4REC2-25 is available with 25 foot

[7.62m] leads.

7 1/2"

[191mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Finish Flange & Slide Holder Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC4CTCAA (All Aluminum)

RC4CTCAB (All Brass)

RC4CTCGY (Gray)

RC4CTCBK (Black)

RC4CTCAL ( Aluminum)

RC4CTCBS (Brass)

Unit includes four prewired 20A

receptacles. Each duplex

receptacle is wired as a separate

circuit. The duplex can be wired as

a standard receptacle or isolated

ground. Includes Wiremold Open

System unloaded adapters to

accept four discrete keystone

connectors from most

manufacturers. Unit also includes

Ortronics TracJack Mounting

adapters and Ortronics Series II

Communication Housing. Modular

jacks sold separately.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

NOTE: If wiring for Isolated Ground, attach orange IG label (supplied).

NOTE: RC4 Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter hole.

Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor covering

thickness 1/8" minimum.

8 1/4"

[210mm]

16 3/8"

[416mm]

Assembled Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC4ATCAA (All Aluminum)

RC4ATCAB (All Brass)

RC4ATCGY (Gray)

RC4ATCBK (Black)

RC4ATCAL ( Aluminum)

RC4ATCBS (Brass)

Retrofit Kit

PART NUMBERS:

RC4KTCBK (Black)

RC4KTCGY (Gray)

RC4KTCAL (Aluminum)

RC4KTCBS (Brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

366

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

4FFATC Series Furniture Feed Style

Poke-Thru Device (4FFATCBK).

4FFATC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

4FFATC Series™ Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices provide

one (1) 3/4" trade size opening for power and one (1) 1 1/4" trade size

opening for communication.

COLOR OPTIONS

4FFATC Series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black

“BK”, brushed aluminum “AL”, and plated brass “BS”.

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 4" [102mm]

Maximum: 4 1/8" [105mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

367

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

4FFATCGY (Gray)

4FFATCBK (Black)

4FFATCAL (Aluminum)

4FFATCBS (Brass)

7 1/2"

[191mm]

1 1/4"

Trade Size

Conduit Stem

3/4"

Trade Size

Conduit Stem

7 1/2"

[191mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

NOTE: 4FFATC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 4" [102mm] diameter

hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo. Floor

covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

7 1/2"

[191mm] 16 15/16"

[430mm]

1 1/4"

Trade

Size

Conduit

Stem

3/4"

Trade Size

Conduit Stem

AV3STC Insert Stem with Disposable Plate

Use with 4FFCTC Series covers

to form a complete poke-thru

assembly.

Complete with one-piece finish

flange and conduit assembly.

Conduit assembly consists of one

3/4" and one 1 1/4" trade size

conduit. Finish cover flange

provided with one 3/4" and one

1 1/4" trade size screw plug

opening.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet covered

concrete floors.

Complete with one 3/4" and one

1 1/4" trade size conduit adapters

and closure plugs. Use with the

AV3STC Insert to form a complete

poke-thru assembly.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

ABPLUG4 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly

for abandoning an open

4" [102mm] diameter

hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop

material to maintain the

fire classification of the

floor, integral retainer ring

to prevent the unit from

pulling up through the

floor, and a black die-cast

aluminum cover.

4FFATC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

4FFATC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Finish Flange & Conduit Adapter Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

4FFCTCBK (Black)

4FFCTCGY (Gray)

4FFCTCAL (Aluminum)

4FFCTCBS (Brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

368

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC7AFFTC Series Furniture Feed Style

Poke-Thru Device installed in a tiled floor.

RC7AFFTC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC7AFFTC Series™ Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1)

3/4" trade size opening for power and two (2) 1/2" trade size openings for

communication.

COLOR OPTIONS

RC7AFFTC Series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black

“BK”, brushed aluminum “AL” and brass “BS”.

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

369

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

NOTE: RC7AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3 1/16" [78mm]

diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or terrazzo.

Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

RC7STC Insert Stem with Disposable Plate

Use with RC7CFF Series covers to form a

complete poke-thru assembly.

Complete with one 3/4" [19.1mm]

conduit and two 1/2" trade size

adapters and closure plugs. Use

with the RC7STC Insert to form a

complete poke-thru assembly.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

7" [178mm]

16 1/2"

[419mm]

[178mm]

3 3/16"

[97mm]

16 1/2"

[419mm]

RC7AFFTC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly for

abandoning an open 3" [76mm]

diameter hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop material to

maintain the fire classification of

the floor, integral retainer ring to

prevent the unit from pulling up

through the floor, and a black

die-cast aluminum cover.

RC7AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Complete with one-piece finish flange

and conduit assembly with one 3/4"

and two 1/2" trade size conduit

adapters and closure plugs

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For

use on tile or carpet floors.

Flush Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC7AFFTCBK (Black)

RC7AFFTCGY (Gray)

RC7AFFTCAL (Aluminum)

RC7AFFTCBS (Brass)

Finish Flange & Conduit Adapter Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC7CFFTCBK (Black)

RC7CFFTCGY (Gray)

RC7CFFTCAL (Aluminum)

RC7CFFTCBS (Brass)

COM75 Communication Adapter

Provides two 3/4" trade size threaded

openings to accommodate conduit

connections.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

370

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9AFFTC Series Furniture Feed Style

Poke-Thru Device (RC9AFFTCBK).

RC9AFFTC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC9AFFTC Series™ Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices provide a

hexagonal housing to allow for multi-directional feeds.

RC9AFFTC Series flanges are available in gray “GY”

or black “BK” finishes.

COLOR OPTIONS

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

371

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

NOTE: RC9AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 3" [76mm]

diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or

terrazzo. Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

RC9FFS Insert Stem with Disposable Plate

Furniture feed insert with one

1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size

conduit to feed power and

communication services. Use with

RC9CFFTC Series Covers to form a

complete poke-thru assembly.

FFD-P Drop-In Hub

3/4" trade size threaded drop-in hub.

Used to make conduit connections to

the service head.

Complete with hexagonal service

head. Service head has one 3/4"

trade size threaded conduit hub

and five rubber grommets. The

service head includes scrub water

gasket. Unit is supplied with one

1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size

conduit stem to feed power and

communication services. Service

head is not to be used as a junction

box. All power connections must

be made in a junction box below

(not supplied).

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

Used to abandon fitting by removing

hexagonal housing and placing plate

inside the flange. Insert stem must

remain in the place.

RC9AFFTC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

[178mm]

3 3/16"

[97mm]

[178mm]

14 7/16"

[367mm]

1 1/4"

Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1/2"

Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1 1/4"

Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1/2"

Trade Size

Conduit Stem

Complete with gray or black carpet

flange, gray hexagonal housing,

five black rubber grommets, and

one 3/4" trade size threaded drop-

in hub. The service head includes

scrub water gasket. Use with

RC9FFS Insert to form a complete

poke-thru assembly.

TG-1 Communication Grommet

Drop-in rubber grommet for

pass-through cabling. Set of two

grommets (one grommet shown)

black.

ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly for

abandoning an open 3" [76mm]

diameter hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop material to

maintain the fire-classification of the

floor, integral retainer ring to prevent

the unit from pulling up through the

floor, and a black die-cast aluminum

cover.

RC9AFFTC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC9AFFTCGY (Gray)

RC9AFFTCBK (Black)

Finish Flange & Service Head Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC9CFFTCGY (Gray)

RC9CFFTCBK (Black)

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

RCAPFFTC (Gray)

RCAPFFTCBK (Black)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

372

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC9AM2TC Series Furniture Feed Style

Poke-Thru Device (RC9AM2STC).

RC9AM2TC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC9AM2TC Series™ Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices provide

one (1) 1 1/4" and 2" trade size concentric openings for single service

pass-through.

RC9AM2TC Series flanges are available in gray “GY”, black “BK”,

brushed brass “BS” and brushed aluminum “AL” finishes.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for

more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 3" [76mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

373

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

7" [178mm]

Complete with one 3/4" trade size

conduit and two 1/2" trade size

adapters and closure plugs. Use

with RC9AM2STC Insert Stem to

form a complete poke-thru

assembly.

NOTE: RC9AM2TC Series Poke-Thru Devices Poke-Thru Devices require a 3"

[76mm] diameter hole. Not designed to work with bare concrete or

terrazzo. Floor covering thickness 1/8" minimum.

RC9AM2STC Insert Stem with Disposable Plate

Use with RC9CM2TC Series cover

to complete installation.

Complete with combination

1 1/4" and 2" trade size threaded

conduit openings and closure

plugs. Must be used with a conduit

connector (not included) at the

adapter assembly plate to maintain

fire classification.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

Complete with combination

1 1/4" and 2" trade size threaded

conduit openings and closure

plugs. Must be used with a conduit

connector (not included) at the

adapter assembly plate to maintain

fire classification.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

RC9AM2TC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

2" trade size conduit stem,

complete with one 3/4" trade size

conduit and two 1/2" trade size

adapters and closure plugs.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly for

abandoning an open 3" [76mm]

diameter hole. Assembly includes

intumescent fire-stop material

to maintain the fire-classification

of the floor, integral retainer ring

to prevent the unit from pulling

up through the floor, and a black

die-cast aluminum cover.

[178mm]

3 3/16"

[97mm]

10"

[254mm]

[178mm]

2" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

10"

[254mm]

[178mm]

2" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

10 1/4"

[260mm]

[178mm]

2" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

RC9AM2TC Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering Information

Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC9AM2TCGY (Gray)

RC9AM2TCBK (Black)

RC9AM2TCAL (Aluminum)

Assembled Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device

PART NUMBERS:

RC7AM2TCGY (Gray)

RC7AM2TCBK (Black)

RC7AM2TCBS (Brass)

RC7AM2TCAL (Aluminum)

Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC9CM2TCGY (Gray)

RC9CM2TCBK (Black)

RC9CM2TCAL (Aluminum)

Furniture Feed Poke-Thru Device Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RC7CFFTCGY (Gray)

RC7CFFTCBK (Black)

RC7CFFTCBS (Brass)

RC7CFFTCAL (Aluminum) Used to abandon fitting by removing

hexagonal housing and placing plate

inside the flange. Insert stem must

remain in the place.

[178mm]

Abandonment Plate

PART NUMBERS:

RCAPFFTC (Gray)

RCAPFFTCBK (Black)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

374

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

FIT Series Pedestal Style Poke-Thru

Device with 241 Service Head.

FIT SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

FIT Series™ Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices provide dual service

capability in either a single- or dual-width service head.

CORE HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 2 1/32" [52mm]

Maximum: 2 1/8" [54mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

375

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

NOTE: FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices require a

minimum 2 1/32" [52mm],

2 1/8" [54mm] maximum diameter hole.

200-H/BTC Housing & Base

Single width. For 200 Series Service

Head. Barrier included (may not be

needed on single service applications).

Base has a 3/4" trade size knockout for

connection to FIT insert. Also includes

scrub water gasket.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For

use on tile or carpet floors.

FIT 2" [51mm] Poke-Thru Insert with

Junction Box Assembly

1" trade size barriered conduit. Also

includes BX/MC cable connector. Must

be activated with 200 Series or 241

Series Service Head and FIFP or FP

Series Faceplates (sold separately)

to maintain UL Listing and/or

Classification.

FIFP-1.390 Faceplate

Single-gang with one 1.390"

[35.3mm] receptacle opening.

FIT SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

15 1/2"

[394mm]

4 5/8" [118mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

FIFP-1.562 Faceplate

Single-gang with one

1.562" [39.7mm] receptacle

opening.

FIFP-B Faceplate

Single-gang, blank.

FIFP-R Faceplate

Single-gang with one duplex

receptacle opening.

FIFP-SS Faceplate

Single-gang with one surge

suppression receptacle opening.

FIFP-T Faceplate

Single-gang faceplate with

one telephone opening.

Communication grommets

included.

FIFP50 Faceplate

Single-gang with one 1/2" trade

size knockout.

FIFP75 Faceplate

Single-gang with one 3/4" trade

size knockout.

1 3/8"

[35mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

9" [229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

TG-1 Communications Grommet

One set of two grommets.

241-H/BTC Assembly & Base

Double width housing for 241

Series Service Head. Barrier

included (may not be needed

for single service applications).

Base has a 3/4" trade size KO

for connection to FIT insert. See

faceplates on this page. Order

two plates to complete service

head assembly.

FP1.390-1.390 Faceplate

Two-gang with two 1.390"

[35.3mm] receptacle openings.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket. For use on tile or carpet floors.

FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

376

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

NOTE: FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices require a 2" [51mm] diameter hole.

FP1.562-1.562 Faceplate

Two-gang with two 1.562" [39.7mm]

receptacle openings.

[229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

FIT SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

FPB-B Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate – blank.

FP2R Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate with two

duplex receptacle openings.

FP2T Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate with two

communications openings.

FP50-50 Faceplate

Two-gang with two 1/2" trade size

knockouts.

FP75-50 Faceplate

Two-gang with one 3/4" and one

1/2" trade size knockout.

FP75-75 Faceplate

Two-gang with two 3/4" trade size

knockouts.

FPSS-SS Faceplate

Two-gang with two surge

suppression device openings.

FPACT-ACT Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate with two

6A mini adapters openings.

Two adapters included. Accepts

Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

FPB-ACT Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate with one

6A mini adapter opening. One

adapter included. Accepts

Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

FPB-RT Faceplate

Two-gang plate with one

Ortronics® TracJack adapter

included and one Ortronics®

Series II adapter included.

Flat connector only.

FPB-2RT Faceplate

Two-gang plate with two

Ortronics® TracJack adapters

included and two Ortronics®

Series II adapters included.

Flat connector only.

AP-FITTC Poke-Thru Abandonment Plate

2" [51mm]. Stem must remain in

cored hole.

FIT-EXT Assembled Extension

4 5/8" [118mm]. Includes 1"

trade size barriered conduit and

coupling. For use with slabs

greater than 8" [203mm].

221-21 Carpet Fire-Rated Plug

For carpet applications.

221-21 Tile Fire-Rated Plug

For tile applications.

FIT Series Poke-Thru Devices Ordering information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

377

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

RC92GHBTC Series Poke-Thru Device.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

cULus Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209 Guide CEYY.

Meets Article 300.21, 300.22(C) & 314 of NEC.

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC Series™ Pedestal Style Poke-Thru

Devices provide dual service capability in either a single- or dual-width

service head.

HOLE DIAMETER

Minimum: 3 1/16" [78mm]

Maximum: 3 1/8" [79mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

378

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

1/2" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1 1/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1/2" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1 1/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1/2" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

1 1/4" Trade Size

Conduit Stem

NOTE: RC91GHBTC and RC92GHBTC Series Poke-Thru Devices require a

minimum 31/16" [78mm] diameter hole.

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

Ordering Information

291-H/BTC Single Width Service Head

Includes housing, base, scrub

water gasket, and barrier. Use

with Insert Assembly RC9FFS.

RC91GHBTC Poke-thru Insert with Single Width

Service Head

Includes insert stem with

disposable plate and service

head with housing, base, scrub

water gasket, and barrier. Service

head and insert install together

to make a poke-thru assembly.

Combine with faceplates

(sold separately) to complete

service head assembly. Shown

assembled. Service head is

shipped unassembled with the

insert stem.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

RC92GHBTC Poke-thru Insert with Double Width

Service Head

Includes insert stem with

disposable plate and service

head with housing, base, scrub

water gasket, and barrier. Service

head and insert install together

to make a poke-thru assembly.

Combine with faceplates

(sold separately) to complete

service head assembly. Shown

assembled. Service head is

shipped unassembled with the

insert stem.

NOTE: Assembled with scrub water gasket.

For use on tile or carpet floors.

292-H/BTC Double Width Service Head

Includes housing, base, scrub

water gasket, and barrier. Use

with Insert Assembly RC9FFS.

RC9FFS Insert Stem With Disposable Plate

Furniture feed insert with one

1 1/4" and one 1/2" trade size

conduit to feed power and

communication services.

Use with either 291-H/BTC

or 292-H/BTC Service Head to

form complete unit.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

379

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

FPB-B Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate – blank.

FP2R Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate with two

duplex receptacle openings.

FP2T Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate with two

communications openings.

FP50-50 Faceplate

Two-gang with two 1/2" trade

size knockouts.

4 5/8"

[118mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

FIFP-1.390 Faceplate

Single-gang with one 1.390"

[35.3mm] receptacle opening.

[229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

FIFP-1.562 Faceplate

Single-gang with one 1.562"

[39.7mm] receptacle opening.

FIFP-B Faceplate

Single-gang, blank.

FIFP-R Faceplate

Single-gang with one duplex

receptacle opening.

FIFP-SS Faceplate

Single-gang with one surge

suppression receptacle opening.

FIFP-T Faceplate

Single-gang faceplate with

one telephone opening.

Communication grommets

included.

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

Ordering Information

FIFP50 Faceplate

Single-gang with one 1/2" trade

size knockout.

FIFP75 Faceplate

Single-gang with one 3/4" trade

size knockout.

FP75-50 Faceplate

Two-gang with one 3/4" and one

1/2" trade size knockout.

FP75-75 Faceplate

Two-gang with two 3/4" trade

size knockouts.

FPSS-SS Faceplate

Two-gang with two surge

suppression device openings.

FPACT-ACT Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate with two

6A mini adapter openings. Two

adapters included. Accepts

Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

380

WIREMOLD

POKE-THRU DEVICES

RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC SERIES™ POKETHRU DEVICES

Ordering Information

[229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[229mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[178mm]

3 3/16"

[97mm]

7" [178mm]

FPB-ACT Faceplate

Two-gang faceplate with one

6A mini adapter opening. One

adapter included. Accepts

Wiremold Open System

communication modules.

FPB-RT Faceplate

Two-gang plate with one

Ortronics® TracJack adapter

included and one Ortronics®

Series II adapter included.Flat

connector only.

FPB-2RT Faceplate

Two-gang plate with two

Ortronics® TracJack adapters

included and two Ortronics®

Series II adapters included. Flat

connector only.

ABPLUG3 Abandonment Plug Assembly

Complete plug assembly for

abandoning an open 3" [76mm]

diameter hole. Assembly

includes intumescent fire-

stop material to maintain

the fire classification of the

floor, integral retainer ring to

prevent the unit from pulling

up through the floor, and a

black die-cast aluminum cover.

TG-1 Communication Grommet

One set of two grommets (one

grommet shown) black.

RCAPFFTCBK Abandonment Plate

Used to abandon fitting by

removing hexagonal housing

and placing plate inside the

flange. Insert stem must

remain in the place. Available

in black (BK).

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

381

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

437

Resource RFB® Series

Floor Boxes

FLOOR BOXES

Wiremold® offers one of the most complete lines of both commercial and

residential floor box solutions in the industry. From small, single service

boxes to large multi-utility convention center versions, there is a Wiremold

floor box to meet any need.

Ratchet-Pro Series

Floor Box 423

Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected

to meet and exceed the UL scrub water

exclusion requirement.

RFB4E Series

Floor Box 450

405

Fire Classified Floor Boxes

430

Modulink™ 880MP Series

Floor Boxes

Table of Contents

Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes

389

423

Ratchet-Pro™ Series Floor Boxes

FloorSource™

Series Round

FF Floor Box 518

OmniBox™ Series Floor Boxes

463

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

382

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOXES

Table of Contents

476

880 Series™ Floor Boxes

480

800 Series™ Floor Boxes

482

880W Series™ Floor Boxes

490

861 Series™ Floor Boxes

493

862 Series™ Floor Boxes

863 Series™ Floor Boxes

496

Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected

to meet and exceed the UL scrub water

exclusion requirement.

498

WMFB Series™ Floor Boxes

523

CCBB Series™ Ballroom

Floor Boxes

FloorSource Series™ Raised Floor Boxes

AC Series™ Raised

Floor Boxes

508 513

CRFB Series™

Raised Floor Boxes

501

AF Series™ Raised

Floor Boxes

519

CCFB Series™

Convention Center Products

518

FloorSource™ Series Round

Furniture Feed Floor Boxes

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

383

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model

Cover

Construction

Cover & Flange

Part Nos. Notes

Ratchet-Pro

RPSFB-OG

Round Dual 2 Gangs Steel & PVC 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2" Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet RPAV3CTC,

RP7CTC,

RPAMD4CTC,

RPAMD8CTC,

RP4FFCTC,

RP9AM2CTC

Surface Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

RFB Series

RFB2-OG Rectangular Triple 2 Gangs Steel 3"

[76mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

FloorPort™

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

FPCT, FPBT,

FPFFT Series

Recessed

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

RFB Series

RFB4-C1 Rectangular Dual 4 Gangs Cast Iron 2"

[51mm]

1" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

FloorPort™

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile,

Carpet

FPCT, FPBT,

FPFFT Series

Recessed

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

RFB Series

RFB4E-OG Rectangular Triple 4 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Evolution

Round

Poke-Thru

Cover

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo, Bare

Concrete

6CT Series Recessed

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

RFB Series

RFB6-OG Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

FloorPort™

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

FPCT, FPBT,

FPFFT Series

Recessed

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

RFB Series

RFB6E-OG Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

Evolution™

Round

Poke-Thru

Cover

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo, Bare

Concrete

8CT Series Recessed

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

RFB Series

RFB9-OG Rectangular Triple 9 Gangs Steel 2 1/2"

[64mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

RFB119CTC,

RFB119BTC

Recessed

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

RFB Series

RFB11-OG Rectangular Triple 11 Gangs Steel 2 1/2"

[64mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

RFB119CTC,

RFB119BTC

Recessed

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

Evolution

Series

EFB6S-OG

Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 7/8"

[98mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Evolution

Rectangular

Die-Cast

Alumuinum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood, Terrazzo,

Polished

Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Standard Size

Device Plates

EPOXY PAINTED METAL & CAST IRON BOXES

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

On-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model

Cover

Construction

Cover & Flange

Part Nos. Notes

Ratchet-Pro

881

Round Single 1 Gang PVC 1 3/4"

[44mm]

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile, Carpet 895, 896 Flush Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

Ratchet-Pro

RPNFB

Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2" Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet RPAV3CTC,

RP7CTC,

RPAMD4CTC,

RPAMD8CTC,

RP4FFCTC,

RP9AM2CTC

Surface Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

Modulink

880MP

880MP2

Rectangular Single 1 Gang PVC 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2" – 2"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile, Carpet 817, 818, 828, 829,

830 Series

Flush Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

Modulink

880MP

880MP2

Rectangular Single 2 or 3

Gangs

PVC 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2" – 2"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile, Carpet 827, 828, 829, 830,

837, 838 Series

Flush Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

PVC BOXES

Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected

to meet and exceed the UL scrub water

exclusion requirement.

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with

Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable,

Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

384

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model

Cover

Construction

Cover & Flange

Part Nos. Notes

Evolution

Series

EFB8S-OG

Rectangular Triple 8 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Evolution

Rectangular

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo,

Polished

Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Standard size

Device Plates

Evolution

Series

EFB10S-OG

Rectangular Triple 10 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Evolution

Rectangular

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo,

Polished

Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Finished

Interior

800 Series

800CILCK Round Single 1 Gang Cast Iron N/A 1/2" – 3/4"

Trade Size

Brass Tile,

Carpet

825 Series Flush

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

OmniBox

880CS1,

880CM1

Rectangular Single 1 Gang Cast Iron 880CS1:

2 3/4" [70mm]

880CM1:

1 3/4" [44mm]

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

817, 818, 828,

829, 830 Series

Flush

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

OmniBox

880CS2,

880CM2

Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs Cast Iron 880CS2:

2 3/4" [70mm]

880CM2:

1 3/4" [44mm]

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

827, 828, 829,

830 Series

Flush

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

OmniBox

880CS3,

880CM3

Rectangular Triple 3 Gangs Cast Iron 880CS3:

2 3/4" [70mm]

880CM3:

1 3/4" [44mm]

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

828, 829, 830,

837, 838 Series

Flush

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

880 Series

887B/889B Round Single 1 Gang Cast Iron 887B:

2" [51mm]

889B:

3" [76mm]

887B:

1/2" – 3/4"

889B:

1" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

895, 896 Series Flush

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

CCBB Series

CCBBS-OG

CCBBL-OG

Rectangular Triple 12 Gangs Steel CCBBS-OG:

3 3/4" [95mm]

CCBBl-OG:

Custom

CCBBS:

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

CCBBL:

Field

Punched

Cast

Aluminum

Carpet CCBBSCTCAL,

CCBBLCTCAL

Recessed

Devices,

Adjustable

Pre-pour

CCFB Series Rectangular Multi Customs Steel Custom Field

Punched

Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Bare Concrete

CCFBCTC Power, A/V,

Comm.,

Water, Air

EPOXY PAINTED METAL & CAST IRON BOXES

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

On-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)

Fire Classified Floor Boxes – Add “FC” Suffix to part number for fire classified version. All fire classified boxes feed with 1 1/4" conduit feeds.

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model

Cover

Construction

Cover & Flange

Part Nos. Notes

Ratchet-Pro

881 Round Single (4) #12

AWG or

(6) Cat 6A

PVC 1 3/4"

[44mm]

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

895, 896

Series

Flush Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

Ratchet-Pro

RPNFB Round Dual 2 Gang PVC 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

RPAMD4CTC,

RPAMD8CTC,

RF4FFCTC, RPAV3CTC,

RP9AM2CTC, RP7CTC

Flush Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

Modulink

880MPFC

Rectangular Single (4) #12

AWG or

(6) Cat 6A

PVC 1 3/4"

[44mm]

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

817, 818,

828, 829,

830 Series

Flush Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

Modulink

880MP, 880MP2 Rectangular Single (4) #12

AWG or

(6) Cat 6A

PVC 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2" – 2"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

817, 818,

828, 829,

830 Series

Flush Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

Modulink

880MP, 880MP2 Rectangular Dual PVC 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2" – 2"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

827, 828, 829,

830, 837,

838 Series

Flush Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-Grade

PVC BOXES

Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors

Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected

to meet and exceed the UL scrub water

exclusion requirement.

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with

Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable,

Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

385

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

Fire Classified Floor Boxes – Add “FC” Suffix to part number for fire classified version. All fire classified boxes feed with 1 1/4" conduit feeds.

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model

Cover

Construction

Cover &

Flange

Part Nos. Notes

800 Series

800LCK Round Single 1 Gang Steel N/A 1/2 – 3/4"

Trade Size

Brass Tile,

Carpet

825 Series Flush

Devices, Fully

Adjustable

880 Series

885B/886B Round Single 1 Gang Steel 885B:

2" [51mm]

886B:

2 1/4"

[57mm]

885B:

1/2" – 3/4"

886B:

1/2" – 1"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

895, 896

Series

Flush

Devices,

Fully

Adjustable

OmniBox

880S1, 880M1

8801S-FC

Rectangular Single 1 Gang

(4) #12 AWG/

Gang or (6)

Cat 6A/Gang

Steel 880S1:

2 3/4"

[70mm]

880M1:

1 3/4" [44mm]

880S1:

1/2" – 1"

880M1:

1/2" – 3/4"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

817, 818,

827, 828,

829,

830 Series

Flush

Devices,

Fully

Adjustable

OmniBox

880S2, 880M2

8802S-FC

Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs

(4) #12 AWG/

Gang or (6)

Cat 6A/Gang

Steel 880S2:

2 3/4"

[70mm]

880M2:

1 3/4" [44mm]

880S2:

1/2" – 1"

880M2:

1/2" – 3/4"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

827, 828,

829,

830 Series

Flush

Devices,

Fully

Adjustable

OmniBox

880S3, 880M3

8803S-FC

Rectangular Triple 1 Gang

(4) #12 AWG/

Gang or (6)

Cat 6A/Gang

Steel 880S3:

2 3/4"

[70mm]

880M3:

1 3/4" [44mm]

880S3:

1/2" – 1"

880M3:

1/2" – 3/4"

Trade Size

Metal,

Polycarbonate

Tile,

Carpet

828, 829,

830, 837,

838

Series

Flush

Devices,

On-Grade or

Above-Grade

Ratchet-Pro

RPSFB Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2" Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet RPAV3CTC,

RP7CTC,

RPAMD4CTC,

RPAMD8CTC,

RP4FFCTC,

RPAM2CTC,

RP9AM2CTC

Surface

Devices,

On-Grade

or Above-

Grade

RFB Series

RFB2 Rectangular Triple 1 Gang

(4) #12 AWG/

Gang or (6)

Cat 6A/Gang

Steel 3"

[76mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

FloorPort

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

FPCT,

FPBT,

FPFFT

Series

Recessed

Devices,

On-Grade or

Above-Grade

RFB Series

RFB4 Rectangular Triple 1 Gang

(4) #12 AWG/

Gang or (6)

Cat 6A/Gang

Steel 2"

[51mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

FloorPort

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

FPCT,

FPBT,

FPFFT

Series

Recessed

Devices,

On-Grade or

Above-Grade

RFB Series

RFB4E Rectangular Triple 4 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Evolution

Series

Poke-Thru

Covers

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo,

Bare

Concrete

6CT & 6CTC

Series

Recessed

Devices,

Fully

Adjustable

RFB Series

RFB6 Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

FloorPort

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

FPCT,

FPBT,

FPFFT

Series

Recessed

Devices,

On-Grade or

Above-Grade

RFB Series

RFB6E Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

Evolution

Series

Poke-Thru

Covers

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo,

Bare

Concrete

8CT & 8CTC

Series

Recessed

Devices,

Fully

Adjustable

RFB Series

RFB9 Rectangular Triple 9 Gangs Steel 2 1/2"

[64mm]

3/4" – 1 1/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

RFB119TC Recessed

Devices,

On-Grade or

Above-Grade

RFB Series

RFB11 Rectangular Triple 11 Gangs Steel 2 1/2"

[64mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo

RFB119TC Recessed

Devices,

On-Grade or

Above-Grade

STEEL BOXES

Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)

Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected

to meet and exceed the UL scrub water

exclusion requirement.

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with

Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable,

Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

386

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes Cover Model

Cover

Construction

Cover &

Flange

Part Nos. Notes

Evolution

Series

EFB6S

Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 7/8"

[98mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood, Terrazzo,

Polished Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Standard size

Device Plates

Evolution

Series

EFB8S

Rectangular Triple 8 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood, Terrazzo,

Polished Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Standard size

Device Plates

Evolution

Series

EFB10S

Rectangular Triple 10 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood, Terrazzo,

Polished Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Finished

Interior

CCBB Series

CCBBS

CCBBL

Rectangular Triple 12 Gangs Steel CCBBS:

3 3/4" [95mm]

CCBBL:

Custom

CCBBS: 3/4" –

2" Trade Size

CCBBL: Field

Punched

Cast

Aluminum

Carpet CCBBSCTCAL,

CCBBLCTCAL

Recessed

Devices,

Adjustable

Pre-pour

CCFB Series Rectangular Multi Custom Steel Custom Field

Punched

Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Bare

Concrete

CCFBCTC Power, A/V,

Comm.,

Water, Air

STEEL BOXES (continued)

Above-Grade Floor Boxes for Concrete Floors (continued)

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with

Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable,

Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected

to meet and exceed the UL scrub water

exclusion requirement.

862 Series

862 Round Single 1 Gang PVC N/A 3/4"

Trade Size

Brass, Brushed

Aluminum

Tile,

Carpet

Included with Kit

or 895, 896 Series

WMFB Series

WMFB1 Square Single 1 Gang PVC N/A 1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Brass,

Brushed Nickel

Tile,

Carpet

Included with Kit

WMFB Series

WMFB2 Square Dual 2 Gangs PVC N/A 1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Brass,

Brushed Nickel

Tile,

Carpet

Included with Kit

863 Series

863 Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC N/A 1/2"

Trade Size

Romex strain relief

pass-though opening

for communications

Brass, Brushed

Aluminum

Carpet Included with Kit

RESIDENTIAL BOXES

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes

Cover

Construction

Cover

Type

Cover & Flange

Part Nos.

861 Series

861 Round Single 1 Gang Die-Cast

Aluminum

N/A 1/2" Trade Size Brass,

Brushed Aluminum

Tile,

Carpet

895 Series &

Poke-Thru Covers

862 Series

862 Round Single 1 Gang PVC N/A 3/4" Trade Size Brass Tile,

Carpet

Included with Kit

or 895, 896 Series

863 Series

863 Round Dual 2 Gangs PVC N/A 1/2" Trade Size

Romex strain relief

pass-though opening

for communications.

Brass,

Brushed Aluminum

Carpet Included

with Kits

880W Series,

880W1 Rectangular Single 1 Gang Steel 2 3/4"

[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Brass,

Brushed Aluminum,

Nonmetallic

Tile,

Carpet

817, 818, 828, 829,

830 Series

880W Series,

880W2 Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs Steel 2 3/4"

[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Brass,

Brushed Aluminum,

Nonmetallic

Tile,

Carpet

827, 828, 829,

830 Series

880W Series,

880W3 Rectangular Triple 3 Gangs Steel 2 1/4"

[57mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Brass,

Brushed Aluminum,

Nonmetallic

Tile,

Carpet

828, 829, 830, 837,

838 Series

CRFB Series

CRFB4 Round Triple 4 Gangs Die-Cast

Aluminum

2 1/4"

[57mm]

1/2, 3/4", 1",

1 1/4" & 2"

Trade Size

CRFB & Evolution

Die-Cast Aluminum

Tile,

Carpet

CRFBCTC,

CRFBBTC,

8AT Series

COMMERCIAL BOXES

Floor Boxes for Wood Floor

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

387

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

AF Series

SAF 2 1/2 Square Triple 3 Gangs Steel 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Polycarbonate Tile,

Carpet

Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8840 Square Single 2 Gangs Steel 1 1/2"

[38mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8104 Square Dual 4 Gangs Steel 1 5/8"

[41mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

6FF Series

6FF-AFB Round Dual 2 Gangs Die Cast N/A 1/2" to 1 1/2" Die Cast

Aluminum

Carpet Cover Sold

Separately

Evolution Series

EFB6S

Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 7/8"

[98mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood, Terrazzo,

Polished Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Evolution Series

EFBFF Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs Steel NA 1/2" - 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet, Wood FPFFTC

Series

ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 4"

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes

Cover

Construction

Cover

Type

Cover & Flange

Part Nos.

AF Series

SAF 2 1/2 Square Triple 3 Gangs Steel 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Polycarbonate Tile,

Carpet

Included

with Box

6FF Series

6FF-AFB Round Dual 2 Gangs Die Cast N/A 1/2" to 1 1/2" Die Cast

Aluminum

Carpet Cover Sold

Separately

ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 3"

Raised Floor Boxes

Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected

to meet and exceed the UL scrub water

exclusion requirement.

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with

Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable, Type II-Semi-adjustable,

Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes

Cover

Construction

Cover

Type

Cover & Flange

Part Nos.

AF Series

SAF 2 1/2 Square Triple 3 Gangs Steel 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Polycarbonate Tile,

Carpet

Included

with Box

AF Series

AF1 Square Triple 4 Gangs Die-Cast

Aluminum

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Polycarbonate Tile,

Carpet

Included

with Box

AF Series

AF3 Square Triple 8 Gangs Die-Cast

Aluminum

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Polycarbonate Tile,

Carpet

Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8840 Square Single 2 Gangs Steel 1 1/2"

[38mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8850 Square Single 4 Gangs Steel 2"

[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8104 Square Dual 4 Gangs Steel 1 5/8"

[41mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8105 Square Triple 6 Gangs Steel 2"

[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC10105 Square Triple 8 Gangs Steel 2"

[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

6FF Series

6FF-AFB Round Dual 2 Gangs Die Cast N/A 1/2" to 1 1/2" Die Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet Cover Sold

Separately

Evolution Series

EFB6S

Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 7/8"

[98mm]

3/4" – 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood, Terrazzo,

Polished Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Evolution Series

EFBFF Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs Steel NA 1/2" - 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood

FPFFTC

Series

ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 5"

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

388

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FLOOR BOX SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

Raised Floor Boxes (continued)

Wiremold® Floor Boxes are TopGuard protected

to meet and exceed the UL scrub water

exclusion requirement.

Box Model Box Type

Service

Capability

Box

Capacity

Box

Construction

Depth Behind

Device Plates KO Sizes

Cover

Construction

Cover

Type

Cover & Flange

Part Nos. Notes

AF Series

SAF 2 1/2 Square Triple 3 Gangs Steel 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Polycarbonate Tile,

Carpet

Included

with Box

AF Series

AF1 Square Triple 4 Gangs Die-Cast

Aluminum

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Polycarbonate Tile,

Carpet

Included

with Box

AF Series

AF3 Square Triple 8 Gangs Die-Cast

Aluminum

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Polycarbonate Tile,

Carpet

Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8840 Square Single 2 Gangs Steel 1 1/2"

[38mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8850 Square Single 4 Gangs Steel 2"

[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8104 Square Dual 4 Gangs Steel 1 5/8"

[41mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC8105 Square Triple 6 Gangs Steel 2"

[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

AC Series

AC10105 Square Triple 8 Gangs Steel 2"

[51mm]

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Zinc

Carpet Included

with Box

CRFB Series

CRFB4 Round Triple 4 Gangs Die-Cast

Aluminum

2 1/4"

[57mm]

1/2", 3/4", 1",

1-1/4" & 2"

Trade Size

CRFB &

Evolution

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile,

Carpet

CRFBCTC,

CRFBBTC,

8AT Series

Evolution

Series

EFB6S

Rectangular Triple 6 Gangs Steel 3 7/8"

[98mm]

3/4"– 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo,

Polished

Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Standard Size

Device Plates

Evolution

Series

EFB8S

Rectangular Triple 8 Gangs Steel 3 1/2"

[89mm]

3/4"– 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo,

Polished

Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Standard Size

Device Plates

Evolution

Series

EFB10S

Rectangular Triple 10 Gangs Steel 3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4"– 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood,

Terrazzo,

Polished

Concrete

EFB610CTC,

EFB610BTC,

EFB610BT,

EFB610CT

Removable

Modules,

Finished

Interior

6FF Series

6FF-AFB Round Dual 2 Gangs Die Cast N/A 1/2" to 1 1/2" Die Cast

Aluminum

Carpet Cover Sold

Separately

Evolution

Series

EFBFF

Rectangular Dual 2 Gangs Steel NA 1/2" - 2"

Trade Size

Die-Cast

Aluminum

Tile, Carpet,

Wood

FPFFTC

Series

ACCESS FLOOR DEPTH: 6"

NOTE: Most Wiremold floor boxes and accessories are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and comply with

Federal Specifications W-C-583b in one of the following types and classes: Type 1-Fully adjustable,

Type II-Semi-adjustable, Type III-Non-adjustable, Class 1-Watertight, Class 2-Concrete-tight.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

389

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Each Removable Module consists of

the above components

Wiremold® Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes are the latest advancement in the

most complete and innovative line of floor solutions in the industry.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

Meet Article 300.22(c) of NEC

COLOR OPTIONS

Evolution Series Floor Box Covers are available in the following

powder coated finishes: “BK” black, “GY” gray, “NK” nickel, “BS”

brass, and “BZ” bronze.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more

information.

KEY

A. Mud Cap (temporary construction cover)

B. Removable Module

C. Toggle Clamp

D. Box

E. Cable Guide

F. Tunnel

G. Mounting Bracket

H. Divider (removable repositionable)

I. End Cap

J. Back Knockout Plate

K. Concrete Level Leg

L. “L” Bracket

Evolution™ Series Floor Box Components

All items shown above are included

with Evolution Series floor boxes.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

390

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Configurable with Removable Modules

In addition to having removable dividers and a

tunnel feature that allows all compartments

to be connected, the modules are removable

through the top or back of the floor box. This

allows for easier installations and facilitates

moves, adds and changes without having to

disconnect services, saving time and money.

Audio/Video Design

Evolution Series Floor Boxes have been

developed specifically with the A/V industry in

mind. With 3 1/2" – 3 7/8" [89mm x 98mm] of

wiring capacity behind each device plate, these

boxes will accept devices from leading A/V

manufacturers including Extron® Electronics

and Crestron®.

Durable 180° Articulating Hinge

Hinge design enables covers to open a full

180° and lie flat on the floor surface with the

durability to support a large cover. Provides easy

access to all interior modules and activations

while reducing tripping hazards.

Finished Interior

Fully finished interior removes the unfinished

industrial look while increasing visibility, making

it easier to see where to plug in devices.

EVOLUTION

FLOOR BOX MODEL EFB6S EFB6S-OG EFB6S-FC EFB8S EFB8S-OG EFB8S-FC EFB10S EFB10S-OG EFB10S-FC EFBFF EFBFF-OG

INSTALL FLOOR TYPE:

Concrete Floor

Raised Floor

Wood Floor

YES

YES YES YES

YES

YES YES YES

YES

YES YES YES

YES

BOX TYPE: Standard On-Grade Fire

Classified

Standard On-Grade Fire

Classified

Standard On-Grade Fire

Classified

Furniture

Feed

Furniture

Feed

BOX CAPACITY: 6-Gangs 6-Gangs 6-Gangs 8-Gangs 8-Gangs 8-Gangs 10-Gangs 10-Gangs 10-Gangs 2-Gangs 2-Gangs

DEPTH BEHIND

PLATES: 3 7/8"

[98mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

N/A N/A

REMOVABLE

MODULES: YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES

DEVICE PLATE SIZE: Uses Standard Size Device Plates:

Single-Gang (2 3/4" x 4 1/2")

[70mm x 114mm]

Uses Standard Size Device Plates:

Single-Gang (2 3/4" x 4 1/2")

Double-Gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2")

Triple-Gang (6 3/8" x 4 1/2")

Four-Gang (8 1/8" x 4 1/2")

Non-Standard Size Device Plates

(4.652" x 2.302")

[117mm x 58mm]

Standard Size Device Plates

Double-Gang (4 9/16 X 4 1/2")

Triple-Gang (6 3/8" X 4 1/2")

Five-Gang (10" x 4 1/2")

COVERS:

COLORS:

EFB610CTC Series, EFB610BTC Series, EFB610CT Series, EFB610BT Series

Black, Gray, Brass, Nickel, Bronze

FPFFTC Series

Black, Gray, Brass,

Nickel, Bronze,

Brushed Aluminum

FLOOR SURFACE: Carpet, Tile, Wood, Bare (Polished) Concrete & Terrazzo Carpet, Tile & Wood

KO SIZE RANGE:

(TRADE SIZE) 3/4" to 2" 3/4" to 2" 1 1/4" 3/4" to 2" 3/4" to 2" 1 1/4" 3/4" to 2" 3/4" to 2" 1 1/4" 1/2" to 2" 1/2" to 2"

FIRE RATING:

(HOURS) Up to

2 Hours

Up to

2 Hours

Up to

2 Hours

NOTE: Covers open full 180°, slide cable egress doors, painted interior.

Evolution™ Series Floor Box Model Selection Guide

MODEL OUTER COMPARTMENTS

(EACH)

CENTER COMPARTMENTS

(EACH)

EFB6 SERIES 32 in.3 [524ml] 38.5 in.3 [630ml]

EFB8 SERIES 27.5 in.3 [450ml] 34 in.3 [557ml]

EFB10 SERIES 23.5 in.3 [385ml] 27.5 in.3 [450ml]

EFBFF SERIES 64.5 in.3 [1056ml] 64.5 in.3 [1056ml]

Evolution Series Floor Box Compartment Volumes

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

391

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applica tions.

Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices.

Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all

components needed for initial installation. Included components are: Protective/

Disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,

two (2) removable modules, two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to raised and wood

floors, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete

applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2" trade size.

Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communica-

tion jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible with Wiremold®

Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request.

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used, sold separately.

EFB6S Six-Gang Floor Box

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Three (3) KOs:

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

Outer: 2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1" Trade Size KO

Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs

Three (3) KOs:

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

3.7/8" [99mm]

EFB6 Depth Behind Plates

3 7/8" [99mm]

EFB6-OG Depth Behind Plates

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

4 1/16"

[103mm]

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

4 1/16"

[103mm]

Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applica-

tions. Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade

applications without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with

standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for

initial installation. Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel

system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two (2) removable

modules, two (2) cable manage ment guides, two (2) leveling support legs for con-

crete applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 1 1/4". Items

not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication

jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are available upon request.

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used, sold separately.

EFB6S-OG Six-Gang Floor Box

Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Three (3) KOs:

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO Two (2) KOs:

1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1" Trade Size KO

Four (4) 1" Trade Size KOs

Three (3) KOs:

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

Outer: 2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

392

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the

fire classification of the floor. This box is classified to be used in 2-hour fire rated

floors. Designed to accept standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all

components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/

disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,

fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1 1/4 intumescent conduit

feeds and two (2) cable management guides. Items not included with the box

and sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and

device plates

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used, sold

separately.

NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.

NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as

instructed by the structural engineer.

EFB6S-FC Six-Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box

EFB6M Module

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

21 3/4"

[552mm]

17 1/4"

[438mm]

Fire Classified Pan

(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm] of

concrete around box at all times)

1 1/4" [35] Intumescent

Service Feed (Four (4) per box)

3 7/8" [98mm]

Depth Behind Device Plate

Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for

Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)

Type EFB6S-FC, EFB8S-FC and EFB10S-FC preset electrical

insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 Series Floor-Ceiling

designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel

floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced

12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural

concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with

floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce

the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in

accordance with the installation instructions accompanying

the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical

insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit

per 4 square feet [0.37m2] of floor area in each span.

Bank of three (3) compartments

that accept power,

communications and audio/

video devices. Accepts standard

size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [70mm x

114mm]) device plates. Includes

device bracket, back plate, three

(3) knockout plates (3/4"/1 1/4"

concentric), two (2) end caps and

one (1) divider.

NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the

floor box.

EFB-AAP Device Plate

Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics

AAP devices. Device plate

dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2"

[69mm x 114mm].

EFB6-MB Mounting Bracket

Holds up to three (3) devices of

power, communications or audio/

video devices. Bracket accepts

standard size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2"

[70mm x 114mm]) device plates

sold separately by others.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

393

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

EFB-MAAP Device Plate

Holds four (4) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP devices.

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x

4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-MOS Device Plate

European device plate accepts up

to [45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device.

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4

1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-B Blank Device Plate

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x

41/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB6-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate

Has one (1) 1 1/4" concentric trade

size knockout opening.

EFB6-TUN Tunnel

6 gang tunnel allows for cables to be

wrapped around box from one module

to the other.

EFB6-DIV Relocatable Divider

Provides separation of services.

Includes one (1) divider plate.

EFBCLL Concrete Leveling Legs

Provide floor box adjustment up or

down to match the desired pour

height of the concrete. Included two

(2) leveling legs, threaded rod not

supplied.

EFBCMG Cable Management Guides

Guides help organize and maintain

cable position when opening and

closing the cover.

EFB6S-2HUB 2" Conduit Hub

Hub allows 2" conduit to be fed into

the back of EFB6S and EFB6S-OG

Floor Boxes. Maximum of six (6) hubs

per box.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series 6-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

394

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

3 1/2" [89mm]

EFB8-OG Depth Behind Plates

Each Side:

Outer: 2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Eight (8) KOs:

1" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

Outer: 2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

EFB8S-OG Eight-Gang Floor Box

Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications.

Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications

without the need for additional vapor barriers. Designed to work with standard size

wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation.

Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the

two modules of compartments, two (2) removable modules, two (2) cable management

guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete applications, trade size knockouts

ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not included with the box and sold separately are:

receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are

available upon request.

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used, sold separately.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

3 1/2" [89mm]

EFB8 Depth Behind Plates

Each Side:

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO Eight (8) KOs:

1" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

2" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

3/4" Trade Size KO

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

[152mm]

EFB8S Eight-Gang Floor Box

Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applications.

Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Designed to

work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all components needed

for initial installation. Included components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel

system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two (2) removable modules,

two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to raised and wood floors, two (2) cable management

guides, two (2) leveling support legs for concrete applications and trade size knockouts

ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not included with the box and sold separately are:

receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible

with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular Wiring System. Custom options are available upon

request.

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used, sold separately.

Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

[152mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

395

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

21 3/4"

[552mm]

17 1/4"

[438mm]

Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the fire

classification of the floor. This box is classified for use in 2-hour fire rated floors.

Designed to work with standard size wall plates. Box comes complete with all

components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/

disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments,

fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1 1/4 intumescent conduit

feeds and two (2) cable management guides. Items not included with the box and

sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and A/V devices and device

plates.

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used,

sold separately.

NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.

NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as

instructed by the structural engineer.

EFB8S-FC Eight-Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box

Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for

Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)

Type EFB6S-FC, EFB8S-FC and EFB10S-FC preset electrical

insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 Series Floor-Ceiling

designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel

floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced

12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural

concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with

floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce

the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in

accordance with the installation instructions accompanying

the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical

insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit

per 4 square feet [0.37m2] of floor area in each span.

Fire Classified Pan

(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm] of

concrete around box at all times)

1 1/4" [35] Intumescent Service Feed

(Four (4) per box)

3 1/2" [89mm]

Depth Behind Device Plate

EFB8M Module

Bank of four (4) compartments that

accept power, communications and

audio/video devices. Accepts standard

size (2 3/4" x 4 1/2") [70mm x 114mm]

device plates. Includes one device

bracket, one back plate, two (2)

knockout plates, two (2) end caps and

one divider.

NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the

floor box.

EFB8-22GMB Mounting Bracket

Equipped with two (2) 2-gang standard

size device openings for a standard

2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" [116mm x

114mm]). Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices

such as Crestron® 2-gang digital

media devices. Device plates and

devices supplied by others.

Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

EFB8-MB Mounting Bracket

Holds up to four (4) devices for power,

communications or audio/video.

Bracket accepts standard size (2 3/4" x

4 1/2" [70mm x 114mm]) device plates

sold separately by others.

EFB8-4GMB Mounting Bracket

Holds a standard 4 gange device plate.

Device plate dimensions: 81/8" x 4

1/4" [206mm x 116mm].

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

396

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

50A Device

Tunnel

EFB-AAP Device Plate

Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP

devices. Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x

4 1/2" [69mm x 114mm].

EFB-MAAP Device Plate

Holds four (4) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP devices. Device plate

dimensions: 2 3/4" x 41/2" [69mm x

114mm].

EFB-MOS Device Plate

EFB-B Blank Device Plate

European device plate accepts up to

[45mm x 67.5mm] Arteor device. Device

plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2" [69mm x

114mm].

Device plate dimensions: 2 3/4" x 4 1/2"

[69mm x 114mm].

EFB810-3/4 - 3/4 Knockout Plate

Has two (2) 3/4" trade size knockouts.

EFB810-3/4 -1 1/4 Knockout Plate

Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4"

concentric trade size knockout.

EFB810-2 Knockout Plate

Has one 2" trade size knockout.

EFB810-TUN Tunnel

For EFB8 Series and EFB10 Series

boxes. Tunnel allows cables to be

wrapped around box from one module

to the other.

EFB810-DIV Relocatable Divider

Provides separation of services.

Includes one (1) divider plate.

EFB-CLL Concrete Leveling Legs

Concrete Leveling Legs – Legs allow

floor box to be adjusted up or down to

match the desired pour height of the

concrete. Includes two (2) leveling legs.

Threaded rod not supplied.

EFBCMG Cable Management Guides

Guides help organize and

maintain cable position when

opening and closing the cover.

EFB-50A 50A Adapter

Allows for a 50A device to be

installed on the 8-gang and

10-gang series boxes.

NOTE: Only fits on the side of the floor

box where the device is facing

the tunnel.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series 8-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

397

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

3 1/2" [89mm]

EFB10 Depth Behind Plates

Each Side:

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Ten (10) KOs:

1" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

3/4" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

2" Trade Size KO

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

[152mm]

3 1/2" [89mm]

EFB10 Depth Behind Plates

Each Side:

Outer: 2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Ten (10) KOs:

1" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Each Side:

Outer: 2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

[152mm]

Designed to be installed in concrete floors, raised floors, and wood floor applications.

Box has a fully finished interior to assist plugging and unplugging of devices. Box comes

complete with all components needed for initial installation. Included components

are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of

compartments, two (2) removable modules, two (2) toggle clamps to secure box to

raised and wood floors, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs

for concrete applications, trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 2". Items not

included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication jacks, and

A/V devices and device plates. Box is compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular

Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request.

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used, sold separately.

EFB10S Ten-Gang Floor Box

Designed to be installed in both on-grade and above grade concrete floor applications.

Box has an epoxy coating that allows the box to be placed in on-grade applications

without the need for additional vapor barriers. Box comes complete with all

components needed for initial installation. Included components are: protective/

disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two modules of compartments, two

(2) removable modules, two (2) cable management guides, two (2) leveling support legs

for concrete applications and trade size knockouts ranging in size from 3/4" to 1 1/4".

Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication

jacks, and A/V devices and device plates. Custom options are available upon request.

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used, sold separately.

EFB10S-OG Ten-Gang Floor Box

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series Ten-Gang Floor Box Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

398

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Fire Classified Pan

(Insures 3 1/4" [83mm]

of concrete around box at

all times)

1 1/4" [35] Intumescent

Service Feed (Four (4) per box)

3 1/2" [89mm]

Depth Behind Device Plate

Designed to be installed in above grade concrete floors while maintaining the fire

classification of the floor. This box is classified for use in 2-hour fire rated floors.

Box comes complete with all components needed for initial installation. Included

components are: protective/disposable cover, tunnel system for connecting the two

modules of compartments, fire classified pan, two (2) removable modules, four (4) 1

1/4" trade size intumescent conduit feeds and two (2) cable management guides.

Items not included with the box and sold separately are: receptacles, communication

jacks, and A/V devices and device plates.

NOTE: For use on bare (polished) concrete or terrazzo floors EFB610-CTR must be used, sold separately.

NOTE: Designed for new construction applications.

NOTE: Consult structural engineer before making cuts into decking. Add additional supports as instructed by

the structural engineer.

EFB10S-FC Ten-Gang Fire-Classified Floor Box

Outlet Boxes and Fittings Classified for

Fire Resistance Legrand/Wiremold (R8209)

Type EFB6S-FC, EFB8S-FC and EFB10S-FC preset electrical

insert for use in 2-hour fire rated D900 Series Floor-Ceiling

designs constructed with nominal 2" or 3" deep fluted steel

floor units having a nominal 5" wide valley and crests spaced

12" OC, with a minimum 3 1/4" [83mm] thickness of structural

concrete topping. The assembly preset electrical insert with

floor plate kit and service activations fitting will not reduce

the 2-hour fire rating of the floor assembly when installed in

accordance with the installation instructions accompanying

the preset electrical insert and when the preset electrical

insert are spaced 2' [0.61m] OC with not more than one unit

per 4 square feet [0.37m

] of floor area in each span.

11 3/16"

[284mm]

15 1/8"

[384mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

21 3/4"

[552mm]

17 1/4"

[438mm]

EFB10M Module EFB10-23GMB Mounting Bracket

EFB10-5GMB Mounting Bracket

Bank of five (5) compartments that

accept power, communications and

audio/video devices. Accepts EFB10

Series device plates (2 1/32" x

4 5/8") [58mm x 117mm]. Includes

one mounting bracket, one back plate,

one divider, two (2) end caps and two

(2) knockout plates. Device plates

sold separately.

NOTE: Module will fit on either side of the

floor box.

Equipped with one (1) 2-gang

standard size device opening

and one (1) 3-gang standard size

device opening. Accepts a standard

2-gang (4 9/16" x 4 1/2" [116mm x

114mm]) and a 3-gang (6 3/8" x 4

1/2" [162mm x 114mm]) device plate.

Ideal for 2-gang A/V devices such as

Crestron® 2-gang and 3-gang digital

media devices. Device plates and

devices supplied by others.

Holds a standard 5 gang device plate

Device plate dimensions: 10" x 4 1/2"

[254mm x 116mm].

Evolution™ Series Ten-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

EFB10-MB Mounting Bracket

Holds up to five (5) devices for power,

communications or audio/video.

Bracket accepts EFB10 Series device

plates (2 1/32" x 4 5/8") [58mm x

117mm] device plates sold separately.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series Ten-Gang Floor Box Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

399

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

EFB10-B Device Plate

Blank device plate. Device plate dimensions:

2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].

EFB10-DP Device Plate

Duplex device plate. Device plate dimensions:

2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm]. Includes

receptacle spacers.

EFB10-DEC Decorator Style Device Plate

For use with decorator style receptacles, GFCI

receptacle, and decorator style audio/ video

devices. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"

[58mm x 118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers.

EFB10-S1 Knockout Plate

Single receptacle 1.39" [35mm]. diameter.

Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x

118mm]. Includes receptacle spacers.

EFB10-S2 Knockout Plate

Single receptacle 1.59" [40mm] diameter. Device

plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].

Includes receptacle spacers.

EFB10-6AB Device Plate

Accepts up to three (3) dual Wiremold Open

System communication adapters. Adapters sold

separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"

[58mm x 118mm].

EFB10-3S2 Device Plate

Accepts up to three (3) Ortronics® Series II

devices. Ortronics® devices sold separately.

Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"

[58mm x 118mm].

EFB10-2C Device Plate

Accepts one dual Wiremold Open System

adapter, or one Ortronics® Series II adapter, or

one Ortronics® TracJack adapter. Adapters sold

separately. Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652"

[58mm x 118mm].

EFB10-AAP Device Plate

Holds two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP devices.

Device plate dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x

118mm].

EFB10-MAAP Device Plate

Holds four (4) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP devices. Device plate

dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series Ten-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

400

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

EFB810-3/4-11/4 Knockout Plate

Has one 3/4" and one 3/4"/1 1/4"

concentric trade size knockout.

EFB810-2 Knockout Plate

Has one 2" trade size knockout.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series Ten-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

EFB810-3/4-3/4 Knockout Plate

Has two 3/4" trade size knockout.

EFB10-MOS Device Plate

[45mm x 67.5mm] device plate. Device plate

dimensions: 2.3" x 4.652" [58mm x 118mm].

5507D-WH Duplex Receptacle Faceplate

For covering duplex style devices. Accepts

106 frame.

5507R-WH Rectangular Receptacle Faceplate

For covering rectangular decorator style

devices.

5507B-WH Blank Faceplate

For covering unused compartments in the

device bracket.

5507S-WH Rectangular Spacer

For mounting commercial device plates.

Installs between the device bracket and

a device.

5507T1-WH Single Receptacle Faceplate

For covering single receptacles – 1.59"

[40mm] in diameter.

5507T2-WH Single Receptacle Faceplate

For covering single receptacles – 1.41"

[36mm] in diameter.

55074TJ-WH Ortronics® Faceplate

For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts.

Accepts four (4) TracJack devices.

55076TJ-WH Ortronics® Faceplate

For mounting Ortronics® datacom inserts.

Accepts six (6) TracJack devices.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

401

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Flush Style Cover with Carpet Insert

PART NUMBERS:

EFB610CTBK (Black)

(Gray)

EFB610CTNK (Nickel)

EFB610CTBS (Brass)

EFB610CTBZ (Bronze)

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series Ten-Gang Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

Evolution™ Series Floor Box Cover Plates and Accessories Ordering Information

16 3/8"

[416mm] 12 1/2"

[318mm]

Die cast aluminum cover

assembly designed to be

used on top of the floor

covering. Available in five

powder coated finishes.

For use on Evolution™

Series 6-, 8- and 10-gang

floor boxes (EFB6S, EFB8S

and EFB10S).

NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate

is 1/4" [6.35mm].

16 3/8"

[416mm] 12 1/2"

[318mm]

Die cast aluminum cover

assembly designed to be

used level (flush) with finish

floor covering. Available in

five powder coated finishes.

For use on Evolution™

Series 6-, 8- and 10-gang

floor boxes (EFB6S, EFB8S,

and EFB10S).

NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate

is 1/4" [6.35mm].

50A Device

Tunnel

EFB-50A 50A Adapter

Allows for a 50A device to be

installed on the 8-gang and

10-gang series boxes.

NOTE: Only fits on the side of the floor box

where the device is facing the tunnel.

EFB810-TUN Tunnel

For EFB8 Series and EFB10 Series boxes.

Tunnel allows cables to be wrapped

around box from one module to the other.

EFB810-DIV Relocatable Divider

Provides separation of services. Includes

one (1) divider plate.

EFB-CLL Concrete Leveling Legs

Legs allow floor box to be adjusted

up or down to match the desired

pour height of the concrete. Includes

two (2) leveling legs. Threaded rod

not supplied.

EFBCMG Cable Management Guides

Guides help organize and maintain

cable position when opening and

closing the cover.

Surface Style Cover with Carpet Insert

PART NUMBERS:

EFB610CTCBK (Black)

EFB610CTCGY (Gray)

EFB610CTCNK (Nickel)

EFB610CTCBS (Brass)

EFB610CTCBZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

402

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Die cast aluminum cover

assembly designed to be

used level (flush) with finish

floor covering. Available in

five powder coated finishes.

For use on Evolution™

Series 6-, 8- and 10-gang

floor boxes (EFB6S, EFB8S

and EFB10S).

NOTE: Depth of recess area in plate

is 1/4" [6.35mm].

16 3/8"

[416mm] 12 1/2"

[318mm]

Used for floor coverings

greater than 3/16" [4.7mm].

The EFB610-TS allows the

finished cover assembly to

be flush with the finished

floor. Includes one (1)

1/16" [1.6mm], one (1)

1/8" [3.2mm] and one 1/4"

[6.4mm] tile shims for

9/16" [14.3mm] of upward

adjustment.

EFB610-TS Tile Shim

Designed to help mark out

floor to insure a proper fit.

EFB-Template Floor Box Template

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Evolution™ Series Floor Box Cover Plates and Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

Evolution Series Floor Box Covers are

available in powder coated finishes

of (L to R) gray, nickel, bronze, brass

and black.

CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS

EFB610BTC Series 1800

EFB610CTC Series 1800

EFB610BT Series 1800

EFB610CT Series 1800

NOTE: Load applied through a 3" [76mm] mandrel in center

of the cover. Loads above are static loads only and do

not pertain to rolling loads.

Load Capacities for Evolution™ Series

Floor Box Cover Assemblies

16 3/8"

[416mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

Nonmetallic ring for use with

bare concrete and terrazzo

floor applications.

NOTE: Ring must be attached to

the floor box before pouring

concrete or terrazzo.

EFB610CTR Bare Concrete/Terrazzo Trim Ring

16 3/8"

[416mm] 12 1/2"

[318mm]

Die cast aluminum cover

assembly designed to be

used on top of the floor

covering. Available in the

following powder coated

finishes: black, gray, brass,

nickel and bronze. For use

on Evolution™ Series 6-,

8- and 10-gang floor boxes

(EFB6S, EFB8S and EFB10S).

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

EFB610BTCBK (Black)

EFB610BTCGY (Gray)

EFB610BTCNK (Nickel)

EFB610BTCBS (Brass)

EFB610BTCBZ (Bronze)

PART NUMBERS:

EFB610BTCBK (Black)

EFB610BTCGY (Gray)

EFB610BTCNK (Nickel)

EFB610BTCBS (Brass)

EFB610BTCBZ (Bronze)

Surface Style Cover with Solid Lid

Flush Style Cover with Solid Lid

PART NUMBERS:

EFB610BTBK (Black)

EFB610BTGY (Gray)

EFB610BTNK (Nickel)

EFB610BTBS (Brass)

EFB610BTBZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

403

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Evolution™ Series EFBFF Furniture Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Outer: 1 1/2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

Outer: 2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO

Each Side, Two KOs:

Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

7 1/16"

[179mm]

6 5/8"

[168mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Outer: 1 1/2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO

Two (2) KOs:

Outer: 2" Trade Size KO

Inner: 1/2" Trade Size KO

Each Side, Two KOs:

Inner: 3/4" Trade Size KO

Outer: 1 1/4" Trade Size KO

7 1/16"

[179mm]

6 5/8"

[168mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

For carpet, tile and wood covered floors. For use in concrete, raised and wood

floor applications. Box is provided with a protective, disposable cover that allows

the box to be installed at any point in the construction process. Box is available

in a standard version for use in above grade concrete, raised, and wood floor

applications. Boxes are also compatible with Wiremold® Walkerflex Modular

Wiring System. Custom options are available upon request.

EFBFF Two-Gang Furniture Feed Floor Box Assembly

For carpet, tile and wood covered floors. For use in on-grade and above grade

concrete floor applications. Box is provided with a protective, disposable cover

that allows the box to be installed at any point in the construction process. Box

is available with an epoxy coating for on-grade applications. Custom options are

available upon request.

EFBFF-OG Two-Gang Furniture Feed Floor Box Assembly

NOTE: For use with bare concrete or terrazzo floors.

Use FP-CTR Trim Ring.

NOTE: Box is divided down center to allow for

separation between power and communication

or A/V services.

W For use with bare concrete or terrazzo floors.

Use FP-CTR Trim Ring.

NOTE: Box is divided down center to allow

for separation between power and

communication or A/V services.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

404

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

EFBFF-DIV Divider

Provides separation of services.

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet or wood floor

installa tions. Die-cast aluminum assembly available in

powder coat finishes of black, bronze, brass, nickel, gray

or brushed aluminum. Provided with one (1) 1" trade size

screw plug for power or communication type cabling and

one (1) combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication and A/V type cabling. Allows for feeding both

power and communication cabling.

NOTE: Flangeless FloorPort Series (FPFFT) covers are not designed to

work with Evolution Series Furniture Feed Floor Boxes.

Evolution™ Series EFBFF Furniture Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Nonmetallic ring for use on bare

polished concrete and terrazzo floor

applications.

NOTE: Ring must be attached to the floor box before

pouring concrete or terrazzo.

FP-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

Legs allow floor box to be adjusted up or

down to match the desired pour height

of the concrete. Includes two (2) leveling

legs. Threaded rod not supplied.

EFBFF-CLL Concrete Leveling legs

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTCBK (Black)

FPFFTCGY (Gray)

FPFFTCNK (Nickel)

FPFFTCBS (Brass)

FPFFTCBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTCAL (Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

405

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Legrand® takes Wiremold floor boxes to the next level with the introduction

of seven recessed and flush style floor box models that meet or exceed

UL Fire Classification requirements. Available in both single- and multiple-

gang versions, in both steel and nonmetallic fabrications, these floor boxes

preserve the two-hour fire rating of floors in which they have been installed

and are a favored industry solution for getting power, communication and

audio video services into open spaces.

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

Meets Article 300.22(c) of NEC.

Cover Plates and Flanges for Fire Classified OmniBox Series™ Floor Boxes

are available in black, aluminum, gray, nickel, brass and bronze.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for

more information.

Standard Depth Steel OmniBox Floor Box Ordering Information

NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a

span. Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23

AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data Conductors per gang.

8801S-FC One-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box

Adjustment range over deck of 2" [51mm] minimum to

5" [127mm] maximum. One 1 1/4" [32mm] conduit feed

opening. Box Capacity – 53 cubic inches.

3 3/4"

[94mm]

3 1/2"

[90mm]

11 3/8"

[289mm]

14 1/2"

[367mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

8802S-FC Two-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box

Adjustment range over deck of 2" [51mm] minimum to

5" [127mm] maximum. Two 1 1/4" [32mm] conduit feed

openings. Box Capacity – 58.5 cubic inches each gang.

7 1/8"

[199mm]

3 1/2"

[90mm]

11 3/8"

[289mm]

14 1/2"

[367mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

8803S-FC

Three-Gang Fire Classified Steel Floor Box

Adjustment range over deck of 2" [51mm] minimum to

5" [127mm] maximum. Three 1 1/4" [32mm] conduit feed

openings. Inside Gang Capacity – 67.5 cubic inches. Outside

Gang Capacity – 54 cubic inches each gang.

12"

[304mm]

3 1/2"

[90mm]

11 3/8"

[289mm]

20"

[507mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a

span. Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23

AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data Conductors per gang.

NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a

span. Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23

AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data Conductors per gang.

COLOR OPTIONS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

406

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1 and 880CM2-1

Floor Boxes.

817C One-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1 and 880CM1-1

Floor Boxes.

827B Two-Gang Brass Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

817B One-Gang Brass Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

837B Three-Gang Brass Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes

OmniBox Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

Fire-Classified

OmniBox Series

Floor Box

5 3/4"

[146mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 7/8"

[225mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

13"

[330mm]

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

5 1/16"

[128.5mm]

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

13 5/16"

[338mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

827C Two-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

837C Three-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S3, 880M3,

880CS3-1 and 880CM3-1

Floor Boxes.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

407

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes

OmniBox Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate

828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate

828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

Screw plugs. Screw plugs are

1 1/2" [38mm] in diameter.

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems

in conjunction with 817B, 827B,

and 837B Flanges.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS

Series Boxes only.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm] 4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a

duplex-style receptacle with a

rectangular-style flip lid cover.

828COMTC Brass Communication Cover Plate

Allows for up to four communica-

tion devices to be mounted in a

recessed position within the 880

Floor Box. The 828COM Cover

Plate has removable slides for

cable egress.

828DLR

Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking

device of 1.58" diameter, and

maximum male plug face of

2.25" diameter.

829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate

Data slides. Feed through only,

not for use with a mounting plate

for communication jacks.

829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and

57mm] plugs.

829CK-1 Brass Communication Cover Plate

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]

plugs.

829CK-3/4 Brass Communication Cover Plate

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and

19.1mm] plugs.

829CK-1/2 Brass Communication Cover Plate

2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and

12.7mm] plugs.

828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

408

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes

818TCAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2

Series II adapters and

Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be

used with a 106 type

communication adapter.

828TCAL Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2

Series II adapters and

Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

828DPGFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a

duplex-style receptacle with

a rectangular-style flip lid

cover.

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking

device of 1.58" diameter, and

maximum male plug face of

2.25" diameter.

828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking

Receptacle Cover Plate

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

6 1/16"

[154mm] 5 1/16"

[128.5mm]

6 1/16"

[154mm]

9 1/16"

[229.7mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come with beveled edges.

838TCAL Three-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2

Series II adapters and

Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154mm]

13 3/16"

[334.5mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come with beveled edges.

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

Allows for up to four

communication devices to be

mounted in a recessed position

within the 880 Floor Box. The

828COMTCAL Cover Plate has

removable slides for cable egress.

828COMTCAL

Brushed Aluminum Communication Cover Plate

NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series Boxes only.

3 3/16"

[83.6mm] 4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and

carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate

and Ortronics® Connectivity

Systems in conjunction

with 817B, 827B, and 837B

Flanges.

OmniBox Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

409

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes

OmniBox Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm]

plugs.

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-1/2 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-3/4 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm] 3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate 828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

410

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Floor Boxes

OmniBox Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

Allows for mounting a duplex receptacle (Decorator or GFCI

style) with a rectangular flip cover.

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828GFITCAL-BK (Black)

828GFITCAL-GY (Gray)

828GFITCAL-BS (Brass)

828GFITCAL-NK (Nickel)

828GFITCAL-BZ (Bronze)

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

Power or communication plate with 2" [51mm] and

1" [25mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through

power cables.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-1BK (Black)

829CKAL-1GY (Gray)

829CKAL-1BS (Brass)

829CKAL-1NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-1BZ (Bronze)

828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

Power or communication plate with 2" [51mm] and 3/4"

[19.1mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through

power cables.

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-3/4BK (Black)

829CKAL-3/4GY (Gray)

829CKAL-3/4BS (Brass)

829CKAL-3/4NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-3/4BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

5 1/16"

[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

9 1/16"

[230mm]

Two-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827TCAL-BK (Black)

827TCAL-GY (Gray)

827TCAL-BS (Brass)

827TCAL-NK (Nickel)

827TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817TCAL-BK (Black)

817TCAL-GY (Gray)

817TCAL-BS (Brass)

817TCAL-NK (Nickel)

817TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

13 3/16"

[335mm]

Three-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837TCAL-BK (Black)

837TCAL-GY (Gray)

837TCAL-BS (Brass)

837TCAL-NK (Nickel)

837TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold separately.

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106 type communication

adapter.

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828R-TCAL-BK (Black)

828R-TCAL-GY (Gray)

828R-TCAL-BS (Brass)

828R-TCAL-NK (Nickel)

828R-TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

411

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

RFB Series Floor Boxes

NOTE: For use in concrete pours ranging from 2" [51mm] to 5" [127mm]

maximum pour depth.

NOTE: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet

in a span.

Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG

(6 Cat. 6) Tele Data Conductors per gang.

14 1/2"

[367mm]

13 3/8"

[339mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

6 1/2"

[166mm]

20"

[507mm]

Conduit Feed

Opening –

1 1/4" [32mm]

Conduit Feed

Opening –

1 1/4" [32mm]

Top View

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

Fire Classified RFB2 Series Multi-Service Steel Recessed Floor Box Ordering Information

RFB2S-FC Fire Classified Two-Compartment Box

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable

with tunnel compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex

receptacle, mounting plate, and one (1) communication

mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates sold

separately.

Fire Classified RFB2S-FC Series Floor Box Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes

RFB2S-FC

Power or Data

50.2 cu. in. [822.6 ml]

Each Side

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

412

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

RFB Series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified RFB2 Series Multi-Service Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories

RFB2DP Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

Accepts standard 15A and

20A duplex receptacles.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB22AB Internal Communication Bracket

Includes two (2) adapters

to accept Wiremold Open

System communication

inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB2B Internal Blank Bracket

Plate used to close off

unused gangs.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB2RT Internal Communication Bracket

Includes two (2) adapters to

accept Ortronics® TracJack

devices, and two (2) adapters

to accept Ortronics Series II

devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB2-AAP Internal Audio/Video Bracket

Accepts Extron® Electronics

AAP Series Devices, sold

separately.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB2EXT Internal Audio Video Bracket

Accepts two (2) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP Series devices, sold

separately.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB2GFI

Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Opening

Accepts standard GFCI or

Decorator Style Receptacles,

Communication or Audio/

Video Devices.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series

Floor Boxes only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

413

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

RFB Series Floor Boxes

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished floor.

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-

cast aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade size

screw plug for power or communication type cabling and

one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

North American Made FloorPort Series Flanged Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

NOTE: Pricing varies depending on country of origin. Consult your local

sales representative for more information.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

FloorPort Part Number Configurator

FP TC NK

Blank Top = B

Cutout Top = C

Furniture Feed = FF

FloorPort Cover Nickel = NK

Brass = BS

Black = BK

Bronze = BZ

Gray = GY

Brushed Aluminum = AL

Tile (Flangeless) = T

Tile/Carpet = TC

(Flanged)

North American Made = NA

(Optional)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK (Black)

FPCTCBZ (Bronze)

FPCTCBS (Brass)

FPCTCNK (Nickel)

FPCTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FPCTCGY (Gray)

CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS

FPCTC 1000

FPBTC 750

FPFFTC 1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of

service fitting.

Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to rolling loads.

Load Capacities for FloorPort Cover Assemblies

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK (Black)

FPBTCBZ (Bronze)

FPBTCBS (Brass)

FPBTCNK (NIckel)

FPBTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FPBTCGY (Gray)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK-NA (Black)

FPCTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPCTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPCTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPCTCGY-NA (Gray)

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTCBK (Black)

FPFFTCBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTCBS (Brass)

FPFFTCNK (Nickel)

FPFFTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FPFFTCGY (Gray)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK-NA (Black)

FPBTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPBTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPBTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPBTCGY-NA (Gray)

Nonmetallic ring for use on

bare polished concrete and

terrazzo floor applications.

FP-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished floor.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

414

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RFB4S-FC Fire Classified Four-Compartment Box

Includes four duplex receptacle brackets. 12 3/4" L x 10" W x 3 7/16" D

[324mm x 254mm x 87mm]. Fully adjustable. Tunneling from adjacent

compartments only (not cross compartments). Tunneling can be set

to feed all four compartments from one conduit in a single-service

application.

NOTES: For use in concrete pours ranging from 2" [51mm] to 5" [127mm] maximum

pour depth.

Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 4 square feet in a span.

Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductors or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele

Data Conductors per gang.

All boxes and activations are sold separately.

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

RFB Series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multi-Service Steel Recessed Floor Box Ordering Information

Fire Classified RFB4S-FC Series Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes

RFB4S-FC

Power or Data 25.5

cu. in. [418ml]

Power or Data

22.5 cu. in. [369ml]

Power or Data

22.5 cu. in. [369ml]

Power or Data 43.5

cu. in. [713ml]

Conduit Feed

Opening –

1 1/4" [32mm]

Conduit Feed

Opening –

1 1/4" [32mm]

12 3/4"

[324mm]

10"

[254mm]

16 5/8"

[422mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

20"

[507mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

RFB4S-FC

Steel Deck

Concrete:

3 1/4" [83mm] Light Weight

4 1/2" [114mm] Heavy Weight

1 1/4" [32mm] Intumescent

Stem Assemblies

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

415

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

RFB Series Floor Boxes

Additional configurations are available. Please consult your Wiremold Field

Sales Representative for more information.

Fire Classified RFB4 Series Multi-Service Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories

RFB-WTB Conversion Kit

Converts RFB4 Box to a

RFB4-4DB Box.

RFB-DR-4DB Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

Accepts 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles.

NOTE: For use with RFB4-4DB.

WTB-2-AB Communication Bracket

One 2A size Pass & Seymour®

Activate adapter included.

Wiremold Open System inserts

sold separately.

NOTE: For use with RFB4-4DB.

WTB-2-RT Communication Bracket

Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and

ABS2 Series II adapters included.

NOTE: For use with RFB4-4DB.

RFB-GFI-4DB

Internal GFCI or Decorator Style Receptacle Opening

Accepts standard GFCI or

Decorator Style Receptacles,

Communication or Audio/Video

Devices.

NOTE: For use with RFB4-4DB.

WTB-AAP Internal Audio/Video Bracket

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP

device plates or Extron®

Electronics AAP Series devices,

sold separately.

NOTE: For use with RFB4-4DB.

WTB-MAAP Internal Audio/Video Bracket

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP

device plates or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Series devices,

sold separately.

NOTE: For use with RFB4-4DB.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

416

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

RFB Series Floor Boxes

FloorPort Part Number Configurator

FP TC NK

Blank Top = B

Cutout Top = C

Furniture Feed = FF

FloorPort Cover Nickel = NK

Brass = BS

Black = BK

Bronze = BZ

Gray = GY

Brushed Aluminum = AL

Tile (Flangeless) = T

Tile/Carpet = TC

(Flanged)

North American Made = NA

(Optional)

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished floor.

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK (Black)

FPCTCBZ (Bronze)

FPCTCBS (Brass)

FPCTCNK (Nickel)

FPCTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FPCTCGY (Gray)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK (Black)

FPBTCBZ (Bronze)

FPBTCBS (Brass)

FPBTCNK (Nickel)

FPBTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FPBTCGY (Gray)

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Lid area

is flush with the finished floor, no cutouts provided.

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-

cast aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade size

screw plug for power or communication type cabling and

one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

North American Made FloorPort Series Flanged Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

NOTE: Pricing varies depending on country of origin. Consult your local

sales representative for more information.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS

FPCTC 1000

FPBTC 750

FPFFTC 1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of

service fitting.

Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to rolling loads.

Load Capacities for FloorPort Cover Assemblies

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK-NA (Black)

FPCTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPCTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPCTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPCTCGY-NA (Gray)

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTCBK (Black)

FPFFTCBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTCBS (Brass)

FPFFTCNK (Nickel)

FPFFTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FPFFTCGY (Gray)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK-NA (Black)

FPBTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPBTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPBTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPBTCGY-NA (Gray)

Nonmetallic ring for use on

bare polished concrete and

terrazzo floor applications.

FP-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished floor.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

417

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

880MP Series Floor Boxes

Fire Classified 880MP Floor Box Ordering Information

Comes with fiber storage loop. Also includes brass inserts for flange

connection and green ground wire for ground connection. Activate modular

inserts snap directly into the adjusting ring without the need for an adapter.

Also includes mounting screws to attach flange to box body. Ortronics®

connectivity inserts do not snap directly into the adjusting ring. For Ortronics

inserts use the 828GFITC or 829PFLRT.

NOTE: One 880MPA is needed for each 880MPFC used.

Activate Inserts Snap Here

880MP Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

5 3/4"

[146mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

6 1/16"

[154.4mm] 5 1/16"

[128.5mm]

1" Trade Size

Maximum Conduit Size

7 1/8"

[181mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

[152mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

880MPFC Fire Classified Nonmetallic Rectangular Floor Box

Box comes complete with reusable mudcap, insert spacer, conduit plugs and

reducers. Reducers provided for reduction to 1", 3/4" and 1/2" [25mm, 19.1mm

and 12.7mm] conduit. Minimum concrete depth is 3 1/2" [89mm] and maximum

concrete depth is 6" [152mm]. Minimum capacity is 50 cu. in. [819ml] and

maximum capacity is 100 cu. in. [1639ml]. Box dimensions are

4 1/8" W x 5 1/2" L x 6" D [105mm x 140mm x 152mm].

NOTES: Insert spacer should not be removed until after concrete pour.

880MPFC is a single-gang offering. Can not gang boxes together and maintain Fire

Classification.

Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 65 square feet in a span.

Maximum Copper Cross Section per Insert: Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power Conductor

or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data conductors.

880MPA Nonmetallic Floor Box Adjusting Ring

817B

One-Gang Brass Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

817C One-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1

Floor Boxes.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

418

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

880MP Series Floor Boxes

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and

carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

880MP Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in

conjunction with 817B, 827B, and

837B Flanges.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex-

style receptacle with a rectangular-

style flip lid cover.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

828DLR Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking

device of 1.58" diameter and

maximum male plug face of 2.25"

diameter.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm] 4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

Screw plugs. Screw plugs are 11/2"

[38mm] in diameter.

828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

Data slides. Feed through only, not

for use with a mounting plate for

communication jacks.

829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and

57mm] plugs.

829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]

plugs.

829CK-1 Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and

19.1mm] plugs.

829CK-3/4 Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and

12.7mm] plugs.

829CK-1/2 Brass Communications Cover Plate

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

419

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

880MP Series Floor Boxes

818TCAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed alumnum flanges come

with beveled edges.

880MP Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

6 1/16"

[154mm] 5 1/16"

[128.5mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm] 3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

880MP Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm] 3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet

floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

828DPGFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a

duplex-style receptacle with a

rectangular-style flip lid cover.

828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking

Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking

device of 1.58" diameter, and

maximum male plug face of

2.25" diameter

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in

conjunction with 817B, 827B, and

837B Flanges.

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

4 5/16"

[109.5mm] 3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

830CKTCAL-3/4 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

420

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

880MP Series Floor Boxes

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

830CKTCAL-1/2 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1/2"

[12.7mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

4 5/16"

[109.5mm] 3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

880MP Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

5 1/16"

[128.5mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or

nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable

with aluminum flanges.

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate

that accepts two (2) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP style device plates,

sold separately. For use with

828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover

plates, sold separately.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828R-TCAL-BK (Black)

828R-TCAL-GY (Gray)

828R-TCAL-BS (Brass)

828R-TCAL-NK (Nickel)

828R-TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106 type communication

adapter.

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

Power or communication plate with 2" [51mm] and 3/4"

[19.1mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through

power cables.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-3/4BK (Black)

829CKAL-3/4GY (Gray)

829CKAL-3/4BS (Brass)

829CKAL-3/4NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-3/4BZ (Bronze)

Allows for mounting a duplex receptacle (Decorator or GFCI

style) with a rectangular flip cover.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828GFITCAL-BK (Black)

828GFITCAL-GY (Gray)

828GFITCAL-BS (Brass)

828GFITCAL-NK (Nickel)

828GFITCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Power or communication plate with 2" [51mm] and

1" [25mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through

power cables.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-1BK (Black)

829CKAL-1GY (Gray)

829CKAL-1BS (Brass)

829CKAL-1NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-1BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold separately.

One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817TCAL-BK (Black)

817TCAL-GY (Gray)

817TCAL-BS (Brass)

817TCAL-NK (Nickel)

817TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

880MP Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flange Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

421

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

880MP Series Floor Boxes

Used to attach wiring devices and cover plates to PVC Box. Locks into place

without using glue or mechanical fasteners. Compensates for up to 10˚ of

tilt if box is not level. Ground wire is factory attached to the adjusting ring.

NOTE: One ring required per box, single- or dual-service.

[102mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

Fire Classified Ratchet-Pro PVC Floor Box Ordering Information

[152mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

1" Trade Size

Maximum Conduit Size

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished

concrete, wood and carpet floors.

881FC Round PVC Floor Box

Supplied with reusable concrete cap, adapter ring (881ADP), conduit reducers

and conduit hub plugs. Available for single service only. Graduated cubic

inch markings inside the box indicate volume capacity at any depth. Box has

parallel conduit hubs eliminating the need for 90˚ sweeps in installation. One-

piece reduction from 1" to 1/2" [25mm to 12.7mm] conduit. Reducers and

plugs located on a mounting bar for easier selection. For concrete pours of 2

1/4" to 6" [57mm to 152mm].

NOTES: Floor Box spacing 2' on center and one for every 65 square feet in a span.

Maximum Copper Cross Section per Insert: Four (4) #12 AWG Type THHN Power

Conductor or 48 #23 AWG (6 Cat. 6) Tele Data conductors.

881ADP PVC Floor Box Ratchet Adjusting Ring

Volume Capacities for Ratchet-Pro PVC Floor Box

BOX HEIGHT Single Service 895 Activation

WIRING VOLUME

In. mm Cu. In. ml

6 152.0 56.0 917.0

5 1/2 140.0 49.0 803.0

5 127.0 42.0 688.0

4 1/2 114.0 35.0 574.0

4 102.0 28.0 459.0

3 1/2 89.0 21.0 344.0

3 1/4 76.0 17.0 278.0

NOTE: To calculate total box volume, use the displacement

of the largest uncut section remaining.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

422

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TCAL-BK (Black)

895TCAL-GY (Gray)

895TCAL-BS (Brass)

895TCAL-NK (Nickel)

895TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

880MP Series Floor Boxes

Ratchet-Pro Fire Classified Floor Boxes Installation Cross Section

4 1/4"

[108mm] With flip lids, 4 1/4" [108mm]

for tile.

Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895T (Brass)

895TAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Cover Plates for 881FC Floor Box

CAUTION

Installation must comply with NEC and local code conductor

volume requirements. Not for use when concrete is the finished

floor. Use only for tile, carpet or wood covered floors.

With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895 (Brass)

895TCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

5 1/2" [140mm] diameter for

carpet.

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895GFI (Brass)

895GFICAL (Brushed Aluminum)

4 1/4"

[108mm] 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TGFI (Brass)

895TGFIAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Intumescent Material

Steel Deck

Concrete:

3 1/4" [83mm] Light Weight

4 1/2" [114mm] Normal Weight

880MPFC Floor Box

1" (Maximum)

Trade Size PVC Elbow

NOTE: 1. All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws.

2. Polycarbonate cover plates cannot be used on the 881FC Fire

Classified Floor Box.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, polished concrete, wood and carpet floors.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

423

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Ratchet-Pro™ Series Floor Boxes provide dual-service capability in a single,

easy-to-install round floor box.

RATCHETPRO™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:

File E110748 Guide QCMZ.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

[152mm]

[102mm]

1 1/8"

[28mm]

Supplied with reusable

concrete cap, adjusting

ring, conduit reducers and

conduit hub plugs. Available

for both single and dual

service (895DCC required

for dual service brass

activation). Graduated cubic

inch markings inside the box

indicate volume capacity at

any depth. Box has parallel

conduit hubs eliminating

need for 90° sweeps in

installation. One-piece

reduction from 1" to 1/2"

[25mm to12.7mm] conduit.

Reducers and plugs located

on a mounting bar for easier

selection. For concrete pours

of 2 1/4" to 6" [57mm to

152mm].

881 Round PVC Floor Box

Used to attach wiring devices

and cover plates to PVC box.

Locks into place without using

glue or mechanical fasteners.

Compensates for up to 10° of tilt

if box is not level.

NOTE: Ground wire is factory attached

to the adjusting ring. One ring

required per box, single- or dual-

service, ordered separately.

881-ADP PVC Floor Box Ratchet Adjusting Ring

5 1/2"

[140mm]

3 11/16"

[94mm] Used to isolate power and

communication compartments.

Graduated cubic inch markings are

marked clearly on the divider and

correspond directly to the cubic

inch markings on the interior of the

box. Cuts easily with a utility knife.

Supplied with a receptacle plate that

completes separation of power and

communication services. One divider

required for dual-service activation.

881-DIV PVC Floor Box Divider Plate

Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

NOTE: 881-ADP adjusting

ring is included with

the 881 floor box.

895 and 896 Series Cover Plates are compatible with Ratchet-Pro 881

Series Floor Boxes and are available in black, aluminum, gray, nickel,

brass and bronze.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for more

information.

COLOR OPTIONS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

424

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RATCHETPRO™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information

NOTE: All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws.

The 895P Polycarbonate Series Cover Plates must be field modified for dual service.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

895DCC Dual Service Brass Duplex Cover Plate

With flip lids. Supplied with 1/2"

[12.7mm] screw plug for accessing

communication cables. 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet applications only.

Used in conjunction with the 881DIV to

complete dual-service activation.

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895 (Brass)

895GTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

5 1/2"

[140mm] With flip lids. Duplex cover plate

with flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Brass cover plate with two screw

plug openings, 4 1/4" [108mm]

diameter for tile.

NOTE: Screw plug openings are 1 1/2" [38mm]

tapped openings.

895TSP Cover Plate

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895GFI (Brass)

895GFICAL (Brushed Aluminum)

5 1/2"

[140mm] GFI receptacle cover plate, 5 1/2"

[140mm] diameter for carpet.

Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TGFI (Brass)

895TGFIAL (Brushed Aluminum)

4 1/4"

[108mm] GFI receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"

[108mm] diameter for tile.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Brass communication or power

cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]

threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

NOTE: Sold without abandon plug.

896 Communication or Power Cover Plate

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Brass communication or power

cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]

threaded opening, 4 1/4" [108mm]

diameter for tile.

NOTE: Sold without abandon plug.

896T Communication or Power Cover Plate

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Brass communication or power

cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]

threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

896CK Communication or Power Cover Plate

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Brass communication or power

cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]

threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for tile.

896TCK Communication or Power Cover Plate

Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

896CK-1/2 (Brass)

896CKAL-1/2 (Brushed Aluminum)

Cover plate with 1/2" [12.7mm]

threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm] Cover plate with two screw plug

openings, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter

for carpet.

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895SP (Brass)

895SPAL (Brushed Aluminum)

4 1/4"

[108mm] Duplex cover plate with flip lids,

4 1/4" [108mm] diameter for tile.

Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lids

PART NUMBERS:

895T (Brass)

895TAL (Brushed Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

425

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Polycarbonate Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895P-BLK (Black)

895P-BRN (Brown)

895P-BRZ (Bronze)

895P-AL (Aluminum)

NOTE: All cover plates are furnished with gasket and three screws. The 895P Polycarbonate Series Cover Plates must be field modified for dual service.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Brass cover plate with 3/4"

[19.1mm] threaded opening, 5 1/2"

[140mm] diameter for carpet.

896CK-3/4 Cover Plate

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Brass cover plate with 3/4"

[19.1mm] threaded opening, 5 1/2"

[140mm] diameter for tile.

896TCK-3/4 Cover Plate

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]

threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

896CK-1 Cover Plate

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]

threaded opening, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for tile.

896TCK-1 Cover Plate

Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

RATCHETPRO™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TCAL-BK (Black)

895TCAL-GY (Gray)

895TCAL-NK (Nickel)

895TCAL-BS (Brass)

895TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter

for carpet.

With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter

for carpet.

5 1/2" [140mm] diameter.

North American Made Ratchet-Pro 881 Series Floor Boxes Cover Plates Ordering Information

Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

896PCK-BLK (Black)

896PCK-BRN (Brown)

896PCK-BRZ (Bronze)

896PCK-AL (Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

426

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Ratchet-Pro RPSFB and RPSFB-OG Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RATCHETPRO™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Rectangular dual service metal concrete floor box with a

nonmetallic top that allows for concrete pours between

4" thick to 6" thick. Graduated markings on the inside and

outside of the box indicating volume capacity, as well as

the depth of concrete pour. Box accepts 2HUB to allow 2"

conduit feeds (sold separately) while maintaining a 4" deep

concrete pour.

Box includes (1) Reusable concrete cap, (2) Removable

knockout plates to allow the 2HUB to be attached. 2HUB

sold separately.

RPSFB Rectangular Dual Service Metal Concrete

Floor Box

6 1/16"

[152mm]

[178mm]

6 13/16"

[173mm]

Rectangular dual service metal concrete floor box with a

nonmetallic top that allows for concrete pours between

4" thick to 6" thick. Graduated markings on the inside and

outside of the box indicating volume capacity, as well as

the depth of concrete pour. Box accepts 2HUB to allow 2"

conduit feeds (sold separately) while maintaining a 4" deep

concrete pour.

Box includes (1) Reusable concrete cap, (2) Removable

knockout plates to allow the 2HUB to be attached. 2HUB

sold separately.

RPSFB-OG On-Grade Rectangular Dual Service

Metal Concrete Floor Box

6 1/16"

[152mm]

[178mm]

6 13/16"

[173mm]

Ratchet-Pro RPSFB and RPSFB-OG Dimensions and Knockout Locations

5 15/16"

[151mm]

6 13/16"

[173mm]

2 SIDES

1" trade size KO inside

a removable plate

2 SIDES:

3/4" & 1 1/4" trade size

concentric KOs

BOTTOM:

1 1/2" trade

size KOs

[178mm]

6 1/16"

[154mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

427

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Multiple Service Floor Box Cover Kit

PART NUMBERS:

RPAV3CTCGY (Gray)

RPAV3CTCBK (Black)

RPAV3CTCAL (Aluminum)

RPAV3CTCBS (Brass)

RPAV3CTCAA (All Aluminum)

RPAV3CTCAB (All Brass)

Multiple Service Floor Box Cover Kit

PART NUMBERS:

RP7CTCGY (Gray)

RP7CTCBK (Black)

RP7CTCAL (Aluminum)

RP7CTCBS (Brass)

RP7CTCAA (All Aluminum)

RP7CTCAB (All Brass)

Ratchet-Pro RPNFB

Dimensions & Knockout Locations

Ratchet-Pro RPNFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RATCHETPRO™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Round dual service nonmetallic concrete floor box. Floor box

has two 1 1/4" trade size conduit hubs for power and two 2"

trade size conduit hubs for communications and audio/video

services.

Box Includes: (1) Reusable concrete cap, (1) Reducing ring

for the 2" hubs that can be reduced down to 1 1/2 Trade size,

and 1 1/4" trade size openings, (1) Reducing ring for the

1 1/4" hubs that allow to be reduced to 1" trade size opening

or 3/4" trade size opening.

RPNFB Round Dual Service Nonmetallic Concrete

Floor Box

6 7/16"

[164mm]

[152mm]

8 1/16"

204mm]

[152mm]

2 SIDES:

2" trade size

Conduit Hub

2 SIDES:

1 1/4" trade size

Conduit Hub

8 1/16"

[204mm]

6 7/16"

[164mm]

2 3/4"

[69mm]

Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB and RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information

Kit comes complete with (1) prewired

20A duplex receptacle, (receptacle can

be wired as a standard receptacle,

or isolated ground), flange and slide

holder, adapter ring to secure into

the boxes, divider (RP-DIV), Wiremold

CM series open system adapters

(unloaded), Ortronics® Series II, and

TracJack adapters. Modular jacks and

A/V connectors sold separately.

Flange Color Slide Holder Color

Gray Gray

Black Black

Aluminum Black

Brass Black

All Aluminum Aluminum

All Brass Brass

Kit comes complete with (1) prewired

20A duplex receptacle, (receptacle

can be wired as standard receptacle,

or isolated ground), flange and slide

holder, adapter ring to secure into

the boxes, divider (RP-DIV), Wiremold

CM series open system adapters

(unloaded), Ortronics® Series II,

TracJack adapters and adapter to

accept AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP devices. Modular jacks and A/V

connectors sold separately.

Flange Color Slide Holder Color

Gray Gray

Black Black

Aluminum Black

Brass Black

All Aluminum Aluminum

All Brass Brass

CAUTION: See cut sheet for depth limits.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

428

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Multiple Service Furniture Feed Floor Box Cover Kit

PART NUMBERS:

RP4FFCTCGY (Gray)

RP4FFCTCBK (Black)

RP4FFCTCAL (Aluminum)

RP4FFCTCBS (Brass)

Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB and RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)

RATCHETPRO™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Kit comes complete with adapter ring

to secure into the boxes, Wiremold

CM series open system adapters

(unloaded), Ortronics® Series II, and

TracJack adapters. Modular jacks and

A/V connectors sold separately.

Flange Color Slide Holder Color

Gray Gray

Black Black

Aluminum Black

Brass Black

All Aluminum Aluminum

All Brass Brass

Kit comes complete with adapter ring

to secure into the boxes, Wiremold

CM series open system adapters

(unloaded), Ortronics® Series II, and

TracJack adapters. Modular jacks and

A/V connectors sold separately.

Flange Color Slide Holder Color

Gray Gray

Black Black

Aluminum Black

Brass Black

All Aluminum Aluminum

All Brass Brass

Kit comes complete with adapter ring

to secure into the boxes, (1) 3/4" trade

size screw plug and conduit ﬁtting for

power, 1-1/4" trade size screw plug

and conduit ﬁtting for low voltage

(communications or Audio/Video)

services.

Flange Color

Gray

Black

Aluminum

Brass

Kit comes complete with adapter ring

to secure into the boxes, (1) 1 1/4/2"

concentric screw plug closure plug.

Conduit ﬁttings sold separately by

others.

Flange Color

Gray

Black

Aluminum

Brass

CAUTION: See cut sheet for depth limits.

Single Service 4 Port Floor Box Cover Kit

PART NUMBERS:

RPAMD4CTCGY (Gray)

RPAMD4CTCBK (Black)

RPAMD4CTCAL (Aluminum)

RPAMD4CTCBS (Brass)

RPAMD4CTCAA (All Aluminum)

RPAMD4CTCAB (All Brass)

Single Service 8 Port Floor Box Cover Kit

PART NUMBERS:

RPAMD8CTCGY (Gray)

RPAMD8CTCBK (Black)

RPAMD8CTCAL (Aluminum)

RPAMD8CTCBS (Brass)

RPAMD8CTCAA (All Aluminum)

RPAMD8CTCAB (All Brass)

Single Service Furniture Feed Floor Box Cover Kit

PART NUMBERS:

RP9AM2CTCGY (Gray)

RP9AM2CTCBK (Black)

RP9AM2CTCAL (Aluminum)

RP9AM2CTCBS (Brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

429

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Ratchet-Pro RPNFB, RPSFB and RPSFB-OG Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)

RATCHETPRO™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

2HUB 2" Conduit Transition Hub

Trade size 2" die cast zinc conduit

fitting allows for 2" conduit to transition

into a shallow box design. Includes: die

cast fitting gasket. Accepts standard 2"

threaded conduit or trade size EMT and

PVC conduit fittings.

NOTE: For use with RPSFB and RFSFB-OG Series

floor boxes.

RP-DIV Divider

Used to isolate power and low voltage

(communications and audio/video)

compartments. Graduated markings

indicating location to cut divider to, in

order to match concrete pour.

125CRR Conduit Reducing Ring

Conduit reducing ring allows for 1

1/4" conduit hub (for RPNFB only) to

allow for smaller conduit feeds where

needed. Ring includes: (2) blanking

plug, (2) 3/4" trade size plugs, and (2)

1" trade size plugs.

2CRR Conduit Reducing Ring

Conduit reducing ring allows for

2" conduit hub (for RPNFB only) to

allow for smaller conduit feeds where

needed. Ring includes: (2) blanking

plug, (2) 11/2" trade size plugs, and

(2) 11/4" trade size plugs, and (2)

blank plugs.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

430

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Modulink™ Nonmetallic Floor Boxes provide power and communication services

directly to the workstation or to any open space location.

MODULINK™ 880MP SERIES FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:

File E110748 Guide QCMZ.

Box comes complete with reusable

mudcap, insert spacer, conduit

plugs and reducers. Reducers

provided for reduction to 1 1/2",

1 1/4", 1", 3/4" and 1/2" [25mm,

19.1mm, and 12.7mm] conduit.

Minimum concrete depth is 4"

[102mm] and maximum concrete

depth is 6" [152mm]. Minimum

capacity is 50 cu. in. [819ml] and

maximum capacity is 100 cu. in.

[1693ml]. Box dimensions are

4 1/8" W x 5 1/2" L x 6" H [105mm

W x 140mm L x 152mm H].

880MP Nonmetallic Rectangular Floor Box

NOTE: One 880MPA is needed for each

880MP and 880MP2 box used.

For example, a three-gang

box will require three 880MPA

Adjusting Rings, ordered

separately.

Comes with fiber storage

loop. Also includes

brass inserts for flange

connection and green

ground wire for ground

connection. Wiremold

CM Series Open System

adapters that snap directly

into the adjusting ring

without the need for an

adapter. Also includes

mounting screws to attach

flange to box body.

880MPA

Nonmetallic Rectangular Floor Box Adjusting Ring

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

5 3/8"

[136mm]

3 15/16"

[100mm]

Activate inserts snap here.

1 1/4" Trade Size

Conduit Hub

Box comes complete with reusable mudcap, insert spacer, conduit plugs and

reducers. Reducers provided for reduction to 1 1/2", 1 1/4", 1", 3/4", and 1/2"

[38mm, 32mm, 25mm, 19.1mm, and 12.7mm] conduit. Minimum concrete depth is

4" [102mm] and maximum concrete depth is 6" [152mm]. Minimum capacity is 50

cu. in. [819ml] and maximum capacity is 100 cu. in. [1639ml]. Box dimensions are

4 1/8" W x 8 1/4" L x 6 3/16" [105mm x 210mm x 157mm].

NOTE: Insert spacer should not be removed until after concrete pour.

Box can be connected together to create a two- or three-gang option.

1 1/4" trade size

knockout opening

(both sides)

2" trade size

opening

(both ends)

880MP2 Nonmetallic Rectangular Floor Box

817, 828, 829, 830, 837 and 838 Series Cover Plates are designed for

use with Modulink™ 880MP Series Floor Boxes and are available in

black, aluminum, gray, nickel, brass and bronze.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for

more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

431

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

MODULINK™ 880MP SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

817B One-Gang Brass Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

6.080"

[154.4mm]

5.060"

[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

827B Two-Gang Brass Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

6.080"

[154.4mm]

5.060"

[128.5mm]

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

837B Three-Gang Brass Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

6.080"

[154.4mm]

5.060"

[128.5mm]

828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in

conjunction with 817B, 827B, and

837B Flanges.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106

type communication adapter.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex style

receptacle with a rectangular style

flip lid cover.

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

828DLR

Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking

device of 1.58" diameter, and

maximum male plug face of

2.25" diameter.

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Screw plugs are 1 1/2" [38mm]

in diameter.

828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Brass communications cover

plate, data slides. Feed through

only, not for use with a mounting

plate for flush mounted

communication adapter.

829STC Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

432

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

MODULINK™ 880MP SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued0

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with

aluminum flanges.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and

57mm] plugs. Not for use with

threaded conduit.

829CK Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]

plugs. Not for use with threaded

conduit.

829CK-1 Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[83.60mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

Brass communications cover

plate, 2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and

12.7mm] plugs. For carpet or tile

installations. Not for use with

threaded conduit.

829CK-1/2 Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and

19.1mm] plugs. Not for use with

threaded conduit.

829CK-3/4 Brass Communications Cover Plate

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts

two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP style device plates,

sold separately. For use with 828GFITC

or 828GFITCAL cover plates, sold

separately.

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

818TCAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

5.940"

[150.9mm]

4.920"

[125.0mm]

838TCAL Three-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

9.045"

[229.7mm]

5.940"

[150.9mm]

828TCAL Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

5.940"

[150.9mm]

13.170"

[334.5mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come with beveled edges.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

433

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

MODULINK™ 880MP SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106

type communication adapter.

3.290"

[83.6mm]

4.310"

[109.5mm]

828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in

conjunction with 817B, 827B, and

837B Flanges.

3.290"

[83.6mm]

4.310"

[109.5mm]

828DPGFITCAL Brushed Aluminum Rectangular

Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex style

receptacle with a rectangular style

flip lid cover.

4.310"

[109.5mm]

3.290"

[83.6mm]

828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking

Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking device

of 1.58" diameter, and maximum

male plug face of 2.25" diameter.

4.310"

[109.5mm] 3.290"

[83.6mm]

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with

2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

4.310"

[109.5mm] 3.290"

[83.6mm]

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with

2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts

two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP style device plates,

sold separately. For use with 828GFITC

or 828GFITCAL cover plates, sold

separately.

830CKTCAL-3/4 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with

2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-1/2 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with

2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

4.310"

[109.5mm] 3.290"

[83.6mm]

4.310"

[109.5mm] 3.290"

[83.6mm]

4.310"

[109.5mm] 3.290"

[83.6mm]

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated

Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold separately.

6.080"

[154.4mm]

5.060"

[128.5mm]

One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817TCAL-BK (Black)

817TCAL-GY (Gray)

817TCAL-NK (Nickel)

817TCAL-BS Brass)

(Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

434

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

MODULINK™ 880MP SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828R-TCAL-BK (Black)

828R-TCAL-GY (Gray)

828R-TCAL-NK (Nickel)

828R-TCAL-BS (Brass)

828R-TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

3.290"

[83.6mm]

4.310"

[109.5mm]

Allows for mounting a duplex

receptacle (Decorator or GFCI

style) with a rectangular flip cover.

3.290"

[83.6mm]

4.310"

[109.5mm]

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]

plugs. Covers are available in five

decorative colors: black, gray,

brass, nickel and bronze.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-3/4BK (Black)

829CKAL-3/4GY (Gray)

829CKAL-3/4NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-3/4BS (Brass)

829CKAL-3/4BZ (Bronze)

Powder-Coated Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828GFITCAL-BK (Black)

828GFITCAL-GY (Gray)

828GFITCAL-NK (Nickel)

828GFITCAL-BS (Brass)

828GFITCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

3.290"

[83.6mm] 4.310"

[109.5mm]

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-1BK (Black)

829CKAL-1GY (Gray)

829CKAL-1NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-1BS (Brass)

829CKAL-1BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6.080"

[154.4mm]

13.17"

[335mm]

Three-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837TCAL-BK (Black)

837TCAL-GY (Gray)

837TCAL-NK (Nickel)

837TCAL-BS (Brass)

837TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6.080"

[154.4mm]

9.02"

[229mm]

Two-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum Combination

Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827TCAL-BK (Black)

827TCAL-GY (Gray)

827TCAL-NK (Nickel)

827TCAL-BS (Brass)

827TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/32"

[110mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

435

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

MODULINK™ 880MP SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Flanges Ordering Information

* Replacement flip lids can be ordered under Cat. No. PFL-BLK and PFL-BRN. Each Cat. No. comes with three flip lids.

The above cover plates are listed for tile and carpet applications.

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

One-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817PCC-BLK (Black)

817PCC-BRN (Brown)

5 3/4"

[146mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 7/8"

[225mm] For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

13"

[330mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm] For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PCK-BLK (Black)

(Brown)

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PFLRT-BLK* (Black)

829PFLRT-BRN* (Brown)

Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828PR-BLK (Black)

828PR-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828PRGFI-BLK (Black)

828PRGFI-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

May be used with Ortronics®

Connectivity systems in

conjunction with 817, 827 and

837PCC Series flanges.

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PFL-BLK* (Black)

829PFL-BRN*(Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Individual flip lids. Gasket

included. Wiremold CM Series

inserts included.

3 3/16"

[81mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm] Individual flip lids. Gasket

included. Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters included.

Breakouts. Feed through only, not

for use with a mounting plate for

communication jacks.

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PSTC-BLK (Black)

829PSTC-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Data slides. Feed through only, not

for use with a mounting plate for

communication jacks.

Three-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837PCC-BLK (Black)

837PCC-BRN (Brown)

Two-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827PCC-BLK (Black)

827PCC-BRN (Brown)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

436

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

MODULINK™ 880MP SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Modulink 880MP Series Floor Boxes Mounting Options for Connectivity Insets

Flush installation with

Activate installed using the

Activate bezel, or Ortronics

installed using the Ortronics

bezels.

Recessed installation with

Activate installed directly

into the 880MPA Adjusting

Ring. Ortronics inserts

cannot be inserted directly

into 880MPA, see below for

Ortronics solution.

828GFITC

Cover

CM-MAB Bezel

(Sold Separately, Not

Included with 828GFITC)

MAB3S2 Bezel

(Ortronics Series II Bezel

Sold Separately)

MAB6TJ Bezel

(Ortronics TracJack

Bezel Sold Separately)

Activate Inserts Sold

Separately

Flush installation with

Ortronics installed using

829PFLRT Cover or

Activate installed using

829PFL Cover.

NOTE: Part is approved

for scrub water

applications only

with inserts in the

flush position.

829PFL or 829PFLRT

Cover

Scrub Water Gasket

Included

CM-MAB Activate Bezel

(Included with 829PFL

Cover)

MAB6TJ (Ortronics

TracJack Bezel Included

with 829PFLRT)

MAB3S2 Bezel

(Ortronics Series II Bezel

Included with 829PFLRT)

Fiber Optic Insert, sold separately

Fiber Storage Loop

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

437

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Resource RFB® Series Floor Boxes are a versatile solution that provides

power and/or communication services to open space areas.

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

6 1/2"

[165mm] 13 1/8"

[333mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

9/16"

[14mm]

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable

with tunnel compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex

receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication

mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates sold

separately.

RFB2-SS Two-Compartment Shallow Stamped Steel Box

RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Top View

Power or Data

38.0 cu. in. [622.7 ml] Each Side

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Bottom KO

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Bottom KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Bottom KO

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Bottom KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

COLOR OPTIONS

Evolution Series Floor Box Covers are available in the following

powder coated finishes: “BK” black, "AL" aluminum, “GY” gray, “NK”

nickel, “BS” brass and “BZ” bronze.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for

more information.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

438

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 Series

Top View

Power or Data

50.2 cu. in. [822.6 ml] Each Side

Side KO

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Side KO

[25mm]

Side KO

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Bottom KO

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Bottom KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Bottom KO

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Bottom KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Side KO

[25mm]

Side KO

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

Side KO

3/4"

[19.1mm]

RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

6 1/2"

[165mm]

13 1/8"

[333mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable

with tunnel compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex

receptacle mounting plate, and one (1) communication

mounting plate (RFB22AB). Other device plates

sold separately.

RFB2 Two-Compartment Box

6 1/2"

[165mm]

13 1/8"

[333mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

For use On Grade. Fully adjustable with tunnel

compartment. Supplied with one (1) duplex receptacle

mounting plate, and one (1) communication mounting plate

(RFB22AB). Other device plates sold separately.

RFB2-OG Two-Compartment Box

NOTE: RFB2-OG for on-grade applications is painted with a fusion-bonded

epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related

accessories before encapsulating in concrete.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

439

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 Series

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only..

RFB2DP Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

Plate used to close off unused gangs.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2B Internal Blank Bracket

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator

Style Receptacles, Communication or A/V

Devices.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2GFI

Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket

Includes two (2) adapters to accept

Wiremold CM2 Series Open System

communication inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB22AB Internal Communication Bracket

Includes two (2) adapters to accept

Ortronics® TracJack devices, and two (2)

adapters to accept Ortronics® Series II

devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2RT Internal Communication Bracket

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Series devices, sold

separately.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2EXT Internal A/V Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP

Series devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB2 Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB2-AAP Internal A/V Bracket

RFB2 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

Barrier kit used to separate power and

communication wires in partition feed

covers. Supplied with base and three

extensions to adjust to cover height.

Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2-OG,

RFB2-SS, RFB4 and RFB4-SS Floor

Boxes. Kits are sold separately.

RFBKIT Barrier Kit

NOTE: All device plates and accessories shown on this page are made in

the United States of America.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

440

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 Series

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished.

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK (Black)

FPCTCBZ (Bronze)

FPCTCBS (Brass)

FPCTCNK (Nickel)

FPCTCGY (Gray)

FPCTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK (Black)

FPBTCBZ (Bronze)

FPBTCBS (Brass)

FPBTCNK (Nickel)

FPBTCGY (Gray)

FPBTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK-NA (Black)

FPBTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPBTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPBTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPBTCGY-NA (Gray)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK-NA (Black)

FPCTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPCTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPCTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPCTCGY-NA (Gray)

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished floor.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies

CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS

FPCTC 1000

FPBTC 750

FPFFT 1000

FPBT 750

FPCT 1000

FPFF 1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service fitting.

Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to rolling loads.

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade size screw

plug for power or communication type cabling and one

combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTCBK (Black)

FPFFTCBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTCBS (Brass)

FPFFTCNK (Nickel)

FPFFTCGY (Gray)

Nonmetallic ring for use on bare

polished concrete and terrazzo

floor applications.

NOTE: FP-CTR is designed to work with flanged

covers only.

FP-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

FloorPort Part Number Configurator

FP TC NK

Blank Top = B

Cutout Top = C

Furniture Feed = FF

FloorPort Cover Nickel = NK

Brass = BS

Black = BK

Bronze = BZ

Gray = GY

Brushed Aluminum = AL

Tile (Flangeless) = T

Tile/Carpet = TC

(Flanged)

North American Made = NA

(Optional)

North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

441

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 Series

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTBK (Black)

FPFFTBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTBS (Brass)

FPFFTNK (Nickel)

FPFFTGY (Gray)

(Brushed Aluminum)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTBK (Black)

FPCTBZ (Bronze)

FPCTBS (Brass)

FPCTNK (Nickel)

FPCTGY (Gray)

FPCTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

6 3/4"

[197mm] 5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installations.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet

or tile cutouts to match finished floor.

6 3/4"

[197mm]

5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installation.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the

finished floor, no cutouts provided.

6 3/4"

[197mm] 5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installation.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade

size screw plug for power or communication type cabling

and one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTBK (Black)

FPBTBZ (Bronze)

FPBTBS (Brass)

FPBTNK (Nickel)

FPBTGY (Gray)

FPBTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

442

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

No feed through to opposite data compartment on RFB4.

Power or Data

32.3 cu. in.

[529 ml]

Power or Data

(RFB4* Data Only)

16.4 cu. in. [269 ml]

Power or Data

(RFB4* Data Only)

16.4 cu. in. [269 ml]

Feed Through

Direction

Power or Data

50.0 cu. in.

[820 ml]

Compartment Capacities

[25mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Indicates Bottom KO.

Knockout Locations and Sizes

Resource RFB4 and RFB4-4DB Series Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes

Feed Through

Direction

10"

[254mm]

5 7/8"

[149mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

12 3/4"

[254mm] 3 7/16"

[87mm]

12 3/4" x 10" x 3 7/16" [324mm x 254mm x 87mm]

. Fully

adjustable with tunnel compartment and two receptacle

brackets. Tunneling from end power compartment to end

power compartment only. Communication brackets not

included.

All boxes and covers are sold separately.

NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors.

RFB4 Four-Compartment Combination Box

3 7/16"

[87mm]

12 3/4"

[324mm]

10"

[254mm]

Includes four duplex receptacle brackets. 12 3/4" x 10" x

37/16" [324mm x 254mm x 87mm]. Fully adjustable.

Tunneling from adjacent or opposite compart ments only,

(not cross compartments). Tunneling can be set to feed all

four compartments from one conduit in a single-service

application. All boxes and covers are sold separately.

NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors.

RFB4-4DB Four-Compartment Box

With Four Duplex Receptacle Brackets

RFB4 and RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

NOTE: All boxes and activations are sold separately.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

443

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Resource RFB4 and RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

RFB-DR Internal Duplex Bracket

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator

Style receptacles, Communication or A/V

Devices.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

RFB-GFI Internal GFI Bracket

Activate™ low profile adapter included.

Wiremold CM Series Open System

inserts sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

RFB4-LPB Communication Bracket

Ortronics® Series II low profile adapter

included.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

RFB4-LPBS2 Communication Bracket

Two (2) 2A size adapters included.

Wiremold CM2 Series Open System

inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-2AB Communication Bracket

Decorator style opening for decorator

style 106 adapter.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-DECORA Communication Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP

devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-AAP Internal A/V Bracket

Power compartments only. Used to

close off unused gangs.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

RFB-B Internal Blank Bracket

Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2

Series II adapters included.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-2RT Communication Bracket

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

With one (1) IBM Type II opening and

one (1) keystone opening (devices not

included).

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-DT Communication Bracket

With duplex opening for use with 106

adapter (sold separately, devices not

included).

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-SD Communication Bracket

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP devices, sold

separately.

NOTE: For RFB4 only.

DTB-2-EXT Internal A/V Bracket

Four (4) RJ keystone opening knockouts.

Use as blank plate or for up to four (4)

RJ openings.

NOTE: For RFB4 only. Opening dimension is 9/16"

x 3/4" [ 14.3mm x 19.1mm].

DTB-2-4TKO Communication Bracket

NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales

Representative for more information.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

444

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

To convert RFB4 Box to an RFB4-4DB

Box.

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

RFB-WTB Conversion Kit

One (1) 2A adapter included. Wiremold

CM2 Series Open System inserts sold

separately.

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

WTB-2-AB Communication Bracket

Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2

Series II adapters included.

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

WTB-2-RT Communication Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP

Series devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

WTB-AAP Internal A/V Bracket

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator style

receptacles, communications or A/V

devices.

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

RFB-GFI-4DB Internal GFCI Bracket

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP Series

devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4-4DB only.

WTB-MAAP Internal A/V Bracket

NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales

Representative for more information.

RFB4 and RFB4-4DB Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

Barrier kit used to separate power and

communication wires in partition feed

covers. Supplied with base and three

extensions to adjust to cover height.

Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2-OG,

RFB2-SS, RFB4 and RFB4-SS Floor

Boxes. Kits are sold separately.

RFBKIT Barrier Kit

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

445

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

11 7/8"

[302mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

14 1/2"

[368mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm] 3 7/16"

[87mm]

5/8"

[17mm]

11 7/8"

[302mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

14 1/2"

[368mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm] 3 7/16"

[87mm]

5/8"

[17mm]

RFB4-CI-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes

Power or Data

36.0 cu. in. [590 ml]

Power or Data

36.0 cu. in. [590 ml]

Power or Data

27.0 cu. in. [443 ml]

Power or Data

27.0 cu. in. [443 ml]

Compartment Capacities Knockout Locations and Sizes

[25mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[25mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

Accepts standard 15 Amp and 20 Amp

Duplex Receptacles.

CIHT-D Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

14 1/2" L x 11 7/8" W x 3 7/16" D [368mm x 302mm x

87mm]. Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and

two receptacle brackets. Feed through from adjacent or

opposite compart ments only, (not cross compartments).

Communica tion brackets not included. All boxes and

activations are sold separately.

14 1/2" L x 11 7/8" W x 3 7/16" D [368mm x 302mm x

87mm]. Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and

two receptacle brackets. Feed through from adjacent or

opposite compart ments only, (not cross compartments).

Communica tion brackets not included. All boxes and

activations are sold separately.

RFB4-CI-1

Four-Compartment Cast Iron Combination Box

RFB4-CI-NA North American Made

Four-Compartment Cast Iron Combination Box

Used to close off unused gangs.

CIH/LT-B Internal Blank Bracket

Communication bracket with two (2) 2A

size Activate™ adapters included. Accepts

Wiremold CM2 Series Open System

communication modules, sold separately.

CILT-2AB Communication Bracket

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator

Style Receptacles, Communication or

A/V Devices.

CIHT-GFI Internal GFI Bracket

RFB4-CI-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB4-C1-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

NOTE: Only for use in concrete

floors. All boxes and

activations are sold

separately.

NOTE: Only for use in concrete

floors. All boxes and

activations are sold

separately.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

446

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RFB4-SS Series Multiservice Shallow Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes

Compartment Capacities

Power or Data

15.7 cu. in. [257 ml]

Power or Data

31.2 cu. in. [511 ml]

Power or Data

31.2 cu. in. [511 ml]

Power or Data

15.7 cu. in. [257 ml]

Knockout Locations and Sizes

[25mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm] 1/2"

[12.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[25mm]

Indicates

Bottom KO

10"

[254mm]

13 5/8"

[346mm]

5 7/8"

[149mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

13 5/8" L x 10" W x 2 7/16" D [346mm x 254mm x 62mm].

Fully adjustable with tunnel compartment and two (2)

receptacle brackets. Feed through tunneling to adjacent

compartments only. Tunneling can be set to feed all

four compartments from one conduit in a single-service

application. Communication brackets not included. All boxes

and activations are sold separately.

NOTE: Only for use in concrete floors. All boxes and activations are sold

separately.

RFB4-SS Four-Compartment Shallow Stamped Steel Combination Box

RF4B-SS Multiservice Shallow Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

RFB4-C1-1 Series Multiservice Cast Iron Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

Communication bracket with Ortronics®

AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2 Series II

adapters included. Accepts Ortronics®

workstation connectivity outlets and

modular inserts.

CILT-2-RT Communication Bracket

Communication bracket with four (4) RJ

opening knockouts. Use as blank plate or

for up to four RJ openings.

NOTE: Opening dimension is 9/16" x 3/4" [14.3mm x

19.1mm]

CILT-4TKO Communication Bracket

Barrier kit used with RFB4-CI floor

boxes. Kits are sold separately.

RFBCIKIT Barrier Kit

NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales Representative for more information.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

447

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP Series devices,

sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4-SS Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB4-SS-MAAP Internal A/V Bracket

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles.

RFB-RB-SS Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

Used to close off unused gangs.

RFB-B-SS Internal Blank Bracket

Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator

style receptacles, Communication or A/V

devices.

RFB-GFI-SS Internal GFI Bracket

Two Pass & Seymour® Activate™ adapters

included. Wiremold CM Series Open

System inserts, sold separately.

RFB-2AB-SS Internal Bracket

Ortronics® AB2TJ TracJack and ABS2

Series II adapters included.

RFB-2-SSRT Communication Bracket

Four (4) RJ keystone opening knockouts.

Use as blank plate or for up to four RJ

openings.

NOTE: Opening dimension is 9/16" x 3/4"

[14.3mm x 19.1mm]

RFB-4TKO-SS Internal Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP

Series devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4-SS Series Floor Boxes only.

RFB4-SS-AAP Internal A/V Bracket

RFB4-SS Multiservice Shallow Steel Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

Barrier kit used to separate power and

communication wires in partition feed

covers. Supplied with base and three

extensions to adjust to cover height.

Kit should be used on RFB2, RFB2-OG,

RFB2-SS, RFB4 and RFB4-SS Floor

Boxes. Kits are sold separately.

RFBKIT Barrier Kit

NOTE: Additional configurations available. Please consult your local Sales

Representative for more information.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

448

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 Series

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished.

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK (Black)

FPCTCBZ (Bronze)

FPCTCBS (Brass)

FPCTCNK (Nickel)

FPCTCGY (Gray)

FPCTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK (Black)

FPBTCBZ (Bronze)

FPBTCBS (Brass)

FPBTCNK (Nickel)

FPBTCGY (Gray)

FPBTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK-NA (Black)

FPBTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPBTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPBTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPBTCGY-NA (Gray)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK-NA (Black)

FPCTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPCTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPCTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPCTCGY-NA (Gray)

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished floor.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies

CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS

FPCTC 1000

FPBTC 750

FPFFT 1000

FPBT 750

FPCT 1000

FPFF 1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service fitting.

Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to rolling loads.

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade size screw

plug for power or communication type cabling and one

combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTCBK (Black)

FPFFTCBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTCBS (Brass)

FPFFTCNK (Nickel)

FPFFTCGY (Gray)

Nonmetallic ring for use on bare

polished concrete and terrazzo

floor applications.

NOTE: FP-CTR is designed to work with flanged

covers only.

FP-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

FloorPort Part Number Configurator

FP TC NK

Blank Top = B

Cutout Top = C

Furniture Feed = FF

FloorPort Cover Nickel = NK

Brass = BS

Black = BK

Bronze = BZ

Gray = GY

Brushed Aluminum = AL

Tile (Flangeless) = T

Tile/Carpet = TC

(Flanged)

North American Made = NA

(Optional)

North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

449

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 Series

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTBK (Black)

FPFFTBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTBS (Brass)

FPFFTNK (Nickel)

FPFFTGY (Gray)

FPFFTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTBK (Black)

FPCTBZ (Bronze)

FPCTBS (Brass)

FPCTNK (Nickel)

FPCTGY (Gray)

FPCTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

6 3/4"

[197mm] 5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installations.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet

or tile cutouts to match finished floor.

6 3/4"

[197mm]

5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installation.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the

finished floor, no cutouts provided.

6 3/4"

[197mm] 5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installation.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade

size screw plug for power or communication type cabling

and one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTBK (Black)

FPBTBZ (Bronze)

FPBTBS (Brass)

FPBTNK (Nickel)

FPBTGY (Gray)

FPBTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

450

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Knockout Locations and SizesCompartment Capacities

Four Compartments: (A, B, C, D)

Each Compartment Capacity:

75.0in3 [1230ml]

13 1/8"

[334mm]

13 1/8"

[334mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

4 1/16"

[103mm]

13 1/8"

[334mm]

13 1/8"

[334mm]

1 13/32"

[36mm]

4 1/16"

[103mm]

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

For use in concrete

floors. For use with

round Evolution

Series™ covers. Fully

adjustable with tunnel

compartments. Device

plates sold separately.

RFB4E Four-Compartment Box

For use in concrete floors.

For use in on-grade

concrete floors. For use

with round Evolution

Series™ covers. Fully

adjustable with tunnel

compartments. Device

plates sold separately.

RFB4E-OG Four-Compartment On-Grade Box

RFB4E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes

Removable Plate with

1" trade Size KO

1 1/4" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

1 1/4" Trade Size

2" Trade Size

1" Trade Size

1 1/4" Trade Size 1 1/4" Trade Size

1" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

1 1/4" Trade Size

2" Trade Size

1" Trade Size

Removable Plate with

1" trade Size KO

3/4" Trade Size

1 1/4" Trade Size

1" Trade Size

3/4" Trade Size

RFB4E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

451

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor

Boxes only.

RFB6DP Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

Used to separate power and communication

services in combination with a 6CFFTC

Furniture Feed Cover, sold separately.

RFB4EKIT Barrier Kit

Closed off unused gangs.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor

Boxes only.

RFB6B Internal Blank Bracket

Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator

Style receptacles, communication or

A/V devices.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor

Boxes only.

RFB6GFI

Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket

Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor

Boxes only.

RFB6S1 Internal Single Receptacle Bracket

Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor

Boxes only.

RFB6S2 Internal Single Receptacle Bracket

Includes one (1) adapter to accept

Ortronics® TracJack devices, and one

(1) adapter to accept Ortronics Series II

devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB6RT Internal Communication Bracket

RFB6EXT Internal A/V Bracket

Accepts three (3) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP Series

devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB62A Internal Communication Bracket

Included two (2) adapter to accept

Wiremold CM2 Series Open System

communication inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes only.

RFB6-AAP Internal A/V Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics

AAP Series devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes only.

2HUB 2" Conduit Transition Hub

Trade size 2" die cast zinc conduit fitting

allows for 2" conduit to transition into a

shallow box design. Includes: die cast

fitting, gasket, and mounting screws.

RFB4E and RB6 Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

452

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Flush Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

6CFFTCBK (Black)

6CFFTCGY (Gray)

6CFFTCNK (Nickel)

6CFFTCBS (Brass)

6CFFTCBZ (Bronze)

Flush Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

6CTBK* (Painted Black)

6CTGY* (Painted Gray)

6CTCNK* (Nickel)

6CTCBS* (Brass)

6CTCBZ* (Bronze)

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB4 Series

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly. Cover assembly is

available in five finishes. 6CTC

Series cover assemblies designed

for use with 6STCP, 6STC, and

6STCPAV Poke-Thru Stem

Assemblies.

7 1/4"

[184mm]

7 1/4"

[184mm]

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly. Cover assembly is

available in five finishes. 6CT

Series cover assemblies designed

for use with 6STCP, 6STC, and

6STCPAV Poke-Thru Stem

Assemblies. Includes one (1) 6TS

Tile Shim.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

Surface style, die-cast aluminum

cover assembly, with one (1) 3/4"

trade size screw plug opening, and

one (1) concentric 2"-1 1/4" trade

size screw plug opening. Cover

assembly is available in five

powder coated finishes. 6CFFTC

Series Cover Assemblies designed

for use with 6STC Poke-Thru Stem

Assembly. Includes one (1) 3/4"

and one (1) 1" trade size conduit

fittings and one (1) divider to

separate devices.

Used for floor coverings greater

than 5/16" [7.9mm]. The 6TS will

allow the top surface of the cover

to be flush with the finished floor.

Includes: six (6) 1/16" [1.6mm]

thick shims. Up to a total of 3/8"

[9.5mm] of adjustment.

6TS Tile Shim

Evolution Series Cover Assemblies for RFB4E and RFB4E-0G Floor Boxes Ordering Information

* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant

cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single

tamper-resistant screw.

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

6CTCBK* (Painted Black)

6CTCGY* (Painted Gray)

6CTCNK* (Nickel)

6CTCBS* (Brass)

6CTCBZ* (Bronze)

Nonmetallic ring for use with bare

concrete and terrazzo floor applications.

NOTE: Only for use on RFB4E and RFB4E-OG Floor

Boxes. Designed to work with 6CT Series

Covers only.

RFB4E-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

453

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB6 Series

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable

with tunnel compartment. Supplied with two (2) duplex

mounting plates, two (2) communication mounting plates

(RFB62A), and (2) blank mounting plates. Other plates

sold separately.

RFB6 Six-Compartment Box

For use in concrete floors.

For use with round Evolution™

Series covers. Fully adjustable

with tunnel compartments.

Supplied with two (2) duplex

mounting plates. Other plates

sold separately.

RFB6E Six-Compartment Box

14"

[355mm] 14 5/8"

[371mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

14"

[355mm]

14 5/8"

[371mm]

[102mm]

1 1/8"

[28mm]

A = Side KO 1 1/4" [32mm]

B = Side KO 1" [25mm]

C = Side KO 3/4" [19.1mm]

ABAB

Feed through is accomplished through removable plugs.

Side Knockout Locations

KNOCKOUTS

RFB6 and RFB6E Series Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Compartment Capacities, Knockout Locations and Sizes

Bottom Knockout Locations

Compartment Wire and Communication Compacities

A = Bottom KO 1 1/4" [32mm]

B = Bottom KO 3/4" [19.1mm]

KNOCKOUTS

C = Power or Data 52 in

[852ml]

D = Power or Data 23 in

[376ml]

COMPARTMENT CAPACITIES

ABAB

Compartment

ABAB

Compartment

14"

[355mm] 14 5/8"

[371mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

For use in either concrete or wood floors. Fully adjustable with

tunnel compartment. Supplied with two (2) duplex mounting

plates, two (2) communication mounting plates (RFB62A), and

(2) blank mounting plates. Other plates sold separately.

RFB6-OG Six-Compartment On-Grade Box

14"

[355mm]

14 5/8"

[371mm] 4"

[102mm]

1 1/8"

[28mm] For use in concrete floors.

For use with round Evolution™

Series covers. Fully adjustable

with tunnel compartments.

Supplied with two (2) duplex

mounting plates. Other plates

sold separately.

RFB6E-OG Six-Compartment On-Grade Box

RFB6 and RFB6E Multiservice Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

454

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB6 Series

Accepts standard 15A and 20A

duplex receptacles.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes.

RFB6DP Internal Duplex Receptacle Bracket

Receptacle opening 1 9/16" [40mm].

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes.

RFB6S2 Internal Single Receptacle Bracket

Closes off unused gangs.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes.

RFB6B Internal Blank Bracket

Accepts standard GFCI and Decorator

Style receptacles, communication or

A/V devices.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes.

RFB6GFI

Internal GFI or Decorator Style Receptacle Bracket

Receptacle opening 1 3/8" [35mm].

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes.

RFB6S1 Internal Single Receptacle Bracket

Includes one (1) adapter to accept

Ortronics® TracJack devices, and one

(1) adapter to accept Ortronics Series II

devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor

Boxes.

RFB6RT Internal Communication Bracket

Accepts three (3) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP Series devices,

sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor

Boxes.

RFB6EXT Internal A/V Bracket

Includes two (2) adapters to accept

Wiremold CM2 Series Open System

communication inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes

RFB62A Internal Communication Bracket

Accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics AAP

Series devices, sold separately.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series

Floor Boxes.

RFB6-AAP Internal A/V Bracket

RFB6 and RFB6E Series Steel Recessed Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

455

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Nonmetallic ring for use with bare concrete

and terrazzo floor applications.

NOTE: For RFB4E, RFB6 and RFB6E Series Floor

Boxes. Designed to work with 8CTC and 8CT

Series Covers only.

RFB6E-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly. Cover assembly

is available in five finishes.

8CTC Series Cover

Assemblies designed for

use with 8STC and 8STCP

Poke-Thru Stem Assemblies.

Includes one (1) 8TS Tile

Shim.

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB6 Series

Evolution Series Cover Assemblies for RFB6E and RFB6E-OG Floor Boxes Ordering Information

* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-

resistant cover assembly. Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a

single tamper-resistant screw.

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly. Cover assembly

is available in five finishes.

8CTC Series Cover

Assemblies designed for use

with 8STC and 8STCP Poke-

Thru Stem Assemblies.

9 1/4"

[235mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Used for floor coverings greater

than 5/16" [7.9mm]. The

8TS will allow the top surface

of the cover to be flush with the

finished floor. Includes: two (2)

1/8" [3.2mm] thick shims and two

(2) 1/16" [1.6mm] thick shims.

Up to a total of 3/8" [9.5mm] of

adjustment.

8TS Tile Shim

Catalog Numbers Maximum Load in Pounds

6CT 1000

6CTC 1000

6CFFTC 1000

8CT 1000

8CTC 1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 1" mandrel in the

center of cover assembly.

NOTE: Loads above are static loads only and do not

pertain to rolling loads.

Load Capacities for Evolution™ Series

Cover Assemblies

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

8CTCBK* (Painted Black)

8CTCGY* (Painted Gray)

8CTCNK* (Nickel)

8CTCBS* (Brass)

8CTCBZ* (Bronze)

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

8CTBK* (Painted Black)

8CTGY* (Painted Gray)

8CTNK* (Nickel)

8CTBS* (Brass)

8CTBZ* (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

456

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 Series

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished.

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK (Black)

FPCTCBZ (Bronze)

FPCTCBS (Brass)

FPCTCNK (Nickel)

FPCTCGY (Gray)

FPCTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK (Black)

FPBTCBZ (Bronze)

FPBTCBS (Brass)

FPBTCNK (Nickel)

FPBTCGY (Gray)

FPBTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK-NA (Black)

FPBTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPBTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPBTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPBTCGY-NA (Gray)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK-NA (Black)

FPCTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPCTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPCTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPCTCGY-NA (Gray)

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished floor.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies

CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS

FPCTC 1000

FPBTC 750

FPFFT 1000

FPBT 750

FPCT 1000

FPFF 1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center of service fitting.

Loads above are static loads only and do not pertain to rolling loads.

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade size screw

plug for power or communication type cabling and one

combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTCBK (Black)

FPFFTCBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTCBS (Brass)

FPFFTCNK (Nickel)

FPFFTCGY (Gray)

Nonmetallic ring for use on bare

polished concrete and terrazzo

floor applications.

NOTE: FP-CTR is designed to work with flanged

covers only.

FP-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

FloorPort Part Number Configurator

FP TC NK

Blank Top = B

Cutout Top = C

Furniture Feed = FF

FloorPort Cover Nickel = NK

Brass = BS

Black = BK

Bronze = BZ

Gray = GY

Brushed Aluminum = AL

Tile (Flangeless) = T

Tile/Carpet = TC

(Flanged)

North American Made = NA

(Optional)

North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

457

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB2 Series

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTBK (Black)

FPFFTBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTBS (Brass)

FPFFTNK (Nickel)

FPFFTGY (Gray)

FPFFTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTBK (Black)

FPCTBZ (Bronze)

FPCTBS (Brass)

FPCTNK (Nickel)

FPCTGY (Gray)

FPCTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

6 3/4"

[197mm] 5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installations.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet

or tile cutouts to match finished floor.

6 3/4"

[197mm]

5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installation.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the

finished floor, no cutouts provided.

6 3/4"

[197mm] 5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installation.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade

size screw plug for power or communication type cabling

and one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTBK (Black)

FPBTBZ (Bronze)

FPBTBS (Brass)

FPBTNK (Nickel)

FPBTGY (Gray)

FPBTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

458

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 Series

12 5/8"

[321mm]

14 3/4"

[356mm]

6 1/8"

[156mm]

Combination

(2) 1" & 1 1/4"

concentric

trade size KO

Combination (2) 1 1/4"

& 2" concentric

trade size KO 3-gang

84 cu. in. [1377ml]

Combination

3/4" & 1" concentric

trade size KO 1-gang

35 cu. in. [574ml]

Combination (5) 1 1/4" &

2" concentric

trade size KO

Combination (3) 1 1/4" & 2"

concentric

trade size KO 6-gang

132 cu. in. [2163ml]

Combination (2) 3/4" &

1" concentric

trade size KO

Combination

(2) 1" & 1 1/4"

concentric

trade size KO

Combination (2) 1 1/4"

& 2" concentric

trade size KO 3-gang

84 cu. in. [1377ml]

Combination

3/4" & 1" concentric

trade size KO 1-gang

35 cu. in. [574ml]

Combination (5) 1 1/4" &

2" concentric

trade size KO

Combination (3) 1 1/4" & 2"

concentric

trade size KO 6-gang

132 cu. in. [2163ml]

Combination (2) 3/4" &

1" concentric

trade size KO

NOTE: RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional

device plates from most manufacturers.

Adjustable before concrete pour. Provided with mudcap to

prevent entry of concrete during pour. Cover assembly and

device plates sold separately. For use on bare concrete, tile,

terrazzo, carpet and wood covered floors.

NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must be

installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.

NOTE: RFB11-OG for on-grade applications is painted with fusion-bonded

epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related

accessories before encapsulating in concrete.

Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"

[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must

be used and ordered separately.

RFB11-OG Four-Compartment Eleven-Gang

On-Grade Floor Box

Adjustable before concrete pour. Provided with mudcap to

prevent entry of concrete during pour. Cover assembly and

device plates sold separately. For use on bare concrete, tile,

terrazzo, carpet and wood covered floors.

NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must

be installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.

Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"

[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must

be used and ordered separately.

RFB11 Four-Compartment Eleven-Gang Floor Box

12 5/8"

[321mm]

14 3/4"

[356mm] 6 1/8"

[156mm]

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

459

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

12 5/8"

[321mm]

14 3/4"

[356mm] 4 1/8"

[105mm]

NOTE: RFB9-OG for on-grade applications is painted with fusion-bonded

epoxy designed for use on metal reinforcement bar and related

accessories before encapsulating in concrete.

NOTE: RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard

sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"

[6.4mm] or greater, mudcap catalog number #RFB119-PAN must

be used and ordered separately.

Combination

(2) 1" & 1 1/4"

concentric

trade size KO

Combination 1" & 1 1/4"

concentric trade size KO

1-gang

43 cu. in. [705ml]

Combination 3/4" & 1"

concentric trade size KO

1-gang

43 cu. in. [705ml]

Combination (4)

1" & 1 1/4" concentric

trade size KO

Combination (3)

1" & 1 1/4" concentric

trade size KO 6-gang

132 cu. in. [2163ml]

Combination (2)

3/4" & 1" concentric

trade size KO

Knockouts:

12 1/2"

[317mm]

10 11/16"

[272mm]

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information

Adjustable before concrete

pour. Provided with mudcap

to prevent entry of concrete

during pour. Cover assembly

and device plates sold

separately. For use on bare

concrete, tile, terrazzo, carpet

and wood covered floors.

RFB9 Four-Compartment Nine-Gang Floor Box

Four-compartment, 9-gang

floor box. Adjustable before

concrete pour. Provided with

mudcap to prevent entry of

concrete during pour. Cover

assembly and device plates

sold separately. For use on

tile, terrazzo, carpet and

wood covered floors.

12 5/8"

[321mm]

14 3/4"

[356mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

RFB9-OG

Four-Compartment Nine-Gang On-Grade Floor Box

12 1/2"

[317mm]

10 11/16"

[272mm]

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must

be installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.

Caution: When used on terrazzo covered floors with a thickness of 1/4"

[6.4mm] or greater. RFB119-PAN must be used and ordered

separately.

NOTE: When used on bare concrete floor applications, RFB119-PAN must

be installed before concrete pour. RFB119-PAN sold separately.

NOTE: For bare concrete or terrazzo applications. Cover must be used in conjunction with

RB119-PAN. RFB119-PAN must be attached to the box prior to concrete or terrazzo pour.

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 Series

Cast aluminum cover assembly.

Provided with carpet cut-out area.

Maximum load capacity 1,500 lbs.

UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian

safety standards to meet UL

requirements under UL514A for

scrub water exclusion.

Flush with floor, cast aluminum

cover assembly. Maximum load

capacity 3,000 lbs. UL Listed to

U.S. and Canadian safety standards

to meet UL requirements under

UL514A for scrub water exclusion.

Carpet Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RFB119CTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

RFB119CTCBK (Black)

RFB119CTCGY (Gray)

Flush Tile or Carpet Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

RFB119BTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

RFB119BTCBK (Black)

RFB119BTCGY (Gray)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

460

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 Series

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

Used for floor coverings greater

than 1/4" [6.35mm]. Use one spacer

for 3/8" [9.53mm] thick tile. Use two

spacers for 1/2" [12.70mm] thick

tile. The RFB119-TS will allow the

top surface of the cover assembly to

be flush with 3/8" [9.53mm] to 1/2"

[12.70mm] floor coverings.

RFB119-TS Tile Spacer

When used on bare concrete and

terrazzo-covered floors with a

thickness of 1/4" [6.35mm] or

greater, this mudcap must be used.

The RFB119-PAN must be ordered

separately.

RFB119-PAN Mudcap for Terrazzo Floor Applications

NOTE: Must be used with RFB119-TS (Tile Spacer, see below) for terrazzo

heights greater than 1/4" [6.35mm]. Use one spacer for 3/8"

[9.54mm] thick tile Use two spacers for 1/2" [12.70mm] thick tile.

(6) 1-Gang Sectional Plates

1 13/16" x 4 1/2"

[46mm x 114mm]

Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER

Used to close gap on outside

sectional device plate

Existing opening when not

covered with Cat. No.

RFB119-SPACER

Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used with Sectional Device Plates Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used with Standard Device Plates

3-Gang Standard Plate

6 3/8" x 4 1/2"

[162mm x 114mm]

1-Gang Standard Plate

2 3/4" x 4 1/2"

[70mm x 114mm]

Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER

Used to close gap between standard single

and multi-gang plates

Cat. No. RFB119-SB

Single-gang sectional blank plate

(Mounted off-center)

2-gang standard plate

4 9/16" x 4 1/2"

[116mm x 114mm]

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Installation Ordering Information

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information

RFB119-SB

RFB119-3SB

RFB119-2SB

One-, two-,

and three-gang

sectional width

device plates.

RFB119-SB, RFB119-2SB, RFB119-3SB

Blank Device Plate

Single-gang sectional (SGFI) width device plate.

RFB119-SGFI GFI Receptacle Device Plate

Single-gang sectional (SD) width device plate.

RFB119SD Duplex Receptacle Device Plate

RFB119-SSR1 RFB119-SSR2

Single-gang device plates in sectional

widths. SSR1 has an opening of 1.39"

and SSR2 has an opening of 1.59"

[40.39mm].

RFB119-SSR1, RFB119-SSR2

Single Receptacle Device Plate

NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard

NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm] center-to-center spacing.

RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

461

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 Series

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

Available in sectional (SKO) width.

RFB119-SKO Combination 1/2" and 3/4" Trade Size

Knockout Device Plate

RFB119-2SAB Communication Device Plate

Available in two-gang sectional width.

Provided with bezel to accept up to three

(3) dual Wiremold CM Series Open System

communication modules or Pass & Seymour®

Activate Connectivity System inserts. Modular

inserts sold separately.

RFB119-AAP Device Plate

Two-gang sectional device plate. Holds three

(3) Extron® Electronics AAP devices.

RFB119-2SRT Communication Device Plate

Available in two-gang sectional width. Provided

with one opening to accept one Ortronics®

TracJack bezel and one Ortronics® Series II

bezel. Will accept up to six Ortronics® TracJack

devices or up to three dual Ortronics® Series II

modular inserts. Modules sold separately.

RFB119-B

RFB119-3B

RFB119-SB

One-, two- and

three-gang device

plates in standard

widths.

RFB119-B, RFB119-3B, RFB119-SB

Blank Device Plate

RFB119-GFI RFB119-3GFI

One- and three-gang

device plates in standard

(GFI) widths.

RFB119-GFI, RFB119-3GFI

GFI Receptacle Device Plates

RFB119-D RFB119-3D

One- and three-gang

device plates in standard

(D) widths.

RFB119-D, RFB119-3D

Duplex Receptacle Device Plates

RFB119-SR1 RFB119-SR2 RFB119-SR3

One-device plates in

standard (SR) widths.

SR1 has an opening of

1.39" [35.31mm]. SR2

has an opening of 1.59"

[40.39mm]. SR3 has a

2.14" [54.36mm] opening.

RFB119-SR1, RFB119-SR2, RFB119-SR3

Single Receptacle Device Plates

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information

NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard

NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm] center-to-center spacing.

RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

462

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RESOURCE RFB® SERIES FLOOR BOXES

RFB9/RFB11 Series

NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard

NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm] center-to-center spacing.

RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

RFB119-MAAP Device Plate

One-gang standard device plate. Holds four

(4) Wiremold AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP devices.

Available in standard (KO) widths.

RFB119-KO Combination 1/2" and 3/4" Trade Size

Knockout Device Plates

RFB119-AB Communication Device Plate

Available in standard width. Provided with

bezel to accept up to three (3) dual Wiremold

CM Series Open System communication

modules or Pass & Seymour® Activate

Connectivity System inserts. Modules and

inserts sold separately.

RFB119-RT Communication Device Plate

Available in standard width. Provided with one

opening to accept one Ortronics® TracJack

bezel and one Ortronics® Series II bezel. Will

accept up to six Ortronics® TracJack devices

or up to three dual Ortronics® Series II

modular inserts. Modular inserts and devices

sold separately.

Diameter 0.875"

[22.2mm]

Diameter 0.109"

[2.8mm]

[25.4mm]

0.375"

[9.5mm]

0.750"

[19.1mm]

RFB119-XLR Microphone Device Plate

Available in standard widths.

Provided with double opening to

accept two microphone devices.

RFB119-Spacer Spacer Plate

Used to close off openings when certain

combinations of standard width device plates

leave open spaces. Four (4) spacer plates are

included with the RFB11 and two (2) with

the RFB9.

RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

463

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

OmniBox Series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent activation solution when

multiple services are required in open space areas to meet the workstation

needs of today’s applications.

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

OmniBox Series™ Flanges Cover Plates are available in

black, aluminum, gray, nickel, brass, bronze and brown.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

464

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3 23/32"

[94mm]

3 15/32"

[88mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

Knockouts:

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

880S1 One-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box

Fully adjustable.

CAT. NO.

CONDUIT

OPENINGS

COMPARTMENT

CAPACITY

ADJUSTMENT

BEFORE POUR

ADJUSTMENT

AFTER POUR

880S1 (3)-1/2" [12.7mm],

(5)-3/4" [19.1mm],

(2)-1" [25mm]

53 cu. in.

[869ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880S2 (4)-1/2" [12.7mm],

(8)-3/4" [19.1mm],

(4)-1" [25mm]

117 cu. in.

58 cu. in.

59 cu. in.

[1918ml3]

[951ml3]

[967ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880S3 (5)-1/2" [12.7mm],

(11)-3/4" [19.1mm],

(6)-1" [25mm]

180 cu. in.

58 cu. in.

68 cu. in.

56 cu. in.

[2950ml3]

[951ml3]

[1115ml3]

[918ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Omnibox Series Stamped Steel Floor BoxesTechnical Speciﬁcations

4 13/16"

[122mm]

3 15/32"

[88mm]

7 15/16"

[202mm]

Knockouts:

4 13/16"

[122mm]

3 15/32"

[88mm]

12"

[305mm]

Knockouts: Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Trade Size 1"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

880S2 Two-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box

880S3 Three-Gang Stamped Steel Floor Box

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

Omnibox Series Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

465

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

3 23/32"

[94mm]

2 15/32"

[63mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

880M1 One-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

3/4"

Trade Size 3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

Knockouts:

Fully adjustable.

CAT. NO.

CONDUIT

OPENINGS

COMPARTMENT

CAPACITY

ADJUSTMENT

BEFORE POUR

ADJUSTMENT

AFTER POUR

880M1 (5)-1/2" [12.7mm],

(5)-3/4" [19.1mm]

37 cu. in.

[606ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880M2 (8)-1/2" [12.7mm],

(8)-3/4" [19.1mm]

80 cu. in.

40 cu. in.

[1311ml3]

[656ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880M3 (11)-1/2" [12.7mm],

(11)-3/4" [19.1mm]

126 cu. in.

39 cu. in.

48 cu. in.

39 cu. in.

[2065ml3]

[639ml3]

[787ml3]

[639ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Omnibox Series Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Technical Speciﬁcations

4 13/16"

[122mm]

2 15/32"

[63mm]

7 15/16"

[202mm]

Knockouts: Back

Side Side

Top

Front

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

Fully adjustable.

880M2 Two-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box

4 13/16"

[122mm]

2 15/32"

[63mm]

12"

[305mm]

Knockouts: Back

Side Side

Top

Front

3/4"

Trade Size 3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

Fully adjustable.

880M3 Three-Gang Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Box

Omnibox Series Shallow Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

466

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

CAT. NO.

CONDUIT

OPENINGS

COMPARTMENT

CAPACITY

ADJUSTMENT

BEFORE POUR

ADJUSTMENT

AFTER POUR

880CS11 (4)-1" [25mm] 48 cu. in.

[787ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880CS21 (6)-1" [25mm] 94 cu. in.

45 cu. in.

49 cu. in.

[1541ml3]

[738ml3]

[803ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880CS31 (8)-1" [25mm] 160 cu. in.

53 cu. in.

54 cu. in.

53 cu. in.

[2622ml3]

[869ml3]

[885ml3]

[869m l3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Cast Iron Floor Boxes Technical Speciﬁcations

4 3/8"

[111mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

Knockouts: Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Conduit Thread

880CS1-1 One-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box

Fully adjustable.

5 3/16"

[132mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

Knockouts: Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Conduit Thread

Back

Knockouts:

Side Side

Top

Front

Conduit Thread

880CS2-1 Two-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box

880CS3-1 Three-Gang Cast-Iron Floor Box

Omnibox Series Cast Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

467

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

4 3/8"

[111mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

CAT. NO.

CONDUIT

OPENINGS

COMPARTMENT

CAPACITY

ADJUSTMENT

BEFORE POUR

ADJUSTMENT

AFTER POUR

880CS1NA (4)-1" [25mm] 48 cu. in. 1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880CS2NA 61" 25mm 94 cu. in.

45/49

1 3/4"

44mm

1/2"

12.7mm

880CS3NA 81" 25mm 160 cu. in.

53/54/53

1 3/4"

44mm

1/2"

12.7mm

Omnibox Series Cast Iron Floor Boxes Technical Speciﬁcations

Omnibox Series Cast Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

880CS1-NA North American Made One-Gang

Cast Iron Floor Box

Fully adjustable.

880CS1-NA

North America Made One-Gang Cast Iron Floor Box

Fully adjustable.

880CS2-NA North American Made Two-Gang

Cast Iron Floor Box

880CS1-NA

North America Made One-Gang Cast Iron Floor Box

Fully adjustable.

880CS3-NA North American Made Three-Gang

Cast Iron Floor Box

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

468

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Conduit Thread

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Conduit Thread

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Conduit Thread

5 3/16"

[132mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

5 3/16"

[132mm]

4 3/8"

[111mm] Knockouts:

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

CAT. NO.

CONDUIT

OPENINGS

COMPARTMENT

CAPACITY

ADJUSTMENT

BEFORE POUR

ADJUSTMENT

AFTER POUR

880CM11 (4)-1" [25mm] 34 cu. in.

[557ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880CM21 (6)-1" [25mm] 76 cu. in.

36 cu. in.

40 cu. in.

[1246ml3]

[595ml3]

[656ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

880CM31 (8)-1" [25mm] 118 cu. in.

39 cu. in.

40 cu. in.

39 cu. in.

[1934ml3]

[639ml3]

[656ml3]

[639ml3]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Omnibox Series Shallow Cast Iron Floor Boxes Technical Speciﬁcations

880CM1-1 One-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box

Fully adjustable.

Knockouts:

880CM2-1 Two-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box

880CM3-1 Three-Gang Shallow Cast Iron Floor Box

5 3/16"

[132mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

Knockouts:

Omnibox Series Shallow Cast Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

469

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Solid Brass Floor Boxes Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

5 3/4"

[146mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

817C One-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1

Floor Boxes.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 7/8"

[225mm]

827C Two-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1

Floor Boxes.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

13"

[330mm]

837C Three-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S3, 880M3,

880CS32-1, and 880CM3-1

Floor Boxes.

4 1/2"

[107mm]

3 1/2"

[88.4mm]

817T One-Gang Brass Tile Flange

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1

Floor Boxes.

4 1/2"

[114.9mm]

7 5/8"

[193.7mm]

827T Two-Gang Brass Tile Flange

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1

Floor Boxes.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

11 3/4"

[298mm]

837T Three-Gang Brass Tile Flange

For use on 880S3, 880M3,

880CS3-1, and 880CM3-1

Floor Boxes.

827B Two-Gang Brass Combination Carpet and

Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

9 1/16"

[230.2mm]

817B One-Gang Brass Combination Carpet and

Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

5 1/16"

[128.5mm]

837B Three-Gang Brass Combination Carpet and

Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

13 5/16"

[338mm]

Omnibox Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a 106

type communication adapter.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems

in conjunction with 817B, 827B,

and 837B Flanges.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

470

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex style

receptacle with a rectangular style

flip lid cover.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

Allows for up to four communication

devices to be mounted in a recessed

position within the 880 Floor Box. The

828COM Cover Plates has removable

slides for cable egress.

NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series Boxes

only.

828COMTC Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm] 4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

828DLR Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking device

of 1.58" diameter, and maximum

male plug face of 2.25" diameter.

4 3/16"

[106.2mm] 3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Screw plugs. Screw plugs are

11/2" [38mm] in diameter.

828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Data slides. Feed through only, not

for use with a mounting plate for

communication adapter.

829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and

57mm] plugs.

829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]

plugs.

829CK-1 Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and

19.1mm] plugs.

829CK-3/4 Brass Communications Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[83.60mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and

12.7mm] plugs.

829CK-1/2 Brass Communications Cover Plate

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate

that accepts two (2) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP style device plates,

sold separately. For use with

828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover

plates, sold separately.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

471

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

[152.4mm] 5"

[127mm]

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

818TCAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come

with beveled edges.

828TCAL Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come

with beveled edges.

838TCAL Three-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flanges come

with beveled edges.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

11 3/4"

[298mm]

838TAL-880S3, 838TAL-880M3,

838TAL-880CS3, 838TAL-880CM3 Kit

The 838TAL-880 Series

flanges provide additional

load support for 3-gang tile

flanges. Kit includes 838TAL

Flange and two support

dividers.

NOTE: Order kit for specific box

type: 880S3, 880M3, 880CS3,

or 880CM3

818TAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880M1-1

Floor Boxes.

828TAL Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1

Floor Boxes.

[152.4mm]

[228.6mm]

[152.4mm]

13 3/16"

[335mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm] 3 1/2"

[89mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

7 5/8"

[194mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

472

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in

conjunction with 817B, 827B, and

837B Flanges.

828COMTCAL

Brushed Aluminum Communication Cover Plate

Allows for up to four communication

devices to be mounted in a recessed

position within the 880 Floor Box.

The 828COMTCAL Cover Plate has

removable slides for cable egress.

NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series

Boxes only.

828DPGFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex

style receptacle with a rectangular

style flip lid cover.

828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking

Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking device

of 1.58" diameter, and maximum

male plug face of 2.25" diameter.

Omnibox Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

830CKTCAL-3/4 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-1/2 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

473

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Three-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837TCAL-BK (Black)

837TCAL-GY (Gray)

837TCAL-NK (Nickel)

837TCAL-BS (Brass)

(Bronze)

One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817TCAL-BK (Black)

817TCAL-GY (Gray)

817TCAL-NK (Nickel)

817TCAL-BS (Brass)

817TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Omnibox Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

Two-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827TCAL-BK (Black)

827TCAL-GY (Gray)

827TCAL-NK (Nickel)

827TCAL-BS (Brass)

827TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880M1-1

Floor Boxes.

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817TAL-BK (Black),

817TAL-GY (Gray),

817TAL-NK (Nickel),

817TAL-BS (Brass),

817TAL-BZ (Bronze)

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1, and 880M2-1

Floor Boxes.

Two-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827TAL-BK (Black),

827TAL-GY (Gray),

827TAL-NK (Nickel)

827TAL-BS (Brass)

827TAL-BZ (Bronze)

4 1/2"

[114mm] 3 1/2"

[89mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

7 5/8"

[194mm]

[152.4mm] 5"

[127mm]

[152.4mm]

[228.6mm]

[152.4mm]

13 3/16"

[335mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

474

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-1BK (Black)

829CKAL-1GY (Gray)

829CKAL-1NK (Nickel),

829CKAL-1BS (Brass),

829CKAL-1BZ (Bronze)

Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828GFITCAL-BK (Black)

828GFITCAL-GY (Gray)

828GFITCAL-NK (Nickel)

828GFITCAL-BS (Brass)

828GFITCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828R-TCAL-BK (Black)

828R-TCAL-GY (Gray)

828R-TCAL-NK (Nickel)

828R-TCAL-BS (Brass)

828R-TCAL-BZ (Bronze),

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

Allows for mounting of a duplex

receptacle (Duplex or GFCI style)

with a rectangular flip cover.

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 7/8"

[225mm] For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

Two-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827PCC-BLK (Black)

827PCC-BRN (Brown)

One-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817PCC-BLK (Black)

817PCC-BRN (Brown)

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-3/4BK (Black)

829CKAL-3/4GY (Gray)

829CKAL-3/4NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-3/4BS (Brass)

829CKAL-3/4BZ (Bronze)

4 5/32"

[110mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/32"

[110mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/32"

[110mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/32"

[110mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

475

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828PR-BLK (Black)

828PR-BRN (Brown)

Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)

OMNIBOX™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Omnibox Series Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PFL-BLK (Black)

829PFL-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Individual flip lids. Gasket

included. Wiremold CM Series

inserts included.

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Individual flip lids. Gasket

included. Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters included.

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PCK-BLK (Black)

829PCK-BRN (Brown)

Breakouts. Feed through only, not

for use with a mounting plate for

communication jacks.

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PSTC-BLK (Black)

829PSTC-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Data slides. Feed through only, not

for use with a mounting plate for

communication jacks.

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PFLRT-BLK (Black)

829PFLRT-BRN (Brown)

13"

[330mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

Three-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837PCC-BLK (Black)

837PCC-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

May be used with Ortronics®

Connectivity systems in

conjunction with 817, 827 and

837PCC Series flanges.

Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828PRGFI-BLK (Black)

828PRGFI-BRN (Brown)

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

476

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880 Series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for low density

power or communication requirements in open space areas.

880 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

880 Series™ Flanges and Cover Plates are available in

black, aluminum, gray, nickel, brass, bronze and brown.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

• Can be used with all Wiremold 895/896 Series Cover Plates: brass or plastic, carpet, or tile application.

• All 880 Series Floor Boxes have 10° angular adjustment after the concrete pour.

• All 880 Series Floor Boxes can accommodate a duplex receptacle mounted flush with the floor.

CLASS CAT. NO.

DIMENSIONS ADJUSTMENT CAPACITY CUBIC IN.

[CM3]

KNOCKOUTS OR

CONDUIT OPENINGS* A B BEFORE THE POUR AFTER THE POUR

CONCRETETIGHT

STEEL

885B 4 13/16"

[122mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

29.5 in.3

[483.5cm3]

Four Sides –

Bottom –

(1)-1/2", (1)-3/4"

(2)-1/2", (2)-3/4"

886B

4 13/16"

[122mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

39 in.3

[639.2cm3]

Two Sides –

Bottom –

(1)-1/2", (1)-3/4"

(1)-3/4", (1)-1"

(2)-1/2", (2)-3/4"

WATERTIGHT

CASTIRON

887B 4 13/16"

[122mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[51mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

24.7 in.3

[404.8cm3]

Two Sides –

(1)-1/2"

(1)-3/4"

889B 4 13/16"

[122mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

[51mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

40 in.3

[655.6cm3]

Two Sides –

(1)-1"

(1)-1 1/4"

*1/2" = [12.7mm], 3/4" = [19.1mm], 1" = [25mm], 1 1/4" = [32mm].

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

477

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Knockouts:

887B Cast-Iron Floor Box

Knockouts:

Side Side

Top

Front

1/2"

Conduit Thread

1/2"

Conduit Thread

3/4"

Conduit Thread

3/4"

Conduit Thread

Back

Knockouts:

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

885B Stamped Steel Floor Box

Knockouts: Back

Side Side

Top

Front

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

886B Stamped Steel Steel Floor Box

Side Side

Top

Front

Conduit Thread

1 1/4"

Conduit Thread

1 1/4"

Conduit Thread

Back

889B Cast-Iron Floor Box

880 Series Stamped Steel Floor Boxes Ordering Information

880 Series Cast-Iron Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Stamped steel, shallow

single-service.

Cast0iron, shallow single-

service. Cast0ironv, deep single-

service.

Stamped steel, deep single-

service.

4 3/16"

[122mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

2 3/4"

[122mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

2 7/16"

[62mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

4 3/16"

[122mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

478

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Nonmetallic Duplex Power Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895P-BLK (Black)

895P-BRN (Brown)

895P-BRZ (Bronze)

895P-AL (Brass)

Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TCAL-BK (Black)

895TCAL-GY (Gray)

895TCAL-NK (Nickel)

895TCAL-BS (Brass)

895TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TGFI (Bronze)

895TGFIAL (Brushed Aluminum)

880 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

4 1/4"

[108mm]

895TSP Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings

Brass cover plate with two 1 1/2"

[38mm] screw plug openings, 4 1/4"

[108mm] for tile.

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895GFI (Brass)

895SGFICAL (Brushed Aluminum)

5 1/2"

[140mm] GFI receptacle cover plate, 5 1/2"

[140mm] for carpet.

4 1/4"

[108mm] GFI receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"

[108mm] for tile.

4 1/4"

[108mm]

896T Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass communications or power

cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]

threaded opening for tile. Sold

without abandon plug.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

896CK Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass communications or power

cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]

threaded opening for carpet.

880 Series Floor Box Cover Plates Ordering Information

4 1/4"

[108mm] Duplex cover plate with flip lids,

4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

5 1/2"

[140mm] Duplex cover plate with flip lids,

5 1/2" [140mm] for carpet.

With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Polycarbonate duplex cover plate

with flip lids for carpet.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Brass communication or power

cover plate with 2 5/8" [67mm]

threaded opening for carpet. Sold

without abandon plug.

896 Communication or Power Cover Plate

Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lid

PART NUMBERS:

895 (Brass)

895TCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Aluminum Duplex Power Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TGFI (Brass)

895TGFIAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Duplex Cover Plate with Flip Lids

PART NUMBERS:

895T (Brass)

895TAL (Brushed Aluminum)

5 1/2"

[140mm] Cover plate with two 1 1/2" [38mm]

screw plug openings, 5 1/2"

[140mm] for carpet.

Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings

PART NUMBERS:

895SP (Brass)

895SPAL (Brushed Aluminum)

4 1/4"

[108mm]

896TCK Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass communications or power

cover plate with 2 1/4" [57mm]

threaded opening for tile.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

479

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

4 1/4"

[108mm]

896TCK-3/4 Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass cover plate with 3/4"

[19.1mm] threaded opening for tile.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

896CK-1 Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]

threaded opening for carpet.

4 1/4"

[108mm]

896TCK-1 Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass cover plate with 1" [25mm]

threaded opening for tile.

880 Series Floor Box Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

5 1/2"

[140mm] Cover plate with 1/2" [12.7mm]

threaded opening 5 1/2" [140mm]

for carpet.

4 1/4"

[108mm] Cover plate with 1/2" [12.7mm]

threaded opening, 4 1/4" [108mm]

for tile.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

896CK-3/4 Communications or Power Cover Plate

Brass cover plate with 3/4"

[19.1mm] threaded opening

for carpet.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Polycarbonate communications or

power cover plate. Includes one

plug with 3/4" [19mm] opening,

one plug with 1" [25mm] opening,

and one plug with 2 5/8" [67mm]

opening. For pass-through only.

Communications or Power Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

896PCK-BLK (Black)

896PCK-BRN (Brown)

896PCK-BRZ (Bronze)

896PCK-AL (Aluminum)

Communications or Power Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

896CK-1/2 (Brass)

896CKAL-1/2 (Brushed Aluminum)

Communications or Power Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

896TCK-1/2 (Brass)

896TCKAL-1/2 (Brushed Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

480

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

800 Series™ Semi-Adjustable Floor Boxes provide an economical solution for

low density power or communication services in open space areas.

800 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

800 Series™ Conversion Kits are

available in these colors.

COLOR OPTIONS

Adjustable before and after

the concrete pour. Sold less

conversion kit.

Adjustable before and after

the concrete pour. Sold less

conversion kit.

3 3/8"

[86mm]

4 3/16"

[106mm]

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

3/4"

Conduit Thread

3/4"

Conduit Thread

1/2"

Conduit Thread

1/2"

Conduit Thread

Knockouts:

CAT. NO.

ADJUSTMENT CAPACITY CUBIC IN.

[CM3]

KNOCKOUTS OR

CONDUIT OPENINGSBEFORE THE POUR AFTER THE POUR

800LCK 2 3/4" vertical

[70mm]

1/2" vertical

[12.7mm]

23.6 cu. in.

[357ml3]

Sides –

Bottom –

(2)-1/2" [12.7mm]; (2)-3/4" [19.1mm]

800CILCK 2 3/4" vertical

[70mm]

1/2" vertical

[12.7mm]

28.3 cu. in.

[463ml3]

Sides – (2)-1/2" [12.7mm] and

(2)-3/4" [19.1mm] threaded

800LCK Steel Floor Box 800CILCK Cast-Iron Floor Box

[76mm]

4 3/16"

[106mm]

800 Series Floor Boxes Technical Speciﬁcations

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

Knockouts:

1/2"

Trade Size

800 Series Semi-Adjustable Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

481

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

800 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Brass conversion kit which includes one

825A – 2 1/4" [57mm] diameter plug, one

825C, one 825L, and one 825N. For carpet or

tile installations.

825CK Conversion Kit

Brass conversion kit which includes one

825A-1 – 1" [25mm] diameter plug, one

825C-1, one 825L, and one 825N.For carpet

or tile installations.

825CK-1 Conversion Kit

Brass conversion kit which includes one

825A-3/4 – 3/4" [19.1mm] diameter plug,

one 825C-3/4, one 825L, and one 825N. For

carpet or tile installations.

825CK-3/4 Conversion Kit

Brass conversion kit which includes one

825A-1/2 – 1/2" [12.7mm] diameter plug,

one 825C-1/2, one 825L, and one 825N. For

carpet or tile installations.

825CK-1/2 Conversion Kit

[102mm]

Includes the 825A. Total diameter is 2 5/8"

[67mm].

825CP Brass Carpet Plate Assembly

Conversion kit to fit 525 Series

service fitting on 800 Series

Boxes. Includes one 825C, one

825P-1, and one 1124L-1. For

carpet or tile installations.

825SFCK Conversion Kit

2 1/4" [57mm] diameter brass abandon plug.

Thread size is pipe thread size.

825A Abandon Plug

1/2" [12.7mm] diameter brass abandon plug.

Thread size is pipe thread size.

825A-1/2 Abandon Plug

3/4" [19.1mm] diameter brass abandon plug.

Thread size is pipe thread size.

825A-3/4 Abandon Plug

1" [25mm] diameter brass abandon plug.

Thread size is pipe thread size.

825A-1 Abandon Plug

800 Series Floor Box Conversion Kits Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

482

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880W Series™ Flanges and Cover Plates are available in

black, aluminum, gray, nickel, brass, bronze and brown.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

880W Series™ Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for wood floor

applications when both power and communication services are required

in open space areas.

880W SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

Meets Article 300.22(c) of NEC.

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

Knockouts:

3 3/4"

[95mm]

4 13/16"

[122mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

880W1 One-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

Knockouts: Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

7 7/8"

[200mm]

4 15/16"

[125mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

880W2 Two-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

880W Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Knockouts for three (3) 1/2"

[12.7mm], five (5) 3/4"

[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"

[25mm] conduits. 53 cu. in.

[869ml] of capacity.

Knockouts for six (6) 1/2"

[12.7mm], eight (8) 3/4"

[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"

[25mm] conduits. 58 cu. in.

[951ml] of capacity in one

compartment. 59 cu. in.

[967ml] of capacity in second

compartment. Barrier is

removable for greater capacity

if needed.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

483

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880W SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

Knockouts:

880W3 Three-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

12"

[305mm]

4 15/16"

[125mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

Knockouts for nine (9) 1/2"

[12.7mm], eleven (11) 3/4"

[19.1mm], and two (2) 1"

[25mm] conduits. 56 cu. in.

[918ml] of capacity in each of

the outside compartments.

68 cu. in. [1115ml] of

capacity in center

compartment. Barrier is

removable for greater

capacity if needed.

4 15/16"

[125mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 7 1/6"

[87mm]

4 15/16"

[125mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm]

3 7 1/6"

[87mm]

4 15/16"

[125mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

4 15/16"

[125mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

3 7/16"

[87mm]

880W1 Floor Box with 817B brass

flange included. Flange can be

used for tile or carpet applications.

NOTE: Order cover separately.

880W1817B

One-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

880W1 Floor Box with 818TCAL

brushed aluminum flange

included. Flange can be used for

tile or carpet applications.

NOTE: Order cover separately.

880W1818TCAL

One-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

880W2 Floor Box with 828TCAL

brushed aluminum flange

included. Flange can be used for

tile or carpet applications.

NOTE: Order cover separately.

880W2828TCAL

Two-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

880W3 Floor Box with 837B

brass flange included. Flange

can be used for tile or carpet

applications.

NOTE: Order cover separately.

880W3837B

Three-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

880W Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information

4 15/16"

[125mm]

7 7/8"

[200mm]

3 7 1/6"

[87mm]

4 15/16"

[125mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 7 1/6"

[87mm]

880W2 Floor Box with 827B brass

flange included. Flange can be

used for tile or carpet applications.

NOTE: Order cover separately.

880W2827B

Two-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

880W3 Floor Box with 838TCAL

brushed aluminum flange

included. Flange can be used for

tile or carpet applications.

NOTE: Order cover separately.

880W3838TCAL

Three-Gang Steel Floor Box for Wood Floors

880W Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

484

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880W SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

880W Series Floor Boxes Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in

conjunction with 817B, 827B, and

837B Flanges.v

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

5 3/4"

[146mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

817C One-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1

Floor Boxes.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 7/8"

[225mm]

827C Two-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1

Floor Boxes.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

13"

[330mm]

837C Three-Gang Brass Carpet Flange

For use on 880S3, 880M3,

880CS32-1, and 880CM3-1

Floor Boxes.

4 1/2"

[107mm]

3 1/2"

[88.4mm]

817T One-Gang Brass Tile Flange

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880CM1-1

Floor Boxes.

4 1/2"

[114.9mm]

7 5/8"

[193.7mm]

827T Two-Gang Brass Tile Flange

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1

Floor Boxes.

4 1/2"

[114mm]

11 3/4"

[298mm]

837T Three-Gang Brass Tile Flange

For use on 880S3, 880M3,

880CS3-1, and 880CM3-1

Floor Boxes.

827B Two-Gang Brass Combination Carpet and

Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

9 1/16"

[228.6mm]

817B One-Gang Brass Combination Carpet and

Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

5 1/16"

[128.5mm]

837B Three-Gang Brass Combination Carpet and

Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

6 1/16"

[154.4mm]

13 1/16"

[338mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

485

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

880W SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

828DPGFITC Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex style

receptacle with a rectangular style

flip lid cover.

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Screw plugs are 1 1/2" [38mm] in

diameter.

828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Data slides. Feed through only,

not for use with a mounting plate

for flush mounted communication

adapter.

829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and

57mm] plugs.

829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]

plugs.

829CK-1 Brass Communication Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[83.60mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and

12.7mm] plugs. For carpet or tile

installations.

829CK-1/2 Brass Communication Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and

19.1mm] plugs.

829CK-3/4 Brass Communication Cover Plate

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts

two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP style device plates,

sold separately. For use with 828GFITC

or 828GFITCAL cover plates, sold

separately.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.Brass covers and

flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic

covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with

aluminum flanges.

828DLR Brass Single Locking Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking

device of 1.58" diameter, and

maximum male plug face of

2.25" diameter.

4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

3 1/8"

[80.2mm]

828COMTC Brass Communication Cover Plate

Allows for up to four communication

devices to be mounted in a recessed

position within the 880 Floor Box. The

828COM Cover Plate has removable

slides for cable egress.

NOTE: For use with 880S and 880CS Series

Boxes only.

3 1/8"

[80.2mm] 4 3/16"

[106.2mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

486

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880W SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

818TCAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come

with beveled edges.

828TCAL Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come

with beveled edge

838TCAL Three-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

NOTE: Brushed Aluminum flanges come

with beveled edge

880W Series Floor Boxes Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

818TAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880M1-1

Floor Boxes.

828TAL Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum Tile Flange

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1, and 880CM2-1

Floor Boxes.

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems in

conjunction with 817B, 827B, and

837B Flanges.

828DPGFITCAL

Brushed Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

Allows for mounting of a duplex

style receptacle with a rectangular

style flip lid cover.

828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking

Receptacle Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking

device of 1.58" diameter, and

maximum male plug face of

2.25" diameter.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

[127mm]

[152.4mm]

[228.6mm]

[152.4mm]

13 3/16"

[335mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm] 3 1/2"

[89mm]

4 1/2"

[114mm]

7 5/8"

[194mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

[152.4mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

487

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880W SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

880W Series Floor Boxes Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1 1/4" [32mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate with

2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm] plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through p

ower cables.

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts

two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP style device plates,

sold separately. For use with 828GFITC

or 828GFITCAL cover plates, sold

separately.

830CKTCAL-3/4 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

830CKTCAL-1/2 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1/2" [12.7mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

Three-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837TCAL-BK (Black)

837TCAL-GY (Gray)

837TCAL-NK (Nickel)

837TCAL-BS (Brass)

837TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817TCAL-BK (Black)

817TCAL-GY (Gray)

817TCAL-NK (Nickel)

817TCAL-BS (Brass)

817TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

Two-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827TCAL-BK (Black)

827TCAL-GY (Gray)

827TCAL-NK (Nickel)

827TCAL-BS (Brass)

827TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

For use on 880S1, 880M1,

880CS1-1, and 880M1-1

Floor Boxes.

One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817TAL-BK (Black)

817TAL-GY (Gray)

817TAL-NK (Nickel)

817TAL-BS (Brass)

817TAL-BZ (Bronze)

4 1/2"

[114mm] 3 1/2"

[89mm]

[152.4mm] 5"

[127mm]

[157.4mm]

[228.6mm]

[152.4mm]

13 3/16"

[335mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[83.6mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

488

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880W SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828R-TCAL-BK (Black)

828R-TCAL-GY (Gray)

828R-TCAL-NK (Nickel)

828R-TCAL-BS (Brass)

828R-TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

Allows for mounting a duplex

receptacle (Decorator or GFCI

style) with a rectangular flip cover.

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]

plugs.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm]

plugs. Covers are available in five

decorative colors: black, gray,

brass, nickel and bronze.

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/16"

[109mm]

828MAAP AV Adapter Plate

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For

use with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL

cover plates, sold separately.

880W Series Floor Boxes Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-3/4BK (Black)

829CKAL-3/4GY (Gray)

829CKAL-3/4NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-3/4BS (Brass)

829CKAL-3/4BZ (Bronze)

Powder-Coated Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828GFITCAL-BK (Black)

828GFITCAL-GY (Gray)

828GFITCAL-NK (Nickel)

828GFITCAL-BS (Brass)

828GFITCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-1BK (Black)

829CKAL-1GY (Gray)

829CKAL-1NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-1BS (Brass)

829CKAL-1BZ (Bronze)

For use on 880S2, 880M2,

880CS2-1, and 880M2-1

Floor Boxes.

Two-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827TAL-BK (Black),

827TAL-GY (Gray),

827TAL-NK (Nickel)

827TAL-BS (Brass)

827TAL-BZ (Bronze)

4 1/2"

[114mm]

7 5/8"

[194mm]

4 5/16"

[109mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

3 1/4"

[83mm]

4 5/16"

[109.5mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

489

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

880W SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PFLRT-BLK (Black)

829PFLRT-BRN (Brown)

Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828PR-BLK (Black)

828PR-BRN (Brown)

One-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817PCC-BLK (Black)

817PCC-BRN (Brown)

5 3/4"

[146mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 7/8"

[225mm] For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

880W Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

13"

[330mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm] For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For Activate™

connectivity use with 829PFL

Cover. Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

880W Series Floor Boxes Nonmetallic Cover Plates Ordering Information

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

Nonmetallic GFI Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828PRGFI-BLK (Black)

828PRGFI-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

May be used with Ortronics®

Connectivity systems in

conjunction with 817, 827 and

837PCC Series flanges.

Nonmetallic Communication Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PFL-BLK (Black)

829PFL-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Individual flip lids. Gasket

included. Wiremold CM Series

inserts included.

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm] Individual flip lids. Gasket

included. Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters included.

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PCK-BLK (Black)

829PCK-BRN (Brown)

Breakouts. Feed through only, not

for use with a mounting plate for

communication jacks.

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PSTC-BLK (Black)

829PSTC-BRN (Brown)

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Data slides. Feed through only, not

for use with a mounting plate for

communication jacks.

Three-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837PCC-BLK (Black)

837PCC-BRN (Brown)

Two-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827PCC-BLK (Black)

827PCC-BRN (Brown)

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum or nonmetallic covers and flanges.

Nonmetallic covers are interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

490

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

861 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

861 Series™ Single Service Wood Floor Boxes bring power or communication

service directly to the open space. Available with poke-thru style covers. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961 Guide QCIT.

Meets Article 300.22(c) of NEC

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

1/2"

Conduit Thread 1/2"

Conduit Thread

1/2"

Conduit Thread

Knockouts:

861 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

COLOR OPTIONS

861 Series™ Cover Plates are available in black, aluminum,

gray, nickel, brass, bronze and brown.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

491

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

861 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Die-cast aluminum construction

with three 1/2" [12.7mm] knockouts;

two on the sides and one on the

bottom. 18 cu. in. [295ml3] of

capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]

diameter hole. Comes complete with

a disposable cover, receptacle and

cover sold separately.

861 Wood Floor Box

Complete with 20A duplex

receptacle and brass cover plate.

Die-cast aluminum construction

with three 1/2" [12.7mm] knockouts;

two on the sides and one on the

bottom. 18 cu. in. [295ml3] of

capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]

diameter hole.

861DB Wood Floor Box Assembly

Complete with prewired 15A quad

receptacle can be wired as

standard or isolated ground. Flush

poke-thru-style cover is available

in painted or brushed metal

finishes. Slide covers match

painted flange colors. Aluminum

and brass covers shipped with

black slide covers. Brass flange

also available with nonmetallic

brass-color (AB) slide holder. Die-

cast aluminum construction with

three 1/2" trade size knockouts:

two on the sides and one on the

bottom. 18 cu. in. [295 cu.cm]

capacity. Requires a 4" [102mm]

diameter hole and overall floor

depth of 1" [25mm]. Assembled

with scrub water gasket. For use

on tile, wood, or carpet floors.

Cover has two 1/2" trade size

conduits and one 3/4" trade size

threaded conduit opening for

feeding cables and wires through

floor. Flush flanges available in

painted or brushed metal finishes.

Die-cast aluminum construction

with three 1/2" trade size

knockouts; two on the sides and

one on the bottom, 18 cu. in.

[295 cu. cm] capacity. Requires a

4" [102mm] diameter hole.

861 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

Wood Floor Box Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

861QTCBK (Painted Black)

861QTCGY (Painted Gray)

861QTCBS (Brushed Brass)

861QTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

861QTCAB (All Brass)

861QTCAA (All Aluminum)

Furniture Feed Raised Floor Box Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

861FFTCBK (Painted Black)

861FFTCGY (Painted Gray)

861FFTCBS (Brushed Brass)

861FFTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

All communication floor boxes

accept up to four UTP connectors.

Flush poke-thru-style flanges

available in painted or brushed

metal finishes. Slide covers match

painted flange colors. Aluminum

and brass flanges shipped with

black slide cover. Brass flange also

available with nonmetallic brass-

color (AB) slide holder. Die-cast

aluminum construction with three

1/2" trade size knockouts: two on

the sides and one on the bottom.

18 cu. in. [295 cu.cm] capacity.

Requires a 4" [102mm] diameter

hole and overall floor depth of 1"

[25mm]. Includes two (2) Ortronics

TracJack inserts, two (2) Ortronics

Series II adapters and two

Wiremold Open System adapters.

Assembled with scrub water

gasket. For use on tile, wood, or

carpet floors. Modular jacks sold

separately.

Wood Floor Box Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

861AMDTCBK (Painted Black)

861AMDTCGY (Painted Gray)

861AMDTCBS (Brushed Brass)

861AMDTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

861AMDTCAB (All brass)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

492

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895P-BLK (Black)

895P-BRN (Brown)

895P-BRZ (Bronze)

895P-AL (Brushed Aluminum)

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

NOTE: All 895 Style Cover Plates are furnished with gasket and three screws.

All carpet cover plates are 5 1/2" [140mm] in diameter.

All tile cover plates are 4 1/4" [108mm] in diameter.

861 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Duplex cover plate with flip lids,

5 1/2' [140mm] for carpet.

Cover plate with two screw plug

openings, 5 1/2" [140mm] for

carpet.

GFI receptacle cover plate, 5 1/2"

[140mm] for carpet.

Polycarbonate duplex cover plate

with flip lids for carpet.

861 Series Floor Box Cover Plate Ordering Information

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895GFI (Brass)

895GFICAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Duplex Cover Plate With Flip Lids

PART NUMBERS:

895 (Brass)

895TCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

4 1/4"

[108mm]

GFI receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"

[108mm] for tile.

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TGFI (Brass)

895TGFIAL (Brushed Aluminum)

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Duplex cover plate with flip lids,

4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

Duplex Cover Plate With Flip Lids

PART NUMBERS:

895T (Brass)

895TAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings

PART NUMBERS:

895SP (Brass)

895SPAL (Brushed Aluminum)

With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TCAL-BK (Black)

895TCAL-GY (Gray)

895TCAL-NK (Nickel)

895TCAL-BS (Brass)

895TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Cover plate with two screw plug

openings, 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Cover Plate with Two Screw Plug Openings

PART NUMBERS:

895TSP (Brass)

895TSPAL (Brushed Aluminum)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

493

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

862 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

862 Series™ Residential Floor Boxes provide an excellent solution for low

density power or communication requirements for both concrete or wood

floor applications.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:

File E110748 Guide QCMZ.

Back

Side Side

Top

Front

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

Bottom

Knockouts:

862 Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information

862 Series™ Floor Box Kits are available in black,

aluminum, gray, nickel, brass, bronze and brown.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the

factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

494

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

862 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Includes 862 Series Floor Box, one

15A, 125V tamper-resistant brown

duplex receptacle, and one 895T

brass duplex receptacle cover for

tile. Order 862KIT when using in

concrete floor.

862DB PVC Floor Box Assembly

For Wood or Concrete Floors

Box only, for wood or concrete

floors. When using in concrete floor,

order 862KIT with 862 Floor Box.

862 PVC Floor Box

When using any of the 862 Series

Floor Boxes in a concrete floor, the

862KIT will provide a mud cap for

the concrete pour, two 3/4" trade

size conduit hubs, and a scrub

water gasket. Not needed for wood

floor installations.

862KIT Concrete Floor Kit

Includes 862 Series Floor Box, one

15A, 125V tamper-resistant brown

duplex receptacle, and one 895

brass duplex receptacle cover for

carpet. Order 862KIT when using in

concrete floor.

862C PVC Floor Box Assembly

For Wood or Concrete Floors

Includes 862 Series Floor Box, one

Decorator style 15A, 125V tamper-

resistant brown receptacle, and one

895GFI brass cover for carpet. Order

862KIT when using in concrete floor.

862GFI PVC Floor Box Assembly

For Wood or Concrete Floors

Includes 862 Series Floor Box, one

Decorator style 15A, 125V tamper-

resistant brown receptacle, and one

895TGFI brass cover for tile. Order

862KIT when using in concrete floor.

862TGFI PVC Floor Box Assembly

For Wood or Concrete Floors

862 Series Floor Box Kits Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

495

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895P-BLK (Black)

895P-BRN (Brown)

895P-BRZ (Bronze)

895P-AL (Brushed Aluminum)

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Duplex cover plate with flip lids,

5 1/2' [140mm] for carpet.

Cover plate with two screw plug

openings, 5 1/2" [140mm] for

carpet.

GFI receptacle cover plate, 5 1/2"

[140mm] for carpet.

Polycarbonate duplex cover plate

with flip lids for carpet.

861 Series Floor Box Cover Plate Ordering Information

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895GFI (Brass)

895GFICAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Duplex Cover Plate With Flip Lids

PART NUMBERS:

895 (Brass)

895TCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

4 1/4"

[108mm]

GFI receptacle cover plate, 4 1/4"

[108mm] for tile.

GFI Receptacle Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TGFI (Brass)

895TGFIAL (Brushed Aluminum)

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Duplex cover plate with flip lids,

4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

Duplex Cover Plate With Flip Lids

PART NUMBERS:

895T (Brass)

895TAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Cover Plate With Two Screw Plug Openings

PART NUMBERS:

895SP (Brass)

895SPAL (Brushed Aluminum)

With flip lids, 5 1/2" [140mm]

diameter for carpet.

5 1/2"

[140mm]

Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

895TCAL-BK (Black)

895TCAL-GY (Gray)

895TCAL-NK (Nickel)

895TCAL-BS (Brass)

(Bronze)

Cover plate with two screw plug

openings, 4 1/4" [108mm] for tile.

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Cover Plate with Two Screw Plug Openings

PART NUMBERS:

895TSP (Brass)

895TSPAL (Brushed Aluminum)

862 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

NOTE: All 895 Style Cover Plates are furnished with gasket and three screws.

All carpet cover plates are 5 1/2" [140mm] in diameter.

All tile cover plates are 4 1/4" [108mm] in diameter.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

496

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

863 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

863 Series™ Multi-Service Round Floor Box Assembly Kits for Wood

Floors for New and Retrofit Residential Applications. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:

File E110748 Guide QCMZ.

863 Series™ Cover Plates are available in these colors as

indicated in the part number descriptions.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

Knockouts:

Side

1/2"

Trade Size

Bottom

Romex Strain

Relief

863 Series Floor Box Assembly Kits Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

497

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

3 1/2"

[89mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

863 SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Includes round PVC floor box, one

15A, 125V tamper-resistant duplex

receptacle, one coax F connector,

one RJ45 Category 5e connector,

and brass duplex opening cover

plate with two flip lids.

863DPCOM Dual-Service Floor Box Kit

Includes round PVC floor box, one

15A, 125V tamper-resistant duplex

receptacle, one coax F connector,

one RJ45 Category 5e connector,

and brushed aluminum duplex

opening cover plate with two

flip lids.

863DPCOMAL Dual-Service Floor Box Kit

Includes round PVC floor box,

one 15A, 125V tamper-resistant

decorator style duplex receptacle,

one coax F connector, one RJ45

Category 5e connector, and brass

duplex opening cover plate with

single flip lid.

863DRGFICOM Dual-Service Floor Box Kit

Includes round PVC floor box,

one 15A, 125V tamper-resistant

decorator style duplex receptacle,

one coax F connector, one RJ45

Category 5e connector, and brushed

aluminum duplex opening cover

plate with single flip lid.

863DRGFICOMAL Dual-Service Floor Box Kit

863 Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

498

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

WMFB SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Multi-Service Floor Box Assembly Kits for Wood Floors for New and Retrofit

Residential Applications. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed

Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes:

File E143222 Guide QCMZ.

WMFB Series™ Cover Plates are available in these colors as

indicated in the part number descriptions.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory

for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

Knockouts: Back

Side Side

Top

Front

1/2"

Trade Size KO

1/2"

Trade Size KO

1/2"

Trade Size KO

WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

499

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

WMFB SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Includes single-gang box, divider, one

15A, 125V receptacle, one opening for

communication device, and brass

cover with two screw plugs. For hole

cut dimensions, see installation

instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1SRKS1B Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, divider, one

15A, 125V receptacle, one opening for

communication device, and nickel

cover with two screw plugs. For hole

cut dimensions, see installation

instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1SRKS1N Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, one 15A, 125V

tamper-resistant receptacle, and brass

cover with two screw plugs. For hole

cut dimensions, see installation

instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1DRB Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, one 15A

tamper-resistant receptacle, and brass

cover with one screw plug. For hole

cut dimensions, see installation

instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1SRB Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, one 15A, 125V

tamper-resistant receptacle, and nickel

cover with two screw plugs. For hole

cut dimensions, see installation

instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1DRN Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, one 15A

tamper-resistant receptacle, and nickel

cover with one screw plug. For hole

cut dimensions, see installation

instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1SRN Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes dual-gang box, two 15A tamper-

resistant duplex receptacles, and brass

cover with four screw plugs. For hole

cut dimensions, see installation

instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L

[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB2DR2B Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes dual-gang box, two 15A tamper-

resistant duplex receptacles, and nickel

cover with four screw plugs. For hole

cut dimensions, see installation

instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L

[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB2DR2N Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

500

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

WMFB SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Includes single-gang box, device plate

with two openings for communication

devices, and brass cover with one screw

plug. For hole cut dimensions, see

installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1KS2B Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, device plate

with two openings for communication

devices, and nickel cover with one screw

plug. For hole cut dimensions, see

installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1KS2N Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, 106 adapter

with four openings for communication

devices, and brass cover with two screw

plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see

installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1KS4B Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes dual-gang box, one 15A tamper-

resistant duplex receptacle, 106 adapter

with four openings for communication

devices, and brass cover with four screw

plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see

installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L

[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB2DRKS4B Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes single-gang box, 106 adapter

with four openings for communication

devices, and nickel cover with two screw

plugs. For hole cut dimensions,see

installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

2 1/8" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[54mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

3 1/8" W x 4 15/16" L

[79mm W x 125mm L]

WMFB1KS4N Single-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes dual-gang box, one 15A tamper-

resistant duplex receptacle, 106 adapter

with four openings for communication

devices, and nickel cover with four screw

plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see

installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L

[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB2DRKS4N Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes dual-gang box, two 106 adapter

with eight openings for communication

devices, and brass cover with four screw

plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see

installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L

[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB2KS8B Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

Includes dual-gang box, two 106 adapter

with eight openings for communication

devices, and nickel cover with four screw

plugs. For hole cut dimensions, see

installation instructions sheet.

Box Dimensions:

3 1/4" W x 3 3/4" L x 3 7/8" D

[83mm W x 95mm L x 98mm D]

Device Plate:

4 7/8" W x 5 1/16" L

[124mm W x 129mm L]

WMFB2KS8N Dual-Gang Floor Box Assembly

WMFB Series Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

501

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

AF™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

FloorSource AF Series™ Raised Floor Boxes provide point-of-use

activations for multiple power and communications devices while offering

greater flexibility relating to adds, moves and changes within a standard

and shallow raised floor application.

CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:

File E2961, Guide QCIT.

UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box

(prewired):

File E51105, Guide QQVX.

Meets Article 300.22(c) of NEC.

Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.

AF Series™ Raised Floor Boxes are available in die-cast

aluminum with black, gray or brown covers and trim flanges

as indicated in the part number descriptions.

COLOR OPTIONS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

502

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

SGT

DGT

Faceplate Locations Knockouts:

Side

1/2"

Trade Size KO

3/4"

Trade Size

Bottom

1/2"

Trade Size

AF™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

The AF1 Raised Floor and Stage Floor Box provides three separate compartments that

accommodate a combination of power, communication and audio/video devices. This

combination is accomplished with the built-in service dividers. These dividers are arranged

in a single-double, single-gang configuration. Die-cast aluminum housing provides added

strength and reliability. Polycarbonate hinged lid and trim flange are available for carpet or

tile applications, as well as color choice of black, brown, or gray.

AF-1 Raised Floor Box

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

OVERALL TRIM RING 8 3/4" x 6 3/4" [222mm x 171mm]

MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 5" [127mm]

PANEL OPENING 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

COVER SIZE 7 1/2" x 5" [191mm x 127mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLUME 130 cu. in. [2130ml]

USER VOLUME 78.6 cu. in. [1288ml]

TOTAL VOLUME 208.6 cu. in. [3418ml]

KNOCKOUT SIZES Seven (7) 1/2" and Two (2) 3/4" Trade Size KOs (Power Side only)

SERVICE Triple

MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 1 1/2" [38mm] (Includes floor covering)

Speciﬁcations

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION BOX DIMENSION

AF1KC AF1 with Black Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1KT AF1 with Black Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1NC AF1 with Brown Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1NT AF1 with Brown Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1YC AF1 with Gray Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

AF1YT AF1 with Gray Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm]

NOTE: AF1 and AF3 Floor Boxes are available in a prewired (power only) version.

Consult factory for ordering information. For information on prewired versions

with Walkerflex, see the Walkerflex Section of this Product Guide.

NOTE: All boxes and plates are sold separately.

Ordering Data

AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

503

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

The AF3 Raised Floor and Stage Floor Box provides four separate compartments that

accommodate up to eight gangs of communication, power and/or audio/ video devices.

The top panel has a unique built-in service divider that accommodates a combination power,

communication and audio/video devices. These dividers are arranged in a single-double,

single-gang configuration. The lower panel provides single-gang activation points in a single

service configuration. Die-cast aluminum housing provides added strength and reliability.

Polycarbonate hinged lid and trim flange are available for carpet or tile applications, as well

as a color choice of black, brown, or gray.

SGT

DGT

SGB

Faceplate Locations Knockouts: Side

1/2"

Trade Size

3/4"

Trade Size

Bottom 1/2"

Trade Size

AF-3 Raised Floor Box

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

OVERALL TRIM RING 9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]

MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 5" [127mm]

PANEL OPENING 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

COVER SIZE 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLUME 220 cu. in. [3604ml]

USER VOLUME 180 cu. in. [2948ml]

TOTAL VOLUME 300 cu. in. [4915ml]

KNOCKOUT SIZES Seven (7) 1/2" and Two (2) 3/4" Trade Size KOs (Power Side only)

SERVICE Triple

MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 1 1/2" [38mm] (Includes floor covering)

Speciﬁcations

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION BOX DIMENSION

AF3KC AF3 with Black Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3KT AF3 with Black Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3NC AF3 with Brown Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3NT AF3 with Brown Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3YC AF3 with Gray Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

AF3YT AF3 with Gray Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

NOTE: AF1 and AF3 Floor Boxes are available in a prewired (power only) version.

Consult factory for ordering information. For information on prewired versions

with Walkerflex, see the Walkerflex Section of this Product Guide.

NOTE: All boxes and plates are sold separately.

Ordering Data

AF™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

504

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Includes one (1) Wiremold Open System adapter.

Adapter accepts three (3) Wiremold CM Series

inserts or three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series

modules. Use in center compartment only.

AF™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Blank plate for field punching.

SGT-B Single-Gang Plate

One duplex opening.

SGT-DP Single-Gang Plate

For Heyco bushing opening or single receptacle

1.046" [35.7mm] diameter. Use in outer, side

compartments only.

SGT-H Single-Gang Plate

1" [25mm] knockout.

SGT-1KO Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Wiremold Open System inserts

or three (3) Wiremold CM Series Open System

modules.

SGT-ACT Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Ortronics® Series II inserts.

SGT-3S2 Single-Gang Plate

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Series Devices, sold separately.

SGT-MAAP Internal Audio/Video Plate

Blank plate. Use in center compartment only.

DGT-B Double-Gang Plate

Two duplex openings. Use in center

compartment only.

DGT-2DP Double-Gang Plate

One duplex opening and blank. Use in center

compartment only.

DGT-DP/B Double-Gang Plate

DGT-ACT Double-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Extron® Electronics AAP Series

Devices, sold separately.

DGT-AAP Internal Audio/Video Plate

Accepts five (5) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Series Devices, sold

separately.

DGT-MAAP Internal Audio/Video Plate

AF Series Upper (Top) Panel Device Plates for Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

505

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Lower (Bottom) Panel Device Plates for AF3 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Includes one (1) Ortronics® Series II adapter

and one (1) TracJack adapter. Use in center

compartment only.

DGT-RT Double-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Ortronics® TracJack inserts.

SGT-3TJ Single-Gang Plate

Blank plate for field punching.

SGB-B Single-Gang Plate

One duplex opening.

SGB-DP Single-Gang Plate

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Series Devices, sold

separately.

SGB-MAAP Internal Audio/Video Plate

Accepts three (3) Wiremold Open System inserts

or three (3) CM2 Series Open System modules.

SGB-ACT Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Ortronics® Series II inserts.

SGB-3S2 Single-Gang Plate

Accepts three (3) Ortronics® Tracjack inserts.

SGB-3TJ Single-Gang Plate

AF™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

AF Series Upper (Top) Panel Device Plates for Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

506

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Knockouts:

Side

1/2"

Trade Size KO

Front

1/2"

Trade Size

Side

Back

Top

1/2"

Trade Size

AF™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

The SAF Shallow Raised Floor Box has been designed to fit into 2 1/2" floor depths and

provides two compartments that accommodate a combination of power, communication

and audio/video devices. The SAF21/2 can accommodate two duplex receptacles on one

side and up to six communication devices on the other side. The power and communication

compartments can only be used for designated services. Four 1/2" trade size KOs are in the

sides of the box to feed the power devices. The hinged polycarbonate lid and trim flange for

carpet or tile are available in black, brown, or gray. Two duplex receptacle power plates are

supplied with each box. Receptacles not included. Three blank communication plates are

included with each box. Box includes a communication compartment cover plate for use in

air handling spaces. SAF21/2 Box will accept up to two SG2 Power Plates, and up to three

SGC2 Communication Plates. Consult factory for custom plates.

SAF Raised Floor Box

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

OVERALL TRIM RING 9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]

MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 2 1/2" [64mm]

PANEL OPENING 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

COVER SIZE 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]

ACTIVATION VOLUME 18.5 cubic inches [303ml]

POWER VOLUME 29 cubic inches [475ml]

MAXIMUM FLOOR PANEL THICKNESS

WITH FLOOR COVERING

1 3/16" [30mm]

KNOCKOUTS Power – Four (4) 1/2" Trade Size Concentric KOs

Communication – Three (3) 1/2" Trade Size Concentric KOs

SERVICE Triple

MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 1 3/8" [35mm] (includes floor covering)

Speciﬁcations

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION BOX DIMENSION

SAF21/2KC Black Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

SAF21/2KT Black Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

SAF21/2NC Brown Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

SAF21/2NT Brown Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

SAF21/2YC Gray Carpet Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

SAF21/2YT Gray Tile Cover and Trim 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

Ordering Data

AF Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

507

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

AF™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Single-gang duplex receptacle.

SG2-DP Power Plate

Single-gang blank plate.

SG2-B Power Plate

Accepts two (2) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP Series

Devices, sold separately.

SGC2-MAAP Communication Plate

Single-gang blank.

SGC2-B Communication Plate

Single-gang adapter. Includes one (1)

Wiremold Open System adapter.

SGC2-ACT Communication Plate

Includes one (1) Ortronics® Series II

adapter and one (1) TracJack adapter.

SGC2-RT Communication Plate

SAF21/2 Raised Floor Box Device Plates Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

508

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Side

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Concentric KOs

Back

Side

Top

Front

Knockouts:

AC™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

FloorSource AC Series™ Raised Floor Boxes provide point-of-use

activations for multiple power, communication and audio/video devices

while offering greater flexibility relating to adds, moves and changes

within the raised floor.

AC Series™ Raised Floor Boxes are available in die-

cast zinc construction with gray covers as indicated in

the part number descriptions.

COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:

File E2961, Guide QCIT.

UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box

(prewired):

File E51105, Guide QQVX.

Meets Article 300.22(c) of NEC.

Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.

AC8850 AC8105Knockouts:

Side

Back

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Concentric KOs

Side

Front

Top

NOTE: Back plate is removable for greater depth capacity.

The AC8850 and AC8105 are boxes with a 5" [127mm] depth design, with the AC8105 providing an extra 2" [51mm] of width

for additional wiring capacity. These boxes can accommodate four duplex power receptacles on one side. Power plate with

duplex knockouts included with box. The communication plate will accept at least three communication adapters for up to

18 ports of activation. Lids rotate 180° for easy orientation. Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.

AC8850, AC8105 Raised Floor Box

AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

509

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

AC™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

Power Plates for AC8850 and AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Four (4) duplex KOs. One plate supplied

with AC8850 Box.

* AC8850 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot

be used in conjunction with communication plates.

P8850-4DP Power Plate

Four (4) duplex KOs. One plate supplied

with AC8105 Box.

P8105-4DP Double-Gang Power Plate

Three (3) duplex KOs for 106

communication style adapter. Fits both

AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes.

C8005P-3DBP* Communication Plate

For AC8850 Box. Includes one (1) (C8850P-

ACT) or two (2) (C8850P-2ACT) Wiremold

CM Series Open System adapter(s).

C8850P-ACT*, C8850P-2ACT* Communication Plate

For AC8850 Box. Includes one (1) or two

(2) Ortronics® Series II and one (1) or two

(2) TracJack adapter(s).

C8850P-RT*, C8850P-2RT* Communication Plate

For AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes. Includes

three (3) Ortronics® Series II and three (3)

TracJack adapters.

C8005P-3RT* Communication Plate

DESCRIPTION AC8850 DIMENSIONS AC8105 DIMENSIONS

BOX DIMENSIONS 8" x 8" x 5" [203mm x 203mm x 127mm] 8" x 10" x 5" [203mm x 254mm x 127mm]

OVERALL TRIM RING 9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm] 9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm]

MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 5" [127mm] 5" [127mm]

PANEL OPENING 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

COVER SIZE 7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm] 7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLUME 97.22 cubic inches [1593ml] 111.08 cubic inches [1820ml]

USER VOLUME 102.22 cubic inches [1674ml] 151.97 cubic inches [2490ml]

TOTAL VOLUME 199.22 cubic inches [3264ml] 262.97 cubic inches [4309ml]

KNOCKOUTS Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Cocentric KOs

Communication – Four (4) 1/2”-3/4” Trade Size Concentric KOs

SERVICE Single Triple

MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 2" [51mm] (includes floor covering) 2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)

NOTE: For custom options, consult factory. All boxes are sold with one power plate: 4" [102mm] deep boxes have plate with

two power duplex receptacle KOs, 5" [127mm] deep boxes have plate with four power duplex receptacle KOs. All

communication plates sold separately.

Speciﬁcations

AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Communication Plates for AC8850 and AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

* AC8850 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in conjunction

with communication plates.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

510

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

* AC8850 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in conjunction

with communication plates.

AC™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

For AC8850 and AC8105 Boxes. Includes

three (3) 6A Wiremold CM Series Open

System adapters.

C8005P-3ACT* Communication Plate

Accepts six (6) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP Series Devices, sold

separately, and one (1) CM communication

adapter.

NOTE: For use in AC8105 style box.

C8005P-MAAP-6A* Internal Audio/Video Plate

Accepts six (6) Extron® Electronics AAP

Series Devices, sold separately, and one (1)

CM communication adapter.

NOTE: For use in AC8105 style box.

C8005P-AAP-6A* Internal Audio/Video Plate

AC8104AC8840 Knockouts:

Side

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Concentric KOs

Back

Side

Top

Front

NOTE: Plate is removable for greater depth capacity.

The AC8840 and AC8104 are boxes with a 4" [102mm] depth design, with the AC8104 providing an extra 2" [51mm] of width

for added wiring capacity. These boxes can accommodate two duplex power receptacles on one side. Power plate with duplex

knockouts included with box. The communication plate will accept two communication adapters for up to 12 ports of activation.

Lids can be rotated 180° for easy orientation. Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.

AC8840, AC8104 Raised Floor Boxes

DESCRIPTION AC8840 DIMENSIONS AC8104 DIMENSIONS

BOX DIMENSIONS 8" x 8" x 4” [203mm x 203mm x 102mm] 8" x 10" x 4” [203mm x 254mm x 102mm]

OVERALL TRIM RING 9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm] 9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm]

MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 4" [102mm] 4" [102mm]

PANEL OPENING 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

COVER SIZE 7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm] 7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER VOLUME 63.92 cubic inches [1047ml] 76.87 cubic inches [1260ml]

USER VOLUME 84.34 cubic inches [1382ml] 130.09 cubic inches [2131ml]

TOTAL VOLUME 152.34 cubic inches [2496ml] 201.09 cubic inches [3295ml]

KNOCKOUTS Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs

Communication – Two (2) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs

SERVICE Single Dual

MAXIMUM FLOOR THICKNESS 2" [51mm] (includes floor covering) 2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)

NOTE: For custom options, consult factory. All boxes are sold with one power plate: 4" [102mm] deep boxes have plate with

two power duplex receptacle KOs, 5" [127mm] deep boxes have plate with four power duplex receptacle KOs. All

communication plates sold separately.

Speciﬁcations

Side

Back

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Concentric KOs

Side

Front

Top

Knockouts:

Communication Plates for AC8850 and AC8105 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

511

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

AC™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

NOTE: AC8840 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in

conjunction with communication plates.

Two duplex KOs. One (1) plate supplied

with AC8840 Box.

P8840-2DP Power Plate

Power Plates for AC8840 and AC8104 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Two duplex KOs. For AC8840 and AC8104

Boxes.

C8004P-2DBP Communication Plate

Two duplex KOs. One (1) plate supplied

with AC8104 Box.

P8104-2DP Power Plate

NOTE: AC8840 is a single-service box. Power plates cannot be used in

conjunction with communication plates.

For AC8840 and AC8104 Boxes. Includes

two (2) Wiremold CM Series Open System

adapters.

C8004P-2ACT Communication Plate

For AC8840 and AC8104 Boxes. Includes

two (2) Ortronics® Series II adapters and

two (2) TracJack adapters.

C8004P-2RT Communication Plate

Communication Plates for AC8840 and AC8104 Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

512

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

AC™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

AC10105-2 Raised Floor Box

Communication Plates for AC10105-2 Raised Floor Box Ordering Information

Knockouts:

Side

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Concentric KOs

Back

Side

Top

Front

1/2" & 3/4"

Trade Size

Concentric KOs

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

BOX DIMENSIONS 10" x 10" x 5"

[254mm x 254mm x 127mm]

OVERALL TRIM RING 11 1/2" x 11 1/2" [292mm x 292mm]

MODULE DEPTH OVERALL 5" [127mm]

PANEL OPENING 10" x 10" [254mm x 254mm]

COVER SIZE 9 5/8" x 9 5/8" [245mm x 245mm]

ACTIVATION CHAMBER

VOLUME

115 cu. in. [1884ml]

USER VOLUME 243 cu. in. [3981ml]

TOTAL VOLUME 358 cu. in. [5865ml]

KNOCKOUT SIZES Power – Four (4) 1/2" Trade Size

Concentric KOs

Communication – Four (4) 1/2" Trade

Size Concentric KOs

SERVICE Triple

MAXIMUM FLOOR

THICKNESS

2" [51mm] (includes floor covering)

Speciﬁcations The AC10105-2 box with a 5" [127mm]

depth is a square profile box that

provides eight-gangs of power and/or

communication device capacity. Power

plate with duplex knockouts included

with box. The AC10105-2 also provides

increased plug-in volume which is ideal

for the additional space needed when

plugging in transformer type plugs. Lids

can be rotated 180° for easy orientation.

Gray lids are die-cast zinc construction.

Power Plates for AC10105-2 Raised Floor Box Ordering Information

Four duplex KOs. One supplied with

AC10105-2 Box.

P10105-4DP Double-Gang Power Plate

Five duplex KOs for AC10105-2 Box.

P10105-5DP Double-Gang Power Plate

Blank. For AC10105 Box.

C10105P-B Communication Plate

For AC10105 Box. Includes three (3)

Ortronics® Series II adapters and three (3)

TracJack adapters.

C10105P-3RT Communication Plate

For AC10105 Box. Includes three (3)

Wiremold CM Series Open System

adapters.

C10105P-3ACT Communication Plate

Accepts eight (8) Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® Electronics MAAP Series Devices,

sold separately, and one (1) CM Series

communication adapter.

C10105P-MAAP-6A Internal Audio/Video Plate

Accepts eight (8) Extron® Electronics AAP

Series Devices, sold separately, and one (1)

CM Series communication adapter.

C10105P-AAP-6A Internal Audio/Video Plate

AC Series Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

513

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

CRFB SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

CRFB Series Floor Boxes are round recessed floor boxes designed to meet the

functionality and flexibility requirements of the raised and wood floor markets.

New egress design for CRFB Series Floor Box

Covers offers larger wire/cable egress with

locking feature.

CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:

File E2961, Guide QCIT.

UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box

(prewired):

File E51105, Guide QQVX.

Meets Article 300.22(c) of NEC

Meets Article 12-2500 of CEC.

CRFB Series Floor Boxes Cover and Evolution™ Series

Poke-Thru Covers are available in black, gray, nickel,

brass and bronze finishes.

COLOR OPTIONS

CRFB Series four-compartment configurable box.Cables egress from a CRFB Series Floor Box

with Evolution Series Poke-Thru Cover.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

514

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Ø 8 1/4"

[210mm]

Ø 7.789"

[198mm]

6 5/8"

[168mm]

Combination 1/2" &

3/4" (3) concentric

trade size KOs

1 1/4" trade

size KO

2" Trade Size KO

Combination 3/4" & 1"

(3) concentric Trade

Size KOs

The housing is die-cast aluminum construction with stamped steel bottom plate.

COMPARTMENT DEPTH

23.5 in.3

[385ml]

17.5 in.3

[287ml]

32.8 in.3

[537ml]

23.5 in.3

[385ml]

COMPARTMENT VOLUMES

CRFB SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

2 1/4"

[57mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

CRFB Series Round Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

9 3/16"

[233mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

Die-cast aluminum construction with

stamped steel bottom plate. Includes

3 duplex receptacle plates, 1 center

communication plate and 3 cable pass

through grommets for 1" trade size

tunnel.

NOTE: Floor thickness range (including floor

covering) 3/8" – 2" [9.5mm - 51mm].

CRFB4 CRFB Housing

Available in die cast aluminum with a painted finish.

No cutouts are provided for floor coverings.

Available in die cast aluminum with a painted finish.

Lid has built-in key locking feature for tamper resistance.

Insert areas allow for tile or carpet cutouts to match

finished floor.

CRFB Series Floor Boxes Assembly Details

CRFB-Housing

9 3/16"

[233mm]

Available in die cast aluminum with a painted finish. Insert

areas allow for tile or carpet cutouts to match finished floor.

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

CRFBCTCBK (Black)

CRFBCTCGY (Gray)

CRFBCTCNK (Nickel)

CRFBCTCBS (Brass)

CRFBCTCBZ (Bronze)

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

CRFBBTCBK (Black)

CRFBBTCGY (Gray)

CRFBBTCNK (Nickel)

CRFBBTCBS (Brass)

CRFBBTCBZ (Bronze)

Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

CRFBCTCBKTR (Black)

CRFBCTCGYTR (Gray)

CRFBCTCNKTR (Nickel)

CRFBCTCBSTR (Brass)

CRFBCTCBZTR (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

515

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

9 3/16"

[233mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

CRFB SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Tunnel allows the two outer

compartments to be utilized for

one service while the center two

compartments are utilized for

other services.

CRFB-TUN Tunnel

Device Plate

Location #1

NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 1

is 6 11/32" [161mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].

CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 1 Ordering Information

Used to close off unused gang.

CRFB-B-1 Blank Device Plate #1

Accepts standard 15A and 20A

duplex receptacles.

CRFB-D-1 Duplex Device Plate

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator

style receptacles.

CRFB-GFI-1 GFCI/Decorator Plate

Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm]

CRFB-SR1-1 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate

Accepts two (2) ports of

communication devices. Includes

one (1) Wiremold CM Series Open

System adapter and inserts.

CRFB-AB-1 Communication Device Plate

Accepts two (2) ports of

communication devices. Includes

one (1) Ortronics® Series II and one

(1) Tracjack adapter.

CRFB-RT-1 Communication Device Plate

CRFB Series Round Raised Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly with painted

finishes.

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

8CTCBK (Black)

8CTCGY (Gray)

8CTCNK (Nickel)

8CTCBS (Brass)

8CTCBZ (Bronze)

NOTE: Add suffix “TR” to the end of the

part number to indicate tamper-

resistant cover assembly.

Available in die cast

aluminum with painted

finishes. No cutouts are

provided. Lid has built-in

key locking feature for

tamper resistance.

Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

CRFBBTCBKTR (Black)

CRFBBTCGYTR (Gray)

CRFBBTCNKTR (Nickel)

CRFBBTCBSTR (Brass)

CRFBBTCBZTR (Bronze)

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly with painted

finishes.

Flush Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

8CTBK (Black)

8CTGY (Gray)

8CTNK (Nickel)

8CTBS (Brass)

8CTBZ (Bronze)

NOTE: Add suffix “TR” to the end of the

part number to indicate tamper-

resistant cover assembly.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

516

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Device Plate

Location #2

NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 2

is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].

CRFB SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 2 Ordering Information

Used to close off unused gang.

CRFB-B-2 Blank Device Plate #2

Accepts two (2) ports of

communication devices. Includes one

(1) Wiremold CM Series Open System

adapter and inserts.

CRFB-AB-2 Communication Device Plate

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles.

CRFB-D-2 Duplex Device Plate

Accepts two (2) ports of

communication devices. Includes one

(1) Ortronics® Series II and one (1)

Tracjack adapter.

CRFB-RT-2 Communication Device Plate

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator

style receptacles.

CRFB-GFI-2 GFCI/Decorator Plate

Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm]

CRFB-SR1-2 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate

Accepts single device 1.60" [41mm]

CRFB-SR2-2 1.60" [41mm] Device Plate

CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 3 Ordering Information

Used to close off unused gang.

CRFB-B-3 Blank Device Plate #3

Accepts standard 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles.

CRFB-D-3 Duplex Device Plate

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator

style receptacles.

CRFB-GFI-3 GFCI/Decorator Plate

Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm].

CRFB-SR1-3 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

517

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Device Plate

Location #3

NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 3

is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].

CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 4 Ordering Information

Device Plate

Location #4

NOTE: Standard size for device plates for Plate Location 4

is 5 7/32" [132mm] x 2 3/4" [62mm].

CRFB SERIES™ FLOOR BOXES

Accepts two (2) ports of communication

devices. Includes one (1) Ortronics®

Series II and one (1) Tracjack adapter.

CRFB-RT-3 Communication Device Plate

Accepts two (2) ports of

communication devices. Includes one

(1) Wiremold CM Series Open System

adapter and inserts.

CRFB-AB-3 Communication Device Plate

CRFB Series Device Plates for Location 3 Ordering Information (continued)

Used to close off unused gang.

CRFB-B-4 Center Blank Plate

6A communications plate. Includes:

(1) 6A Wiremold Open System Adapter,

(1) Ortronics Series II Adapter, (1)

Ortronics TracJack Adapter. Modular

jacks sold separately.

CRFB-BEZ6A-4 Center 6A Comm Adapter

Accepts standard 15A and 20A Duplex

Receptacles.

CRFB-D-4 Center Duplex Plate

Accepts standard GFCI or Decorator

Style Receptacles.

CRFB-GFI-4 Center Decorator Style Plate

Accepts single device 1.39" [35mm].

CRFB-SR1-4 Center 1.39" [35mm] Device Plate

Holds four (4) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP device plates.

CRFB-MAAP-4 Extron® MAAP Plate

Communication plate with six (6)

RJ knockouts. Modular jacks sold

separately.

CRFB-6COM-4 Center Communication Plate

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

518

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Surface style, die-cast aluminum cover assembly, with

one (1) 3/4" trade size screw plug opening, and one (1)

concentric 2"-1 1/4" trade size screw plug opening. Includes

one (1) 3/4" and one (1) 2" trade size conduit fittings and

one (1) divider supplied to separate services. (Divider only

required for use with 6STC Poke-Thru stem assembly.)

CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:

File E2961, Guide QCIT

UL Listed Classified Raised Floor Box:

(prewired)

Meets article 300.22(c) of the NEC.

Meets article 12-2500 of the CEC.

FLOORSOURCE

™

SERIES ROUND FURNITURE FEED FLOOR BOXES

The new FloorSource™ Series Round Furniture Feed Floor Box is designed

to work in both wood and raised floor applications. Constructed of die cast

aluminum material, the furniture feed floor box can be divided for dual service.

Each 3" [76mm] tall box is provided with a durable sheet metal cover. This box

accepts the 6" [182mm] round Evolution™ Series furniture feed covers.

The FloorSource furniture feed box has many applications including: commercial

offices, financial insitutions, education and hospitality locations.

FloorSource™ Series Furniture Feed Floor Box Ordering Information

Die-cast aluminum body with stamped

steel knockout plates. Box includes

two (2) 3/4" trade size knockouts,

one (1) 1 1/2" trade size knockout, a

removable side feed plate, a divider

and a durable construction cap.

6TS Tile Shim

Used for floor coverings greater than

5/16" [7.9mm]. The 6TS will allow the

top surface of the cover to be flush

with the finished floor. Includes: two

(2) 1/8" [3.2mm] thick shims and two

(2) 1/16" [1.6mm] thick shims. Up to

a total of 3/8" [9.5mm] of adjustment.

6FF-AFB-HWB Replacement Part

Hardware bag includes one (1)

divider, one (1) side feed and one

(1) side feed plug grommet.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

Plug

Grommet

Divider

3/4" KO

Side

Feed

Plate

6CFF-AFB Round Furniture Feed Floor Box

3/4" KO

1 1/2" KO

6FFAFB-.5BP Accessory Knockout Plate

Stamped steel plate with 1/2"

trade size knockout.

6CFFTCGY Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

6CFFTCBK (Black)

6CFFTCGY (Gray)

6CFFTCNK (Nickel)

6CFFTCBS (Brass)

6CFFTCBZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

519

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

Water and Compressed

Air Utilities

Drain Compartment

Water services (W) available. If water services

are required, a main divider is automatically

added to isolate the electrical/communications

compartments from the water compartment.

Compressed air services are also available.

Circuit Breakers

(Prewired to Receptacles)

100A Watertight Pin

and Sleeve Device

CCFB SERIES™ CONVENTION CENTER SERIES PRODUCTS

Convention Center Series™ Products are industry leading solutions for

providing multiple utilities services directly to the show room.

Available Prewired Electrical Sub-Assembly

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

520

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

CCFB SERIES™ CONVENTION CENTER SERIES PRODUCTS

NOTE: Boxes and Device Plates are custom made to order.

“-XXXX” in title denotes Project Number assigned by

Wiremold Project Services Team.

NOTE: Boxes and Covers are shipped separately.

NOTE: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a

1" x 16" rectangular bar.

NOTE: Service feed openings are field installed.

Power Capabilities

• One (1) 100A 120/208V Pin and Sleeve Receptacle

• One (1) 100A 277/480V Pin and Sleeve Receptacle

• 20A Receptacles

• 20A Panel Mounted Circuit Breakers

• 350A 600V Terminal Blocks

Maximum Electric Ratings

• 140A, 480V 3 Phase

• 140A, 120/208V 3 Phase into Terminal Blocks

• 100A, 277/480V 3 Phase for individually wired

Devices

Other Utilities

• Water

• Compressed Air

16 1/2"

[419mm]

12.1/2"

[317mm]

19.1/8"

[486mm]

TYPE S BOX

Cover Styles

CCFBC-NS-H-C1

CCFBC-CR-H-C1

Cover Styles

CCFBC-NS-H-C3

CCFBC-CR-H-C3

21"

[533mm]

24"

[610mm]

19.3/16"

[487mm]

TYPE SS BOX

25"

[635mm]

21 3/4"

[552mm]

19.3/16"

[487mm]

TYPE L BOX Cover Styles

CCFBC-NS-H-C2

CCFBC-CR-H-C2

Designed to accept power, communication and audio/video devices, water and compressed air. CCFB boxes are available in

four (4) different finishes: unpainted G90 galvanized steel (UGS), painted galvanized steel (PGS), stainless steel (USS) and

painted stainless steel (PSS). Cast aluminum cover assembly has a peened textured finish. Provided with a carpet cut-out

area and is designed to meet loads up to 64,000 lbs.

CCFB-XXXX Multi-Utility Recessed Floor Box

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E317375 Guide AUUZ, AUU27.

Meets Article 314 and 408 of NEC.

25"

[635mm]

33"

[838mm]

19.3/16"

[487mm]

TYPE LS BOX Cover Styles

CCFBC-NS-H-C4

CCFBC-CR-H-C4

25"

[635mm]

42"

[1067mm]

19.3/16"

[487mm]

TYPE LL BOX

Cover Styles

CCFBC-NS-H-C5

CCFBC-CR-H-C5

CCFB Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

521

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

CCFB SERIES™ CONVENTION CENTER SERIES PRODUCTS

CCFB-QT-001

CCFB-QT-002

Replacement egress blocks with a diamond

plate checkered pattern. Includes one egress

block and hinge.

CCFB-EBCH Checked Egress Block

Replacement egress blocks with carpet.

Includes one egress block and hinge.

CCFB-EBCI Carpet Insert Egress Block

Replacement cover hinges. Includes a left and

right hinge.

CCFB-HB Hinge Block Assembly

Replacement egress hinges. Includes

one (1) hinge.

CCFB-PH Egress Hinge

Quarter turn latch assembly allows

cover to be secured down when cover is

in closed position.

CCFB-QT Quarter Turn Latch

CCFB Series Floor Boxes Replacement Parts Ordering Information

NOTE: CCFB-QT-002 is used on the TYPE S and TYPE SS boxes.

CCFB-QT-001: used on TYPE L, TYPE LS, and TYPE LL boxes.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

522

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

PPDU-620 Power Distribution Unit

CCWB Series Wall Boxes Ordering Information

CCFB Series PPDU Portable Power Distribution Units Ordering Information

Surface Mounted Wall Box

Recessed Wall Box

CCFB SERIES™ CONVENTION CENTER SERIES PRODUCTS

Available in recessed and wall mount versions. Available with key locks for increased security and are designed for power,

communications and audio/video devices. Wall mount version available painted or in a paintable G60 material. Recessed

wall box is available in a G90 steel material and the recessed wall box covers are available in a paintable G60 material.

CCWB-XXXX Convention Center Wall Box

Power Capabilities

• One (1) 100A 120/208V Pin and Sleeve Receptacle

• One (1) 100A 277/480V Pin and Sleeve Receptacle

• 20A Receptacles

• 20A Panel Mounted Circuit Breakers

• 350A 600V Terminal Blocks

NOTE: Boxes and device plates are custom made to order.

“-XXXX” in part number denotes project number

assigned by Wiremold Project Services team.

Factory installed KOs per project requirements.

NOTE: The convention center wall boxes are not listed for

water and compressed air services.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic

Outlet Boxes:

File E317375 Guide AUUZ,

AUU27.

Meets Article 314 and

408 of NEC.

Designed to supply power to an exhibition hall. Available in a painted steel enclosure with six (6) GFCI (20A/120V) duplex

receptacles, and six (6) single pole 20A, circuit breakers.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Portable

Power Units and Devices:

File E302114 Guide QPSH.

Meets Article(s) 518, 520,

525, 530 and 590 of NEC.

Electric Ratings

• Type 1

• Input: 30A, Three Phase 120/208V

• Output: 20A per Receptacle,

Single Phase 120VAC

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

523

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERIES™ BALLROOM FLOOR BOXES

CCBB Series™ Ballroom Floor Boxes are concrete floor boxes that have

been designed for above-grade and on-grade applications. CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed Commercial Appliance

and Outlet Centers:

File E237584. Guide AUUZ, AUU27.

CCFB Series Floor Box covers are cast aluminum and

available with a peened textured finish.

COLOR OPTIONS

CCBBS, CCBBS-OG 12-Gang Recessed Floor Box

Adjustable before concrete pour, provided with mudcap to prevent concrete entry during pour. Cover assembly and device

plates sold separately. Available in a standard model for above grade applications (CCBBS) or with a painted epoxy coating

for on grade applications (CCBBS-OG).

CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information

Depth Behind Plate

3 3/4" [95mm]

NOTE: Custom options are available. Consult factory for more

information.

15 5/32"

[385mm]

16 19/32"

[421mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

11 1/2"

[292mm]

1 1/2"

Trade Size KOs

1 1/2"

Trade Size KOs

3/4"

Trade Size KOs

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

524

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

19"

[483mm]

13 1/8"

[333mm]

NOTE: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a 1" x 14" rectangular bar. Covers are designed for

use in floors with a floor covering of 1/4" [6.4mm] minimum. (Not intended for bare concrete or

terrazzo applications.)

CCBB SERIES™ BALLROOM FLOOR BOXES

CCBBSCTCAL Carpet Cover Assembly

Cast aluminum cover assembly. Available in a peened textured finish. Provided with a

carpet cut-out area. Load tested over 25,000 lbs.

NOTE: Boxes and Device Plates are custom made to order. “-XXXX” in title denotes Project Number

assigned by Wiremold Project Services Team.

NOTE: Not intended for use on bare concrete or terrazzo floors.

NOTE: Service feed openings are field installed.

17 7/8"

[454mm]

15 1/16"

[383mm]

Box Depth:

25" [635mm]

Depth varies

based on

services included.

CCBBL-XXXX Recessed Floor Box

Designed to accept power,

communication and A/V device.

Power Capabilities

• One (1) 100A 120/208V Pin and Sleeve

Receptacle

• One (1) 100A 277/480V Pin and Sleeve

Receptacle

• 20A Receptacles

• 20A Panel Mounted Circuit Breakers

• 350A 600V Terminal Blocks

Maximum Electric Ratings

• 140A, 480V 3 Phase

• 140A, 120/208V 3 Phase into Terminal

Blocks

• 100A, 277/480V 3 Phase for

individually wired Devices

CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

NOTE: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a 1" x 14" rectangular bar. Covers are designed for

use in floors with a floor covering of 1/4" [6.4mm] minimum. (Not intended for bare concrete or

terrazzo applications.)

21 1/2"

[546mm]

19"

[483mm]

CCBBLCTCAL Carpet Cover Assembly

Cast aluminum cover assembly. Available in a peened textured finish. Provided with a

carpet cut-out area. Load tested over 30,000 lbs.

NOTE: Load was applied in the center of the cover over a 1" x 14" rectangular bar. Covers are designed for

use in floors with a floor covering of 1/4" [6.4mm] minimum. (Not intended for bare concrete or

terrazzo applications.)

CCBBSBTCAL Carpet Cover Assembly

Cast aluminum solid top cover assembly for polished concrete applications. Available

with a peened texture finish. Load tested over 25000 lbs.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

525

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERIES™ BALLROOM FLOOR BOXES

Small Ballroom Floor Boxes Device Plate Installation information

CCBBS Small Ballroom Series Floor Boxes Device Plate Installation Information

(6) 1-Gang Sectional Plates

1 13/16" x 4 1/2"

[46mm x 114mm]

Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER

Used to close gap on outside sectional device plate

Existing opening when not

covered with Cat. No.

RFB119-SPACER

Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used

with Sectional Device Plates

Multi-Gang Mounting Brackets Used

with Standard Device Plates

3-Gang Standard Plate

6 3/8" x 4 1/2"

[162mm x 114mm]

1-Gang Standard Plate

2 3/4" x 4 1/2"

[70mm x 114mm]

Cat. No. RFB119-SPACER

Used to close gap between standard

single and multi-gang plates

Cat. No. RFB119-SB

Single-gang sectional blank plate

(Mounted off-center)

2-gang standard plate

4 9/16" x 4 1/2"

[116mm x 114mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

526

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

CCBB SERIES™ BALLROOM FLOOR BOXES

RFB119-XLR Microphone Device Plate

Available in standard widths.

Provided with double opening to

accept two microphone devices.

RFB119-2SAB

RFB119-2SRT

RFB119-SGFI GFI Receptacle Device Plate

Single-gang sectional (SGFI) width device plate.

One-, two- and

three-gang device

plates in standard

widths.

RFB119-SB, RFB119-2SB, RFB119-3SB

Blank Device Plate

RFB119-SB RFB119-3SB

RFB119-2SB

Diameter 0.875"

[22.2mm]

Diameter 0.109"

[2.8mm]

[25.4mm]

0.375"

[9.5mm]

0.750"

[19.1mm]

RFB119SD Duplex Receptacle Device Plate

Single-gang sectional (SD) width device plate.

RFB119-SSR1 RFB119-SSR2

RFB119-SSR1, RFB119-SSR2

Single Receptacle Device Plate

Single-gang device plates in

sectional widths. SSR1 has an

opening of 1.39" [35.31mm] and

SSR2 has an opening of 1.59"

[40.39mm].

RFB119-AAP Device Plate

Two-gang sectional device plate. Holds three (3)

Extron® Electronics AAP devices.

RFB119-2SAB Communication Device Plate

Available in two-gang sectional width.

Provided with bezel to accept up to

three (3) dual Wiremold CM Series Open

System communication modules or Pass

& Seymour® Activate Connectivity System

inserts. Modular inserts sold separately.

RFB119-2SRT Communication Device Plate

Available in two-gang sectional width.

Provided with one opening to accept

one Ortronics® TracJack bezel and one

Ortronics® Series II bezel. Will accept up

to six Ortronics® TracJack devices or up

to three dual Ortronics® Series II modular

inserts. Modules sold separately.

CCBBS-DIV Relocatable Divider

Provides separation for services.

Includes Divider and two (2)

detentes size plates.

RFB119-SKO Combination 1/2" and 3/4" Trade Size

Knockout Device Plate

Available in sectional (SKO) width.

CCBBS Series Floor Boxes Steel Sectional Device Plates Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

527

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RFB119-Spacer Spacer Plate

Used to close off openings when certain

combinations of standard width device

plates leave open spaces. Four (4) spacer

plates are included with the RFB11 and

two (2) with the RFB9.

CCBB SERIES™ BALLROOM FLOOR BOXES

NOTE: Sectional device plates allow for custom configuration of a multi-gang plate that conforms to the standard NEMA 1.812" (1 13/16") [46.02mm]

center-to-center spacing.

RFB11 and RFB9 will also accept industry standard and standard sectional device plates from most manufacturers.

RFB119-GFI RFB119-3GFI

RFB119-D RFB119-3D

RFB119-B RFB119-3BRFB119-SB

One-, two- and

three-gang blank

device plates in

sectional (SB)

widths

RFB119-B, RFB119-3B, RFB119-SB

Blank Device Plate

One- and three-gang

device plates in standard

(GFI) widths.

RFB119-GFI, RFB119-3GFI

GFI Receptacle Device Plates

One- and three-gang

device plates in standard

(D) widths.

RFB119-D, RFB119-3D

Duplex Receptacle Device Plates

RFB119-SR1 RFB119-SR2 RFB119-SR3

One-device plates in

standard (SR) widths.

SR1 has an opening of

1.39" [35.31mm]. SR2

has an opening of 1.59"

[40.39mm]. SR3 has a

2.14" [54.36mm] opening.

RFB119-SR1, RFB119-SR2, RFB119-SR3

Single Receptacle Device Plates

CCBBS-DIV Relocatable Divider

Provides separation for services.

Includes Divider and two (2)

different size plates.

RFB119-MAAP Device Plate

One-gang standard device plate. Holds

four (4) Wiremold AVIP or Extron® Electronics

MAAP devices.

Available in standard (KO) widths.

RFB119-KO Combination 1/2" and 3/4" Trade Size

Knockout Device Plates

CCBBS Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

528

FLOOR BOXES

WIREMOLD

RFB119-AB Communication Device Plate

Available in standard width. Provided with

bezel to accept up to three (3) dual Wiremold

CM Series Open System communication

modules or Pass & Seymour® Activate

Connectivity System inserts. Modules and

inserts sold separately.

RFB119-RT Communication Device Plate

Available in standard width. Provided with one

opening to accept one Ortronics® TracJack

bezel and oneOrtronics® Series II bezel. Will

accept up to six Ortronics® TracJack devices

or up to three dual Ortronics® Series II

modular inserts. Modular inserts and devices

sold separately.

Diameter 0.875"

[22.2mm]

Diameter 0.109"

[2.8mm]

[25.4mm]

0.375"

[9.5mm]

0.750"

[19.1mm]

RFB119-XLR Microphone Device Plate

Available in standard widths.

Provided with double opening to

accept two microphone devices.

RFB119-Spacer Spacer Plate

Used to close off openings when certain

combinations of standard width device plates leave

open spaces. Four (4) spacer plates are included with

the RFB11 and two (2) with the RFB9.

CCBB SERIES™ BALLROOM FLOOR BOXES

CCBBS Floor Boxes Steel Standard Device Plates Ordering Information (continued)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

529

MODULAR WIRING

Walkerflex® Modular Wiring Systems offer cost-effective wire management

capabilities for power distribution. This system can be utilized with a wide variety

of Wiremold® point-of-use products enabling maximum flexibility relating to

adds, moves and changes.

530

Walkerflex® Modular Wiring System

Table of Contents

546

Work Surface Modular Power

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

530

MODULAR WIRING

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY

A typical workstation layout using

Walkerflex products to feed furniture

panel and AF Series Raised Floor

Box in a raised floor application.

AF Series

Raised Floor Box

NCBS

Cable Splitter

NCW

Cable Whip Homerun Cable

NDU

Distribution Unit

NCS

Cable Set

Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Layout

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Walkerflex® Modular Wiring Systems are designed to provide the highest level

of flexibility for power distribution as well as reducing the cost relating to future

adds, moves, and changes.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Manufactured Wiring

Systems:

File E51105 Guide QQVX

Meets Article 300.22(c), 314 & 604 of NEC.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

531

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Prewired Distribution Unit

Receptacle Distribution Unit

Furniture Feed Distribution Unit

Unwired Distribution Unit

Conversion point from

electrical closet to the

Walkerflex System.

Unit can be prewired to

buss bar system or be

prewired with home run

cable. Consult factory

for prewiring home run

cable.

Example: NDUP222WC6

Prewired receptacle

unit that is fed with the

flex system.

Example: RECDU111

Conversion point from rigid EMT, BX, or other listed

manufactured wiring systems to the Walkerflex Modular

Wiring System.

Example: NDU332FF

Conversion point from

electrical closet to the

Walkerflex System. Unit

is for field wiring.

Example: NDU222WC6

NOTE: All distribution units are wired

with #10 AWG wire and a #12

Equipment ground.

NDU P 2 2 2 WC 6

Identifies the

Distribution Unit

NDU=120V

LDU=277V

Identifies how

unit is wired:

( ) Unwired – No

identifier needed

(see unwired

example above

(P) Prewired)

Number of Circuits,

also number of Hot

Conductors per

Connector. Insert "1"

for single circuit, "2"

for two-circuit, "3" for

three-circuit, "4" for

four-circuit, or "6" for

six-circuit.

Identifies Number

of Neutral

Conductors per

Connector, Four

(4) Conductors

maximum.

All Neutrals

#10 AWG.

Number of Ground

Conductors per

Connector. Insert

"1" for one System

Ground or "2" for

one System Ground

and one Isolated

Ground.

"WC" stands for

Wire Connector.

Remains constant.

Identifies Number

of Power "OUT"

Wire Connectors.

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.

NDU 3 3 2 FF

Identifies the Furniture Feed

Distribution Unit.

NDU=120V

LDU=277V

Number of Circuits, also

number of Hot Conductors.

Insert “1” for single circuit,

“2” for two-circuit, “3” for

three-circuit, “4” for four-

circuit, or “6” for six-circuit.

Identifies number of Neutral

Conductors. Four (4)

Conductors maximum.

All Neutrals #10 AWG.

Number of Ground

Conductors. Insert “1” for

one System Ground or “2” for

one System Ground and one

Isolated Ground.

“FF” stands for Furniture

Feed. Remains constant.

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.

RECDU 1 1 1

Identifies the

Receptacle

Distribution Unit.

Remains

constant.

Number of

Circuits, also

number of Hot

Conductors.

Insert “1” for

single circuit, “2”

for two-circuit,

“3” for three-

circuit, “4” for

four-circuit, or

“6” for six-circuit.

Identifies number

of Neutral

Conductors.

Four (4)

Conductors

maximum.

All Neutrals #10

AWG.

Number

of Ground

Conductors.

Insert “1” for

one System

Ground or “2”

for one System

Ground and

one Isolated

Ground.

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations

Chart in this section.

NOTE: Not suitable for use in air handling spaces.

NOTE: Units need to be field wired.

Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components

NOTE: All distribution units are wired

with #10 AWG wire and a #12

Equipment ground.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

532

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Cable Sets

Cable Whip

Carries Power from distribution unit to other components in flex system. Standard

lengths: 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, and 50 ft. [305mm, 1.52m, 3.05m, 4.57m, 7.62m,

9.14m, 12.19m, and 15.24m]. Consult factory for all other lengths.

Cable Whips have a modular connector on one end and pigtails on the other end.

Coded “M” (male) for power “OUT” or “F” (female) for power “IN”.

Example: NCW111AL10F

Carries power from distribution unit to other components in flex system. Standard

lengths: 1, 5, 10, 15, 25, 30, 40, and 50 ft. [305mm, 1.52m, 3.05m, 4.57m, 7.62m,

9.14m, 12.19m,15.24m]. Consult factory for all other lengths.

Cable set will have a plug on both ends. Coded “M” (Male) on one end (“Power

Out”) and coded “F” (Female) on the other end (“Power In”) which allows proper

connections.

Example: NCS111AL10

NCW 1 1 1 A L 10 F

Identifies the

Cable Whip.

NCW=120V

LCW=277V

Number of Circuits,

also number of Hot

Conductors, insert

“1” for single circuit,

“2” for two-circuit,

“3” for three-circuit,

“4” for four-circuit,

or “6” for six-circuit.

Identifies Number

of Neutral

Conductors, Four

(4) Conductors

maximum.

All Neutrals

#10 AWG.

Number

of Ground

Conductors,

insert “1” for one

System Ground,

or “2” for one

System Ground

and one Isolated

Ground.

Identifies

Gage of Hot

and Ground

Conductors.

(A) = #12 AWG

(B) = #10 AWG

“L” stands

for Length,

remains

constant.

Length of MC

Cable in feet.

Insert “M”

for Power

Out or “F”

for Power In.

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.

NCS 1 1 1 A L 10

Identifies the Cable

Whip.

NCW=120V

LCW=277V

Number of Circuits,

also number of Hot

Conductors, insert “1”

for single circuit, “2”

for two-circuit, “3” for

three-circuit, “4” for

four-circuit, or “6” for

six-circuit.

Identifies Number of

Neutral Conductors,

Four (4) Conductors

maximum.

All Neutrals

#10 AWG.

Number of Ground

Conductors, insert

“1” for one System

Ground, or “2” for

one System Ground

and one Isolated

Ground.

Identifies Gage of

Hot and Ground

Conductors.

(A) = #12 AWG

(B) = #10 AWG

“L” stands

for Length,

remains

constant.

Length of MC

Cable in feet.

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.

Female (In)

Male (Out)

emal

e (In) Male (Out)

Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components (continued)

2 1/2"

[64mm] 3 1/2"

[89mm]

1 7/16"

[37mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm] 5 11/16"

[145mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Female (In)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

533

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Modular Power Adapter

Power Adapters

All adapters are interface components that connect the flex system to an item that

is to be energized, such as raised floor boxes, power poles, convenience outlets

and various lighting fixtures. Power adapters are for 120V & 277V, 20A applications

with a standard 8' [2.4m] MC cable whip and 12" [305mm] leads on the end.

Not available in 8-10 wire.

Example: NPA222AL15

All adapters are interface components that connect the flex system to an item that

is to be energized, such as raised floor boxes, power poles, convenience outlets

and various lighting fixtures. Power adapters are for 120V & 277V, 20A applications

with a male "Power Out" head at one end and the power adapter at the other end.

NOTE: Only available in up to 6-wire configurations.

Example: NPA222AL10M

NPA 2 2 2 A L 15

Identifies the

Power Adapter

NPA=120V

LPA=277V

Number of Circuits,

Also Number of

Hot Conductors.

Insert “1” for single

circuit, “2” for

two-circuit.

Identifies Number of

Neutral Conductors,

Two (2) Conductors

maximum.

All Neutrals

#10 AWG.

Number of Ground

Conductors. Insert

“1” for one System

Ground, or “2” for

one System Ground

and one Isolated

Ground.

Identifies Gage of

Hot and Ground

Conductors.

(A) = #12 AWG

(B) = #10 AWG

“L” stands for

Length, remains

constant.

Length of MC

Cable in feet.

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.

NPA 2 2 2 A L 10 M

Identifies the

Power Adapter

NPA = 120V

LPA = 277V

No. of Circuits,

also No. of Hot

Conductors.

Insert “1” for

single circuit, “2”

for two-circuit,

“3” for three-

circuit.

Identifies No. of

Neutral Conductors,

Two (2) Conductors

maximum.

All Neutrals

#10 AWG.

Number

of Ground

Conductors.

Insert “1” for

one System

Ground, or “2”

for one System

Ground and one

Isolated Ground.

Identifies

Gage of Hot

and Ground

Conductors.

(A) = #12 AWG

(B) = #10 AWG

“L”

stands for

Length,

remains

constant.

Length of

MC Cable in

feet.

M = Male

Power Out

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.

4 3/32"

[104mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

1 11/32"

[34mm]

NOTE: Only available in up to 6-wire configurations.

Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

534

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Cable Splitter

Power Tap

All taps are interface components that connect the flex system to an item that is to be

energized, such as raised floor boxes, power poles, and lighting fixtures. Power Taps

are for 120V & 277V applications with standard 8" leads on the end. Not available in

8-10 wire configurations.

Example: NPT18B111

NPT 18 B 1 1 1

Identifies the

Power Tap

NPT = 120V Unit

LPT = 277V Unit

Identifies Size of Wires

18 = #18AWG

12 = #12AWG

Egress Options

B = Bottom Egress

S = Side Egress

Identifies Number of

Hot Conductors

1 = Single Circuit

2 = Two Circuits

3 = Three Circuits

Identifies Number of

Neutral Conductors

Two (2) Conductors

maximum.

Identifies Number

of Grounds.

1 = 1 System Ground

2 = 2 System Ground &

Isolated Ground

Used to split one or more circuits so that it can be

used in more than one direction from a given point.

Example: NCBS111

NCBS 1 1 1

Identifies the Cable

Splitter Unit.

NCBS=120V

LCBS=277V

Number of Hot Conductors. Insert

“1” for single circuit,

“2” for two-circuit, “3” for three-

circuit, “4” for four-circuit,

or “6” for six-circuit.

Identifies Number of Neutral Conductors,

Four (4) Conductors maximum.

All Neutrals #10 AWG.

Number of Ground Conductors.

Insert “1” for one System Ground,

or “2” for one System Ground and

one Isolated Ground.

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.

3 1/16"

[78mm]

4 3/32"

[104mm]

1 11/32"

[34mm]

3 1/16"

[78mm]

6 5/32"

[156mm]

1 19/32"

[40mm]

Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components (continued)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

535

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Wire Connectors

NWC 2 2 2 A L 12 F S

Identifies

the Wire

Connector.

NWC=120V

LWC=277V

Number of

Circuits, also

number of Hot

Conductors. Insert

“1” for single

circuit, “2” for

two-circuit, “3” for

three-circuit, “4”

for four-circuit, or

“6” for six-circuit.

Identifies

number

of Neutral

Conductors.

Four (4),

Conductors

maximum.

All Neutrals

#10 AWG.

Number

of Ground

Conductors.

Insert “1” for

one System

Ground or “2”

for one System

Ground and

one Isolated

Ground.

Identifies

Gage of Hot

and Ground

Conductors.

(A) = #12 AWG

(B) = #10AWG

Identifies

Length. “L”

remains

constant.

Identifies

Length of

Wires (in

inches)

protruding

out of back

side of the

Connector.

Identifies

Power

Direction

“F” (Female)

for Power

“IN”, “M”

(Male) for

Power

“OUT”.

Identifies

method of

securing in

device. “L”

for Lock

Nut, “S” for

Snap Ring.

NOTE: For available wiring configuration options, see Wiring Configurations Chart in this section.

Connectors are used to transition between the distribution units, cable sets, and end devices (floor boxes, poles, or

raceway). Standard wire lengths are 8", 12" and 18" [203mm, 305mm, and 457mm].

NOTE: Locking Ring style is only available up to 6 wire configurations.

Example: NWC222AL12FS Example: NWC222AL12MS Example: NWC332AL12FS Example: NWC332AL12MS

SNAP RING STYLE

Example: NWC222AL12FL Example: NWC222AL12ML

LOCKING RING STYLE

36 WIRE CONFIGURATION

KEY

COLOR

WIRING

CONFIGURATION

WIRING

VOLTAGE H N G

BLACK 111 120V 1 1 1

211 120V 2 1 1

311 120V 3 1 1

ORANGE 112 120V/IG 1 1 2

212 120V/IG 2 1 2

222 120V/IG 2 2 2

NATURAL 221 120V/2N 2 2 1

YELLOW 111 277V 1 1 1

211 277V 2 1 1

311 277V 3 1 1

GREEN 112 277V/IG 1 1 2

212 277V/IG 2 1 2

222 277V/IG 2 2 2

BLUE 221 277V/2N 2 2 1

Walkerflex Wiring Configurations

810 WIRING CONFIGURATION

KEY

COLOR

WIRING

CONFIGURATION

WIRING

VOLTAGE H N G

BLACK 422 120V 4 2 2

ORANGE 442 120V/IG 4 4 2

NATURAL 332 120V 3 3 2

BLUE 631 120V 6 3 1

IVORY 622 120V 6 2 2

Walkerflex Modular Wiring System Components (continued)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

536

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

AF Series

AF2 K C 2 111 PA

AF Series:

AF2 or AF4

Cover Color:

K = Black

Y = Gray

N = Brown

Cover Insert:

C =Carpet Insert

T =Tile (No Insert)

No. of Receptacles:

2 = 2 Receptacles

4 = 4 Receptacles

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power Adapter

SAF K C 2 111 PA

SAF Series Cover Color:

K = Black

Y = Gray

N = Brown

Cover Insert:

C =Carpet Insert

T =Tile (No Insert)

No. of Receptacles:

2 = 2 Receptacles

4 = 4 Receptacles

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power Adapter

AF2 and AF4 prewired raised floor/raised stage boxes have been designed to work

with power, communications and AV devices. The housings are made from die-cast

aluminum material with a polycarbonate cover and flange assembly. Comes with a

ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.

AF2 & AF4 Prewired Raised Floor Boxes

SAF prewired shallow raised floor/raised stage boxes have been designed to work with power,

communications and AV devices in a minimum 2 1/2" deep floor. The housings are made from

formed galvanized steel with a polycarbonate cover

Prewired Raised Floor Boxes

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS

AF2 AF4

Overall Trim Ring 8 3/4" x 6 3/4" [222mm x 171mm] 9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]

Module Depth 5" [127mm] 5" [127mm]

Panel Opening 8" x 6" [203mm x 152mm] 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

Cover Size 7 1/2" x 5" [191mm x 127mm] 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]

Activation Chamber 130 cu in. [2130ml] 220 cu in. [3604ml]

User Volume 78.6 cu in. [1288ml] 180 cu in. [2948ml]

Total Volume 208.6 cu in. [3418ml] 300 cu in. [4915ml]

Knockout Sizes Seven (7) 1/2" & Two (2) 3/4"

Trade Size KOs (Power Side only)

Seven (7) 1/2" & Two (2) 3/4"

Trade Size KOs (Power Side only)

Depth Behind Plate 2 3/4" [69.8mm] 2 3/4" [69.8mm]

Service Triple Triple

Capacity 4 Gangs 8 Gangs

Connectivity 6 Ports Unloaded 12 Ports Unloaded

Max. Floor Thickness 1 1/2" [38mm] (Floor covering included) 1 1/2" [38mm] (Floor covering included)

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

Overall Trim Ring 9 1/8" x 11" [232mm x 279mm]

Module Depth Overall 2.5" [64mm]

Panel Opening 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

Cover Size 7 1/2" x 9 1/2" [191mm x 242mm]

Activation Volume 18.5 cu in. [303ml]

Power Volume 29 cu in. [475ml]

Maximum Floor Panel Thickness with

Floor Covering

1 3/16" [30mm]

Knockout Sizes Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs

Communication – Two (2) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs

Depth Behind Plate 2" [51mm]

Service Triple

Capacity 3 Gangs

Connectivity 6 Ports Unloaded

Mx. Floor Thickness 1 3/8" [35mm] (Floor covering included)

Standard Product

Offerings: AF2

AF2KC2111PA

AF2YC2111PA

AF2NC2111PA

AF2KT2111PA

AF2YT2111PA

AF2NT2111PA

AF2KC2222PA

AF2YC2222PA

AF2NC2222PA

AF2KT2222PA

AF2YT2222PA

AF2NT2222PA

AF2KC4222PA

AF2YC4222PA

AF2NC4222PA

AF2KT4222PA

AF2YT4222PA

AF2NT4222PA

Standard Product

Offerings: AF4

AF4KC2111PA

AF4YC2111PA

AF4NC2111PA

AF4KT2111PA

AF4YT2111PA

AF4NT2111PA

AF4KC2222PA

AF4YC2222PA

AF4NC2222PA

AF4KT2222PA

AF4YT2222PA

AF4NT2222PA

AF4KC4222PA

AF4YC4222PA

AF4NC4222PA

AF4KT4222PA

AF4YT4222PA

AF4NT4222PA

SAF Series

Standard Product Offerings: SAF

SAFKC2111PA

SAFYC2111PA

SAFNC2111PA

SAFKT2111PA

SAFYT2111PA

SAFNT2111PA

SAFKC2222PA

SAFYC2222PA

SAFNC2222PA

SAFKT2222PA

SAFYT2222PA

SAFNT2222PA

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

537

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

AC8X10 Series

AC8X8 Series

The AC Series Floor Box is an 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] single-service, prewired

raised floor/raised stage box designed to work with power devices in a minimum

4" [102mm] deep floor. The housings are made from formed galvanized steel with

a die-cast aluminum cover and flange assembly.

AC8840 & AC8850 Prewired Raised Floor Boxes

The AC810 Series Prewired Raised Floor/Raised Stage Boxes are designed to work

with power and communications devices in a minimum 4" [102mm] deep floor. The

housings are made from formed galvanized steel with a die-cast aluminum cover

and flange assembly. Comes with a 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.

AC8104 & AC8105 Prewired Raised Floor Boxes

Prewired Raised Floor Boxes (continued)

DESCRIPTION AC8840 DIMENSIONS AC8850 DIMENSIONS

Box Dimensions 8" x 8" x 4" [203mm x 203mm x 102mm] 8" x 8" x 5" [203mm x 203mm x 127mm]

Overall Trim Ring 9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm] 9 1/4" x 9 1/4" [235mm x 235mm]

Module Depth 4" [102mm] 5" [127mm]

Panel Opening 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm] 8" x 8" [203mm x 203mm]

Cover Size 7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm] 7 11/16" x 7 11/16" [195mm x 195mm]

Activation Chamber 63.92 cu in. [1047ml] 97.22 cu in. [1593ml]

User Volume 84.34 cu in. [1382ml] 102.22 cu in. [1674ml]

Total Volume 152.34 cu in. [2496ml] 199.22 cu in. [3264ml]

Knockout Sizes Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4"

Trade Size Concentric KOs

Communication – Two (2) 1/2"-3/4"

Trade Size Concentric KOs

Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4"

Trade Size Concentric KOs

Communication – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4"

Trade Size Concentric KOs

Depth Behind Plate 2" [51mm] 2" [51mm]

Service Single Single

Capacity 4 Gangs 4 Gangs

Max. Floor Thickness 2" [51mm] (ﬂoor covering included) 2" [51mm] (ﬂoor covering included)

DESCRIPTION AC8104 DIMENSIONS AC8105W DIMENSIONS

Box Dimensions 8" x 10" x 4" [203mm x 254mm x 102mm] 8" x 10" x 5" [203mm x 254mm x 127mm]

Overall Trim Ring 9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm] 9 1/4" x 11 1/4" [235mm x 286mm]

Module Depth 4" [102mm] 5" [127mm]

Panel Opening 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm] 8" x 10" [203mm x 254mm]

Cover Size 7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm] 7 11/16" x 9 11/16" [195mm x 246mm]

Activation Chamber 76.87 cu in. [1593ml] 111.08 cu in. [1820ml]

User Volume 130.09 cu in. [2131ml] 151.97 cu in. [2490ml]

Total Volume 201.09 cu in. [3295ml] 262.97 cu in. [4309ml]

Knockout Sizes Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size

Concentric KOs

Communication – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4"

Trade Size Concentric KOs

Power – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size

Concentric KOs

Communication – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade

Size Concentric KOs

Depth Behind Plate 1 3/4" [44mm] 2" [51mm]

Service Dual Triple

Capacity 6 Gangs 6 Gangs

Connectivity 12 Ports Unloaded 18 Ports Unloaded

Max. Floor Thickness 2" [51mm] (ﬂoor covering included) 2" [51mm] (ﬂoor covering included)

AC 88 50 Y C 2 111 PA

Series

Cover Size:

88 = 8" x 8"

Box Depth:

40 = 4" Deep

50 = 5" Deep

Cover Color:

Y = Gray

Cover Insert:

C = Carpet

Insert

No. of Receptacles:

2 = 2 Receptacles

4 = 4 Receptacles

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power Adapter

AC 810 5 Y C 2 111 PA

Series

Cover Size:

810 = 8" x 10"

Box Depth:

4" = 4" Deep

5" = 5" Deep

Cover Color:

Y = Gray

Cover Insert:

C = Carpet

Insert

No. of Receptacles:

2 = 2 Receptacles

4 = 4 Receptacles

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power Adapter

Standard Product

Offerings: AC8850

AC8850YC2111PA

AC8850YC2222PA

AC8850YC42222PA

Standard Product

Offerings: AC8105

AC8105YC2111PA

AC8105YC2222PA

AC8105YC42222PA

Standard Product

Offerings: AC8840

AC8840YC2111PA

AC8840YC2222PA

Standard Product

Offerings: AC8104

AC8104YC2111PA

AC8104YC2222PA

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

538

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

AC10105

CRFB

AC10105 prewired raised floor/raised stage boxes. The AC10105 is a 10" x 10"

[203mm x 254mm] box that has been designed to work with power, communica-

tions and audio visual devices in a minimum 5" [127mm] deep floor. The housings

are made from formed galvanized steel with a die-cast aluminum cover and flange

assembly. Comes with a 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.

Prewired round raised floor/wood floor stage boxes. Die-cast aluminum is

designed to work with power, communication, and A/V devices in a minimum 6 1/2"

[165mm] deep floor. Comes with a 1 foot modular Walkerflex power adapter.

Prewired Raised Floor Boxes (continued)

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

Box Dimensions 10" x 10" x 5" [254mm x 254mm x 127mm]

Overall Trim Ring 11 1/2" x 11 1/2" [292mm x 292mm]

Module Depth 5" [127mm]

Panel Opening 10" x 10" [254mm x 254mm]

Cover Size 9 5/8" x 9 5/8" [245mm x 245mm]

Activation Chamber 115 cu in. [1884ml]

User Volume 243 cu in. [3981ml]

Total Volume 358 cu in. [5865ml]

Knockout Sizes Power – Four (4) 1/2" Trade Size Concentric KOs

Communication – Four (4) 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size Concentric KOs

Depth Behind Plate 2" [51mm]

Service Triple

Capacity 6 Gangs

Connectivity 18 Ports Unloaded

Max. Floor Thickness 2" [51mm] (Floor covering included)

DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS

Box Dimensions 9 1/2" [241mm] Diameter x 6 5/8" [168mm] Tall

Overall Trim Ring 9 1/2" [241mm] Diameter

Module Depth 3 3/4" [95mm]

Panel Opening 9 1/2" [241mm]

Cover Size 9 1/4" [235mm] Diameter

Activation Chamber:

Chambers 1 and 2 23.5 cu in. [385ml]

Chamber 3 17.5 cu in. [287ml]

Chamber 4 32.8 cu in. [538ml]

User Volume 30 cu in. [762ml]

Total Volume 127.3 cu in. [3233ml]

Knockout Sizes Four (4) Concentric 1/2" - 3/4" Trade Size

Three (3) Concentric 3/4" - 1" Trade Size

One (1) 2" Trade Size

Depth Behind Plate 2 1/4" [57mm]

Service Triple

Capacity 4 Gangs

Communication Device 6 Ports Unloaded

Max. Floor Thickness 2" [51mm] (Floor covering included)

AC 1010 5 Y C 2 111 PA

Series

Cover Size:

1010 =10" x 10"

Box Depth:

5 = 5" Deep

Cover Color:

Y = Gray

Cover Insert:

C = Carpet

Insert

No. of Receptacles:

2 = 2 Receptacles

4 = 4 Receptacles

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power

Adapter

CRFB4P 2 111 PA

Cover Size:

7 11/16" diameter

No. of Receptacles:

2 = 2 Receptacles

4 = 4 Receptacles

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power Adapter

Standard Product

Offerings: AC10105

AC10105YC2111PA

AC10105YC2222PA

AC10105YC42222PA

Standard Product

Offerings: CRFB

CRFB4P2111PA

CRFB4P2222PA

CRFB4P4222PA

NOTE: Covers are sold separately.

For more information on cover

options, see the next page.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

539

MODULAR WIRING

Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

CRFBBTCBKTR (Black)

CRFBBTCGYTR (Gray)

CRFBBTCNKTR (Nickel)

CRFBBTCBSTR (Brass)

CRFBBTCBZTR (Bronze)

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

8CTCBK* (Black)

8CTCGY* (Gray)

8CTCGY* (Nickel)

8CTCBS* (Brass)

8CTCBZ* (Bronze)

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Available in die cast

aluminum with five painted

finishes. Insert areas allow

for tile or carpet cutouts to

match finished floor.

Available in die cast

aluminum with five painted

finishes. No cutouts are

provided. Lid has built-in key

locking feature for tamper

resistance.

Available in die cast

aluminum with five painted

finishes. No cutouts are

provided for floor coverings.

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly. Cover assembly

is available in five painted

finishes.

Die-cast aluminum cover

assembly. Cover assembly

is available in five painted

finishes.

Available in die cast

aluminum with five painted

finishes. Lid has built-in key

locking feature for tamper

resistance. Insert areas

allow for tile or carpet

cutouts to match finished

floor.

Prewired Raised Floor Boxes (continued)

9 3/16"

[233mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

* Add suffix “TR” to the end of the part number to indicate tamper-resistant cover assembly.

Tamper-resistant versions are secured with a single tamper-resistant screw.

Flush Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

8CTCBK* (Black)

8CTCGY* (Gray)

8CTCGY* (Nickel)

8CTCBS* (Brass)

8CTCBZ* (Bronze)

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

CRFBBTCBK (Black)

CRFBBTCGY (Gray)

CRFBBTCNK (Nickel)

CRFBBTCBS (Brass)

CRFBBTCBZ (Bronze)

Tamper Resistant Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

CRFBCTCBKTR (Black)

CRFBCTCGYTR (Gray)

CRFBCTCNKTR (Nickel)

CRFBCTCBSTR (Brass)

CRFBCTCBZTR (Bronze)

9 3/16"

[233mm]

Surface Style Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

CRFBCTCBK (Black)

CRFBCTCGY (Gray)

CRFBCTCNK (Nickel)

CRFBCTCBS (Brass)

CRFBCTCBZ (Bronze)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

540

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices

6STCP

Recessed modular stem assembly – includes 6” [152mm] core hole poke-thru stem assembly

with a disposable plate and two proprietary 20A duplex receptacles. Devices are recessed 3 1/4”

[83mm] below the surface, no cover assembly included. For use with the following cover assemblies

(Purchased separately): 6CTC and 6CT series. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.

Included: For Side Compartments: Two (2) proprietary 20 Amp duplex receptacles installed. For

Center Compartment: One (1) 6ACT8A Mounting Plate, One (1) 6TRAC Mounting Plate, and One (1)

6SER Mounting Plate. For Bottom Feed Compartment: One (1) 5BLH 1/2-Gang Blank Housing, One

(1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through Housing Assembly, and One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4” Conduit

Housing Assembly.

NOTE: UL Fire Classified for up to 2 hour rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles can be wired as a standard or isolated ground devices.

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Maximum floor covering thickness

range 1" [25mm], not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.

16 3/4"

[425mm]

6STCPAV

Recessed modular stem assembly – includes 6" [152mm] core hole poke-thru stem assembly

with a disposable plate and one proprietary 20A duplex receptacle. Devices are recessed 3 1/4"

[83mm] below the surface, no cover assembly included. For use with the following cover assemblies

(Purchased separately): 6CTC and 6CT series. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.

Included: For Side Compartments: One (1) proprietary 20 Amp duplex receptacle installed, 682A

Device Plate, and 68MAAP Device Plate. For Center Compartment: 6DEC Mounting Plate, 6AAP

Mounting Plate, and 6MAAP Mounting Plate. For Bottom Feed Compartment: One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang

Pass-Through Housing Assembly, One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass-Through Housing Assembly, and One

(1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4" Conduit Housing Assembly.

NOTE: UL Fire Classified for up to 2 hour rated floors.

NOTE: Receptacles can be wired as a standard or isolated ground devices.

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Maximum floor covering thickness

range 1" [25mm], not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.

6 S TC P 222 PA

Diameter of

Poke-Thru

Device:

6 = 6" [152mm]

S = Stem

Assembly

Unit is approved tile,

wood, and carpet

covered floors

Unit is prewired with 2

20A Duplex Receptacles

installed to a Walkeflex

connector

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral, System Ground

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals, Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power

Adapter

6 S TC PAV 111 PA

Diameter of

Poke-Thru

Device:

6 = 6" [152mm]

S = Stem

Assembly

Unit is approved tile,

wood, and carpet

covered floors

Unit is prewired with 1 20A

Duplex Receptacle installed

to a Walkerflex connector

AV = Audio/Visual

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit,

1 Neutral,

System Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power

Adapter

16 3/4"

[425mm]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

541

MODULAR WIRING

6ATCFF

8STCP

Recessed modular stem assembly with disposable plate – includes 6" [152mm] core hole poke-thru

stem assembly with a disposable plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below the surface, no

cover assembly included. For use with the following cover assemblies (Purchased separately): 6CTC

and 6CT series. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex cable whip.

Included For Bottom Feed Compartment: One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang Pass Through Housing Assembly,

One (1) 15FFHA 1 1/2-Gang Pass Through Housing Assembly, One (1) 575CHA 1/2-Gang 3/4" Conduit

Housing Assembly

NOTE: UL Fire Classified for up to 2 hour rated floors.

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Maximum floor covering thickness

range 1" [25mm], not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.

Recessed modular stem assembly with disposable plate – includes 8" core hole poke-thru stem

assembly with a disposable plate. Devices are recessed 3 1/4" [83mm] below the surface, no cover

assembly included. For use with the following cover assemblies (Purchased separately): 8CTC and

8CT series. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.

Included For Bottom Feed Compartments: One (1) 5PTHA 1/2-Gang Pass Through Housing Assembly,

One (1) 1PTHA 1-Gang Pass Through Housing Assembly, One (1) 575CHA 1/2-gang 3/4" Conduit

Housing Assembly.

NOTE: UL Fire Classified for up to 2 hour rated floors.

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Maximum floor covering thickness

range 1" [25mm], not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

6 A TC FF BK 422 CW

Diameter of

Poke-Thru

Device:

6 = 6" [152mm]

A = Assembled

Unit

Unit is

approved tile,

wood, and

carpet covered

floors

Furniture Feed

Style Poke-Thru

Device

Color of Cover Assembly =

BK = Black

GY = Gray

BS = Brass

NK = Nickel

BE = Bronze

Power Delivery System:

422 = 4 Circuits, 2 Neutrals,

Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

CW =Cable Whip

8 S TC P 222 PA

Diameter of Poke-

Thru Device:

8 = 8" [203mm]

S = Stem

Assembly

Unit is approved

tile, wood, and

carpet covered

floors

Unit is prewired with 2 20A

Duplex Receptacles installed to

a Walkerflex connector

Power Delivery System:

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals,

Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA =Power Adapter

16 3/4"

[425mm]

Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices

Flush Poke-Thru Devices

16 3/4"

[425mm]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

542

MODULAR WIRING

RC9A15TC

RC4ATC

Surface style poke-thru assembly – Prewired 15A quad receptacle with a 1 ft. modular Walkerflex

cable whip. Poke-thru unit fits into a 3" [76.2 mm] diameter core hole. Unit also includes two

openings for pass through capability for one (1) 4-pair category 5e or category 6 cable per opening.

Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex cable whip.

Standard Offerings: RC9A15TCBK111CW, RC9A15TCGY111CW, RC9A15TCBS111CW,

RC9A15TCAA111CW, RC9A15TCAL111CW, RC9A15TCAB111CW

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range

1/8" to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.

Surface style poke-thru assembly – Two (2) prewired 20A proprietary receptacles with a 1 ft. modular

Walkerflex connector. The duplex receptacle on the “A” side is wired to the system ground and the

duplex receptacle on the “B” side is wired to isolated ground. The poke-thru unit fits into a 4" [101.6

mm] diameter core hole. Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex power adapter.

Unit also includes:

• Open inserts unloaded to accept discrete keystone connectors from most manufacturers

• Ortronics Tracjacks mounting bezel

• Ortronics Series II communication housing

Standard Offerings: RC4ATCBK222PA, RC4ATCGY222PA, RC4ATCBS222PA, RC4ATCAL222PA,

RC4ATCAA222PA, RC4ATCAB222PA

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range 1/8"

to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors. Modular Jacks sold separately.

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

RC9A 15 TC BK 111 CW

Surface Style Poke-

Thru, Model: RC9A

15 = 15A Quad

Power Receptacle

Unit is approved tile, wood,

and carpet covered floors

Color of Cover Assembly:

BK = Black

GY = Gray

AL = Aluminum

BS = Brass

AA = All Aluminum

AB = All Brass

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral,

System Ground

Style of Feed:

CW = Cable Whip

RC4 A TC BK 222 PA

Surface Style

Poke-Thru,

Model: RC4

A = Assembled

Unit

Unit is approved tile,

wood, and carpet

covered floors

Color of Cover Assembly:

BK = Black

GY = Gray

AL = Aluminum

BS = Brass

AA = All Aluminum

AB = All Brass

Power Delivery System:

222 = 2 Circuits, 2 Neutrals,

Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power Adapter

Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices

16 3/4"

[425mm]

16 3/4"

[425mm]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

543

MODULAR WIRING

AV3ATC

RC7ATC

Surface style AV poke-thru assembly – One (1) prewired 20A proprietary receptacle with a 1 ft.

modular Walkerflex power adapter. The poke-thru unit fits into a 4" [101.6mm] diameter core hole.

Unit also includes:

• One (1) Extron adapter to accept Extron MAAP mini architectural adapter plates.

(Extron devices sold separately, only through authorized Extron dealers).

• One (1) Wiremold open system adapter and inserts unloaded to accept discrete keystone

connectors from most manufacturers

• One (1) Ortronics Tracjacks adapter

• One (1) Ortronics Series II adapter

Standard Offerings: AVATCBK111PA, AV3ATCGY111PA, AV3ATCBS111PA, AV3ATCAL111PA,

AV3ATCAA111PA, AV3ATCAB111PA

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range

1/8" to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors. Modular Jacks sold separately.

Surface style poke-thru assembly – One (1) prewired 20A proprietary receptacle with a 1 ft. modular

Walkerflex cable whip. The Poke-thru unit fits into a 3" [76.2 mm] diameter core hole.

Unit also includes:

• One (1) Wiremold open system adapter and inserts unloaded to accept discrete keystone

connectors from most manufacturers

• Two (2) Cat. 6 TechChoice discrete keystone modular jacks

• One (1) Ortronics TracJack adapter

Standard Offerings: RC7ATCBK111CW, RC7ATCGY111CW, RC7ATCBS111CW, RC7ATCAL111CW,

RC7ATCAA111CW, RC7ATCAB111CW

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range 1/8"

to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

AV3 ATC BK 111 PA

Surface Style

Poke-Thru,

Model: AV3

A = Assembled

Unit

Unit is approved tile,

wood, and carpet

covered floors

Color of Cover Assembly:

BK = Black

GY = Gray

AL = Aluminum

BS = Brass

AA = All Aluminum

AB = All Brass

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral,

System Ground

Style of Feed:

PA = Power Adapter

RC7 A TC BK 111 CW

Surface Style

Poke-Thru,

Model: RC7

A = Assembled

Unit

Unit is approved tile,

wood, and carpet

covered floors

Color of Cover Assembly:

BK = Black

GY = Gray

AL = Aluminum

BS = Brass

AA = All Aluminum

AB = All Brass

Power Delivery System:

111 = 1 Circuit, 1 Neutral,

System Ground

Style of Feed:

CW = Cable Whip

Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices

16 3/4"

[425mm]

16 3/4"

[425mm]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

544

MODULAR WIRING

4FFATC

Furniture feed style poke-thru assembly – Complete with one-piece finish flange and conduit

assembly. Finish covers flange provided with one (1) 3/4" trade size screw plug opening and one (1)

1 1/4" trade size screw plug opening. The poke-thru unit fits into a 4" [102 mm] diameter core hole.

Comes with 1 ft. modular Walkerflex cable whip.

Unit also includes:

• One (1) 3/4" trade size conduit adapter.

• One (1) 1 1/4" trade size conduit adapter.

Standard Offerings: 4FFATCBK422CW, 4FFATCGY422CW, 4FFATCBS422CW, 4FFATCAL422CW,

NOTE: Assembled with a scrub water gasket. For use on tile, wood or carpeted covered floors. Floor covering thickness range 1/8"

to 3/4", not designed for use on bare concrete or terrazzo finished floors.

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

4FF A TC BK 422 CW

4FF = Furniture

Feed Style Poke-

Thru Device

A = Assembled

Unit

Unit is approved tile,

wood, and carpet

covered floors

Color of Cover Assembly:

BK = Black

GY = Gray

AL = Aluminum

BS = Brass

Power Delivery System:

422 = 4 Circuits, 2 Neutrals,

Isolated Ground

Style of Feed:

CW = Cable Whip

Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices

16 3/4"

[425mm]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

545

MODULAR WIRING

WALKERFLEX

MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM

Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices Specifications

The copper cross-sectional area determines the amount

of wire fill capacity in a poke-thru device. Unlike other

wire and cable management systems that utilize wire

fill capacity, a poke-thru device is UL tested under fire

conditions to determine the maximum amount of copper

conductors that will pass through a poke-thru device, while

maintaining the fire-rating of the floor assembly. All Walker

Flush Style Devices are UL Classified to U.S. and Canadian

safety standards (see complete marking on product) to

accommodate at a maximum rating as follows:

RC7 SERIES

Maximum Allowable Copper Cross-Sectional Area:

RC7 Power Compartment Only = .01536 sq. in. [9.91mm2]

RC7 Each Communication Compartment Only = .0040 sq. in.

[2.58mm2]

NOTE: The RC7 Series requires a 3" [76mm] cored hole.

(American-made core bit having an outside diameter of 3 1/16" [78mm].)

RC9 SERIES

Maximum Allowable Copper Cross-Sectional Area:

RC9 Power Compartment Only = .01536 sq. in. [9.91mm2]

RC9 Each Communication Compartment Only = .0040 sq. in.

[2.58mm2]

NOTE: The RC9 Series requires a 3" [76mm] cored hole.

(American-made core bit having an outside diameter of 3 1/16" [78mm].)

AV3 SERIES

Maximum Allowable Copper Cross-Sectional Area:

AV3 Power Compartment Only = .01536 sq. in. [9.91mm2]

AV3 Communication Compartment Only = .01938 sq. in.

[12.503mm2]

NOTE: The AV3 Series requires a 4" [102mm] cored hole.

(American-made core bit having an outside diameter of 4 1/16" [103mm].)

RC4 SERIES

Maximum Allowable Copper Cross-Sectional Area:

RC4 Power Compartment Only = .03072 sq. in. [19.82mm2]

RC4 Each Communication Compartment Only = .008 sq. in.

[5.16mm2]

NOTE: The RC4 Series requires a 4" [102mm] cored hole.

(American-made core bit having an outside diameter of 4 1/16" [103mm].)

Copper Cross Section

COM50 1/2" Trade Size

Conduit Connections

(Sold Separately)

Intumescent

Material

3/4" Trade Size

EMT Conduit

Trim Flange for

Carpet or Tile Concrete Slab

Junction Box

24.5 cu in. [401ml]

Scrub Water

Gasket

Retaining Flange

IMPORTANT!

The above maximum copper cross sectional area values are for

each individual power and communication compartment.

DO NOT add values together for any one compartment.

CAUTION! Core bits vary in size from manufacturer to

manufacturer:

• Use a 3" [76mm] American made core bit having an outside

diameter of 3 1/16" [78mm]. Minimum hole diameter: 3 1/16"

[78mm].

• Use a 4" [102mm] American made core bit having an outside

diameter of 4 1/16" [103mm]. Minimum hole diameter: 4 1/16"

[103mm].

CAUTION! These devices are suitable for 1, 1 1/2, and 2 hour rated

floor assemblies as described in the UL Fire Resistance directory

for each service.

These devices meet all UL scrub water requirements, but are

not suitable for wet or damp locations, or other areas subject

to saturation with water or other liquids such as commercial

kitchens.

Concrete Thickness Min/Max:

1-Hour Rated Floor – 2 1/4" [57mm] min over top of deck (or 3"

[76mm] thick reinforced concrete slab) to a maximum of 7 1/2"

[191mm].

2-Hour Rated Floor – 3 1/4" [83mm] min over top of deck (or 4"

[102mm] thick reinforced concrete slab) to a maximum of 7 1/2"

[191mm].

Floor Coverings:

The poke-thru device is fire rated for carpet and wood covered

concrete floors, and tile floor coverings 1/8" to 3/4" [3.2mm to

19.1mm] thickness. For floor coverings not listed above, consult

factory.

Copper Cross Sectional Area

of Commonly Used Conductors

SIZE SOLID

#24 0.00032 sq. in. [0.206mm2]

#22 0.00050 sq. in. [0.322mm2]

#14 0.00323 sq. in. [2.083mm2]

#12 0.00512 sq. in. [3.303mm2]

#10 0.00815 sq. in. [5.258mm2]

#8 0.01296 sq. in. [8.361mm2]

NOTE: Use above values for solid or stranded conductors.

546

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

546

MODULAR WIRING

WIREMOLD

WORK SURFACE MODULAR POWER

CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed :

Manufactured Wiring Systems

File E51105 Guide: QQVX

CSA Certified File 257563

Cord Ended Units are UL & cUL Listed

Furniture Feed Distribution Units

File: E349493 Guide: IYNC

Wiremold® Work Surface Modular Power Kits (WSMP) make rearranging

meeting rooms fast, easy, and safe by providing both under table power

and cable management in one package. It is a 4 wire system, with two hot

conductors, a neutral conductor and a ground. The dual circuit pathway

insures that one has all the power needed to satisfy any meeting or gathering.

Work Surface Modular Power Kits Ordering Information

12"

[305mm]

2 5/32"

[55mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm]

10"

[254mm]

NOTE: Kits include portal(s), flange(s) cables and

mounting clips. Enhanced Portal Kit shown.

NOTE: Kit configurations assume there is 1/2" of cabling on each side of the table to make the table-to-table connections.

Shown with existing table

grommet (supplied by others).

NOTE: Part Number Configurator can be used both to identify stock product configurations and also to request custom configurations

from the factory. Consult the factory for more information.

Work Surface Modular Power Part Number Configurator

Power:

Modular Power

Enhanced Portal = ME

Modular Power

Standard Unit = MP

Cord-ended Power

Enhanced Unit = CE

Work Surface

Series = WS

Style:

Under Table

(No Flange) = UT

Through Table

(Contour

Flange) = TC

Table Size:

72" = 72

60" = 60

Data:

2 Keystone

Openings = D

Portal Color:

Black = BK

Silver = SL

Kit Config.:

Single

Portal Kit = SL

Double

Portal Kit = DK

Wiring Config.:

Portals wired

for circuit 2 = 2

Portals wired

for circuit 1 =

Blank

WS ME D TC 72 SL SK -2

NOTE: Cable and Connectors are wired for two circuits. Portals are either Circuit 1 or Circuit 2. (They pass through the other circuit.)

547

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD 547

MODULAR WIRING

WIREMOLD

Modular Power & Double Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 5' Table – Kit contains

three 4 wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables; two 12" in length (one M/F and one F/F)

and one 17" (F/F), all with black cable covers and 8 cable clamps for mounting. Also

two work surface portals each with 2 power outlets accessible from table surface and

2 convenience power outlets accessible from under the table, 2 keystone openings for

communications and one silver flange cover. The 4 wire portal is typically wired to the

first circuit. If you want a kit with portals wired for the second circuit, please order the

“-2” suffixed part number.

WSMEDTC60SLDK, WSMEDTC60SLDK-2 Through Table Access – Double Enhanced Portal Kits

Modular Power & Double Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 6' Table – Kit

contains three 4 wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables; two 12" in length (one

M/F and one F/F) and one 29" (F/F), all with black cable covers and 8 cable

clamps for mounting. Also two work surface portals each with 2 power outlets

accessible from table surface and 2 convenience power outlets accessible from

under the table, 2 keystone openings for communications and one silver flange

cover. The 4 wire portal is typically wired to the first circuit. If you want a kit with

portals wired for the second circuit, please order the “-2” suffixed part number.

WSMEDTC72SLDK, WSMEDTC72SLDK-2 Through Table Access – Double Enhanced Portal Kits

NOTE: Kit configurations assume there is 1/2" of cabling on each side of the table to make the table-to-table connections.

10"

12" MF 29" FF 12" FF

10"

Table Length 72"

Table Length 60"

10"

12" MF 17" FF 12" FF

10"

WORK SURFACE MODULAR POWER

Ordering Information

Modular Power & Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 5' Table – Kit contains two 4 wire,

2 circuit connectorized cables each 25.5" in length (one M/F and one F/F) with black

cable covers and 4 cable clamps for mounting. Also one work surface portal with 2

power outlets accessible from table surface and 2 convenience power outlets accessible

from under the table, 2 keystone openings for communications and one silver flange

cover. The 4 wire portal is typically wired to the first circuit. If you want a kit with portals

wired for the second circuit, please order the “-2” suffixed part number.

WSMEDTC60SLSK, WSMEDTC60SLSK-2 Through Table Access – Single Enhanced Portal Kits

10"

25.5" MF 25.5" FF

Table Length 60"

Modular Power & Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 6' Table – Kit contains two

4 wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables each 31.5" in length (one M/F and one F/F)

with black cable covers and 4 cable clamps for mounting. Also one work surface

portal with 2 power outlets accessible from table surface and 2 convenience

power outlets accessible from under the table, 2 keystone openings for

communications and one silver flange cover. The 4 wire portal is typically wired

to the first circuit. If you want a kit with portals wired for the second circuit,

please order the “-2” suffixed part number.

WSMEDTC72SLSK, WSMEDTC72SLSK-2 Through Table Access – Single Enhanced Portal Kits

10"

31.5" MF 31.5" FF

Table Length 72"

Work Surface Modular Power Kits Ordering Information

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

548

MODULAR WIRING

Cord-Ended Enhanced Work Surface Portals – For Use at Workstations –

Cord-ended silver flange and portal (SL) or black flange and portal (BK), with

2 power outlets accessible from table surface and 3 convenience power outlets

accessible from under the table, 2 keystone openings, 4 cable clamps and 72"

power cord.

WSCEDTCSL, WSCEDTCBK Cord-Ended Enhanced Work Surface Portals – For Use at Workstations*

Cord-Ended Enhanced Work Surface Portals – For Use at Workstations Ordering Information

Portal Dimensions:

Top with Mounting Flange: 12" L x 3 13/100" W

Base: 9 63/100" L x 2 17/100" D

Flange: 5 68/100" L x 3 39/100" W

* Cord-Ended Units are UL and cUL Listed.

Modular Power & Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 5' Table – Kit contains two 4 wire,

2 circuit connectorized cables each 27" in length (one M/F and one F/F) with black

cable covers and 4 cable clamps for mounting, one black work surface portal with 2

power and 2 keystone openings for communications. The 4 wire portal is typically wired

to the first circuit. If you want a kit with portals wired for the second circuit, please

order the “-2” suffixed part number. Kits can be used with existing grommeted table

openings or with portals rotated and edge mounted.

WSMPDUT60BKSK, WSMPDUT60BKSK-2 Under Table Access (No Flange) – Portal Kits

Modular Power & Work Surface Portal Quick Kit for 6' Table – Kit contains

two 4 wire, 2 circuit connectorized cables each 33" in length (one M/F and one

F/F) with black cable covers and 4 cable clamps for mounting, one black work

surface portal with 2 power and 2 keystone openings for communications.

The 4 wire portal is typically wired to the first circuit. If you want a kit with

portals wired for the second circuit, please order the “-2” suffixed part number.

Kits can be used with existing grommeted table openings or with portals

rotated and edge mounted.

WSMPDUT72BKSK, WSMPDUT72BKSK-2 Under Table Access (No Flange) – Portal Kits

6.5"

27" MF 27" FF

Table Length 60"

6.5"

33" MF 33" FF

Table Length 72"

Work Surface Modular Power Kits Ordering Information (continued)

WORK SURFACE MODULAR POWER

Ordering Information

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

549

MODULAR WIRING

Work Surface Modular Power Components Ordering Information

72", multi-circuit, black starter

cable with cover with 12"

leads on one end and a female

connector on the other.

WSMPHWSC72 Hardwire Starter Cable

Single connector with 18"

leads in decorator footprint for

wall or floor outlets with 72"

female/female interconnecting

cable and cable cover.

WSMPQDSFF Quick Disconnect Insert & Cable

12" MM connectorized cable to

accommodate “U” or cornered

runs.

WSMPCMM12 Connector Cable

Male connector in decorator

sized plate with 18" leads.

(Decorator faceplate not

included.)

WSMP-QD Quick Disconnect Connector

MFM connectors for starting

power runs from the center of

a table or auditorium seating

applications.

WSMP-T T Connector

WORK SURFACE MODULAR POWER

Ordering Information

1.15" Depth

(1.4" with wire leads)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

550

MODULAR WIRING

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

551

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCTS

Wiremold® Infloor Duct Systems are cost-effective and flexible solutions for

any wiring and communication needs throughout an open space environment

which will accommodate needs now and into the future.

Product

blurb

Floorport™ Series

Cover

Assemblies 609

Walkerduct

Underfloor

Duct Systems 557

Walkerduct® Carpet/Tile

Holders

569

Walkerduct® Underfloor

Duct Systems

557

572

Walkerduct® Pro Series

Service

Fittings

582

525 Series™ Service Fittings

580

PSRC9 Series™ Service Fittings

585

525 & Multiplex™ Series

Activation Accessories

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

552

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

Table of Contents

590

Source I® Service Fittings

Wallduct Raceway Systems

616

Trenchduct Feeder Systems

612

599

Walkercell® Cellular

Raceway Systems

Flushduct Infloor Duct Systems

594

609

Floorport™ Series

Cover Assemblies

588

Multiplex™ Series Service Fittings

587

1200 Series™ Service Fittings

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

553

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

Walkerduct Layout with Junction Boxes Walkerduct Layout with Trenchduct

Walkerduct with Junction Boxes offers

capacity and flexibility for casinos, retail,

libraries, light industrial, and small-to-

medium office space.

Walkerduct with Trenchduct provides

a high capacity of wire and cable

management. Perfect for an open space

setting, power and communications can be

easily rewired through steel access plates.

Features:

• Two Sizes of Underfloor Ducts

• Multiple Duct Combinations/

Configurations

• Quality Construction

• Ample Bend Radius throughout System

• Round or Square Junction Box Access

Openings

• Choice of Preset Shape or Size

• Wide Variety of Activations

Service Fitting/Activation Options:

• 817 Series™ Flush Fittings

• 525 Series™ Pedestal Fittings

• 1200 Series™ Pedestal Fittings

• PSRC9 Series™ Flush Fittings

• Trench Access Hood

• Multiplex™ Pedestal Fittings

Walkerduct Underfloor Duct

Features:

• Three-in-One Configuration Raceway

• Triple Service Preset with Recessed Activations

• Large Capacity Feeder System

• Flexible Trenchduct Design

• Custom Options Available

• Ample Bend Radius throughout System

Service Fitting/Activation Options:

• FloorPort™ Recessed Fittings

• Multiplex™ Pedestal Fittings

Walkercell Layout with Junction Box Header Walkercell Layout with Trenchduct Walkercell Feed & Distribution Layout

Walkercell with Junction Box Header provides fast installation and high flexibility

along with high capacity for commercial and educational facilities. Easy access to

cables and wires manage the changing business needs of commercial buildings.

Walkercell with Trenchduct provides fast installation and high flexibility along

with high capacity for commercial and educational facilities. Easy access to

cables and wires manage the changing business needs of commercial buildings.

Walkercell Feed and Distribution also provides fast installation and high flexibility

along with high capacity for commercial and educational facilities. Easy access to

cables and wires manage the changing business needs of commercial buildings.

Walkercell Cellular Raceway

Features:

• 1, 2, or 3 Duct Combinations

• Feed and Distribution Ducts Located

Flush with Finished Floor

• Easy Access to Ducts through Factory

Installed Screw Plugs

• Variety of Pedestal Activations

• 1 3/8" [35mm] Minimum System Depth

(2 5/8" when using a junction box)

• Trenchduct Feed Maximizes Capacity

Service Fitting/Activation Options:

• 525 Series™ Pedestal Fittings

• Multiplex™ Pedestal Fittings

Walker Flushduct with Junction Boxes lay level with

the concrete on the floor. It provides easy access

through the duct and simple installation of wires and

cables. It also offers an aesthetically pleasing option

for any open space application.

FlushDuct Infloor Duct Systems

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

554

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

Activation/Service Fitting – The device access point at

which wires and cables egress from the infloor system.

These products come in a variety of styles and sizes and can

be recessed into the floor, flush with the floor or mounted

above the floor.

Afterset – A metal fitting installed between the infloor

raceway and the activation used to bring cables and wires

from the raceway to the activation. It is installed after core

drilling the concrete to reach the raceway buried in the

concrete.

Crossunder – A design option of intersecting infloor

raceways where one system drops down under the other

instead of intersecting on the same plane.

Distribution Raceway – Raceway that carries wires and

cables from the feeder system to the workstation area.

Typically has presets attached to the raceway, but can also

have aftersets.

Feeder System – Large capacity raceway used to carry

cables and wires from the communication and power

closets to the distribution raceway. Trenchduct, Headerduct,

and No. 4 duct are commonly used as feeder systems.

Junction Box – A location in the raceway system that allows

transition of pathways and access to cables.

Mudcap – A recessed lid installed on the top of a preset

or afterset to prevent concrete from entering it. Mudcap is

removed when access to the wires and cables is needed.

The concrete above it is chipped out, and the mudcap is

removed with a screwdriver.

Preset – A metal fitting is mounted on the infloor raceway

that is buried in the concrete, designed to provide an access

point to the cable and wires in the raceway. The concrete

above it (1/8" deep) and the mudcap are removed, and a

service fitting is mounted on it to provide cable and wire

egress from the raceway.

Slab Depth – Total depth of the concrete.

System Depth – Depth of Walker Infloor System from base

of duct/cell/trench to the top of the cover plates.

Infloor Systems Terminology

Frequently Ordered Catalog Numbers

SPACING PRESETS 12" [305mm] OC 24" [610mm] OC

1" [25mm] D21210 D22410

1 1/2" [38mm] D21215 D22415

2" [51mm] D21220 D22420

2 1/2" [64mm] D21225 D22425

3" [76mm] D21230 D22430

No. 2 Walkerduct Pro Series with Presets

SPACING PRESETS 12" [305mm] OC 24" [610mm] OC

1" [25mm] 2-12 x 2 x 7/8 2-24 x 2 x 7/8

1 1/2" [38mm] 2-12 x 2 x 1 1/2 2-24 x 2 x 11/2

2" [51mm] 2-12 x 2 x 2 2-24 x 2 x 2

2 1/2" [64mm] 2-12 x 2 x 2 1/2 2-24 x 2 x 2 1/2

3" [76mm] 2-12 x 2 x 3 2-24 x 2 x 3

No. 2 Walkerduct with 2" IPS Presets

SPACING PRESETS 12" [305mm] OC 24" [610mm] OC

1" [25mm] D41210 D42410

1 1/2" [38mm] D41215 D42415

2" [51mm] D41220 D42420

2 1/2" [64mm] D41225 D42425

3" [76mm] D41230 D42430

No. 4 Walkerduct Pro Series with Presets

SPACING PRESETS 12" [305mm] OC 24" [610mm] OC

1" [25mm] 4-12 x 2 x 7/8 4-24 x 2 x 7/8

1 1/2" [38mm] 4-12 x 2 x 1 1/2 4-24 x 2 x 1 1/2

2" [51mm] 4-12 x 2 x 2 4-24 x 2 x 2

2 1/2" [64mm] 4-12 x 2 x 2 1/2 4-24 x 2 x 2 1/2

3" [76mm] 4-12 x 2 x 3 4-24 x 2 x 3

No. 4 Walkerduct with 2" IPS Presets

JUNCTION BOXES* ROUND COVER PLATE SQUARE COVER PLATE ROUND HEAVY DUTY SQUARE HEAVY DUTY TWO-LEVEL

(1) No. 2 Duct 12JR- 12JS- 12HR- 12HS- 142L

(1) No. 4 Duct 14JR- 14JS- 14HR- 14HS- 142L

(2) No. 2 Ducts 222JR- 222JS- 222HR- 222HS-

(2) No. 4 Ducts 244JR- 244JS- 244HR- 244HS-

(1) No. 2 and (1) No. 4 Duct 224JR- 224JS- 224HR- 224HS-

(3) No. 2 Ducts 3222JR- 3222JS- 3222HR- 3222HS-

(2) No. 2 and (1) No. 4 Ducts 3224JR- 3224JS- 3224HR- 3224HS-

(1) No. 2 and (2) No. 4 Ducts 3244JR- 3244JS- 3244HR- 3244HS-

(1) No. 4, (1) No. 2, and (1) No. 4

Duct

3424JR- 3424JS- 3424HR- 3424HS-

(3) No. 4 Ducts 3444JR- 3444JS- 3444HR- 3444HS-

(4) No. 2 Ducts 42222JR- 42222JS- 42222HR- 42222HS-

(5) No. 2 Ducts 522222JR- 522222JS- 522222HR- 522222HS-

* Add suffix to indicate height of junction box.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

555

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Walkerduct Raceways provide wire management for open

space environments while maintaining aesthetics because they

are buried in the floor, out of sight, and safe from abuse. The

duct is designed to be used with Walkerduct Junction Boxes

or Walker® Trenchduct to create an infloor wire management

system. Duct runs provide a range of capacities to suit any

situation and to future proof the wire management system.

Duct can be used individually or combined with other duct to

deliver power and communication services to workstations.

Multiple duct runs may be all one size of duct or a mix of

sizes. Activations may be located anywhere along the length

of the duct to maximize flexibility and accessibility to wiring

workstations. Flexibility is only limited by the grid pattern.

Designed to be used with power and communications service

fittings shown in Service Fittings section of this Product Guide.

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

[152mm]

10' [3m]

24"

[610mm]

24"

[610mm]

24"

[610mm]

24"

[610mm]

12"

[305mm]

12"

[305mm]

10' [3m]

Walkerduct Pro Series Duct Systems

ACCESSORIES

SYSTEM

12 14 222 224 244 3222 3224 3244 3424 3444

Adjustable Supports* SC12- SC14- SC222- SC224- SC244- SC3222- SC3224- SC3244- SC3244- *

Hold-Down Strap HS12 HS14 HS222 HS224 HS244 HS3222 HS3224 HS3244 HS3244 *

Couplings 302 H302 302 302

H302

H302 302 302

H302

302

H302

302

H302

Duct End Closures 304 H304 304 304

H304

H304 304 304

H304

304

H304

304

H304

Conduit Adapters 312-

314-

317-

322-

324-

H312-

H317-

H322

312-

314-

317-

322-

324-

312-

314-

317-

322-

324-

H322-

H317-

H312-

H317-

H324-

312-

314-

317-

322-

324-

312-

H312-

314-

317-

H317-

322-

H322-

324-

312-

314-

317-

H317-

322-

H322-

324-

H312-

312-

314-

317-

H317-

322-

H322-

324-

H312-

H317-

H322

Box Corner

Conduit Adapter

255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255- 255-

Terminal Bushings 334UF H334 334UF 334UF

H332

H334 334UF 334UF

H334

334UF 334UF H334

Vertical Elbows 332UF H332 332UF 332UF

H332

H332 332UF 332UF

H332

332UF

H332

332UF

H332

Horizontal Elbows

(90° & 45°)

338UF

342UF

H338

H342

338UF

342UF

338UF

H338

342UF

H342

H338

H342

338UF

342UF

338UF

H338

342UF

H342

338UF

H338

342UF

H342

338UF

H338

342UF

H342

H338

H342

Crossunder Offsets 372

375

H372

H375

372

375

372

H372

375

H375

H372

H375

372

375

372

H372

375

H375

372

H372

372

H372

H375

Expansion Joints 382 H382 382 382

H382

H382 382 382

H382

382

H382

382

H382

Mudcaps 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421

Marker Caps 422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

422GR

422RD

Box Opening Closures 203 H203 203 203

H203

H203 203 203

H203

203

H203

203

H203

Box Closure Adapters —

275SR

275SL

275SR

—275SL

275SR

275SL

275SR

— 275SL

275SR

275SL

275SR

275SL

275SR

275SL

275SR

Sealant 290G 290G 290G 290G 290G 290G 290G 290G 290G 290G

Tile & Carpet

Trim/Holders

square

FT6-

CT6-

round

SFCS5-

SFCB5-

square

FT10-

CT10-

round

SFCS9-

SFCB9-

square

FT10-

CT10-

round

SFCS9-

SFCB9-

square

FT15-

CT15-

round

SFCS14-

SFCB14-

square

FT18-

CT18-

round

SFCS17-

SFCB17-

square

FT15-

round

SFCS14-

SFCB14-

square

FT18-

round

SFCS17-

SFCB17-

square

FT21-

round

SFCS20-

SFCB20-

square

FT21-

round

SFCS20-

SFCB20-

square

FT25-

round

SFCS24-

SFCB24-

Junction Box

Conduct Adapters

212-

232-

H232- 212-

232-

212-

232-

H232-

H232 212

232

212

232

H232-

212

232

H232-

212

232

H232-

H232

* Supports include built-in Coupling.

NOTE: Part numbers ending in a dash need to have the height adjustment size suffix included when ordering.

Please see the individual support product descriptions for this information.

INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

Quick Selection Guide

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

556

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

PRODUCT FAMILY

CATALOG

NUMBER

SYSTEM

COMPATIBILITY

ACTIVATION

LOCATION

SERVICE

CAPACITY

SERVICE

COMPATIBILITY

MATERIAL/COLORS

WALKERDUCT

WALKERCELL

FLUSHDUCT

TRENCHDUCT

Flush

Recessed

Pedestal

Single Service

Dual Service

Triple Ser vice

Power

Communication

Audio/Visual

Polycarbonate

Alumi num

Brass

Gray

Black

Nickel

Bronze

FloorPort

FPCTC Series

• • •••• ••••••

FPBTC Series

• • •••• ••••••

FPFFTC Series

• • •••• ••••••

FPCT Series

• • •••• ••••••

FPBT Series

• • •••• ••••••

FPFFT Series

• • •••• ••••••

Pro

Series

Flanges

817B

••••••

827B

••••••

837B

•• ••••

817PCC

•••••••

827PCC

• • •••• •

837PCC

•• •••••

818TCAL

• •••••

828TCAL

••••••

838TCAL

•• ••••

Source I

S165B

•••• •

S165BLK/BRN

••• ••

S166B

•••••

S166BLK/BRN

••••••

S175BLK/BRN

• •••• •

PSRC9

Series

PSRC9TC

• • • • ••••

PSRC9AMDTC

• • • • ••••

PSRC9FFTC

• • • • ••••

1200

Series

1204BF •• •• • •

1204AL •• •• • •

1223BF •• •• • •

1223AL •• •• • •

Multiplex

MP4 ••• •• ••• •

MP8 • • • • ••• •

MP8-1 ••• • • ••• •

525

Series

525A ••• •• •• •

525B ••• •• •• •

525C ••• •• •• •

525D ••• •• •• •

525F ••• •• • •

525G ••• •• • •

525H ••• •• • •

525I ••• •• • •

525J ••• •• ••• •

525RT ••• •• • •

525ACT••• •• • • •

SERVICE FITTINGS & ACTIVATION ACCESSORIES

Quick Selection Guide

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

557

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

KEY

A. Duct

B. Pro Series Preset

C. Junction Box

D. Coupling

E. Duct Support

F. Conduit Adapter

G. Elbow

H. Junction Box Closure

Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct Systems offer maximum capacity and

configurability using two sizes of duct. CODE REFERENCE

ULus Listed Underfloor Raceway:

File E7020 Guide RKCZ

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway Fittings:

File E11912 Guide RKQX.

Meets Article 390 of NEC.

Walkerduct Pro Series

System Layout with

Junction Boxes

KEY

A. Trenchduct

B. #2 2" IPS Duct

C. #4 2" IPS Duct

D. Cross Under

E. Couplings

F. End Closure

G. Duct Support

H. Horizontal Flat Elbow

I. Vertical Elbow

J. Blank #4 Duct

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

Walkerduct 2" [51mm]

IPS Duct System Layout

with Trenchduct

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

558

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

PRODUCT FAMILY

CATALOG

NUMBER

ACTIVATION

LOCATION

SERVICE

CAPACITY

SERVICE

COMPATIBILITY

MATERIAL/COLORS

Flush

Pedestal

Single Service

Dual Service

Triple Ser vice

Power

Communication

Audio/Visual

Polycarbonate

Alumi num

Brass

Gray

Black

Pro

Series

Flanges

817B •• •• •

827B • • • • •

837B • • • • •

817PCC • • • • • •

827PCC • • • • • •

837PCC • • • • • •

818TCAL • • • • •

828TCAL • • • • •

838TCAL • • • • •

Source I

S165B • • • •

S165BLK/BRN • • • •

S166B • • • •

S166BLK/BRN • • • • •

S175BLK/BRN • • • • •

PSRC9

Series

PSRC9TC • • • ••••

PSRC9AMDTC • • • ••••

PSRC9FFTC • • • ••••

1200

Series

1204BF • • • •

1204AL • • • •

1223BF • • • •

1223AL • • • •

Multiplex

MP4 •• ••• •

MP8 • • ••• •

MP8-1 • • ••• •

525

Series

525A • • • • •

525B • • • • •

525C • • • • •

525D • • • • •

525F • • • •

25G • • • •

525H • • • •

525I • • • •

525J •• ••• •

525RT • • • •

525ACT •• • •

Walkerduct Underfloor Duct Systems Service Fitting Compatibility

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

559

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Factory-installed preset duct.

Used for distribution runs. 10' [3m]

standard length, 16 gauge galvannealed construction with

continuous seam weld.

Pro Series No. 2 Duct, 12" [305mm] Spacing

PART NUMBERS:

D21210 (10" Preset Height)

D21215 (15" Preset Height)

D21220 (20" Preset Height)

D21225 (25" Preset Height)

D21230 (30" Preset Height)

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

Walkerduct Duct Configuration Options

3 1/8" x 1 1/4" [79mm x 32mm]

16 gauge galvannealed steel. One

piece, continuously seam welded

construction. 10' [3m] standard

length. Used primarily for afterset

applications or as a feeder run.

2-0 Blank No. 2 Duct

6 1/2" x 1 1/2" [165mm x 38mm]

16 gauge galvannealed steel. One

piece, continuously seam welded

construction. 10' [3m] standard

length. Used primarily for afterset

applications or as a feeder run.

4-0 Blank No. 4 Duct

Walkerduct Wire Size/Fill Chart

3 1/8"

[79mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

No. 2 Duct with 12"

[305mm] spacing

No. 2 Duct with 24"

[3610mm] spacing

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN/THWN-2

DIAMETER AREA (In2) 40% FILL

Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm] NO. 2 NO. 4

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] .0097 [6.3] 137 359

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] .0133 [8.6] 100 262

10 AWG 0.164 [4.2] .0211 [13.6] 63 165

8 AWG 0.216 [5.5] .0366 [23.6] 36 95

6 AWG 0.254 [6.5] .0507 [32.7] 26 68

4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] .0824 [53.2] 16 42

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

DIAMETER Approx. AREA In240% FILL

Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm] No. 2 No. 4

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5 0.220 [5.6] .038 [24.5] 35 91

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.4] .049 [31.7] 27 71

TELEPHONE 2-pair, 24 AWG 0.140 [3.6] .015 [9.9] 89 232

4-pair, 24 AWG 0.190 [4.8] .028 [18.1] 47 124

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] .132 [85.2] 10 26

COAXIAL RG58/U 0.195 [4.9] .030 [19.4] 44 116

RG59/U 0.242 [6.1] .046 [29.7] 29 75

RG6/U 0.270 [6.8] .057 [36.8] 23 61

SHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

TYPE 1 0.390 [9.9] .119 [76.8] 11 29

TYPE 2 0.465 [11.8] .170 [109.7] 7 20

TYPE 3 0.245 [6.2] .047 [30.3] 28 74

FIBER 2 Strand 0.180 [4.6] .025 [16.1] 53 139

4 Strand 0.190 [4.8] .028 [18.1] 47 124

6 Strand 0.210 [5.3] .035 [22.6] 38 99

Fiber ZipCord 0.110 [2.8] .010 [6.5] 133 348

Factory-installed preset duct.

Used for distribution runs. 10' [3m]

standard length, 16 gauge galvannealed construction with

continuous seam weld.

Walkerduct Cable Size/Fill Chart

Pro Series No. 2 Duct, 24" [610mm] Spacing

PART NUMBERS:

D22410 (10" Preset Height)

D22415 (15" Preset Height)

D22420 (20" Preset Height)

D22425 (25" Preset Height)

D22430 (30" Preset Height)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

560

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

2" [51mm] IPS No. 4 Duct, 12" [305mm] Spacing

PART NUMBERS:

4-12x2x7/8 (7/8" Preset Insert Height)

4-12x2x11/2 (1 1/2" Preset Insert

Height)

4-12x2x2 (2" Preset Insert Height)

4-12x2x21/2 (2 1/2" Preset Insert

Height)

4-12x2x3 (3" Preset Insert Height)

2" [51mm] IPS No. 2 Duct, 12" [305mm] Spacing

PART NUMBERS:

2-12x2x7/8 (7/8" Preset Insert Height)

2-12x2x11/2 (1 1/2" Preset Height)

2-12x2x2 (2" Preset Height)

2-12x2x21/2 (2 1/2" Preset Height)

2-12x2x3 (3" Preset Height)

Pro Series No. 4 Duct, 12" [305mm] Spacing

PART NUMBERS:

D41210 (10" Preset Height)

D41215 (15" Preset Height)

D41220 (20" Preset Height)

D41225 (25" Preset Height)

D41230 (30" Preset Height)

Pro Series No. 4 Duct, 24" [610mm] Spacing

PART NUMBERS:

D42410 (10" Preset Height)

D42415 (15" Preset Height)

D42420 (20" Preset Height)

D42425 (25" Preset Height)

D42430 (30" Preset Height)

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

Factory-installed preset duct. Used for distribution runs.

10' [3m] standard length, 16 gauge galvannealed

construction with continuous seam weld.

Factory-installed preset duct.

Used for distribution runs. 10'

[3m] standard length, 16 gauge galvannealed construction

with continuous seam weld. Last two digits of Catalog

Number indicates preset height.

Factory installed round preset

duct with internal threads to

accept standard connectors. 10' [3m] standard length,

16 gauge galvannealed steel construction with continuous

seam weld. Preset I.D. is 2" [51mm].

No. 4 Duct with 12"

[305mm] spacing

No. 2 Duct with 12"

[305mm] spacing

No. 4 Duct with 24"

[610mm] spacing

NOTE: 1 1/2" preset is minimum height required for power.

Walkerduct Duct Configuration Options (continued)

Factory installed round preset duct with internal threads

to accept standard connectors. 10' [3m] standard length,

16 gauge galvannealed steel construction with continuous

seam weld. Preset I.D. is threaded for 2" [51mm] conduit.

DUCT CONFIGURATION NOTES

• Custom insert heights, duct lengths, and preset

spacings are available. Contact factory for detailed

information.

• Multi-gang Pro Series Duct Systems use an alignment

clip to connect presets. One alignment clip is included

with each piece of duct and prevents movement of

presets during concrete pour.

Alignment Clip

End View with

Alignment Clip

in Place

IMPORTANT: Triple-gang flush activations are not compatible with 3222 and

3444 System layouts. Use combination of single- and two-gang

activations to access all three ducts at one point.

IMPORTANT: A minimum 1 1/2" [38mm] preset or afterset is required

on Pro Series Underfloor Duct to support standard duplex

receptacles when using flush activations. Most communication

devices will need a minimum of 2" preset or afterset on Pro

Series Underfloor Duct when using flush activations.

No. 4 Duct with 12"

[305mm] spacing

No. 4 Duct with 24"

[610mm] spacing

Factory installed round preset

duct with internal threads to

accept standard connectors. 10' [3m] standard length,

16 gauge galvannealed steel construction with continuous

seam weld. Preset I.D. is threaded for 2" [51mm] conduit.

No. 2 Duct with 24"

[610mm] spacing

Factory installed round preset duct with internal threads

to accept standard connectors. 10' [3m] standard length,

16 gauge galvannealed steel construction with continuous

seam weld. Preset I.D. is threaded for 2" [51mm] conduit.

2" [51mm] IPS No. 2 Duct, 24" [610mm] Spacing

PART NUMBERS:

2-24x2x7/8 (7/8" Preset Insert Height)

2-24x2x11/2 (1 1/2" Preset Height)

2-24x2x2 (2" Preset Height)

2-24x2x21/2 (2 1/2" Preset Height)

2-24x2x3 (3" Preset Height)

2" [51mm] IPS No. 4 Duct, 24" [610mm] Spacing

PART NUMBERS:

4-24x2x7/8 (7/8" Preset Insert Height)

4-24x2x11/2 (1 1/2" Preset Insert

Height)

4-24x2x2 (2" Preset Insert Height)

4-24x2x21/2 (2 1/2" Preset Insert

Height)

4-24x2x3 (3" Preset Insert Height)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

561

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

2" [51mm] IPS Duct Marker Cap

PART NUMBERS:

415B (Brass)

415N (Steel)

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

SC14-*

SC222-*

SC3222-*

How to Determine Correct Support Heights

A Height of preset.

B Height of duct.

C Distance from bottom of duct to form or slab. This

dimension is the correct support height.

D Distance between finished concrete floor line and

floor slab. This dimension is the sum total of A, B,

and C. Support Height (C) = D - (A and B)

Preset

Duct

*CATALOG

NO. SUFFIX HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT

-18 1/2" [12.7mm] to 1 7/8" [48mm]

-33 1 1/2" [38mm] to 3 3/4" [95mm]

-48 3" [76mm] to 4 7/8" [124mm]

Duct supports for deeper pours are available

through the factory.

SC12 Adjustable Duct Supports with

Built-in Coupling

SC14, SC222, SC224, SC244, SC3222,

SC3224, SC3244, SC3424

To support, couple, and hold duct

in place before and during concrete

pour. Steel construction. Leveling

screws provide vertical adjustment.

Different leg heights available.

Supports may be fastened to form

or to slab through holes in the feet.

Top members maintain 1" [25mm]

spacing between ducts. Locate duct

supports on approximately 5' [1.5m]

intervals.

NOTE: Steel shims (Cat. # Duct Shims) should be placed under #2 Duct to

maintain proper preset height.

HS3224

[25mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

HS14

3/4"

[19.1mm]

HS12 Hold-Down Straps

HS14, HS222, HS224, HS244,

HS3222, HS342, HS3244

To fasten ducts to the slab

in shallow concrete. Used in

place of duct supports. Straps

maintain 1" [25mm] spacing

between ducts on multiple duct

runs and prevent duct from

floating during concrete pour.

Attaches to slab with stakes

or drive pins (not included).

Locate Hold-Down Straps on

approximate 5' [1.5m] centers. Duct systems with both #2

and #4 ducts will require a 1/4" thick shim to bring the top

of the #2 duct level with the #4 duct. Consult factory for

additional information.

421 Pro Series Mudcap

Steel replacement cap for preset

or afterset. Recessed to hold 3/8"

[9.5mm] concrete.

422GR, 422RD Pro Series Marker Cap

Replaces mudcap on preset to

indicate location of the last insert

in each run. Select color for each

service.

[152mm]

3/4" Hub

12"

[305mm]

425, 426 Preset Extensions

1/2" [12.7mm] (425) and 1" [25mm]

(426) Preset Extensions. Steel

replacement cap for preset or

afterset. Recessed to hold 3/8"

[9.5mm] concrete.

12" [305mm] section of Duct

with 1" [25mm] Preset. For

rigid or PVC conduit. Used

to provide feed to isolated

outlets; maintains 12"

[305mm] spacing of presets. Preset height is 1" [25mm].

Add extensions if higher preset needed.

404 2" [51mm] IPS Duct Mudcap

Steel replacement cap for 2" [51mm]

IPS preset. Recessed to hold 3/8"

[9.5mm] concrete.

Replaces mudcap on preset to indicate

location of run. NEC requires markers

to locate the last preset in each run.

Select color for each service.

Walkerduct Duct Accessories Ordering Information

Duct Conduit Hub

PART NUMBERS:

D2075 (For No. 2 Duct)

D4075 (For No. 4 Duct)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

562

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Female Conduit Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

H312-3/4

(3/4" conduit trade size)

H312-1 (1" conduit trade size)

312-11/4

(1 1/4" conduit trade size)

H312-11/2

(1 1/2" conduit trade size)

H312-2 (2" conduit trade size)

Female Conduit Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

312-3/4 (3/4" conduit trade size)

312-1 (1" conduit trade size)

312-11/4 (1 1/4" conduit trade size)

312-11/2 (1 1/2" conduit trade size)

312-2 (2" conduit trade size)

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

12"

[305mm]

24"

[610mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

7 1/8"

[181mm]

1 1/8"

[54mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3" [76mm]

1 3/4"

[44mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

[76mm]

7 1/8"

[181mm]

[76mm]

[152mm]

3 9/16"

[90mm]

6 15/16"

[176mm]

2' [610mm] Section of Duct

with IPS Preset and 3/4"

[19.1mm] Conduit Hub. For

rigid conduit. Used to provide

feed to isolated outlets; maintains 24" [610mm] spacing of

presets. Heights from 7/8" [22.2mm] to 3 1/2" [89mm].

*Specify preset height.

Fits on outside of No. 2 Duct.

For one rigid or PVC conduit.

Fits on outside of No. 4 Duct. For one rigid or PVC conduit.

314-3/4 Male Conduit Adapter

Fits into end of No. 2 Duct.

For one 3/4" trade size rigid

or PVC conduit.

322-11/4, 322-11/2 Female Conduit Adapter

Fits on the outside of No. 2

Duct. For two rigid or PVC

conduits. Suffix denotes

conduit trade size.

Fits on the outside of No. 4 Duct.

For two rigid or PVC conduits.

324-3/4 Male Conduit Adapter

Fits into the end of No. 2 Duct. For

two 3/4" trade size rigid or PVC

conduits.

300-4 Adapter Coupling

Couples No. 2 Duct to No. 4 Duct.

304, H304 Duct End Plug

304- To seal the end of No. 2

Duct. H304- To seal the end of No.

4 Duct.

302, H302 Coupling

302- To Couple two No. 2 Ducts.

H302- To Couple two No. 4 Ducts.

Walkerduct Duct Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

2" [51mm] IPS Duct Conduit Hub

PART NUMBERS:

317-3/4* (For No. 2 Duct)

H317-3/4* (For No. 4 Duct)

Female Conduit Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

H322-11/4 (1 1/4" conduit trade size)

H322-11/2 (1 1/2" conduit trade size)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

563

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

4 1/8"

[105mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

334UF Panel connector

Secures No. 2 Duct to cabinet.

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

7 11/16"

[195mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

2 5/16"

Radius

[59mm]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

3" Radius

[76mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

21 7/8"

[556mm]

8 1/2" Radius

[216mm]

21 7/8"

[556mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

10 1/2"

[267mm]

10 1/2"

[267mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

10 1/2"

[267mm]

10 1/2"

[267mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

3" Radius

[76mm]

3" Radius

[76mm]

H338AU-1 90° Horizontal Elbow with Access Unit

Used to make 90° horizontal

turn in No. 4 Duct. Access

cover can be removed to

facilitate wire pulling.

H334 Panel Connector

Secures No. 4 Duct to cabinet.

332UF 90° Vertical Elbow

Creates 90° vertical turn in

No. 2 Duct.

H332 90° Vertical Elbow

Creates 90° vertical turn in

No. 4 Duct.

338UF 90° Horizontal Elbow

Creates 90° horizontal

turn in No. 2 Duct.

H338 90° Horizontal Elbow

Creates 90° horizontal turn in

No. 4 Duct.

342UF Adjustable Horizontal Elbow

No. 2 Duct elbow angled for

45° turn. Angle may be varied

from 22 1/2° to 67 1/2° by

cutting duct ends at different

angles.

H342 Adjustable Horizontal Elbow

No. 4 Duct elbow angled for

45° turn. Angle may be varied

from 22 1/2° to 67 1/2° by

cutting duct ends at different

angles.

Used to raise or lower

a run of duct by 1 5/8"

[41mm]. Two required

for crossunders.

Walkerduct Duct Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

Offset

PART NUMBERS:

372 (For No. 2 Duct)

H372 (For No. 4 Duct)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

564

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Variable Offset

PART NUMBERS:

375 (For No. 2 Duct)

H375 (For No. 4 Duct)

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

5/8"

[15.9mm]

Duct

10°

5/8"

[15.9mm]

Used to raise or

lower a run of duct

from 5/16 [7.9mm] to

3 1/2 [89mm]. Field

cut duct based on

chart below.

FOR OFFSET

DUCT CUT

LENGTH FOR OFFSET

DUCT CUT

LENGTH

5/16"

3/8"

7/16"

1/2"

9/16"

5/8"

11/16"

3/4"

13/16"

7/8"

15/16"

1 3/8"

1 3/4"

2 1/8"

2 1/2"

2 7/8"

3 1/4"

3 1/2"

3 7/8"

4 1/4"

4 5/8"

[35mm]

[44mm]

[54mm]

[64mm]

[73mm]

[83mm]

[89mm]

[98mm]

[108mm]

[118mm]

[127mm]

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1 3/4"

2 1/4"

2 1/2"

2 3/4"

3 1/4"

3 1/2"

[25mm]

[32mm]

[38mm]

[45mm]

[51mm]

[57mm]

[64mm]

[70mm]

[76mm]

[83mm]

[89mm]

5 3/8"

6 13/16"

8 1.4"

9 11/16"

11 1/4"

12 9/16"

14"

15 7/16"

16 7/8"

18 5/16"

19 3/4"

[137mm]

[173mm]

[210mm]

[246mm]

[286mm]

[319mm]

[356mm]

[392mm]

[429mm]

[465mm]

[502mm]

[7.9mm]

[9.5mm]

[11.1mm]

[12.7mm]

[14.3mm]

[15.9mm]

[17.5mm]

[19.1mm]

[20.6mm]

[22.2mm]

[23.8mm]

Slip over two sections of duct. Outside

screws fasten and ground sleeves of

duct.

290C Waterproof Sealing Compound

Three tubes, 10.1 fluid ounces

each. Will seal approximately 100

couplings, (12) three-duct boxes, (25)

two-duct boxes, or (50) single-duct

boxes.

Walkerduct Aftersets & Accessories Ordering Information

4 13/16"

[123mm] 4 1/8"

[105mm]

Installed either before or after

concrete pour to create activation

from duct.

NOTE: Drill a 6 1/2" [165mm] hole in

concrete and a 2 1/2" [64mm] hole

in duct.

NOTE: Need minimum of 1 1/2" height

for power.

Installed either before or after concrete pour to create

activation from duct.

H14ABD Afterset Access Assembly

H14-BA Afterset Access Assembly Neoprene Boot

Used with H14ABD to protect cables coming out

of duct.

H14-AS Complete Access Activation

For access to large number of cables for

activation. Use 6ER- Extension Ring when

additional height is required.

Walkerduct Duct Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

12S-CVRPLT ø=5 23/32

Expansion Sleeve Joints

PART NUMBERS:

382 (For No. 2 Duct)

H382 (For No. 4 Duct)

Provides access to pull large number of cables

out of duct at one activation. Neoprene boot to

protect wires not included. Use 6ER- Extension

Ring when additional height is required.

Pro Series Afterset

PART NUMBERS:

4215 = 1 1/2" [38mm]

4220 = 2" [51mm]

4225 = 2 1/2" [64mm]

4230 = 3" [76mm]

2" [51mm] IPS Duct Round Afterset

PART NUMBERS:

436-2-7/8 = 7/8" [22.2mm]

436-2-1 1/2 = 1 1/2" [38mm]

436-2-2 = 2" [51mm]

436-2-23/8 = 2 3/8" [60mm]

436-2-3 = 3" [76mm]

NOTE: Drill a 2 1/2" [64mm] hole in concrete and a 2 1/4" [57mm] hole

in duct.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

565

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

H14BC Blanking Cap

Closes 5" [127mm] hole in duct.

Extension ring for H14ABD and

H14-AS Boxes.

Walkerduct Junction Boxes Ordering Information

One No. 2 Duct per

side. No interior

partitioning.

Square cover plate

measures 6 3/4"

x 6 3/4" [171mm x

171mm]. Diameter

of round cover plate

is 4.813" [122mm].

7" [178mm]

Duct Step to

Duct Step

6 3/4"

[172mm] 2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm] 11 3/8"

[289mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

One No. 4 Duct per

side. No interior

partitioning.

Square cover plate

measures 10 7/8"

x 10 7/8" [276mm x

276mm]. Diameter of

round cover plate is

8.938" [227mm].

11 1/8"

[283mm]

Duct Step to

Duct Step

2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

15 1/2"

[394mm]

10 7/8"

[276mm]

This chart provides the information needed to select the

correct suffix for all of the Junction Box Catalog Numbers

listed in this section.

NOTE: Square Tile/Carpet Trims for heavy duty Junction Boxes – need to

increase depth of Pan by 1/8". Example: for 1/4" Carpet, use 3/8"

deep Carpet Holder.

NOTE: For all 3 Duct Boxes – Center compartment cannot be accessed

with Corner Conduit Adapter, part #255.

SUFFIX FOR

JUNCTION BOXES* DEPTH OF CONCRETE OVER DUCT

1 1" [25mm] min. to 1 1/2" [35mm] max.

1 1/2 1 1/2" [38mm] min. to 2" [51mm] max.

2 2" [51mm] min. to 2 1/2" [62mm] max.

2 1/2 2 1/2" [64mm] min. to 3" [76mm] max.

3 3" [76mm] min. to 3 1/2" [89mm] max.

3 1/2 3 1/2" [89mm] min. to 4" [102mm] max.

4 4" [102mm] min. to 4 1/2" [114mm] max.

4 1/2 4 1/2" [114mm] min. to 5" [127mm] max.

5 5" [127mm] min. to 5 1/2" [140mm] max.

5 1/2 5 1/2" [140mm] min. to 6" [152mm] max.

6 6" [152mm] min. to 6 1/2" [165mm] max.

*Other junction box heights are available. Consult factory for availability.

Two No. 2 Ducts per

side. Square cover

plate measures

10 7/8" x 10 7/8"

[276mm x 276mm].

Diameter of round

cover plate is 8.938"

[227mm].

11 1/8"

[283mm] Duct

Step to Duct

Step

10 7/8"

[276mm] 2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm] 15 1/2"

[394mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

14JS- Square Access Plate

14JR- Round Access Plate

14HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

14HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

Walkerduct Aftersets Ordering Information

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

12JS- Square Access Plate

12JR- Round Access Plate

12HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

12HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

NOTE: Suffix denotes height.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

222JS- Square Access Plate

222JR- Round Access Plate

222HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

222HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

NOTE: Suffix denotes height.

Extension Ring

PART NUMBERS:

6ER-11/2 (1 1/2" Concrete Over Duct)

6ER-2 (2" Concrete Over Duct)

6ER-2 1/2 2 1/2" Concrete Over Duct)

6ER-3 3" Concrete Over Duct)

6ER-3 1/2 3 1/2" Concrete Over Duct)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

566

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

One No. 2 Duct and

one No. 4 Duct per

side. Square cover

plate measures

15" x 15" [381mm x

381mm]. Diameter of

round cover plate is

13.063" [332mm].

15 1/4"

[387mm]

Duct Step to

Duct Step

15"

[381mm]

2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm] 19 5/8"

[499mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

Two No. 4 Ducts per

side. Square cover

plate measures

18 3/8" x 18 3/8"

[467mm x 467mm].

Diameter of round

cover plate is 16.438"

[418mm].

18 3/8"

[473mm]

2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm] 25"

[584mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

18 5/8"

[473mm]

Duct Step to

Duct Step

Three No. 2

Ducts per side.

Square cover plate

measures 15" x 15"

[381mm x 381mm].

Diameter of round

cover plate is

13.063" [332mm].

15 1/4"

[387mm] Duct

Step to Duct

Step

15"

[381mm]

2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm] 19 5/8"

[499mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

Two No. 2 Ducts and

one No. 4 Duct per

side. Square cover

plate measures

18 3/8" x 18 3/8"

[467mm x 467mm].

Diameter of round

cover plate is 16.438"

[418mm].

18 5/8"

[473mm]

Duct Step to

Duct Step

18 3/8"

[467mm] 2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm] 23"

[543mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

Two No. 4 Ducts and

one No. 2 Duct per

side. No. 2 Duct is

centered between the

No. 4 Ducts. Square

cover plate measures

21 3/4" x 21 3/4"

[553mm x 553mm].

Diameter of round

cover plate is 19.813"

[503mm].

22"

[559mm]

Duct Step to

Duct Step

21 3/4"

[553mm] 2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm]

26 5/8"

[670mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

One No. 2 Duct and

two No. 4 Ducts per

side. Square cover

plate measures

21 3/4" x 21 3/4"

[553mm x 553mm].

Diameter of round

cover plate is 19.813"

[503mm].

22" [559mm]

Duct Step to

Duct Step

21 3/4"

[553mm]

2 5/8"

[65mm]

1 5/8"

[41mm] 26 5/8"

[670mm]

15/16"

[23.8mm]

NOTE: For all 3 Duct Junction Boxes

– Center compartment cannot

be accessed with Corner

Conduit Adapter, part #255.

Walkerduct Junction Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

224JS- Square Access Plate

224JR- Round Access Plate

224HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

224HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

NOTE: Suffix denotes height.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

244JS- Square Access Plate

244JR- Round Access Plate

244HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

244HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

NOTE: Suffix denotes height.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

3224JS- Square Access Plate

3224JR- Round Access Plate

3224HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

3224HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

NOTE: Suffix denotes height.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

3222JS- Square Access Plate

3222JR- Round Access Plate

3222HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

3222HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

NOTE: Suffix denotes height.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

3424JS- Square Access Plate

3424JR- Round Access Plate

3424HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

3424HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

NOTE: Suffix denotes height.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

3244JS- Square Access Plate

3244JR- Round Access Plate

3244HS- Heavy Duty – Square Access Plate

3244HR- Heavy Duty – Round Access Plate

NOTE: Suffix denotes height.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

567

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

Hand hole units are installed on

No. 4 Duct to facilitate feeding

and splicing of wire and cable.

6 15/16" [176mm] distance

between duct ends. 5 3/4"

[146mm] diameter cover plate.

Includes 1" [25mm] standard

extension. For concrete pours

over 1" [25mm] an extension ring

is required. See Cat. No. 6AEHR-.

Adaptable for either No. 2 Duct

or No. 4 Duct. No partitioning

required. Requires a 4" [102mm]

minimum pour. 3/8" [9.5mm]

upward adjustment of cover

plate is possible after pour.

5 3/4" [146mm] nominal

diameter round cover plate. 1/8"

[3.2mm] plate thickness. Use

adjustable extension ring when

additional height is needed. See

Cat. No. 6AER-.

Walkerduct Junction Box Accessories Ordering Information

1 9/16"

[40mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

NOTE: Use Cat. No. H202 Blank Washer for

142L and 14H Junction Boxes.

8 1/2"

[216mm]

8 1/2"

[216mm]

[102mm]

2 9/16"

[65mm]

8 7/16"

[214mm]

142L-1 Two Level Junction Box 14H-1 Hand Hole Access Unit

SUFFIX FOR SIDE

RAIL EXTENSION* DEPTH OF CONCRETE OVER DUCT

1 1/2 1 1/2" [38mm] min. to 2" [51mm] max.

2 2" [51mm] min. to 2 1/2" [62mm] max.

2 1/2 2 1/2" [64mm] min. to 3" [76mm] max.

3 3" [76mm] min. to 3 1/2" [89mm] max.

3 1/2 3 1/2" [89mm] min. to 4" [102mm] max.

Kit to adapt JS, JR, HS, and HR style

junction boxes for deep concrete

pours.

For round JR style junction boxes.

Two-piece brass rings mount to

junction box cover plate. Inner ring is

filled with terrazzo. Screws are

recessed into inner ring and allow the

holder to be removed after floor is

ground and polished. Terrazzo units

hold 3/4" [19.1mm] deep terrazzo, but

increase the height of the junction box

by 1 1/4" [32mm].

For 142L-1, H338AU-1, H14-AS, and 14H-1 Boxes. Suffix

refers to adjustable height range of concrete over duct.

Select hardware bag below to attach ring to box.

AERHB-128, AERHB-144,

AERHB-152, AERHB-052

For adjustable extension ring.

Suffix indicates depth concrete over

duct. Use chart below to determine

hardware bag required. For 142L-

1, H338AU-1, H14-AS, and 14H-1

Boxes.

AERHB-120 Hardware Bag

For closing unused junction box

No. 2 Duct opening.

203UFD Blank Washer

Walkerduct Junction Boxes Ordering Information (continued)

HARDWARE BAG

CATALOG NO.

CONCRETE DEPTH OVER DUCT

1 1/2" 1 5/8" 1 3/4" 1 7/8" 2" 2 1/8" 2 3/8" -3"

AERHB-120 X X

AERHB-128 X X

AERHB-144 X

AERHB-152 X

AERHB-052 X

Side Rail Extension

PART NUMBERS:

12EXT-* (For 12 Size Boxes)

222EXT-* (For 14 or 222 Size Boxes)

3222EXT-* (For 224 or 3222 Size Boxes)

3224EXT-* (For 244 or 3224 Size Boxes)

3244EXT-* (For 3424 or 3244 Size Boxes)

Terrazzo Holder

PART NUMBERS:

RTT4 (For 12JR Box)

6RTT (142L or 14H Box)

RTT8 (For 14JR or 222JR Box)

RTT13 (For 224JR or 3222JR Box)

RTT16 (For 244JR or 3224JR Box)

RTT20 (For 3244 or 3424JR Box)

Adjustable Extension Ring

PART NUMBERS:

6AER-11/2-21/8 (2 1/8" Height Range of

Concrete Over Duct)

6AER-23/8-3 (3" Height Range of Concrete

Over Duct)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

568

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

1 9/16"

[40mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

6 5/8"

[169mm]

275SL Pictured

For closing unused junction box

No. 4 Duct opening.

H203 Blank Washer

2 1/4"

[57mm]

255-1, 255-1 1/4, 255-1 1/2, 255-2

For one conduit. “A” dimension is 1 7/8"

[48mm] for -3/4 and -1; 2 1/4" [57mm] for

-1 1/4 and -1 1/2, and 2" [51mm] for -2.

Suffix indicates conduit trade size.

255-3/4 Box Conduit Corner Adapter

To reduce a No. 4 Duct opening

in a junction box to a No. 2 Duct

opening. Specify 275SL for left

hand or 275SR for right hand.

275SL, 275SR Adapter

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

For No. 2 Duct opening to one

3/4" trade size conduit.

212-3/4 Adapter

3 1/8"

[79mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

For No. 2 Duct opening to two

3/4" trade size conduits.

222-3/4 Adapter

For No. 2 Duct opening to one

conduit.

6 1/2"

[165mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

For No. 4 Duct opening to one 2"

trade size conduit.

H232-2 Male Adapter

3 1/8"

[79mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

[102mm]

For No. 2 Duct opening to two

1 1/4" trade size conduits.

242-11/4 Male Adapter

Walkerduct Junction Box Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

NOTE: Use Cat. No. H202 Blank Washer

for 142L and 14H Junction Boxes.

Male Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

232-1 (1" Conduit Trade Size)

232-11/4 (1 1/4" Conduit Trade Size)

232-11/2 (1 1/2" Conduit Trade Size)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

569

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Walkerduct Flanged Round Carpet/ Tile Holders Ordering Information

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 12S, 14H, 142L, H338AU, 12FB or H14 Boxes. Mount

onto cover plate. Available in 1/4" or 1/8" [6.4mm or

3.2mm] depths for carpet or tile floors. 5 23/32" [144mm]

diameter (does not include flange). Flange is 3/8"

[9.5mm] wide.

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 222FB Boxes. Mount onto cover plate. Available in 1/4"

or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for carpet or tile floors.

7 1/2" [191mm] diameter (does not include flange). Flange

is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 14S, 222S, and 3222FB Boxes. Mount onto cover plate.

Available in 1/4" or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for

carpet or tile floors. 10 1/2" [267mm] diameter (does not

include flange). Flange is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

NOTE: Prior to completing installation, proper floor covering should be

installed in pan.

* Add suffix “-HD” for.090 thick material (.025 standard material thickness) to

accommodate high traffic and/or heavy loads.

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 224S and 3222S Boxes. Also fits 2-1JB2510 Walkercell

Boxes and 18" [457mm] wide Junction Box Headers. Mount

onto cover plate. Available in 1/4" or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm]

depths for carpet or tile floors. 14 1/2" [368mm] diameter

(does not include flange). Flange is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

NOTE: Square Tile/Carpet Trims for heavy duty Junction Boxes – need to

increase depth of Pan by 1/8". Example: for 1/4" Carpet, use 3/8"

deep Carpet Holder.

WALKERDUCT

CARPET/TILE HOLDERS

Walkerduct® Carpet/Tile Holders provide an aesthetic solution for

identification and for accessing major pull points (Junction Boxes)

within a Walkerduct System.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

6LHS-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [3.2mm] deep 6 39/64 [168mm] O.D.

6LHS-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [6.4mm] deep 6 39/64 [168mm] O.D.

6LHB-1/8 Brass 1/8" [3.2mm] deep 6 39/64 [168mm] O.D.

6LHB-1/4 Brass 1/4" [6.4mm] deep 6 39/64 [168mm] O.D.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

7LHS-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [3.2mm] deep 8 11/64 [208mm] O.D.

7LHS-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [6.4mm] deep 8 11/64 [208mm] O.D.

7LHB-1/8* Brass 1/8" [3.2mm] deep 8 11/64 [208mm] O.D.

7LHB-1/4* Brass 1/4" [6.4mm] deep 8 11/64 [208mm] O.D.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

10LHS-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [3.2mm] deep 11 15/64 [295mm] O.D.

10LHS-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [6.4mm] deep 11 15/64 [295mm] O.D.

10LHB-1/8* Brass 1/8" [3.2mm] deep 11 15/64 [295mm] O.D.

10LHB-1/4* Brass 1/4" [6.4mm] deep 11 15/64 [295mm] O.D.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

14LHS-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [3.2mm] deep x 15.234" O.D. [387mm]

14LHS-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [6,4mm] deep x 15.234" O.D. [387mm]

14LHB-1/8* Brass 1/8" [3.2mm] deep x 15.234" O.D. [387mm]

14LHB-1/4* Brass 1/4" [6.4mm] deep x 15.234" O.D. [387mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

570

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

CARPET/TILE HOLDERS

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 244S, 3224S, 3244S, 3424S and 3444S Boxes. Also fits

33JB3510, 32JB3510, 22JB2510, 1 1/2 JB2510, 11JB2510,

Walkercell Boxes and 24" [610mm] wide and wider Junction

Box Headers. Mount onto cover plate. Available in 1/4" or

1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for carpet or tile floors. 22"

[559mm] diameter (does not include flange). Flange is 3/8"

[9.5mm] wide.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

22LHS-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [3.2mm] deep x 23.234" O.D. [590mm]

22LHS-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [6.4mm] deep x 23.234" O.D. [590mm]

22LHB-1/8 Brass 1/8" [3.2mm] deep x 23.234" O.D. [590mm]

22LHB-1/4* Brass 1/4" [6.4mm] deep x 23.234" O.D. [590mm]

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 12JR boxes. Mount onto cover plate. Available in 1/4"

or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for carpet or tile floors.

4 3/4" [121mm] diameter (does not include flange). Flange

is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless

steel for 14JR and 222JR boxes. Mount onto cover plate.

Available in 1/4" or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for

carpet or tile floors. 8 7/8" [225mm] diameter (does not

include flange). Flange is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 224JR and 3222JR boxes. Mount onto cover plate.

Available in 1/4" or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for

carpet or tile floors. 13" [330mm] diameter (does not

include flange). Flange is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 244JR and 3224JR boxes. Mount onto cover plate.

Available in 1/4" or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for

carpet or tile floors. 16 3/8" [416mm] diameter (does not

include flange). Flange is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 3424JR and 3244JR boxes. Mount onto cover plate.

Available in 1/4" or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for

carpet or tile floors. 19 3/4" [502mm] diameter (does not

include flange). Flange is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

Flanged round carpet/tile pans in brass or stainless steel

for 3444JR boxes. Mount onto cover plate. Available in 1/4"

or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths for carpet or tile floors.

23 1/8" [587mm] diameter (does not include flange). Flange

is 3/8" [9.5mm] wide.

* Add suffix “-HD” for.090 thick material (.025 standard material thickness)

to accommodate high traffic and/or heavy loads.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

SFCS5-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 5.561" O.D. [141mm]

SFCS5-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 5.561" O.D. [141mm]

SFCB5-1/8* Brass 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 5.561" O.D. [141mm]

SFCB5-1/4* Brass 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 5.561" O.D. [141mm]

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

SFCS9-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 9.686" O.D. [246mm]

SFCS9-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 9.686" O.D. [246mm]

SFCB9-1/8* Brass 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 9.686" O.D. [246mm]

SFCB9-1/4* Brass 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 9.686" O.D. [246mm]

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

SFCS14-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 13.812" O.D. [351mm]

SFCS14-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 13.812" O.D. [351mm]

SFCB14-1/8 Brass 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 13.812" O.D. [351mm]

SFCB14-1/4* Brass 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 13.812" O.D. [351mm]

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

SFCS17-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 17.187" O.D. [437mm]

SFCS17-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 17.187" O.D. [437mm]

SFCB17-1/8 Brass 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 17.187" O.D. [437mm]

SFCB17-1/4* Brass 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 17.187" O.D. [437mm]

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

SFCS20-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 17.936" O.D. [456mm]

SFCS20-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 17.936" O.D. [456mm]

SFCB20-1/8 Brass 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 17.936" O.D. [456mm]

SFCB20-1/4 Brass 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 17.936" O.D. [456mm]

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

SFCS24-1/8 Stainless 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 20.560" O.D. [522mm]

SFCS24-1/4 Stainless 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 20.560" O.D. [522mm]

SFCB24-1/8 Brass 1/8" [6.4mm] deep x 20.560" O.D. [522mm]

SFCB24-1/4 Brass 1/4" [3.2mm] deep x 20.560" O.D. [522mm]

Walkerduct Flanged Round Carpet/ Tile Holders Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

571

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

CARPET/TILE HOLDERS

Flanged square carpet/tile trim in aluminum for Walkerduct JS Series Boxes.

Mount onto junction box. Available in 1/4" or 1/8" [6.4mm or 3.2mm] depths

for carpet or tile floors. Flange is 1/2 [12.7mm] wide. Dimensions below do

not include flange.

11/16"

[17.5mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

Flangeless square carpet/tile trim in aluminum for Walkerduct JS Series

Boxes. Mount onto junction box. Available in 1/4" [6.4mm] or 1/8" [3.2mm]

depths for carpet or tile floors.

11/16"

[17.5mm]

1/8" [3.2mm]

Walkerduct Square Carpet/Tile Trim Ordering Information

NOTE: 1/8" or 1/4" is depth of tile or carpet when used with JS Boxes (1/4" thick cover plate). For

HS Boxes, depth will be reduced by 1/8" to accommodate the 3/8" thick cover plate.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION JUNCTION BOX

CT6-1/8 6 13/16" x 6 13/16" x 1/8" [173mm x 173mm x 3.2mm] 12JS

CT6-1/4 6 13/16" x 6 13/16" x 1/4" [173mm x 173mm x 6.4mm] 12JS

CT10-1/8 10 15/16" x 11 15/16" x 1/8" [278mm x 278mm x 3.2mm] 14JS, 222JS

CT10-1/4 10 15/16" x 11 15/16" x 1/4" [278mm x 278mm x 6.4mm] 14JS, 222JS

CT15-1/8 15 1/16" x 15 1/16" x 1/8" [383mm x 383mm x 3.2mm] 224JS, 3222JS

CT15-1/4 15 1/16" x 15 1/16" x 1/4" [383mm x 383mm x 6.4mm] 224JS, 3222JS

CT18-1/8 18 7/16" x 18 7/16" x 1/8" [468mm x 468mm x 3.2mm] 244JS, 3224JS

CT18-1/4 18 7/16" x 18 7/16" x 1/4" [468mm x 468mm x 6.4mm] 244JS, 3224JS

CT21-1/8 21 13/16" x 21 13/16" x 1/8" [554mm x 554mm x 3.2mm] 3424JS, 3244JS

CT21-1/4 21 13/16" x 21 13/16" x 1/4" [554mm x 554mm x 6.4mm] 3424JS, 3244JS

CT25-1/8 25 3/16" x 25 3/16" x 1/8" [640mm x 640mm x 3.2mm] 3444JS

CT25-1/4 25 3/16" x 25 3/16" x 1/4" [640mm x 640mm x 6.4mm] 3444JS

NOTE: 1/8" or 1/4" is depth of tile or carpet when used with JS Boxes (1/4" thick cover plate). For

HS Boxes, depth will be reduced by 1/8" to accommodate the 3/8" thick cover plate.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION JUNCTION BOX

FT6-1/8 6 13/16" x 6 13/16" x 1/8" [173mm x 173mm x 3.2mm] 12JS

FT6-1/4 6 13/16" x 6 13/16" x 1/4" [173mm x 173mm x 6.4mm] 12JS

FT10-1/8 10 15/16" x 11 15/16" x 1/8" [278mm x 278mm x 3.2mm] 14JS, 222JS

FT10-1/4 10 15/16" x 11 15/16" x 1/4" [278mm x 278mm x 6.4mm] 14JS, 222JS

FT15-1/8 15 1/16" x 15 1/16" x 1/8" [383mm x 383mm x 3.2mm] 224JS, 3222JS

FT15-1/4 15 1/16" x 15 1/16" x 1/4" [383mm x 383mm x 6.4mm] 224JS, 3222JS

FT18-1/8 18 7/16" x 18 7/16" x 1/8" [468mm x 468mm x 3.2mm] 244JS, 3224JS

FT18-1/4 18 7/16" x 18 7/16" x 1/4" [468mm x 468mm x 6.4mm] 244JS, 3224JS

FT21-1/8 21 13/16" x 21 13/16" x 1/8" [554mm x 554mm x 3.2mm] 3424JS, 3244JS

FT21-1/4 21 13/16" x 21 13/16" x 1/4" [554mm x 554mm x 6.4mm] 3424JS, 3244JS

FT25-1/8 25 3/16" x 25 3/16" x 1/8" [640mm x 640mm x 3.2mm] 3444JS

FT25-1/4 25 3/16" x 25 3/16" x 1/4" [640mm x 640mm x 6.4mm] 3444JS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

572

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

6.080"

[154.4mm]

5.060"

[128.5mm]

WALKERDUCT

PRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway

Fittings:

File E11912, Guide RQKX

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961, Guide QCIT

Meets Articles 390 of NEC

Walkerduct® Pro Series Service Fittings offer a complete range

of service fittings to meet all power and communication requirements

while providing flush flanges with interchangeable covers offering an

aesthetic appearance.

COLOR OPTIONS

Walkerduct Pro Series Solid Brass Cover Plate Flanges & Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information*

Walkerduct® Pro Series Service Fittings are available in brushed

aluminum, brass, black or brown as indicated in the part number

description.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

817B One-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

837B Three-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM Series

inserts, sold separately.

827B Two-Gang Brass Carpet & Tile Flange

6.080"

[154.4 mm] 5.060"

[128.5 mm]

6.080"

[154.4mm]

5.060"

[128.5mm]

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type frame for communication

adapter.

828R Brass Duplex Cover Plate

3.156"

[80.2mm]

4.182"

[106.2mm]

May be used with Wiremold CM

Series inserts and Ortronics®

Connectivity Systems in

conjunction with 817B, 827B, and

837B Flanges.

828GFITC Brass GFI Cover Plate

3.156"

[80.2mm]

4.182"

[106.2mm]

3.156"

[80.2mm]

4.182"

[106.2mm]

Brass Rectangular Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828DPGFITC (Brass)

828DPGFITCAL (Aluminum)

Allows for mounting of a duplex

style receptacle with a rectan gular

style flip lid cover plate.

* Walkerduct Pro Series Activations are not recommended for concrete

floor types. Please consult the factory for concrete applications.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

573

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

PRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

4 1/8"

[105mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

Screw plugs. Screw plugs are

1 1/2" [38mm] in diameter.

828SPTC Brass Duplex Cover Plate

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

Data slides. Feed through only,

not for use with a mounting plate

for communication jacks.

829STC Brass Communication Cover Plate

4 11/64"

[106mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm]

2 5/8" and 2 1/4" [67mm and

57mm] plugs.

829CK Brass Communication Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use with

maximum female locking device of

1.58" diameter, and maximum male

plug face of 2.25" diameter

828DLR Brass Single Locking Receptacle

Cover Plate

Walkerduct Pro Series Metal Cover Plates Ordering Information

2 5/8" and 1/2" [67mm and

12.7mm] plugs.

829CK-1/2 Brass Communication Cover Plate

3.156"

[80.2mm]

4.182"

[106.2mm]

Sheet metal adapter plate that

accepts two (2) Extron® Electronics

MAAP style device plates, sold

separately. For use with 828GFITC

or 828GFITCAL cover plates, sold

separately. For use with minimum

2 1/2" [64mm] preset depths.

828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate

2 5/8" and 1" [67mm and 25mm]

plugs.

829CK-1 Brass Communication Cover Plate

3.156"

[80.2mm]

4.182"

[106.2mm]

2 5/8" and 3/4" [67mm and

19.1mm] plugs.

829CK-3/4 Brass Communication Cover Plate

3.156"

[80.2mm]

4.182"

[106.2mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

574

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

PRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

Walkerduct Pro Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flange comes with a beveled edge.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold

CM Series inserts, sold

separately.

838TCAL Three-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.940"

[150.9mm]

13.170"

[334.5mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flange comes with a beveled edge.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

818TCAL One-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.940"

[150.9mm]

4.920"

[125.0mm]

NOTE: Brushed aluminum flange comes with a beveled edge.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series

II adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

828TCAL Two-Gang Brushed Aluminum

Combination Carpet & Tile Flange

5.940"

[150.9mm]

9.045"

[229.7mm]

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

828R-TCAL Brushed Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

Single flip lid cover for 20A or 30A

single locking receptacles. Device

opening is 2 5/8" [67mm]. For use

with maximum female locking

device of 1.58" diameter, and

maximum male plug face of 2.25"

diameter.

828DLRAL Brushed Aluminum Single Locking

Receptacle Cover Plate

Walkerduct Pro Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information

3.290"

[83.6]

4.310"

[109.5]

May be used with Activate and

Ortronics® Connectivity Systems

in conjunction with 817B, 827B,

and 837B Flanges.

828GFITCAL Brushed Aluminum GFI Cover Plate

3.290"

[83.6]

4.310"

[109.5]

Allows for mounting of a

duplex style receptacle with a

rectangular style flip lid cover.

828DPGFITCAL Brushed Aluminum

Rectangular Cover Plate

3.290"

[83.6]

4.310"

[109.5]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

575

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

PRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

Power or communication

plate with 2" [51mm] and 3/4"

[19.1mm] plugs.

830CKTCAL-3/4 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

3.290"

[83.6mm] 4.310"

[109.5mm]

Power or communication

plate with 2" [51mm] and 1/2"

[12.7mm] plugs.

830CKTCAL-1/2 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

3.290"

[83.6mm] 4.310"

[109.5mm]

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]

plugs.

830CKTCAL-1 Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through

power cables.

3.290"

[83.6mm] 4.310"

[109.5mm]

Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts

two (2) Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For use

with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover

plates, sold separately. For use with

minimum of 2 1/2" [64mm] preset

depth.

828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate

6.080"

[154.4mm] 5.060"

[128.5mm] 6.080"

[154.4mm]

5.060"

[128.5mm]

Walkerduct Pro Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

Walkerduct Pro Series Brushed Aluminum Cover Plates Ordering Information (continued)

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1 1/4"

[32mm] plugs.

830CKTCAL Brushed Aluminum Cover Plate

3.290"

[83.6mm] 4.310"

[109.5mm] NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded

conduit when passing through

power cables.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

Three-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827TCAL-BK (Black)

827TCAL-GY (Grey)

827TCAL-BS (Brass)

827TCAL-NK (Nickel)

827TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

One-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817TCAL-BK (Black)

817TCAL-GY (Grey)

817TCAL-BS (Brass)

817TCAL-NK (Nickel)

817TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

576

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

PRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

6.080"

[154.4mm]

5.060"

[128.5mm]

Walkerduct Pro Series Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information (continued)

3.290"

[83.6mm] 4.310"

[109.5mm]

3.290"

[83.6]

4.310"

[109.5]

3.290"

[83.6]

4.310"

[109.5]

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through

power cables.

3.290"

[83.6mm] 4.310"

[109.5mm]

Sheet metal adapter plate that accepts

two (2) Extron® Electronics MAAP style

device plates, sold separately. For use

with 828GFITC or 828GFITCAL cover

plates, sold separately. For use with

minimum 2 1/2" [64mm] preset depths.

828MAAP A/V Adapter Plate

NOTE: Acceptable for use with threaded conduit when passing through

power cables.

Accepts Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters and Wiremold CM

Series inserts, sold separately.

Three-Gang Powder-Coated Aluminum

Combination Carpet and Tile Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837TCAL-BK (Black)

837TCAL-GY (Grey)

837TCAL-BS (Brass)

837TCAL-NK (Nickel)

837TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Flip lids. Can also be used with a

106 type communication adapter.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828R-TCAL-BK (Black)

828R-TCAL-GY (Grey)

828R-TCAL-BS (Brass)

828R-TCAL-NK (Nickel)

828R-TCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Allows for mounting a duplex

receptacle (Decorator or GFCI

style) with a rectangular flip

cover.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Rectangular Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828GFITCAL-BK (Black)

828GFITCAL-GY (Grey)

828GFITCAL-BS (Brass)

828GFITCAL-NK (Nickel)

828GFITCAL-BZ (Bronze)

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 1" [25mm]

plugs.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-BK (Black)

829CKAL-GY (Grey)

829CKAL-BS (Brass)

829CKAL-NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-BZ (Bronze)

Power or communication plate

with 2" [51mm] and 3/4"

[19.1mm] plugs.

Powder-Coated Aluminum Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829CKAL-3/4BK (Black)

829CKAL-3/4GY (Grey)

829CKAL-3/4BS (Brass)

829CKAL-3/4NK (Nickel)

829CKAL-3/4BZ (Bronze)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

577

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

PRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

Walkerduct Pro Series Nonmetallic Cover Plate Flanges Ordering Information

5 3/4"

[146mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

8 7/8"

[225mm]

NOTE: UL Listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges.

5 3/4"

[146mm]

13"

[330mm]

3.290"

[83.6mm]

4.310"

[109.5mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

3 3/16"

[81mm]

4 1/8"

[105mm]

* Replacement flip lids can be ordered under Cat. No. PFL-BLK and PFL-

BRN. Each Cat. No. comes with three flip lids. The above cover plates are

listed for tile, terrazzo, and carpet floors.

NOTE: Brass covers and flanges are not interchangeable with aluminum

or nonmetallic covers and flanges. Nonmetallic covers are

interchangeable with aluminum flanges

One-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

817PCC-BLK (Black)

817PCC-BRN (Brown)

For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For

Wiremold CM Series inserts use

with 829PFL Cover. Accepts

Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and

MAB3S2 Series II adapters and

Wiremold CM Series inserts,

sold separately.

Three-Gang Nonmetallic Flange

PART NUMBERS:

837PCC-BLK (Black)

837PCC-BRN (Brown)

For Ortronics® connectivity use

with 829PFLRT Cover. For

Wiremold CM Series inserts use

with 829PFL Cover. Accepts

Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and

MAB3S2 Series II adapters and

Wiremold CM Series inserts, sold

separately.

Two-Gang Nonmetallic Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

827PCC-BLK (Black)

827PCC-BRN (Brown)

Available in black or brown.

For Ortronics® connectivity

use with 829PFLRT Cover. For

Wiremold CM Series inserts

use with 829PFL Cover. Accepts

Ortronics® MAB6TJ TracJack and

MAB3S2 Series II adapters and

Wiremold CM Series inserts,

sold separately.

Nonmetallic Duplex Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

828PR-BLK (Black)

828PR-BRN (Brown)

Flip lids. Can also be used

with a 106 type frame for

communications.

Nonmetallic GFI cover plate

PART NUMBERS:

828PRGFI-BLK (Black)

828PRGFI-BRN (Brown)

May be used with Ortronics®

Connectivity systems in

conjunction with 817, 827

and 837PCC Series flanges.

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PFL-BLK (Black)

829PFL-BRN (Brown)

Individual flip lids.* Gasket

included.

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PFLRT-BLK (Black)

829PFLRT-BRN (Brown)

Individual flip lids.* Gasket

included. Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters included.

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PCK-BLK (Black)

829PCK-BRN (Brown)

Individual flip lids.* Gasket

included. Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters included.

Nonmetallic Communications Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PSTC-BLK (Black)

829PSTC-BRN (Brown)

Individual flip lids.* Gasket

included. Ortronics® MAB6TJ

TracJack and MAB3S2 Series II

adapters included.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

578

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

PRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

13 5/16"

[338mm]

6 1/16"

[154mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm] 6 1/16"

[154mm]

Walkerduct Pro Series Trim Plates and Accessories Ordering Information

9 3/16"

[233mm]

6 1/16"

[154mm]

5 1/16"

[129mm] 6 1/16"

[154mm]

9 3/16"

[233mm]

6 1/16"

[154mm]

6 1/16"

[154mm] 5 1/16"

[129mm] Aluminum plate with opening

to attach 525 Series Service

Fitting Housing. Fits over single

Walkerduct Pro Series Preset.

430S505 Single 525 Trim Plate

6 1/16"

[154mm] 9 3/16"

[233mm]

Aluminum plate with openings

to attach two 525 Series Service

Fitting Housings. Fits over two

Walkerduct Pro Series Presets.

431D505 Double 525 Trim Plate

5/16"

[7.9mm]

5/8"

[15.9mm]

[25mm]

Nonmetallic clips snap into

tabs in preset base. Hold

up to one meter of cable.

Maintain 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius. Four clips

included in kit.

427 Fiber Loop Kit

4 3/4"

121mm] 4"

[102mm]

Steel mudcap for

Walkerduct Pro Series

Preset.

421 Mudcap

Trim Plates and Accessories Ordering Information

Single Blanking Plate

PART NUMBERS:

430BR (Brass)

430AL (Aluminum)

Plate to cover single Walkerduct

Pro Series Presets.

Double Blanking Plate

PART NUMBERS:

431BR (Brass)

431AL (Aluminum)

Plate to cover two Walkerduct Pro

Series Presets.

Double Trim Plate

PART NUMBERS:

431BR075 (Brass)

431AL075 (Aluminum)

Plate with opening for 3/4" trade

size conduit or liquidtite

connection. Fits over two

Walkerduct Pro Series Presets.

Triple Blanking Plate

PART NUMBERS:

432BR (Brass)

432AL (Aluminum)

Plate to cover three Walkerduct

Pro Series Presets.

Single Trim Plate

PART NUMBERS:

430BR075 (Brass)

430AL075 (Aluminum)

Plate with opening for 3/4" trade

size conduit or liquidtite

connection. Fits over single

Walkerduct Pro Series Preset.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

579

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERDUCT

PRO SERIES SERVICE FITTINGS

Walkerduct Pro Series Flush Carpet Plates Ordering Information

Brass Flange and Covers

Cat. Nos. 827B,

828R and 829STC

Brass or Aluminum

Conduit Trim Plate

Cat. No. 431AL075

Openings Fit

3/4" trade size

Conduit

Conduit and

Lock Washers

Not Included

525 Trim Plate

Cat. No. 430S505

525 Series Service

Fitting Less Base Plate

Flush Double

Duplex Carpet

Plate Cat.

No. 428DR2

Receptacle

Screws

Must

Removed

Before

Installation

Flush Carpet Plate

Cat. No. 428BL Flush Carpet Plate

Cat. No. 428B075

Conduit

and Lock

Washer Not

Included

Important: Flush carpet plates are to be used only within a protected, enclosed environment such as under a retail counter with carpeted floors.

Walkerduct Pro Series Service Fittings Installation Details

3 7/8"

[98mm] 4 5/8"

[117mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm] 4 5/8"

[117mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm] 5 3/8"

[137mm]

Important: A minimum 1 1/2" [38mm] preset or afterset is required on Pro

Series Underfloor Duct to support standard duplex receptacles

and communication devices when using flush activations. The

1" [25mm] preset or afterset should be specified for pedestal

style fittings or when cabling will be pulled through the

activation point.

3 7/8"

[98mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

3 7/8"

[98mm]

4 5/8"

[117mm]

For carpet floors only.

Steel plate mounts

inside preset and is

adjustable to floor

height.

3 7/8"

[98mm] 4 5/8"

[117mm]

428B075 Flush Conduit Carpet Plate

Opening fits 3/4" trade size

conduit or liquidtite. Includes

spacer for liquidtite connections.

For carpet floors only. Steel

plate mounts inside preset and is

adjustable to floor height.

428BL Blank Flush Carpet Plate

Blank carpet plate for custom

punched openings or for

abandoning preset. For carpet

floors when used for activations.

Steel plate mounts inside preset

and is adjustable to floor height.

428B525 Flush 525 Series Carpet Plate

Openings to attach 525 Series

Service Fitting on carpet plate.

For carpet floors only. Steel

plate mounts inside preset and is

adjustable to floor height.

Carpet plate and finishing plate.

Flush steel plate mounts inside

preset and is adjustable to floor

height. Brushed aluminum

finishing plate covers carpet plate

and mounts over carpet.

Flush Duplex Carpet Plate

PART NUMBERS:

432BR (Single Duplex

Opening)

428DR2 (Double Duplex

Opening)

Flush Duplex Carpet Trim Plate

PART NUMBERS:

433DR (For Single Duplex Openings)

433DR2 (For Double Duplex Openings)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

580

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

NOTE: When using as a preset, the duct presets need to be staggered.

[178mm]

PSRC9 SERIES

™

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway

Fittings:

File E11912, Guide RQKX

Meets Article 390 of NEC

PSRC9 Series Poke-Thru Style Service Fittings provide flush preset

or afterset activations for Walkerduct and Walkercell infloor systems.

COLOR OPTIONS

PSRC9 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

PSRC9 Series Service Fittings are available in gray, aluminum,

black, or brass as indicated in the part number description.

Flanged cover for use in tile or

carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is

flush with the finished floor, no

cutouts provided.

Quad Power Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

PSRC9TCGY (Gray)

PSRC9TCAL (Aluminum)

PSRC9TCBK (Black)

PSRC9TCBS (Brass)

Unit includes link straps and

adapter plate to attach preset

or afterset. Includes two (2)

Ortronics® TracJack adapters,

two (2) Ortronics® Series II

adapters and Wiremold Open

System adapters. Modular jacks,

sold separately.

Quad Communication Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

PSRC9AMDTCGY (Gray)

PSRC9AMDTCAL (Aluminum)

PSRC9AMDTCBK (Black)

PSRC9AMDTCBS (Brass)

Unit complete with link straps,

adapter plate and conduit

assembly featuring (1) 3/4" trade

size and (2) 1/2" trade size conduit

connectors and closure plugs.

Flush Furniture Feed Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

PSRC9FFTCGY (Gray)

PSRC9FFTCAL (Aluminum)

PSRC9FFTCBK (Black)

PSRC9FFTCBS (Brass)

Unit complete with link straps,

adapter plate and features

concentric screw plugs that allow

for 1 1/4" or 2" trade size conduit

fitting connection.

2" [51mm] Flush Furniture Feed Fitting

PART NUMBERS:

PSRC9FF2TCGY (Gray)

PSRC9FF2TCAL (Aluminum)

PSRC9FF2TCBK (Black)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

581

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Slide Cover

Gasket

Flange

Link Straps

(included)

Afterset

(2 1/2" or higher,

ordered separately)

Pro Series

Adapter Bracket

(included)

PSRC9 SERIES

™

2 1/2" and 3" [64mm, and 76mm]

Aftersets. Installed either before or

after concrete pour to create activation

from duct (minimum concrete depth of

2 1/2" [64mm]). Requires 6 1/2"[165mm]

core drilled hole in concrete and 2 1/2"

[64mm] diameter hole in duct. Grout fill

required around afterset once installed

to fill voids and support fitting flange.

Attaches to duct using locking tabs.

Extensions can be attached to increase

height (see below). Aftersets include

alignment clip and mudcap.

4225, 4230 Aftersets

1/2" and 1" [12mm and 25mm] high

extensions. Used to increase height of

preset or afterset. Die cast construction.

Attach to preset or afterset with push

on metal sleeves (included). Cat. No.

426 can be stacked, Cat. No. 425 cannot

be stacked.

425, 426 Extensions

Steel replacement cap for preset.

Recessed to hold 3/8" [9.5mm]

concrete.

421 Mudcap

PSRC9 Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information

PSRC9 Series Service Fittings Installation Details

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

582

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

1. Typical installation diagram to adapt 525 Series Service

Fittings to underfloor duct or cellular raceway:

2" [51mm] IPS Preset or afterset inserts.

Housing

500DR Plate

Base Plate

Walker #4 Duct)

2" IPS Preset Insert

or 436-2 Afterset

1126A-1 1/4

or 1 Adapter

1124-11/4 or 1

Locking Nipple

500B Blank Plate

2. Typical installation diagram to adapt 525 Series Service

Fittings to Flushduct (1 5/8" [41mm] opening).

Housing

500DR Plate

Base Plate

1124F-1

Locking Nipple

455F-1 Outlet Flange

12FST Flushduct

500B Blank Plate

525 Series Service Fittings Installation Details

525

SERIES

™ SERVICE FITTINGS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway

Fittings:

File E11912, Guide RQKX

Meets Article 390 of NEC

525 Series Service Fittings deliver the flexibility of interchangeable

faceplates and the durability to withstand multiple adds, moves and

changes.

COLOR OPTIONS

All 525 Series Service Fittings are brushed aluminum finish unless

otherwise specified in the part number description.

Custom color options are also available. Consult the factory for

more information.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

583

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

NOTE: Four-piece service fittings include: housing and base plate.

Receptacles included when indicated in part number description.

525 Series Service Fittings have 27 cubic inches [442ml] of capacity.

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

525

SERIES

™ SERVICE FITTINGS

Includes faceplate

with opening one side.

Ortronics® Series II

and TracJack adapters

included.

525RT Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

Duplex opening one

side. Receptacle not

included.

525F Four-Piece Power Service Fitting

6A opening with

communication

adapter on one side.

Accommodates

Wiremold Open

System communication

modules.

525ACT Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

1" [25mm] I.D.

grommeted hole one

side. Blank plate other

side.

525A Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

1" [25mm] I.D.

grommeted hole two

sides.

525B Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

1 1/4" [32mm] I.D.

grommeted hole one

side. Blank plate other

side.

525C Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

1 1/4" [32mm] I.D.

grommeted hole on

both sides.

525D Four-Piece Communication Service Fitting

Duplex opening both

sides. Receptacles not

included.

525G Four-Piece Power Service Fitting

20A 125V duplex plate

one side. Blank plate

other side. 20A 125V

Receptacle included.

525H Four-Piece Power Service Fitting

20A 125V duplex plate

two sides. 20A 125V

Receptacles included.

525I Four-Piece Power Service Fitting

525 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

584

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

3 1/8"

[79mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

[76mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

4 1/2" [114mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

4 1/2" [114mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

4 1/2" [114mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

4 1/2" [114mm]

2 5/8"

[67mm]

4 1/2" [114mm]

525

SERIES

™ SERVICE FITTINGS

GFI device plate one

side. Blank plate other

side.

Housing and base plate for

all four-piece fittings.

Blank faceplate for all

four-piece fittings.

Accepts duplex receptacles.

1" [25mm] I.D. grommeted

opening.

Accepts GFI Decora style

receptacle.

Single opening. Ortronics®

Series II and TracJack adapters

included.

6A opening with mini adapter.

Will accommodate Wiremold CM2

Open System communication

modules.

Accepts four (4) Extron®

Electronics MAAP plates.

Single receptacle faceplate.

Suffix indicates hole diameter.

525J Four-Piece Power Service Fitting

525HB Service Fitting Housing

500B Blank Faceplate

500DR Duplex Faceplate

500T Communication Faceplate

500-GFI GFI Faceplate

500RT Communication Device Plate

500ACT Communication Device Plate

500-MAAP Extron® Device Plate

Single Receptacle Device Plate

525 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

ORDERING INFORMATION

CAT. NO. METRIC DIAMETER

500SP-1.0625 [27mm]

500SP-1.39 [35mm]

500SP-1/2 [12.7mm]

500SP-7/8 [22.2mm]

500SP-1 7/8 [29mm]

500SP-1 7/16 [36mm]

500SP-1 1/2 [38mm]

500SP-1 9/16 [40mm]

500SP-1 5/8 [41mm]

500SP-2 [51mm]

* Other sizes custom sizes are available.

Consult factory for more information.

NOTE: Four-piece service fittings include: housing and base plate.

Receptacles included when indicated in part number description.

525 Series Service Fittings have 27 cubic inches [442ml] of capacity.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

585

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2" [51mm] IPS

7/8" to 3"

[22.2mm to 76mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

525 & Multiplex Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information

525 & MULTIPLEX

™

SERIES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway

Fittings:

File E11912, Guide RQKX

Meets Article 390 of NEC

525 and Multiplex™ Series Activation Accessories are designed to

complete the installation of the service fittings onto various types of

in floor systems offered by Wiremold as well as the various systems

sold by competitors.

COLOR OPTIONS

525 & Multiplex™ Series Activation Accessories are available in

either a brass or stainless steel finish as indicated in the part

number description.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

436-2 7/8 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 7/8" [22.2mm] high.

436-2-1 1/2 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 1 1/2" [38mm] high

436-2-2 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 2" [51mm] high

436-2-3/8 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 2 3/8" [60mm] high.

436-2-3 2" [51mm] IPS afterset insert – 3" [76mm] high.

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

1126A-1/4 2" [51mm] IPS to 1/4" [6.4mm].

1126A-3/4 2" [51mm] IPS to 3/4" [19.1mm].

1126A-1 2" [51mm] IPS to 1" [25mm].

1126A-1 1/4 2" [51mm] IPS to 1 1/4" [32mm].

1126A-1 1/2 2" [51mm] IPS to 1 1/2" [38mm].

AFTERSET INSERTS

436-2-2

ADAPTERS FOR 2" [51mm] IPS PRESETS OR AFTERSET INSERTS

1126A-1 1/2

NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is a trade size, not an actual size.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

586

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

1043

424

2 1/2"

[64mm]

2" [51mm] IPS

2 1/4"

[57mm]

9/16"

[14.3mm]

NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is a trade size, not an actual size.

B = Brass, S = Stainless Steel.

1124-1

NOTE: IPS, Internal Pipe Size, is not actual size.

525 & MULTIPLEX

™

SERIES

525 & Multiplex Series Activation Accessories Ordering Information

LOCKING NIPPLES

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

1124-1 1" [25mm] IPS – 1" [25mm] long.

1124L-1 1" [25mm] IPS – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.

1124-1 1/4 1 1/4" [32mm] IPS – 1" [25mm] long.

1124L-1 1/4 1 1/4" [32mm] IPS – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.

1124-2 2" [51mm] IPS – 1" [25mm] long.

1124L-2 2" [51mm] IPS – 1 1/2" [38mm] long.

BLANKING PLATES

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

1043B, 1043S Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 2" [51mm] IPS.

1043BPO, 1043SPO Brass or stainless steel blanking plate only. Includes 1/4-20 screw.

1044B, 1044S Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 3/4" [19.1mm] IPS.

1045B, 1045S Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 1" [25mm] IPS.

1046B, 1046S Brass or stainless steel blanking plate with threaded base for 1 1/4" [32mm] IPS.

2" [51mm] IPS EXTENSIONS FOR AFTERSET INSERTS

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

424-3/4 3/4" [19.1mm] 1 5/16" [33mm]

424-1 1" [25mm] 1 9/16" [40mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

587

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

3 1/2"

[89mm]

2 3/8"

[60mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

1 1/8"

[29mm]

2"-1 1/2" N.P.S.M.

[51mm – 1 1/2 N.P.S.M.]

Traditional pedestal style

fitting available for single

service applications.

1204BF/1204AL shown for

dimensional purposes.

1200 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

1200 SERIES

™

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway

Fittings:

File E11912, Guide RQKX

Meets Article 390 of NEC

1200 Series Service Fittings are bell-cap style pedestal fittings used to

provide power or communications to a work station.

1200 Series Service Fittings Assembly Details

Brass finish communication fitting furnished

with split bell cap and grommet. No device

plate is included.

1204BF Communication Service Fitting

Brass finish fitting includes housing, bell

cap, grommet, and single U-slot, three-wire

grounded, 20A, 125V receptacle.

1223BF Power Service Fitting

COLOR OPTIONS

All 1200 Series Service Fittings are available in either an

aluminum or brass finish as specified in the part number

description.

Aluminum communication fitting furnished

with split bell cap and grommet. No device

plate is included.

1204AL Communication Service Fitting

Aluminum fitting includes housing, bell cap,

grommet, and single U-slot, three-wire

grounded, 20A, 125V receptacle.

1223AL Power Service Fitting

Aluminum screw plug to abandon

service fitting. Screws into housing.

1230AL Screw Plug

Brass screw plug to abandon service

fitting. Screws into housing.

1230BF Screw Plug

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

588

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

[76mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[76mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

[76mm]

6 3/4"

[171mm]

8 3/4"

[222mm]

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

Multiplex Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

MULTIPLEX

™

SERIES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway

Fittings:

File E11912, Guide RQKX

Meets Article 390 of NEC

Multiplex Series Service Fittings are designed to be installed on the

various types of infloor systems and can handle large capacity single and

dual service power and/or communication requirements needed at the

point-of-use.

Single-service fitting includes

housing, base, two mounting

frames, and mounting hardware.

For use on 2" [51mm] IPS or

PK Preset Systems. For PK

activation, use in conjunction

with FloorPort Partition Feed

and PK Kit. Has 1/2" and 3/4"

trade size conduit knockouts on

each end. 53.3 cu. in. [906cm3]

capacity.

MP4 Single-Service Multiplex Service Fitting

COLOR OPTIONS

Multiplex Series Service Fittings are available in a brushed

aluminum finish unless otherwise indicated in the part number

description.

Dual-service fitting includes

housing, base, two mounting

frames, divider, and mounting

hardware. For use on one No.

2 and one No. 4 Duct. Has 1/2"

and 3/4" trade size conduit

knockouts on each end. 104.3

cu. in. [1709cm3] capacity.

MP8 Dual-service Multiplex Service Fitting

Same as MP8 except mounts on

PK, or one No. 2 or one No. 4

Pro Series Duct.

MP8-1 Dual-Service Multiplex Service Fitting

Blank Faceplate.

LTF48-B Blank Faceplate

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

589

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

Single opening with Ortronics®

MAB6TJ TracJack and MAB3S2

Series II adapters.

LTF48-RT Faceplate

MULTIPLEX

™

SERIES

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

[76mm]

3 5/16"

[84mm]

Faceplate with 6a mini adapter

for Wiremold Open System CM2

communication modules.

LTF48-ACT Communication Faceplate

Accepts four (4) AVIP or Extron®

MAAP Plates.

LTF48-MAAP Extron® Device Plate

1" [25mm] diameter bushed

opening.

LTF48-1 Faceplate

2" [51mm] diameter bushed

opening.

LTF48-2 Faceplate

Single duplex opening faceplate.

M-DR Faceplate

Double duplex opening

faceplate.

M-2DR Faceplate

Single GFI opening faceplate.

M-GFI Faceplate

Double GFI opening faceplate.

M-2GFI Faceplate

Duplex and GFI openings

faceplate.

M-DR/GFI Faceplate

1200 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

590

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Carpet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

S124BLK (Black)

S124BRN (Brown)

Complete Flush Activation

PART NUMBERS:

S166BLK (Black)

S166BRN (Brown)

Double Duplex Power Activation

PART NUMBERS:

S175BLK (Black)

S175BRN (Brown)

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 25/32"

[147mm]

1/4" [6.4mm]

Flange Thickness

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

5/16" [7.9mm]

Flange Thickness

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 3/4"

[146mm]

1/4" [6.4mm]

Flange Thickness

5 3/4"

[146mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

1/4" [6.4mm]

Flange Thickness

5 3/4"

[146mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

SOURCE I

SERVICE FITTINGS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway

Fittings:

File E11912, Guide RQKX

Meets Article 390 of NEC

Source I® Series Flush Activations offer a wide variety of single and dual

service power and communications for infloor raceways in both new

construction and renovations.

COLOR OPTIONS

Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information

Source 1® Series Service Fittings are available in brass, brown

polycarbonate or black as indicated in the part number description.

Double duplex polycarbonate

assembly, 7/8" to 3 3/8" [22.2mm

to 86mm] concrete topping. 15A,

125V receptacles included.

Flush brass power – single duplex

flip lids. May be used with 106 type

adapters for data applications.

S165B Complete Flush Activation

Flush polycarbonate

communication slides.

5/16" [7.9mm]

Flange Thickness

5 3/4"

[146mm] 4 3/4"

[121mm]

Flush brass communication

(slides). Used for data cable

pass-through.

S166B Complete Flush Activation

Flush polycarbonate carpet flange

only with mounting screws.

Complete Flush Activation

PART NUMBERS:

S165BLK (Black)

S165BRN (Brown)

Flush polycarbonate power –

single duplex. 15A, 125V

receptacles included.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

591

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

4 3/4"

[121mm]

5 25/32"

[147mm]

Flush brass carpet flange only with

mounting screws.

S124B Carpet Flange

SOURCE I

SERVICE FITTINGS

Flush brass power cover plate

only (flip lid) with four mounting

screws.

S125B Cover Plate

Flush brass communication cover

plate (2 5/8" and 3/4" diameter

trade size screw plugs) with four

mounting screws.

829CK-3/4 Cover Plate

3 9/64"

[80mm]

4 11/64"

[106mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

3 19/64"

[84mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

3 19/64"

[84mm]

4 5/16"

[110mm]

3 19/64"

[84mm]

4 11/64"

[106mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm]

4 11/64"

[106mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm]

4 11/64"

[106mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm]

4 11/64"

[106mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm]

Flush brass communication cover

plate (2 5/8" and 1" diameter

trade size screw plugs) with four

mounting screws.

829CK-1 Cover Plate

Flush brass communication

cover plate with slides and four

mounting screws.

829STC Cover Plate

Flush brass communication cover

plate (2 5/8" and 1/2" diameter

trade size screw plugs) with four

mounting screws.

829CK-1/2 Cover Plate

Attaching Rings for Source I

(Preset or Afterset) zinc die-cast.

4" [102mm] O.D. Add suffix to Cat.

No. to indicate ring depth: 7/8",

1 1/8", 1 1/2", 2", 2 3/8", or 3 1/8".

437 Attaching Rings

Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

4 11/64"

[106mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm]

Flush brass communication cover

plate (2 5/8" and 2 1/4" diameter

trade size screw plugs) with four

mounting screws.

829CK Cover Plate

4 11/64"

[106mm]

3 5/32"

[80mm]

Flush brass communication cover

plate. 1 1/2" diameter trade size

screw plugs.

828SPTC Cover Plate

Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

S125BLK (Black)

S125BRN (Brown)

Nonmetallic double duplex

membrane cover plate.

Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

S130BLK (Black)

S130BRN (Brown)

Nonmetallic double duplex

membrane cover plate.

Cover Plate

PART NUMBERS:

829PSTC-BLK (Black)

829PSTC-BRN (Brown)

Flush polycarbonate

communication cover plate with

slides and four mounting screws.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

592

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

SOURCE I

SERVICE FITTINGS

For Source I Attaching Ring with marker

screw. 4" [102mm] O.D. Use with 437

Attaching Rings only.

S1MC-MS Mudcap

Adjusting ring (with three adjusting

screws) for use with 437 Attaching

Rings – communication only (brass

and polycarbonate fittings) and power

for polycarbonate fitting only. 3 25/32"

[96mm] O.D.

898AR Adjusting Ring

For polycarbonate afterset use only. No

adjusting ring required. 4" [102mm] O.D.

Four #6-32 hold-down screws provided.

439 Attaching Ring

Adjusting ring (with three adjusting

screws) for use with 437 Attaching

Rings – power for brass fitting only.

3 25/32" [96mm] O.D.

897AR Adjusting Ring

Extension ring – mounts on top of 437

Attaching Ring. Includes extension ring

and three mounting screws. 4" [102mm]

O.D. Add suffix to indicate ring height:

7/8", 1 1/8", 1 1/2", 2", 2 3/8", 3 1/8".

We recommend using a shallow

Attaching Ring and deep extension ring

whenever possible.

S1ER Extension Ring

Source 1 Series Service Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

For Source I 437 Attaching Ring.

4" [102mm] O.D.

S1MC Mudcap

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

593

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

4" [102mm] Core

Drilled Hole

2 1/2" [64mm]

Dia. Hole

Duct

439 Attaching

Ring for use with

Polycarbonate

Fittings Only

and Only as an

Afterset.

Double Duplex

Plate with

Membrane

Carpet

Flange

1. Establish location for the fitting, then core drill a 4"

[102mm] diameter hole through the concrete to the top

of the duct.

2. Next, drill a 2 1/2" [64mm] diameter opening in the top of

the duct, making sure this opening is in the center of the

4" [102mm] hole.

3. Install the 439 Attaching Ring, using the two locking tabs

to secure it to the duct.

4. Connect the carpet flange to the attaching ring, using the

four screws (#6-32 flathead) provided.

5. For duplex cover plate: Install the wiring device onto the

carpet flange and secure the cover plate over it, making

sure the plug-through membrane is in place.

6. For communication cover plate: Reverse the

communication slides as necessary to allow cable egress,

and install the cover plate, taking care to avoid pinching

any cables.

Note: The receptacle mounting shelf can be broken out to create additional

cable space when the communication cover plate is used.

Polycarbonate — Using a 439 Afterset Attaching Ring 4" [102mm] Core Drilled Hole

Duct 2 1/2" [64mm] Dia. Hole

439 Attaching Ring for Use

with Polycarbonate Fittings

Only and Only as an Afterset

Carpet Flange

S124BLK/BRN

Duplex Plate with

Membrane S130BLK/BRN

1. Establish location for the

fitting, then core drill a 4"

[102mm] diameter hole

through the concrete to the

top of the duct.

2. Next, drill a 2 1/2" [64mm]

diameter opening in the top

of the duct, making sure this

opening is in the center of

the 4" [102mm] hole.

3. Install the 439 Attaching

Ring using the two locking

tabs to secure it to the duct.

4. Connect the carpet flange

to the attaching rings using

the four screws provided.

5. Install the two duplex

receptacles and the double

duplex plate to complete

the installation.

S175 Double Duplex Power Activation Activation Guidelines – Flush Using 437 Ring

Wiring Device

Power Cover

Plate S125B

Carpet Plate

S124B (Shown)

S124 BLK/BRN

Adjusting Ring

Assembly

Neoprene Gasket

Communication Cover Plate 829STC

(Shown) or 829PSTC-BLK/BRN

Adjusting Ring

897AR for Power

(Shown) 898AR

for Communication

Attaching Ring

SOURCE I

SERVICE FITTINGS

Source 1 Series Service Fittings Installation Details

1. Pull wires through the hole

in the bottom of the attaching

rings. The adjusting ring

should then be installed

at the desired height. Wire

device and attach to the

adjusting ring.

2. After the gasket is put in

place, attach the flange to

the adjusting ring.

For Power: The flip lid

cover plate can be attached

to the flange.

3. For Communication: Turn

self storing slides upside

down with thin edge to the

inside. Attach cover plate

to flange.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

594

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

KEY

A. 334F-1-3 Triple Duct Terminal Bushing

B . 336F-3 Triple Duct 90° Vertical Elbow

C. 3222FCSA-28 Support

D. 255-1 Corner Conduit Connector

E. 338F-3 Triple Duct Horizontal 90°

Elbow

F. 3222F-0 10' Triple Blank Duct

G. 3222FB Triple Duct Junction Box

H. 3222FST 10' Triple Duct with staggered

threaded openings

I. 525 Series Service Fitting

Flushduct Infloor Duct Systems provide wire and cable management in open

space environments using 1, 2, or 3 #2 duct. It is ideal for renovations to existing

facilities where concrete depth is minimal.

CODE REFERENCE

ULus Listed Underfloor Raceway:

File E7020 Guide RKCZ

cULus Listed Underfloor Raceway

Fittings: File E11912 Guide RKQX.

Meets Article 390 of NEC.

Flushduct System Layout

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

595

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Flushduct Quick Selection Guide

FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

DUCT 1-DUCT SYSTEM 2-DUCT SYSTEM 3-DUCT SYSTEM

BLANK 12F-0 222F-0 3222F-0

STAGGERED

1 5/8" [41mm] OPENINGS

12FST 222FST 3222FST

JUNCTION BOX 12FB 222FB 3222FB

3222FBCC

ACCESSORIES 1-DUCT SYSTEM 2-DUCT SYSTEM 3-DUCT SYSTEM

COUPLINGS 12FC 222FC 3222FC

COUPLINGS/SUPPORTS 12FCS

12FCSA-*

222FCS

222FCSA-*

3222FCS

3222FCSA-*

BOX OPENING CLOSURES 12F-WS 222F-WS 3222F-WS

DUCT CONDUIT ADAPTERS 312F-*

314F-*

324-

312F-*

314F-*

324-

312F-*

314F-*

324-*

BOX CORNER CONDUIT ADAPTER 255-* 255-* 255-*

DUCT END CLOSURE 304 304 304

VERTICAL ELBOWS 332F

336F

333F-2

336F-2

336F-3

TERMINAL BUSHINGS 334UF 334F-1-2 334F-1-3

HORIZONTAL ELBOWS 338UF

342F

338F-2

342F-2

338F-3

342F-3

OFFSET 372F 372F 372F

CROSSUNDERS 362F 362F-2 362F-3

DUCT OUTLET FLANGE 455F-1 455F-1 455F-1

FERRULE 450F-1 450F-1 450F-1

CRIMPING TOOL 470F-1 470F-1 470F-1

DUCT OPENING PLUGS 7140F

7141F

455FP-1

450FP-1

7140F

7141F

455FP-1

450FP-1

7140F

7141F

455FP-1

450FP-1

SEALANT 290G 290G 290G

TAPE H296 H296 H296

PRODUCT FAMILY

CATALOG

NUMBER

ACTIVATION

LOCATION

SERVICE

CAPACITY

SERVICE

COMPATIBILITY

MATERIAL/

COLORS

Pedestal

Single Service

Dual Service

Power

Communication

Audio/Visual

Alumi num

Multiplex

MP4 • • ••• •

MP8 • •••• •

MP8-1 • •••• •

525

Series

525A • • • • •

525B • • • • •

525C • • • • •

525D • • • • •

525F • • • •

525G • • • •

525H • • • •

525I • • • •

525J • • ••• •

525RT • • • •

525ACT •• • •

Flushduct Infloor Duct Systems Service Fitting Compatibility

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

596

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

1 1/8"

[29mm]

3 1/8"

[79mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

To close off ends of duct.

304 Endcap

Used to feed single conduit into end of

duct. Suffix denotes conduit trade size.

Conduit Adapter

CATALOG

NUMBER

DIMENSION

312F-1 1 3/8" [35mm] 2 1/4 [57mm]

312F-11/4 1 11/16" [43mm] 2 7/16 [62mm]

312F-11/2 3 1/8" [79mm] 2 3/4 [70mm]

Fits into end of Duct. For 3/4" trade

size rigid or PVC conduits.

314-3/4 Male Conduit Adapter

For extending Flushduct up a wall.

1 1/2" [38mm] bend radii. 332F is

for Single Duct and 332F-2 is for

Double Duct.

For securing Flushduct to cabinet.

334UF is for Single Duct, 334F-1-2

is for Double Duct, and 334F-1-3 is

for Triple Duct.

For extending Flushduct up a wall.

4" [102mm] bend radii.

Flushduct Accessories Ordering Information

Flushduct Duct Configuration Options

For feeder runs with precise

placement of openings. Double or

Triple Duct Systems are welded

together. 10' [3.05m] standard

length.

Provided with 1 5/8" [41mm]

diameter threaded openings

and removable plugs for service

fitting attachment. Openings are

staggered 24" [610mm] to facilitate

placement of service fittings. 10'

[3.05m] standard length.

Used to couple ends of duct

together. Set screws used to hold

duct in place.

Provides 1" [25mm] vertical

adjustment 3222FCS and

couple ends of duct together.

Recommended at 5' [1.524m]

intervals.

1 1/2"

[38mm]

Radius

3 1/8"

[130mm]

[102mm]

Radius

10"

[254mm]

Blank Duct

PART NUMBERS:

12F-0 (Single Duct)

222F-0 (Double Duct)

3222F-0 (Triple Duct)

Staggered Ducts

PART NUMBERS:

12FST (Single Duct)

222FST (Double Duct)

3222FST (Triple Duct)

Couplings

PART NUMBERS:

12FC (Single Duct)

222FC (Double Duct)

3222FC (Triple Duct)

Couplings/Supports

PART NUMBERS:

12FCS (Single Duct)

222FCS (Double Duct)

3222FCS (Triple Duct)

Vertical 90° Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

336F (For Single Duct)

336F-2 (For Double Duct)

336F-3 (For Triple Duct)

Terminal Bushing

PART NUMBERS:

334UF (For Single Duct)

334F-1-2 (For Double Duct)

334-1-3 (For Triple Duct)

Vertical 90° Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

332F (For Single Duct)

333F-2 (For Double Duct)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

597

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

8 1/4"

[222mm]

Radius

21 7/8"

[555mm]

21 7/8"

[555mm]

FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

For turning corner with duct.

To accommodate 1 3/8" [35mm]

change in system depth.

To accommodate 1 3/8" [35mm]

change in system depth.

372F Vertical Offset

1 1/4" [32mm] screw plug for

threaded openings in Flushduct.

Supports obsolete "F Series"

Flushduct system.

400F Screw Plug

1 5/8" [32mm] screw plug for

threaded openings in Flushduct.

Supports current "FST Series"

Flushduct system.

7107F Screw Plug

1 5/8" [41mm] screw plug for

threaded openings in Flushduct.

Used to designate service in

each duct.

For locking nipple or standpipe.

Requires 1 5/8" [41mm] hole.

Threads into 455F Threaded Outlet

Flange.

Used to create access into duct at a

custom location. Internal threads for

nipple or standpipe. To install, field cut

1 1/2" [38mm] for 1" [25mm] ferrule

(450F-1) or 1 7/8" [48mm] hole for

1 1/4" [32mm] ferrule (450F- 11/4).

Threads into brass ferrule to close

deactivated opening.

Used to install 450F Brass Ferrule.

Both are 5/8" [15.9mm] long.

Flushduct Accessories Ordering Information (continued)

Horizontal 90° Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

338UF (For Single Duct)

338UF-2 (For Double Duct)

338UF-3 (For Triple Duct)

Horizontal 45° Elbow

PART NUMBERS:

342F (For Single Duct)

342F-2 (For Double Duct)

342F-3 (For Triple Duct)

Vertical Offset

PART NUMBERS:

362F (For Single Duct)

362F-2 (For Double Duct)

362F-3 (For Triple Duct)

Threaded Outlet Flange

PART NUMBERS:

455F-3/4 (3/4")

455F-1 (1")

Die-Cast Plug

PART NUMBERS:

455FP-3/4 (3/4")

455FP-1 (1")

Brass Ferrule

PART NUMBERS:

450F-1 (1" [25mm] Internal Thread)

450F-11/4 (1 1/4" [32mm] Internal Thread)

Marker Screw Plug

PART NUMBERS:

7140F (Brass)

7141F (Zinc)

Brass Plug

PART NUMBERS:

450FP-1 (1")

450FP-11/4 (1 1/4")

Crimping Tool

PART NUMBERS:

470F-1 (1")

470F-11/4 (1 1/4")

Locking Nipple

PART NUMBERS:

1124F-3/4 (For 3/4" [19.1mm] IPS Opening)

1124F-1 (For 1" [25mm] IPS Opening)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

598

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

FLUSHDUCT INFLOOR DUCT SYSTEMS

Used at duct intersections.

Provides access to system

for pulling and splicing of

wires. Constructed of cast

iron. Conduit openings at each

corner of box.

12FB Single Duct Junction Box

2 1/2"

[64mm]

9 9/16"

[243mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

16"

[406mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

2 1/4"

[57mm]

Flanged stainless steel or brass

holders recessed to hold carpet

or tile. For “*”, specify “S” for steel

or “B” for brass. Specify 1/8 or

1/4 depth.

Used at duct intersections.

Provides access to system for

pulling and splicing of wires.

Constructed of cast iron.

Interiors of two- and three-

duct boxes have partitions

isolating each duct and

forming a continuous raceway

through the box. Conduit

openings at each corner of box.

222FB Double Duct Junction Box

Used at duct intersections.

Provides access to system for

pulling and splicing of wires.

Constructed of cast iron.

Interiors of two- and three-

duct boxes have partitions

isolating each duct and

forming a continuous raceway

through the box. Conduit

opening s at each corner

of box.

3222FB Triple Duct Junction Box

For closing off unused junction box

opening.

For one conduit.

Junction Boxes & Accessories Ordering Information

Carpet or Tile Holder

PART NUMBERS:

6LH*- (For 12FB Junction Box)

7LH*- (For 222FB Junction Box)

10LH*- (For 3222FB Junction Box)

Blank Washer

PART NUMBERS:

12F-WS (For Single Duct)

222F-WS (For Duble Duct)

3222F-WS (For Triple Duct)

Box Conduit Corner Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

255-3/4 (3/4" Conduit Trade Size)

255-11/4 (3/4" Conduit Trade Size)

255-11/2 (3/4" Conduit Trade Size)

255-2 (3/4" Conduit Trade Size)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

599

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

KEY

A. CBR-LHT Vertical Boot Riser

B. WCR11/2-10/24 Cellular Raceway

C. FBTCAL FloorPort Activation Cover

D. JBHCC24 Junction Box Header

(WCR 11/2)

E. 2-11/2JB2510 Junction Box

F. RSCB-28 Support

G. WCR2-10/B Cellular Raceway

H. PK200 Preset

I. 11/2JBH242510-60 Junction Box

Header

Walkercell® Cellular Raceway Systems offer maximum capacity for distributing

power and communication services throughout any open space environment

while maintaining separation and security between services and provides point-

of-use services in a recessed activation.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Cellular Metal Floor

Raceway: File E26702 Guide RHZX

Meets Article 12-1800 to 12-1820 of

CEC

Meets Article 374 of NEC.

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

Walkercell Cellular Raceway Selection Guide

WALKERCELL

SYSTEM

DEPTH

PRESET

CATALOG NO.

DEPTH OVER

TOP OF SYSTEM

EXTENSION RING

HARDWARE BAG

EXTENSION

RING SIZE

WCR11/2 3 1/2" PK150 2" AERHB-148 22AER-11/2-21/4

WCR11/2 4" PK200 2 1/2" AERHB-048 22AER-23/8-31/8

WCR11/2 4 1/2" PK250 3" AERHB-048 22AER-23/8-31/8

WCR2 3 1/2" PK150 1 1/2" AERHB-116 22AER-11/2-21/4

WCR2 4" PK200 2" AERHB-14 8 22AER-11/2-21/4

WCR2 4 1/2" PK250 2 1/2" AERHB-048 22AER-23/8-31/8

WCR2 5" PK300 3" AERHB-048 22AER-23/8-31/8

WCR3 4 1/2" PK150 1 1/2" AERHB-116 22AER-11/2-21/4

WCR3 5" PK200 2" AERHB-14 8 22AER-11/2-21/4

WCR3 5 1/2" PK250 2 1/2" AERHB-048 22AER-23/8-31/8

WCR3 6" PK300 3" AERHB-048 22AER-23/8-31/8

Other sizes are available. Consult your local Wiremold representative.

Walkercell Cellular Raceway System Layout

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

600

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PRODUCT FAMILY

CATALOG

NUMBER

ACTIVATION

LOCATION

SERVICE

CAPACITY

SERVICE

COMPATIBILITY

MATERIAL/COLORS

Flush

Recessed

Pedestal

Single Service

Dual Service

Triple Ser vice

Power

Communication

Audio/Visual

Alumi num

Brass

Gray

Black

Nickel

Bronze

FloorPort

FPCTC Series • ••••••••••

FPBTC Series • ••••••••••

FPFFTC Series• ••••••••••

FPCT Series • ••••••••••

FPBT Series • ••••••••••

FPFFT Series • ••••••••••

1200

Series

1204BF • • • •

1204AL • • • •

1223BF • • • •

1223AL • • • •

Multiplex

MP4 •• ••••

MP8 • • ••••

MP8-1 • • ••••

525

Series

525A •• •••

525B •• •••

525C •• •••

525D •• •••

525F • • • •

525G • • • •

525H • • • •

525I • • • •

525J •• ••••

525RT • • • •

525ACT •• • •

Walkercell Service Fitting Compatibility

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

601

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Walkercell Cable Fill Capacities – Communications

40% FILL

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

DIAMETER Approx. AREA In2WCR11/2 WCR2 WCR3

Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm] 8.2 in.2 [5264mm2] 11 in.2 [7097mm2]18.8 in.2 [12130mm

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5 0.220 [5.6] 0.038 [24.5] 85 115 197

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.4] 0.049 [31.7] 66 89 153

TELEPHONE 2-pair, 24 AWG 0.140 [3.6] 0.015 [9.9] 217 285 488

4-pair, 24 AWG 0.190 [4.8] 0.028 [18.1] 116 155 265

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0.132 [85.2] 24 33 56

COAXIAL RG58/U 0.195 [4.9] 0.030 [19.4] 108 146 252

RG59/U 0.242 [6.1] 0.046 [29.7] 70 96 162

RG6/U 0.270 [6.8] 0.057 [36.8] 57 77 130

SHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

TYPE 1 0.390 [9.9] 0.119 [76.8] 27 37 63

TYPE 2 0.465 [11.8] 0.170 [109.7] 19 26 44

TYPE 3 0.245 [6.2] 0.047 [30.3] 69 93 159

FIBER 2 Strand 0.180 [4.6] 0.025 [16.1] 130 173 296

4 Strand 0.190 [4.8] 0.028 [18.1] 116 155 264

6 Strand 0.210 [5.3] 0.035 [22.6] 93 127 216

Fiber ZipCord 0.110 [2.8] 0.010 [6.5] 326 463 791

WCR11/2

*1⁄8" min. [3.2mm]

2" [51mm]

1 1/2" [38mm]

Minimum System

Depth 3 1/2" [89mm] Preset PK150

Finished Floor

WCR2

1 1⁄2" [38mm]

2" [51mm]

*1⁄8" min. [3.2mm]

Minimum System

Depth 3 1/2" [89mm] Preset PK150

Finished Floor

WCR3

1 1⁄2"

[38mm]

[76mm]

*1⁄8" min. [3.2mm]

Minimum System

Depth 4 1/2" [114mm] Preset PK150

Finished Floor

Walkercell Cellular Raceway Preset Selection Guide

OTHER SYSTEM DEPTHS FOR WCR11/2

SYSTEM

DEPTH

PRESET

CAT. NO.

FILL

OVER CELL

3 1/2" [89mm] PK150 2" [51mm]

4" [102mm] PK200 2 1/2" [64mm]

4 1/2" [114mm] PK250 3" [76mm]

5" [127mm] PK300 3 1/2" [89mm]

5 1/4" [133mm] PK325 3 3/4" [95mm]

5 1/2" [140mm] PK350 4" [102mm]

OTHER SYSTEM DEPTHS FOR WCR2

SYSTEM

DEPTH

PRESET

CAT. NO.

FILL

OVER CELL

3 1/2" [89mm] PK150 1 1/2" [38mm]

4" [102mm] PK200 2" [51mm]

4 1/2" [114mm] PK250 2 1/2" [64mm]

5" [127mm] PK300 3" [76mm]

5 1/4" [133mm] PK325 3 1/4" [83mm]

5 1/2" [140mm] PK350 4" [102mm]

OTHER SYSTEM DEPTHS FOR WCR3

SYSTEM

DEPTH

PRESET

CAT. NO.

FILL

OVER CELL

3 1/2" [89mm] PK150 1 1/2" [38mm]

4" [102mm] PK200 2" [51mm]

4 1/2" [114mm] PK250 2 1/2" [64mm]

5" [127mm] PK300 3" [76mm]

5 1/4" [133mm] PK325 3 1/4" [83mm]

5 1/2" [140mm] PK350 3 1/2" [89mm]

Recommend a minimum of 1/8" [3.2mm] concrete over preset.

* If concrete depth over preset is over 3/4" [19.1mm] it may be difficult to break-out concrete and excessive

spalling may occur. For system depth greater than above standard preset height use PK Extension Ring.

Walkercell Wire Fill Capacities – Power

DIAMETER

40% FILL

WIRE SIZE

AWG

AREA (In2)WCR11/2 WCR2 WCR3

Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm] 4.22 in.2 [2722mm2]4.3 in.

2 [2774mm2]8.5 in.

2 [5484mm2]

14 0.111 [2.8] 0.010 [6.5] 168 172 351

12 0.130 [3.3] 0.013 [8.4] 126 129 256

10 0.164 [4.2] 0.021 [13.5] 80 82 161

8 0.216 [5.4] 0.037 [23.9] 45 47 93

6 0.254 [6.4] 0.051 [32.9] 33 34 67

4 0.324 [8.2] 0.082 [52.9] 20 21 41

NOTE: When using a Junction Box, calculate fill capacity according to the smallest compartment.

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

602

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Walkercell Raceway – Profile WCR11/2. 10' [3m] long without preset openings (WCR11/2-10/B)

or with prepunched preset openings 24" [610mm] on center (WCR11/2-10/24). First preset is 12"

[305mm] from end.

Walkercell Raceway – Profile WCR3. 10' [3m] long without preset openings (WCR3-10/B) or with

prepunched preset openings 24" [610mm] on center (WCR3-10/24). First preset is 12" [305mm]

from end.

Walkercell Raceway – Profile WCR2. 10' [3m] long without preset openings (WCR2-10/B) or with

prepunched preset openings 24" [610mm] on center (WCR2-10/24). First preset is 12" [305mm]

from end.

WCR11/2-10B, WCR11/2-10/24 Walkercell Raceway

WCR3-10B, WCR3-10/24 Walkercell Raceway

WCR2-10B, WCR2-10/24 Walkercell Raceway

WCR11/2-10/24 Walkercell

Raceway Top View

15 7⁄8" [403mm]

17 5/8" [448mm]

4 1⁄4" [108mm]

1 1⁄2"

[38mm]

1 1⁄8"

[29mm]

5 7/8" [149mm]

8.2 sq. in.

[5264 sq. mm] 4.22 sq. in.

[2722 sq. mm]

8.2 sq. in.

[5264 sq. mm]

WCR2-10/B Walkercell

Raceway Top View

20" [508mm]

21 3/4" [552mm]

4 1⁄4" [108mm]

3 1/4" [83mm] 1 15/16"

[49mm]

1 3/16"

[30mm]

7 7/8" [200mm]

11.0 sq. in.

[7097 sq. mm]

4.3 sq. in.

[2774 sq. mm]

11.0 sq. in.

[7097 sq. mm]

3 1⁄4"

[83mm]

20" [508mm]

22" [559mm]

4 1⁄4" [108mm]

3 1⁄4"

[83mm]

3 1⁄4"

[83mm]

2 15/16"

[75mm]

2 3/16"

[56mm]

7 7/8" [200mm]

18.8 sq. in.

[12130 sq. mm] 8.5 sq. in.

[5484 sq. mm]

18.8 sq. in.

[12130 sq. mm]

WCR3-10/24 Walkercell

Raceway Top View

NOTE: PK Presets ordered separately. Order one PK

Preset for each preset opening in the Walkercell.

Zinc die-cast construction with

a removable steel cap that is

recessed for concrete. Each preset

is capable of housing two duplex

power receptacles and up to eight

communication connectors. Each

preset has tapped openings for

mounting brackets, adjusting ring

and trim rings. The presets are

field installed using one 3/16"

[4.8mm] pop rivet (not provided).

Preset extensions can be used to

add height to presets as needed.

Attaches to preset to add height.

Can be field installed.

PK150, PK200, PK250, PK300, PK325

Triple Service Preset

Extensions

9 5/16"

[237mm]

9 5/8"

[244mm]

Mudcap

Extension Ring

PK Preset

EXTENSION

HEIGHT ABOVE PRESET

PKER-10 1" [25mm]

PKER-15 1 1/2" [38mm]

PKER-20 2" [51mm]

PKER-25 2 1/2" [64mm]

PKER-30 3" [76mm]

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NOTE: Suffix indicates depth of concrete over WCR2 and WCR3.

For WCR11/2, concrete depth is 1/2" greater. (Example PK150 = 2"

of concrete)

Walkercell Cellular Raceway Ordering information

Walkercell Cellular Raceway Presets & Fittings Ordering information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

603

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Female Conduit Adapter

PART NUMBERS:

312-3/4 (3/4" Conduit Size)

312-1 (1" Conduit Size)

312-11/4 (1 1/4" Conduit Size)

312-11/2 (1 1/2" Conduit Size)

312-2 (2" Conduit Size)

Used to close off Walkercell PK

Preset.

Used to close off

ends of raceway. End

closures are held in

place during concrete

placement using blind

rivets or welds.

Provide ability to feed conduit

from ends of raceway. Use with

312 Fittings below.

Fits on outside of No. 2 duct. For

one rigid or PVC conduit. Suffix

indicates conduit size.

Replaces standard mudcap at

ends of runs and near feeder to

locate cellular runs after concrete

placement.

Holds raceway at proper

elevation during concrete

placement. Fasten

raceway to support using

four self-drilling screws

supplied. Supports are

used at raceway butt

joints and maximum 5'

[1.524m] spacing between

butt joint locations. See

selection guide below.

Suffix indicates distance

between Walkercell and

slab on grade.

PKCAP Mudcap

REC11/2-CA, REC2-CA, REC3-CA

End Closures for Duct Stubs

PMS-415N Marker Cap

Raceway Supports

2 7/16"

[62mm]

23 3/4" [603mm]

26 3/4" [679mm]

22 1/4" [565mm]

System Depth

1/2" Min. [12.7mm]

Depth Below Cell

CAT NO. DEPTH BELOW CELL

RSCB-18 1/2" [12.7mm] to 1 7/8" [48mm]

RSCB-33 1 1/2" [38mm] to 3 3/8" [86mm]

RSCB-48 3 1/2" [89mm] to 4 7/8" [124mm]

Installed at raceway

butt joints when

Walkercell is placed

on a mud slab or

concrete sidewalks

and RSCBs are not required. Used to maintain ground

continuity between Walkercell Raceways. Fasten raceway to

slab through 20 gauge grounding plate with power actuated

fastener (not provided). Field installed.

RGP Grounding Plate

24" Min. [610mm]

[76mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[25mm]

16 1/2" [419mm]

REC11/2

2 29/32"

[74mm]

1 29/32"

[48mm]

20" [508mm]

REC

3 1/2"

[89mm]

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Walkercell Cellular Raceway Presets & Fittings Ordering information (continued)

Blank End Closures

PART NUMBERS:

REC11/2 (For WCR11/2)

REC (For WCR2 and WCR3)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

604

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Adjustable Extension Ring

PART NUMBERS:

22AER-11/2-21/4 (1 1/2"–2 1/4" Adjustable

Height Range of Concrete Over Duct)

22AER-23/8-31/8 (2 3/8"–3 1/8" Adjustable

Height Range of Concrete Over Duct)

Placed on top of junction box cover

plates to provide trim for flooring.

Recessed to hold carpet or tile.

Specify “B” for brass or “S” for steel.

For Walkercell junction boxes

and junction box header. Select

appropriate AERHB-Hardware Bag

(page 601) to attach ring to box.

Side adapter to attach Walkercell Raceway to the box.

Allows junction box side opening to be converted to another

size by replacing adapter. WCR3 cannot be used with 2 1/2"

[64mm] deep box.

Allow access into one, two, or three cells simultaneously. Field cut oblong opening in raceway and rivet or weld riser to

raceway. Void closures included (not shown).

Used to close off ends of raceway and provide conduit knockouts. End closures are held in place with blind rivets or welds.

CBR-HT, CBR-LT, CBR11/2-LHT, CBR-LHT Cell Boot Risers

REC11/2-C, REC2-C, REC3-C End Closures

CBR-HT (For Power Only)

4 1/8"

[105mm]

30"

[762mm]

[152mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

CBR-LT (Access to Two

Communication Compartments)

30"

[762mm]

12"

[305mm]

[152mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

CBR11/2-LHT (Access to

All Three Compartments

with Power Separated)

For WCR11/2

4 1/8"

[105mm]

30"

[762mm]

[152mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

CBR-LHT (Access to

All Three Compartments

with Power Separated)

For WCR2/WCR3

4 1/8"

[105mm]

30"

[762mm]

[152mm]

12"

[305mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

16 1/2" [419mm]

1/2" [12.7mm] 1"

[25mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

1/2" [12.7mm] and 3/4" [19.1mm] concentric KOs

20" [508mm] 1 1/16"

[27mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

[25mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[25mm]

20" [508mm] 1 1/16"

[27mm]

2 15/16"

[75mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[25mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[25mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

3/4"

[19.1mm]

[25mm]

22 5/8"

[575mm]

22 5/8"

[575mm] 7/8"

[22.2mm]

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Walkercell Cellular Raceway Presets & Fittings Ordering information (continued)

Junction Box Adapters

PART NUMBERS:

1001757 (For WCR11/2)

929046 (For WCR2 and WCR3)

Carpet & Tile Holder

PART NUMBERS:

22LHS-1/8 (1/8" Deep)

22LHS-1/4 (1/4" Deep)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

605

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

FloorPort Activation Accessories for Use with Walkercell and Walkerdeck Systems

Two duplex receptacle brackets, receptacle insulators,

power grommets, and bend radius control grommets. For

use with recessed activations. Communication brackets

ordered separately. See next page.

WPACR-1G Internal Bracket

Two 15A, 120V duplex receptacles, two duplex receptacle

brackets, receptacle insulators, power grommets, and bend

radius control grommets. For use with recessed activations.

Communication brackets ordered separately. See next page.

WPACR-2G Internal Bracket

Two 20A, 120V duplex receptacles, two duplex receptacle

brackets, receptacle insulators, power grommets, and bend

radius control grommets. For use with recessed activations.

Communication brackets ordered separately. See next page.

WPACR-2G Internal Bracket

PKGRBR PK Preset Grommet

Bend Radius Control Grommets

Bend radius control grommet used

with PK preset. Maintains 1 1/4"

[32mm] minimum cable lay-in

radius.

NOTE: Not for use with communication brackets DTB-2-2AB or DTB-2-2RT.

FloorPort Bracket Compatibility

Fittings intended for a cellular raceway system must have a

minimum of 2 1/2" [64 mm] of concrete topping over the top

of the deck. A typical UL Fire Classified floor activation will

consist of the following components:

PK Series Preset Inserts

"()"Maximum Quantity of Units Allowed Inside of Preset Insert

Cover

Assembly

Activation

Assembly

Barrier

Assembly

Communication

Bracket

FPBTC

FPCTC

FPBT

FPCT

(1) WPACR — (2) DTB-2

FPFFTC

FPFFT (1) PKKIT (1) DTB-2FP

DTB-2-2A (Not Included)

Bend Radius Grommet

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

606

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Junction Box Closure

PART NUMBERS:

11/2JBC (For WCR11/2)

22JBC (For WCR2)

33JBC (For WCR3)

Provides ability to feed conduit from

junction box. Use with 312 Fittings.

Attaches to side of junction box

to close access.

For adjustable extension ring.

Suffix indicates depth of con-

crete over junction box cover.

Use chart below to determine

hardware bag required.

Junction Box Closure with Duct Stubs

Hardware Bag

HARDWARE

BAG CAT. NO.

Cover Depth Over Walkercell

1 1/2" 1 5/8" 1 3/4" 1 7/8" 2" 2 1/8" 2 3/8-3"

AERHB-116 X

AERHB-132 X X

AERHB-148 X X

AERHB-200 X

AERHB-048 X

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

FloorPort Activation Accessories for Use with Walkercell and Walkerdeck Systems

Used to separate power and

communication wires in partition feed

covers. Supplied with base and three

extensions to adjust to cover height.

Kit should be used on PK Presets

(Walkercell, Walkerdeck). Kits are

sold separately.

PKKIT Barrier Kit

Two duplex receptacle brackets,

receptacle insulators, power

grommets, and bend radius control

grommets. Communication brackets

ordered separately.

WPACR-1G Internal Bracket

Plastic clips on back of bracket

provide cable storage loop. For

use with WPACR. Activate 2A

jacks snap directly into bracket.

DTB-2-2A Communication Bracket

Blank bracket for customization in

field. For use with WPACR. Wiremold

Open System inserts sold separately.

DTB-2-B Communication Bracket

Four knockouts for RJ style jacks.

For use with WPACR. Wiremold Open

System inserts sold separately.

DTB-2-4TKO Communication Bracket

Ortronics® and Activate adapters

included.

Communication Bracket

PART NUMBERS:

DTB-2-2AB (For Activate Devices)

DTB-2-RT (For Ortronics® Devices)

PART NUMBERS:

11/2JBC-CA

22JBC-CA

33JBC-CA

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

607

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Used as a feeder raceway for

Walkercell Systems. Standard

length is 60" [1524mm]. All

Headerduct is furnished with

1/4-20 threaded holes at each

end to fasten coupling channels.

Used to connect ends of

Headerduct Junction Boxes

together. Channels are furnished

with 1/4-20 screws.

Used to close end of Headerduct,

Header Junction Boxes, or

Junction Box Header. Secured

with blind rivet or weld

Walkercell Headerduct

Coupling Channels

Headerduct End Closure

60" [1524mm]

Walkercell Headerduct

CATALOG NO. A B

WCHD2425-60 24" [610mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

WCHD3025-60 30" [762mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

WCHD3625-60 36" [915mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

Walkercell Cellular Raceway Headerduct Ordering Information

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Headerduct Coupling Channel

CATALOG NO. A B

JBHCC24 24" [610mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

JBHCC30 30" [762mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

JBHCC36 36" [915mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

Headerduct End Closure

CATALOG NO. A B

JBHEC2425 24" [610mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

JBHEC3025 30" [762mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

JBHEC3625 36" [915mm] 2 1/2" [64mm]

Used at intersections of Walkercell Raceway. Partitions inside box maintain separation of

services. 22" [559m] dia. cover provides access inside box. Access ring is 1" [25mm] over box.

Order extension ring for additional height. Cover plates have 1/2" [12.7mm] upward adjustment

for precise leveling after the pour. Side openings on junction boxes can be replaced to fit other

Walkercell profiles. Cell dimensions are 24" x 26" [610mm x 660mm].

Junction Boxes

NOTE: The minimum depth of Junction Box is 1/2"

[12.7mm] higher than WCR2 and WCR3, and is 1"

[25mm] higher than WCR11/2.

* WCR2 feeds WCR11/2 distribution and WCR3

feeds WCR2 distribution.

CATALOG NO. SIDE OPENINGS HEIGHT OF BOX

11/2JB2510 Four – WCR11/2 2 1/2" [64mm]

33JB3510 Four – WCR3 3 1/2" [89mm]

2-11/2JB2510* Two – WCR11/2,

Two – WCR2

2 1/2" [64mm]

32JB3510* Two – WCR2, 3 1/2" [76mm]

Two – WCR3

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

608

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Used as a large capacity feeder system for Walkercell. Cellular raceway attaches to side of

box. 22" [559mm] dia. cover plate access at center of unit. Standard length is 60" [1524mm].

The minimum depth of any JB, JHB, or HJB is 1/2" [12.7mm] higher than WCR2 and WCR3 and

1" higher than WCR11/2.

JBH Series Junction Box Header

NOTE: All capacities based on a minimum 80% allowance where cables may encounter a restriction point inside of

junction box. Consult factory for WCR3 capacities.

Junction Box Headers Used with WCR11/2

CATALOG

NUMBER

BODY

WIDTH

BODY

DEPTH

RING

HEIGHT

SYSTEM

DEPTH

POWER

CAPACITY

POWER

COMP. WIDTH

COMMUNICATION

CAPACITY

11/2JBH24251060 24"

[610mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[25mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

6.64

[4283.9mm2]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

18.60

[12000.0mm2]

11/2JBH30251560 30"

[762mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

8.64

[5574.2mm2]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

27.91

[18006.4mm2]

11/2JBH36251560 36"

[915mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[102mm]

10.62

[6851.6mm2]

[152mm]

31.25

[20161.3mm2]

Junction Box Headers Used with WCR2

CATALOG

NUMBER

BODY

WIDTH

BODY

DEPTH

RING

HEIGHT

SYSTEM

DEPTH

POWER

CAPACITY

POWER

COMP. WIDTH

COMMUNICATION

CAPACITY

2JBH242510-60 24"

[610mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

[25mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

6.64

[4283.9mm2]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

18.60

[12000.0mm2]

2JBH302515-60 30"

[762mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[102mm]

8.64

[5574.2mm2]

5 1/8"

[130mm]

26.49

[17090.3mm2]

2JBH362515-60 36"

[915mm]

2 1/2"

[64mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

[102mm]

10.62

[6851.6mm2]

[152mm]

28.53

[18406.4mm2]

WALKERCELL

CELLULAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Walkercell Cellular Raceway Headerduct Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

609

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

New FloorPort™ Series

Cover Assemblies feature

a full 180° opening cover

with a new recessed handle

for easier opening and new

cable egress openings that

protect cabling while holding

them securely in place.

FLOORPORT™ SERIES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Metallic Outlet Boxes:

File E2961, Guide QCIT

cULus Listed Outlet Boxes &

Fittings Classified for Fire Resistance:

File R8209, Guide CEYY

Meets Article 341.40, 314.41 & 374 of NEC

FloorPort Service Fittings for Resource RFB® Series Floor Boxes,

Walkercell® Cellular Raceway, and Walkerdeck Systems provide flexibility

in recessed and furniture feed applications.

COLOR OPTIONS

FloorPort Series Service Fittings are available in aluminum, black,

brass, bronze, gray and nickel as indicated in the part number

description.

Wiremold products bearing the TopGuard

Protection logo meet or exceed the UL

scrub water exclusion requirement.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

610

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

FLOORPORT™ SERIES

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTBK (Black)

FPFFTBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTBS (Brass)

FPFFTNK (Nickel)

FPFFTGY (Gray)

FPFFTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTBK (Black), FPCTBZ (Bronze)

FPCTBS (Brass), FPCTNK (Nickel)

FPCTGY (Gray)

FPCTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

FloorPort™ Series Flangeless Cover Assemblies Ordering Information

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished.

6 3/4"

[197mm]

5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installations.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet

or tile cutouts to match finished floor.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

6 3/4"

[197mm]

5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installation.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the

finished floor, no cutouts provided.

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade size screw

plug for power or communication type cabling and one

combination 11/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both

power and communication cabling.

6 3/4"

[197mm] 5 1/2"

[165mm]

Flangeless cover for use in tile or carpet installation.

Die-cast aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade

size screw plug for power or communication type cabling

and one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information

Floorport Part Number Configurator

Cover Style:

Blank Top = B

Cutout Top = C

Furniture Feed = FF

FloorPort Series: Cover Color:

Brushed Aluminum = AL

Black = BK

Brass = BS

Bronze = BZ

Gray = GY

Nickel = NK

Top Style:

Tile (flangeless) = T

Tile/Carpet = TC

(flanged)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK (Black), FPCTCBZ (Bronze)

FPCTCBS (Brass), FPCTCNK (Nickel)

FPCTCGY (Gray)

FPCTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTCBK (Black)

FPFFTCBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTCBS (Brass)

FPFFTCNK (Nickel)

FPFFTCGY (Gray)

FPFFTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK (Black), FPBTCBZ (Bronze)

FPBTCBS (Brass), FPBTCNK (Nickel)

FPBTCGY (Gray)

FPBTCAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTBK (Black), FPBTBZ (Bronze)

FPBTBS (Brass), FPBTNK (Nickel)

FPBTGY (Gray)

FPBTAL (Brushed Aluminum)

Nonmetallic ring for use on bare polished

concrete and terrazzo floor applications.

NOTE: For RFB6 Series Floor Boxes.

FP-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

611

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

DTB-2-2A (Not Included)

Bend Radius

Grommet

Bend Radius

Grommet

FLOORPORT™ SERIES

Two duplex receptacle

brackets, receptacle

insulators, power

grommets, and

bend radius control

grommets. For use with

recessed activations.

Communication brackets

ordered separately.

See next page 601.

WPACR-1G Internal Bracket

Aluminum top plate with steel support

plate and four (4) adjusting screws.

S3AXBP Blanking Plate

North American Made FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Plates Ordering Information

Floorport Part Number Configurator

Origin:

North American Made NA

Cover Style:

Blank Top = B

Cutout Top = C

Furniture Feed = FF

FloorPort Series: Cover Color:

Nickel = NK

Brass = BS

Black = BK

Bronze = BZ

Gray = GY

Top Style:

Tile (flangeless) = T

Tile/Carpet = TC

(flanged)

Blank Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPBTCBK-NA (Black)

FPBTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPBTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPBTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPBTCGY-NA (Gray)

Cutout Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPCTCBK-NA (Black)

FPCTCBZ-NA (Bronze)

FPCTCBS-NA (Brass)

FPCTCNK-NA (Nickel)

FPCTCGY-NA (Gray)

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Insert in lid allows for carpet or tile

cutouts to match finished floor.

7 3/4"

[197mm]

6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-cast

aluminum assembly. Lid area is flush with the finished floor,

no cutouts provided.

Load Capacities for FloorPort™ Cover Assemblies

CATALOG NUMBERS MAXIMUM LOAD IN POUNDS

FPCTC 1000

FPBTC 750

FPFFT 1000

FPBT 750

FPCT 1000

FPFF 1000

NOTE: Load applied through a 2" [51mm] mandrel in center

of service fitting. Loads above are static loads only

and do not pertain to rolling loads.

7 3/4"

[197mm] 6 1/2"

[165mm]

Flanged cover for use in tile or carpet installation. Die-

cast aluminum assembly. Provided with one 1" trade size

screw plug for power or communication type cabling and

one combination 1 1/4" and 2" trade size screw plug for

communication type cabling. Allows for feeding both power

and communication cabling.

Furniture Feed Cover Assembly

PART NUMBERS:

FPFFTCBK (Black)

FPFFTCBZ (Bronze)

FPFFTCBS (Brass)

FPFFTCNK (Nickel)

FPFFTCGY (Gray)

Nonmetallic ring for use on bare polished

concrete and terrazzo floor applications.

NOTE: For RFB6 Series Floor Boxes.

FP-CTR Bare Concrete and Terrazzo Ring

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

612

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

TRENCHDUCT

Trenchduct is a large capacity feeder system used to distribute power and /or

communication services in an open space environment. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Cellular Metal Floor

Raceway & Fittings:

File E26663 Guide RINV

Meets Article 374 of NEC.

Trenchduct Feeder System Layout

Trenchduct Side Feed into

Walkerduct® Pro Series

Trenchduct Crossunder Feed

into Walkercell

Trenchduct Crossunder Feed into

Walkerduct Pro Series

Cable Size/Fill Chart

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

DIAMETER Approx. AREA In2

Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5 0.220 [5.6] 0.038 [24.5]

4-pair, 4 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 [6.4] 0.049 [31.7]

TELEPHONE 2-pair, 24 AWG 0.140 [3.6] 0.015 [9.9]

4-pair, 24 AWG 0.190 [4.8] 0.028 [18.1]

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0.132 [85.2]

COAXIAL RG58/U 0.195 [4.9] 0.030 [19.4]

RG59/U 0.242 [6.1] 0.046 [29.7]

RG6/U 0.270 [6.8] 0.057 [36.8]

SHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

TYPE 1 0.390 [9.9] 0.119 [76.8]

TYPE 2 0.465 [11.8] 0.170 [109.7]

TYPE 3 0.245 [6.2] 0.047 [30.3]

FIBER 2 Strand 0.180 [4.6] 0.025 [16.1]

4 Strand 0.190 [4.8] 0.028 [18.1]

6 Strand 0.210 [5.3] 0.035 [22.6]

Fiber ZipCord 0.110 [2.8] 0.010 [6.5]

Trench Capacity Chart

WIDTH DEPTH TOTAL CAPACITY

Inches [mm] Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm]

6 [152] 2 1/2 [64] 11.1 [7161]

12 [305] 2 1/2 [64] 24.1 [15548]

18 [457] 2 1/2 [64] 37.2 [24000]

24 [610] 2 1/2 [64] 50.3 [32452]

6 [152] 3 1/4 [83] 14.9 [9613]

12 [305] 3 1/4 [83] 32.5 [20968]

18 [457] 3 1/4 [83] 50.1 [32323]

24 [610] 3 1/4 [83] 67.7 [43677]

Wire Size Chart

WIRE SIZE

AWG

DIAMETER AREA

Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm]

14 AWG 0.111 [2.8] 0.010 [6.5]

12 AWG 0.130 [3.3] 0.013 [8.4]

10 AWG 0.164 [4.1] 0.021 [13.5]

8 AWG 0.216 [5.4] 0.037 [23.9]

6 AWG 0.254 [6.4] 0.051 [32.9]

4 AWG 0.324 [8.2] 0.082 [52.9]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

613

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Trenchduct Load Capacities (lbs)i

COVER PLATE

THICKNESS

LOAD

TYPE

TRENCHDUCT WIDTH

6" [152mm]

Supports

12" [305mm]

Supports

18" [457mm]

One Row

Supports

24" [610mm]

One Row

Supports

36" [914mm]

Two Row

Supports

1/4" [6.4mm] Concentrated 1300 1300 1300 800 1200

1/4" [6.4mm] Rolling 800 840 800 500 780

3/8" [9.5mm] Concentrated 2400 2400 2400 2000 2000

3/8" [9.5mm] Rolling 1500 1560 1500 1300 1300

VA12W250H-1, VA12W250H-2, VA12W250H-5,

VA12W250H-6, VA12W325H-1, VA12W325H-2,

VA12W325H-5, VA12W325H-6

Flush floor raceway with removable cover

plates. Cover plate is 1/4" [6.4mm] thick and

three pieces are supplied for 5' [1.5m] and

6' [1.8m] lengths (5' cover is two 24" and one

12" sections and 6' cover is three 24" sections). Partitions and supports

not included. Length, width, and depth described in catalog number

represent outside cover plate and body dimensions. The interior size of

the trenchduct bodies is always 13/16" [21mm] narrower than the cover

plate. The interior depth of the trenchduct bodies is always 5/16" [7.9mm]

shallower than depth specified by catalog number. Body is 16 gauge

steel. Vinyl trim and leveling feet are included. Can be leveled to screed

depth using leveling foot or support coupling up to 3/4" [19.1mm]. Use

catalog numbering system to select product. Consult Wiremold® sales

representative for custom sizes.

Body & Cover Assembly

Standard Selection Options:

Cover Plate Width = 6", 12", 18", or 24"

[152mm, 305mm, 457mm, or 610mm]

Depth =

250 or 325 (2 1/2" or 3 1/4"

[64mm or 83mm])

Length = 1', 2', 5' or 6'

[.3m, .6m, 1.5m, or 1.8m]

NOTE: For other widths, substitute cover plate width in

above catalog numbers with 12, 18, or 24.

NOTE: Covers are not intended to be used without floor

covering.

VA 12W 250H - 1

Trenchduct Length

(Feet)

Cover Plate

Width (Inch) Depth

(Inch)

Catalog Number System

Used to provide strength to support

cover plate. Required for clear spans

of 14" [456mm] or greater, or any

trench wider than 14" [456mm],

without partitions or when heavy

loads will be applied, such as in

casinos. Available in 6" or 12" [152mm or 305mm] on center

bolt spacing. 12" [305mm] O.C. spacing is adequate for

most applications. Select 6" [152mm] O.C. spacing for heavy

loads. Support bolts should be located 2" [51mm] from ends

of cover plates. Strip is field installed to base and adjusted

up to bottom of cover plate of Trenchduct with welds or

screws. Available in 5' [1.5m] lengths.

Support Strips

VA06SSS250-5 6" [152mm] O. C. 2 1/2" [64mm] Depth

VA06SSS325-5 6" [152mm] O. C. 3 1/4" [83mm] Depth

VA12SSS250-5 12" [305mm] O. C. 2 1/2" [64mm] Depth

VA12SSS325-5 12" [305mm] O. C. 3 1/4" [83mm] Depth

Used to separate Trenchduct

and fittings into two or more

compartments. Allows 3/4" [19.1mm]

upward adjustment. Field installed

to base and adjusted up to bottom of

cover plate of Trenchduct with welds

or screws. Available in 5' [1.5m]

length. Field modified for use in

T-Units, risers, and elbows.

Adjustable Partition

[1.5m]

TRENCHDUCT FEEDER SYSTEMS

Trenchduct Body & Cover Assembly Ordering Information

Trenchduct Components & Fittings Ordering Information

T250HZP-5 2 1/2" [64mm] Depth

T325HZP-5 3 1/4" [83mm] Depth

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

614

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Used to close off end of Trenchduct.

Two-piece design allows 3/4"

[19.1mm] vertical adjustment.

"A" dimension is 6" [152mm], 12"

[305mm], 18" [457mm] or 24"

[610mm].

End Closure

TRENCHDUCT FEEDER SYSTEMS

Used to reduce Trenchduct from one

piece to the next in a linear direction.

Order left or right side in widths of 3"

[76mm] or 6" [152mm].

Partial End Closure

Used to connect intersecting

runs of Trenchduct at 90°

angles on three sides. Length,

width, and depth specified by

catalog number. Closed side is

length. Use partition or tunnel

to separate services (ordered

separately for standard product).

T-Unit

A6"

[152mm]

12"

[305mm]

18"

[457mm]

[610mm]

B12"

[305mm]

18"

[457mm]

24"

[610mm]

30"

[762mm]

Used to separate three services

within T-Unit. Field attached with

screws or welds. See chart for width

of power compartment. Not available

for 6" [152mm] wide Trenchduct.

T-Unit Tunnel

TRENCH

WIDTH

12"

[305mm]

18"

[457mm]

[610mm]

POWER

CHANNEL

WIDTH

3 1/2"

[89mm]

[102mm]

[127mm]

Used to connect intersecting runs

of Trenchduct at 90° angles on on

all four sides. Length, width, and

depth specified by catalog number.

Use tunnel and partition as needed

to separate services (ordered

separately for standard product).

X-Unit

A6"

[152mm]

12"

[305mm]

18"

[457mm]

[610mm]

B 5"

[127mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

10"

[254mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

NOTE: Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for more information.

Covers are not intended to be used without floor coverings.

Trenchduct Components & Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

Used to separate three services

within X-Unit. Field attached to

base of Trenchduct with screws or

welds. See chart for width of power

compartment. Not available for

6" [152mm] wide Trenchduct.

X-Unit Tunnel

TRENCH

WIDTH

12"

[305mm]

18"

[457mm]

[610mm]

POWER

CHANNEL

WIDTH

3 1/2"

[89mm]

[102mm]

[127mm]

PART NUMBERS:

VA06W250HEC, VA06W325HEC,

VA12W250HEC, VA12W325HEC,

VA18W250HEC, VA18W325HEC,

VA24W250HEC, VA24W325HEC

PART NUMBERS:

VAT12W250H3CT, VAT12W325H3CT,

VAT18W250H3CT, VAT18W325H3CT,

VAT24W250H3CT, VAT24W325H3CT

PART NUMBERS:

VA250PEC-LH3, VA250PEC-RH3,

VA325PEC-LH3, VA325PEC-RH3,

VA250PEC-LH6, VA250PEC-RH6,

VA325PEC-LH6, VA325PEC-RH6

PART NUMBERS:

VA06W250H-X, VA06W325H-X,

VA12W250H-X, VA12W325H-X,

VA18W250H-X, VA18W325H-X,

VA24W250H-X, VA24W325H-X

PART NUMBERS:

VA06W250H-T, VA06W325H-T,

VA12W250H-T, VA12W325H-T,

VA18W250H-T, VA18W325H-T,

VA24W250H-T, VA24W325H-T

PART NUMBERS:

VAT12W250H3CX, VAT12W325H3CX,

VAT18W250H3CX, VAT18W325H3CX,

VAT24W250H3CX, VAT24W325H3CX

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

615

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Used to transition from

Trenchduct into perpendicular

run of Wallduct or into riser

to panel. Includes removable

cover plate.

* Important! 12" [305mm] Wide Rises to

10" [254mm] Wide to Attach to Wallduct.

Used to transition from

Trenchduct into perpendicular

run of Wallduct or into riser to

panel. Use partition to separate

services (ordered separately for

standard product).

* Important! 12" [305mm] Wide Rises to

10" [254mm] Wide to Attach to Wallduct.

Service fitting can be mounted

on Trenchduct in place of the

cover plate. Removable back

plate allows access into the

Trenchduct body.

Used to assist in removing cover

plates from Trenchduct.

Applied to edges of Trenchduct and fittings where cables

egress to protect against damage to cable insulation. 0.281"

wide by 0.188" deep. Packed 100' of grommet per unit.

Sweep Vertical Riser

Straight Vertical Riser

Access Hood

485 Cover Plate Lifter

686052-100FT Trenchduct Grommet

Used to change direction of

Trenchduct run 90° to the right

or left. Length, width, and depth

specified by catalog number. Use

partition to separate services

(ordered separately for standard

product).

Horizontal Elbow

Right Hand Elbow

Left Hand Elbow

A6"

[152mm]

12"

[305mm]

18"

[457mm]

[610mm]

B9"

[229mm]

15"

[381mm]

21"

[533mm]

27"

[686mm]

Used to divide services into 4 equal

compartments. Field attached with

screws or welds. Order one set

for T-Unit and two sets for X-Unit.

Not available for 6" [152mm] wide

Trenchduct. Fittings sold separately.

Four Compartment Fitting Tunnel

Used to change direction of

Trenchduct run 45° in either

direction. Length, width, and depth

determined by the catalog number.

Use partition to separate services

(ordered separately for standard

product).

45° Mitred Horizontal Elbow

A6"

[152mm]

12"

[305mm]

18"

[457mm]

[610mm]

B 5"

[127mm]

7 1/2"

[191mm]

10"

[254mm]

12 1/2"

[318mm]

Trenchduct

Width

Trenchduct

(not included)

[102mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

[152mm]

Trenchduct

Width

Trenchduct

(not included)

[102mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

Access

Hood

Trenchduct

(not Included)

NOTE: Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for more information.

Covers are not intended to be used without floor coverings.

TRENCHDUCT FEEDER SYSTEMS

Trenchduct Components & Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

NOTE: To continue separation/partition from Trenchduct, use partition

number WD350-P60.

NOTE: To continue separation/partition from Trenchduct, use partition part

numbers V130LBULK or V130RBULK.

PART NUMBERS:

Right Hand Elbow Catalog Nos.

VA06W250H-RL, VA06W325H-RL,

VA12W250H-RL, VA12W325H-RL,

VA18W250H-RL, VA18W325H-RL,

VA24W250H-RL, VA24W325H-RL

Left Hand Elbow Catalog Nos.

VA06W250H-LL, VA06W325H-LL,

VA12W250H-LL, VA12W325H-LL,

VA18W250H-LL, VA18W325H-LL,

VA24W250H-LL, VA24W325H-LL

PART NUMBERS:

VAT12W250H4CT, VAT12W325H4CT,

VAT18W250H4CT, VAT18W325H4CT,

VAT24W250H4CT, VAT24W325H4CT

PART NUMBERS:

VA06W250H-L45, VA06W325H-L45,

VA12W250H-L45, VA12W325H-L45,

VA18W250H-L45, VA18W325H-L45,

VA24W250H-L45, VA24W325H-L45

PART NUMBERS:

VA06W-VL, VA12W-VL10*,

VA18W-VL, VA24W-VL

PART NUMBERS:

VA06W-VR, VA12W-VR10*,

VA18W-VR, VA24W-VR

PART NUMBERS:

VA06W-AH3, VA12W-AH3,

VA18W-AH3, VA24W-AH3

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

616

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Wallduct Raceway Systems are high capacity raceway for use in or on walls that

is ideal for distributing power and communication cables in healthcare facilities,

under raised floors or as a large capacity feeder system.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Raceway:

File E4376 Guide RJBT

cULus Listed Fittings:

File E41751 Guide RJPR.

Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Wallduct Raceway System Layout

KEY

WD10W350-60 5'-0" [1524mm] Straight Length

CP10-F30 30" [762mm] L Flush Cover Plate

WD10W350-IL Internal Wallduct Elbow

CP10-ILF Internal Wallduct Elbow Cover Flush

WD10W350-HL Horizontal Wallduct Elbow

CP10-HLF Horizontal Wallduct Elbow Cover Flush

WD10W350-T Wallduct T-Unit

CP10-TF Wallduct T-Unit Cover Flush

WD10W350-X Wallduct X-Unit

CP10-XF Wallduct X-Unit Cover Flush

WD10W350-ECF Wallduct End Closure

VA12W250H-5 VA Style Trenchduct 12" Wide x 2 1/2"

Deep [304mm x 63mm]

VA12W250H-EC VA Style Trenchduct End Closure

VA12W250H-LL VA Style Trenchduct Horizontal Elbow

(Left Hand)

VA12W-VR10 VA Style Trenchduct Vertical Riser

WD10W350-CC/DO Wallduct Cabinet Connector

WD350-CP Corner Partition

WD350-P60 Straight Partition

WD10W350-TUN T-Unit Straight Tunnel

WD10-ACPF Access Cover Plate with Grommet

WD10W350-EL Wallduct External Elbow

CP10W350-ELF Wallduct External Elbow Cover Flush

WD10W350-FST Wallduct Flush to Surface Transition

WD10W350-LTUN T-Unit Left Hand Tunnel

WD10W350-XTUN X-Unit Tunnel

T250HZP-5 Trenchduct Partition

AA.

VA12W-VL10 Trenchduct Vertical Riser

BB.

WD10W350-FCCF Flanged Cabinet Connector Flush

CC.

WD10W350-SWTS Sweep Surface Tee

DD.

WD-10CDO Ceiling Drop Out

EE.

WD350-R04 Wallduct Reducer

FF.

WD18W350-SWCCS Sweep Cabinet Connector Surface

GG.

WD10W350-SES Sweep Elbow Surface

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

NOTE: Wallduct can be installed in the wall exposing only the cover plate,

or it can be wall mounted exposing the entire surface. Wallduct may

also be installed overhead or under a raised floor (but not infloor)

to connect cables/wires between rooms. Trenchduct can be used

in combination with Wallduct as a feeder or for access points in the

floor to feed equipment.

Pull Box (by others)

EE DD

Cabinet (by others)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

617

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Steel Wallduct Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

DIAMETER AREA In240% FILL20% FILL

Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm] (Per Sq. In.) (Per Sq. In.)

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

4-Pair, Cat 5e 0.220 [5.6] 0.0381 [24.6] 10 5

4-Pair, Cat 6 0.250 [6.4] 0.0491 [31.7] 14 7

TELEPHONE 2-pair, 24 AWG 0.140 [3.5] 0.0154 [9.9] 20 13

4-pair, 24 AWG 0.190 [4.8] 0.0263 [18.2] 14 7

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 0.1321 [85.2] 3 1

COAXIAL RG58/U 0.195 [4.9] 0.0298 [19.2] 13 6

RG59/U 0.242 [6.1] 0.0459 [29.6] 9 4

RG6/U 0.270 [6.8] 0.0572 [36.9] 7 3

SHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

TYPE 1 0.390 [9.9] 0.1194 [77.0] 3 1

TYPE 2 0.465 [11.8] 0.1698 [109.5] 2 1

TYPE 3 0.245 [6.2] 0.0471 [30.4] 0 4

FIBER 2-STRAND 0.180 [4.6] 0.0254 [16.4] 10 8

4-STRAND 0.190 [4.8] 0.0263 [15.3] 14 7

6-STRAND 0.210 [5.3] 0.0346 [22.3] 11 5

FIBER ZIP CORD 0.110 [2.8] 0.0095 [6.1] 42 21

Steel Wallduct Wire Fill Capacities for Power

WIRE SIZE

AWG

DIAMETER AREA (In2) 40% FILL

Inches [mm] Sq. In. [Sq. mm] No. 2 No. 4

14 0.111 [2.8] 0.0097 [6.3] 41.24 20.62

12 0.130 [3.3] 0.0133 [8.6] 30.08 15.04

10 0.164 [4.2] 0.0211 [13.6] 18.96 9.48

8 0.216 [5.5] 0.0366 [23.6] 10.93 5.46

6 0.254 [6.5] 0.0507 [32.7] 7.89 3.94

4 0.324 [8.2] 0.0824 [53.2] 4.85 2.43

3 0.352 [8.9] 0.0973 [62.8] 4.11 2.06

2 0.384 [9.8] 0.1158 [74.7] 3.45 1.73

BODIES

WD06W350-60 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-60 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-60 18" [457mm]

SURFACE COVERS “A”

CP06-S30 6" [152mm]

CP10-S30 10" [254mm]

CP18-S30 18" [457mm]

FLUSH COVERS “B”

CP06-F30 8" [203mm]

CP10-F30 12" [305mm]

CP18-F30 20" [508mm]

3 1⁄2"

[89mm]

A – End View

(Flush Cover Shown)

60"

[1524mm]

A30"

[762mm]

30"

[762mm]

NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the catalog number.

Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for more information.

Wallduct Bodies & Covers Ordering Information

NOTE: Wire diameters can vary depending on manufacturer. Verify diameter and adjust fill capacities as required.

Values are per one square inch of Wallduct area.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

618

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Used to separate services.

Includes assembly screws for

field installation.

Used to connect two pieces of

Wallduct. Includes assembly

screws. Two coupling angles

included with every straight

body assembly.

Used to hold wires in place

during installation and to close

gap between cover plates if

more than 1/8" [3.2mm]. Snap

in place prior to installing

cover plates. Two wire

retainers are included with

every straight body assembly.

WD350-P60 Straight Partition

WD350-CA Coupling Angle

WD06-WR, WD10-WR, WD18-WR Wire Retainer

60"

[1525mm] 3 1/4"

[83mm]

3 3⁄16"

[81mm]

2" [51mm] 1 1⁄2"

[38mm]

1 1⁄2"

[38mm]

Used in horizontal

elbow to form corner

partition. Assembly

screws included.

WD350-CP Corner partition

[102mm]

9/16"

[14.3mm]

3 1/4"

[83mm]

Used to close off

end of Wallduct run.

Includes assembly

screws.

Surface & Flush End Closures

[25mm]

3 1⁄2"

[89mm]

SURFACE END CLOSURES “A” “B”

WD06W350-ECS 6" [152mm] 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-ECS 10" [254mm] 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-ECS 18" [457mm] 18" [457mm]

FLUSH END CLOSURES “A” “B”

WD06W350-ECF 6" [152mm] 8" [203mm]

WD10W350-ECF 10" [254mm] 12" [305mm]

WD18W350-ECF 18" [457mm] 20" [508mm]

Used to change direction of

Wallduct runs 90° on same

plane. Includes one pair of

coupling angles, one retainer,

and assembly screws.

Complete unit requires one

body and one cover plate.

Horizontal Elbows

3 1⁄2"

[89mm] AA

BODIES "A"

WD06W350-HL 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-HL 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-HL 18" [457mm]

SURFACE COVERS “B”

CP06-HLS 7" [178mm]

CP10-HLS 11" [279mm]

CP18-HLS 19" [482mm]

FLUSH COVERS “B”

CP06-HLF 8" [203mm]

CP10-HLF 12" [305mm]

CP18-HLF 20" [508mm]

BODIES "A"

WD06W350-IL 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-IL 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-IL 18" [457mm]

SURFACE COVERS “B”

CP06-ILS 6" [152mm]

CP10-ILS 10" [254mm]

CP18-ILS 18" [457mm]

FLUSH COVERS “B”

CP06-ILF 8" [203mm]

CP10-ILF 12" [305mm]

CP18-ILF 20" [508mm]

Used to connect vertical

and horizontal run at 90°

when cover plates are on

inside of run. Includes one

pair of coupling angles,

wire retainer, and assembly

screws. Complete unit

requires one elbow body and

one cover plate.

Internal Elbow

[152mm]

NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the

catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for

more information.

Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

619

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Internal elbow used to

change direction 90° while

also allowing for a change

in coverplate orientation.

Shipped as complete unit.

Used to connect vertical

and horizontal run at 90°

when cover plates are on

outside of run. Includes

attached coupling angles,

wire retainer, and assembly

screws. Complete unit

requires one elbow body

and two cover plates. Flush

and Surface Cover catalog

numbers include two covers.

Internal External Elbow

External Elbow

BODIES "A"

WD06W350-EL 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-EL 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-EL 18" [457mm]

SURFACE COVERS “B”

CP06W350-ELS 6" [152mm]

CP10W350-ELS 10" [254mm]

CP18W350-ELS 18" [457mm]

FLUSH COVERS “B”

CP06W350-ELF 8" [203mm]

CP10W350-ELF 12" [305mm]

CP18W350-ELF 20" [508mm]

BODIES "A"

WD06W350-IEL 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-IEL 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-IEL 18" [457mm]

SURFACE COVERS “B”

CP06W350-IELS 6" [152mm]

CP10W350-IELS 10" [254mm]

CP18W350-IELS 18" [457mm]

FLUSH COVERS “B”

CP06W350-IELF 8" [203mm]

CP10W350-IELF 12" [305mm]

CP18W350-IELF 20" [508mm]

[152mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

Used to connect a second

run of Wallduct at 90° angle

to first run. Includes one

pair of coupling angles, one

wire retainer, and assembly

screws. Complete unit

requires one body and one

cover plate.

T-Unit

BODIES “A”

WD06W350-T 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-T 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-T 18" [457mm]

SURFACE COVERS “B”

CP06-TS 7" [178mm]

CP10-TS 11" [279mm]

CP18-TS 19" [482mm]

FLUSH COVERS “B”

CP06-TF 8" [203mm]

CP10-TF 12" [305mm]

CP18-TF 20" [508mm]

3 1/2"

[89mm]

Provides 3" [76mm] straight

through compartment for

one service with crossover

for a second service.

Assembly screws included.

T-Unit Straight Tunnel

3 1⁄4"

[83mm]

[76mm]

TUNIT STRAIGHT TUNNEL “A”

WD06W350-TUN 7 7/8" [200mm]

WD10W350-TUN 11 7/8" [301mm]

WD18W350-TUN 19 7/8" [457mm]

Used in conjunction with

straight partition to form

90° angle – 3" [76mm]

compartment with crossover

in T-Unit. Assembly screws

included.

Right Hand Tunnel

RIGHT HAND TUNNEL “A”

WD06W350-RTUN 4 7/8" [123mm]

WD10W350-RTUN 7 7/8" [200mm]

WD18W350-RTUN 15 7/8" [403mm]

3 1⁄4"

[83mm]

[76mm]

NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the

catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for

more information.

Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

620

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Used in conjunction with

straight partition to form

90° angle – 3" [76mm]

compartment with crossover

in T-Unit. Assembly

screws included.

Provides three equal

compartments for

separation of services in

T-Unit. Assembly screws

included. Purchase

Partition Catalog No.

WD350-P60 to complete

installation. Not available

for 6" [162mm] wide

Wallduct. Not available for

6" [152mm] wide Wallduct.

Left Hand Tunnel

WD10W350-3TUN, WD18W350-3TUN T-Unit Tunnel

WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS

LEFT HAND TUNNEL “A”

WD06W350-LTUN 4 7/8" [123mm]

WD10W350-LTUN 7 7/8" [200mm]

WD18W350-LTUN 15 7/8" [403mm]

3 1⁄4"

[83mm]

[76mm]

Partitions

Bridge

Tunnel

Partitions

Used in conjunction with

WDX-350SES to provide

partition within the elbow.

WD350-PSE Internal Sweep Elbow Partition

X-Unit

WD10W350-3TUN, WD18W350-3TUN X-Unit Tunnel

BODIES “A”

WD06W350-X 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-X 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-X 18" [457mm]

SURFACE COVERS “B”

CP06-XS 8" [203mm]

CP10-XS 12" [304mm]

CP18-XS 20" [508mm]

FLUSH COVERS “B”

CP06-XF 8" [203mm]

CP10-XF 12" [305mm]

CP18-XF 20" [508mm]

Used to connect two

intersecting runs of Wallduct

at 90° angle. Includes one

pair of coupling angles, one

wire retainer, and assembly

screws. Complete unit

requires one body and one

cover plate.

Provides three equal

compartments

for separation of

services in X-Unit.

Assembly screws

included. Purchase

Partition, Catalog

No. WD350-P60

separately to

complete installation.

Not available for

6" [162mm] wide

Wallduct.

3 1/2"

[89mm]

X-Unit Crossover

XUNIT CROSSOVER “A”

WD06W350-XTUN 3 7/8" [98mm]

WD10W350-XTUN 6 7/8" [174mm]

WD18W350-XTUN 14 7/8" [377mm]

Used to provide a 90°

angle – 3" [76mm]

compartment with

crossover in X-Unit.

Assembly screws

included.

[76mm]

3 1⁄4"

[83mm]

[25mm]

Partition

Bridge

Partition

Tunnel

Partitions

NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the

catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for

more information.

Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

Complete X-Unit assembly

requires two X-Unit Tunnel units.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

621

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

Sweep Elbow

Reducer Coupling

Cabinet Connector/Dropout

WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CONNECTOR/DROP OUT “A”

WD06W350-CC/DO 5 3/4" [146mm]

WD10W350-CC/DO 9 3/4" [247mm]

WD18W350-CC/DO 17 3/4" [450mm]

SWEEP ELBOW “A”

WD06W350-SES 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-SES 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-SES 18" [457mm]

REDUCER COUPLING “A”

WD350-RO2 2" [51mm]

WD350-RO4 4" [102mm]

Used to connect vertical and

horizontal runs of Wallduct

at a 90° angle with a 45°

internal sweep radius.

Includes one pair of coupling

angles and assembly

screws. For partition, use

Catalog No. WDXXW350-PSE

Series.

Used to reduce Wallduct

width by 4" [102mm] or 8"

[204mm]. Two-piece unit

allows 18" [457mm] wide

Wallduct to be reduced to

10" [254mm] wide, or 10"

[254mm] wide to be reduced

to 6" [152mm] wide. Can

also be used on other sizes

as needed. Assembly

screws included.

Used to connect ends of

Wallduct run to panel/

cabinet. Also used to

connect two runs of Wallduct

at 90° angle when one run

butts up to the bottom or

top of the other. Assembly

screws included.

14"

[356mm]

14"

[356mm] 3 1⁄2"

[89mm]

3 1⁄2"

[89mm]

3 1⁄4"

[82mm]

25mm]

For use with GE medical

equipment. Attaches to

6" x 3 1/2" [152mm x 89mm],

10" x 3 1/2" [254m x 89mm],

or 18" x 3 1/2" [457mm x

89mm] horizontal surface

Wallduct. Not available

in aluminum.

Used to form a junction

between flush and surface

Wallduct at a 90° angle.

Includes assembly screws,

clips, one wire retainer, and

two coupling angles.

Two-piece cover with

grommeted hole in center.

Can be installed at any

location by match drilling

eight holes in duct body

flanges and attaching speed

nuts. Includes assembly

screws and grommet.

Sweep Cabinet Connector

Transition

Access Cover Plate

2 1⁄2"

[64mm]

10 1⁄2"

[266mm] 8"

[203mm]

SWEEP CONNECTOR “A”

WD06W350-SWCCS 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-SWCCS 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-SWCCS 18" [457mm]

SURFACE COVERS “A”

WD06-ACPS 6" [152mm]

WD10-ACPS 10" [254mm]

WD18-ACPS 18" [457mm]

FLUSH COVERS “A”

WD06-ACPF 8" [254mm]

WD10-ACPF 12" [305mm]

WD18-ACPF 20" [508mm]

TRANSITION “A” “B”

WD06W350-FST 6" [152mm] 8" [203mm]

WD10W350-FST 10" [254mm] 12" [304mm]

WD18W350-FST 18" [457mm] 20" [508mm]

[25mm] BDuct Body

Surface

Cover Plate

Duct Body

Flush

[152mm]

3"x 8" [76mm x 203mm] Hole

12"

[305mm]

NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the

catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for more

information.

Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

622

INFLOOR DUCTS

WIREMOLD

WALLDUCT RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Used to connect horizontal

and vertical runs of

Wallduct at a 90° angle

with sweep radius. Includes

one pair of coupling angles

and assembly screws. Not

available in flush cover

version.

Used to connect end of

Wallduct run to panel

cabinet. Assembly screws

included. Use .166" [4.2mm]

diameter (#19 drill) for

assembly. Not available in

flush cover version or in

aluminum.

Used to drop cables and

wires from Wallduct

in ceiling to imaging

equipment. Available in 10"

[254mm] width only. Units

have adjustable depth.

Sweep Tee

Flanged Cabinet Connector

Ceiling Drop Out

CEILING DROP OUT “A”

WD-10CDO 4" [102mm] to 5 3/4" [146mm]

WD-10CDOD 5 1/2" [140mm] to 7 1/4" [184mm]

SWEEP TEE “A”

WD06W350-SWTS 6" [152mm]

WD10W350-SWTS 10" [254mm]

WD18W350-SWTS 18" [457mm]

FLANGED CONNECTOR “A”

WD06W350-FCCS 16" [406mm]

WD10W350-FCCS 22" [559mm]

WD06W350-FCCF 18" [457mm]

WD10W350-FCCF 24" [610mm]

WD18W350-FCCF 26" [660mm]

10"

[254mm]

10"

[254mm]

[152mm]

10"

[254mm]

Hardware bag with twelve (12) 10/32 x 1/4" palnut chips.

1000883 Wallduct Replacement Hardware

Hardware bag with twelve (12) 10/32 x 7/8" panhead screws.

1002412 Steel Wallduct Replacement Hardware

Hardware bag with twelve (12) panhead screws.

1002414

Aluminum Wallduct Replacement Hardware

Applied to edges of Wallduct and fittings where cables

egress to protect against damage to cable insulation.

Packed 100' of grommet per unit.

686039-100FT Wallduct Grommet

NOTE: To order aluminum products, add the letter “A” to the beginning of the

catalog number. Custom sizes are available. Consult the factory for

more information.

Wallduct Fittings Ordering Information (continued)

663

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FIRE STOP FITTINGS

FIRESTOP FITTINGS

Wiremold® FlameStopper™ Series Thru-Wall/Thru-Floor Fittings are

designed to provide a firestopping solution in a unique integral fitting

that can be used for both new and retrofit construction.

665

FlameStopper™ Series

Thru-Wall & Thru-Floor Fittings

Table of Contents

664

FIRE STOP FITTINGS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FIRESTOP FITTINGS

FlameStopper FS2R & FS4R Series Through-Wall UL Ratings

Flame: The F Rating (F and FH in Canada) is expressed in hours. This number indicates the specific length of time that

a barrier can withstand fire before being consumed or before permitting the passage of flame through

the opening.

Temperature: The T Rating (FT and FTH in Canada) is expressed in hours. This number indicates the length of time that

the temperature on the non-fire side of the penetration does not exceed 325 degrees F above the ambient

temperature.

Air Leakage: The L Rating is expressed in CFM. This number indicates the amount of air (or cold smoke) that can leak

through a penetration.

Through-Wall Ratings for FS2R & FS4R Series

(UL Ratings for FS2R and FS4R Series when used alone for new construction or when used with heat shield for retrofit applications.)

NOTE: Minimum 4 1/2" [114mm] thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 pcf) [1600-2400 kg/m3] concrete floor.

Maximum diameter of opening is 4 1/2" [114mm].

UL RATINGS (US RATINGS) MAX. RATING

F Rating with & without cables 4 Hours

T Rating with coax cable 4 Hours

T Rating with fiber optic cable 4 Hours

T Rating with Max. 1" fiber optic rcwy. with fiber optic fill 4 Hours

T Rating with Max. 4-pair cable (22 ga & smaller) 3 Hours

T Rating with Max. 4 conductor (2AWG & smaller) 1 Hour

T Rating with Max. 100-pair cable (24 ga & smaller) 1 Hour

T Rating with Max. 400-pair cable (24 ga & smaller) 45 Minutes

T Rating with MC cable (8 wire max. 12 ga & smaller) 15 Minutes

L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm

L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm

L Rating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm

L Rating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm

Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes

UL RATINGS (CANADIAN RATINGS) MAX. RATING

F & FH Rating with & without cables 4 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with coax cable 4 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with fiber optic cable 4 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with Max. 1" fiber optic raceway with

fiber optic fill

4 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with Max. 4-pair cable (22 ga & smaller) 3 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with Max. 4 conductor (2AWG & smaller) 1 Hour

FT & FTH Rating with Max. 100-pair cable (24 ga & smaller) 1 Hour

FT & FTH Rating with Max. 400-pair cable (24 ga & smaller) 45 Minutes

FT & FTH Rating with MC cable (8 wire max. 12 ga &

smaller)

15 Minutes

L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm

L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm

L Rating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm

L Rating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm

Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes

Through-Wall Ratings for FS2R & FS4R Series

(When used with wall plate for retrofit applications.)

UL RATINGS (US RATINGS) MAX. RATING

F Rating with & without cables 2 Hours

T Rating with Max. 4-pair cable (22 ga & smaller) 1.25 Hours

T Rating with coax cable 1 Hour

T Rating with fiber optic cable 1.25 Hours

T Rating with Max. 1" fiber optic raceway with

fiber optic fill

1.25 Hours

T Rating with MC cable (8 wire max. 12 ga & smaller) 15 Minutes

L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 1.7 cfm

L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.8 cfm

L Rating at ambient with cables 3.3 cfm

L Rating at 400°F with cables 2.0 cfm

Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes

UL RATINGS (CANADIAN RATINGS) MAX. RATING

F & FH Rating with & without cables 2 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with Max. 4-pair cable (22 ga & smaller) 1.25 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with coax cable 1 Hour

FT & FTH Rating with fiber optic cable 1.25 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with Max. 1" fiber optic raceway with

fiber optic fill

1.25 Hours

FT & FTH Rating with MC cable (8 wire max. 12 ga &

smaller)

15 Minutes

L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm

L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm

L Rating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm

L Rating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm

Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes

UL RATINGS (CANADIAN RATINGS) MAX. RATING

F Rating with & without cables 3 Hours

T Rating without cables 3 Hours

T Rating with coax cable 3 Hour

T Rating with fiber optic cable 3 Hours

T Rating with Max. 4-pair cables (22 ga. or smaller) 3 Hours

T Rating with Max. 4-conductor (2 ga. or smaller) 45 Minutes

T Rating with Max. 100-pair cables (24 ga. or smaller) 1 Hour

T Rating with Max. 400-pair cables (24 ga. or smaller) 45 Minutes

T Rating with MC cable (8 wire Max. 12 ga. or smaller) 15 Minutes

L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm

L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm

L Rating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm

L Rating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm

Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes

Through-Floor Ratings for FS2R & FS4R Series

(When used alone.)

UL RATINGS (US RATINGS) MAX. RATING

F Rating with & without cables 3 Hours

T Rating without cables 3 Hours

T Rating with coax cable 3 Hour

T Rating with fiber optic cable 3 Hours

T Rating with Max. 4-pair cables (22 ga. or smaller) 3 Hours

T Rating with Max. 4-conductor (2 ga. or smaller) 45 Minutes

T Rating with Max. 100-pair cables (24 ga. or smaller) 1 Hour

T Rating with Max. 400-pair cables (24 ga. or smaller) 45 Minutes

T Rating with MC cable (8 wire Max. 12 ga. or smaller) 15 Minutes

L Rating at ambient without cables (doors closed) 2.6 cfm

L Rating at 400°F without cables (doors closed) 1.9 cfm

L Rating at ambient with cables 2.8 cfm

L Rating at 400°F with cables 1.3 cfm

Suitable for use in air handling spaces (plenums) Yes

665

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FIRE STOP FITTINGS

CODE REFERENCE

UL Listed Classified

Fire Stop Devices:

File R21765.

FLAMESTOPPER

™

SERIES

FlameStopper™ Thru-Wall and Thru-Floor Fittings

FlameStopper™ Thru-Wall and Thru-Floor Fittings provide superior

fire protection and ease-of-installation.

CABLE TYPE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. FS2

MAXIMUM

FILL

FS4

MAXIMUM

FILLINCHES [MM]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED

PAIR

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 [4.8] 71 312

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 (5.3) 58 255

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 (6.3) 41 180

TELEPHONE 2-pair, 24 AWG 0.140 [3.6] 130 574

25-pair, 24 AWG 0.410 [10.4] 15 67

50-pair, 24 AWG 0.580 [14.7] 7 33

100-pair, 24 AWG 0.700 [17.8] 5 22

400-pair, 24 AWG 1.470 [37.3] 1 5

COAXIAL RG58/U 0.195 [5.0] 197 296

RG59/U 0.242 [6.1] 43 192

RG62/U 0.242 [6.1] 43 192

RG6/U 0.270 [6.9] 32 140

FIBER OPTIC 2 Count 0.180 [4.6] 79 347

4 Count 0.210 [5.3] 58 255

24 Count 0.400 [10.2] 16 70

48 Count 0.450 [11.4] 12 55

96 Count 0.560 [14.2] 8 35

FlameStopper Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE TYPE

O.D. APPROX. DIA. FS2

MAXIMUM

FILL

FS4

MAXIMUM

FILLINCHES [MM]

MAXIMUM 4 COND.

NO. 2 AWG

(OR SMALLER)

COPPER

CONDUCTOR

CABLE WITH

XLPE/PVX

INSULATION

AND PVC JACKET

0.375 [9.5] 18 80

0.500 [12.7] 10 45

0.625 [15.9] 6 28

0.750 [19.1] 4 20

0.875 [22.2] 3 14

1.000 [25.4] 12 11

1.125 [28.6] 2 8

MAXIMUM 8 COND.

NO. 12 AWG MC

(METAL CLAD)

CABLE

0.375 [9.5] 18 80

0.500 [12.7] 10 45

0.625 [15.9] 6 28

0.655 [16.9] 5 26

FlameStopper Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power

COLOR OPTIONS

FlameStopper Series™ Thru-Wall and Thru-Floor Fittings are

available in either red or a paintable A60 galvaneal finish.

666

FIRE STOP FITTINGS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

FLAMESTOPPER

™

SERIES

Ordering Information

3 3/4"

[95mm]

3 5/8"

[92mm] 1 3/4"

[44mm]

7 5/8"

[194mm]

7 5/8"

[194mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm] 5/8"

[15.9mm]

7/8"

[22.2mm]

For transitioning cable through

fire rated walls/floors for both

new and retrofit applications.

Available in red (FS2R-RED),

or a paintable A60 galvaneal

finish (FS2R-GA). UL System

W-L-3264 and W-J-3137.

Precut to 7 5/8" [194mm] to fit

standard gypsum fire walls

with a two-hour fire rating

(6" [152mm] wall thickness).

FSPCC4758 Precut Conduit 4" Trade Size EMT

Precut to 7 5/8" [194mm] to fit

standard gypsum fire walls

with a two-hour fire rating

(6" [152mm] wall thickness).

FSPCC2758 Precut Conduit 2" Trade Size EMT

For use with SpecMate™ or

Cablofil® brand cable trays

to provide ground continuity.

Electroplated aluminum. Dual

rated for copper and aluminum

conductors, No. 2 to 14 gage

cable.

SPMGL Grounding Lug

6 3/8"

[162mm]

3 3/4"

[95mm]

6 3/8"

[162mm]

6 1/8"

[155mm]

10"

[254mm]

12"

[305mm] 12"

[305mm]

10"

[254mm]

[203mm] 8"

[203mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

[153mm] 1 3/4"

[44mm]

For transitioning cable through

fire rated walls/floors for both

new and retrofit applications.

Available in red (FS4R-RED),

or a paintable A60 galvaneal

finish (FS4R-GA). UL System

W-L-3264 and W-J-3137.

1 3/8"

[35mm] For use with Cablofil® brand

wire basket trays to provide

ground continuity. Electroplated

aluminum. Dual rated for copper

and aluminum conductors, No. 2 to

8 gage cable.

FS4R Firestop 4" Trade Size EMT Conduit Fitting WBSBC Split Bolt Connector

Used only when an existing

installed conduit extends 1"

[25mm] to 6" [152mm] beyond the

wall surface.

FS2R Firestop 2" Trade Size EMT Conduit Fitting FS4RHS Heat Shield 4" Trade Size Conduit

Used only when an existing

installed conduit extends 1"

[25mm] to 6" [152mm] beyond the

wall surface.

FS2RHS Heat Shield 2" Trade Size Conduit

Kit includes 4" trade size split

conduit sleeve to enclose existing

cables, and 12" x 12" [305mm x

305mm] ceramic heat protected

wall plate to cover irregular hole

cuts. For use with FS4R Series

Firestop.

FS4RWP12 Retrofit Kit for Existing Installations

Kit includes 2" trade size split

conduit sleeve to enclose existing

cables, and 8" x 8" [203mm x

203mm] ceramic heat protected

wall plate to cover irregular hole

cuts. For use with FS2R Series

Firestop.

FS2RWP8 Retrofit Kit for Existing Installations

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

623

POLES AND COLUMNS

Tele-Power® Pole

Extender 650

POLES AND COLUMNS

Wiremold® Vertical Solutions are innovative pathways for delivering power and

communication services to open office or retail environments.

Vista Point5™

Architectural

Columns

641

Tele-Power® Poles provide a wide range of options

for distributing services from overhead systems to

open space office, commercial, and retail areas.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

624

POLES AND COLUMNS

Vista™ Architectural Columns

Vista™ Point5 Architectural Columns

Vista™ CP Consolidation Point

POLES AND COLUMNS

Table of Contents

641

634

VLWAP VISTA™ Wireless Access Point Enclosure

Custom Tele-Power® Poles

Vertical Drop Poles

647

656

659

627

Tele-Power® Poles

648

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

625

POLES AND COLUMNS

WIREMOLD

POLES AND COLUMNS

Quick Selection Guide

Round

3 25/32"

[96mm]

8 29/32"

[226mm]

3 25/32"

[96mm]

13 3/8"

[340mm]

Large

Small

Square

3 25/32"

[96mm]

8 29/32"

[226mm]

3 25/32"

[96mm]

13 3/8"

[340mm]

Large

Small

10'6"

[3.2m]

Ceiling Trim Piece

Frame

Structure

Floor Trim Piece

Front

Access

Plate

Knockouts

End Channel

Center

Panel

30TP-4V

[76mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm] 14 1/4"

[3.7m]

Power

Communications

[25mm]

25DTP-4

COMMUNICATIONS

POWER

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2 5/16"

[59mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[25mm]

15.875"

[403mm]

30TP-2V

COMMUNICATIONS

POWER

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

1 17/32"

[39mm]

[25mm]

14 1/4"

[3.7m]

Steel Tele-Power™ PolesVista™ Architectural Column

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

626

POLES AND COLUMNS

AMDTP-4

POWER

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2 5/16"

[59mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[25mm]

COMMUNICATIONS

[25mm]

15 7/8"

[4.03m]

[127mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

NP800C-10-2B

ALTP SERIES

12"

[305mm]

[51mm]

POLES AND COLUMNS

Quick Selection Guide

Aluminum Tele-Power® Poles

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

627

POLES AND COLUMNS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Vista™ Architectural Columns provide aesthetically pleasing configurable

solutions for power, A/V and communication services in open spaces.

Vista Architectural Column System layout

3 25/32"

[96mm]

13 3/8"

[340mm]

Large

Overall Dimensions

Round

3 25/32"

[96mm]

8 29/32"

[226mm]

Small

3 25/32"

[96mm]

13 3/8"

[340mm]

Large

SQUARE

3 25/32"

[96mm]

8 29/32"

[226mm]

Small

Ceiling Trim Piece

Frame Structure

Floor

Trim Piece

Front

Access Plate

End Channel

Center Panel

Knockouts

3/4" & 1"

Trade Size

Knockouts

VISTA™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

628

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

Vista Wire Fill Capacity for Power

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN 6 AWG 8 AWG 10 AWG 12 AWG 14 AWG

One End Channel

Round or Square 7 9 16 26 35

Center (Large) 28 36 64 104 140

Center (Small) 14 18 32 52 70

One Extension

Round or Square 4 6 10 16 22

Vista Wire Fill Capacity for Communication

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D.

ONE

SQUARE

END

CHANNEL

ONE

ROUND

END

CHANNEL

LARGE

CENTER

SMALL

CENTER

ONE

SQUARE

EXTENSION

ONE

ROUND

EXTENSION

Inches [mm]

Un-Shielded

Twisted

Pair

2-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

3-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

25-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

0.140

0.150

0.190

0.410

0.220

0.250

[3.6]

[3.8]

[4.8]

[10.4]

[5.6]

[6.3]

190

165

103

150

131

114

Shielded

Twisted

Pair

Type 1, 22 AWG

Type 2, 22 AWG

Type 3, 22 AWG

0.390

0.465

0.245

[9.9]

[11.8]

[6.2]

Coaxial RG58/U, 20 AWG

RG58/U, 22 AWG

RG6/U, 22 AWG

RG6/U, 18 AWG

0.195

0.242

0.270

[5.0]

[6.1]

[6.1}

[6.9]

Twinaxial 100 Ohm 0.330 [8.4] 34 27 12 6 23 71

Fiber Optic 0.180 [4.6] 103 81 44 22 71 51

NOTE: Capacity range is calculated at 40% of raceway area as stated in a proposed revisions to the Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication

Pathways & Spaces, EIA/TIA-569. Actual wire fill capacity may vary based on applications, cable types, and number, as well as type of fittings.

(Fittings may cause additional variances to the fill capacity.)

VL662345 In-Stock Large Vista Column

VS662345 In-Stock Small Vista Column

Vista Architectural Columns In-Stock Columns Ordering Information

Small profile frame, round end channels, anodized

aluminum finish. Accepts all adapters. Two 20A

duplex receptacles located 27" [686mm] above

floor. Includes one VSFF plate at bottom back side

of pole. Dimensions: 10'6" x 8 29/32" x 3 25/32"

[3200mm x 276mm x 96mm].

Large profile frame, round end channels, anodized

aluminum finish. Accepts all adapters. Three 20A

duplex receptacles located 27" [686mm] above

floor. Includes one VLFF plate at bottom back side

of pole. Dimensions: 10'6" x 13 3/8" x 3 25/32"

[3200mm x 340mm x 96mm].

VS662345FF Small Furniture Feed Vista Column

Small profile frame, round end channels, anodized

aluminum finish. Furniture feed. Includes one VSFF

plate at bottom back side of pole. Dimensions: 10'6"

x 8 29/32" x 3 25/32" [3200mm x 226mm x 96mm].

VL662345FF Large Furniture Feed Vista Column

Large profile frame, round end channels, anodized

aluminum finish. Furniture feed. Includes one VLFF

plate at bottom back side of pole. Dimensions: 10'6"

x 13 3/8" x 3 25/32" [3200mm x 340mm x 96mm].

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

629

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

Tempered aluminum with heavy gauge

steel cross supports with two (2) 3/4" and

1" trade size concentric KOs. Accepts 4

3/4" [121mm] wide center panel.

Vista Architectural Columns In-Stock Columns Ordering Information

Small profile 24" [610mm] frame extension,

round end channels, anodized aluminum finish.

Large profile 24" [610mm] frame extension,

round end channels, anodized aluminum finish.

VES66234524 In-Stock Small Vista Column Ext.

Vista Architectural Columns In-Stock Columns Ordering Information

VLWAP Vista Wireless Access Point Enclosure

Vista solution for mounting wireless access

points. Large frame Vista with anodized round

end channels and center panels. Furniture

feed style access, 10'6" [3.2m] tall. Has

tempered glass panels to conceal access

point. Front panel is hinged and lockable.

Compartment measures 17 1/2" x 7 1/4" x 2

1/2" [445mm x 183mm x 64mm].

Front

View

Rear

View

Tempered aluminum with heavy gauge

steel cross supports with two (2) 3/4" and

1" trade size concentric KOs. Accepts

4 3/4" [121mm] wide center panel.

VEL66234524 In-Stock Large Vista Column Ext.

3 13/16"

[97mm]

[51mm] Tempered aluminum. Anodized

finish or painted. Channel snaps

onto frame.

Round End Channel

3 13/16"

[97mm]

[51mm] Tempered aluminum. Anodized

finish or painted. Channel snaps

onto frame.

Square End Channel

Small Frame

Large Frame

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

630

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

Furniture Feed = FF

Data Device Plates – Ortronics®

Series II or TracJack Adapters = RT*

Open System Adapters = CM*

AV Device Plates

Extron® Electronics MAAP –

(Has openings for 8 Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® MAAP Modules.

1 MAB Adapter included.) = EM

Extron® Electronics AAP –

(Has openings for 6 AAP Modules.

1 MAB Adapter included.) = EA

Crestron® Quick Media –

(Has openings for 1 two gang

or 2 single gang wall plates.

1 MAAP Adapter included.) = CR

Vista Architectural Column Frame Options Ordering Information

* RT and CM options include one each

electrical device plate with spec grade

duplex receptacle(s), single 120V circuit

and communications plate with

adapter(s) installed.

Duplex receptacles are located at 27"

[686mm] above the finish floor.

Communications modules are located

at 21" [533mm] above the finish floor.

Vista Architectural Column Panel Options Ordering Information

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

Aluminum:

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

Woodgrain Laminate:

Amber Cherry = 4407

Mahogany = 4410

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

Maple Fusion = 4401

Shaker Cherry = 4408

Fonthill Pear = 4406

Congo Spruce = 4451

Copper Bubinga = 4456

Natural Pear = 4411

Biltmore Cherry = 4413

Asian Sun = 4467

Metal Laminate:

Vertical Corrugated Matte Aluminum = 4748

Ragged Copper = 1999

Matte Aluminum Footplate = 2046

Light Hammer Copper = 2121

Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

Fabric:

Quartz = 3805

Lavender Natural = 4055

Blue Neutral = 4105

Wedgewood = 1505

Grey Mix = 2385

Lake = 0995

Malibu = 0375

Globe = 0245

Flax = 0615

Daylight Blue = 0305

Glass:

Heavy Frost = 8675

NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there are other colors not incdicated here, send in a color

chip as most colors can be matched.

Size:

Small = S

Large = L

Prefix:

Frame = VF

End Channel:

Round = 66

Square = 77

Plate & End

Channel Color: Adapter: Device/Adapter Color:

Light Gray = GY

White = WH

Ivory/Light Almond = IV

Black = BK

No Device/Adapters = ZZ

Panel:

Center Panel = P

Glass Panel = G

No Panel = X

V F

Panel Finish:

Size:

Small = S

Large = L

Prefix:

Frame = VP

Panel Type:

Aluminum = A3

Wood Grain = N3

Metal Finish = M3

Glass Finish = G4

Fabric = F8

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

631

POLES AND COLUMNS

VLRT* Device Cover

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Has three (3) mini adapters for

Wiremold CM Series Open System

communications devices.

VLCM* Device Cover

VISTA™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

Has three (3) duplex receptacle

cutouts

Has three (3) mini adapters for

Ortronics® Series II or TracJack

devices.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Vista Architectural Column Add-On Plates for Large Frame Vista Series Ordering Information

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Has two (2) concentric 1" and 3/4"

trade size knockouts, and two (2)

multiple twistout mouse holes. One

furniture feed plate is installed on

the assembly.

VLFF Furniture Feed Plate

VL3D Device Cover

Has openings for one (1) two-gang

or two (2) single-gang Crestron®

Quick Media wall plate(s) and one

mini adapter (included). Standard

color/material is anodized

aluminum or black.

VLCR** AV Device Cover

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLEA** AV Device Cover

Has openings for six (6) Extron®

Electronics AAP modules and one

mini adapter (included). Standard

color/material is anodized

aluminum or black.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLEM** AV Device Cover

Has openings for eight (8)

Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP modules and

one mini adapter (included).

Standard color/material is

anodized aluminum or black.

*Refer to the list of colors in chart on page 582 for the four-digit code number.

Add “C”prefix to catalog number to denote Canadian version – Agency approved for

sale in Canada.

**Products are ETL Listed.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

632

POLES AND COLUMNS

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

Vista Architectural Column Add-On Plates for Small Frame Vista Series Ordering Information

VSRT* Device Cover

VSFF* Furniture Feed Plate

VSCM* Device Cover

VSEA** AV Device Plate

VSCR** AV Device Plate

Has two (2) duplex receptacle

cutouts.

Has one mini adapter for

Ortronics® Series II or TracJack

devices.

Has one mini adapter for

Wiremold CM Series Open System

communication devices.

Has two concentric and 3/4" trade

size KOs, and one multiple twistout

mouse hole. One furniture feed

plate is installed on the assembly.

Has openings for four (4) Extron®

Electronics AAP modules.

Standard color/material is

anodized aluminum or black.

Has openings for one (1) two-gang or

two (2) single-gang Crestron® Quick

Media wall plate(s). Standard color/

material is anodized aluminum or

black.

VISTA™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

VSEM** AV Device Plate

Has openings for four (4) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics MAAP

modules. Standard color/material is

anodized aluminum or black.

Accommodates commercially

available lights weighing up to 10 lbs.

[4.5kg].

*Refer to the list of colors in chart on page 582 for the four-digit code number.

Add “C”prefix to catalog number to denote Canadian version – Agency

approved for sale in Canada.

**Products are ETL Listed.

VS2D* Device Cover

VSLB* Lighting Bracket

Plate Color:

Refer to color list

on the previous

page, enter

4-digit code

Base:

Enter Catalog

Number from

above choices

Adapter Color:

Light Gray = GY

White = WH

Ivory/Lt. Almond = IV

Black = BK

No Device Adapter = ZZ

Device Plate Part Number Configurator

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

633

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

Woodgrain Laminate:

Amber Cherry = 4407

Mahogany = 4410

Maple Fusion = 4401

Shaker Cherry = 4408

Fonthill Pear = 4406

Congo Spruce = 4451

Copper Bubinga = 4456

Natural Pear = 4411

Biltmore Cherry = 4413

Asian Sun = 4467

Metal Laminate:

Vertical Corrugated Matte

Aluminum = 4748

Ragged Copper = 1999

Matte Aluminum Footplate = 2046

Light Hammer Copper = 2121

Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171

Fabric:

Quartz = 3805

Lavender Neutral = 4055

Blue Neutral = 4105

Wedgewood = 1505

Grey Mix = 2385

Lake = 0245

Malibu = 0375

Globe = 0245

Flax = 0615

Daylight Blue = 0305

Extension Kit Options –

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

Accommodates ceiling heights

between 10' [3m] and 15' [4.5m].

Includes hardware for attaching

to main section. Round or square

shapes available. Includes a

center panel.

For a full color view, bill of materials, or to request a quote for Vista Open-Space

Power and Communication Delivery, check out www.legrand.us.

Configuration Example

The product shown at the right is made of the

following components:

Frame

Large Frame with Square Anodized

Aluminum End Channels

Catalog number: VFL772345FFZZP

Center Panel

Large Wood Grain Laminate Panel

Catalog number: VPLA34410

Extension Kit (Optional)

Large Square Anodized End Channels

with Mahogany Wood Laminate Panels

and 24" [610mm] extension

Catalog number: VEL772345441024

All solutions include a furniture feed plate.

Vista Architectural Columns Part Configuration

Vista Architectural Column Extension Kit Ordering Information

Size:

Small = S

Large = L

Shape:

Round = 66

Square = 77

Height:

24" [610mm] = 24

60" [1.52m] = 60

End Channel

Finish:

Prefix:

Frame = VE

V E

Panel Finish:

NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there

are other colors not incdicated here,

send in a color chip as most colors

can be matched.

Design your own

Vista Architectural Column

online at www.legrand.us/tools-

resources/

wiremold & click on vista configurator

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

634

POLES AND COLUMNS

Ortronics 89D

Patch Panel –

12 Ports Max Per

Patch Panel

(not provided)

Door Pull

Front View

Duplex Outlets

Communication

Ports

126"

[3.2m]

60"

[1.52m]

[152mm]

[152mm] 24"

[610mm]

12"

[305mm]

Rear View

27"

[686mm]

Data Cable Exit Hole

For Up To

48 Cat 6 Cables

3 25/32"

[96mm]

13 3/8"

[340mm]

Round

Large

3 25/32"

[96mm]

13 3/8"

[340mm]

Square

Large

Open and closed views of a Vista CP installation.

VISTA CP™ CONSOLIDATION POINT

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet

Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Vista CP™ Consolidation Point provides configurable solutions for

zoned cabling in open spaces.

Vista CP Consolidation Point System Layout

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

635

POLES AND COLUMNS

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. ONE

SQUARE

END

CHANNEL

ONE

ROUND

END

CHANNEL

LARGE

CENTER

ONE

SQUARE

EXTENSION

ONE ROUND

EXTENSION

Inches [mm]

Unshielded

Twisted Pair 2-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

3-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

25-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

0.140

0.150

0.190

0.410

0.220

0.250

[3.6]

[3.8]

[4.8]

[10.4]

[5.6]

[6.3]

190

165

103

150

131

114

Shielded

Twisted Pair Type 1, 22 AWG

Type 2, 22 AWG

Type 3, 22 AWG

0.390

0.465

0.245

[9.9]

[11.8]

[6.2]

Coaxial RG58/U, 20 AWG

RG58/U, 22 AWG

RG6/U, 22 AWG

RG6/U, 18 AWG

0.195

0.242

0.270

[5.0]

[6.1]

[6.1}

[6.9]

Twinaxial 100 Ohm 0.330 [8.4] 34 27 12 23 71

Fiber Optic 0.180 [4.6] 103 81 44 71 51

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN 6 AWG 8 AWG 10

AWG

One End Channel

Round or Square 7 9 16 26 35

Center (Large) 28 36 64 104 140

One Extension

Round or Square 4 6 10 16 22

VISTA CP™ CONSOLIDATION POINT

Vista CP Consolidation Point Wire Fill Capacity for Communication

NOTE: Capacity range is calculated at 40% of raceway area as stated in a proposed revisions to the Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication

Pathways & Spaces, EIA/TIA-569. Actual wire fill capacity may vary based on applications, cable types, and number, as well as type of fittings.

(Fittings may cause additional variances to the fill capacity.)

Vista CP Consolidation Point Wire Fill Capacity for Power

The Vista Column Consolidation Point

accommodates the 89D style patch

panel, 12 ports maximum, and up to 4

panels per column.

Ortronics® Clarity5E TM or Clarity6 TM

Modular to 110 Mini Patch Panels are an

ideal solution.

Patch Panel Options

CAT. NO. DETAILS

VLCP662345 Large Anodized Aluminum Frame with round

channels, Ortronics TracJack and Series 2 adapters

in gray. Accommodates a 10' [3m] ceiling.

Anodized Aluminum Panel for the back of the Vista

Column.

Anodized Aluminum Door with a keyed lock and

flush, black door pull, 60" [5.2m] length.

VEL6623524 Extension for the column to accommodate up to 12'

[3.7m] ceilings.7

Vista CP Consolidation Point In-Stock Columns

Ordering Information

Vista Consolidation Point (CP)

Columns provide channels that conceal wires and cables behind a decorative

center panel and incorporate a user-installed patch panel with easy, secured

access through a lockable door. They can be placed anywhere in an open space,

providing maximum communication flexibility and unique design elements.

These modular columns are easily relocated to accommodate changing space

requirements.

VEL66234524VLCP662345

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

636

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA CP™ CONSOLIDATION POINT

3 13/16"

[97mm]

[51mm]

Vista CP Consolidation Point Frame Options Ordering Information

Large Frame

Tempered aluminum with heavy

gauge steel cross supports with

four (4) 3/4” and 1” trade size

concentric KOs. Accepts 9 1/4"

[235mm] wide center panel.

Round End Channel

Tempered aluminum.

Anodized finish or painted.

Channel snaps onto frame.

3 13/16"

[97mm]

[51mm]

For a full color view of the Vista CP Consolidation Point,

check out www.legrand.us.

Configuration Example

The product shown at the right is made of the

following components:

Frame

Large Frame with Round Anodized

Aluminum End Channels

Catalog Number: VFL662345FFZZD

Center Panel

Large Locked Door Panel

Catalog Number: VY602345L2Y

Rear Center Panel

Large Aluminum Panel

Catalog Number: VPLY2345

Extension Kit (Optional)

Large Round End Channels

Catalog Number: VEL662345234524

All solutions include a furniture feed plate.

Square End Channel

Tempered aluminum. Anodized

finish or painted. Channel snaps

onto frame.

Vista CP Consolidation Point Part Configuration

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

637

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA CP™ CONSOLIDATION POINT

Vista CP Consolidation Point Center Panel Door Options Ordering Information

Aluminum:

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

Height:

60" [1.25m] = 60

Prefix:

Door = VY

Handle:

Black Flush Door Pull = 1

Nickel-Plated Knob = 2

Color: Opening:

Left Hinged = L

Right Hinged = R

6 0

Keyed Lock:

Yes = Y

No = N

NOTE: Send in a color chip. Most colors can

be matched.

DOOR OPENING OPTIONS:

Left-Handed

Opening (L)

Right-Handed

Opening (R)

DOOR HANDLE OPTIONS:

Black Flush

Door Pull (1) –

Black plastic sits

flush to surface of

door.

Nickel-Plated

Knob (2) –

Nickel finish knob.

NOTE: The bottom of the door is located

24" [610mm] from the finish floor.

13 1/8"

[333mm]

13 1/8"

[333mm]

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

Vista CP Consolidation Point Frame Options Ordering Information

* RT and CM options include one each electrical device

plate with spec grade duplex receptacle(s), single

120V circuit and communications plate with adapter(s)

installed.

Duplex receptacles are located at 27" [686mm] above the

finish floor.

Communications modules are located at 21" [533mm]

above the finish floor.

Furniture Feed = FF

Data Device Plates – Ortronics®

Series II or TracJack Adapters = RT*

Open System Adapters = CM*

AV Device Plates

Extron® Electronics MAAP –

(Has openings for 8 Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® MAAP Modules.

1 MAB Adapter included.) = EM

Extron® Electronics AAP –

(Has openings for 6 AAP Modules.

1 MAB Adapter included.) = EA

Crestron® Quick Media –

(Has openings for 1 two gang or

2 single gang wall plates.

1 MAAP Adapter included.) = CR

Size:

Large = L

Prefix:

Frame = VF

End Channel:

Round = 66

Square = 77

Plate & End

Channel Color:

Style: Device/Adapter Color:

Light Gray = GY

White = WH

Ivory/Light Almond = IV

Black = BK

No Device/Adapters = ZZ

Panel:

Door Panel = D

V F D

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

638

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA CP™ CONSOLIDATION POINT

Vista CP Consolidation Point Rear Center Panel Options Ordering Information

Vista CP Consolidation Point Extension Kit Ordering Information

Size:

Large = L

Prefix:

Frame = VP

Panel:

Rear

Center = Y

Panel Finish:

Panel Type:

Wood Grain = N3

Metal Finish = M3

Glass Finish = G4

Fabric = F8

V P L Y

WOODGRAIN LAMINATE:

Amber Cherry = 4407

Mahogany = 4410

Maple Fusion = 4401

Shaker Cherry = 4408

Fonthill Pear = 4406

Congo Spruce = 4451

Copper Bubinga = 4456

Natural Pear = 4411

Biltmore Cherry = 4413

Asian Sun = 4467

METAL LAMINATE:

Vertical Corrugated Matte Aluminum = 4748

Ragged Copper = 1999

Matte Aluminum Footplate = 2046

Light Hammer Copper = 2121

Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171

FABRIC:

Quartz = 3805

Lavender Neutral = 4055

Blue Neutral = 4105

Wedgewood = 1505

Grey Mix = 2385

Lake = 0245

Malibu = 0375

Globe = 0245

Flax = 0615

Daylight Blue = 0305

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

Size:

Large = L

Shape:

Round = 66

Square = 77

Height:

24" [610mm] = 24

60" [1.52m] = 60

End Channel

Finish:

Prefix:

Frame = VE

V E

Panel Finish:

Extension Kit Options –

Accommodates ceiling

heights greater than 10'

[3m] to 15' [4.5m]. Includes

hardware for attaching to

main section. Round or

square shapes available.

Includes a center panel.

For additional system options,

contact your local

Wiremold sales representative.

Design your own

Vista Architectural Column

online at

www.legrand.us/tools-resources/

wiremold & click on vista configurator

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

Aluminum:

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

Woodgrain Laminate:

Amber Cherry = 4407

Mahogany = 4410

Maple Fusion = 4401

Shaker Cherry = 4408

Fonthill Pear = 4406

Congo Spruce = 4451

Copper Bubinga = 4456

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

Natural Pear = 4411

Bitmore Cherry = 4413

Asian Sun = 4467

Metal Laminate:

Vertical Corrugated

Matte Aluminum = 4748

Ragged Copper = 1999

Matte Aluminum Footplate = 2046

Light Hammer Copper = 2121

Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171

Fabric:

Quartz = 3805

Lavender Natural = 4055

Blue Neutral = 4105

Wedgewood = 1505

Grey Mix = 2385

Lake = 0995

Malibu = 0375

Globe = 0245

Flax = 0615

Daylight Blue = 0305

NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there are other colors not incdicated here, send in

a color chip as most colors can be matched.

NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there

are other colors not incdicated here,

send in a color chip as most colors

can be matched.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

639

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA CP™ CONSOLIDATION POINT

Vista CP Consolidation Point Extension Kit Ordering Information

COLOR REFERENCE

Woodgrain Laminate CODE

Amber Cherry 4407

Mahogany 4410

Maple Fusion 4401

Shaker Cherry 4408

Fonthill Pear 4406

Congo Spruce 4451

Copper Bubinga 4456

Natural Pear 4411

Biltmore Cherry 4413

Asian Sun 4467

COLOR REFERENCE

Fabric CODE

Quartz 3805

Lavendar Natural 4055

Blue Neutral 4105

Wedgewood 1505

Grey Mix 2385

Lake 0995

Malibu 0375

Globe 0245

Flax 0615

Daylight Blue 0305

For additional system options,

contact your local

Wiremold sales representative.

Design your own

Vista Architectural Column

online at www.legrand.us/tools-resources/

wiremold & click on vista configurator

Accommodates ceiling

heights between 10'

[3m] and 15' [4.5m].

Includes hardware

for attaching to

main section. Round

or square shapes

available. Includes a

center panel.

EXTENSION KIT OPTIONS

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Vista CP Consolidation Point Add-On Plates Ordering Information

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Has three (3) duplex receptacle

cutouts.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLRT* Device Cover

Has three mini jack adapters for

Ortronics® Series II or TracJack

devices.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLCR** AV Device Cover

Has openings for one (1) two-gang

or two (2) single-gang Crestron®

Quick Media wall plate(s) and one

mini adapter (included). Standard

color/material is anodized

aluminum or black.

VLEA** AV Device Cover

Has openings for six (6) Extron®

Electronics AAP modules and one

mini adapter (included). Standard

color/material is anodized

aluminum or black.

VL3D* Device Cover

*Refer to the list of colors in chart on page 590 for the four-digit code number.

Add “C”prefix to catalog number to denote Canadian version – Agency approved for sale

in Canada.

**Products are ETL Listed.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLEM** AV Device Cover

Has openings for eight (8)

Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP modules and

one mini adapter (included).

Standard color/material is

anodized aluminum or black.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLFF* Furniture Feed Plate

Has two concentric 1" and 3/4"

trade size KOs, and two multiple

twistout mouse holes. One

furniture feed plate installed on

the assembly.

NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there are other colors not incdicated here,

send in a color chip as most colors can be matched.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

640

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA CP™ CONSOLIDATION POINT

Vista CP Consolidation Point Add-On Plates Ordering Information (continued)

DEVICE PLATE PART

NUMBER CONFIGURATOR INSTRUCTIONS

Base Enter 4-digit Catalog Number

Plate Color Enter 4-digit Color Code

Adapter Color Light Gray = GY

White = WH

Ivory/Light Almond = V

Black = BK

No Device Adapter = ZZ

*Refer to the list of colors in chart on page 590 for the four-digit code number.

Add “C”prefix to catalog number to denote Canadian version – Agency approved for

sale in Canada.

**Products are ETL Listed.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLCM* Furniture Feed Plate

Has three mini adapters for

Wiremold CM Series Open

System Communication Modules.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

Accommodates commercially

available lights weighing up to

lbs. [4.5kg].

VLLB* Lighting Brackets

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

641

POLES AND COLUMNS

Top Cap

End Channel

Small

Floor Trim Piece

Center Panel

Baseplate

Divider

Frame

Structure

Cable Pass-Through

with Grommet

(Communications Side)

Large

Top Cap

End Channel

Floor Trim Piece

Center Panel

Baseplate

Divider

Frame

Structure

Cable Pass-Through

with Grommet

(Communications Side)

Small Vista Point5

[203mm]

13 1/8" [333mm]

11 1/8" [283mm]

9 3/16" [233mm]

[152mm]

[102mm

2 5/8"

[67mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

(4) Holes

3/4" & 1"

Trade Size

Knockouts (2)

Large Vista Point5

[203mm]

17 5/8" [448mm]

13 11/16" [351mm]

11 1/8" [283mm]

[152mm]

[102mm]

4 7/16"

[113mm]

1/2"

[12.7mm]

(4) Holes

3/4" & 1"

Trade Size

Knockouts (2)

VISTA POINT5™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet

Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Vista Point5™ Architectural Columns provide configurable solutions

for power and communication services in open spaces.

Vista Point5 Architectural Columns System Layout

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

642

POLES AND COLUMNS

NOTE: Capacity range is calculated at 40% of raceway area as stated in a proposed revisions to the Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication

Pathways & Spaces, EIA/TIA-569. Actual wire fill capacity may vary based on applications, cable types, and number, as well as type of fittings.

(Fittings may cause additional variances to the fill capacity.)

VISTA POINT5™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

Options for Fill Capacity

Vista Point5 Wire Fill Capacity for Communication

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

O.D. LARGE

CENTER

SMALL

1/2 CENTER

LARGE

1/2 CENTERInches [mm]

Unshielded

Twisted Pair

2-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

3-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

25-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e

4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6

0.140

0.150

0.190

0.410

0.220

0.250

[3.6]

[3.8]

[4.8]

[10.4]

[5.6]

[6.3]

131

114

Shielded

Twisted Pair

Type 1, 22 AWG

Type 2, 22 AWG

Type 3, 22 AWG

0.390

0.465

0.245

[9.9]

[11.8]

[6.2]

Coaxial RG58/U, 20 AWG

RG58/U, 22 AWG

RG6/U, 22 AWG

RG6/U, 18 AWG

0.195

0.242

0.270

[5.0]

[6.1]

[6.1}

[6.9]

Twinaxial 100 Ohm 0.330 [8.4] 12 23 71

Fiber Optic 0.180 [4.6] 44 71 51

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN 6 AWG 8 AWG 10 AWG 12 AWG 14 AWG

Small 1/2 Center 7 9 16 26 35

Large 1/2 Center 7 9 16 26 35

Vista Point5 Wire Fill Capacity for Power

880S2 or 880W2

Floor Box

(order separately)

Box Adapter VB880

(order separately)

Front View

(Large Vista

Point5 Shown)

Back View

(Large Vista

Point5 Shown)

Access Panel

End Channel

Height

(FF to top

of Cap)

3/4"

[19.1mm]

6" [152mm]

Typical

Device Plate

6" [152mm]

Typical

Device Plate

Vista Point5 Architectural Columns Component Data

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

643

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA POINT5™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

Options for Fill Capacity

Vista Point5 Architectural Columns In-Stock Columns Ordering Information

VSP5662345 Small Point5 Column

Small, round, 36" [914mm] high,

anodized aluminum. Has four

adapter adapters for Wiremold

Open System communication

modules, or Ortronics® Series

II or TracJack devices. Two 20A

Duplex receptacles located 32

1/4" [819mm] above floor.

VSP5662345USB Small Point5 USB Column

Small, round 36" [914mm] high,

anodized aluminum. Has two

Legrand® dual USB charging

duplexes on each side, for a

total of 16 unique charging

oportunities, located 32 1/4"

[8p10mm] above floor.

A Vista Point5 installation provides unobtrusive

access to power and communication services in a

conference room.

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

Size:

Small = S

Large = L

Prefix:

Frame = VF

End

Channel:

Round = 66

End Channel

Color: Adapter:

6 6

Height:

24" [607m] from

finished Floor = 24

Up to 84" [2134mm]

from finished Floor = 84

V F

Device/Adapter

Color:

Light Gray

* RT and CM options include one each electrical device plate

with spec grade duplex receptacle(s), single 120V circuit

and communications plate with adapter(s) installed.

Duplex receptacles are located at 27" [686mm] above the

finish floor.

Communications modules are located at 21" [533mm] above

the finish floor.

Furniture Feed = FF

Data Device Plates – Ortronics®

Series II or TracJack Adapters = RT*

Open System Adapters = CM*

AV Device Plates

Extron® Electronics MAAP –

(Has openings for 8 Wiremold AVIP or

Extron® MAAP Modules.

1 MAB Adapter included.) = EM

Extron® Electronics AAP –

(Has openings for 6 AAP Modules.

1 MAB Adapter included.) = EA

Crestron® Quick Media –

(Has openings for 1 two gang or

2 single gang wall plates.

1 MAAP Adapter included.) = CR

VLP5662345 Large Point5 Column

Large, round, 36" [914mm] high,

anodized aluminum. Has two

adapter adapters for Wiremold

Open System communication

modules, or Ortronics® Series II

or TracJack devices. Four 20A

Duplex receptacles located 32

1/4" [819mm] above floor.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

644

POLES AND COLUMNS

Vista Point5 Architectural Columns Center Panel Options Ordering Information

VISTA POINT5™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

Device Plate Part Number Configurator

Plate Color:

Refer to color

list on page 4,

enter 4-digit

code

Base:

Enter Catalog

Number from

above choices

Adapter Color:

Light Gray = GY

White = WH

Ivory/Lt. Almond = IV

Black = BK

No Device Adapter = ZZ

Orientation:

Left = L

Right = R

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

Aluminum:

White = 3333

Black = 9999

Ivory = 5555

No Color – Anodized Aluminum = 2345

Warm White – Steelcase 4700 = 3136

Moss – Steelcase 4722 = 5169

Lt. Tone – Herman Miller LT = 2486

Mist – Steelcase 4606 = 5895

GSA Lt. Blue – GSA 25183 = 5911

Woodrose – Steelcase 4601 = 6137

Slate – Steelcase 4726 = 6142

Light Blue – Shaw Walker A751 = 1988

Greytone – Haworth – G = 2884

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

Woodgrain Laminate:

Amber Cherry = 4407

Mahogany = 4410

Maple Fusion = 4401

Shaker Cherry = 4408

Fonthill Pear = 4406

Congo Spruce = 4451

Copper Bubinga = 4456

Natural Pear = 4411

Biltmore Cherry = 4413

Asian Sun = 4467

Metal Laminate:

Vertical Corrugated Matte Aluminum = 4748

Ragged Copper = 1999

COLOR  REFERENCE CODE

Mirror Aluminum = 2021

Matte Footplate = 2046

Light Hammer Copper = 2121

Double Brushed Aluminum = 2171

Fabric:

Quartz = 3805

Lavender Natural = 4055

Blue Neutral = 4105

Wedgewood = 1505

Grey Mix = 2385

Lake = 0995

Malibu = 0375

Globe = 0245

Flax = 0615

Daylight Blue = 0305

Panel Finish:

Size:

Small = S

Large = L

Prefix:

Frame = VP

V P

Height:

24" [607m] from

finished Floor =

Up to 84" [2134mm]

from finished Floor =

Panel Type:

Wood Grain = W3

Metal Finish = M3

Glass Finish = G4

Fabric = F8

NOTE: These are suggested colors. If there are other colors not incdicated here, send in a color chip as most colors can be matched.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

645

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA POINT5™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

Vista Point5 Architectural Columns Add-On Plates for Large Frame Vista Series Ordering Information

6 1/4"

[159mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

6 1/4"

[159mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

* Refer to the list of colors in the chart on the previous page for the four-digit

code number.

**Products are ETL Listed.

NOTE: VLCR, VLEA or VLEM Device Covers, are only for use for A/V

connectivity. No power outets are accessible or available with these

covers.

VL2A Device Cover

Has two cutouts for duplex

receptacles and one adapter

for Wiremold CM Series Open

Systems communication modules,

and Ortronics® Series II or

TracJack devices.

Right Shown

VLCR** AV Device Cover

Has openings for one (1) two-gang

or two (2) single-gang Crestron®

Quick Media wall plate(s) and one

mini adapter (included). Standard

color/ material is anodized

aluminum or black.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLEA** AV Device Cover

Has openings for six (6) Extron®

Electronics AAP modules and one

mini adapter (included). Standard

color/material is anodized

aluminum or black.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

VLEM** AV Device Cover

Has openings for eight (8) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics MAAP

modules and one mini adapter

(included). Standard color/material

is anodized aluminum or black.

VB880 Adapter Plate

Adapts Vista Point5 to 880 Series

Floor Boxes.

VLEAP5 AV Device Cover

Has two (2) duplex receptacle

cutouts and openings for three (3)

Extron® Electronics AAP modules.

Standard color/material is anodized

aluminum or black.

VLEMP5 AV Device Cover

Has two (2) duplex receptacle

cutouts and openings for four

(4) Wiremold AVIP Extron®

Electronics MAAP modules.

Standard color/material is

anodized aluminum or black.

[152mm]

9 1/4"

[235mm]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

646

POLES AND COLUMNS

VISTA POINT5™ ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS

* Refer to the list of colors in th chart on page 596 for the four-digit code

number.

**Products are ETL Listed.

NOTE: If selecting VSEA, VSCR or VSEM Device Covers, such covers will

allow for only A/V connectivity. No power outlets are accessible or available

with these covers.

Vista Point5 Architectural Columns Add-On Plates for Small Frame Vista Series Ordering Information

VS1A Device Cover

Has one cutout for duplex

receptacle and two adapters

for Wiremold CM Series Open

Systems communication modules,

and Ortronics® Series II or

TracJack devices.

Right Shown

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

VSEA** AV Device Cover

Has openings for four (4) Extron®

Electronics AAP modules.

Standard color/material is

anodized aluminum or black.

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

VSCR** AV Device Cover

Has openings for one (1) two-gang

or two (2) single-gang Crestron®

Quick Media wall plate(s).

Standard color/ material is

anodized aluminum or black.

[152mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

VSEM** AV Device Cover

Has openings for four (4) Wiremold

AVIP or Extron® Electronics MAAP

modules. Standard color/material

is anodized aluminum or black.

VB880 Adapter Plate

Adapts Vista Point5 to 880 Series

Floor Boxes.

6 1/4"

[159mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

VSEAP5 AV Device Cover

Has one (1) duplex receptacle

cutout and openings for two (2)

Extron® Electronics AAP modules.

Standard color/material is

anodized aluminum or black.

6 1/4"

[159mm]

4 3/4"

[121mm]

VSEMP5 AV Device Cover

Has one (1) duplex receptacle

cutout and openings for four

(4) Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP modules.

Standard color/material is

anodized aluminum or black.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

647

POLES AND COLUMNS

VLWAP VISTA

™

WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ENCLOSURE

VLWAP Vista™ Wireless Access Point Mounting Enclosure provides an ideal

solution for integrating access points necessary for wireless connectivity into a

building’s communication infrastructure.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:

File E15191 Guide PVGT

Meets Article 380 of NEC.

Vista Wireless Access Point Enclosure (VLWAP) Ordering Information

The Vista Wireless Enclosure (VLWAP) offers

an aesthetically-pleasing solution that can be

customized for any office environment as well as

providing an optimal location for wireless signals.

VLWAP Vista Wireless Access Point Enclosure

126"

[3200mm]

72"

[18.29mm]

18"

[457mm]

Vista solution for mounting wireless access points. Large frame Vista with anodized

round end channels and center panels. Furniture feed style access, 10'6" [3.2m]

tall. Has tempered glass panels to conceal access point. Front panel is hinged and

lockable. Compartment measures 17 1/2" x 7 1/4" x 2 1/2"

[445mm x 183mm x 64mm].

NOTE: For information on configuring a VLWAP within a Vista Architectural Column, visit the Open Space

Section of this catalog and review the Vista Architectural Column configuration options.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

648

POLES AND COLUMNS

TELEPOWER® POLES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:

File E15191, E178348 Guide PVGT

Raceway Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR

Accessories: File E53857 Guide RVUR

Meets Article 380 & 386 of NEC.

Tele-Power® Poles provides a cost-effective, configurable solution

for distributing power and communication services to open spaces.

Steel Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information

COMMUNICATIONS

POWER

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2 5/16"

[59mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[25mm]

NOTE: Custom colors, other lengths

(20' [6.1m] max.) or additional

circuits are available on custom

order. Consult factory for more

information. Can be factory or field

wired with many commercially

available devices.

16"

[406mm]

[25mm]

25DTP/DTC Series Tele-Power Poles are

now available in two colors: ivory and

designer gray.

Custom color options are also available.

Consult the factory for more information.

COLOR OPTIONS

Tele-Power Poles provide a wide range of options

for distributing services from overhead systems to

open space office, commercial, and retail areas.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

649

POLES AND COLUMNS

Two sections of a two-

compartment (power and

communi cation) pole (5' 4"

[1.626m] base + 5' [1.524m] extender) assembles to

form a 10' 4" [3.148m] pole. Nominal material thickness

.040" [1.0mm]. Ivory or designer gray boot base. Factory

wired with fed-spec general grade 20A 125V duplex style

receptacles. An 8" [203mm] cover at top front (power side)

of pole is removable for making power wiring connections.

KOs provided in removable cover for RJ11/RJ45 and modular

furniture communication connectors. Mounting hardware,

entrance end plate and two ceiling trim plates furnished.

Tele-Power Pole

PART NUMBERS:

25DTP-4 (10' 5" [3.2m] Length, Ivory)

25DTP-4-DG (10' 5" [3.2m] Length, Designer Gray)

25DTP-412 (12' 5" [3.8m] Length, Ivory)

25DTP-412-DG (12' 5" [3.8m] Length, Designer Gray)

25DTP-415 (15' 5" [4.7m] Length, Ivory)

25DTP 415-DG (15' 5" [4.7m] Length, Designer Gray)

Two-compartment pole (power and communications).

Nominal material thickness .030" [.8mm]. Ivory or designer

gray boot base. Factory wired with fed-spec general grade

20A 125V duplex style receptacles. An 8" [203mm] cover at

top front of pole is removable for making power wiring

connections. KOs provided in removable cover for RJ11/

RJ45 and modular furniture communication connectors.

Mounting hardware, entrance end plate and two ceiling trim

plates furnished. Also increase the length of any 25 Series

pole with the 25DTC-E5 Tele-Power Pole Extender.

TELEPOWER® POLES

Steel Tele-Power Poles

25DTP Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information

Tele-Power Pole

Identical to 25DTP-4 except

with one communications

insert mounting adapter

and three blank inserts.

Tele-Power Pole

Identical to 25DTP-4

except has one 20A 125V

dedicated/isolated ground

duplex receptacle and one

20A 125V standard duplex

receptacle.

Tele-Power Pole

Two-compartment pole (power and communications).

Nominal material thickness .030" [.8mm]. Ivory or designer

gray boot base. Factory wired with fed-spec general grade

15A 125V duplex style receptacles. An 8" [203mm] cover

at top front of pole is removable for making power wiring

connections. KOs provided in removable cover for RJ11/

RJ45 and modular furniture communication connectors

Mounting hardware, entrance end plate and two ceiling

trim plates furnished. Comes with a 10' [3.0m] cord. Also

increase the length of any 25 Series pole with the 25DTC-E5

Tele-Power Pole Extender.

*20% cable fill is calculated to approximate reduction in cable capacity due to connectors mounted within pole section that may restrict cross-sectional areas.

**40% cable fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on a proposed revision to TIA/EIA 569-A.

25DTP Series Tele-Power Poles Wire Fill Capacities

CATALOG

NUMBER

NO. & TYPE

OF POWER

OUTLETS

POLE HEIGHT

FINISH

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN CAT 5 CAT 6 RG58/U RG62A/U RG62/U

#10 #12

0.22"

20%*

[5.6mm]

0.25"

20%*

[6.3mm]

40%**

0.195"

20%*

[5.0mm]

40%**

0.242"

20%*

[6.1mm]

40%**

0.270

20%*

[6.9mm]

40%**Inches mm

25DTP-4

Two

Duplex

Receptacles

(20A, 125V)

10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13

25DTP-412 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13

25DTP-415 15' 5" [4.700m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13

25DTP-E10 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13

25DTP-4 D

10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13

Two Duplex Receptacles (20A, 125V),

One Dedicated/ Isolated & One Standard Branch Circuit

25DTP-4ACT

10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 15 10 19 9 17 13 25 8 16 7 13

Two Duplex Receptacles (20A, 125V),

One Communications Insert Mounting Adapter, One Dual

Cat 5e Insert, Two Blank Inserts & Labeling Supplies

Tele-Power Pole (Canada Only)

PART NUMBERS:

25DTP-4-C (10' 5" [3.2m] Length, Ivory)

25DTP-4-DG-C (10' 5" [3.2m] Length, Designer Gray)

25DTP-412-C (12' 5" [3.8m] Length, Ivory)

25DTP-412-DG-C (12' 5" [3.8m] Length, Designer Gray)

25DTP-415-C (15' 5" [4.7m] Length, Ivory)

25DTP-415-DG-C (15' 5" [4.7m] Length, Designer Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

25DTP-4ACT (Ivory)

25DTP-4ACT-DG (Designer Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

25DTP-4D (Ivory)

25DTP-4D-DG (Designer Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

25DTP-E10 (Ivory)

25DTP-E10-DG (Designer Gray)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

650

POLES AND COLUMNS

Tele-Power Express Pole

TELEPOWER® POLES

Steel Tele-Power Poles

NOTE: No Tele-Power Pole can have more than three separate sections.

25DTP/C Series Poles cannot be combined with 25DTP/C-E10. The

25DTC-E5 can be used only to extend regular 25DTP/C poles.

Easier jobsite handling + easier and more reliable shipping options Wiremold Tele-Power Express

Pole and Tele-Power Pole Extender were introduced to make creating or altering poles easy. The TP

Express Pole allows you to create a single 10' pole using two sections, which are easy to ship and easy

to assemble on the jobsite.

Configurability of the TPP Extenders allows for on site modifications to accommodate a variety of ceiling

heights. TP Express Poles and TPP Extenders can ship UPS or air freight. TPP Extenders have been

designed to be compatible with existing poles, so relocating is literally, a snap – quick, easy, and done

with in-stock components. Existing poles can also be retrofit/extended to be used in a location with a

higher ceiling using TPP Extenders.

When you need a reliable open space power and/or data solution in the shortest amount of time,

no matter the length needed, think Wiremold TP Express Poles and TPP Extenders.

Side View

NOTE: When being used to modify or extend standard poles, the poles can

only be modified or extended in 5' [1.524m] increments.

Tele-Power Express Poles and Tele-Power Pole Extenders

TPP Extenders Ordering Information

Two sections of a two-

compartment (power and

communication) pole (5' 4"

[1.62m] base + 5' [1.52m] extender) assembles to form a 10'

4" [3.14m] pole. Nominal material thickness .040" [1.0mm].

Ivory or designer gray boot base. Factory wired with fed-

spec general grade 20A 125V duplex style receptacles. An 8"

[203mm] cover at top front (power side) of pole is removable

for making power wiring connections. KOs provided in

removable cover for RJ11/RJ45 and modular furniture

communication connectors. Mounting hardware, entrance

end plate and two ceiling trim plates furnished.

Blank Steel Tele-Power Pole Extender

Two-compartment extender

mounts onto existing 25DTP

or 25DTC series pole.

Nominal material thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Furnished

unwired without outlets. Use existing pole mounting

hardware, entrance end plate and ceiling trim plate.

Available in 5' [1.52m] length. Can be cut to desired length.

Two sections of a two-

compartment pole (5' 4"

[1.62m] base + 5' [1.52m]

extender) assembles to form a 10' 4" [3.14m] pole. Nominal

material thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Ivory or designer gray

boot base. Furnished unwired without outlets. Mounting

hardware, entrance end plate and ceiling trim plate

furnished. An 8" [203mm] cover at top front of pole is

removable for making power wiring connections.

25AM-AP Accessory Pack

Accessory pack for 25 Series and AM Series poles.

Contains ceiling trim plate, bracket, grommet and end plate.

Blank Steel Tele-Power Express Pole

PART NUMBERS:

25DTC-E10 (Ivory)

25DTC-E10-DG (Designer Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

25DTP-E10 (Ivory)

25DTP-E10-DG (Designer Gray)

PART NUMBERS:

25DTC-E5 (Ivory)

25DTC-E5-DG (Designer Gray)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

651

POLES AND COLUMNS

TELEPOWER® POLES

Steel Tele-Power Poles

30TP-2V

POWER

COMMUNICATION

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 7/8"

[48mm]

1 17/32"

[39mm]

NOTE: Custom colors, other

lengths (20' [6.1m] max.)

or additional circuits

are available on custom

order. Consult factory for

more information. 30TP-

2V and 30TP-4V can be

factory or field wired

with many commercially

available devices.

14.25"

[365mm]

[25mm]

30TP Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information

30TP-2V Tele-Power Pole

Two-compartment pole (power and communications).

Nominal material thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Length 10'5"

[3.2m]. Factory wired with two specification grade 20A,

125V duplex receptacles. Mounting hardware, entrance end

fitting, and ceiling trim plate furnished.

30TP-212V Tele-Power Pole

Identical to 30TP-2V except length is 12'5" [3.8m]. Maximum

ceiling height 12' [3.7m].

30TP-4V Tele-Power Pole

Two-compartment pole (one power; one communication

with cross over below power devices). Nominal material

thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Length 10'5" [3.2m]. Factory wired

with two specification grade 20A, 125V duplex receptacles.

Mounting hardware, entrance end fitting, and ceiling trim

plate furnished.

30TP-4V3S2 Tele-Power Pole

Two duplex receptacles (20A, 125V). One Ortronics Series

II adapter. One Ortronics Series II dual Cat 5e insert, two

blank inserts and labeling supplies. Maximum ceiling height

10'5" [3.2m].

30TP-412V Tele-Power Pole

Same as 30TP-4V except length is 12'5" [3.8m]. Maximum

ceiling height 12'5" [3.8m].

30TP-412V3S2 Tele-Power Pole

Two duplex receptacles (20A, 125V). One Ortronics Series

II adapter. One Ortronics Series II dual Cat. 5e insert, two

blank inserts and labeling supplies. Maximum ceiling height

12'5" [3.8m].

[76mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

1 1/2"

[38mm]

30TP-4V

Communication

14.25"

[365mm]

[25mm]

NOTE: 30TP Series Tele-Power

Poles now compatible with A/V

devices.

30TP Series Tele-Power Poles Wire Fill Capacities

* 20% cable fill is calculated to approximate reduction in cable capacity due to connectors mounted within pole section that may restrict cross-sectional areas.

** 40% cable fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on a proposed revision to TIA/EIA 569-A.

CATALOG

NUMBER

NO. & TYPE

OF POWER

OUTLETS

POLE HEIGHT

FINISH

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN CAT 5 CAT 6 RG58/U RG62A/U RG62/U

#10 #12

0.22"

20%*

[5.6mm]

40%**

0.25"

20%*

[6.3mm]

40%**

0.195"

20%*

[5.0mm]

40%**

0.242"

20%*

[6.1mm]

40%**

0.270

20%*

[6.9mm]

40%**Inches mm

30TP-2V Two Duplex

Receptacles

(20A, 125V)

10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 9 14 16 31 13 26 20 40 13 25 10 20

30TP-212V 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory 9 14 16 31 13 26 20 40 13 25 10 20

30TP-4V

Two

Duplex

Receptacles

(20A, 125V)

10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 18 18 19 37 15 30 24 47 15 30 12 24

30TP-412V 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory 18 18 19 37 15 30 24 47 15 30 12 24

30TP-4V3S2 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 18 18 19 37 15 30 24 47 15 30 12 24

30TP-412V3S2 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory 18 18 19 37 15 30 24 47 15 30 12 24

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

652

POLES AND COLUMNS

TELEPOWER® POLES

Aluminum Tele-Power Poles

ALTP

[51mm]

NOTE: There is no method

provided for mounting data

in this pole.

When looking to dress up a vertical solution,

Tele-Power Poles with a satin anodized

aluminum finish in either rectangular or round

styles can provide the answer. Light weight

aluminum construction makes these poles

easy to install and maneuver on the job site.

Available prewired with electrical devices

or blank to drop services feeding another

wire and cable management system, such as

electrified modular furniture. A full range of

accessories enables field configurability, or

have them delivered to your specifications.

Aluminum Tele-Power Poles

AMDTP-4

1 1/4"

[32mm] POWER

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2 5/16"

[59mm]

[25mm]

COMMUNICATIONS

AMDTP-4 Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information

Two-compartment pole (power and communications).

Nominal material thickness .050" [1.8mm]. Length: 10'5"

[3.2m]. Factory wired with 20A 125V fed-spec general grade

duplex style receptacles. An opening for communication and

a 1/2" [12.7mm] hole for power is provided at top. The 8"

[203mm] cover at top front of pole is removable for making

power wiring connections. Communication KOs provided for

RJ11/RJ45 and modular furniture connectors. Mounting

hardware, entrance end fitting, and ceiling trim plates

furnished. Anodized aluminum finish.

COMMUNICATIONS

POWER

2 1/4"

[57mm]

2 5/16"

[59mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[25mm]

NOTE: Custom colors, other lengths

(20' [6.1m] max.) or additional

circuits are available on

custom order. Consult factory

for more information. Can be

factory or field wired with many

commercially available devices.

CATALOG

NUMBER

NO. & TYPE

OF POWER

OUTLETS

POLE HEIGHT

FINISH

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN CAT 5 CAT 6 RG58/U RG62A/U RG62/U

#10 #12

0.22"

20%*

[5.6mm]

40%**

0.25"

20%*

[6.3mm]

40%**

0.195"

20%*

[5.0mm]

40%**

0.242"

20%*

[6.1mm]

40%**

0.270

20%*

[6.9mm]

40%**Inches mm

AMDTP-4 Two

Duplex

Receptacles

(20A, 125V)

10' 5" [3.175m]

Satin

Anodized

Aluminum

10 15 10 19 8 16 13 25 8 16 7 13

AMDTP-412 12' 5" [3.780m] 10 15 10 19 8 16 13 25 8 16 7 13

AMDTP-415 15' 5" [4.700m] 10 15 10 19 8 16 13 25 8 16 7 13

AMDTP-4D

wo Duplex

Receptacles

(20A, 125V), One

Dedicated/Isolated

& One Standard

Branch Circuit

10' 5" [3.175m]

Satin

Anodized

Aluminum

10 15 10 19 8 16 13 25 8 16 7 13

ALTP-20W Four Single

Receptacles 10' 4" [3.150m] Painted

Ofﬁce

White

––2524 3 62413

ALTP-2P Four Single

Receptacles 10' 4" [3.150m]

Polished

Anodized

Aluminum

––2524 3 62413

ALTP-2S Four Single

Receptacles 10' 4" [3.150m]

Polished

Anodized

Aluminum

––2524 3 62413

Aluminum Tele-Power Poles Wire Fill Capacities

* 20% cable fill is calculated to approximate reduction in cable capacity due to connectors mounted within pole section that may restrict cross-sectional areas.

** 40% cable fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on a proposed revision to TIA/EIA 569-A.

Tele-Power Pole

PART NUMBERS:

AMDTP-4 (10' 5" [3.2m] Length)

AMDTP-412 (12' 5" [3.8m] Length)

AMDTP-415 (15' 5" [4.7m] Length)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

653

POLES AND COLUMNS

Tele-Power Pole

PART NUMBERS:

AMDTP-4-C (10' 5" [3.2m] Length)

AMDTP-412-C (12' 5" [3.8m] Length)

AMDTP-415-C (15'5" [4.7m] Length)

TELEPOWER® POLES

Aluminum Tele-Power Poles

[51mm]

NOTE: There is no method provided for

mounting data in this pole.

ALTP-20W Tele-Power Pole

Identical to ALTP-2S, with painted office white finish.

ALTP-2P Tele-Power Pole

Identical to ALTP-2S, with polished aluminum anodized

finish.

ALTP-2S Tele-Power Pole

Satin anodized extruded aluminum pole. Nominal wall

thickness .060" [1.5mm]. Length 10'5" [3.2m]. Two-

compartment (power and communication channels) Factory

wired with four 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R devices. Provided

with one 1/2" [12.7mm] trade size KO in cover at base for

communications. T-bar mounting hardware, ceiling trim kit,

and feed box furnished.

ALTP Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information

AMDTP-4D Tele-Power Pole

Identical to AMDTP-4 except factory wired with one 20A

125V dedicated/ isolated ground duplex receptacle and one

standard 20A 125V duplex receptacle.

Available in Canada Only. Two-compartment pole (power

and communications). Nominal material thickness .050"

[1.8mm]. Length: 10'5" [3.2m]. Factory wired with 15A 125V

fed-spec general grade duplex style receptacles. An opening

for communication and a 1/2" [12.7mm] hole for power

is provided at top. The 8" [203mm] cover at top front of

pole is removable for making power wiring connections.

Communication KOs provided for RJ11/RJ45 and modular

furniture connectors. Mounting hardware, entrance end

fitting, and ceiling trim plates furnished. Anodized aluminum

finish. Maximum ceiling height 10' [3m]. Comes with a 10'

[3.0m] cord.

AMDTP-4 Series Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information (continued)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

654

POLES AND COLUMNS

TELEPOWER® POLES

Tele-Power Poles Device Plate Covers and Accessories Ordering Information

30TP-A Single Receptacle Cover

Single receptacle cover for field installation of

receptacles with face diameters of 1.38"-1.40"

[35mm-36mm]. G3007C Device Bracket included.

Ivory finish.

30TP-B Duplex Receptacle Cover

For installations of 15A and 20A duplex

receptacles. G3007C Device Bracket

included. Ivory finish.

30TP-C Single Gang Cover

Accepts up to 30A shallow-style device

and flushplate. G3007C Device Bracket

included. Ivory finish. Used to mount industry

standard straight and angled communication

faceplates.

30TP-J Single Receptacle Cover

For field installation of single receptacles

with face diameters of 1.56" [40mm]. G3007C

Device Bracket included. Ivory finish.

30TP-L Rectangular Device Cover

Rectangular faceplate to accommodate

Sentrex surge receptacle, GFCI and other

decorator style devices. G3007C Device

Bracket included. Ivory finish.

Add-On Power Cover

Add power receptacles or devices to existing

modular Tele-Power Poles. Includes receptacle

mounting bracket. Face diameter of single

receptacle: 1.38"-1.40" [35mm-36mm].

COLOR DIMENSIONS

25DTP-A Ivory Steel (25DTP-4) 1" x 2 1/4" x 28"

[25mm x 57mm x 711mm]

AMDTP-A Anodized Aluminum

(AMDTP-4)

Add-On Power Cover

Add power receptacles or devices to existing

modular Tele-Power Poles. Includes receptacle

mounting bracket.

COLOR DIMENSIONS

25DTP-B Ivory Steel (25DTP-4) 1" x 2 1/4" x 28"

[25mm x 57mm x 711mm]

AMDTP-B Anodized Aluminum

(AMDTP-4)

Add-On Power Cover

Add power receptacles or devices to existing

modular Tele-Power Poles. Includes receptacle

mounting bracket.

COLOR DIMENSIONS

25DTP-L Ivory Steel (25DTP-4) 1" x 2 1/4" x 28"

[25mm x 57mm x 711mm]

AMDTP-L Anodized Aluminum

(AMDTP-4)

30TP-AAP Add-on A/V Cover

Accepts three Extron® Electronics AAP plates

12" L x 2.75" W [305mm x 70mm]. Includes

three adapters to accommodate Ortronics®

or Wiremold Open System devices.

30TP-MAAP Add-on A/V Cover

Accepts five Wiremold AVIP or Extron®

Electronics MAAP plates 12" L x 2.75" W

[305mm x 70mm]. Includes three adapters to

accommodate Ortronics® or Wiremold Open

System devices.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

655

POLES AND COLUMNS

TELEPOWER® POLES

Tele-Power Poles Installation Details

1. Remove ceiling panel. If

necessary to avoid overhead

obstructions, shorten Tele-

Power Pole prior to installing.

(NOTE: Pole must extend above mounting

bracket, with the bottom of pole

resting on the floor.)

2. Align pole vertically (using a level) with

top of pole resting against ceiling T-bar.

After aligning pole, anchor gripper pad

to hard surface floor with sticky pad

(furnished) or two screws (not furnished).

3. Assemble pole mounting bracket

on T-bar at approximate location

as shown. Tighten bracket,

locking thumbscrew loosely so

bracket is free to slide on T-bar.

Pole

Mounting

Bracket

T-Bar

Thumbscrew

4. Place pole in mounting bracket

(again check vertical alignment

with level) and tighten T-bar, locking

thumbscrew, and pole locking

thumbscrew. If additional support

is desired, bracket may be secured

to true ceiling with 3/8" [9.5mm]

threaded rod (not furnished).

Pole Locking

Thumbscrew

5. Notch ceiling tile as shown and install plates (Fig. 1).

Tabs should be in a vertical position as trim plate is

aligned around pole (Fig. 2). Following alignment, tabs

should be bent to form a secure grip over ceiling tile

(Fig.3).

Figure 2

Pole

Away

From

T-Bar

Figure 3

Engage Two

Trim Plates

on Pole

Trim Plates

on Ceiling

Notch Panel

Pole

Beside

T-bar

T-Bar

Figure 1

Pole

Field Modifications for Tele-Power Poles

MODIFICATION

TELE-POWER POLE SERIES

30TP4V 30TC4V 30TP2V 30TC2V 25DTP4 25DTP4D 25DTC4 AMDTP4 AMDTP4D AMTC4

Can the receptacles in the standard

pole be rewired in order to have a two

circuit pole with standard duplexes?

Yes

N/A Yes N/A No Yes N/A No Yes N/A

Can the receptacles in the standard

pole be replaced with other types?

(i.e. Hospital Grade, TVSS, GFCI, etc.)

Yes –

Using the

proper

device

cover

N/A Yes –

Using the

proper

device

cover

N/A Yes – with

2507C Bracket

& only with

NEMA duplex

receptacles

Yes – only

with NEMA

duplex

receptacles

N/A Yes – with

2507C Bracket

& only with

NEMA duplex

receptacles

Yes – only

with NEMA

duplex

receptacles

N/A

Can receptacles be added

to blank poles?

N/A Yes N/A Yes – Using

the proper

device cover

N/A N/A Yes N/A N/A Yes

Can blank poles be used for furniture

feed applications by field punching

KOs on poles for power and voltage?

N/A Yes N/A Yes N/A N/A Yes N/A N/A Yes

Can more than one add-on device

cover be used?

N/A N/A N/A N/A Yes Yes N/A Yes Yes N/A

Can receptacles be installed in both

sides of the pole?

Yes –

Power only

on both

sides

Yes –

Power only

on both

sides

N/AN/A No No N/A No No N/A

Can poles be field cut for use in lower

ceiling applications?

Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes*

Can poles be mounted to hard or

open ceilings?

Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes* Yes*

* Review instruction sheet for instructions for cutting poles.

** Pole housing cannot be penetrated. Ceiling mounting hardware must provide firm support and must be supplied by installer.

NOTE: All receptacles, additions, rewiring and other electrical modifications must be made by a qualified electrician in accordance with the NEC or other

applicable local codes and adhering to the wire fill capacity charts for the respective pole.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

656

POLES AND COLUMNS

VERTICAL DROP POLES

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:

File E15191, E178348 Guide PVGT

Raceway Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR

Accessories: File E53857 Guide RVUR

Meets Article 380 & 386 of NEC.

Vertical Drop Poles distribute power and communication services

form overhead wiring systems to open spaces.

Vertical Drop Poles Wire Fill Capacities

CATALOG

NUMBER

POLE HEIGHT

FINISH

CAT 5 CAT 6 RG58/U RG62A/U RG62/U

0.22"

COMP. [5.6mm]

LG. COMP.

0.25"

SM. COMP.

[6.3mm]

LG. COMP.

0.195"

SM. COMP.

[5.0mm]

LG. COMP.

0.242"

SM. COMP.

[6.1mm]

LG. COMP.

0.270

SM. COMP.

[6.9mm]

LG. COMP.

Inches mm

25DTC-4 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 19 9 17 13 24 8 16 7 13

25DTC-412 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory/Gray 10 19 9 17 13 24 8 16 7 13

25DTC-415 15' 5" [4.700m] Ivory/Gray 10 19 9 17 13 24 8 16 7 13

25DTC-E10 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory/Gray 10 19 9 17 13 24 8 16 7 13

30TC-2V 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory N/A 33 N/A 30 N/A 47 N/A 30 N/A 24

30TC-2V212 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory N/A 34 N/A 31 N/A 48 N/A 31 N/A 25

30TC-4V 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 37 37 30 30 47 47 30 30 24 24

30TC-4V412 12' 5" [3.780m] Ivory 37 37 30 30 47 47 30 30 24 24

30TC-3S2 10' 5" [3.175m] Ivory 37 37 30 30 47 47 30 30 24 24

AMTC-4 10' 5" [3.175m] Aluminum 19 26 16 22 25 33 16 21 13 17

AMTC-412 12' 5" [3.780m] Aluminum 19 26 16 22 25 33 16 21 13 17

AMTC-415 15' 5" [4.700m] Aluminum 19 26 16 22 25 33 16 21 13 17

ALTP-20W 10' 4" [3.150m] White 10 8 13 8 6

ALTP-2P 10' 4" [3.150m] Aluminum 10 8 13 8 6

ALTP-2S 10' 4" [3.150m] Aluminum 10 8 13 8 6

NP800C-12-2B 10' 2" [3.098m] Aluminum

NP800C-12-8B 12' 8" [3.860m] Aluminum

NP800C-15-2B 15' 2" [4.620m] Aluminum

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

657

POLES AND COLUMNS

Two-compartment pole. Nominal material

thickness .050" [1.8mm]. Furnished unwired

without outlets. Two 8" [203mm] removable

covers with KOs for modular jacks and modular

furniture communication outlets. Mounting

hardware, entrance end plate and ceiling trip

plates furnished.

Vertical Drop Steel Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information

VERTICAL DROP POLES

Blank Steel Pole

Two-compartment pole. Nominal material

thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Ivory or designer gray

boot base. Furnished unwired without outlets.

Mounting hardware, entrance end plate and

ceiling trip plates furnished.

Blank Steel Pole

Single-compartment pole. Furnished unwired

without outlets. Nominal wall thickness .040"

[1.0mm]. Mounting hardware, entrance end

fitting and ceiling trim plates furnished.

30TC-4V

NOTE: All poles have removable cover sections with KOs for modular

jacks and openings to accept modular furniture adapters for

communication devices.

Two sections of a two-compartment pole (5'4" [1.63m] base

+ 5' [1.52m] extender) assembles to form a 10'4" [3.15m]

pole. Nominal material thickness .040" [1.0mm]. Furnished

unwired without outlets. Mounting hardware, entrance end

plate and ceiling trip plate furnished. An 8" [203mm] cover

at top front of pole is removable for making power wiring

connections.

Blank Steel Pole

Two-compartment pole.Nominal wall thickness

.040" [1.0mm]. Mounting hardware, entrance end

fitting and ceiling trim plates furnished.

25DTC-4 30TC-2V

Vertical Drop Aluminum Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information

[127mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

12 sq. in.

[7742 sq. mm]

8 sq. in.

[5161 sq. mm]

AMTC-4

2 1/4"

[57mm]

1 1/4"

[32mm]

[25mm]

Custom options: Features such as colors

or other lengths (20' [6.1m] maximum)

available on custom order.

Blank Aluminum Pole

Other heights available – consult factory;

30" [762mm] communication cover with

industry standard knockouts.

Blank Aluminum Pole

Two-compartment large capacity pole. Furnished

unwired without outlets. Box ended with industry

sized knockouts.

CAT. NO. COLOR AVAILABLE LENGTHS

25DTC-4

25DTC-4-DG

Ivory

Designer Gray 10'5" [3.2m]

25DTC-412

25DTC-412-DG

Ivory

Designer Gray 12'5" [3.8m]

25DTC-415

25DTC-415-DG

Ivory

Designer Gray 15'5" [4.7m]

Blank Steel Tele-Power Express Pole

PART NUMBERS:

25DTC-E10 (Ivory)

25DTC-E10-DG (Designer Gray)

CAT. NO. AVAILABLE LENGTHS

30TC-2V 10'5" [3.2m]

30TC-212V 12'5" [3.8m]

30TC-215V 15'5" [4.7m]

CAT. NO. AVAILABLE LENGTHS

30TC-4V 10'5" [3.2m]

30TC-412V 12'5" [3.8m]

30TC-415V 15'5" [4.7m]

CAT. NO. AVAILABLE LENGTHS

AMTC-4 10'5" [3.2m]

AMTC-412 12'5" [3.8m]

AMTC-415 15'5" [4.7m]

CAT. NO. STANDARD HEIGHTS

NP800C-10-2B 10'2" [3.1m]

NP800C-12-2B 12'8" [3.9m]

NP800C-15-2B 15'2" [4.6m]

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

658

POLES AND COLUMNS

VERTICAL DROP POLES

[51mm]

Nominal wall thickness

.060" [1.5mm], length 10'3"

[3.1mm]. Provided with one 1/2"

[12.7mm] trade size KO at base.

T-bar mounting hardware,

ceiling trim kit, foot assembly,

and grommet included. Feed box

not furnished.

Vertical Drop Aluminum Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information (continued)

25DTP-4/

25DTC-4

AMDTP-4/

AMTC-4

30TC-2V/

30TC-4V

Vertical Drop Tele-Power Poles Accessories Ordering Information

Covers for Communication Connectivity

Communication covers

for additional voice/data

connectors. Each cover

includes KOs for four RJ11/

RJ45 connectors (.760" x .576"

[19.3mm x 14.6mm]), mouse

hole for exiting communication

cables (grommet furnished).

4 1/16"

[103mm]

[51mm]

2 1/8"

[54mm]

4 1/4"

[108mm]

2 3/4"

[70mm]

TPB Gasketed Box

For 25DTP-4 and AMDTP-

4 Poles where local codes

require that electrical and

communications connections

be sealed when installed in

an air handling plenum.

G3010C Entrance End Fitting

Use as a communications

feed box for 30TP-4 Poles.

Accepts Wiremold Open System communications modules.

Communications Covers for Ortronics® Series II modular

connectivity solutions (adapter installed)

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

25DTC-CVR 8" [203mm] Cover for 25DTP-4 and

25DTC-4 Series.

30TC-CVR For 30TP-2V / 30TC-2V and 30TP-4V /

30TC-4V Series. 12" [305mm] long.

AMTC-CVR For AMDTP-4 and AMTC-4 Series

8" [203mm] long.

25DTC-ACT

AMTC-3S2

Add-on Plates for Power Poles

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

25DTC-ACT 25DTP Kit with 8" [203mm] hole cut

cover and mounting adapter

AMTC-ACT AMDTP Kit with 8" [203mm] hole cut

cover and mounting adapter

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

25DTC-3S2 For 25DTP/25DTC Series

30TC-3S2 For 30 Series

AMTC-3S2 For AMDTP/AMTC Series

CAT. NO. DESCRIPTION

25AM-AP Accessory Pack for 25DTP-4 and

AMDTP-4 Series

30TP-AP Accessory Pack for 30TP-2V and

30TP-4V Series

25AM-AP, 30TP-AP

Tele-Power Pole Accessory Packs

Accessory packs include two ceiling trim plates, hanger

clamp assembly, feed end fitting, and floor mounting

assembly. One Accessory Pack supplied with each

Tele-Power Pole at no extra charge. Boots are not offered

in accessory packs.

Blank Round Aluminum Pole

PART NUMBERS:

ALTC-2S (Satin Anodized Finish)

ALTC-20W (Painted White Finish)

ALTC-2P (Polished Aluminum Finish)

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

659

POLES AND COLUMNS

CUSTOM TELEPOWER® POLES

Although Wiremold® has the most extensive selection of powerpole

products available, Wiremold offers Custom Tele-Power® Poles to

ensure proper distribution of power and communication services from

overhead wiring systems to open spaces as needed.

Custom Tele-Power Poles Fabrication Capabilities

• Modify the number and type of receptacles. Virtually any type of approved receptacle may be installed in the pole,

subject to size and voltage limitations. Receptacles may be standard speciﬁcation, decorator style, isolated ground,

or surge. They may utilize straight-blade or locking type plugs.

• Device spacings may be altered for your customer needs.

• Sectional poles ranging from 20' [6.1m] to 30' [9.2m] high.

• Communication cabling interface with your choice of hole cuts for modular RJ jacks, RS, IBM, and coax connectors

and modular furniture conﬁgurations.

• Epoxy powder-coat or enamel paint capabilities to complement any interior decor.

A. B.1.

Contact your Wiremold sales representative for custom quotes

and additional information.

Walkerﬂex Feed Options

A. For “daisy-chain” activation, the NPA connector provides the feed-

through capability to power a series of poles.

B. For direct feed options.

1. Walkerﬂex NCW cable sets directly fastened to end of pole (instead of

standard box or cordset).

2. NWC connector mounted along the length of the pole.

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

660

POLES AND COLUMNS

General Specifications:

Receptacles: Each pole compartment may be wired with

up to 12 receptacles, with the number of circuits limited

by the feed method.

Feed method: All poles are provided with a utility box

(4" x 4" x 2 1/8" [102mm x 102mm x 54mm]) for all poles

with a cord up to 10' [3m].

Accessories:

Ceiling trim plates, pole clamp, and non-adjustable foot

with carpet gripper/adhesive pad furnished.

[127mm]

2 13/16"

[71mm]

1 15/16"

[49mm]

12 sq. in.

[7742 sq. mm]

8 sq. in.

[5161 sq. mm]

NOTEs: Wire fill capacities calculated for a pole with a 4" x 4" x 2 1/8"

[102mm x 102mm x 54mm] box. Larger boxes can be used if higher

capacity is needed.

All of the standard profiles can be easily modified. Contact the

factory or the field sales representative for specifics.

Custom Tele-Power Poles Ordering Information

NP800 Jumbo Aluminum Tele-Power Pole

Two separate compartments can accommodate up

to 60A devices (#6 AWG maximum). Snap-in divider

permits up to six channels of varying sizes.

WIRE SIZE

THHN/THWN 40% FILL CIRCUITS

POWERING

WIRING 10 AWG 12 4

12 AWG 13 4

NP800 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Power

* Two Strand (Duplex) Multimode, 625/125m. Capacity range is calculated at 40% of raceway areas as stated in the Commercial Buildings Standard for

Telecommunication Pathways and Spaces, EIA/TIA 569-A.

NP800 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications

CABLE TYPE

Description

Nom.

O.D. Inches

UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR 24 AWG SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR COAXIAL CABLE TWINAX FIBER*

Cat 3 Cat3 Cat3 Cat 5 Cat 6 Cat 3 Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 RG58/U RG58/U RG6/U RG6/U 100 OHM

2 Pair 3 Pair 4 Pair 4 Pair 4 Pair 25 Pair 22 AWG 22 AWG 22 AWG 20 AWG 22 AWG 22AWG 18 AWG

0.14 0.15 0.19 0.22 0.25 0.41 0.39 0.465 0.245 0.195 0.242 0.242 0.27 0.33 0.19

Capacity of

Cross-Section (IN

)

2.4 62 54 33 25 19 7 8 5 20 32 20 20 16 11 33

2.8 72 63 39 29 22 8 9 6 23 37 24 24 19 13 39

3.2 83 72 45 33 26 9 10 7 27 42 27 27 22 14 45

4.2 109 95 59 44 34 12 14 9 35 56 36 36 29 19 59

4.3 111 97 60 45 34 13 14 10 36 57 37 37 30 20 60

4.8 124 108 67 50 38 14 16 11 40 64 41 41 33 22 67

5.0 129 113 70 52 40 15 16 11 42 66 43 43 34 23 70

5.2 135 117 73 54 42 15 17 12 44 69 45 45 36 24 73

5.8 150 131 81 61 46 17 19 13 49 77 50 50 40 27 81

6.2 161 140 87 65 50 18 20 14 52 83 53 53 43 28 87

7.0 181 158 98 73 56 21 23 16 59 93 60 60 48 32 98

7.7 200 174 108 81 62 23 25 18 65 103 66 66 53 36 108

8.0 207 181 112 84 64 24 26 18 67 107 69 69 55 37 112

12.0 311 271 169 126 96 36 40 28 101 160 104 104 83 56 169

CUSTOM TELEPOWER® POLES

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

661

POLES AND COLUMNS

4.3"

sq. in.

7.7"

sq.in.

1 5/8"

[41mm]

sq. in.

6.2"

sq. in.

3 1/8"

[79mm]

5.8"

sq. in.

6.2"

sq.in.

2 3/16"

[56mm]

12"

sq. in.

[127mm] 2 13/16"

[71mm]

2.8"

sq.

5.2"

sq.in.

1 5/8"

[41mm]

4.6"

sq. in.

3.2"

sq. in.

3 1/8"

[79mm]

3.8"

sq. in.

4.2"

sq.in.

2 3/16"

[56mm]

sq. in.

[127mm] 1 13/16"

[46mm]

NP800 Series Wire Fill Capacities for Communications (continued)

CUSTOM TELEPOWER® POLES

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

662

POLES AND COLUMNS

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

667

WIREMOLD

POWER DISTRIBUTION

Wiremold® Power Distribution

Devices are designed to provide

complete power/protection

solutions for your power/

IT network from the service

entrance to point-of-use.

POWER DISTRIBUTION

668

Power Commander® IQ Series

Table of Contents

671

Power Commander® Plus Series

674

Power Commander® Series

High Amperage Units

682

Medical Grade/Special Use

Power Solutions

677

Rack Mounted Power Solutions

676

CabinetMate® Series

678

Workstation Power Solutions

Power Commander

Series High

Amperage Units

674

Medical Grade Plug-In

Outlet Centers

682

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

668

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WIREMOLD

Power Commander® IQ Power Distribution Units offer remote current and

temperature monitoring of connected equipment and individual outlet control for

power recycling.

CODE REFERENCE

cTUVus Listed:

File 30783215.002 EN60950-1

POWER COMMANDER

IQ SERIES

NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution

solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact

the factory for additional information.

AC Voltage Input 100 to 125V

AC Voltage Output 100 to 125V

Frequency 60 Hz

Load Capacity 15A

Output Receptacle 16 Pcs switched NEMA 5-15

(8 pieces each circuit)

Product Warranty 2 years

Power Cable –

AWG Length &

Plug Type

2 power cables, 14/3 SJT Type,

5-15P straight blade, 4 1/2 ft. [1.4m]

Console Interface

Local Master Port

1 RS232 Port. RJ-45 Connector.

Data: 7 or 8 bits. Stop Bits: 1 or 2.

Parity: None, Odd or Even.

Flow Control: None or RTS/CTS.

Baud rate 2400 to 115200.

Temperature

Sensing Port

Digital Input Port – RJ11

Network Interface 10-Base-T RJ45.

Display 16 Power Outlet On/Off status LEDs,

2 Network LEDs. 2 digit LED display

(1.00" x 0.65") [25mm x 16.5mm] for AC

Current Draw Status.

Network Protocols ICMP, TCP/IP, DHCP Telnet, DNS, POP3/

SMTP, SNMP, HTTPS/HTTP, and BootP

Weight 10 lbs. Shipping Weight

Operational

Temperature

Environment

32F° – 122F° (0C° – 50C°)

Storage

Temperature

-20F° – 140F° (-29C° – 60C°)

Humidity 10% – 90% RH

Sixteen (16) 15A simplex

outlets in two banks of 8.

Black housing.

Length: 19" [1.5m]

Width: 3 7/32" [82mm]

Depth: 6 1/4" [159mm]

SPDU16-2U

Power Commander IQ Series Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

669

WIREMOLD

POWER DISTRIBUTION

POWER COMMANDER

IQ SERIES

Ordering Information

AC Voltage Input 100 to 125V

AC Voltage Output 100 to 125V

Frequency 60 Hz

Load Capacity 15A

Output Receptacle 8 switched NEMA 5-15

Product Warranty 2 years

Power Cable –

AWG Length &

Plug Type

14/3 SJT Type, 5-15P straight blade,

4 1/2 ft. [1.4m]

Console Interface

Local Master Port

1 RS232 Port. RJ-45 Connector.

Data: 7 or 8 bits. Stop Bits: 1 or 2.

Parity: None, Odd or Even.

Flow Control: None or RTS/CTS.

Baud rate 2400 to 115200.

Temperature

Sensing Port

Digital Input Port – RJ11

Network Interface 10-Base-T RJ45.

Display 8 Power Outlet On/Off status LEDs, 2

Network LEDs. 2 digit LED display (1.00"

x 0.65") [25mm x 16.5mm] for AC Current

Draw Status.

Network Protocols ICMP, TCP/IP, DHCP Telnet, DNS, POP3/

SMTP, SNMP, HTTPS/HTTP, and BootP

Weight 7 lbs. Shipping Weight

Operational

Temperature

Environment

32F° – 122F° (0C° – 50C°)

Storage

Temperature

-20F° – 140F° (-29C° – 60C°)

Humidity 10% – 90% RH

Eight (8)15A simplex

outlets. Black housing.

Length: 19" [1.5m

Width: 1 5/8" [41mm]

Depth: 6 1/4" [159mm]

SPDU8-1U

Power Commander IQ Series Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

670

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WIREMOLD

POWER COMMANDER

IQ SERIES

Ordering Information

AC Voltage Input 100 to 125V

AC Voltage Output 100 to 125V

Frequency 60 Hz

Load Capacity 20A

Output Receptacle 20 switched NEMA 5-15

Product Warranty 2 years

Power Cable

AWG Length &

Plug Type

12/3 SJT Type, L5-20P Locking plug, 91/2

ft. [2.9m]

Measurement of True RMS from all

CircuitsAC Current Draw

Monitoring

Console Interface

Local Master Port

1 RS232 Port. RJ-45 Connector Type.

Data: 7 or 8 bits. Stop Bits: 1 or 2.

Parity: None, Odd or Even.

Flow Control: None or RTS/CTS.

Baud rate 2400 to 115200.

Audio Buzzer 85 Decibel

Display 20 Power Outlet ON/OFF status LEDs,

1 Power On/Off LED. 2 Network LEDs.

2 digit LED display (1.00" x 0.65") [25mm x

16.5mm] for AC Current Draw Status.

Temperature

Sensing Port

Digital Input Port – RJ11

Network Interface 10-Base-T RJ45.

Network Protocols ICMP, TCP/IP, DHCP Telnet, DNS,

POP3/SMTP, SNMP, HTTP, and BootP

Weight 18 lbs. Shipping Weight

Operational

Temperature

Environment

32F° – 122F° (0C° – 50C°)

Storage

Temperature

-20F° – 140F° (-29C° – 60C°)

Humidity 10% – 90% RH

Twenty (20) 15A simplex

outlets. Black housing.

Length: 61" [1.5m]

Width: 1 3/4" [44mm]

Depth: 2 1/2" [60mm]

SPDU20-0U

Power Commander IQ Series Ordering Information (continued)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

671

WIREMOLD

POWER DISTRIBUTION

Power Commander® Plus High Current Power Distribution Units offer the capacity

to meet the ever-increasing power demands of data centers. CODE REFERENCE

cTUVus Listed:

File 30783215.002 EN60950-1

POWER COMMANDER

PLUS SERIES

NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution

solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact

the factory for additional information.

A Hub assembly of a Power Commander Plus PDU

showing circuit breakers and LEDs.

C13 Receptacle

(Rated 15A) C19 Receptacle

(Rated 20A)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

672

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WIREMOLD

POWER COMMANDER

PLUS SERIES

Ordering Information

6W21N

6B21N, 6W21N

Eight (8) 5-20R outlets per circuit, twenty-four (24)

total outlets. Black (6B) or White (6W) top cover.

Length 64.12" [1.63m] overall,

67.12" [1.70m] with mounting ears.

Hub Length 10.12" [257mm]

Width 2.00" [50.8mm]

Depth 1.95"

3.20"

[49.5mm],

[81.3mm] with hub

Mounting 66.0" [1.68m] center-to-center

Power Commander Plus Series 60 Amp PDU Ordering Information – 120/208 System, 120V Output

5-20R 5-20R 5-20R

6B21N, 6W21N

AC Voltage Input 120/208V

AC Voltage Output 100 to 127V

Frequency 60 Hz

Load Capacity 30 Amps 3-phase, derated to 24 Amps:

3 – 20 Amp Circuits derated to 16 Amps

(Circuits 1, 2 & 3)

Circuit Breaker 3 – 20 Amp (Circuits 1, 2 & 3), UL489 Listed

Output Receptacles NEMA 5-20R, IEC C13 or IEC C19

Product Warranty 2 years

Power Cord 10/5 SOOW Type, L21-30P Plug, 10' [3.05m]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

673

WIREMOLD

POWER DISTRIBUTION

6B21E, 6W21E

6B22E, 6W22E

POWER COMMANDER

PLUS SERIES

Ordering Information

Two (2) C19 outlets per circuit, eight (8) C13 outlets

per circuit. Black (6B) or White (6W) top cover.

Length 64.12" [1.63m] overall,

67.12" [1.70m] with mounting ears.

Hub Length 10.12" [257mm]

Width 2.00" [50.8mm]

Depth 1.95"

3.20"

[49.5mm],

[81.3mm] with hub

Mounting 66.0" [1.68m] center-to-center

Two (2) C19 outlets per circuit, eight (8) C13 outlets

per circuit. Black (6B) or White (6W) top cover.

Length 64.12" [1.63m] overall,

67.12" [1.70m] with mounting ears.

Hub Length 14.12" [359mm]

Width 2.00" [50.8mm]

Depth 1.95"

3.20"

[49.5mm],

[81.3mm] with hub

Mounting 66.0" [1.68m] center-to-center

Power Commander Plus Series 60 Amp PDU Ordering Information – 120/208 System, 120V Output

Power Commander Plus Series 60 Amp PDU Ordering Information – 120/208 System, 208V Output

AC Voltage Input 120/208V

AC Voltage Output 100 to 127V

Frequency 60 Hz

Load Capacity 30 Amps 3-phase, derated to 24 Amps:

3 – 20 Amp Circuits derated to 16 Amps

(Circuits 1, 2 & 3)

Circuit Breaker 3 – 20 Amp (Circuits 1, 2 & 3), UL489 Listed

Output Receptacles NEMA 5-20R, IEC C13 or IEC C19

Product Warranty 2 years

Power Cord 10/5 SOOW Type, L21-30P Plug, 10' [3.05m]

AC Voltage Input 120/208V

AC Voltage Output 200 to 230V

Frequency 60 Hz

Load Capacity 30 Amps 3-phase, derated to 24 Amps:

3 – 20 Amp Circuits derated to 16 Amps

(Circuits 1, 2 & 3)

Circuit Breaker 3 – 20 Amp (Circuits 1, 2 & 3), UL489 Listed

Output Receptacles IEC C13 or IEC C19

Product Warranty 2 years

Power Cord 10/5 SOOW Type, L21-30P Plug, 10' [3.05m]

C19 C13 C19 C13 C19 C13

6B21E, 6W21E

C19 C13 C19 C13 C19 C13

6W22E

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

674

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WIREMOLD

Power Commander® Series High Amperage Units (PDUs) have multiple circuits

to provide increased capacity for today’s high density server racks. Embedded or

remote ammeters are available to monitor current draw.

POWER COMMANDER

SERIES

High Amperage Units

NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution

solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact

the factory for additional information.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed:

File 173292 Guide: NWGQ

Power Commander Series Mounting Information

MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

Understanding that each cabinet, enclosure, rack and application is unique, Wiremold has designed four solutions for

mounting the 30 Amp Power Distribution Units using the universal T-slot built into the unit. The mounting kits listed below

are available for purchase as accessories.

STANDARD HARDWARE INSTALLATION

Attach the Spring Clips to the cabinet frame or cabinet wall making sure the top

clip is no more than 1 inch [25mm] from the top of the unit. Insert the 1/4 - 20

Phillips screw through the spring clip as shown, and then through the cabinet

frame or cabinet wall. On the other side of the mounting surface, put the 1/4

lock washer over the exposed Phillips screw and tighten into place with the 1/4

- 20 nut. Once the spring clips are secure, place unit in one side of the clips and

snap the other side into position.

30A-MK2 L Bracket

Allows mounting at a right angle. May be used for a side or

end mount.

30A-MK1 Z Bracket

Sturdy anodized aluminum bracket offsets the unit for front

access to the mounting. May be used for a side or end mount.

30A-MK3 Swivel Bracket

Allows unit to be mounted then rotated up to 270° (dependent

on mounting location) providing easy access to unit’s face

without losing space.

30A-MK4 Drop-In Clip

Clip is mounted directly on the unit and allows the strip to

install with a ‘drop and hold’ method that requires no

additional hardware.

NOTE: Accessory mounting kits are

not UL Listed.

1/4-20

Phillips

Clip

1/4 Lock

Washer

1/4-20

Nut

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

675

WIREMOLD

POWER DISTRIBUTION

3A44B2-1 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit

3A86B2-1 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit

3B44B2-1 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit

3B86B2-1 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit

3B53B2-1-AM 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit

3B43B2-1-RAM 30 Amp Power Distribution Unit

4B44B2-2 40 Amp Power Distribution Unit

4B86B2-2 40 Amp Power Distribution Unit

4B53B2-2-AM 40 Amp Power Distribution Unit

4B43B2-2-RAM 40 Amp Power Distribution Unit

Two 15A resettable circuit breakers. Twenty-four 20A

outlets with T-slots, gray housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length

48" [1.2m].

Two 15A resettable circuit breakers. Thirty-six 20A outlets

with T-slots, gray housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length 70"

[1.8m].

Two circuits with two 15A resettable circuit breakers.

Twenty-four 20A outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12'

[3.6m] cord. Length 48" [1.2m].

Two circuits with two 15A resettable circuit breakers.

Thirty-six 20A outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m]

cord. Length 70" [1.8m].

Two circuits with two 15A resettable circuit breakers and

two lighted LCD digital ammeters. Eighteen 20A outlets

with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length 54"

[1.4m].

Two circuits with two 15A resettable circuit breakers and

two lighted remote LCD digital ammeters. Eighteen 20A

outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length

48" [1.2m]. Includes two (2) 7' [1.2m] patch cables, two (2)

remote displays, and one (1) rack mountable faceplate.

Two circuits with two 20A resettable circuit breakers.

Twenty-four 20A outlets with T-slots, black housing.

12' [3.6m] cord. Length 48" [1.2m].

Two circuits with two 20A resettable circuit breakers.

Thirty-six 20A outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m]

cord. Length 70" [1.8m].

Two circuits with two 20A resettable circuit breakers and

two lighted LCD digital ammeters. Eighteen 20A outlets

with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length

54" [1.4m].

Two circuits with two 20A resettable circuit breakers and

two lighted remote LCD digital ammeters. Eighteen 20A

outlets with T-slots, black housing. 12' [3.6m] cord. Length

48" [1.2m]. Includes two (2) 7' [1.2m] patch cables, two (2)

remote displays, and one (1) rack mountable faceplate.

POWER COMMANDER

SERIES

High Amperage Units

Power Commander High Amperage Units Ordering Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

676

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WIREMOLD

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

3609ULBC (6' [1.8m] cord)

3609ULBD (15' [4.6m] cord)

CABINETMATE

SERIES

Power Only Products

Eight 20A outlets with t-slots. Length 20" [508mm].

Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. 20 Amp unit

with a 20A resettable circuit breaker.

Locking Plug

All units feature gray aluminum housing 1 1/2" x 1 3/16" [38mm x30mm] with

black receptacles and black power cord with straight blade plug.

Units with “-TL” suffix have twist lock plug.

CabinetMate Series Power Only Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information

Nine outlets. Length 36" [915mm]. Receptacle center-to-

center 3" [76mm]. 15 Amp unit with a 15A resettable circuit

breaker.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

4810ULBC (6' [1.8m] cord)

4810ULBD (15' [4.6m] cord)

Ten outlets. Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-to-center

4" [101mm]. 15 Amp unit with a 15A resettable circuit

breaker.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

7011ULBC (6' [1.8m] cord)

7011ULBD (15' [4.6m] cord)

Eleven outlets. Length 70" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-to-

center 6" [152mm]. 15 Amp unit with a 15A resettable circuit

breaker.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

7712ULBC (6' [1.8m] cord)

7712ULBD (15' [4.6m] cord)

Twelve outlets. Length 77" [2m]. Receptacle center-to-

center 6" [152mm]. 15 Amp unit with a 15A resettable circuit

breaker.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

2008ULBC20R (6' [1.8m] cord, straight blade plug)

2008ULBC20R-TL (6' [1.8m] cord, locking Plug)

2008ULBD20R (15' [4.6m] cord, straight blade plug)

2008ULBD20R-TL (15' [4.6m] cord, locking Plug)

Ten 20A outlets with t-slots. Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle

center-to-center 4" [101mm]. 20 Amp unit with a 20A

resettable circuit breaker.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

4810ULBC20R (6' [1.8m] cord, straight blade plug)

4810ULBC20R-TL (6' [1.8m] cord, locking Plug)

4810ULBD20R (15' [4.6m] cord, straight blade plug)

4810ULBD20R-TL (15' [4.6m] cord, locking Plug)

Eleven 20A outlets with t-slots. Length 70" [1.8m].

Receptacle center-to-center 6" [152mm]. 20 Amp unit with a

20A resettable circuit breaker.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

7011ULBC20R (6' [1.8m] cord, straight blade plug)

7011ULBC20R-TL (6' [1.8m] cord, locking Plug)

7011ULBD20R (15' [4.6m] cord, straight blade plug)

7011ULBD20R-TL (15' [4.6m] cord, locking Plug)

Twelve 20A outlets with t-slots. Length 77" [2m]. Receptacle

center-to-center 6" [152mm]. 20 Amp unit with a 20A

resettable circuit breaker.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

7712ULBC20R (6' [1.8m] cord, straight blade plug)

7712ULBC20R-TL (6' [1.8m] cord, locking Plug)

7712ULBD20R (15' [4.6m] cord, straight blade plug)

7712ULBD20R-TL (15' [4.6m] cord, locking Plug)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

677

WIREMOLD

POWER DISTRIBUTION

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J06B0BX (6 Foot Cord)

J06B2BX (15 Foot Cord)

Power Only Products Ordering Information

Eight rear outlets, lighted switch,

15A, receptacles rotated 90° and

4 outlets spaced to accommodate

transformers. 6' (J08B0B) or 15' (J08B2B) [1.8m or 4.6m]

cord. Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm] and

2" [51mm].

Six rear outlets, lighted switch,

15A, 6' (J06B0B) or 15' (J06B2B)

[1.8m or 4.6m] cord. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm].

Six front outlets, lighted switch,

15A, 6' (J60B0B) or 15' (J60B2B)

[1.8m or 4.6m] cord. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm].

Two front, four rear outlets,

lighted switch, 15A, 6' (J24B0B)

or 15' (J24B2B) [1.8m or 4.6m]

cord. Receptacle center-to-

center 1 1/2" [38mm].

Six rear outlets, 15A, 6'

(J06B0BX) or 15' (J06B2BX)

[1.8m or 4.6m] cord. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm].

Six rear 20A outlets, on/off

switch, 6' (J06B0B20) or 15'

(J06B2B20) [1.8m or 4.6m] cord.

Receptacle center-to-center

1 1/2" [38mm].

Six rear 20A outlets, 6'

(J06B0B20X) or 15' (J06B2B20X)

[1.8m or 4.6m] cord. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm].

Six front 20A outlets, on/off

switch, 6' (J60B0B20) or 15'

(J60B2B20) [1.8m or 4.6m] cord.

Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm].

Six front 20A outlets, 6'

(J60B0B20X) or 15' (J60B2B20X)

[1.8m or 4.6m] cord. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm].

RACK MOUNTED POWER SOLUTIONS

Power Only Products

J06B0B20X-AM Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

Digital ammeter with LCD

readout of current draw. Six

20A rear outlets. 6' [1.8m] cord.

Receptacle center-to-center

1 1/2" [38mm].

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J08B0B (6 Foot Cord)

J08B2B (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J06B0B20 (6 Foot Cord)

J06B2B20 (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J06B0B (6 Foot Cord)

J06B2B (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J06B0B20X (6 Foot Cord)

J06B2B20X (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J60B0B (6 Foot Cord)

J60B2B (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J60B0B20 (6 Foot Cord)

J60B2B20 (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J24B0B (6 Foot Cord)

J24B2B (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J60B0B20X (6 Foot Cord)

J60B2B20X (15 Foot Cord)

Six front outlets, 15A, receptacles

rotated 90° and spaced to

accommodate transformers.

6' (J60B0B-90) or 15' (J60B2B-90) [1.8m or 4.6m] cord.

Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2" [38mm].

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

J60B0B-90 (6 Foot Cord)

J60B2B-90 (15 Foot Cord)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

678

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WIREMOLD

Twenty-four outlets, rugged gray aluminum housing,

15A, lighted switch, 6' [1.8m] (UL2065BC) or 15' [4.6m]

(UL2065BD) 14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug.

Length 72" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-to-center 2 1/2"

[64mm]. Snap-on, Slide-off mounting.

Twelve outlets, rugged gray aluminum housing, 15A,

6' [1.8m] (UL2062BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL2062BD) 14/3

SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 72" [1.8m].

Receptacle center-to-center 5 1/4" [133mm].

Twenty-four outlets, rugged gray aluminum housing, 15A,

6' [1.8m] (UL2063BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL2063BD) 14/3

SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 72" [1.8m].

Receptacle center-to-center 2 1/2" [64mm].

Twelve outlets, rugged gray aluminum housing, 15A, lighted

switch, 6' [1.8m] (UL2064BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL2064BD) 14/3

SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 72" [1.8m].

Receptacle center-to-center 5 1/4" [133mm]. Snap-on,

Slide-off mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

UL402BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL402BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

UL401BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL401BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

UL309BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL309BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

UL300BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL300BD (15 Foot Cord)

Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information

Eight outlets, lighted switch, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, 6' [1.8m] (UL300BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL300BD)

14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 24"

[609mm]. Receptacle center-to-center 2" [51mm]. Snap-on,

slide-off mounting.

Sixteen outlets, lighted switch, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, 6' [1.8m](UL402BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL402BD)

14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 48" [1.2m].

Receptacle center-to-center 2 1/2" [64mm]. Snap-on, slide-

off mounting.

Eight outlets, lighted switch, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, 6' [1.8m](UL401BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL401BD)

14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 48"

[1.2m]. Receptacle center-to-center 5 1/4" [133mm]. Snap-

on, slide-off mounting.

Nine outlets, lighted switch, rugged gray aluminum housing,

15A, 6' [1.8m](UL309BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL309BD) 14/3 SJT

black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 36" [915mm].

Receptacle center-to-center 3" [76mm]. Snap-on,

slide-off mounting.

WORKSTATION POWER SOLUTIONS

Ordering Information

Eight outlets, rugged gray aluminum housing, 15A, 6' [1.8m]

(UL403BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL403BD) 14/3 SJT black cord with

NEMA5-15 plug. Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-to-

center 5 1/4" [133mm]. Snap-on, slide-off mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL403BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL403BD (15 Foot Cord)

Sixteen outlets, rugged gray aluminum housing, 15A,

6' [1.8m] (UL404BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL404BD) 14/3 SJT black

cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 48" [1.2m]. Receptacle

center-to-center 2 1/2" [64mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL404BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL404BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

UL2063BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL2063BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

UL2062BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL2062BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

UL2064BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL2064BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL2065BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL2065BD (15 Foot Cord)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

679

WIREMOLD

POWER DISTRIBUTION

Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information (continued)

WORKSTATION POWER SOLUTIONS

Ordering Information

NM20-C3 Plug-In Outlet Center Units

NM20-C4 Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Six outlets, steel housing with ivory (V20-C2) or gray finish

(G20-C2). 6' [1.8m] cord. Length 40" [1m]. Receptacle

center-to-center 6" [152mm].

Six (3 duplex) outlets,

nonmetallic housing with ivory

finish. 6' [1.8m] cord, Length

36" [915mm]. Receptacle

center-to-center 12" [305mm].

Eight (4 duplex) outlets,

nonmetallic housing with ivory

finish. 6' [1.8m] cord. Length

48" [1.2m]. Receptacle center-

to-center 12" [305mm].

NM20-C5 Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Ten (5 duplex) outlets,

nonmetallic housing with ivory

finish. 6' [1.8m] cord, Length

60" [1.5m]. Receptacle center-

to-center 12" [305mm].

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

V20-C2 (6 Foot Cord)

G20-C2 (15 Foot Cord)

NM20-C6 Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Twelve (6 duplex) outlets,

nonmetallic housing with ivory

finish. 6' [1.8m] cord. Length

72" [1.8m]. Receptacle center-

to-center 12" [305mm].

Five outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (UL100BC) or

15' [4.6m] (UL100BD) 14/3 SJT black

cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 91/4"

[235mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Four outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A. 6' (UL101BC) or 15'

(UL101BD) [1.8m or 4.6m] 14/3 SJT

black cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length

91/4" [235mm]. Receptacle center-to-

center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Four outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]

(UL104BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL104BD) 14/3

SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug.

Length 9 1/4" [235mm]. Receptacle

center-to-center 11/4" [32mm]. Snap-

on, slide-off mounting.

Seven outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]

(UL204BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL204BD)

14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15

plug. Length 13" [330mm]. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-

on, slide-off mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL100BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL100BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL101BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL101BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL104BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL104BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL204BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL204BD (15 Foot Cord)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

680

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WIREMOLD

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

R610 (6 Foot Cord)

R612 (15 Foot Cord)

Six outlets, putty white aluminum

housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]

(R610) or 15' [4.6m] (R612) 14/3 SJT

putty white cord with NEMA5-15 plug.

Length 12 1/4" [311mm]. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-

on, slide-off mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

P6 (6 Foot Cord)

P6-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Six outlets, putty white impact-resistant

polymeric housing, 15A, lighted switch,

6' [1.8m] (P6) or 15' [4.6m] (P6-15) 14/3

SJT putty white cord with NEMA5-15

plug. Length 12" [305mm]. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm].

Keyhole mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL1090BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL1090BD (15 Foot Cord)

Four outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, receptacles rotated

90° and spaced to accommodate

transformers. 6' [1.8m] (UL1090BC) or

15' [4.6m] (UL1090BD) 14/3 SJT black

cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 16"

[406mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

3" [76mm]. Snap-on, slide-off mounting.

Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information (continued)

WORKSTATION POWER SOLUTIONS

Ordering Information

Eight outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (UL205BC) or

15' [4.6m] (UL205BD) 14/3 SJT black

cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13"

[330mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Six outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (UL206BC) or

15' [4.6m] (UL206BD) 14/3 SJT black

cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 12

1/4" [311mm]. Receptacle center-to-

center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Six outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]

(UL207BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL207BD) 14/3

SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug.

Length 12 1/4" [311mm]. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-

on, slide-off mounting.

Eight outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]

(UL218BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL218BD)

14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15

plug. Length 15" [381mm]. Receptacle

center-to-center 1 1/4" [32mm]. Snap-

on, slide-off mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL205BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL205BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL206BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL206BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL207BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL207BD (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL218BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL218BD (15 Foot Cord)

Ten outlets, rugged gray aluminum

housing, 15A, lighted switch. 6' [1.8m]

(UL210BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL210BD)

14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15

plug. Length 13" [330mm], width 3 1/2"

[89mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

1 15/16" [49mm]. Keyhole mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL210BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL210BD (15 Foot Cord)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

681

WIREMOLD

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WORKSTATION POWER SOLUTIONS

Ordering Information

Work Station Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information (continued)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL209BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL209BD (15 Foot Cord)

Eight individually switched outlets,

lighted on/off switch, putty white finish

aluminum housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m]

(UL209BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL209BD)

14/3 SJT black cord with NEMA5-15

plug. Length 13" [330mm], width 3 1/2"

[89mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

1 5/16" [33mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

UL215BC (6 Foot Cord)

UL215BD (15 Foot Cord)

Four individually switched outlets,

lighted on/off switch, rugged gray

aluminum housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m]

(UL215BC) or 15' [4.6m] (UL215BD) 14/3

SJT black cord with NEMA5-15 plug.

Length 13" [330mm], width 2" [51mm].

Receptacle center-to-center 2 1/8"

[54mm]. Snap-on, slide-off mounting.

IEC5 Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Five 250V, IEC 320 outlets, gray finish,

10A single pole circuit breaker, power

cord not included. Length 11" [279mm].

Receptacle center-to-center 1 1/2"

[38mm]. Input is provided with a male

IEC320 Receptacle. Appropriate input

cord must be purchased separately.

Output receptacles are female IEC320.

Snap-on, slide-off mounting. Power

cord not included. cULus Listed, TUV

Nord Certified EN60950.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

ULB620-6 (6 Foot Cord)

ULB620-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Six 20A, 120V, 60Hz, 2500 watt outlets,

lighted switch, putty white aluminum

housing, 6' [1.8m] (ULB620-6) or 15'

[4.6m] (ULB620-15) 12/3 SJT black

cord with NEMA5-20 plug. Length

13 1/4" [337mm]. Receptacle center-

to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on,

slide-off mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

ULB820-6 (6 Foot Cord)

ULB820-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Eight 20A, 120V, 60Hz, 2500 watt

outlets, lighted switch, putty white

aluminum housing, 6' [1.8m] (ULB820-

6) or 15' [4.6m] (ULB820-15) 12/3 SJT

black cord with NEMA5-20 plug. Length

17 1/4" [438mm]. Receptacle center-

to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on,

slide-off mounting.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

ULB420-6 (6 Foot Cord)

ULB420-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Four 20A, 120V, 60Hz, 2500 watt outlets,

lighted switch, putty white aluminum

housing, 6' [1.8m] (ULB420-6) or

15' [4.6m] (ULB420-15) 12/3 SJT black

cord with NEMA5-20 plug. Length

10 3/4" [273mm]. Receptacle center-

to-center 1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on,

slide-off mounting.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

682

POWER DISTRIBUTION

WIREMOLD

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

ULM4-6 (6 Foot Cord)

ULM4-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Four outlets. Rugged white aluminum

housing. 6' [1.8m] (ULMH4-6) or 15'

[4.6m] (ULMH4-15) 14/3 SJT white cord

with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 10 3/4"

[237mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting. cTUVus Listed as Medical

Electrical Equipment. Suitable for use

where Article 517 of NEC requires

Hospital Grade Outlets.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

ULM6-6 (6 Foot Cord)

ULM6-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Six outlets. Rugged white aluminum

housing. 6' [1.8m] (ULMH6-6) or 15'

[4.6m] (ULMH6-15) 14/3 SJT white cord

with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13 1/4"

[337mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting. cTUVus Listed as Medical

Electrical Equipment. Suitable for use

where Article 517 of NEC requires

Hospital Grade Outlets.

Special Use/Medical Grade Power Solutions – Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

ULBH4-6 (6 Foot Cord)

ULBH4-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Four outlets. Rugged white aluminum

housing. 6' [1.8m] (ULBH4-6) or 15'

[4.6m] (ULBH4-15) 14/3 SJT white cord

with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 10 3/4"

[237mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting. Not for use in critical care

environments. Not for use where

Article 517 of NEC requires Hospital

Grade Outlets.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

ULBH6-6 (6 Foot Cord)

ULBH6-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Six outlets. Rugged white aluminum

housing. 6' [1.8m] (ULBH6-6) or 15'

[4.6m] (ULBH6-15) 14/3 SJT white cord

with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13 1/4"

[337mm]. Receptacle center-to-center

1 1/2" [38mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting. Not for use in critical care

environments. Not for use where

Article 517 of NEC requires Hospital

Grade Outlets.

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

ULM620-6 (6 Foot Cord)

ULM620-15 (15 Foot Cord)

20A configuration. Four outlets, white

finish. 6' [1.8m] (ULM620-6) or 15'

[4.6m] (ULM620-15) cord. Length 10

3/4" [237mm]. Receptacle center-to-

center 1 1/2" [38mm]. cTUVus Listed as

Medical Electrical Equipment. Suitable

for use where Article 517 of the NEC

requires Hospital Grade Outlets.

MEDICAL GRADE/SPECIAL USE POWER SOLUTIONS

Ordering Information

MOUNTING TYPES

Each Plug-In Outlet Center unit has one of three different mounting

types. Each mounting method has been designed to optimize the

performance of the product. Complete mounting hardware and

installation instructions are included with every unit.

Mounting Information

Snap-On/Slide-Off

Mount unit in any position. Catalog

No. 8004 includes two aluminum

mounting clips that snap onto

mounting rails on the back of

the unit. Screws also included.

Used for all units with 2" [51mm]

aluminum housing.

Keyhole Mounting

Mount unit in almost any position.

Screws not included. Available on

all plastic units and units with 3 1/2"

[89mm] aluminum housing.

Spring Clip Mounting

Mount unit in any position.

Catalog No. 8002 includes two

spring steel mounting clips

that snap onto the unit. Screws

also included. Used for all units

with 1 1/2" [38mm] narrow

aluminum housing.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

683

WIREMOLD

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Wiremold® Surge Protective Devices are designed to provide complete power/

protection solutions for your power/IT network from the service entrance to

point-of-use.

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Workstation Surge

Solutions

689

Cabinet Surge Solutions

Workstation Surge Solutions

Hard-Wired Surge Protection

Rack Mounted Surge Solutions

Surge Protected

CabinetMATE

Series

685

Surge Protected

Products

687

Surge Protected

Plug-In Outlet

Center

Units

689

PA/PB™ Series

692

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

684

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

WIREMOLD

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Quick Selection Guide

PA120T

PR609N

4810ULBC

J60B2B

M6S

Work Station Solutions

Rack-Mounted Power Solutions

Hard-Wired Surge Protection Cabinet Power Solutions

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

685

WIREMOLD

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

8002 Spring Clip

CABINETMATE

™

SERIES

Surge Protected Products

CabinetMate Series Plug-In Outlet Center Units offer a low profile aluminum

housing to save space.

NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution

solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact

the factory for additional information.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed: File E66421

Guide XYBS, XUHT, VZCA

Surge Suppression Specifications

Surge Protection Circuitry Single Stage

Maximum Surge Current 36,000 Amps

(12,000 Amps L-N, 12,000 Amps L-G,

12,000 Amps N-G)

Noise Reduction +35dB

Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond

NOTE: See the Joule explanation later in this section.

MOUNTING TYPES

Each Cabinet Power Solution can be mounted via included

spring clip hardware. Complete mounting hardware and

installation instructions are included with every unit.

Mount unit in any position. Includes two

spring steel mounting clips that snap

onto the unit. Screws also included.

Used for all units with 1 1/2" [38mm]

narrow aluminum housing.

CabinetMate Series Mounting Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

686

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

WIREMOLD

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

Ten outlets. 6' [1.8m] (4810BCS) or 15' [4.6m] (4810BDS)

cord. Length 48" [1.2m]. 15A resettable circuit breaker.

Computer grade surge protection, 15 Amps.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

Eleven outlets. 6' [1.8m] (7011BCS) or 15' [4.6m]

(7011BDS) cord. Length 70" [1.8m]. 15A resettable circuit

breaker. Computer grade surge protection, 15 Amps.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

Twelve outlets. 6' [1.8m] (7712BCS) or 15' [4.6m]

(7712BDS) cord. Length 77" [2m]. 15A resettable circuit

breaker. Computer grade surge protection, 15 Amps.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

Eight 20A outlets with t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (2008BCS20R)

or 15' [4.6m] (2008BDS20R) cord. Length 20" [508mm].

Computer grade surge protection, 20 Amps.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

Ten 20A outlets with t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (4810BCS20R)

or 15' [4.6m] (4810BDS20R) cord. Length 48" [1.2m].

Computer grade surge protection, 20 Amps.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

Eleven outlets with t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (7011BCS20R)

or 15' [4.6m] (4810BDS20R) cord. Length 70" [1.8m].

Computer grade surge protection, 20 Amps.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

Twelve outlets with t-slots. 6' [1.8m] (7712BCS20R)

or 15' [4.6m] (7712BDS20R) cord. Length 77" [2m].

20A resettable circuit breaker. Computer grade surge

protection, 20 Amps.

All units feature gray aluminum

housing 1 1/2" x 1 3/16" [38mm

x30mm] with black receptacles

and black power cord with

straight blade plug.

CABINETMATE™ SERIES

Surge Protected Products

Why Don’t We Specify Joules?

The Joule rating does not provide an accurate indication of the robustness of a surge

suppressor. The Joule rating is energy over time and it is very easy to artificially inflate

the Joule rating by changing the time base. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics

Engineers (IEEE) as well as the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) both

warn against using Joules to compare surge suppressors.

CabinetMate Series Surge Protected Plug-In Outlet Centers Ordering Information

PART NUMBERS:

4810BCS (6 Foot Cord)

4810BDS (15 Foot Cord)

PART NUMBERS:

7011BCS (6 Foot Cord)

7011BDS (15 Foot Cord)

PART NUMBERS:

7712BCS (6 Foot Cord)

7712BDS (15 Foot Cord)

PART NUMBERS:

2008BCS20R (6 Foot Cord)

2008BDS20R (15 Foot Cord)

PART NUMBERS:

4810BCS20R (6 Foot Cord)

4810BDS20R (15 Foot Cord)

PART NUMBERS:

7011BCS20R (6 Foot Cord)

7011BDS20R (15 Foot Cord)

PART NUMBERS:

7712BCS20R (6 Foot Cord)

7712BDS20R (15 Foot Cord)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

687

WIREMOLD

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

RACK MOUNTED SURGE SOLUTIONS

Rack Mounted Power Solutions are designed to fit a standard 19" rack.

The compact 1U design takes up a minimum amount of rack space

NOTE: We are continually upgrading circuitry and features to provide the best possible power distribution

solutions; therefore, the products in this section of the catalog may change without notice. Contact

the factory for additional information.

CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed: File E66421

Guide XBYS2, XUHT2, VZCA2

Sentrex® High Performance Surge Speciﬁcations

Surge Protection Circuitry

3 Element, 3-Stage Hybrid Circuit

Maximum Surge Current

56,000 Amps (32,000 Amps L-N,

12,000 Amps L-G, 12,000 Amps N-G)

Noise Reduction

+50dB

Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond

NOTE: See the Joule explanation on page 626.

Perma-Power® Computer Grade Surge Speciﬁcations

Surge Protection Circuitry

Single Stage

Maximum Surge Current

36,000 Amps (12,000 Amps L-N,

12,000 Amps L-G, 12,000 Amps N-G)

Noise Reduction

+35dB

Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond

MOUNTING TYPES

Each Rack Mounted Power Solution can be mounted to standard 19" [482mm] racks via the closed slots. Power Commander High

Amperage Unit can also be mounted in a 0U position as shown below. Complete mounting hardware and installation instructions

are included with every unit.

Rack Mounting

Fits standard 19" [482mm] rack.

Hardware not included.

Closed Slots

for Rigidity

Designed in accordance with

E.I.A. standards.

Mounting Information

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

688

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

WIREMOLD

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

R5BZ20X (6 Foot Cord)

R5BZ20X-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

R5BZ20 (6 Foot Cord)

R5BZ20-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

R5BZX (6 Foot Cord)

R5BZX-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

R5BZ (6 Foot Cord)

R5BZ-15 (15 Foot Cord)

RACK MOUNTED SURGE SOLUTIONS

Surge Protected Products

Surge Protected Products Ordering Information

Eight rear outlets, lighted

switch, 15A. Receptacles

rotated 90° and 4 outlets

spaced to accommodate

transformers. 6' [1.8m]

(R8BZ) or 15' [4.6m] (R8BZ-

15) cord. Perma-Power®

computer grade surge

protection.

Six rear outlets, lighted

switch, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (R5BZ)

or 15'[4.6m] (R5BZ-15) cord.

Perma-Power® computer

grade, surge protection.

Six rear outlets, 15A. 6'

[1.8m] (R5BZX) or 15'[4.6m]

(R5BZX-15) cord. Perma-

Power® computer grade,

surge protection.

Six 20A rear outlets, on/off

switch. 6' [1.8m] (R5BZ20) or

15' [4.6m] (R5BZ20-15) cord.

Perma-Power® computer

grade surge protection.

Six 20A rear outlets. 6' [1.8m]

(R5BZ20X) or 15' [4.6vm]

(R5BZ20X-15) cord. Perma-

Power® computer grade

surge protection.

Six rear outlets, lighted

switch, 15A. 6' [1.8m] (R5S)

or 15' [4.6m] (R5S-15) cord.

Sentrex® high performance

surge protection.

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

R5S (6 Foot Cord)

R5S-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Unit

PART NUMBERS:

R8BZ (6 Foot Cord)

R8BZ-15 (15 Foot Cord)

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

689

WIREMOLD

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

WORKSTATION SURGE SOLUTIONS

Work Station Power Solutions are point-of-use, plug-in outlet centers available

with and without surge suppression. CODE REFERENCE

cULus Listed: File E66421

Guide XYBS, XUHT, VZCA

Sentrex® High Performance Surge Speciﬁcations

Surge Protection Circuitry

3 Element, 3-Stage Hybrid Circuit

Maximum Surge Current

56,000 Amps (32,000 Amps L-N,

12,000 Amps L-G, 12,000 Amps N-G)

Noise Reduction

+50dB

Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond

NOTE: See the Joule explanation located on the Cabinet Power Solutions

page 626.

Perma-Power® Computer Grade Surge Speciﬁcations

Surge Protection Circuitry

Single Stage

Maximum Surge Current

36,000 Amps (12,000 Amps L-N,

12,000 Amps L-G, 12,000 Amps N-G)

Noise Reduction

+35dB

Response Time Less than 1 nanosecond

MOUNTING TYPES

Each Plug-In Outlet Center unit has one of three different mounting types. Each mounting method has been designed to optimize

the performance of the product. Complete mounting hardware and installation instructions are included with every unit.

Mounting Information

COLOR OPTIONS

Workstation Power Solutions Plug-In Outlet Center Units Part

Number descriptions indicate available color options.

Surge Suppression Speciﬁcations

Snap-On/Slide-Off

Mount unit in any position. Catalog No.

8004 includes two aluminum mounting

clips that snap onto mounting rails

on the back of the unit. Screws also

included. Used for all units with 2"

[51mm] aluminum housing.

Keyhole Mounting

Mount unit in almost any position. Screws not

included. Available on all plastic units and

units with 3 1/2" [89mm] aluminum housing.

Spring Clip Mounting

Mount unit in any position. Catalog No. 8002

includes two spring steel mounting clips that

snap onto the unit. Screws also included.

Used for all units with 1 1/2" [38mm] narrow

aluminum housing.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

690

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

WIREMOLD

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

M6BZ (6 Foot Cord)

M6BZ-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

M6S (6 Foot Cord)

M6S-15 (15 Foot Cord)

WORKSTATION SURGE SOLUTIONS

Ordering Information

Work Station Power Solutions – Surge Protected Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information

M5S Plug-In Outlet Center Units

M5BZ Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Sentrex® high performance

surge protection. Five outlets,

lighted switch, durable putty

white aluminum housing, 15A.

Receptacles rotated 90° and spaced

to accommodate transformers.

Length 24" [610mm]. 6' [1.8m]

14/3 SJT putty white cord with

NEMA5-15 plug. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Sentrex® high performance surge

protection. Six outlets, lighted

switch, durable putty white

aluminum housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m]

(M6S) or 15' [4.6m] (M6S-15) 14/3

SJT putty white cord with NEMA5-

15 plug. Length 15 1/4" [387mm].

Snap-on, slide-off mounting.

Perma-Power® computer grade

surge protection. Five outlets,

lighted switch, durable putty

white aluminum housing, 15A.

Receptacles rotated 90° and spaced

to accommodate transformers.

6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT putty white

cord with NEMA5-15 plug. Length

21" [533mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Perma-Power® computer grade

surge protection. Six outlets,

lighted switch, durable putty

white aluminum housing, 15A. 6'

[1.8m] (M6BZ) or 15' (M6BZ-15)

[4.6m] 14/3 SJT putty white cord

with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13

1/4" [337mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Six outlets, two spaced for

transformers. Lighted switch,

data line protector with RJ45 jacks.

6' [1.8m] (M6BZNET) or

15' [4.6m] (M6BZNET-15) power

cord with 45° right angle plug.

Length 18" [457mm].

Right Angle Plug

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

M6BZNET (6 Foot Cord)

M6BZNET-15 (15 Foot Cord)

77000N Basic Surge Protection

8 outlets spaced for plug-in

transformers, lighted switch,

impact-resistant putty white

polymeric housing. 15A. 6’ [1.8m]

14/3 SJT putty white cord with

NEMA 5-15 plug. Maximum surge

current 6500 Amps. 14” x 4 ¼” x

1 ½” [356mm x 108mm x 38mm].

Keyhole mounting.

77001N

Basic Surge Protection Plus Phone/Fax Protection

8 outlets spaced for plug-in

transformers, lighted switch,

impact-resistant putty white

polymeric housing. 15A. 6’ [1.8m]

14/3 SJT putty white cord with

NEMA 5-15 plug. Maximum surge

current 6500 Amps. 14” x 4 ¼” x

1 ½” [356mm x 108mm x 38mm].

Keyhole mounting.

77002N Basic Surge Protection Plus Digital

Satellite, Coax and Phone/Fax Protection

8 outlets spaced for plug-in

transformers, lighted switch,

impact-resistant putty white

polymeric housing. 15A. 6’ [1.8m]

14/3 SJT putty white cord with

NEMA 5-15 plug. Maximum surge

current 6500 Amps. 14” x 4 ¼” x

1 ½” [356mm x 108mm x 38mm].

Keyhole mounting.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

691

WIREMOLD

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

M620BZLS (6 Foot Cord)

M620BZLS-15 (15 Foot Cord)

Plug-In Outlet Center Units

PART NUMBERS:

M6BZR (6 Foot Cord)

M6BZR-15 (15 Foot Cord)

SR10N Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Perma-Power® computer grade

surge protection. Six outlets,

remote switch, durable putty white

aluminum housing, 15A, 6' [1.8m]

(M6BZR) or 15' [4.6m] (M6BZR-

15) 14/3 SJT putty white cord

with NEMA5-15 plug. Length 13

1/4" [337mm]. Snap-on, slide-off

mounting.

Perma-Power® computer grade

surge protection. Six outlets,

lighted switch, durable putty

white aluminum housing, 20A. 6'

[1.8m] (M620BZLS) or 15' [4.6m]

(M620BZLS-15) 12/3 SJT putty

white cord with NEMA5-20 plug.

Length 18" [457mm]. Snap-on,

slide-off mounting.

Basic surge protection. Seven

outlets, lighted switch, impact-

resistant putty white polymeric

housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT

putty white cord with NEMA5-15

plug. Maximum surge current 6500

Amps. 13 1/4" x 2 1/2" x 1 9/16"

[337mm x 64mm x 40mm]. Keyhole

mounting.

WORKSTATION SURGE SOLUTIONS

Ordering Information

Work Station Power Solutions – Surge Protected Plug-In Outlet Center Units Ordering Information (continued)

SRD10N Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Basic surge protection. Seven

outlets, lighted switch, impact-

resistant putty white polymeric

housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT

putty white cord with NEMA5-15

plug. Maximum surge current

6500 Amps. Phone/fax protection.

13 1/4" x 2 1/2" x 1 9/16" [337mm

x 64mm x 40mm]. Keyhole

mounting.

PR610N Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Basic surge protection. Six

outlets, lighted switch, impact-

resistant putty white polymeric

housing, 15A. 6' [1.8m] 14/3 SJT

putty white cord with NEMA5-15

plug. Maximum surge current

6500 Amps. 11 3/4" x 2 1/4" x 1

1/2" [298mm x 57mm x 38mm].

Keyhole mounting.

PR609N Plug-In Outlet Center Units

Perma-Power® basic surge

protection. Six outlet wall plug,

impact-resistant putty white

polymeric housing, 15A. Maximum

surge current 6500 Amps. 5" x 3

3/8" x 1 3/4" [127mm x 86mm x

44mm].

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

692

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

WIREMOLD

PA/PB

™

SERIES

Hard Wired Surge Protection

PA/PB Series Hard-Wired Surge Protection provide superior protection and ease-

of-installation for sub-panel applications. The PA120T & PB120T are ideally suited

for residential applications. Meets UL1449 Third Edition requirements. Short circuit

current rating of 10,000A.

PA Series, PB Series

80kA Surge Protection, 160kA Surge Protection

PABFMC Flush Mount Cover

For installing PA/PB units on

sheetrock or firewall construction.

Cover hides the hole cut and gives

the unit a finished look.

CODE REFERENCE

cETLus Listed:

CATALOG

NO. ELECTRICAL SERVICE

SURGE

PROTECTION

PA120T 120/240V, Single Ø 3-Wire & Ground 80kA

PA120Y 120/208V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 80kA

PA240DCT 120/240/120V, Hi-Leg Delta 80kA

PA277Y 277/480V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 80kA

PB120T 120/240V, Single Ø 3-Wire & Ground 160kA

PB120Y 120/208V, Single 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 160kA

PB240DCT 120/240/120V, Hi-Leg Delta 160kA

PB277Y 277/480V, 3Ø, 4-Wire & Ground 160kA

NOTE: Add suffix “–A” to part number for NO/NC dry contact relay for

connecting remote monitoring device. Add suffix “–B” to part number

for EMI/RFI noise filter. Add “–AB” to part number for both options.

For surge protection at the

sub panel or near sensitive

equipment. Designed for

residential and light commercial/

industrial applications.

Dimensions: 6 5/16" x 4 3/4"

x 39/16" [160mm x 120mm x

90mm]. Ten year unconditional

product warranty.

[229mm]

[178mm]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

693

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Table of Contents

Raceway Cross Sectional Areas/Wire and Cable

Cross-Sectional Areas

Raceway Wire and Cable Dimensions

Device Box Cubic Inch Capacities

Calculating Wire and Cable Capacities

Master Format 2004 Design Checklist

Conductor Derating (Lighting and Power Circuits)

National Electrical Code Articles

Mounting Methods for Wiremold Raceways

Electrical Symbols in Accordance

with ANSI Y32.9 – 1972

Steel Raceway Color Specifications

702

700

699

698

697

696

695

694

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

694

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Raceway Cross - Sectional Area

* Without Devices.

METAL RACEWAY  CROSSSECTIONAL AREA

RACEWAY

SERIES

CROSSSECTIONAL AREA

sq. in. mm2

500 0.19 [122.6]

700 0.26 [167.7]

1500 0.22 [141.9]

2000 0.80 [516.1]

2400 1.39 [896.8]

2400D 1/3 Compartment

2/3 Compartment

0.37

0.86

[238.7]

[554.8]

2600 0.72 [464.5]

3000 3.70 [2387.1]

4000 Undivided

Each Compartment

7.20

3.50

[4645.2]

[2258.1]

6000 Undivided

Each Compartment

16.00

7.20

[10322.6]

[4645.2]

DS4000 Each Compartment

with Down Crossover, Power

with Down Crossover, Comm*

5.02

1.13

2.04

[3235.5]

[729.0]

[1316.0]

AL2000 1.10 [709.7]

AL2400 Divided 1/3 Compartment 1.70 [1096.8]

AL3300 Single Compartment 4.40 [2838.7]

ALA3800/

ALA4800

Each Compartment 6.10 [3935.5]

AL5200 Undivided

Center Divided

Offset Divided

8.50

3.90

3.78

4.85

[5483.9]

[2516.1]

[2438.7]

[3129.0]

ALDS4000 Each Compartment 4.85 [3129.0]

NOTE: Cross-Sectional Area for use in low voltage cable capacity

calculations only, not for use in power cable capacity calculations.

NONMETALLIC RACEWAY  CROSSSECTIONAL AREA

RACEWAY

SERIES

CROSSSECTIONAL AREA

sq. in. mm2

400 0.13 [83.9]

800 0.27 [174.2]

2300 Undivided 0.85 [548.4]

2300D Each Compartment 0.425 [274.2]

NM2000 1.14 [735.5]

PN03 0.22 [141.9]

PN05 0.44 [283.9]

PN10 0.99 [638.7]

2700 0.16 [103.2]

2800 0.35 [219.4]

2900 0.87 [561.3]

5000 Power Compartment

Data Compartment

1.94

1.40

[1251.6]

[903.2]

5400 Divided 1/2 Compartment

Undivided

3.72

7.44

[2400.0]

[4800.0]

5500 Divided 1/3 Compartment

Undivided

2.64

8.14

[1703.2]

[5251.6]

40N2 Single Compartment

(no Communications Box)

Single Compartment

(with Communications Box)

3.22

1.71

[2077.4]

[1103.2]

60N2 Single Compartment

(no Communications Box)

Single Compartment

(with Communications Box)

4.31

1.71

[2780.6]

[1103.2]

2300D Each Compartment 0.425 [274.2]

OFR Each Compartment 0.216 [5.5]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

695

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet –

max allowed cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

DIMENSIONS OF LOW VOLTAGE CABLES & SIGNAL WIRE*

CABLE/WIRE SIZE APPROX. DIA APPROX. AREA

Inches [mm] sq. in. [mm2]

UNSHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

(UTP) 24 AWG

2-Pair 24 AWG 0.150 3.8 0.0177 11.419

3-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.160 4.1 0.0201 12.986

4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.190 4.8 0.0284 18.323

4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 5 0.210 5.3 0.0346 22.323

4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 5e 0.210 5.3 0.0346 22.323

4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 6 0.250 6.3 0.0490 31.613

4-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 6a* 0.354 9.0 0.0980 63.226

25-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 3 0.360 9.1 0.1018 65.677

25-Pair 24 AWG, Cat 5 0.337 8.6 0.0892 57.548

50-Pair 24 AWG 0.500 12.7 0.1963 126.645

75-Pair 24 AWG 0.600 15.2 0.2827 182.387

100-Pair 24 AWG 0.680 17.3 0.3632 234.322

SHIELDED

TWISTED PAIR

(STP) 22 AWG

TYPE 1 0.390 9.9 0.1195 77.097

TYPE 2 0.465 11.8 0.1698 109.548

TYPE 3 0.275 7.0 0.0573 36.968

COAXIAL

RG58/U 0.195 5.0 0.0299 19.290

RG59/U 0.242 6.1 0.0460 29.677

RG62/U 0.242 6.1 0.0460 29.677

RG6/U 0.270 6.9 0.0573 36.968

TWINAXIAL 100 Ohm 0.240 6.1 0.0452 29.161

SIGNAL WIRE

24 AWG 0.044 1.1 0.0015 0.968

22 AWG 0.050 1.3 0.0020 1.290

20 AWG 0.057 1.4 0.0026 1.677

18 AWG 0.066 1.7 0.0034 2.194

FIBER

2 Strand (ZipCord) 0.118 x 0.236 3 x 6 0.0278 18.0

Round 4 Strand Fiber 0.187 4.8 0.0275 18.1

Round 6 Strand Fiber 0.256 6.5 0.0514 32.2

Raceway Wire & Cable Dimensions

DIMENSIONS OF RUBBERCOVERED & THERMOPLASTIC CONDUCTORS

2005 EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE

SIZE

AWG

TYPES: THHM, THWN

APPROX. APPROX.

dia. in. [mm] sq. in. [mm2]

14 0.111 [2.8] 0.0097 [6.258]

12 0.130 [3.3] 0.0133 [8.581]

10 0.164 [4.2] 0.0211 [13.613]

8 0.216 [5.5] 0.0366 [23.613]

6 0.254 [6.5] 0.0507 [32.710]

4 0.324 [8.2] 0.0824 [53.162]

3 0.352 [8.9] 0.0973 [62.775]

2 0.384 [9.8] 0.1158 [74.711]

1 0.446 [11.3] 0.1562 [100.776]

1/0 0.486 [12.3] 0.1855 [119.679]

2/0 0.532 [13.5] 0.2223 [143.421]

3/0 0.584 [14.8] 0.2679 [172.841]

4/0 0.642 [17.3] 0.3237 [208.842]

250 0.711 [18.1] 0.3970 [256.132]

300 0.766 [19.5] 0.4608 [297.294]

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

696

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTE: When planning a layout, it is important to remember that it is permissible to make splices and taps in surface raceway equipped with

a removable cover. Refer to ARTICLE 386-56 of the National Electrical Code.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Wiremold Device Boxes – Cubic Inch Capacities

CUBIC INCH CAPACITY OF WIREMOLD BOXES

CAT. NO.

AVAILABLE

INSIDE VOLUME

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF

CONDUCTORS

cu. in. [cm3]NO. 14 NO. 12 NO. 10 NO. 8

1542D 5.7 [93.0] 2 2 2 1

1546A 15.6 [255.0] 7 6 6 5

1546B 15.6 [255.0] 7 6 6 5

2337A 22.2 [364.0] 11 9 8 7

2338 15.9 [260.0] 7 7 6 5

2344 32.5 [532.0] 16 14 13 10

2344-2 53.1 [870.0] 26 23 21 17

2347 16.1 [264.0] 8 7 6 5

2347-2 26.4 [432.0] 13 11 10 8

2348 20.2 [331.0] 10 9 8 6

2348-2 32.9 [538.7] 16 14 13 11

2348-3 49.8 [816.8] 24 22 19 16

2348S/51 10.0 [164.0] 5 4 4 3

2642D 11.8 [194.0] 5 5 4 4

AL2044 28.3 [464.0] 14 12 11 9

AL2044-2 51.6 [846.0] 25 23 20 17

AL2044-3 82.3 [1348.0] 41 36 32 27

AL2047 17.3 [283.0] 8 7 6 5

AL2047-2 27.9 [458.0] 14 12 11 9

G2048 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7

G2048-2 37.8 [619.0] 18 16 15 12

G3028 71.8 [1177.0] 35 31 28 23

G3044-2 107.4 [1760.0] 53 47 43 35

NM2044 32.5 [532.0] 16 14 13 10

NM2044-2 53.1 [870.0] 26 23 21 17

NM2048 20.2 [331.0] 10 9 8 6

NM2048-2 32.9 [538.7] 16 14 13 11

PSB1 20.2 [331.0] 10 9 8 6

PSB2 32.9 [538.7] 16 14 13 11

PSB3 49.8 [816.8] 24 22 19 16

R5752 29.7 [486.0] 14 13 11 9

R5753 59.9 [982.0] 30 26 24 20

V2048 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7

V2048-2 37.8 [619.0] 18 16 15 12

V2448 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7

V2448-2 37.8 [619.0] 18 16 15 12

V5719 10.3 [168.0] 5 4 4 3

V57240 10.2 [166.7] 5443

CUBIC INCH CAPACITY OF WIREMOLD BOXES

CAT. NO.

AVAILABLE

INSIDE VOLUME

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF

CONDUCTORS

cu. in. [cm3]NO. 14 NO.12 NO. 10 NO. 8

V57242 10.2 [167.1] 5 4 4 3

V57243G 10.2 [167.1] 5 4 4 3

V5733 5.7 [94.0] 2 2 2 1

V5734 17.2 [282.0] 8 7 6 5

V5734A 17.2 [282.0] 8 7 6 5

V5735 29.5 [484.0] 14 13 11 9

V5737 17.2 [282.0] 8 7 6 5

V5737A 22.2 [364.0] 11 9 8 7

V5738 17.2 [282.0] 8 7 6 5

V5738A 22.2 [364.0] 11 9 8 7

V5738AF 22.2 [364.0] 11 9 8 7

V5739 29.8 [488.0] 14 13 11 9

V5739A 29.8 [488.0] 14 13 11 9

V5741 17.7 [290.0] 8 7 7 5

V5744 34.4 [564.0] 17 15 13 11

V5744-2 58.9 [966.0] 29 26 23 19

V5744-3 80.3 [1316.0] 40 35 32 26

V5744S 28.8 [472.0] 14 12 11 9

V5744S-2 48.3 [792.0] 24 21 19 16

V5744S-3 66.9 [1096.0] 33 29 26 22

V5745 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7

V5747 17.9 [294.0] 9 7 7 5

V5747-2 30.0 [491.0] 15 13 12 10

V5747-3 40.9 [670.0] 20 18 16 13

V5748 22.3 [366.0] 11 9 8 7

V5748-2 37.5 [614.0] 18 16 15 12

V5748-3 52.2 [856.0] 26 23 20 17

V5748-4 67.4 [1104.0] 33 29 27 22

V5748-5 80.9 [1324.9] 40 35 32 27

V5748-6 95.3 [1561.8] 47 42 38 31

V5748S 11.9 [195.0] 6 5 4 4

V5751 11.9 [195.0] 6 5 4 4

V5751-2 18.3 [300.0] 9 8 7 6

V5751-3 28.0 [458.8] 14 12 11 9

V5752 29.7 [486.0] 14 13 11 9

V5753 59.9 [982.0] 30 26 24 20

V5760 11.9 [195.0] 6544

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

697

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

General:

• Wire Fill Charts are rounded down to the nearest whole number.

• All cross sectional areas have been calculated using CAD models.

Power:

• Wire Fill capacities are calculated using stranded wire diameters per NEC Chapter 9, Table 5.

• Wire capacities are actual maximum fills in nonmetallic raceways. This is based on heat rise testing as required

by Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL5A for Nonmetallic Raceways.

• Wire capacities in metal raceways are calculated at 40% of cross-sectional area per the NEC and verified to fit as

required by Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL5 for Metal Raceways.

Data/Communications:

• Cable diameters used are approximate and represent a typical cable for each category. Check with cable

manufacturer for more accurate dimensions.

• Cable fills as stated in charts are theoretical and should be achievable in straight raceway sections without

devices or when using radiused full capacity fittings. Unless noted in each section, raceway fittings will offer full

wire fill capacity.

• The wire fill specifications cited in this Buyer’s Guide are based on calculated theoretical wire fills of each

raceway. Actual real world testing done by Wiremold/Legrand has shown that a raceway considered completely

“full” is typically using only 60% of its available theoretical area. For this reason a 60% maximum fill should be

only used to determine the absolute maximum number of cables a raceway is capable of containing. Therefore,

the practical capacity for telecommunications cabling in perimeter raceway systems ranges from 20% – 40%

wire fill. Wiremold/Legrand recommends following EIA/TIA guidelines that specify a 40% wire fill be used as a

maximum in planning and specifying the raceway. This fill will accommodate adds, moves, and changes, and

the combination in certain raceway fittings, may restrict the usable cross section of the raceway in that location.

Designers utilizing raceway systems should use this information along with the expected life of the raceway, to

properly select the appropriate system to fit their needs.

Calculating Wire & Cable Capacities

How to Determine Wire Capacities (Power) Formula*

To find the maximum Number of Conductors when devices

are utilized, use the following formula:

40% (cross-sectional area of Raceway

– cross-sectional area of Device)**

cross-sectional area of Conductor

NOTE: Use fill capacities as stated on ordering data pages of this catalog only.

* This formula cannot be used with nonmetallic raceways with a material

thickness of .025" [.6mm] or less (i.e., 2000 Raceway).

**Obtain cross-sectional area of devices from device manufacturer.

How to Determine Wire Capacities (Low-Voltage) Formula

Number of Conductors =

20-40% cross-sectional area of Raceway

cross-sectional area of Cable

This allows room for bending radii and future expansion.

The raceways may be filled to their maximum physical

capacity providing the cables may be readily installed or

removed without damage to the insulation or conductors.

Important Notes for Understanding Wire Fill Capacities & Calculations

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

698

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

DIVISION 28 Electronic Safety and Security:

28 05 28 Pathways for Electronic Safety and Security

28 05 28.29 Hangers and Supports for Electronic Safety

and Security

28 05 28.33 Conduits and Backboxes for Electronic

Safety and Security

28 05 28.36 Cable Trays for Electronic Safety and

Security

28 05 28.39 Surface Raceways for Electronic Safety and

Security

28 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electronic

Safety and Security

DIVISION 26 Electrical: (continued)

26 27 23 Indoor Service Poles

26 27 26 Wiring Devices

26 35 23 Electromagnetic-Interference Filters

26 35 46 Radio-Frequency-Interference Filters

26 41 23 Lightning Protection Surge Arresters

and Suppressors

26 43 13 Transient-Voltage Suppression for

Low-Voltage

DIVISION 27 Communications:

27 05 28 Pathways for Communications Systems

27 05 28.29 Hangers and Supports for Communications

Systems

27 05 28.33 Conduits and Backboxes for

Communications Systems

27 05 28.36 Cable Trays for Communications Systems

27 05 28.39 Surface Raceways for Communications

Systems

27 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for

Communications Systems

27 11 16 Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames

and Enclosures

27 11 19 Communications Termination Blocks and

Patch Panels

27 11 23 Communications Cable Management and

Ladder Rack

27 11 26 Communications Rack Mounted Power

Protection and Power Strips

DIVISION 26 Electrical:

26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical

Systems

26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems

26 05 36 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems

26 05 39 Underfloor Raceways for Electrical Systems

26 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical

Systems

26 06 20.23 Electrical Circuit Schedule

26 06 20.26 Wiring Device Schedule

26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices

26 09 26 Lighting Control Panelboards

26 09 33.13 Multichannel Remote-Controlled Dimmers

26 09 33.16 Remote-Controlled Dimming Stations

26 09 36 Modular Dimming Controls

26 09 36.13 Manual Modular Dimming Controls

26 09 36.16 Integrated Multipreset Modular Dimming

Controls

26 09 43 Network Lighting Controls

26 09 43.13 Digital-Network Lighting Controls

26 09 43.16 Addressable Fixture Lighting Control

26 09 61 Theatrical Lighting Controls

26 18 19 Medium-Voltage Lightning Arresters

26 18 23 Medium-Voltage Surge Arresters

26 27 16 Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures

26 27 19 Multi-Outlet Assemblies

DIVISION 25 Integrated Automation:

25 05 28 Pathways for Integrated Automation

25 05 28.29 Hangers and Supports for Integrated

Automation

25 05 28.33 Conduits and Backboxes for Integrated

Automation

25 05 28.36 Cable Trays for Integrated Automation

25 05 28.39 Surface Raceways for Integrated Automation

25 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for

Integrated Automation

DIVISION 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection:

07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping

07 84 13.16 Penetration Firestopping Devices

Master Format 2004 – Design Checklist

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

699

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

National Electrical Code Articles

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ARTICLE 90 - Introduction

90-4: Enforcement

ARTICLE 100 - Definitions

Accessible

Branch Circuit

Concealed

Device

Exposed Outlet

Feeder

Fitting

Ground

Grounded

Grounding

Conductor

Grounding Conductor,

Equipment

Locations:

Damp, Dry, Wet

Multioutlet Assembly

Raceway

Receptacle

Receptacle Outlet

ARTICLE 310 - Conductors for General Wiring

310-4: Conductors in Parallel

310-13: Conductor Application Table

310-15 – Ampacities for Conductors

Rated 0-2000 Volts

ARTICLE 386 - Surface Metal Raceways

ARTICLE 388 - Surface Nonmetallic Raceways

ARTICLE 380 - Multioutlet Assembly

ARTICLE 390 - Underfloor Raceways

ARTICLE 374 - Cellular Metal Floor Raceway

ARTICLE 376 - Metal Wireways and Nonmetallic Wireways

ARTICLE 363 - Flat Cable Assemblies, Type FC

Entire Section

ARTICLE 370 - Boxes and Fittings Table 370-16(b)

ARTICLE 517 - Health Care Facilities

517-13(b): Methods for Grounding Receptacles and

Fixed Electric Equipment.

ARTICLE 518 - Places of Assembly

518-4: Wiring Methods

ARTICLE 645 - Information Technology Equipment

645-5: Data Processing Supply Circuits

and Interconnecting Cables.

ARTICLE 700 - Emergency Systems

700-1: Scope

700-9: Wiring

ARTICLE 701 - Legally Required Standby Systems

701-1: Scope

701-10: Wiring

ARTICLE 702 - Optional Standby Systems

702-1: Scope

702-9: Wiring

ARTICLE 725 - Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3

Remote Control, Signaling and

Power-Limiting Circuits

725-26: Conductors of Different Circuits in Same

Enclosure, Cable or Raceway

725-28: Number of Conductors in Raceways and

Cables, and Derating.

725-54(a): Separation from Light, Power, and

Class Conductors in Enclosures,

Raceways and Cables.

725-54(b): Conductors of Different Class 2

and Class 3 Circuits in Same Cables,

Enclosure or Raceway.

ARTICLE 770 - Optical Fiber Cables and Raceways

ARTICLE 780 - Closed Loop and Programmed

Power Distribution

ARTICLE 800 - Communication Circuits

800-52(a)1: Installation of Conductors in Raceways

and Boxes.

ARTICLE 110 - Requirements for Electrical Installation

110-12: Mechanical Execution of Work

110-13: Mounting of Equipment

ARTICLE 200 - Use and Identification of Grounded

Conductors

ARTICLE 210 - Branch Circuits

210-20: Overcurrent Protection

210-21: Outlet Devices

210-22: Maximum Loads

210-23: Permissible Loads

210-24: Branch Circuit Requirements–Summary

210-50: Receptacle Outlets Required

ARTICLE 250 - Grounding

250-2: Effective Grounding Path

250-118(14): Types of Equipment

Grounding Conductors

250-120: Equipment Grounding Conductor

250-8: Attachment to Conductors and Equipment

ARTICLE 300 - Wiring Methods

300-10: Electrical Continuity of Metal

Raceways and Enclosures

300-11: Secured in Place

300-12: Mechanical Continuity –

Raceways and Cables

300-15(a): Boxes of Fittings –

Where Required. Exception No. 1

300-17: Number and Size of Conductors

in Raceway

300-18: Inserting Conductors in Raceway

300-22(c): Hollow Spaces Used as Ducts or

Plenums for Environmental Air

ARTICLE 220 - Branch Circuit, Feeder and

Service Calculations

220-3(c): Exception No. 1. Computation of Branch

Circuits using Multioutlet Systems.

CHAPTER 9 – Tables and Examples

The excerpts contained in this catalog from the National

Electrical Code have been reprinted with the specific

approval of the copyright owner, the National Fire Protection

Association. Copies of the entire edition of the National

Electrical Code are available from the Association of

Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

700

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Legrand/Wiremold Raceways can be mounted to any type of surface in an interior dry location through the use of the

fastening means shown below. Although a two-piece raceway is illustrated, the same means can be used – with the

couplings, clips, or straps – for fastening one-piece raceways to these surfaces.

CAUTION: Make sure that the correct size of screw or nail is used (noted in installation details).

Use plastic anchor

with flathead sheet

metal screw.

Use flathead

wood screw.

Use common nail. Use masonry

nail.

Use plastic shield

with flathead sheet

metal screw.

Use plastic shield

with flathead sheet

metal screw.

Use toggle bolt.

Use drive pin fastener.

* American National Standards Institute, Inc.

** For ungrounded receptacle outlets use UNG subscript next to symbol. Example:

*** Use number or letter either within the symbol or as a subscript alongside the symbol keyed to

explanation in the drawing list of symbols to indicate the type of receptacle or usage.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Wiremold Raceways – Mounting Methods

Wood

Tile

Dry Wall

Plaster Reinforced Concrete

Brick/Concrete/Cinder Block

Electrical Symbols – In accordance with ANSI* Standard Y32.9 – 1972

Single Receptacle Outlet

Duplex Receptacle Outlet

Triplex Receptacle Outlet

Quadruplex Receptacle Outlet

Duplex Receptacle Outlet – Split Wired

Triplex Receptacle Outlet – Split Wired

Single Special-Purpose Receptacle Outlet***

Duplex Special-Purpose Receptacle Outlet***

Range Outlet (Typical)

Special-Purpose Connection or Provision for Connection

Multioutlet Assembly

(Extend arrows to limit of installation. Use appropriate

symbol to indicate type of outlet. Also indicate spacing of

outlets as x inches.)

Clock Hanger Receptacle

Fan Hanger Receptacle

Floor Single Receptacle Outlet

Floor Duplex Receptacle Outlet

Floor Special-Purpose Outlet

Receptacle Outlets, Grounded**

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

701

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Electrical Symbols – In accordance with ANSI* Standard Y32.9 – 1972 (continued)

Lighting Outlets

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

urface or Pendant Incandescent,

Mercury-Vapor, or Similar Lamp Fixture

Recessed Incandescent,

Mercury-Vapor, or Similar Lamp Fixture

Surface or Pendant Individual

Fluorescent Fixture

Recessed Individual Fluorescent Fixture

Surface or Pendant Continuous-Row

Fluorescent Fixture

Ceiling

Recessed Continuous-

Row Fluorescent Fixture

Bare-Lamp Fluorescent Strip

Surface or Pendant Exit Light

Recessed Exit Light

Blanked Outlet

Junction Box

Outlet Controlled by Low Voltage

Switching when Relay is Installed

in Outlet Box

Wall Ceiling Wall

Switch Outlets

Single-Pole Switch:

Double-Pole Switch:

Three-Way Switch:

Four-Way Switch:

Key-Operated Switch:

Switch and Pilot Lamp:

Switch for Low Voltage Switching System:

Master Switch for Low Voltage Switching System:

Switch and Single Receptacle:

Switch and Double Receptacle:

Door Switch:

Time Switch:

Circuit Breaker Switch:

Momentary Contact Switch or Push Button

for Other than Signaling System:

Ceiling Pull Switch:

SLM

SCB

SMC

Miscellaneous

Surface Mounted Panel Board and Cabinet: **

Push Button:

Buzzer:

Bell:

Combination Bell-Buzzer:

Chime:

Annunciator:

Electric Door Opener:

Maid’s Signal Plug:

Interconnection Box:

Bell-Ringing Transformer:

Miscellaneous

Outside Telephone:

Interconnecting Telephone:

Radio Outlet:

Television Outlet:

Circuiting

2 1

Wiring Concealed in Ceiling or Wall:

Wiring Concealed in Floor:

Wiring Exposed:

---------

NOTE: Use heavy-weight line to identify service and feeders. Indicate empty

conduit by notation CO (conduit only).

Branch circuit home run to panel board. Number of arrows

indicates number of circuits. (A number at each arrow may be used

to identify circuit number.)

NOTE: Any circuit without further identification indicates two-wire circuit.

For a greater number of wires, indicate with cross lines, e.g.:

3 Wires 4 Wires, etc.

Unless indicated otherwise, the wire size of the circuit is the

minimum size required by the specification. Identify different

functions or wiring system, e.g. signalling system, by notation or

other means.

Wiring Turned Up:

Wiring Turned Down:

* American National Standards Institute, Inc.

** For ungrounded receptacle outlets use UNG subscript next to symbol.

Example:

*** Use number or letter either within the symbol or as a subscript alongside

the symbol keyed to explanation in the drawing list of symbols to indicate

the type of receptacle or usage.

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

702

WIREMOLD

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

NOTE: Munsell Standards were generated with gloss 30 ± 5 on 60 degree meter. See document “Spectraflash SF600X

Calibration Setup” for spectrometer calibration readings.

Wiremold/Legrand assumes no liability for color accuracy and provides this information as a baseline to assist

customers in making initial color decisions. Wiremold/Legrand recommends that customers request samples to

review for color accuracy in circumstances where color matching is critical.

NOTE: The color swatches

shown throughout this

catalog are as close to the

product colors as is possible

through the printing

process. They should not

be used by customers

to make color decisions.

Legrand/Wiremold always

recommends that customers

request color samples

to review for accuracy in

circumstances where color

matching is critical.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Steel Raceway Color Speciﬁcations

COLOR MUNSELL

NOTATION

TOLERANCE L TOLERANCE A TOLERANCE B TOLERANCE E

Ivory 6.7Y8.98/1.4 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00

White N9 Matte ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00

International

White 61/9.24/0.4 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00

Black 3.2PB1.99/0.2 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00

Gray 8.3G6.10/0.54 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00

Light Gray 8.0Y7.09/0.4 ±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00

Fog White

L = 89.13

A = -0.02

B = 6.88

±1.00 ±0.5 ±0.5 1.00

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

703

INDEX

1500 .............................. 694

1502 .............................. 119

1504 .............................. 119

1511 .............................. 119

1517 .............................. 119

1518 .............................. 119

1528 .............................. 120

1585 .............................. 120

1000883 ........................ 622

1001757 ........................ 604

1002412 ........................ 622

1002414 ........................ 622

1043B ............................ 586

1043BPO ....................... 586

1043S ............................ 586

1043SPO ....................... 586

1044B ............................ 586

1044S ............................ 586

1045B ............................ 586

1045S ............................ 586

1046B ............................ 586

1046S ............................ 586

10LH ............................. 598

10LHB1/4 .................... 569

10LHB1/8 .................... 569

10LHS1/4 .................... 569

10LHS1/8 .................... 569

11/2JB2510 ................... 607

11/2JBC ........................ 606

11/2JBH24251060 ........ 608

11/2JBH30251560 ........ 608

11/2JBH36251560 ........ 608

11241 ........................... 586

11241 1/4 ..................... 586

11242 ........................... 586

1124F1......................... 597

1124F3/4 ..................... 597

1124L1 ......................... 586

1124L1 1/4 .................. 586

1124L2 ......................... 586

1125CHA ................343, 351

1126A1 ........................ 585

1126A1 1/2 .................. 585

1126A1 1/4 .................. 585

1126A1/4 ..................... 585

1126A3/4 ..................... 585

1204AL ... 556, 558, 587, 600

1204BF... 556, 558, 587, 600

1223AL ... 556, 558, 587, 600

1223BF... 556, 558, 587, 600

1230AL .......................... 587

1230BF.......................... 587

125CRR ......................... 429

12EXT ............................ 567

12F0 .....................595, 596

12FWS ..................595, 598

12FB ......................595, 598

12FC .......................595, 596

12FCS ....................595, 596

12FCSA ......................... 595

12FST .....................595, 596

12HR ......................554, 565

12HS ......................554, 565

12JR ....................... 554, 565

12JS ...............554, 565, 571

142L .............................. 554

142L1 .......................... 567

14H1 ............................ 567

14HR ......................554, 565

14HS ......................554, 565

14JR ....................... 554, 565

14JS ...............554, 565, 571

14LHB1/4 .................... 569

14LHB1/8 .................... 569

14LHS1/4 .................... 569

14LHS1/8 .................... 569

1500 .............................. 694

150010 ......................... 119

1500WC ..................119, 120

1502 .............................. 119

1504 .............................. 119

1511 .............................. 119

1517 .............................. 119

1518 .............................. 119

1528 .............................. 120

1585 .............................. 120

152CHA ......................... 343

1542D .....................120, 696

1543GL ...................120, 124

1546A .............120, 124, 696

1546B .............120, 124, 696

1546T .....................120, 124

15FFHA ......................... 343

175CHA .................. 343, 351

175CHAL JB .......... 343, 351

1BHA ............................. 344

1BLH ............................. 343

1BLHN .......................... 351

1PTHA ....................343, 351

20................................. 559

211/2JB2510 ............... 607

212X2X11/2 ................. 560

212X2X2 ....................... 560

212X2X21/2 ................. 560

212X2X3 ....................... 560

212X2X7/8 ................... 560

200H/BTC .................... 375

2000 .............................. 694

2001 .................37, 242, 261

2003 ......................... 37,242

2006 .............................. 242

2009 .................38, 243, 261

2000WC ....................37, 242

2008BCS20R ................. 686

2008BDS20R ................. 686

2008ULBC20R .............. 676

2008ULBC20RTL ........ 676

2008ULBD20R .............. 676

2008ULBD20RTL ........ 676

2010A2 .......................... 243

2010A3 ............................ 38

2017TC .....................38, 243

203 ................................ 555

203UFD ......................... 567

20GB12 ......................... 241

20GB18 ......................... 241

20GB206 ....................... 241

20GB30 ......................... 241

20GB306 ....................... 241

20GB506 ....................... 241

20GB512 ....................... 241

20GB606 ....................... 241

20GB609 ....................... 241

20GB612 ....................... 241

20GB618 ....................... 241

20GBA12 ....................... 241

20GBA512 ..................... 241

20GBA609 ..................... 241

20GBA612 ..................... 241

20GBA618 ..................... 241

20IG306 ......................... 241

20IG512 ......................... 241

20IG606 ......................... 241

212 ................................ 555

2123/4 ......................... 568

22121 ........................... 376

2223/4 ......................... 568

222EXT .......................... 567

222F0 ...................595, 596

222FWS ................595, 598

222FB ....................595, 598

222FC .....................595, 596

222FCS ..................595, 596

222FCSA ....................... 595

222FST ...................595, 596

222HR ....................554, 565

222HS ....................554, 565

222JR .....................554, 565

222JS .............554, 565, 571

224HR ....................554, 566

224HS ....................554, 566

224JR .....................554, 566

224JS .............554, 566, 571

22AER11/221/4 .......... 604

22AER23/831/8 .......... 604

22CHA ........................... 351

22JBC ........................... 606

22JBCCA ..................... 606

22LHB1/4 .................... 570

22LHB1/8 .................... 570

22LHS1/4 .............570, 604

22LHS1/8 .............570, 604

2300 .............................. 694

2300BAC ................126, 137

2300BACWH ................ 137

2300BACD..............126, 137

2300BACDWH ............. 137

2300D ............................ 694

2300WC ......................... 137

2306WH ....................... 137

2310AWH..................... 137

2310B ............................ 137

2310BWH .................... 137

2310DFOWH ................ 138

2311WH ....................... 137

2311DFOWH ................ 138

23120AWH ................... 137

2315WH ....................... 137

2317WH ....................... 137

2317DFOWH ................ 138

2318WH ....................... 137

2318DFOWH ................ 138

2321 ............................. 568

2321 1/2....................... 568

2321 1/4....................... 568

2336WH ....................... 138

2337A ............................ 696

2337AWH..................... 138

2338 .............................. 696

2338AWH..................... 138

2344 .............................. 696

23442 ....................138, 696

23442WH ................... 138

2344WH ....................... 138

2344DWH .................... 139

2344SD2A ...................... 18

2344SD2AWH ............ 139

2347 .......................139, 696

23472 ....................139, 696

23472WH ................... 139

2347WH ....................... 139

2348 .......................139, 696

23482 ....................139, 696

23482WH ................... 139

23483 ....................139, 696

23483WH ................... 139

2348WH ....................... 139

2348AMPWH ............... 139

2348D ............................ 139

2348DWH .................... 139

2348S/51 ....................... 696

2348S/51WH ............... 139

2389WH ....................... 137

2389AWH..................... 138

2400 .............................. 694

2400B ............................ 249

2400B10FW ................... 41

2400BFW ....................... 41

2400BD ......................... 249

2400BDFW .................... 47

2400CFW ................. 41, 47

2400D ............................ 694

2400WC..............41, 47, 248

2401 .........................41, 248

2401D .............................. 47

2406FW ................... 41, 48

24072CMFW .................. 45

24072TJFW .................... 45

24073TJFW .................... 45

2409 .........................41, 248

2600 .............................. 694

2602 .............................. 123

2611 .............................. 123

2700 .............................. 694

2800 .............................. 694

2900 .............................. 694

241H/BTC .................... 375

2410AFW ....................... 41

2410BFW ....................... 42

2410BDFW .................... 48

2410CFW ....................... 42

2410DFW ....................... 48

2410DFOFW ............ 42, 48

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

1 — 2

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INDEX

704

INDEX

2 — 4

2410FCFW ..................... 42

2411DFW ....................... 48

2411DFOFW .................. 48

2411FOFW ..................... 42

2411MFW ...................... 42

2415DFOFW .................. 48

2415FOFW ..................... 42

2415MFW ...................... 42

2417DFW ....................... 48

2417DFOFW .................. 48

2417FOFW ..................... 42

2417MFW ...................... 42

2418DFOFW .................. 48

2418FOFW ..................... 43

2418MFW ...................... 43

2421 1/4....................... 568

2426FW ......................... 43

24442FW ....................... 44

24442LSFW ................... 44

2444FW ......................... 43

2444D2A ........................ 18

2444D2AFW................... 49

2444D2NFW .................. 49

2444DFW ................. 43, 49

24482FW ....................... 44

2448FW ......................... 44

244HR ....................554, 566

244HS ....................554, 566

244JR .....................554, 566

244JS .....................554, 566

2450FW ......................... 49

2451HFW ....................... 44

2475DFW ................. 44, 50

24DWNDFW ............ 43, 49

24DWNRFW ............ 43, 49

24DWNSFW .......12, 43, 49

24DWNUFW .......12, 43, 49

24S3612GBA99IV .......... 247

24S3612GBX99IV .......... 247

24S6012GBA99IV .......... 247

24S6012GBX99IV .......... 247

24S6012IGX99IV ............ 247

24S7212GBA99IV .......... 247

24S7212GBX99IV .......... 247

24S7212IGX99IV ............ 247

24S7218GBA99IV .......... 247

24S7218GBX99IV .......... 247

24S7218IGX99IV ............ 247

24S7224GBA99IV .......... 247

24S7224GBX99IV .......... 247

24S7224IGX99IV ............ 247

255 .........................555, 595

2551 ............................. 568

2551 1/2....................... 568

2551 1/4....................... 568

25511/2 ....................... 598

2551 1/4....................... 598

2552 ......................568, 598

2553/4 ..................568, 598

25AMAP ...............650, 658

25DTC3S2 .................... 658

25DTC4DG ................. 657

25DTC412 .................... 657

25DTC412DG ............. 657

25DTC415 .................... 657

25DTC415DG ............. 657

25DTCACT ................... 658

25DTCCVR ................... 658

25DTCE10.............650, 657

25DTCE10DG ......650, 657

25DTCE5 ..................... 650

25DTCE5DG ............... 650

25DTP 415DG .............. 649

25DTP4 .................625, 649

25DTP4 D .................... 649

25DTP4C .................... 649

25DTP4DG ................. 649

25DTP4DGC ............. 649

25DTP412 .................... 649

25DTP412C ................ 649

25DTP412DG ............. 649

25DTP412DGC ......... 649

25DTP415 .................... 649

25DTP415C ................ 649

25DTP415DGC ......... 649

25DTP4ACT ................. 649

25DTP4ACTDG .......... 649

25DTP4DDG ............... 649

25DTPA ....................... 654

25DTPB ....................... 654

25DTPE10.............649, 650

25DTPE10DG ......649, 650

25DTPL ....................... 654

25G ................................ 558

260010 ......................... 123

2600WC ......................... 123

2642D .....................123, 696

2686FO .............44, 123, 250

2700FW ....................... 279

2700WH ....................... 279

2700L8 .......................... 279

2700L8FW ................... 279

2700L8WH ................... 279

2700WC ......................... 145

2706FW ....................... 279

2706WH ....................... 279

2710BFW ..................... 279

2710BWH .....279, 280, 281

2711FW ....................... 279

2711WH ....................... 279

2715FW ....................... 279

2715WH ....................... 279

2717FW ....................... 279

2717WH ....................... 279

2718FW ....................... 279

2718WH ....................... 279

275SL .....................555, 568

275SR ....................555, 568

2786FW ....................... 279

2786WH ....................... 279

2800FW ....................... 280

2800WH ....................... 280

2800L8FW ................... 280

2800L8WH ................... 280

2800WC ......................... 145

2806FW ....................... 280

2806WH ....................... 280

2810BFW ..................... 280

2810BWH .................... 280

2811FW ....................... 280

2811WH ....................... 280

2811FOFW ................... 280

2811FOWH .................. 280

2815FW ....................... 280

2815WH ....................... 280

2815FOFW ................... 280

2815FOWH .................. 280

2817FW ....................... 280

2817WH ....................... 280

2817FOFW ................... 280

2817FOWH .................. 280

2818FW ....................... 281

2818WH ....................... 281

2818FOFW ................... 281

2818FOWH .................. 281

2886FW ....................... 281

2886WH ....................... 281

2889FW ....................... 281

2889WH ....................... 281

2900FW ....................... 281

2900WH ....................... 281

2900L8 .......................... 281

2900L8WH ................... 281

2900WC ......................... 145

2906FW ....................... 281

2906WH ....................... 281

290C .............................. 564

290G .......................555, 595

291H/BTC .................... 378

2910BFW ..................... 281

2910BWH .................... 281

2911FW ....................... 281

2911WH ....................... 281

2911FOFW ................... 282

2911FOWH .................. 282

2915FW ....................... 282

2915WH ....................... 282

2915FOFW ................... 282

2915FOWH .................. 282

2917FW ....................... 282

2917WH ....................... 282

2917FOFW ................... 282

2917FOWH .................. 282

2918FW ....................... 282

2918WH ....................... 282

2918FOFW ................... 282

2918FOWH .................. 282

292H/BTC .................... 378

2986FW ....................... 282

2986WH ....................... 282

2989FW ....................... 282

2989WH ....................... 282

2989AFW ..................... 282

2989AWH..................... 282

2CRR ............................. 429

2HUB .....................429, 451

2JBH24251060 ............ 608

2JBH30251560 ............ 608

2JBH36251560 ............ 608

300 ................................ 286

302 .........................555, 562

304 ......... 555, 562, 595, 596

306 ................................ 286

3000 .......................234, 694

3004 ............................. 562

30AMK1 ....................... 674

30AMK2 ....................... 674

30AMK3 ....................... 674

30AMK4 ....................... 674

30TC212V .................... 657

30TC215V .................... 657

30TC2V ........................ 657

30TC3S2 ...................... 658

30TC412V .................... 657

30TC415V .................... 657

30TC4V ........................ 657

30TCCVR ..................... 658

30TP212V .................... 651

30TP2V .................625, 651

30TP412V .................... 651

30TP412V3S2 .............. 651

30TP4V .................625, 651

30TP4V3S2 .................. 651

30TPA .......................... 654

30TPAAP ................15, 654

30TPAP ....................... 658

30TPB .......................... 654

30TPC .......................... 654

30TPJ .......................... 654

30TPL .....................15, 654

30TPMAAP .............15, 654

311 ................................ 286

312 ................................ 555

3121 ......................562, 603

3121 1/2................562, 603

3121 1/4................562, 603

3122 ......................562, 603

3123/4 ..................562, 603

312F .......................595, 596

312F1 1/2 .................... 596

312F1 1/4 .................... 596

314 ................................ 555

3143/4 ..................562, 596

314F .............................. 595

317 .........................286, 555

3173/4 ......................... 562

318 ................................ 286

322 ................................ 555

3221 1/2....................... 562

3221 1/4....................... 562

3222EXT ........................ 567

3222F0..................595, 596

3222FWS ..............595, 598

3222FB...................595, 598

3222FBCC ..................... 595

3222FC ...................595, 596

3222FCS........................ 595

3222FCSA ..................... 595

3222FST .................595, 596

3222HR ..................554, 566

3222HS ..................554, 566

3222JR ...................554, 566

3222JS ...........554, 566, 571

3224EXT ........................ 567

3224HR ..................554, 566

3224HS ..................554, 566

3224JR ...................554, 566

3224JS ...................554, 566

324 .........................555, 595

3243/4 ......................... 562

3244EXT ........................ 567

3244HR ..................554, 566

3244HS ..................554, 566

3244JR ...................554, 566

3244JS ...........554, 566, 571

32JB3510 ...................... 607

332F .......................595, 596

332UF ....................555, 563

333F2 ...................595, 596

33413 ......................... 596

334F12 ................595, 596

334F13 ....................... 595

334UF .... 555, 563, 595, 596

336F .......................595, 596

336F2 ...................595, 596

336F3 ...................595, 596

338F2 .......................... 595

338F3 .......................... 595

338UF .... 555, 563, 595, 597

338UF2 ........................ 597

338UF3 ........................ 597

33JB3510 ...................... 607

33JBC ........................... 606

33JBCCA ..................... 606

3424HR ..................554, 566

3424HS ..................554, 566

3424JR ...................554, 566

3424JS ...........554, 566, 571

342F .......................595, 597

342F2 ...................595, 597

342F3 ...................595, 597

342UF ....................555, 563

3444HR ......................... 554

3444HS ......................... 554

3444JR .......................... 554

3444JS ...................554, 571

3609ULBC ..................... 676

3609ULBD .................... 676

362F .......................595, 597

362F2 ...................595, 597

362F3 ...................595, 597

372 .........................555, 563

372F .......................595, 597

375 ................................ 555

382 .........................555, 564

3A44B21 ...................... 675

3A86B21 ...................... 675

3B43B21RAM ............ 675

3B44B21 ...................... 675

3B53B21AM ............... 675

3B86B21 ...................... 675

40................................. 559

400 ................................ 694

4000 .......................234, 694

4015 ................................ 73

4050 ................................ 18

4000C .............................. 65

4001A .............................. 65

4001DA ..................... 66, 76

400BAC ..................126, 134

400BACWH .................. 134

400F .............................. 597

400WC ........................... 134

4010B .............................. 73

4010DFC ......................... 73

4010DFO ......................... 73

4011/15RI........................ 67

4011DRI .......................... 68

4014A .............................. 73

4015D .............................. 73

4015DRI .......................... 68

4015FO ............................ 73

4017/18RI........................ 68

404 ................................ 561

406WH ......................... 134

4064H2 .......................... 73

40N2 ................18, 236, 694

40N2B08 ....................... 127

40N2B08V ..................... 149

40N2B08WH ................. 149

40N2C08V ..................... 149

40N2C08WH ................. 149

40N2F05V ..................... 149

40N2F05WH.................. 149

40N2F06V ..................... 149

40N2F06WH.................. 149

40N2F11V ..................... 150

40N2F11WH.................. 150

40N2F15V ..................... 150

40N2F15WH.................. 150

40N2F17V ..................... 150

40N2F17WH.................. 150

40N2F19V ..................... 150

40N2F19WH.................. 150

40N2F20V ..................... 150

40N2F20WH.................. 150

40N2F21V ..................... 150

40N2F21WH.................. 150

40N2F31V ..................... 150

40N2F31WH.................. 150

40N2F55 ....................... 150

40N2F74V ..................... 150

40N2F74WH.................. 150

40N2FWC ...................... 149

40N2FWCWH ................ 149

410B .............................. 134

410BWH ...................... 134

411 ................................ 134

411WH ......................... 134

415 ................................ 134

415WH ......................... 134

415B .............................. 561

415N ............................. 561

417 ................................ 134

417WH ......................... 134

418WH ......................... 135

421 ......... 555, 561, 578, 581

4215 .............................. 564

4220 .............................. 564

42222HR ....................... 554

42222HS ....................... 554

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

705

INDEX

4 — 5

42222JR ........................ 554

42222JS ........................ 554

422GR ....................555, 561

422RD ....................555, 561

4225 .......................564, 581

4230 .......................564, 581

4241 ............................. 586

4243/4 ......................... 586

425 .........................561, 581

426 .........................561, 581

427 ................................ 578

428B075 ........................ 579

428B525 ........................ 579

428BL ........................... 579

428DR2 ......................... 579

430AL ............................ 578

430AL075 ...................... 578

430BR ........................... 578

430BR075 ..................... 578

430S505 ........................ 578

431AL ............................ 578

431AL075 ...................... 578

431BR ........................... 578

431BR075 ..................... 578

431D505 ........................ 578

432AL ............................ 578

432BR ....................578, 579

433DR ........................... 579

433DR2 ......................... 579

4362 7/8....................... 585

43621 1/2 ............585, 564

43622 ..................564, 585

43622 3/8 ................... 564

43623 ..................564, 585

43623/8 ...................... 585

43627/8 ...................... 564

437 ................................ 591

439 ................................ 592

450F1 ...................595, 597

450F11/4 ..................... 597

450FP1 .................595, 597

450FP11/4 ................... 597

455F1 ...................595, 597

455F3/4 ....................... 597

455FP1 .................595, 597

455FP3/4 ..................... 597

470F1 ...................595, 597

470F11/4 ..................... 597

4810BCS ....................... 686

4810BCS20R ................. 686

4810BDS ....................... 686

4810BDS20R ................. 686

4810ULBC ..............676, 684

4810ULBC20R .............. 676

4810ULBC20RTL ........ 676

4810ULBD .................... 676

4810ULBD20R .............. 676

4810ULBD20RTL ........ 676

485 ................................ 615

4B43B22RAM ............ 675

4B44B22 ...................... 675

4B53B22AM ............... 675

4B86B22 ...................... 675

4FFATC ......................... 544

4FFATCAL ..................... 367

4FFATCAL422CW .......... 544

4FFATCBK .................... 367

4FFATCBK422CW ......... 544

4FFATCB S ..................... 367

4FFATCBS422CW ......... 544

4FFATCGY ..................... 367

4FFATCGY422CW .......... 544

4FFCTCAL ..................... 367

4FFCTCBK .................... 367

4FFCTCBS .................... 367

4FFCTCGY ..................... 367

520R .............................. 45

500 ................................ 694

5000 .............................. 694

500GFI ......................... 584

500MAAP ................15, 584

5000B .....................127, 143

5000CBK ....................... 143

5000CGY ....................... 143

5000COA ....................... 143

5000CW ......................... 143

5000CWH ...................... 143

5000TBK ....................... 143

5000TGY ........................ 143

5000TOA........................ 143

5000TW ......................... 143

5000TWH ...................... 143

5001 .............................. 143

5004BK ......................... 145

5004GY .......................... 145

5004OA.......................... 145

5004W ........................... 145

5004WH ........................ 145

5005BK ......................... 145

5005GY .......................... 145

5005WH ........................ 145

5006A ............................ 143

5006BK ......................... 143

5006GY .......................... 143

5006WH ........................ 143

5007C ............................ 145

5007C1ABK ................. 144

5007C1AGY .................. 144

5007C1AWH ................ 144

5007C2ABBK ............... 144

5007C2ABGY ............... 144

5007C2ABWH .............. 144

5007C2RTBK ............... 145

5007C2RTGY................ 145

5007C2RTWH .............. 145

500ACT.......................... 584

500B .............................. 584

500DR ........................... 584

500RT .......................15, 584

500SP1 1/2 .................. 584

500SP1 5/8 .................. 584

500SP1 7/16 ................ 584

500SP1 7/8 .................. 584

500SP1 9/16 ................ 584

500SP1.0625 ............... 584

500SP1.39 ................... 584

500SP1/2 ..................... 584

500SP2 ........................ 584

500SP7/8 ..................... 584

500T .............................. 584

5010A ............................ 147

5010ABK ....................... 143

5010AGY ........................ 143

5010AWH ...................... 143

5010LBK ....................... 144

5010LGY ........................ 144

5010LWH ...................... 144

5010R ............................ 143

5010RBK ....................... 143

5010RGY ....................... 143

5017B ............................ 144

5017CBK ....................... 144

5017CGY ....................... 144

5017CWH ...................... 144

5017WG ......................... 144

5018B ............................ 144

5018CBK ....................... 144

5018CGY ....................... 144

5018CWH ...................... 144

5018WG ......................... 144

502 .................................. 27

522222HR ..................... 554

522222HS...................... 554

522222JR ...................... 554

522222JS ...................... 554

525A ..............556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

525ACT..........556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

525B ..............556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

525C ..............556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

525D ..............556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

525F ..............556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

525G ....... 556, 583, 595, 600

525H..............556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

525HB ........................... 584

525I ...............556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

525J ..............556, 558, 584,

..........................595, 600

525RT ............556, 558, 583,

..........................595, 600

5400 .......................236, 694

5400C ............................ 152

5400CWH .................... 152

5400TB ...........127, 152, 153

5400TBWH .................. 152

5400TC .......................... 152

5400TCWH .................. 152

5400TWC ....................... 152

5400TWCWH ............... 152

5406A ............................ 152

5406AWH..................... 152

5406T ............................ 152

5406TWH ..................... 152

5406TBWH .................. 153

5408L ............................ 153

5408LWH ..................... 153

5408R ............................ 153

5408RWH .................... 153

5410 .............................. 153

5410WH ....................... 153

5410DFOWH ................ 153

5411FO .......................... 153

5411FOWH .................. 153

5415 .............................. 153

5415FO .......................... 153

5415FOWH .................. 153

5417FOWH .................. 153

5418 .............................. 153

5418WH ....................... 153

5418FO .......................... 154

5418FOWH .................. 154

5450 .........................18, 154

5450ORAP ................... 154

5450WH ....................... 154

5450A3 .......................... 154

5450A3WH ................... 154

5450T ............................ 154

5450TWH ..................... 154

5474 .............................. 154

5474WH ....................... 154

5500 .......................236, 694

5500BD3 ................127, 159

5500BD3WH ................ 159

5500C ............................ 159

5500CWH .................... 159

5500WCA ...................... 159

5506 .............................. 159

5506WH ....................... 159

5506B ............................ 160

5506BWH .................... 160

55074TJ ..................51, 164

55074TJFW ...........51, 164

55074TJG ................... 164

55074TJWH ................ 164

55076TJ ..................51, 164

55076TJFW ................ 164

55076TJG ................... 164

55076TJWH ................ 164

55076TJFW .................... 51

55074TJWH ................. 400

55076TJWH ................. 400

5507AAP .............12, 13, 14,

............................51, 164

5507AAPBK .............13, 14,

............................51, 164

5507AAPFW ............13, 14,

............................51, 164

5507AAPG ..........12, 13, 14

............................51, 164

5507AAPGY ......13, 14, 164

5507AAPWH ............ 13, 14

............................51, 164

5507AD ..................... 50, 63

5507ADFW .............50, 163

5507ADGY ................... 163

5507ADWH .................. 163

5507B .......................50, 163

5507BFW ................50, 163

5507BG ........................ 163

5507BGY ...................... 163

5507BWH .............163, 400

5507D .......................50, 163

5507DBK ..................... 163

5507DFW ................50, 163

5507DG ........................ 163

5507DGY ...................... 163

5507DWH .............163, 400

5507FRJ ...................51, 163

5507FRJBK ................. 163

5507FRJFW ............51, 163

5507FRJG .................... 163

5507FRJGY .................. 163

5507FRJWH ................ 163

5507MAAP ..........12, 13, 14,

............................51, 164

5507MAAPBK ..........13, 14,

............................51, 164

5507MAAPFW .........13, 14,

............................51, 164

5507MAAPG ............12, 13,

......................14, 51, 164

5507MAAPGY ..........13, 14,

................................. 164

5507MAAPWH .........13, 14,

............................51, 164

5507R ..................12, 13, 14,

............................50, 164

5507RBK ................. 13, 14

5507RFW .................13, 14,

............................50, 164

5507RG ....................12, 13,

............................14, 164

5507RGY .................. 13, 14

5507RWH ................13, 14,

..........................164, 400

5507RJ .....................51, 164

5507RJFW ..............51, 164

5507RJG ...................... 164

5507RJGY .................... 164

5507RJWH ................... 164

5507S ............................ 164

5507SBK ..................... 164

5507SFW ..................... 164

5507SG ........................ 164

5507SGY ...................... 164

5507SWH ..............164, 400

5507SW ....................50, 164

5507SWFW .............50, 164

5507SWG ..................... 164

5507SWWH ................. 164

5507T1 .....................50, 164

5507T1FW ..............50, 164

5507T1G ...................... 164

5507T1WH ............164, 400

5507T2 .....................51, 164

5507T2FW ..................... 51

5507T2FW ................... 164

5507T2G ...................... 164

5507T2WH ............164, 400

5510 .............................. 160

5510WH ....................... 160

5510D ............................ 160

5510DWH .................... 160

5511 .............................. 160

5511WH ....................... 160

5514A ............................ 160

5514AWH..................... 160

5515 .............................. 160

5515WH ....................... 160

5517FO .......................... 160

5517FOWH .................. 160

5518 .............................. 160

5518WH ....................... 160

5518FO .......................... 160

5518FOWH .................. 160

5550 .........................18, 161

5550WH ....................... 161

5550A4 .......................... 161

5550A4WH ................... 161

5574 .............................. 160

5574WH ....................... 160

5574A .....................158, 161

5574AWH..................... 161

5700CG ........................... 27

5700LL ............................ 27

5701 ................................ 29

5703WH .......................... 29

5709 ................................ 29

5709GC ........................... 29

5711LHA ......................... 29

5711LHAWH ................... 29

5711RHA ......................... 29

5715WH .......................... 29

5719WH .......................... 29

5736WH .......................... 31

5737AWH ........................ 32

5737WH .......................... 32

5738AFWH ...................... 32

5738AWH ........................ 32

5738WH .......................... 32

5739WH .......................... 32

5741WH .......................... 32

5744WH ......................... 32

5744S2WH ..................... 33

5744SWH ........................ 33

5745WH .......................... 33

57472WH ....................... 33

5747WH .......................... 33

57482WH ....................... 33

57483WH ....................... 33

5748SWH ........................ 33

5748WH .......................... 33

57512WH ....................... 33

5751AWH ........................ 34

5751WH .......................... 33

575CHA ..................343, 350

5780 ................................ 30

5781A .............................. 30

5782A .............................. 30

5785WH .......................... 31

5786WH .......................... 31

5791 ................................ 31

5790B .............................. 31

5BLH ...................... 343, 350

5PTHA ....................343, 350

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INDEX

706

INDEX

6 — 8

605 .................................. 27

607 .................................. 28

6000 .................65, 234, 694

6000B .............................. 65

6001A .............................. 83

600B ................................ 34

605K ................................ 27

607 .................................. 28

6074A .............................. 73

607K ................................ 28

615 .................................. 34

616 .................................. 34

620 ...........................37, 242

620BCK ....................37, 242

624 .....................41, 47, 249

624BCK ..............41, 47, 249

630B ................................ 53

630BDK ........................... 53

630C ................................ 54

630CDK ........................... 54

640B ................................ 65

640BDK ........................... 65

640C .......................... 65, 83

640CDK ..................... 65, 83

640DS ............................. 62

640DSBDK ...................... 62

650RT .............................. 62

656 .........................119, 123

660B ................................ 82

660BDK ........................... 83

682A .......................342, 350

682APT .................342, 350

686039100FT ............... 622

686052100FT ............... 615

60N2 ............................. 694

68B .........................342, 349

68MAAP .......9, 10, 342, 349

68REC ....................342, 349

68REC25...............342, 349

6AAP ......................... 9, 341

6ACT8A ......................... 341

6AER1 1/22 1/8 .......... 567

6AER2 3/83 ................ 567

6ATBK ........................... 338

6ATBS ........................... 338

6ATBZ ........................... 338

6ATCBK .................. 338, 339

6ATCBS ..................338, 339

6ATCBZ ..................338, 339

6ATCFF ......................... 541

6ATCGY ..................338, 339

6ATCNK .................338, 339

6ATCPAVBK .................. 339

6ATCPAVBS .................. 339

6ATCPAVBZ................... 339

6ATCPAVGY ................... 339

6ATCPAVNK .................. 339

6ATCPBK ...................... 338

6ATCPBS ...................... 338

6ATCPBZ ....................... 338

6ATCPGY ....................... 338

6ATCPNK ...................... 338

6ATGY ............................ 338

6ATNK ........................... 338

6ATPAVBK..................... 339

6ATPAVB S ..................... 339

6ATPAVBZ ..................... 339

6ATPAVGY ..................... 339

6ATPAVNK .................... 339

6ATPBK ......................... 338

6ATPBS ......................... 338

6ATPBZ ......................... 338

6ATPGY ......................... 338

6ATPNK ........................ 338

6B ................................. 341

6B21E ........................... 673

6B21N ........................... 672

6B22E ........................... 673

6CFFAF B ..................... 518

6CFFTCBK ............341, 452,

................................. 518

6CFFTCBS ............341, 452,

................................. 518

6CFFTCBZ ............341, 452,

................................. 518

6CFFTCGY.............341, 452,

................................. 518

6CFFTCNK ............341, 452,

................................. 518

6CTBK ....................340, 452

6CTBS ........................... 340

6CTBZ ........................... 340

6CTCBK .................340, 452

6CTCBS ..................340, 452

6CTCBZ ..................340, 452

6CTCGY ..................340, 452

6CTCNK .................340, 452

6CTGY ....................340, 452

6CTNK .......................... 340

6DEC ......................... 9, 341

6DP ............................... 341

6ER1 1/2 ...................... 565

6ER2 ............................ 565

6ER2 1/2 ...................... 565

6ER3 ............................ 565

6ER3 1/2 ...................... 565

6FFAFBHWB ............. 518

6FFAFB.5BP ............... 518

6LH ............................... 598

6LHB1/4 ...................... 569

6LHB1/8 ...................... 569

6LHS1/4 ...................... 569

6LHS1/8 ...................... 569

6MAAP ...................... 9, 342

6MAAP2A ................ 9, 342

6MOS ............................ 341

6MOSBS ........................ 341

6PPS ............................. 340

6RTT ............................. 567

6S1 ................................ 341

6S2 ................................ 341

6SER ......................... 9, 341

6STC ............................. 339

6STCP ....................340, 540

6STCPAV ................340, 540

6TRAC ........................... 342

6TS .................341, 452, 518

6W21E ........................... 673

6W21N .......................... 672

6W22E ........................... 673

700 ................................ 694

700WH ............................ 28

7011BCS ....................... 686

7011BCS20R ................. 686

7011BDS ....................... 686

7011BDS20R ................. 686

7011ULBC ..................... 676

7011ULBC20R .............. 676

7011ULBC20RTL ........ 676

7011ULBD .................... 676

7011ULBD20R .............. 676

7011ULBD20RTL ........ 676

702 .................................. 28

704WH ............................ 28

706WH ............................ 28

7107F ............................ 597

711WH ............................ 29

712WH ............................ 29

7140F .....................595, 597

7141F ............................ 595

717WH ............................ 29

718WH ............................ 29

77000N.......................... 690

77001N.......................... 690

77002N.......................... 690

7712BCS ....................... 686

7712BCS20R ................. 686

7712BDS ....................... 686

7712BDS20R ................. 686

7712ULBC ..................... 676

7712ULBC20R .............. 676

7712ULBC20RTL ........ 676

7712ULBD .................... 676

7712ULBD20R .............. 676

7712ULBD20RTL ........ 676

7LH ............................... 598

7LHB1/4 ...................... 569

7LHB1/8 ...................... 569

7LHS1/4 ...................... 569

7LHS1/8 ...................... 569

800 ................................ 694

8002 .............................. 685

800BAC ..................126, 135

800BACWH .................. 135

800CILCK ...................... 480

800LCK ......................... 480

800WC ........................... 135

806 ................................ 135

806WH ......................... 135

810A2 ............................ 135

810A2WH..................... 135

810B .............................. 135

810BWH ...................... 135

811 ................................ 136

811WH ......................... 136

815 ................................ 136

815WH ......................... 136

817 ................................ 136

817WH ......................... 136

817B ...... 406, 417, 431, 469,

.......... 484, 556, 558, 572

817C ....... 406, 417, 469, 484

817PCC .........435, 474, 489,

..................556, 558, 577

817PCCBR N ............... 435,

..................474, 489, 577

817T .......................469, 484

817TAL ...................473, 487

817TALGY .............473, 487

817TALNK ............473, 487

817TALBS .............473, 487

817TALBZ ............. 473, 487

817TCAL .......410, 420, 433,

..................473, 487, 575

817TCALBS .........410, 420,

.......... 433, 473, 487, 575

817TCALBZ .........410, 420,

.......... 433, 473, 487, 575

817TCALGY .........410, 420,

.......... 433, 473, 487, 575

817TCALNK .........410, 420,

.......... 433, 473, 487, 575

818 ................................ 136

818WH ......................... 136

818TAL ...................471, 486

818TCAL .......408, 419, 432,

................ 471, 486, 556,

..........................558, 574

825A .............................. 481

825A1 .......................... 481

825A1/2 ....................... 481

825A3/4 ....................... 481

825CK ........................... 481

825CK1 ........................ 481

825CK1/2 ..................... 481

825CK3/4 ..................... 481

825CP ........................... 481

825SFCK ....................... 481

827B ...............406, 431,469,

.......... 484, 556, 558, 572

827C ...............406, 469, 484

827PCC .........435, 474, 489,

..................556, 558, 577

827PCCBRN ........435, 474,

..........................489, 577

827T .......................469, 484

827TAL ...................473, 488

827TALGY .............473, 488

827TALNK ............473, 488

827TALBS .............473, 488

827TALBZ ............. 473, 488

827TCAL ...............410, 434,

..................473, 487, 575

827TCALBS .........410, 434,

..................473, 487, 575

827TCALBZ .........410, 434,

..................473, 487, 575

827TCALGY .........410, 434,

..................473, 487, 575

827TCALNK .........410, 434,

..................473, 487, 575

828COMTC .....407, 470, 485

828COMTCAL ........408, 472

828DLR .................407, 418,

.......... 431, 470, 485, 573

828DLRAL.............408, 419,

.......... 433, 472, 486, 574

828DPGFITC .........407, 418,

.......... 431, 470, 485, 572

828DPGFITCAL .....408, 419,

.........................433, 472,

..................486, 572, 574

828GFITC ......407, 418, 431,

..................469, 484, 572

828GFITCAL ..........408, 410,

.................419, 420, 433,

......... 434, 472, 474, 486,

..................488, 574, 576

828GFITCALBK ........... 474

828GFITCALBS ...410, 420,

.......... 434, 474, 488, 576

828GFITCALBZ ...410, 420,

........... 434, 474,488, 576

828GFITCALGY ....410, 420,

.......... 434, 474, 488, 576

828GFITCALNK ...410, 420,

.......... 434, 474, 488, 576

828MAAP ..........7, 407, 409,

......... 410, 418, 420, 432,

......... 433, 434, 470, 472,

......... 474, 485, 487, 488,

..................573, 575, 576

828PR ...................435, 475,

..........................489, 577

828PRBRN ..........435, 475,

..........................489, 577

828PRGFI ..............435, 475,

..........................489, 577

828PRGFIBRN ........... 435,

..................475, 489, 577

828R ..............407, 418, 431,

..................469, 484, 572

828RTCAL ...........408, 410,

.................419, 420, 433,

.................434, 472, 474,

.......... 486, 488, 574, 576

828RTCALBS .....410, 420,

.......... 434, 474, 488, 576

828RTCALBZ .....410, 420,

.......... 434, 474, 488, 576

828RTCALGY .....410, 420,

.......... 434, 474, 488, 576

828RTCALNK.....410, 420,

.........................434, 474,

..........................488, 576

828SPTC .......407, 418, 431,

.........................470, 485,

..........................573, 591

828TAL ...................471, 486

828TCAL ........408, 432,471,

.........................486, 556,

..........................558, 574

829CK ...........407, 418, 432,

.........................470, 485,

..........................573, 591

829CK1 ........407, 418, 432,

..................470, 485, 591

829CK1/2 ..... 407, 418, 432,

.........................470, 485,

..........................573, 591

829CK3/4 .............407, 418,

.................432, 470, 485,

..........................573, 591

829CK1 ......................... 573

829CKAL ................410, 576

829CKAL1 ...........420, 434,

..........................474, 488

829CKAL1BS .......410, 420,

..................434, 474, 488

829CKAL1BZ .......410, 420,

..................434, 474, 488

829CKAL1GY .......410, 420,

..................434, 474, 488

829CKAL1NK ......410, 420,

..................434, 474, 488

829CKAL3/4 ........420, 434,

..................474, 488, 576

829CKAL3/4BS ...410, 420,

.........................434, 474,

..........................488, 576

829CKAL3/4BZ ...410, 420,

.........................434, 474,

..........................488, 576

829CKAL3/4GY ....410, 420,

.........................434, 474,

..........................488, 576

829CKAL3/4NK ...410, 420,

.........................434, 474,

..........................488, 576

829CKALB S ................. 576

829CKALB Z ................. 576

829CKALGY ................. 576

829CKALNK ................ 576

829PCK .................435, 475,

..........................489, 577

829PCKBR N ............... 435,

..................475, 489, 577

829PFL .................435, 475,

..........................489, 577

829PFLBRN ........435, 475,

..........................489, 577

829PFLRT .............435, 475,

..........................489, 577

829PFLRTBRN ........... 435,

..................475, 489, 577

829PSTC .......435, 475, 489,

..........................577, 591

829PSTCBRN ......435, 489,

..........................577, 591

829STC ..........407, 418, 431,

.......... 470, 485, 573, 591

830CKTCAL...........409, 419,

.......... 433, 472, 487, 575

830CKTCAL1 .......409, 419,

.........................433, 472,

..........................487, 575

830CKTCAL1/2 ....409, 420,

.......... 433, 472, 487, 575

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

707

INDEX

8 — A

830CKTCAL3/4 ....409, 419,

.........................433, 472,

..........................487, 575

837B ..............406, 431, 469,

.......... 484, 556, 558, 572

837C ...............406, 469, 484

837PCC .................435, 475,

.......... 489, 556, 558, 577

837PCCBRN ........435, 475,

..........................489, 577

837T .......................469, 484

837TCAL ...............410, 434,

..................473, 487, 576

837TCALBS ................. 576

837TCALBZ ................. 576

837TCALGY .........410, 434,

..................473, 487, 576

837TCALNK .........410, 434,

..................473, 487, 576

837TCALBS .........410, 434,

..........................473, 487

837TCALBZ .........410, 434,

..........................473, 487

838TAL880CM3 ........... 471

838TAL880CS3 ............ 471

838TAL880M3 ............. 471

838TAL880S3 .............. 471

838TCAL .......408, 432, 471,

.......... 486, 556, 558, 574

861 ................................ 491

861AMDTCAB ............... 491

861AMDTCAL................ 491

861AMDTCBK ............... 491

861AMDTCBS ............... 491

861AMDTCGY ................ 491

861DB ........................... 491

861FFTCAL ................... 491

861FFTCBK .................. 491

861FFTCBS ................... 491

861FFTCGY ................... 491

861QTCAA ..................... 491

861QTCAB ..................... 491

861QTCAL ..................... 491

861QTCBK .................... 491

861QTCBS ..................... 491

861QTCGY ..................... 491

862 ................................ 494

862C .............................. 494

862DB ........................... 494

862GFI .......................... 494

862KIT ........................... 494

862TGFI ........................ 494

863DPCOM ................... 497

863DPCOMAL ............... 497

863DRGFICOM .............. 497

863DRGFICOMAL ......... 497

8801SFC ...................... 405

8802SFC ...................... 405

8803SFC ...................... 405

880CM11 ..................... 468

880CM21 ..................... 468

880CM31 ..................... 468

880CS11 ...................... 466

880CS1NA ................... 467

880CS21 ...................... 466

880CS2NA ................... 467

880CS31 ...................... 466

880CS3NA ................... 467

880M1 ........................... 465

880M2 ........................... 465

880M3 ........................... 465

880MP2 ......................... 430

880MPA ..................417, 430

880MPFC ...................... 417

880S1 ............................ 464

880S2 ............................ 464

880S3 ............................ 464

880W1 ........................... 482

880W1817B ................... 483

880W1818TCAL ............ 483

880W2 ........................... 482

880W2827B ................... 483

880W2828TCAL ............ 483

880W3 ........................... 483

880W3837B ................... 483

880W3838TCAL ............ 483

881 ................................ 423

881ADP ....................... 423

881DIV ......................... 423

881ADP ......................... 421

881AMD8CTCAL ............... 8

881AMD8CTCBK ............... 8

881AMD8CTCBS ............... 8

881AMD8CTCGY ............... 8

881AV3CTC ....................... 8

881AV3CTCAL ................... 8

881AV3CTCBK .................. 8

881AV3CTCBS ................... 8

881AV3CTCGY ................... 8

881FC ............................ 421

885B .............................. 477

886B .............................. 477

887B .............................. 477

889AWH ...................... 136

889B .............................. 477

895 ................ 422, 424, 478,

..........................492, 495

895DCC ......................... 424

895GFI ..........422, 424, 478,

..........................492, 495

895GFICAL ............422, 424,

..........................492, 495

895GTCAL ..................... 424

895P ....... 425, 478, 492, 495

895PAL ........ 425, 478, 492,

................................. 495

895PBRN ............425, 478,

..........................492, 495

895PBRZ .............425, 478,

..........................492, 495

895SGFICAL ................. 478

895SP ............424, 478, 492,

................................. 495

895SPAL .......424, 478, 492,

................................. 495

895T ..............422, 424, 478,

..........................492, 495

895TAL ..........422, 424, 478,

..........................492, 495

895TCAL .......422, 425, 478,

..........................492, 495

895TCALBK ................. 422

895TCALBS .........422, 425,

..................478, 492, 495

895TCALBZ .........422, 425,

..................478, 492, 495

895TCALGY .........422, 425,

..................478, 492, 495

895TCALNK .........422, 425,

..................478, 492, 495

895TGFI ................422, 424,

..................478, 492, 495

895TGFIAL ............422, 424,

..................478, 492, 495

895TSP..........424, 478, 492,

................................. 495

895TSPAL ..............492, 495

896 .........................424, 478

896CK ....................424, 478

896CK1 ................. 425, 479

896CK1/2 .............. 424, 479

896CK3/4 .............. 425, 479

896CKAL1/2 .........424, 479

896PCK ..................425, 479

896PCKAL ............425, 479

896PCKBR N .........425, 479

896PCKBRZ .........425, 479

896T .......................424, 478

896TCK ..................424, 478

896TCK1 ...............425, 479

896TCK1/2 ................... 479

896TCK3/4 ............425, 479

896TCKAL1/2 .............. 479

897AR ........................... 592

898AR ........................... 592

8AAP ........................10, 349

8ACT6A ......................... 348

8ATBK ........................... 346

8ATBS ........................... 346

8ATBZ ........................... 346

8ATCBK ......................... 346

8ATCBS ......................... 346

8ATCBZ ......................... 346

8ATCGY ......................... 346

8ATCNK ........................ 346

8ATCPBK ...................... 346

8ATCPBS ...................... 346

8ATCPBZ ....................... 346

8ATCPGY ....................... 346

8ATCPNK ...................... 346

8ATGY ............................ 346

8ATNK ........................... 346

8ATPBK ......................... 346

8ATPBS ......................... 346

8ATPBZ ......................... 346

8ATPGY ......................... 346

8ATPNK ........................ 346

8B ................................. 348

8CREST ....................10, 348

8CREST3G ...............10, 349

8CT ................................ 348

8CTBK ....................455, 515

8CTBS ............348, 455, 515

8CTBZ ............348, 455, 515

8CTC ............................. 348

8CTCBK .........455, 515, 539

8CTCBS ......... 348, 455, 515,

................................. 539

8CTCBZ .........348, 455, 515,

................................. 539

8CTCGY .........348, 455, 515,

................................. 539

8CTCNK .........348, 455, 515

8CTGY ............348, 455, 515

8CTNK ...........348, 455, 515

8DEC ........................10, 348

8DIV .............................. 351

8DP ............................... 348

8MAAP .....................10, 349

8MOS ............................ 348

8PPS ............................. 347

8S1 ................................ 348

8S2 ................................ 348

8SER ........................10, 349

8STC ............................. 347

8STCP ....................347, 541

8TRAC ........................... 349

8TS .........................348, 455

929046 .......................... 604

AAPCTM4 ...................... 270

AATCTM4 ...................... 270

AB2TJ .............................. 21

AB2TJBK ....................... 21

AB2TJG.......................... 21

AB2TJGY ........................ 21

ABPLUG3 ..............353, 355,

.................357, 369, 371,

..........................373, 380

ABPLUG4 ..............359, 361,

................. 363, 365, 367

ABPLUG6 ...................... 340

ABPLUG8 ...................... 347

ABS2 ............................... 21

ABS2BK ........................ 21

ABS2G ........................... 21

ABS2GY ......................... 21

AC10105 ........................ 538

AC101052 .................... 512

AC10105YC2111PA ....... 538

AC10105YC2222PA ....... 538

AC10105YC42222PA ..... 538

AC8104 .......................... 510

AC8104YC2111PA ......... 537

AC8104YC2222PA ......... 537

AC8105 .......................... 508

AC8105YC2111PA ......... 537

AC8105YC2222PA ......... 537

AC8105YC42222PA ....... 537

AC8840 .......................... 510

AC8840YC2111PA ......... 537

AC8840YC2222PA ......... 537

AC8850 .......................... 508

AC8850YC2111PA ......... 537

AC8850YC2222PA ......... 537

AC8850YC42222PA ....... 537

ADPD453LM2 ............... 268

AERHB048 .................. 606

AERHB052 .................. 567

AERHB116 .................. 606

AERHB120 .................. 567

AERHB128 .................. 567

AERHB132 .................. 606

AERHB144 .................. 567

AERHB148 .................. 606

AERHB152 .................. 567

AERHB200 .................. 606

AF1 .............................. 502

AF3 .............................. 503

AF2KC2111PA............... 536

AF2KC2222PA............... 536

AF2KC4222PA............... 536

AF2KT2111PA ............... 536

AF2KT2222PA ............... 536

AF2KT4222PA ............... 536

AF2NC2111PA .............. 536

AF2NC2222PA .............. 536

AF2NC4222PA .............. 536

AF2NT2111PA............... 536

AF2NT2222PA............... 536

AF2NT4222PA............... 536

AF2YC2111PA ............... 536

AF2YC2222PA ............... 536

AF2YC4222PA ............... 536

AF2YT2111PA ............... 536

AF2YT2222PA ............... 536

AF2YT4222PA ............... 536

AF3KC ......................... 503

AF3KT ......................... 503

AF3NC ......................... 503

AF3NT ......................... 503

AF3YC .......................... 503

AF3YT .......................... 503

AF4KC2111PA............... 536

AF4KC2222PA............... 536

AF4KC4222PA............... 536

AF4KT2111PA ............... 536

AF4KT2222PA ............... 536

AF4KT4222PA ............... 536

AF4NC2111PA .............. 536

AF4NC2222PA .............. 536

AF4NC4222PA .............. 536

AF4NT2111PA............... 536

AF4NT2222PA............... 536

AF4NT4222PA............... 536

AF4YC2111PA ............... 536

AF4YC2222PA ............... 536

AF4YC4222PA ............... 536

AF4YT2111PA ............... 536

AF4YT2222PA ............... 536

AF4YT4222PA ............... 536

AGFTR153M4 ................ 268

AL0GB506TR ................ 262

AL2000 .......................... 694

AL2000B ................168, 171

AL2000B10 .................. 258

AL2000B5 .................... 258

AL2000C ....................... 168

AL2000C5 .............171, 258

AL2000WC .............171, 258

AL2001 ...........171, 258, 262

AL2003 ...................171, 258

AL2006 ...................171, 258

AL2009 ...........172, 258, 262

AL2010A ........172, 258, 262

AL2010B ........172, 258, 262

AL2011 ...................172, 258

AL2015 ...................172, 259

AL2017 ...................172, 259

AL2018 ...................172, 259

AL2038 ...................172, 259

AL2040A ................172, 259

AL2043 ...................172, 259

AL2043IG ...............172, 259

AL2044 ...........173, 259, 696

AL20442 ...............259, 696

AL20443 ...................... 696

AL2047 ..........173, 259, 262,

................................. 696

AL20472 ...............259, 696

AL2051H ........173, 259, 262

AL20GB306 ................... 257

AL20GB306TR .............. 262

AL20GB306TRGFI ......... 263

AL20GB306TRUSB ....... 264

AL20GB506 ................... 257

AL20GB506TRGFI ......... 263

AL20GB506TRUSB ....... 264

AL20GB512 ................... 257

AL20GB606 ................... 257

AL20GB612 ................... 257

AL20GB618 ................... 257

AL20GBA 606 ................. 257

AL20GBA 612 ................. 257

AL20GBA 618 ................. 257

AL20IG306 .................... 257

AL20IG506 .................... 257

AL20IG606 .................... 257

AL2400 .......................... 694

AL2400B ....................... 168

AL2400B5 .................... 175

AL2400C ................168, 175

AL2400WC .................... 175

AL2401 .......................... 175

AL2406 .......................... 175

AL2409 .......................... 175

AL2410B ....................... 175

AL2410B2 ..................... 175

AL2411 .......................... 175

AL2415 .......................... 175

AL2416 .......................... 175

AL2417 .......................... 175

AL2418 .......................... 176

AL241FP6A6A ............. 306

AL241FP6AB ............... 307

AL241FP6AD ............... 306

AL241FP6ADEC .......... 307

AL241FPB6A ............... 306

AL241FPBB................. 306

AL241FPBD................. 307

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INDEX

708

INDEX

A — B

AL241FPD 6A ............... 306

AL241FPDB................. 307

AL241FPDD................. 306

AL241FPDEC6A .......... 307

AL241FPDECB ............ 306

AL241FPDECDEC ....... 306

AL241SHB ................... 305

AL2446PD ................... 176

AL2451H ....................... 176

AL3000 .......................... 208

AL3001 .......................... 210

AL3010B ....................... 210

AL3010B1 ..................... 210

AL3011 .......................... 210

AL3012A ....................... 210

AL3012B ....................... 210

AL3015 .......................... 210

AL3017 .......................... 210

AL3018 .......................... 210

AL3300 ...........205, 208, 694

AL3300B ....................... 168

AL3300B10 ................... 178

AL3300C ....................... 168

AL3300D5 ..............178, 213

AL3300WC .............178, 213

AL3301 ...................178, 213

AL3301D ................178, 213

AL3309 ...................178, 213

AL3310B ................179, 213

AL3310B1 ..............179, 213

AL3311 ...................179, 214

AL3315 ...................179, 214

AL3316 ...................179, 214

AL3317 ...................179, 214

AL3318 ...................179, 214

AL3320 .......................... 205

AL3346D ....................... 179

AL3346DO ..................... 179

AL3346E........................ 179

AL3346G ....................... 179

AL3346GO ..................... 180

AL3356ACTLPB........... 180

AL3356LPB3S2 ........... 180

AL33562A...................... 180

AL3356ABRT ................ 180

AL3356R ....................... 180

AL3356Z ........................ 180

AL4000 ...................205, 208

AL4001 .......................... 215

AL4010B ....................... 215

AL4010B2 ..................... 215

AL4011 .......................... 215

AL4012A ................215, 217

AL4012B ....................... 215

AL4015 .......................... 216

AL4017 .......................... 216

AL4018 .......................... 216

AL4301 .......................... 221

AL4310B ....................... 221

AL4310B2 ..................... 221

AL4311 .......................... 221

AL4312A ....................... 221

AL4312B ....................... 222

AL4315 .......................... 222

AL4317 .......................... 222

AL4318 .......................... 222

AL4320 .......................... 208

AL4400 ...................205, 208

AL4401 .......................... 217

AL4410B ....................... 217

AL4410B2 ..................... 217

AL4411 .......................... 217

AL4412B ....................... 218

AL4415 .......................... 218

AL4417 .......................... 218

AL4418 .......................... 218

AL4501 .......................... 223

AL4510B ....................... 223

AL4510B2 ..................... 223

AL4511 .......................... 223

AL4512A ....................... 223

AL4512B ....................... 224

AL4515 .......................... 224

AL4517 .......................... 224

AL4518 .......................... 224

AL4520 ...................205, 208

AL4701 .......................... 219

AL4710B ....................... 219

AL4710B2 ..................... 219

AL4711 .......................... 219

AL4712A ....................... 219

AL4712B ....................... 220

AL4715 .......................... 220

AL4717 .......................... 220

AL4718 .......................... 220

AL4750 ...................205, 208

AL5200 .......................... 694

AL5200B ....................... 169

AL5200B10 .................. 195

AL5200B5 .................... 195

AL5200C ....................... 169

AL5200C10 .................. 195

AL5200C5 .................... 195

AL5200D5 .................... 195

AL5200WC .................... 195

AL5200WC3 .................. 195

AL5201 .......................... 195

AL5206 .......................... 195

AL5209 .......................... 195

AL5210B ....................... 195

AL5210B1 ..................... 196

AL5210B2 ..................... 196

AL5210B3 ..................... 196

AL5211 .......................... 196

AL5214 .......................... 196

AL5215 .......................... 196

AL5216 .......................... 196

AL5217 .......................... 196

AL5217A ....................... 196

AL5217N ....................... 196

AL5218 .......................... 196

AL5246B ...................... 196

AL5246D ...................... 196

AL5246DD ................... 196

AL5246F ...................... 197

AL5246G ...................... 197

AL52562A .................... 198

AL52562LPB3S2 ......... 198

AL5256ABRT ............... 197

AL5256ACT2LP ........... 197

AL5256ACTLPB........... 197

AL5256ACTMAB .......... 197

AL5256D2A ................. 197

AL5256DABRT ............ 198

AL5256DACT ............... 197

AL5256DMABRT ......... 198

AL5256DZ .................... 197

AL5256G2A.................. 198

AL5256GABRT ............ 198

AL5256GACT ............... 197

AL5256GMABRT ......... 198

AL5256GZ .................... 198

AL5256LPB3S2 ........... 198

AL5256MABRT ............ 198

AL5256Z ...................... 198

AL5260 .......................... 198

AL7301 .......................... 229

AL7310B ....................... 229

AL7310B3 ..................... 229

AL7311 .......................... 229

AL7312A ....................... 229

AL7312B ....................... 230

AL7315 .......................... 230

AL7317 .......................... 230

AL7318 .......................... 230

AL7320 ...................206, 208

AL7401 .......................... 231

AL7410B ....................... 231

AL7410B3 ..................... 231

AL7411 .......................... 231

AL7412A ....................... 231

AL7412B ....................... 232

AL7415 .......................... 232

AL7417 .......................... 232

AL7418 .......................... 232

AL7450 ...................206, 208

ALA2A ..................188, 192

ALAABRT .................... 191

ALABL ......................... 191

ALADR .................. 187, 191

ALAE ....................187, 191

ALAF ....................187, 191

ALAG ....................187, 191

ALAJ .....................187, 191

ALALP B ................187, 192

ALALPB3S2..........187, 192

ALAMA B ...............187, 192

ALAMABRT ..........187, 192

ALAN ....................187, 191

ALASG ..................188, 192

ALAZ.....................188, 192

ALA01 ...................186, 190,

..................211, 212, 225

ALA09 ............190, 211, 225

ALA11R ......................... 226

ALA11R1 ................212, 192

ALA17/18R .................... 226

ALA17/18R1 ........... 212, 192

ALA17A ..........190, 211, 225

ALA3000 ....................... 205

ALA3800 ........205, 208, 694

ALA3800B ..................... 168

ALA3800B10................ 186

ALA3800C ..................... 168

ALA3806 ................186, 211

ALA3810B ..............186, 211

ALA3810B1 ............186, 212

ALA3811 ................186, 212

ALA3815 ................186, 212

ALA3817 ................186, 212

ALA3817N .............. 186, 212

ALA3818 ................186, 212

ALA4800 ........205, 208, 226

ALA4800B ..................... 168

ALA4800B10................ 190

ALA4800C ..................... 168

ALA4806 ................190, 225

ALA4810B ..............190, 225

ALA4810B2 ............190, 226

ALA4811 ................190, 226

ALA4812A ..................... 226

ALA4812B ..................... 226

ALA4815 ................190, 226

ALA4817 ................190, 226

ALA4817N .............. 191, 226

ALA4818 ................191, 226

ALAC5 ..................186, 190

ALAWC ...................186, 190

ALAWC ...................211, 225

ALDS4000 ...... 205, 208, 694

ALDS4000B............169, 183

ALDS4000C ............169, 183

ALDS4006 ..............183, 227

ALDS4010A ............183, 227

ALDS4010B............183, 227

ALDS4011 ..............183, 227

ALDS4015 ..............183, 228

ALDS4017 ..............183, 228

ALDS4018 ..............183, 228

ALDS40472A ............... 184

ALDS4047C ................... 184

ALDS4047D .................. 184

ALDS4047E ................... 184

ALDS4047F ................... 184

ALDS4047MAB ............. 184

ALDS4047R ................... 184

ALEXTLEDTM4 ............. 269

ALLNLEDTM4 ............... 269

ALPKLEDTM4 ............... 269

ALTC20W ..................... 658

ALTC2P........................ 658

ALTC2S ........................ 658

ALTP ......................626, 652

ALTP20W ..................... 653

ALTP2P ....................... 653

ALTP2S ........................ 653

AMD8APTCBK .............. 359

AMD8AP TCGY ............... 359

AMD8CTCAL ................. 359

AMD8CTCBK ................ 359

AMD8CTCBS ................. 359

AMD8CTCGY ................. 359

AMD8SHTCAL............... 359

AMD8SHTCBK .............. 359

AMD8SHTCBS .............. 359

AMD8SH TCGY ............... 359

AMD8STC...................... 359

AMDTP4 ...............626, 652

AMDTP4C .................. 653

AMDTP412 .................. 652

AMDTP412C .............. 653

AMDTP415 .................. 652

AMDTP415C .............. 653

AMDTP4D .................... 653

AMDTPA ...................... 654

AMDTPB ...................... 654

AMDTPL ...................... 654

AMTC3S2 ..................... 658

AMTC4 ......................... 657

AMTC412 ..................... 657

AMTC415 ..................... 657

AMTCACT .................... 658

AMTCCVR .................... 658

APFITTC ...................... 376

APCB1TM4 ................... 268

APCB2TM2 ................... 268

APCB3TM4 ................... 268

APCCTM4...................... 267

APDWCTM1 .................. 268

APME18TM2 ................. 267

APMT12TM2 ................. 267

APMT18TM4 ................. 267

APMT27TM2 ................. 267

APST9TM1 .................... 268

APTR15TM4 .................. 270

APUSB2TM4 ................. 270

ARAS2 ............22, 161, 165

ARAS2BK ......22, 161, 165

ARAS2FW .....22, 161, 165

ARAS2G ........22, 161, 165

ARAS2GY ......22, 161, 165

ARAS2IV ...................... 22

ARAS2WH ........... 161, 165

AUDMTM1 .................... 270

AV1000BK ......................... 2

AV1002BK ......................... 2

AV2002BK ......................... 3

AV2003BK ......................... 3

AV2004BK ......................... 5

AV3000BK ......................... 3

AV3APTCBK .................. 361

AV3APTCGY .................. 361

AV3ATC ......................... 543

AV3ATCAA ....................... 10

AV3ATCAA111PA .......... 543

AV3ATCAB ................10, 361

AV3ATCAB111PA .......... 543

AV3ATCAL ................10, 361

AV3ATCAL111PA ........... 543

AV3ATCBK ...............10, 361

AV3ATCBS ................10, 361

AV3ATCBS111PA .......... 543

AV3ATCGY ................10, 361

AV3ATCGY111PA ........... 543

AV3ATCVY ....................... 10

AV3CTCAA....................... 10

AV3CTCAB ...............10, 361

AV3CTCAL ................10, 361

AV3CTCBK ...............10, 361

AV3CTCBS ...............10, 361

AV3CTCGY ................10, 361

AV3CTCVY ....................... 10

AV3SHTCAL .................. 361

AV3SHTCBK .................. 361

AV3SHTCBS .................. 361

AV3SHTCGY .................. 361

AV3STC ..................361, 367

AV4000BK ......................... 2

AV4005BK ......................... 2

AV5000BK ......................... 3

AV5001BK ......................... 3

AV5002BK ......................... 3

AV5004BK ......................... 3

AV5005BK ......................... 5

AV6001BK ......................... 4

AV7000BK ......................... 4

AV7004BK ......................... 4

AV7005BK ......................... 4

AV8008BK ......................... 4

AV8009BK ......................... 4

AV8010BK ......................... 4

AV9003BK ......................... 5

AV9004BK ......................... 5

AV9008BK ......................... 5

AV9010BK ......................... 3

AV9012BK ......................... 5

AV9014BK ......................... 5

AV9015BK ......................... 5

AV9016BK ......................... 4

AVATCBK111PA ............ 543

BE120010 .................... 276

BE12005 ...................... 276

BE120050 .................... 276

BE12005R ................... 276

BE140010 .................... 277

BE14005 ...................... 277

BE140050 .................... 277

BE160010 .................... 277

BE160025 .................... 277

BE16005 ...................... 277

BK120010 .................... 276

BK12005 ...................... 276

BK120050 .................... 276

BK140010 .................... 277

BK14005 ...................... 277

BK140050 .................... 277

BK160010 .................... 277

BK160025 .................... 277

BK16005 ...................... 277

BK2000B10 ................. 242

BK2000B5 ................... 242

BK2000BC .................... 242

BK2000C ....................... 242

BK2006 ......................... 242

BK2010A2 ..................... 261

BK2010A3 ..................... 243

BK2010B ................ 243, 261

BK2011 ......................... 243

BK2015 ......................... 243

BK2018C ....................... 243

BK2040B ....................... 261

BK2048 ......................... 243

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

709

INDEX

B — C

BK20482 ...................... 244

BK2051H ....................... 244

BK20GB306TR .............. 260

BK20GB306TRGFI ........ 263

BK20GB306TRUSB ....... 264

BK20GB506TR .............. 260

BK20GB506TRGFI ........ 263

BK20GB506TRUSB ....... 264

BK20GB606TRGFI ........ 263

BK20GB606TRUSB ....... 264

BKWEP .......................... 62

BKWES .......................... 62

BR120010 .................... 276

BR12005 ...................... 276

BR120050 .................... 276

BR12005R ................... 276

BR140010 .................... 277

BR14005 ...................... 277

BR140050 .................... 277

BR160010 .................... 277

BR160025 .................... 277

BR16005 ...................... 277

C10105P3ACT ............. 512

C10105P3RT ........... 9, 512

C10105PAAP6A ..... 9, 512

C10105PB ................... 512

C10105PMAAP6A .. 9, 512

C11040 ........................ 100

C11041 ........................ 100

C11042 ........................ 100

C11045 ........................ 100

C1104BH ..................... 102

C1104C ........................ 101

C1104E ........................ 100

C1104E45 .................... 100

C1104E45VI ................. 101

C1104E45VO ................ 101

C1104EB ..................... 101

C1104EVI ..................... 101

C1104EVO.................... 101

C1104F ........................ 102

C1104H ........................ 103

C1104T ........................ 102

C1104TH ...................... 102

C1104X ........................ 102

C11260 ........................ 100

C11261 ........................ 100

C11262 ........................ 100

C11265 ........................ 100

C1126BH ..................... 102

C1126C ........................ 101

C1126E ........................ 100

C1126E45 .................... 100

C1126E45VI ................. 101

C1126E45VO ................ 101

C1126EB ..................... 101

C1126EVI ..................... 101

C1126EVO.................... 101

C1126F ........................ 102

C1126H ........................ 103

C1126R6 ...................... 102

C1126T ........................ 102

C1126TH ...................... 102

C1126X ........................ 102

C11200 .......................... 100

C11201 .......................... 100

C11202 .......................... 100

C11205 .......................... 100

C112BH ......................... 102

C112C ........................... 101

C112E............................ 100

C112E45 ........................ 100

C112E45VI..................... 101

C112E45VO ................... 101

C112EB ......................... 101

C112EVI ........................ 101

C112EVO ....................... 101

C112F ............................ 102

C112FB ......................... 103

C112H ........................... 103

C112R8 ......................... 102

C112T ............................ 102

C112TH ......................... 102

C112X ............................ 102

C11861 ........................ 100

C11862 ........................ 100

C11865 ........................ 100

C1186BH ..................... 102

C1186C ........................ 101

C1186E ........................ 100

C1186E45 .................... 100

C1186E45VI ................. 101

C1186E45VO ................ 101

C1186EB ..............101, 102

C1186EVI ..................... 101

C1186EVO.................... 101

C1186F ........................ 102

C1186R126 ................ 102

C1186T .................102, 103

C1186TH ...................... 102

C1186X ........................ 102

C12461 ........................ 100

C12462 ........................ 100

C12465 ........................ 100

C1246BH ..................... 102

C1246C ........................ 101

C1246E ........................ 100

C1246E45 .................... 100

C1246E45VI ................. 101

C1246E45VO ................ 101

C1246EB ..............101, 102

C1246EVI ..................... 101

C1246EVO.................... 101

C1246F ........................ 102

C1246R186 ................ 102

C1246T .................102, 103

C1246TH ...................... 102

C1246X ........................ 102

C1250 ............................ 100

C1251 ............................ 100

C1252 ............................ 100

C1255 ............................ 100

C125BH ......................... 102

C125C ........................... 101

C125E............................ 100

C125E45 ........................ 100

C125E45VI..................... 101

C125E45VO ................... 101

C125EB ......................... 101

C125EVI ........................ 101

C125EVO ....................... 101

C125F ............................ 102

C125FB ......................... 103

C125H ........................... 103

C125T ............................ 102

C125TH ......................... 102

C125X ............................ 102

C1400 ............................ 100

C1401 ............................ 100

C1402 ............................ 100

C1405 ............................ 100

C14BH ........................... 102

C14C ............................. 101

C14E ............................. 100

C14E45 .......................... 100

C14E45VI ...................... 101

C14E45VO ..................... 101

C14EB ........................... 101

C14EVI .......................... 101

C14EVO ......................... 101

C14F.............................. 102

C14FB ........................... 103

C14H ............................. 103

C14R25 ......................... 102

C14T .............................. 102

C14TH ........................... 102

C14X .............................. 102

C1600 ............................ 100

C1601 ............................ 100

C1602 ............................ 100

C1605 ............................ 100

C16BH ........................... 102

C16C ............................. 101

C16E ............................. 100

C16E45 .......................... 100

C16E45VI ...................... 101

C16E45VO ..................... 101

C16EB ........................... 101

C16EVI .......................... 101

C16EVO ......................... 101

C16F.............................. 102

C16FB ........................... 103

C16H ............................. 103

C16R4 ........................... 102

C16T .............................. 102

C16TH ........................... 102

C16X .............................. 102

C1800 ............................ 100

C1801 ............................ 100

C1802 ............................ 100

C1805 ............................ 100

C18BH ........................... 102

C18C ............................. 101

C18E ............................. 100

C18E45 .......................... 100

C18E45VI ...................... 101

C18E45VO ..................... 101

C18EB ........................... 101

C18EVI .......................... 101

C18EVO ......................... 101

C18F.............................. 102

C18FB ........................... 103

C18H ............................. 103

C18R6 ........................... 102

C18T .............................. 102

C18TH ........................... 102

C18X .............................. 102

C8004P2ACT ............... 511

C8004P2DBP............... 511

C8004P2RT ............. 9, 511

C8005P3ACT ............... 510

C8005P3DBP............... 509

C8005P3RT ................. 509

C8005PAAP6A ....... 9, 510

C8005PMAAP6A .... 9, 510

C8005PRT ....................... 9

C8850P2ACT ............... 509

C8850P2RT ................. 509

C8850PACT ................. 509

C8850PRT ................... 509

CBRHT ........................ 604

CBRLHT ...................... 604

CBRLT ......................... 604

CBR11/2LHT ............... 604

CCBBL .......................... 524

CCBBLCTCAL ............... 524

CCBBS .......................... 523

CCBBSDIV ............526, 527

CCBBSOG ................... 523

CCBBSBTCAL ............... 524

CCBBSCTCAL ............... 524

CCFB ............................ 520

CCFBEBCH ................. 521

CCFBEBCI ................... 521

CCFBH B ...................... 521

CCFBPH ...................... 521

CCFBQT ...................... 521

CCFBCCRHC1.......... 520

CCFBCCRHC2.......... 520

CCFBCCRHC3.......... 520

CCFBCCRHC4.......... 520

CCFBCCRHC5.......... 520

CCFBCNSHC1 ......... 520

CCFBCNSHC2 ......... 520

CCFBCNSHC3 ......... 520

CCFBCNSHC4 ......... 520

CCFBCNSHC5 ......... 520

CCFBCNSNC5 ......... 520

CCWB ........................... 522

CIH/LTB....................... 445

CIHTD .......................... 445

CIHTGFI....................... 445

CILT2RT ..................... 446

CILT2AB ...................... 445

CILT4TKO .................... 446

CM2AB .......................... 21

CM2ABBK .................... 21

CM2ABG ...................... 21

CM2ABGY .................... 21

CMARA .......................... 21

CMARABK ..........161, 165

CMARAFW ..........161, 165

CMARAG .......21, 161, 165

CMARAGY .....21, 161, 165

CMARAWH .........161, 165

CMDAP .......................... 22

CMDFP .......................... 22

CMEPLA ..........21, 51, 165,

................................. 315

CMEPLAFW ...........21, 51,

................................. 165

CMEPLAG .................... 21

CMEPLAWH .............. 165

CMEPLAG ................... 165

CMMAB ......................... 21

CMMABBK................... 21

CMMABFW .................. 21

CMMMB231 ............... 140

CMMMB231WH........ 140

CMMMB232 ............... 140

CMMMB232WH........ 140

CMMMB233 ............... 140

CMMMB233WH........ 140

CMMMB291 ............... 283

CMMMB291WH........ 283

CMMMB292 ............... 283

CMMMB292WH........ 283

CMMMB293 ............... 283

CMMMB293WH........ 283

CMMMB571 ................. 34

CMSAP .......................... 22

CMSAPG ...................... 22

CMSAPGY .................... 22

CMSFP .......................... 22

CMSFPG ...................... 22

CM2BL .......................... 20

CM2BLBK .................... 20

CM2BLG ...................... 20

CM2BLGY .................... 20

CM2U1ATT .................... 19

CM2U1ATTBK .............. 19

CM2U1ATTG ................ 19

CM2U1ATTGY .............. 19

CM2U1KEYA .................. 19

CM2U1KEYABK ........... 19

CM2U1KEYAG .............. 19

CM2U1KEYAGY ............ 19

CM2U1NOR ................... 20

CM2U1NORBK ............ 20

CM2U1NORG ............... 20

CM2U1NORGY ............. 20

CM2U2AMP ................... 20

CM2U2AMPBK ............ 20

CM2U2AMPG ............... 20

CM2U2AMPGY ............. 20

CM2U2ATT .................... 19

CM2U2ATTBK .............. 19

CM2U2ATTG ................ 19

CM2U2ATTGY .............. 19

CM2U2KEYA .................. 19

CM2U2KEYABK ........... 19

CM2U2KEYAG .............. 19

CM2U2KEYAGY ............ 19

CM2U2NOR ................... 20

CM2U2NORBK ............ 20

CM2U2NORG ............... 20

CM2U2NORGY ............. 20

CM2U2SC ...................... 20

CM2U2SCBK ............... 20

CM2U2SCG .................. 20

CM2U2SCGY ................ 20

CM2U2ST ...................... 20

CM2U2STBK ................ 20

CM2U2STG .................. 20

CM2U2STGY ................ 20

CM2U2SVGA .................. 20

CM2U2SVGABK ........... 20

CM2U2SVGAG.............. 20

CM2U2SVGAGY ............ 20

CM2U2TJ ....................... 20

CM2U2TJBK ................ 20

CM2U2TJG ................... 20

CM2U2TJGY ................. 20

COM75 ..........353, 363, 365,

................................. 369

CP06F30 ...................... 617

CP06HLF ..................... 618

CP06HLS ..................... 618

CP06ILF ...................... 618

CP06ILS ...................... 618

CP06S30 ...................... 617

CP06TF........................ 619

CP06TS ....................... 619

CP06XF ....................... 620

CP06XS ....................... 620

CP06W350ELF ............ 619

CP06W350ELS ............ 619

CP06W350IELF ........... 619

CP06W350IELS ........... 619

CP10F30 ...................... 617

CP10HLF ..................... 618

CP10HLS ..................... 618

CP10ILF ...................... 618

CP10ILS ...................... 618

CP10S30 ...................... 617

CP10TF........................ 619

CP10TS ....................... 619

CP10XF ....................... 620

CP10XS ....................... 620

CP10W350ELF ............ 619

CP10W350ELS ............ 619

CP10W350IELF ........... 619

CP10W350IELS ........... 619

CP18F30 ...................... 617

CP18HLF ..................... 618

CP18HLS ..................... 618

CP18ILF ...................... 618

CP18ILS ...................... 618

CP18S30 ...................... 617

CP18TF........................ 619

CP18TS ....................... 619

CP18XF ....................... 620

CP18XS ....................... 620

CP18W350ELF ............ 619

CP18W350ELS ............ 619

CP18W350IELF ........... 619

CP18W350IELS ........... 619

CRFB ............................ 538

CRFB6COM4 ............. 517

CRFBAB1................... 515

CRFBAB2................... 516

CRFBAB3................... 517

CRFBB1 ..................... 515

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INDEX

710

INDEX

C — F

CRFBB2 ..................... 516

CRFBB3 ..................... 516

CRFBB4 ..................... 517

CRFBB EZ6A4 ....... 9, 517

CRFBCGFI4 ................... 9

CRFBD1 ..................... 515

CRFBD2 ..................... 516

CRFBD3 ..................... 516

CRFBD4 ..................... 517

CRFBG FI 1 .............. 9, 515

CRFBG FI 2 .............. 9, 516

CRFBG FI 3 .............. 9, 516

CRFBG FI 4 .................. 517

CRFBHOUSING ........... 514

CRFBMAAP4 ......... 9, 517

CRFBR T1 ................... 515

CRFBR T2 ................... 516

CRFBR T3 ................... 517

CRFBS R11 ................. 515

CRFBS R12 ................. 516

CRFBS R13 ................. 516

CRFBS R14 ................. 517

CRFBS R22 ................. 516

CRFBTUN ................... 515

CRFB4 .......................... 514

CRFB4P2111PA ............ 538

CRFB4P2222PA ............ 538

CRFB4P4222PA ............ 538

CRFBBTCBK..........514, 539

CRFBBTCBKTR .....515, 539

CRFBBTCBS ..........514, 539

CRFBBTCBSTR .....515, 539

CRFBBTCBZ ..........514, 539

CRFBBTCBZTR .....515, 539

CRFBBTCGY ..........514, 539

CRFBBTCGYTR ......515, 539

CRFBBTCNK .........514, 539

CRFBBTCNKTR .....515, 539

CRFBCTCBK ..........514, 539

CRFBCTCBKTR .....514, 539

CRFBCTCBS ..........514, 539

CRFBCTCBSTR .....514, 539

CRFBCTCBZ ..........514, 539

CRFBCTCBZTR ......514, 539

CRFBCTCGY ..........514, 539

CRFBCTCGYTR ...... 514, 539

CRFBCTCNK..........514, 539

CRFBCTCNKTR .....514, 539

CT10 .............................. 555

CT101/4 ....................... 571

CT101/8 ....................... 571

CT15 .............................. 555

CT151/4 ....................... 571

CT151/8 ....................... 571

CT18 .............................. 555

CT181/4 ....................... 571

CT181/8 ....................... 571

CT211/4 ....................... 571

CT211/8 ....................... 571

CT251/4 ....................... 571

CT251/8 ....................... 571

CT6 ................................ 555

CT61/4 ......................... 571

CT61/8 ......................... 571

CZE242412A ................ 328

CZE242412PP ............. 328

CZE242412WB ............ 328

D2075 ............................ 561

D21210 ..................554, 559,

..........................614, 615

D21215 ...................554, 559

D21220 ...................554, 559

D21225 ...................554, 559

D21230 ...................554, 559

D22410 ...................554, 559

D22415 ...................554, 559

D22420 ...................554, 559

D22425 ...................554, 559

D22430 ...................554, 559

D4075 ............................ 561

D41210 ...................554, 560

D41215 ...................554, 560

D41220 ...................554, 560

D41225 ...................554, 560

D41230 ...................554, 560

D42410 ...................554, 560

D42415 ...................554, 560

D42420 ...................554, 560

D42425 ...................554, 560

D42430 ...................554, 560

DGT2DP ....................... 504

DGTAAP .................. 8, 504

DGTACT ....................... 504

DGTB ........................... 504

DGTDP/B ..................... 504

DGTMAAP ............... 8, 504

DGTRT ..................... 8, 505

DGWES .......................... 62

DQFP15BK .................... 296

DQFP15ST .................... 296

DQFP20BK .................... 296

DQFP20ST .................... 296

DQFP20ST2A .............. 296

DR20AG ......................... 57

DR20AV ......................... 57

DRP20AV ....................... 57

DS4000 ..................234, 694

DS4000B ......................... 60

DS4000CBK ................... 60

DS4000CDG................... 60

DS4000CDV ................... 60

DS4000WC .......60, 183, 227

DS4001 ............60, 183, 227

DS4006 ........................... 60

DS4006BK ..................... 60

DS4006DG ..................... 60

DS4006DV ..................... 60

DS4006B ......................... 60

DS4006BBK .................. 60

DS4006BDG .................. 60

DS4010ABK ................... 60

DS4010ADG ................... 60

DS4010ADV ................... 60

DS4010BBK .................. 60

DS4010BDG .................. 60

DS4010BDV ................... 60

DS4011BK ..................... 60

DS4011DG ..................... 60

DS4011DV ..................... 60

DS4014A ..........60, 183, 228

DS4015 ........................... 60

DS4015BK ..................... 60

DS4015DG ..................... 60

DS4015DV ..................... 60

DS4017BK ..................... 61

DS4017DG ..................... 61

DS4017DV ..................... 61

DS4018BK ..................... 61

DS4018DG ..................... 61

DS4018DV ..................... 61

DS4047BK ..................... 61

DS4047DG ..................... 61

DS4047DV ..................... 61

DS4047CBK ................... 61

DS4047CDG................... 61

DS4047CDV ................... 61

DS4047DQBK ................ 61

DS4047DQDG ................ 61

DS4047DQDV ................ 61

DS4047MABBK ............. 61

DS4047MABDG ............. 61

DS4047MABDV ............. 61

DS4047RBK .................. 61

DS4047RDG .................. 61

DS4047RDV ................... 61

DS4075BK ..................... 62

DS4075DG ..................... 62

DS4075DV ..................... 62

DS4075ABK ................... 62

DS4075ADG ................... 62

DS4075ADV ................... 62

DS4089 ........................... 73

DS4089BK ..................... 62

DS4089DG ..................... 62

DS4089DV ..................... 62

DSDWNDB K .................. 61

DSDWNDD G .................. 61

DSDWNDDV .................. 61

DSDWNDQBK ............... 61

DSDWNDQDG ............... 61

DSDWN RBK ............ 12, 61

DSDWNRBZ .................. 12

DSDWNRD G ............ 12, 61

DSDWNRDV ............ 12, 61

DSDWNSBK ............ 12, 62

DSDWNSBZ .................. 12

DSDWNSDG ............ 12, 62

DSDWNSDV ............ 12, 62

DSDWNUBK ............ 12, 62

DSDWNUBZ .................. 12

DSDWNUD G ............ 12, 62

DSDWNUDV ............ 12, 62

DSDWN X ......................... 62

DSTRK ............................ 62

DTB22A ...................... 606

DTB22AB ............443, 606

DTB22RT ................... 443

DTB24TKO ..........443, 606

DTB2AAP ................... 443

DTB2B ....................... 606

DTB2DECORA ........... 443

DTB2DT ..................... 443

DTB2EXT ................... 443

DTB2RT ..................... 606

DTB2SD ..................... 443

DVWEP .........45, 47, 50, 62

DVWES .........45, 47, 50, 62

ECB1RUMB ................. 320

ECB2RUMB ................. 320

ECBCBKIT ................... 321

ECBCLK ...................... 320

ECBEMB ..................... 319

ECBFAN ...................... 319

ECBFC ......................... 319

ECBKE Y ....................... 320

ECBKO ........................ 321

ECBPD ........................ 319

ECBPPD ...................... 319

ECBPTP ...................... 321

ECBSD ........................ 319

ECBSHELF .................. 319

ECBSPD ...................... 319

ECB2S .................... 316, 317

ECB2SCR .............316, 317

ECB2SRLNK ........316, 318

ECB2SP .................316, 317

ECB2SPCR ...........316, 317

ECB2SPRLNK ......316, 318

EFB50A ................396, 401

EFBAAP ..................6, 312,

..................320, 392, 396

EFBB ...................312, 320,

..........................393, 396

EFBCL L ................396, 401

EFBMAAP ...............6, 312,

..................320, 393, 396

EFBMOS ..............312, 320,

..........................393, 396

EFBTEMPLATE ........... 402

EFB10 DEC ................. 399

EFB1023GM B .............. 398

EFB102C ..................... 399

EFB103S2 ................... 399

EFB105GM B ................ 398

EFB106AB ................... 399

EFB10AA P ............... 6, 399

EFB10B ....................... 399

EFB10DEC ...................... 6

EFB10DP ..................... 399

EFB10MAAP............ 6, 399

EFB10MB .................... 398

EFB10MO S .................. 400

EFB10S1 ..................... 399

EFB10S2 ..................... 399

EFB10M ........................ 398

EFB10S ......................... 397

EFB10SFC ................... 398

EFB10SOG .................. 397

EFB63/411/4 .............. 393

EFB6DI V ...................... 393

EFB6MB ...................... 392

EFB6TUN .................... 393

EFB610TS ................... 402

EFB610BTBK ................ 402

EFB610BTBS ................ 402

EFB610BTBZ ................ 402

EFB610BTCBK ............. 402

EFB610B TCB S .............. 402

EFB610B TCBZ .............. 402

EFB610BTCGY .............. 402

EFB610BTCNK ............. 402

EFB610BTGY ................ 402

EFB610BTNK ............... 402

EFB610CTBK ................ 401

EFB610CTBS ................ 401

EFB610CTBZ ................ 401

EFB610CTCBK.............. 401

EFB610CTCBS .............. 401

EFB610CTCBZ .............. 401

EFB610CTCGY .............. 401

EFB610CTCNK ............. 401

EFB610CTGY................. 401

EFB610CTNK ................ 401

EFB610CTR .................. 402

EFB6M .......................... 392

EFB6S ........................... 391

EFB6S2HU B ................ 393

EFB6SFC ..................... 392

EFB6SOG .................... 391

EFB822GM B ................ 395

EFB84GMB.................. 395

EFB8MB ...................... 395

EFB8102 .......312, 396, 400

EFB8103/41 1/4 ........ 312,

..........................396, 400

EFB8103/43/4 ..... 396, 400

EFB810DIV ...........396, 401

EFB810TUN .........396, 401

EFB8M .......................... 395

EFB8S ........................... 394

EFB8SFC ..................... 395

EFB8SOG .................... 394

EFBCLL ........................ 393

EFBCMG ........393, 396, 401

EFBFF ........................... 403

EFBFFCLL .................. 404

EFBFFDIV ................... 404

EFBFFOG .................... 403

EFSDB ......................... 312

EFSDIV ........................ 312

EFSDM ........................ 312

EFSMB ........................ 312

EFSSM ........................ 312

EFSTUN ...................... 312

EFSB2 ......................11, 311

EFSB4 ......................11, 311

EFSC ............................ 312.

FFDP ........................... 371

FIFP1.390 ............. 375, 379

FIFP1.562 ............. 375, 379

FIFPB ...................375, 379

FIFPR ...................375, 379

FIFPSS .................375, 379

FIFPT ...................375, 379

FIFP50 ...................375, 379

FIFP75 ...................375, 379

FIT ................................. 375

FITEX T ......................... 376

FPCTR ......... 404, 413, 416,

..................440, 448, 456

FPCTR ..................610, 611

FP1.3901.390 .............. 375

FP1.5621.562 .............. 376

FP2R ......................376, 379

FP2T ......................376, 379

FP5050 .................376, 379

FP7550 .................376, 379

FP7575 .................376, 379

FPACTACT ............376, 379

FPB2RT ................376, 380

FPBACT ................376, 380

FPBB .................... 376, 379

FPBRT .................. 376, 380

FPBT ..............556, 600, 605

FPBTAL ..........441, 449, 457

FPBTAL ......................... 610

FPBTBK ........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPBTBS ........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPBTBZ ........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPBTC....................413, 416

FPBTC............556, 600, 605

FPBTCAL ...... 413, 416, 440,

..................448, 456, 610

FPBTCBK ......440, 448, 456,

................................. 610

FPBTCBKNA .......413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPBTCBS ......413, 416, 440,

..................448, 456, 610

FPBTCBSNA .......413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPBTCBZ ..............413, 416,

..................440, 448, 456

FPBTCBZ ...................... 610

FPBTCBZNA .......413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPBTCGY ..............413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 610

FPBTCGYNA........413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPBTCNK .............413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 610

FPBTCNKNA .......413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPBTGY .........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPBTNK ........ 441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPCT ..............556, 600, 605

FPCTAL .........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPCTBK ........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPCTBS ........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

711

INDEX

F — M

FPCTBZ ........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPCTC ...........413, 416, 556,

..........................600, 605

FPCTCAL ......413, 416, 440,

..................448, 456, 610

FPCTCBK ......440, 448, 456,

................................. 610

FPCTCBKNA .......413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPCTCBS ......413, 416, 440,

..................448, 456, 610

FPCTCBSNA .......413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPCTCBZ ......413, 416, 440,

..................448, 456, 610

FPCTCBZNA .......413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPCTCGY ......413, 416, 440,

..................448, 456, 610

FPCTCGYNA ........413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPCTCNK..............413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 610

FPCTCNKNA .......413, 416,

.......... 440, 448, 456, 611

FPCTGY .........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPCTNK ........441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPFFT ............556, 600, 605

FPFFTAL .......441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPFFTBK ......441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPFFTBS ......441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPFFTBZ ......441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPFFTC .........413, 416, 440,

.................448, 456, 556,

..........................600, 605

FPFFTCAL .... 404, 413, 416,

................................. 610

FPFFTCBK .....404, 610, 611

FPFFTCBS .... 404, 413, 416,

.................440, 448, 456,

..........................610, 611

FPFFTCBZ ....404, 413, 416,

.................440, 448, 456,

..........................610, 611

FPFFTCGY ....404, 413, 416,

.................440, 448, 456,

..........................610, 611

FPFFTCNK ...404, 413, 416,

.................440, 448, 456,

..........................610, 611

FPFFTGY .......441, 449, 457,

..........................610, 611

FPFFTNK ......441, 449, 457,

................................. 610

FPSSSS ................376, 379

FS2R ............................. 666

FS2RHS ........................ 666

FS2RWP8 ...................... 666

FS4R ............................. 666

FS4RHS ........................ 666

FS4RWP12 .................... 666

FSPCC2758 ................... 666

FSPCC4758 ................... 666

FSS18 .......................... 315

FT10 .............................. 555

FT101/4 ....................... 571

FT101/8 ....................... 571

FT15 .............................. 555

FT151/4 ....................... 571

FT151/8 ....................... 571

FT18 .............................. 555

FT181/4 ....................... 571

FT181/8 ....................... 571

FT21 .............................. 555

FT211/4 ....................... 571

FT211/8 ....................... 571

FT25 .............................. 555

FT251/4 ....................... 571

FT251/8 ....................... 571

FT6 ................................ 555

FT61/4 ......................... 571

FT61/8 ......................... 571

G20C2 .......................... 679

G2000B10 ...............37, 242

G2000B5 ...................... 242

G2000BC ..................37, 242

G2000C ....................37, 242

G2006 .......................38, 242

G2010A2 ...................38, 261

G2010A3 ...................38, 243

G2010B ............38, 243, 261

G2011 .......................38, 243

G2015 .......................38, 243

G2018C ....................38, 243

G2040B ......................... 261

G2048 ...............39, 243, 696

G20482 ...........39, 244, 696

G2051H ....................39, 244

G20GB306TR ................ 260

G20GB306TRGFI ........... 263

G20GB306TRUSB ......... 264

G20GB506TR ................ 260

G20GB506TRGFI ........... 263

G20GB506TRUSB ......... 264

G20GB606TRGFI ........... 263

G20GB606TRUSB ......... 264

G3000B ........................... 53

G3000C075 ...................... 53

G3000C195 ...................... 53

G3000CE ......................... 53

G3000WC ........................ 54

G3001 .............................. 54

G3001A ........................... 54

G3003 .............................. 54

G3006E............................ 54

G3007C ........................... 54

G3008C ........................... 54

G3010AE ......................... 54

G3010B ........................... 54

G3010C ....................54, 658

G3011E............................ 55

G3014C ........................... 55

G3015E............................ 55

G3017TCE ....................... 55

G3018AE ......................... 55

G3027AE ......................... 55

G3028 .......................55, 696

G3033JE .......................... 55

G3036HE ......................... 55

G3040CE ......................... 56

G3043BE ......................... 56

G3043GE ......................... 56

G30442 ...................56, 696

G3046BE ......................... 56

G3046H2 ........................ 56

G3046KD ......................... 56

G3046KTSQ ..................... 56

G3046QOU ...................... 56

G3046S ...................... 12, 57

G3046U ..................... 12, 57

G3046V ...................... 12, 57

G3048R ........................... 56

G3051LE ......................... 56

G3082 .............................. 57

G4000B10 ...................... 65

G4000C ........................... 65

G4000C075 ...................... 65

G4000C135 ...................... 65

G4000C195 ...................... 65

G4000C315 ...................... 65

G4000D ..................... 65, 76

G4000WC ........................ 65

G4006 .............................. 66

G4010B ........................... 66

G4010DFO ....................... 66

G4011 .............................. 66

G4011FO ......................... 66

G4012TX .......................... 66

G4014A ........................... 66

G4015 .............................. 66

G4015D ........................... 66

G4015DFO ....................... 67

G4015FO ......................... 67

G4017 .............................. 67

G4017FO ......................... 67

G4017N ........................... 67

G4017TCA ................. 67, 77

G4018 .............................. 67

G4018FO ......................... 67

G4046H2 ........................ 69

G4046VX .......................... 12

G40472BBB ................... 71

G40472BBFF ................. 72

G40472BBMM ............... 72

G40472BBSS ................. 72

G40472BBTT ................. 72

G40472BBXX ................. 72

G40472RRXX ................. 72

G40472WWFF................ 72

G40472WWMM .............. 72

G40472WWSS................ 72

G40472WWTT ................ 73

G40472WWXX ................ 73

G4047AX ......................... 69

G4047BB ......................... 69

G4047BF ................... 69, 70

G4047BM .................. 69, 70

G4047BS ......................... 70

G4047BT ......................... 70

G4047BX ......................... 69

G4047C1 ........................ 70

G4047C2 ........................ 70

G4047JX .......................... 70

G4047RF ......................... 70

G4047RX ......................... 70

G4047UX ........12, 13, 73, 84

G4047VX ...............13, 73, 84

G4047WF ........................ 71

G4047WM........................ 71

G4047WS ........................ 71

G4047WT......................... 71

G4047WX......................... 71

G4050 ...................68, 85, 90

G4074A ........................... 73

G4074DA ......................... 68

G4075D ........................... 68

G4075DA ......................... 68

G4086A ........................... 68

G6000B10 ...................... 82

G6000C ........................... 82

G6000DA ......................... 82

G6000WC ........................ 83

G6001DA ......................... 83

G6001TX .................... 83, 84

G6006 .............................. 83

G6007C1 ........................ 83

G6007C2 ........................ 83

G6008A ........................... 83

G6010B ........................... 83

G6011TX .......................... 84

G6012TX .......................... 84

G6014A ........................... 84

G6017TX .......................... 84

G6046KD ......................... 84

G6074 .............................. 85

G6074A ........................... 85

GR120010 .................... 276

GR12005 ...................... 276

GR120050 .................... 276

GR12005R ................... 276

GR140010 .................... 277

GR14005 ...................... 277

GR140050 .................... 277

GR160010 .................... 277

GR160025 .................... 277

GR16005 ...................... 277

GWEP ...........39, 55, 69, 84

GWES ........... 39, 55, 69, 84

H14AS ..................564, 565

H14BA ......................... 564

H14ABD .................564, 565

H14BC ........................... 565

H203.......................555, 568

H232.............................. 555

H2322 .......................... 568

H296.............................. 595

H302.......................555, 562

H304.......................555, 562

H312.............................. 555

H3123/4 ....................... 562

H317.............................. 555

H3173/4 ....................... 562

H322.............................. 555

H3221 1/2 .................... 562

H3221 1/4 .................... 562

H324.............................. 555

H332.......................555, 563

H334.......................555, 563

H338.......................555, 563

H338AU1 ..................... 563

H342.......................555, 563

H372.......................555, 563

H375.............................. 555

H382.......................555, 564

HS12 ............................. 561

HS14 ............................. 561

HS222 ........................... 561

HS224 ........................... 561

HS244 ........................... 561

HS3222 ......................... 561

HS3244 ......................... 561

HS342 ........................... 561

IEC5 .............................. 681

IG2427GA ........................ 45

IG2427GA ...................... 250

IG2427GT ........................ 45

IG2427GT ...................... 250

IWEP ........... 34, 39, 45, 47,

..................50, 55, 69, 84

IWES ............34, 39, 45, 47,

..................50, 55, 69, 84

J06B0B ......................... 677

J06B0B20 ..................... 677

J06B0B20X ................... 677

J06B0B20XAM ............ 677

J06B0BX ....................... 677

J06B2B ......................... 677

J06B2B20 ..................... 677

J06B2B20X ................... 677

J06B2BX ....................... 677

J08B0B ......................... 677

J08B2B ......................... 677

J24B0B ......................... 677

J24B2B ......................... 677

J60B0B ......................... 677

J60B0B90 .................... 677

J60B0B20 ..................... 677

J60B0B20X ................... 677

J60B2B ..................677, 684

J60B2B90 .................... 677

J60B2B20 ..................... 677

J60B2B20X ................... 677

JBHCC24 ...................... 607

JBHCC30 ...................... 607

JBHCC36 ...................... 607

JBHEC2425 ................... 607

JBHEC3025 ................... 607

JBHEC3625 ................... 607

KA102RT ....................... 294

KA104CM ...................... 294

KA301 ........................... 294

KA302 ......................11, 294

KA305 ......................11, 294

KA305AAP ..............11, 294

KA700 ........................... 294

KC10CM2 ...................... 293

KC10RT8 ....................... 293

KC15RT8 ....................... 293

KF10CM8 ...................... 293

KF15RT2 ....................... 293

KP9999 ......................... 296

LBPAAP ...................... 303

LBPMAAP ................... 303

LBP2 ............................. 303

LBP2114BASE ............ 303

LBPBHA ....................... 303

LTF481 ........................ 589

LTF482 ........................ 589

LTF48ACT .................... 589

LTF48B ........................ 588

LTF48MAAP ...........15, 589

LTF48RT ...................... 589

M2DR .......................... 589

M2GFI .......................... 589

MDR ............................ 589

MDR/GFI ..................... 589

MGFI ............................ 589

M5BZ ............................ 690

M5S ............................... 690

M620BZLS .................... 691

M6BZ ............................ 690

M6BZNET ..................... 690

M6BZR .......................... 691

M6S ........................684, 690

MAB3S2 .......................... 21

MAB3S2BK ................... 21

MAB3S2G ...................... 21

MAB6TJ .......................... 21

MAB6TJBK .................... 21

MAB6TJG ...................... 21

MP4 ...............556, 558, 588,

..........................595, 600

MP8 ...............556, 558, 588,

..........................595, 600

MP81 ........... 556, 558, 588,

..........................595, 600

MRTC ............................ 274

MXN2A08 ...................... 155

MXN2A08WH ............... 155

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INDEX

712

INDEX

M — R

MXN2F21 ...................... 155

MXN2F21WH ............... 155

MXN2FWC .................... 155

NCBS111 ...................... 534

NCS111AL10 ................ 532

NCW111AL10F ............. 532

NDU222WC6 ................. 531

NDU332FF .................... 531

NDUP222WC6 .............. 531

NE1000GC ...................... 87

NE1000TB ....................... 87

NE1000WC ...................... 87

NE1001 ........................... 87

NE1008A ......................... 88

NE1008AW ...................... 88

NE1010B ......................... 88

NE1010BK ...................... 88

NE1010D ......................... 88

NE1010DFO .................... 88

NE1010DFOT .................. 88

NE1010DT ....................... 88

NE1010FO ....................... 88

NE1010FOT ..................... 88

NE1011 ........................... 88

NE1011RFO .................... 88

NE1011RFOT .................. 88

NE1011T ......................... 88

NE1014 ........................... 88

NE1014T ......................... 88

NE1015 ........................... 89

NE1015FO ....................... 88

NE1015FOT ..................... 88

NE1015L ......................... 89

NE1015LFO..................... 89

NE1015LFOT................... 89

NE1015LT ....................... 89

NE1015T ......................... 89

NE1017 ........................... 89

NE1017FO ....................... 89

NE1017FOT ..................... 89

NE1017P ......................... 89

NE1017PT ....................... 89

NE1017T ......................... 89

NE1017WCT .................... 89

NE1018 ........................... 89

NE1018FO ....................... 89

NE1018FOT ..................... 89

NE1018T ......................... 89

NE1046 ........................... 90

NE10462 ........................ 90

NE1046AP ....................... 90

NE1046APN .................... 90

NE1046T ......................... 90

NE1046T2T .................... 90

NE1047 ........................... 89

NE1047WC ...................... 89

NE1086A ......................... 90

NE1406H ......................... 90

NE1406HT....................... 90

NE1407 ........................... 89

NE1407T ......................... 89

NE1C ............................... 86

NE1CT ............................. 86

NE1CTW ......................... 86

NE1CW ........................... 86

NE610 ............................. 90

NE610C ........................... 90

NM20C3 ...................... 679

NM20C4 ...................... 679

NM20C5 ...................... 679

NM20C6 ...................... 679

NM2000 .........253, 254, 694

NM2000B ...................... 253

NM2000BC.................... 253

NM2000C ...................... 253

NM2000WC ................... 253

NM2003 ........................ 253

NM2006 .................253, 255

NM2010A ...............253, 255

NM2010B ...............253, 255

NM2011 .................253, 255

NM2015 .................254, 255

NM2017 .................254, 255

NM2018 .................254, 255

NM202715 ................... 254

NM202720 ................... 254

NM2044 ........................ 254

NM2044 ........................ 283

NM2044 ........................ 696

NM20442 .............254, 283,

................................. 696

NM20442FW................ 283

NM20442WH ............... 283

NM2044FW ................. 283

NM2044WH ................. 283

NM2048 ................254, 255,

..........................283, 696

NM20482 .............254, 283,

................................. 696

NM20482FW................ 283

NM20482WH ............... 283

NM2048FW ................. 283

NM2048WH ................. 283

NM2051H ...............254, 255

NM2051V ...................... 254

NM20GB12 ................... 252

NM20GB412.................. 252

NM20GB512.................. 252

NM20GB515.................. 252

NM20GB530.................. 252

NM20GB609.................. 252

NM20GB612.................. 252

NM20GB618.................. 252

NM20GBA12 ................. 252

NM20GBA412 ............... 252

NM20GBA512 ............... 252

NM20GBA609 ............... 252

NM20GBA612 ............... 252

NM20IG412 ................... 252

NM20IG512 ................... 252

NM20IG612 ................... 252

NM24GB412.................. 252

NM24GB512.................. 252

NM24GB530.................. 252

NM24GB612.................. 252

NM24GB618.................. 252

NM24GBA412 ............... 252

NM24GBA512 ............... 252

NM24GBA612 ............... 252

NME1250AP ................. 325

NP800 ........................... 660

NP800C102B ......626, 657

NP800C128B ............. 657

NP800C152B ............. 657

NPA222AL10M.............. 533

NPA222AL15 ................. 533

NPT18B111 ................... 534

NWC222AL12FL ........... 535

NWC222AL12FS ........... 535

NWC222AL12ML .......... 535

NWC222AL12MS .......... 535

NWC332AL12FS ........... 535

NWC332AL12MS .......... 535

OFR ............................... 694

OFR1 ............................. 116

OFR10A ......................... 115

OFR10W ........................ 115

OFR11 ........................... 116

OFR12 ........................... 116

OFR15 ........................... 116

OFR472A ..................... 117

OFR47B ....................... 117

OFR47D ....................... 117

OFR47R ..................13, 117

OFR47U ..................13, 117

OFR47U2A ..............13, 117

OFR47V ..................13, 117

OFR482 ....................... 115

OFR482MRTC .......116, 274

OFR484 ....................... 115

OFR484GX ................... 115

OFR6 ............................. 114

OFR892400 .................. 115

OFR894000 .................. 115

OFR89DS4000 ............. 115

OFR89VFL ................... 116

OFR89VIS .................... 115

OFR9 ............................. 116

OFRB8 ......................... 114

OFRBC8 ...................... 114

OFRC8 ......................... 114

OFRPT3 ........................ 116

OFRPT4 ........................ 116

OFRWC ......................... 115

P101054DP.................. 512

P101055DP.................. 512

P6 ................................. 680

P81042DP ................... 511

P81054DP ................... 509

P88402DP ................... 511

P88504DP ................... 509

PA120T ................... 684, 692

PA120Y .......................... 692

PA240D CT ..................... 692

PA277Y .......................... 692

PABFMC ....................... 692

PB120T ......................... 692

PB120Y ......................... 692

PB240DCT .................... 692

PB277Y ......................... 692

PBB2S2 ........................ 132

PBB2S2V ...................... 132

PBB2S2WH ................... 132

PBB4TJ ......................... 132

PBB4TJV ....................... 132

PBB4TJWH ................... 132

PDB1CM ....................... 131

PDB1CMV ..................... 131

PDB1CMWH ................. 131

PDB1S2FW ................... 131

PDB1S2V ...................... 131

PDB1S2WH ................... 131

PDB2CM ....................... 132

PDB2CMV ..................... 132

PDB2CMWH ................. 132

PDB2S2 ........................ 131

PDB2S2V ...................... 131

PDB2S2WH ................... 131

PDB2TJFW ............132, 279,

..................280, 281, 282

PDB2TJV ....................... 132

PDB2TJWH ................... 132

PDB4TJ ......................... 132

PDB4TJV ....................... 132

PDB4TJWH ................... 132

PK150 ........................... 602

PK200 ........................... 602

PK250 ........................... 602

PK300 ........................... 602

PK325 ........................... 602

PKCAP .......................... 603

PKER10 ....................... 602

PKER15 ....................... 602

PKER20 ....................... 602

PKER25 ....................... 602

PKER30 ....................... 602

PKGRBR ....................... 605

PKKIT ............................ 606

PM48T ........................... 248

PMS415N .................... 603

PN03 ......................126, 694

PN03F06FW.................. 129

PN03F06V ..................... 129

PN03F06WH ................. 129

PN03F11FW.................. 130

PN03F11V ..................... 130

PN03F11WH ................. 130

PN03F15FW.................. 130

PN03F15V ..................... 130

PN03F15WH ................. 130

PN03F17FW.................. 130

PN03F17V ..................... 130

PN03F17WH ................. 130

PN03F18FW.................. 130

PN03F18V ..................... 130

PN03F18WH ................. 130

PN03F19FW.................. 130

PN03F19V ..................... 130

PN03F19WH ................. 130

PN03F20FW.................. 130

PN03F20V ..................... 130

PN03F20WH ................. 130

PN03L08V ..................... 129

PN03L08WH ................. 129

PN03L10FW .................. 129

PN03L10V ..................... 129

PN03L10WH ................. 129

PN05 ......................126, 694

PN05F06FW.................. 129

PN05F06V ..................... 129

PN05F06WH ................. 129

PN05F11FW.................. 130

PN05F11V ..................... 130

PN05F11WH ................. 130

PN05F15FW.................. 130

PN05F15V ..................... 130

PN05F15WH ................. 130

PN05F17FW.................. 130

PN05F17V ..................... 130

PN05F17WH ................. 130

PN05F18FW.................. 130

PN05F18V ..................... 130

PN05F18WH ................. 130

PN05F19GW ................. 130

PN05F19V ..................... 130

PN05F19WH ................. 130

PN05F20FW...........130, 131

PN05F20V ..................... 130

PN05F20WH ................. 130

PN05F86FW.................. 131

PN05F86V ..................... 131

PN05F86WH ................. 131

PN05L08FW .................. 129

PN05L08V ..................... 129

PN05L08WH ................. 129

PN05L10FW .................. 129

PN05L10V ..................... 129

PN05L10WH ................. 129

PN10 ............................. 694

PN10F06FW.................. 129

PN10F06V ..................... 129

PN10F06WH ................. 129

PN10F11FW.................. 130

PN10F11V ..................... 130

PN10F11WH ................. 130

PN10F15FW.................. 130

PN10F15V ..................... 130

PN10F15WH ................. 130

PN10F17FW.................. 130

PN10F17V ..................... 130

PN10F17WH ................. 130

PN10F18FW.................. 130

PN10F18V ..................... 130

PN10F18WH ................. 130

PN10F19FW.................. 130

PN10F19V ..................... 130

PN10F19WH ................. 130

PN10F20FW.................. 130

PN10F20V ..................... 130

PN10F20WH ................. 130

PN10F21FW.................. 131

PN10F21V ..................... 131

PN10F21WH ................. 131

PN10F86FW.................. 131

PN10F86V ..................... 131

PN10F86WH ................. 131

PN10L08FW .................. 129

PN10L08V ..................... 129

PN10L08WH ................. 129

PN10L10FW .................. 129

PN10L10V ..................... 129

PN10L10WH ................. 129

PN153RFW ................... 130

PN153RV....................... 130

PN153RWH ................... 130

PPDU620 ..................... 522

PR609N ..................684, 691

PR610N ......................... 691

PSB1 ......................131, 696

PSB1V ........................... 131

PSB1WH ....................... 131

PSB2 ......................131, 696

PSB2V ........................... 131

PSB2WH ....................... 131

PSB3 ......................131, 696

PSB3V ........................... 131

PSB3WH ....................... 131

PSRC9AMDTC ............. 556,

..........................558, 580

PSRC9AMDTCAL .......... 580

PSRC9AMDTCBK ......... 580

PSRC9A MDTCBS .......... 580

PSRC9FF2TC ................ 580

PSRC9FF2TCAL ........... 580

PSRC9FF2TCBK ........... 580

PSRC9FFTC ..........556, 558,

................................. 580

PSRC9FFTCAL ............. 580

PSRC9FFTCBK ............. 580

PSRC9FFTCBS ............. 580

PSRC9TC ..............556, 558,

................................. 580

PSRC9TCAL .................. 580

PSRC9TCBK ................. 580

PSRC9TCBS ................. 580

PVC1 .............134, 135, 137

PVC1 ............279, 280, 281,

................................. 286

R5752 .......................34, 696

R5753 .......................34, 696

R5BZ ............................. 688

R5BZ15........................ 688

R5BZ20 ......................... 688

R5BZ20X ....................... 688

R5BZX ........................... 688

R5BZX15 ..................... 688

R5S ............................... 688

R5S15 .......................... 688

R610 .............................. 680

R8BZ ............................. 688

R8BZ15........................ 688

RC37REC ....... 353, 361, 363

RC37REC25 .........353, 361,

................................. 363

RC3APTCBK ................. 362

RC3APTCGY .................. 362

RC3ATCAB .................... 363

RC3ATCAL .................... 363

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

713

INDEX

R — S

RC3ATCBK .................... 363

RC3ATCBS .................... 363

RC3ATCGY .................... 363

RC3CTCAB .................... 363

RC3CTCAL .................... 363

RC3CTCBK.................... 363

RC3CTCBS .................... 363

RC3CTCGY .................... 363

RC3SHTCAA ................. 363

RC3SHTCBK ................. 363

RC3SHTCBS ................. 363

RC3SHTCGY .................. 363

RC3STC ......................... 362

RC4APTCBK ................. 365

RC4APTCBS ................. 365

RC4APTCGY .................. 365

RC4ATC ......................... 542

RC4ATCAA222PA .......... 542

RC4ATCAB .................... 365

RC4ATCAB222PA .......... 542

RC4ATCAL .................... 365

RC4ATCAL222PA .......... 542

RC4ATCBK .................... 365

RC4ATCBK222PA ......... 542

RC4ATCBS .................... 365

RC4ATCBS222PA .......... 542

RC4ATCGY .................... 365

RC4ATCGY222PA .......... 542

RC4CTCAB .................... 365

RC4CTCAL .................... 365

RC4CTCBK.................... 365

RC4CTCBS .................... 365

RC4CTCGY .................... 365

RC4KTCAL .................... 365

RC4KTCBK ................... 365

RC4KTCBS .................... 365

RC4KTCGY .................... 365

RC4REC2 ...................... 365

RC4REC225 ................. 365

RC4SHTCAL.................. 364

RC4SHTCBK ................. 364

RC4SHTCBS ................. 364

RC4SHTCGY .................. 364

RC4STC ......................... 364

RC7AFFTC .................... 369

RC7AFFTCAL ................ 369

RC7AFFTCBS ............... 369

RC7AFFTCGY ................ 369

RC7AM2TCAL ............... 373

RC7AM2TCBK............... 373

RC7AM2TCBS ............... 373

RC7AM2TCGY ............... 373

RC7APTCGY .................. 353

RC7ATC ......................... 543

RC7ATCAA111CW ......... 543

RC7ATCAB .................... 353

RC7ATCAB111CW ......... 543

RC7ATCAL .................... 353

RC7ATCAL111CW ......... 543

RC7ATCBK .................... 353

RC7ATCBK111CW ........ 543

RC7ATCBS .................... 353

RC7ATCBS111CW ......... 543

RC7ATCGY .................... 353

RC7ATCGY111CW ......... 543

RC7CFFTCAL .........369, 373

RC7CFFTCBK ........369, 373

RC7CFFTCBS ........369, 373

RC7CFFTCGY .........369, 373

RC7CTCAB .................... 353

RC7CTCAL .................... 353

RC7CTCBK.................... 353

RC7CTCBS .................... 353

RC7CTCGY .................... 353

RC7SHTCAA ................. 353

RC7SHTCBK ................. 353

RC7SHTCBS ................. 353

RC7SHTCGY .................. 353

RC7STC ..................353, 369

RC91GHBTC ................. 378

RC92GHBTC ................. 378

RC9A ............................. 542

RC9A15TC ..................... 542

RC9A15TCAA111CW ..... 542

RC9A15TCAB ................ 355

RC9A15TCAB111CW .... 542

RC9A15TCAL ................ 355

RC9A15TCAL111CW ..... 542

RC9A15TCBK ................ 355

RC9A15TCBK111CW .... 542

RC9A15TCBS ................ 355

RC9A15TCBS111CW..... 542

RC9A15TCGY ................ 355

RC9A15TCGY111CW ..... 542

RC9AFFTCBK ............... 371

RC9AFFTCGY ................ 371

RC9AM2STC ..........357, 373

RC9AM2TCAL ............... 373

RC9AM2TCBK............... 373

RC9AM2TCGY ............... 373

RC9AMDTCAA ................ 10

RC9AMDTCAB .........10, 357

RC9AMDTCAL..........10, 357

RC9AMDTCBK .........10, 357

RC9AMDTCBS .........10, 357

RC9AMDTCGY ..........10, 357

RC9AMDTCVY ................. 10

RC9APTC ...............355, 357

RC9APTCBK .........353, 355,

................................. 357

RC9CFFTCBK ............... 371

RC9CFFTCGY ................ 371

RC9CM2TCAL ............... 373

RC9CM2TCBK .............. 373

RC9CM2TCGY ............... 373

RC9CMDTCAB .............. 357

RC9CMDTCAL .............. 357

RC9CMDTCBK .............. 357

RC9CMDTCBS .............. 357

RC9CMDTCGY............... 357

RC9CTCAB .................... 355

RC9CTCAL .................... 355

RC9CTCBK.................... 355

RC9CTCBS .................... 355

RC9CTCGY .................... 355

RC9FFS ..................371, 378

RC9REC ........................ 355

RC9REC25 ................... 355

RC9SHMDTCAL ............ 357

RC9SHMDTCBK ........... 357

RC9SHM DTCBS ............ 357

RC9SHTCAA ................. 355

RC9SHTCBK ................. 355

RC9SHTCBS ................. 355

RC9SH TCGY .................. 355

RC9STC ......................... 355

RCAPFFTC .............371, 373

RCAPFFTCBK .......371, 373,

................................. 380

REC ............................... 603

REC11/2 ........................ 603

REC11/2C .................... 604

REC11/2CA ................. 603

REC2C ......................... 604

REC2CA ....................... 603

REC3C ......................... 604

REC3CA ....................... 603

RECDU111 .................... 531

RFB2SSR T ................. 447

RFB2ABSS................. 447

RFB4TKOSS .............. 447

RFBB ........................... 443

RFBBSS ..................... 447

RFBDR ........................ 443

RFBDR4DB ................ 415

RFBGFI........................ 443

RFBGFI4DB ........415, 444

RFBGFISS .............. 6, 447

RFBRBSS .................. 447

RFBWTB ..............415, 444

RFB11 ........................... 458

RFB11OG .................... 458

RFB1192SAB .......461, 526

RFB1192SB .......... 460, 526

RFB1192SR T ........461, 526

RFB1193B ................... 527

RFB1193D ............461, 527

RFB1193GFI .....7, 461, 527

RFB1193SB .......... 460, 526

RFB119AAP .........461, 526

RFB119AB ............ 462, 528

RFB119B ..............461, 527

RFB119D ..............461, 527

RFB119GFI .......7, 461, 527

RFB119KO ............462, 527

RFB119MAAP ......462, 527

RFB119PAN ................ 460

RFB119RT ............462, 528

RFB119SB .................. 460,

..........................526, 527

RFB119SGFI ....7, 460, 526

RFB119SKO ................ 461

RFB119SPACER ......... 462,

..........................527, 528

RFB119SR1 .......... 461, 527

RFB119SR2 .......... 461, 527

RFB119SR3 .......... 461, 527

RFB119SSR1 ........ 460, 526

RFB119SSR2 ........ 460, 526

RFB119SXLR................... 7

RFB119TS ................... 460

RFB119XLR .............7, 462,

..........................526, 528

RFB119BTC .................. 459

RFB119BTCBK ............. 459

RFB119BTCGY .............. 459

RFB119CTC .................. 459

RFB119CTCBK ............. 459

RFB119CTCGY .............. 459

RFB119SD .............460, 526

RFB2 ............................. 438

RFB2AAP .........6, 412, 439

RFB2OG ...................... 438

RFB2SS ....................... 437

RFB22AB ...............412, 439

RFB2B ...................412, 439

RFB2DP .................412, 439

RFB2EXT ...........6, 412, 439

RFB2GFI ............6, 412, 439

RFB2RT .............6, 412, 439

RFB2SFC ..................... 411

RFB4 ............................. 442

RFB44DB .................... 442

RFB4CI1 .................... 445

RFB4CINA ................. 445

RFB4GFI4DB ................. 6

RFB4LPB .................... 443

RFB4LPBS2 ................ 443

RFB4SS ....................... 446

RFB4SSAAP .......... 6, 447

RFB4SSMAAP ....... 6, 447

RFB4E ........................... 450

RFB4ECTR .................. 452

RFB4EOG .................... 450

RFB4EKIT ..................... 451

RFB4SFC ..................... 414

RFB6 ............................. 453

RFB6AAP .........7, 451, 454

RFB6OG ...................... 453

RFB62A ..................451, 454

RFB6B ...................451, 454

RFB6DP .................451, 454

RFB6E ........................... 453

RFB6ECTR .................. 455

RFB6EOG .................... 453

RFB6EXT ...........7, 451, 454

RFB6GFI ............7, 451, 454

RFB6RT .............7, 451, 454

RFB6S1 .................. 451, 454

RFB6S2 .................. 451, 454

RFB9 ............................. 459

RFB9OG ...................... 459

RFBCIKI ........................ 446

RFBKIT ..........439, 444, 447

RFE242412 .................. 329

RFE25256 .................... 329

RFE25257RB ............... 329

RGP ............................... 603

RPDIV .......................... 429

RP4FFCTCAL ................ 428

RP4FFCTCBK ............... 428

RP4FFCTCBS ............... 428

RP4FFCTCGY ................ 428

RP7CTCAA .................... 427

RP7CTCAB .................... 427

RP7CTCAL .................... 427

RP7CTCBK.................... 427

RP7CTCBS .................... 427

RP7CTCGY .................... 427

RP9AM2CTCAL ............. 428

RP9AM2CTCBK ............ 428

RP9AM2CTCBS ............ 428

RP9AM2CTCGY ............. 428

RPAMD4CTCAA ............ 428

RPAMD4CTCAB ............ 428

RPAMD4CTCAL ............ 428

RPAMD4CTCBK ............ 428

RPAMD4CTCBS ............ 428

RPAMD4CTCGY ............ 428

RPAMD8CTCAA ............ 428

RPAMD8CTCAB ............ 428

RPAMD8CTCAL ............ 428

RPAMD8CTCBK ............ 428

RPAMD8CTCBS ............ 428

RPAMD8CTCGY ............ 428

RPAV3CTCAA ................ 427

RPAV3CTCAB ................ 427

RPAV3CTCAL ................ 427

RPAV3CTCBK ............... 427

RPAV3CTCBS ................ 427

RPAV3CTCGY ................ 427

RPSFB .......................... 426

RPSFBOG .................... 426

RRPNFB ....................... 427

RSCB18 ....................... 603

RSCB33 ....................... 603

RSCB48 ....................... 603

RTT13 ........................... 567

RTT16 ........................... 567

RTT20 ........................... 567

RTT4 ............................. 567

RTT8 ............................. 567

S124B ........................... 591

S124BLK ....................... 590

S124BRN ...................... 590

S125B ........................... 591

S125BLK ....................... 591

S125BRN ...................... 591

S130BLK ....................... 591

S130BRN ...................... 591

S165 .............................. 556

S165B ............556, 558, 590

S165BLK ....................... 590

S165BLK/BR N .............. 558

S165BRN ...................... 590

S166 .............................. 556

S166B ............556, 558, 590

S166BLK ....................... 590

S166BLK/BR N .............. 558

S166BRN ...................... 590

S175 .............................. 556

S175BLK ....................... 590

S175BLK/BR N .............. 558

S175BRN ...................... 590

S1ER ............................. 592

S1MC ............................ 592

S1MCMS...................... 592

S2EPL ............51, 165, 315

S2EPLFW .............51, 165

S2EPLWH .................. 165

S2EPLG ....................... 165

S2000B10 .................... 242

S2000B5 ...................... 242

S2000BC ....................... 242

S2000C .......................... 242

S2006 ............................ 242

S2010A2 ........................ 261

S2010B...................243, 261

S2011 ............................ 243

S2018C .......................... 243

S2040B.......................... 261

S2048 ............................ 243

S20482......................... 244

S2051H ......................... 244

S20GB306TR ................. 260

S20GB306TRGFI ........... 263

S20GB306TRUSB ......... 264

S20GB506TR ................. 260

S20GB506TRUGFI ........ 263

S20GB506TRUSB ......... 264

S20GB606TR ................. 260

S20GB606TRUGFI ........ 263

S20GB606TRUSB ......... 264

S3AXBP ......................... 611

S4000B............................ 75

S4000C5 ........................ 75

S4000C075 ...................... 75

S4000C090 ...................... 75

S4000C135 ...................... 75

S4000C150 ...................... 76

S4000C195 ...................... 76

S4000C270 ...................... 76

S4000C315 ...................... 76

S4000C390 ...................... 76

S4000C435 ...................... 76

S4007C1 ........................ 77

S4007C1R ...................... 78

S4007C2 ........................ 78

S4010B0 .......................... 76

S4010B1 .......................... 76

S4010B2 .......................... 76

S4010D ........................... 77

S4011 .............................. 77

S4014A ............................ 77

S4015 .............................. 77

S4015D ........................... 77

S4017 .............................. 77

S4018 .............................. 77

S4046 .............................. 79

S4046ARJ ....................... 78

S4046B2 ........................ 78

S4046DRJ ....................... 78

S4046DRJ2 .................... 78

S4046JRJ ........................ 78

S4046RRJ ....................... 78

S4048 .............................. 79

S4048B............................ 78

S4048BF ......................... 79

S4048J ............................ 78

S4048R............................ 79

S4048RF ......................... 79

S4086A ............................ 79

S6008A ............................ 76

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INDEX

714

INDEX

S — V

SAF ............................... 506

SAF21/2KC .................. 506

SAF21/2KT .................. 506

SAF21/2NC ................. 506

SAF21/2NT .................. 506

SAF21/2YC .................. 506

SAF21/2YT ................... 506

SAFKC2111PA .............. 536

SAFKC2222PA .............. 536

SAFKT2111PA............... 536

SAFKT2222PA............... 536

SAFNC2111PA .............. 536

SAFNC2222PA .............. 536

SAFNT2111PA .............. 536

SAFNT2222PA .............. 536

SAFYC2111PA ............... 536

SAFYC2222PA ............... 536

SAFYT2111PA ............... 536

SAFYT2222PA ............... 536

SC12 ......................555, 561

SC14 ......................555, 561

SC222 .....................555, 561

SC224 .....................555, 561

SC244 .....................555, 561

SC3222 ...................555, 561

SC3224 ...................555, 561

SC3244 ...................555, 561

SC3424 .......................... 561

SFCB14 ......................... 555

SFCB141/4 .................. 570

SFCB141/8 .................. 570

SFCB17 ......................... 555

SFCB171/8 .................. 570

SFCB20 ......................... 555

SFCB201/4 .................. 570

SFCB201/8 .................. 570

SFCB24 ......................... 555

SFCB241/4 .................. 570

SFCB241/8 .................. 570

SFCB5 ........................... 555

SFCB51/4 .................... 570

SFCB51/8 .................... 570

SFCB9 ........................... 555

SFCB91/4 .................... 570

SFCB91/8 .................... 570

SFCS14 ......................... 555

SFCS141/4 .................. 570

SFCS141/8 .................. 570

SFCS17 ......................... 555

SFCS171/4 .................. 570

SFCS171/8 .................. 570

SFCS20 ......................... 555

SFCS201/4 .................. 570

SFCS201/8 .................. 570

SFCS24 ......................... 555

SFCS241/4 .................. 570

SFCS241/8 .................. 570

SFCS5 ........................... 555

SFCS51/4 .................... 570

SFCS51/8 .................... 570

SFCS9 ........................... 555

SFCS91/4 .................... 570

SFCS91/8 .................... 570

SG2B ........................... 507

SG2DP ......................... 507

SGB3S2 ................... 8, 505

SGB3TJ ........................ 505

SGBACT ....................... 505

SGBB ........................... 505

SGBDP ........................ 505

SGBMAAP ............... 8, 505

SGC2ACT ..................... 507

SGC2B ......................... 507

SGC2MAAP ............. 8, 507

SGC2RT ................... 8, 507

SGT1KO ....................... 504

SGT3S2 .................... 8, 504

SGT3TJ ........................ 505

SGTACT ....................... 504

SGTB ........................... 504

SGTDP ......................... 504

SGTH ........................... 504

SGTMAAP ................ 8, 504

SPDU162U .................. 668

SPDU200U .................. 670

SPDU81U .................... 669

SPMGL .......................... 666

SPMJ10104 .............. 108

SPMJ10106 .............. 108

SPMJ12124 .............. 108

SPMJ12126 .............. 108

SPMJ18124 .............. 108

SPMJ18126 .............. 108

SPMJ18128 .............. 108

SPMJ18184 .............. 108

SPMJ18186 .............. 108

SPMJ18188 .............. 108

SPMJ24186 .............. 108

SPMJ24188 .............. 108

SPMJ24246 .............. 108

SPMJ30246 .............. 108

SPMJ30248 .............. 108

SPMJ362412 ............ 108

SPMJ36248 .............. 108

SPMJ644 .................. 108

SPMJ664 .................. 108

SPMJ864 .................. 108

SPMJ866 .................. 108

SPMJ884 .................. 108

SPMJ886 .................. 108

SPMJF10104 ............ 109

SPMJF10106 ............ 109

SPMJF12124 ............ 109

SPMJF12126 ............ 109

SPMJF18124 ............ 109

SPMJF18126 ............ 109

SPMJF18184 ............ 109

SPMJF18186 ............ 109

SPMJF24186 ............ 109

SPMJF24246 ............ 109

SPMJF30246 ............ 109

SPMJF664 ................ 109

SPMJF864 ................ 109

SPMJF866 ................ 109

SPMJF884 ................ 109

SPMJF886 ................ 109

SPMJL12126 ............ 105

SPMJL18126 ............ 105

SPMJL18186 ............ 105

SPMJL202010 .......... 105

SPMJL24126 ............ 105

SPMJL24186 ............ 105

SPMJL24246 ............ 105

SPMJL303010 .......... 105

SPMJL362410 .......... 105

SPMJP10104 ............ 106

SPMJP10106 ............ 106

SPMJP12124 ............ 106

SPMJP12126 ............ 106

SPMJP18124 ............ 106

SPMJP18126 ............ 106

SPMJP18128 ............ 106

SPMJP18186 ............ 106

SPMJP18188 ............ 106

SPMJP24186 ............ 106

SPMJP24188 ............ 106

SPMJP24246 ............ 106

SPMJP30246 ............ 106

SPMJP30248 ............ 106

SPMJP362412 .......... 106

SPMJP36248 ............ 106

SPMJP644................ 106

SPMJP664................ 106

SPMJP864................ 106

SPMJP866................ 106

SPMJP884................ 106

SPMJP886................ 106

SPMJW1244 ............. 107

SPMJW1266 ............. 107

SPMJW1888 ............. 107

SPMJW2444 ............. 107

SPMJW2466 ............. 107

SPMJW2488 ............. 107

SPMJW3644 ............. 107

SPMJW3666 ............. 107

SPMJW3688 ............. 107

SPMJW4844 ............. 107

SPMJW4866 ............. 107

SPMJW4888 ............. 107

SPMJW6044 ............. 107

SPMJW6066 ............. 107

SPMJW6088 ............. 107

SPMJW7244 ............. 107

SPMJW7266 ............. 107

SPMJW7288 ............. 107

SR10N ........................... 691

SRD10N ........................ 691

T250HZP5.................... 613

T325HZP5.................... 613

TB672AP ......................... 11

TB672APAL ..............11, 290

TB672APBK .................. 290

TBCR3.5MM...........275, 291

TBCRCAT6 .............275, 291

TBCRHDMI ............275, 291

TBCRHMK .............275, 291

TBCRVGA ...............275, 291

TG1 ...............371, 375, 380

TSAM1F0AL1U ............. 297

TSAM1F1AL1U ............. 297

TSAM1F2AL1U ............. 297

TSAX1F0AL1U .............. 297

TSAX1F1AL1U .............. 297

TSAX1F2AL1U .............. 297

UL100BC....................... 679

UL100BD ...................... 679

UL101BC....................... 679

UL101BD ...................... 679

UL104BC....................... 679

UL1090BC ..................... 680

UL1090BD .................... 680

UL204BC....................... 679

UL204BD ...................... 679

UL205BC....................... 680

UL205BD ...................... 680

UL2062BC ..................... 678

UL2062BD .................... 678

UL2063BC ..................... 678

UL2063BD .................... 678

UL2064BC ..................... 678

UL2064BD .................... 678

UL2065BC ..................... 678

UL2065BD .................... 678

UL206BC....................... 680

UL206BD ...................... 680

UL207BC....................... 680

UL207BD ...................... 680

UL209BC....................... 681

UL209BD ...................... 681

UL210BC....................... 680

UL210BD ...................... 680

UL215BC....................... 681

UL215BD ...................... 681

UL218BC....................... 680

UL218BD ...................... 680

UL300BC....................... 678

UL309BC....................... 678

UL401BC....................... 678

UL402BC....................... 678

UL403BC....................... 678

UL403BD ...................... 678

UL404BC....................... 678

UL404BD ...................... 678

ULB42015 ................... 681

ULB4206 ..................... 681

ULB6206 ..................... 681

ULB82015 ................... 681

ULB8206 ..................... 681

ULBH415 ..................... 682

ULBH46 ....................... 682

ULBH615 ..................... 682

ULBH66 ....................... 682

ULM46 ......................... 682

ULM66 ......................... 682

ULM620 15 .................. 682

ULM6206 ..................... 682

UTCM5 .......................... 273

V1517B .......................... 119

V20C2 .......................... 679

V2000B10 ...................... 37

V2000B5 ........................ 37

V2000BC ......................... 37

V2000C ............................ 37

V2003 .............................. 37

V2006 .............................. 38

V2010A2 .......................... 38

V2010A2 ........................ 261

V2010A3 .......................... 38

V2010B ............................ 38

V2010B ..................242, 243,

..........................244, 261

V2011 .............................. 38

V2015 .............................. 38

V2018C ............................ 38

V2040B .......................... 261

V2048 .......................39, 696

V20482 ....................39, 696

V2051H .....................39, 261

V2089 .......................39, 244

V2089E .....................39, 244

V20GB306TR ................. 260

V20GB306TRGFI ........... 263

V20GB306TRUSB ......... 264

V20GB506TR ................. 260

V20GB506TRGFI ........... 263

V20GB506TRUSB ......... 264

V20GB606TRGFI ........... 263

V20GB606TRUSB ......... 264

V2400B .....................41, 248

V2400B10 ...................... 41

V2400BC ......................... 41

V2400BD ......................... 47

V2400C ...............41, 47, 248

V2406 .................41, 48, 248

V24072CM ..................... 45

V24072TJ ....................... 45

V24073TJ ....................... 45

V2410A .....................41, 248

V2410B .....................42, 248

V2410BD ......................... 48

V2410C .....................42, 248

V2410D ............................ 48

V2410DFO ................. 42, 48

V2410FC .......................... 42

V2411D ............................ 48

V2411DFO ....................... 48

V2411FO .......................... 42

V2411M ....................42, 249

V2415DFO ....................... 48

V2415FO .......................... 42

V2415M ........................... 42

V2417D ............................ 48

V2417DFO ....................... 48

V2417FO .......................... 42

V2417M ....................42, 249

V2418DFO ....................... 48

V2418FO .......................... 43

V2418M ....................43, 249

V2426 .......................43, 250

V2427GA ..................45, 249

V2427GT ...................45, 250

V2444 .......................43, 249

V24442 ....................44, 249

V24442LS ...................... 44

V2444D ...................... 43, 49

V2444D2A ...................... 49

V2444D2N ..................... 49

V2448 ...............44, 249, 696

V24482 ............44, 249, 696

V2450 .............................. 49

V2451H .....................44, 249

V2475D ...................... 44, 50

V2489 .......................44, 249

V2489TB .......................... 44

V24DWND ................. 43, 49

V24DWNR ................. 43, 49

V24DWNS ............12, 43, 49

V24DWNU ............12, 43, 49

V24GB306 ..................... 247

V24GB506 ..................... 247

V24GB512 ..................... 247

V24GB606 ..................... 247

V24GB612 ..................... 247

V24GB618 ..................... 247

V24GBA512 ................... 247

V24GBA612 ................... 247

V24GBA618 ................... 247

V3000B ............................ 53

V3000C075 ...................... 53

V3000C195 ...................... 53

V3000CE.......................... 53

V3003 .............................. 54

V3006E ............................ 54

V3010AE .......................... 54

V3010B ............................ 54

V3010C ............................ 54

V3011E ............................ 55

V3014C ............................ 55

V3015E ............................ 55

V3017TCE........................ 55

V3018AE .......................... 55

V3027AE .......................... 55

V3028 .............................. 55

V3033JE .......................... 55

V3036HE ......................... 55

V3040CE.......................... 56

V3043BE ......................... 56

V3043GE ......................... 56

V30442 ........................... 56

V3046BE ......................... 56

V3046H2 ........................ 56

V3046KD ......................... 56

V3046KTSQ ..................... 56

V3046QOU ....................... 56

V3046S ...................... 12, 57

V3046U ...................... 12, 57

V3046V ...................... 12, 57

V3048R ............................ 56

V3051LE .......................... 56

V4000B10 ...................... 65

V4000C ............................ 65

V4000C075 ...................... 65

V4000C135 ...................... 65

V4000C195 ...................... 65

V4000C315 ...................... 65

V4006 .............................. 66

V4010B ............................ 66

V4010DFO ....................... 66

V4011 .............................. 66

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

715

INDEX

V — W

V4011FO .......................... 66

V4012TX .......................... 66

V4014A ............................ 66

V4015 .............................. 66

V4015D ............................ 66

V4015DFO ....................... 67

V4015FO .......................... 67

V4017 .............................. 67

V4017FO .......................... 67

V4017N ........................... 67

V4018 .............................. 67

V4018FO .......................... 67

V4046H2 ........................ 69

V40472BBB ................... 71

V40472BBBB ................. 71

V40472BBFF ................. 72

V40472BBMM................ 72

V40472BBSS ................. 72

V40472BBTT.................. 72

V40472BBXX ................. 72

V40472RRXX .................. 72

V40472WWFF ................ 72

V40472WWMM .............. 72

V40472WWSS ................ 72

V40472WWTT ................ 73

V40472WWXX ................ 73

V4047AX .......................... 69

V4047BB ......................... 69

V4047BF ................... 69, 70

V4047BM ................... 69, 70

V4047BS ......................... 70

V4047BT .......................... 70

V4047BX .......................... 69

V4047C1 ........................ 70

V4047C2 ........................ 70

V4047JX .......................... 70

V4047RF.......................... 70

V4047RX .......................... 70

V4047UX.........12, 13, 73, 84

V4047VX .........12, 13, 73, 84

V4047WF ......................... 71

V4047WM ........................ 71

V4047WS ......................... 71

V4047WT ......................... 71

V4047WX ......................... 71

V4050 ...................68, 85, 90

V4074DA ......................... 68

V4075D ............................ 68

V4075DA ......................... 68

V4086A ............................ 68

V4089 ...................45, 50, 68

V500 ................................ 27

V5005 ............................. 27

V504 ................................ 27

V506 ................................ 27

V511 ................................ 27

V512 ................................ 27

V517 ................................ 27

V518 ................................ 27

V5700F ............................ 29

V5703 .............................. 29

V5715 .............................. 29

V5719 .......................29, 696

V57240 .....................32, 696

V57242 .....................32, 696

V57243G ...................32, 696

V5731 .............................. 31

V5733 .......................31, 696

V5734 ............................ 696

V5734A .......................... 696

V5735 .......................31, 696

V5736 .............................. 31

V5737 .......................32, 696

V5737A .....................32, 696

V5738 .......................32, 696

V5738A .....................32, 696

V5738AF ...................32, 696

V5739 .......................32, 696

V5739A .....................32, 696

V5741 .......................32, 696

V5744 .......................32, 696

V57442 ....................32, 696

V57443 ....................32, 696

V5744S .....................33, 696

V5744S2 .................33, 696

V5744S3 .................33, 696

V5745 .......................33, 696

V5747 .......................33, 696

V57472 ....................33, 696

V57473 ....................33, 696

V5748 .......................33, 696

V57482 ....................33, 696

V57483 ....................33, 696

V57484 ....................33, 696

V57485 ....................33, 696

V57486 ....................33, 696

V5748S .....................33, 696

V5751 .......................33, 696

V57512 ....................33, 696

V57513 ....................33, 696

V5751A ............................ 34

V5752 .......................34, 696

V5753 .......................34, 696

V5760 .......................30, 696

V5781 .............................. 30

V5782 .............................. 30

V5783 .............................. 30

V5784 .............................. 30

V5785 ........................ 31, 73

V5786 .............................. 31

V6000B10 ...................... 82

V6000C ............................ 82

V6006 .............................. 83

V6007C1 ........................ 83

V6007C2 ........................ 83

V6010B ............................ 83

V6011TX .......................... 84

V6012TX .......................... 84

V6014A ............................ 84

V6017TX .......................... 84

V6046KD ......................... 84

V6074 .............................. 85

V6074A ............................ 85

V6086 .............................. 85

V700 ................................ 28

V704 ................................ 28

V706 ................................ 28

V711 ................................ 29

V712 ................................ 29

V717 ................................ 29

V718 ................................ 29

VA06SSS250.................. 613

VA06SSS325.................. 613

VA06WVL ..................... 615

VA06W250HL45 ........... 615

VA06W250HLL ............ 615

VA06W250HRL ............ 615

VA06W250HT ............... 614

VA06W250HX ............... 614

VA06W325HL45 ........... 615

VA06W325HLL ............ 615

VA06W325HRL ............ 615

VA06W325HT ............... 614

VA06W325HX ............... 614

VA06W325HEC .............. 614

VA12SSS250.................. 613

VA12SSS325.................. 613

VA12WAH3 .................. 615

VA12WVL10 ................. 615

VA12WVR10 ................. 615

VA12W250H1 ............... 613

VA12W250H2 ............... 613

VA12W250H5 ............... 613

VA12W250H6 ............... 613

VA12W250HL45 ........... 615

VA12W250HLL ............ 615

VA12W250HRL ............ 615

VA12W250HT ............... 614

VA12W250HX ............... 614

VA12W250HEC .............. 614

VA12W325H1 ............... 613

VA12W325H2 ............... 613

VA12W325H5 ............... 613

VA12W325H6 ............... 613

VA12W325HL45 ........... 615

VA12W325HLL ............ 615

VA12W325HRL ............ 615

VA12W325HT ............... 614

VA12W325HX ............... 614

VA12W325HEC .............. 614

VA18WAH3 .................. 615

VA18WVL ..................... 615

VA18WVR ..................... 615

VA18W250HL45 ........... 615

VA18W250HLL ............ 615

VA18W250HRL ............ 615

VA18W250HT ............... 614

VA18W250HX ............... 614

VA18W250HEC .............. 614

VA18W325HL45 ........... 615

VA18W325HLL ............ 615

VA18W325HRL ............ 615

VA18W325HT ............... 614

VA18W325HX ............... 614

VA18W325HEC .............. 614

VA24WAH3 .................. 615

VA24WVR ..................... 615

VA24W250HL45 ........... 615

VA24W250HLL ............ 615

VA24W250HRL ............ 615

VA24W250HT ............... 614

VA24W250HX ............... 614

VA24W250HEC .............. 614

VA24W325HL45 ........... 615

VA24W325HLL ............ 615

VA24W325HRL ............ 615

VA24W325HT ............... 614

VA24W325HX ............... 614

VA24W325HEC .............. 614

VA250PECLH3 ............. 614

VA250PECLH6 ............. 614

VA250PECRH3 ............ 614

VA250PECRH6 ............ 614

VA325PECLH3 ............. 614

VA325PECLH6 ............. 614

VA325PECRH3 ............ 614

VA325PECRH6 ............ 614

VAT12W250H3CX .......... 614

VAT12W325H3CT .......... 614

VAT12W325H3CX .......... 614

VAT12W325H4CT .......... 615

VAT18W250H3CT .......... 614

VAT18W250H3CX .......... 614

VAT18W250H4CT .......... 615

VAT18W325H3CT .......... 614

VAT18W325H3CX .......... 614

VAT18W325H4CT .......... 615

VAT24W250H3CT .......... 614

VAT24W250H3CX .......... 614

VAT24W250H4CT .......... 615

VAT24W325H3CT .......... 614

VAT24W325H3CX .......... 614

VAT24W325H4CT .......... 615

VB880 .....................645, 646

VEL662345234524 ........ 636

VEL66234524 ................ 629

VEL6623524 .................. 635

VEL772345441024 ........ 633

VES66234524 ................ 629

VFL662345FFZZD ......... 636

VFL772345FFZZP ......... 633

VL2A.........................14, 645

VL3D ......................631, 639

VL662345 ...................... 628

VL662345FF .................. 628

VLCM .....................631, 640

VLCP662345.................. 635

VLCR ........ 14, 631, 639, 645

VLEA ........ 14, 631, 639, 645

VLEAP5 ....................14, 645

VLEM .............................. 14

VLEM .............631, 639, 645

VLEMP5 ...................14, 645

VLFF ......................631, 639

VLLB ............................. 640

VLP5662345 .................. 643

VLRT ................14, 631, 639

VLWAP .......................... 647

VPLA34410 ................... 633

VPLY2345 ...................... 636

VS1A ............................. 646

VS2D ............................. 632

VS662345 ...................... 628

VS662345FF .................. 628

VSCM ............................ 632

VSCR ................14, 632, 646

VSEA ................14, 632, 646

VSEAP5 ....................14, 646

VSEM ...............14, 632, 646

VSEMP5 ...................14, 646

VSFF ............................. 632

VSLB ............................. 632

VSP5662345 .................. 643

VSRT ........................14, 632

VY602345L2Y ................ 636

W30 ..................37, 253, 258

W30/W30G .............171, 242

W30G ...............37, 253, 258

WAPBRKT ..................... 326

WAPE101200KIT ......... 322

WAPE101232KIT ......... 323

WAPE10BLKIT ............ 322

WAPE10DOME ............ 323

WAPE51200KIT ........... 322

WAPE51232KIT ........... 323

WAPE51242KIT ........... 323

WAPE51250KITD......... 323

WAPE51250KITR ......... 323

WAPE5BLKIT .............. 322

WAPE5UNIKIT ............ 323

WAPENCL ..................... 324

WAPENCL24244 ...... 324

WBC072ABK ............... 315

WBC072AG .................. 315

WBC072AGY ................ 315

WBSBC ......................... 666

WCHD2425.................... 607

WCHD3025.................... 607

WCHD3625.................... 607

WCR11/2 ................599, 604

WCR11/210/24 ............ 602

WCR11/210B ............... 602

WCR2 .....................599, 606

WCR210/24 ................. 602

WCR210B .................... 602

WCR3 ............................ 599

WCR310/24 ................. 602

WCR310B .................... 602

WD10CDO ................... 622

WD10CDOD ................. 622

WD06ACPF .................. 621

WD06ACPS.................. 621

WD06WR ..................... 618

WD06W35060 .............. 617

WD06W350CC/DO ....... 621

WD06W350ECF ........... 618

WD06W350ECS ........... 618

WD06W350EL ............. 619

WD06W350FCCF ......... 622

WD06W350FCCS ......... 622

WD06W350FST ........... 621

WD06W350HL ............. 618

WD06W350IEL ............ 619

WD06W350IL............... 618

WD06W350LTUN......... 620

WD06W350RTUN ........ 619

WD06W350SES ........... 621

WD06W350SWCCS ..... 621

WD06W350SWTS ........ 622

WD06W350T ................ 619

WD06W350TUN .......... 619

WD06W350X ................ 620

WD06W350XTUN ........ 620

WD10ACPF .................. 621

WD10ACPS.................. 621

WD10WR ..................... 618

WD10W3503TUN ........ 620

WD10W35060 .............. 617

WD10W350CC/DO ....... 621

WD10W350ECF ........... 618

WD10W350ECS ........... 618

WD10W350EL ............. 619

WD10W350FCCF ......... 622

WD10W350FCCS ......... 622

WD10W350FST ........... 621

WD10W350HL ............. 618

WD10W350IEL ............ 619

WD10W350IL............... 618

WD10W350LTUN......... 620

WD10W350RTUN ........ 619

WD10W350SES ........... 621

WD10W350SWCCS ..... 621

WD10W350SWTS ........ 622

WD10W350T ................ 619

WD10W350TUN .......... 619

WD10W350X ................ 620

WD10W350XTUN ........ 620

WD18ACPF .................. 621

WD18ACPS.................. 621

WD18WR ..................... 618

WD18W3503TUN ........ 620

WD18W35060 .............. 617

WD18W350CC/DO ....... 621

WD18W350ECF ........... 618

WD18W350ECS ........... 618

WD18W350EL ............. 619

WD18W350FCCF ......... 622

WD18W350FST ........... 621

WD18W350HL ............. 618

WD18W350IEL ............ 619

WD18W350IL............... 618

WD18W350LTUN......... 620

WD18W350RTUN ........ 619

WD18W350SES ........... 621

WD18W350SWCCS ..... 621

WD18W350SWTS ........ 622

WD18W350T ................ 619

WD18W350TUN .......... 619

WD18W350X ................ 620

WD18W350XTUN ........ 620

WD350CA .................... 618

WD350CP .................... 618

WD350P60 ................... 618

WD350PSE .................. 620

WD350RO2 .................. 621

WD350RO4 .................. 621

WH2000B10 ................ 242

WH2000B5 .................. 242

WH2000BC.................... 242

WH2000C ...................... 242

WH2006 ........................ 242

WH2010A2 .................... 261

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WIREMOLD

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

INDEX

716

INDEX

W — Y

CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE CAT. NO. PAGE

WH2010A3 .................... 243

WH2010B ...................... 261

WH2011 ........................ 243

WH2015 ........................ 243

WH2018C ...................... 243

WH2040B ...................... 261

WH2048 ........................ 243

WH20482 ..................... 244

WH2051H ...................... 244

WH20GB306TR ............. 260

WH20GB306TRGFI ....... 263

WH20GB306TRUSB ...... 264

WH20GB506TR ............. 260

WH20GB506TRGFI ....... 263

WH20GB506TRUSB ...... 264

WH20GB606TRGFI ....... 263

WH20GB606TRUSB ...... 264

WH22010B .................... 243

WHWES ......................... 34

WMFB1D RB .................. 499

WMFB1DRN ................. 499

WMFB1KS2B ................ 500

WMFB1KS2N ................ 500

WMFB1KS4B ................ 500

WMFB1KS4N ................ 500

WMFB1SRB .................. 499

WMFB1SRKS1B ........... 499

WMFB1SRKS1N ........... 499

WMFB1SRN .................. 499

WMFB2DR2B ................ 499

WMFB2DR2N ............... 499

WMFB2DRKS4B ........... 500

WMFB2DRKS4N ........... 500

WMFB2KS8B ................ 500

WMFB2KS8N ................ 500

WPACR1G ....605, 606, 611

WPACR2G ................... 605

WS6FBK ......................... 11

WS6FBS .......................... 11

WS6FBZ .......................... 11

WS6FGY .......................... 11

WS6FNK ......................... 11

WS6SBK ......................... 11

WS6SBS .......................... 11

WS6SBZ .......................... 11

WS6SNK ......................... 11

WS8FBK ......................... 11

WS8FBS .......................... 11

WS8FBZ .......................... 11

WS8FGY .......................... 11

WS8FNK ......................... 11

WS8SBK ......................... 11

WS8SBS .......................... 11

WS8SBZ .......................... 11

WS8SGY .......................... 11

WS8SNK ......................... 11

WSA004BK .................. 315

WSA004GY................... 315

WSA004WH ................. 315

WSA074A ..................... 314

WSA074AB K ................ 314

WSA074AG .................. 314

WSA074AGY ................ 314

WSA07A .......................... 18

WSA424 ....................... 314

WSA86 .......................... 315

WSB072A .................... 315

WSB422 ....................... 314

WSC076ABK................ 314

WSC076AG .................. 314

WSC076AGY ................ 314

WSC320S ..................... 300

WSC426 ....................... 315

WSCEDTCBK ................ 548

WSCEDTCSL ................. 548

WSDM210BK ................ 301

WSDM210BKR .............. 302

WSDM211BK ................ 301

WSDM211BKR .............. 302

WSDMDC ...................... 302

WSDMUC ...................... 302

WSF6FBK ....................... 11

WSF6FBS........................ 11

WSF6FB Z ........................ 11

WSF6FGY ........................ 11

WSF6FNK ....................... 11

WSF6SBK ....................... 11

WSF6SBS ....................... 11

WSF6SB Z ........................ 11

WSF6SGY ........................ 11

WSF6SNK ....................... 11

WSF8FBK ....................... 11

WSF8FBS........................ 11

WSF8FB Z ........................ 11

WSF8FGY ........................ 11

WSF8FNK ....................... 11

WSF8SBK ....................... 11

WSF8SBS ....................... 11

WSF8SB Z ........................ 11

WSF8SGY ........................ 11

WSF8SNK ....................... 11

WSMEDTC60SLDK ....... 547

WSMEDTC60SLDK2 .... 547

WSMEDTC60SLSK ....... 547

WSMEDTC60SLSK2 .... 547

WSMEDTC72SLDK ....... 547

WSMEDTC72SLDK2 .... 547

WSMEDTC72SLSK ....... 547

WSMEDTC72SLSK2 .... 547

WSMPQ D ..................... 549

WSMPT ....................... 549

WSMPCMM12 ............... 549

WSMPDUT60BKSK ...... 548

WSMPDUT60BKSK2 ... 548

WSMPDUT72BKSK ...... 548

WSMPDUT72BKSK2 ... 548

WSMPHWSC72 ............. 549

WSMPQDSFF ................ 549

WTB2AB .............415, 444

WTB2RT ..............415, 444

WTBAAP ...........6, 415, 444

WTBMAAP ........6, 415, 444

WWEP ........................... 34

YL120050 ..................... 276

YL140050 ..................... 277

YL160025 ..................... 277

WWW.LEGRAND.US/WIREMOLD

WIREMOLD

WARRANTY & TRADEMARK INFORMATION

Wiremold® Trademarks

Wiremold® Raceways and Fittings are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the Canadian Standards Association. Registered

Trademarks of Wiremold and its subsidiaries include: 500, 700, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 4000 Designer Series, Access, CabinetMATE,

CableSmart, Centerex, Chan-L-Wire, CordMate, CordMate II, Corduct, DS4000, EZ-Pole, FiberReady, Flushduct, HideAcord, Isoduct,

On-Wall, Pancake, Perma Power, Plug-In Outlet Center, Plugmold, Plugmold Plus, Plugmold Tough, Power Commander, Resource RFB,

Sentrex, Snapicoil, Source II, Sure-Snap, Synergy, Tele-Power, Uniduct, V500, V700, Walker, Walkercell, Walkerdeck, Walkerduct,

Walkerduct Pro, Walkerflex, Walkerflex AWS, Wiremold, and Wiring Projects Made Easy.

Trademarks of Wiremold include 300 Series, 400 Series, 525 Series, 800 Series, 800W Series, 861 Series, 862 Series, 863 Series,

880 Series, 882C Series, 884C Series, 1200 Series, 1400 Series, 1500 Series, 1600 Series, 2300 Series, 2300D Series, 2400 Series,

2400D Series, 2600 Series, 4047 Series, 4FFATC Series, 5400 Series, 5500 Series, 5507 Series, AC Series, AF Series, AL2000 Series,

AL2400 Series, AL3000 Series, AL3300 Series, AL4000 Series, AL4320 Series, AL4400 Series, AL4520 Series, AL4750 Series, AL5200 Series,

AL7320 Series, AL7450 Series, ALA3800 Series, ALA4800 Series, ALDS4000 Series, AMD8 Series, AnySize, AV3 Series, CableMate,

CornerMate, CM Series, CRFB Series, CZE Series, Data-Fense, deQuorum, Eclipse, Evolution, FieldMate, FIT Series, FlameStopper,

FloorPort, FloorSource, Isoduct, MeterReader, Modulink, Multiplex, NM2000 Series, OFR Series, Omnibox, PA/PB Series, PSRC9 Series,

Prewired Select, RC3 Series, RC4 Series, RC7 Sereis, RC7AFFTC Series, RC700XR Series, RC9 Series, RC9AFFTC Series,

RC9AM2TC Series, RC9AMD Series, RC91GHBTC Series, RC92GHBTC Series, RFE Series, ScuffCoat, TableSource, TopGuard,

Vista Architectural, WallSource and WMFB Series.

Wiremold Prewired XPress is a Service Mark of Wiremold.

All brand and product names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders.

All Wiremold products, unless specifically noted, are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform to Federal Specifications

W-C-582 and the National Electrical Code. Products designed for use in telephone or communications wiring normally do not require

UL listing. Most products in this catalog are also certified by the Canadian Standards Association. Special ordering information for

products to be installed in Canada is available upon request.

Wiremold® Limited Warranty & Liability Statement

Wiremold warrants, to the original purchaser or owner only, that any product manufactured and sold by Wiremold will be substantially

free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service, for a period of one year from the date of original installation

or two years from the date of purchase, whichever is sooner. This limited warranty applies only to products, which have been installed

properly in accordance with Installation Instructions supplied by Wiremold and any applicable codes and standards.

This limited warranty is void and Wiremold shall not be liable for any damages or held responsible for the quality, performance or safety

of products that have been repaired, altered or tampered with outside of Wiremold facilities or which have been intermixed (used within a

system) with products or materials not approved by Wiremold or have been subjected to accident, negligence, misuse or abuse.

Wiremold’s sole obligation (and the sole and exclusive remedy of the purchaser or owner of the product) with respect to any products

which are proven to be defective, shall be the repair or replacement of the defective products, at the sole option of Wiremold. Returned

products will not be accepted unless Wiremold is notified and authorizes the return, prior to shipment.

Wiremold shall not be liable for any damages in excess of the purchase price of the defective products, and under no circumstances shall

Wiremold be liable for incidental, consequential, special or punitive damages.

Certain products of Wiremold may have a specific limited warranty or limitation of liability which is included with such products and which

differs from that set forth in this Statement. The terms of any such specific limited warranty or limitation of liability will supersede that

set forth in this Statement.

Except as set forth in the preceding paragraph, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND WIREMOLD MAKES NO OTHER

WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT OF ITS PRODUCTS, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF

FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Wiremold Catalog on the Web!

The latest version of the Wiremold Catalog is also available in online.

You can access it through our website: www.legrand.us/wiremold,

then click on the link for the online catalog. The online version is fully

searchable, has lots of special features and makes locating and

accessing product information fast and easy. Give it a try!

Legrand, North America

60 Woodlawn Street

West Hartford, CT 06110

1.877.BY.LEGRAND (295.3472)

www.legrand.us

570 Applewood Crescent

Vaughan, Ontario L4K 4B4

905.738.9195

www.legrand.ca

Wiremold®

60 Woodlawn Street

West Hartford, CT 06110

800.621.0049

Wiremold 2014 1000274892 Catalog

1000344943-Catalog 1000344943-Catalog 1000344943-Catalog B1 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation